Juan Marin Aguilu - Método de Inglés

MÉTODO DE INGLÉS Por el

Prof. Juan Marín Aguilú SEXTA EDICION

THE MARIN SCHOOL OF LANGUAGES 2039 BROADWAY NEW YORK

COMPAÑIA BIBLIOGRAFICA ESPAÑOLA S.A Nieremberg, 14 MADRID

IMPORTANTE El éxito arrollador de este METODO DE INGLES ha dado lugar a que editores desaprensivos hayan realizado ediciones clandestinas o “piratas” con tal omisión de las normas de la más elemental honradez y fotograbando ediciones antiguas. Sin perjuicio de la acción legal que haya de ejercerse, el autor y editores de esta obra suplican la colaboración de profesores, alumnos y clientes a fin de que rechacen los ejemplares plagiados y no se hagan cómplices involuntarios de este robo. Todos los libros de esta sexta edición, única legal actualmente, llevan estampada al pie de esta nota la firma del autor con sello de caucho y están provistos de todos los requisitos como editados exclusivamente en Madrid (España).

Para todos nuestros colaboradores nuestra más profunda gratitud.

Juan Marín Aguilú

© Compañía Bibliográfica Española, S. A. - Madrid

DENPÓSITO LEGAL M. 8.299 NUMERO DE REGISTRO: 3.109

Printed in Spain b y ESCELICER, S. A. — MADRID

PREFACIO El aprendizaje de un idioma extranjero ofrece innumerables ventajas, entre los cuales cabe destacar, como más importantes, las que se refieren at terreno cultural, social y económico. Refiriéndose particularmente al inglés, idioma de extraordinaria aplicación comercial conjuntamente con el castellano, no hay que realzar, por sabidos, los beneficios que del conocimiento de dicho idioma se desprenden. Dada la gran divulgación que a través de todo el mundo ha adquirido el inglés, una persona que domine esta lengua, esta, en una posición ventajosa para desempeñar con brillantez cualquier cargo comercial, en los más variados ramos, ya sea en países de habla inglesa o de otro idioma. Ello, naturalmente, significa, para la persona en tales condiciones, un mayor beneficio económico y mejores facilidades de triunfo dentro de su carrera. Si un individuo, además del español domina también el inglés, puede afirmarse que su rendimiento es comparable al de dos hombres. Actualmente, en vista de las exigencias de la vida en el campo de los negocios, es imprescindible el uso diario del idioma inglés en las transacciones comerciales. No paro aquí la importancia del idioma que nos ocupa, sino que también se extiende al terreno social, en la vida de relación. El inglés, tan usado actualmente, ofrece a los individuos que lo hablan la posibilidad de cambiar impresiones y opiniones con otras personas de diferente lengua a la suya, de modo que cuando se hallen en reuniones, conferencias, etc., no se verán aislados y en una posición desairada por falta de una vía de expresión. Hemos de insistir todavía sobre la utilidad del inglés desde otro punto de vista cuya importancia a nadie se oculta, es decir, desde el punto de vista cultural y espiritual. Conociendo el inglés podemos beneficiarnos del regocijo íntimo que significa leer en su idioma original las obras maestras de la literatura inglesa o de la norteamericano. Al leer en inglés, y no en español o en cualquier otro idioma, los dramas de Shakespeare, los ensayos de Francis Bacón, los cuentos de Edgar Allan Poe, los poemas de Walt Whitman o, en fin, las obras de otros tantos príncipes de la literatura de lengua inglesa, podernos saborear en toda su profundidad la belleza de esas producciones de arte, captando matices que, incluso en las mejores traducciones, no podemos hallar. Lo mismo ocurre a la inversa y, así, por ejemplo, al leer una traducción del Quijote, echamos enseguida de ver la tremenda diferencia que la separa del original en español, y ello es lógico, pues no hay quien puede sentir y decir en otro idioma lo que el inmortal Cervantes sintió y dijo en su propia lengua, cuando escribió esa gran biblia del sentimiento español que se llama "El Ingenioso Hidalgo Don Quijote de la Mancha". No olvidemos, por otra parte, que regocijo y cuanta fuente de cultura se deriva del hecho de poder leer directamente en inglés las revistas y libros que actualmente se publican en Inglaterra y Norte América, de poder escuchar los programas de la radio de las estaciones que emiten en el idioma inglés o en fin, de asistir al cine, y comprender, sin ayuda de letreros explicativos, el curso del parlamento y las situaciones jocosas, trágicas o sentimentales de una película. De todo ello, podremos gozar tras el aprendizaje del inglés. Pensando en la importancia que para los países de Hispanoamérica tiene la enseñanza del inglés he reco gido toda mi experiencia como profesor y la he condensado en este libro, destinado al estudio del inglés para personas de habla castellana. Después de haber enseñado el inglés, el español y el francés, así como el italiano, portugués y el alemán, en mis 15 años de profesor en las Escuelas Superiores de Puerto Rico y de la ciudad de Nueva York y en 10 años que lleva abierta mi Academia particular para la enseñanza de idiomas, he creído conveniente publicar la presente obra para beneficio de los latino-americanos, impulsado, más que nada, por los excelentes resultados obtenidos con mi método durante más de 25 años y seguro de que en el plazo aproximado de un año, cualquier alumno que lo siga, poseerá un conocimiento solido del idioma que ha de permitirle comprender, escribir y conversar sobre los temas más diversos ya sea en el hogar, en el trabajo o en la calle. No hay una regla de sintaxis o de construcción gramatical inglesa que falte en este volumen, haciéndose la exposición de ellas con tanta claridad y precisión que están al alcance incluso de aquellos individuos que desconozcan su propia gramática, los- cuales se hallan en condiciones de aprender un nuevo idioma y al mismo tiempo adquirir o repasar el conocimiento de su propia gramática. En este libro damos de un modo completo las reglas y cánones de la construcción gramatical corriente y además, se dedica especial atención a la llamada construcción idiomática, es decir, a la serie de irregularidades y peculiaridades de un idioma, tan necesaria para el que hable español, llevándose a cabo la enseñanza por medio de cientos de frases con su precisa y exacta correspondencia en español. En método de inglés tan completo como este, no solo en lo que se refiere a la construcción gramatical e idiomática, sino también por la riqueza del vocabulario constituido por más de seis mil vocablos, acompañado de unos 700 verbos con sus diferentes usos, repartidos por lecciones y capítulos de un modo racional, ha de servir sin dudas alguna para que el alumno adquiera sin demasiado esfuerzo un completo dominio del idioma al terminar su curso. Con nuestro método, podemos afirmar que un alumno perseverante y estudioso puede incluso prescindir de profesor. Al dar este libro a la publicación, lo destinamos especialmente a los jóvenes de Hispanoamérica, para que les sirva de ayuda y fundamento en sus carreras, ya sean comerciales, universitarias o literarias. Tenemos la seguridad de que a todos ha de servir por igual.

New York

V

INDICACIONES PARA EL USO DE ESTE METODO APRENDA A ESTUDIAR Una de las principales causas del fracaso en el estudio de idiomas es el no saber estudiar. Aquí anotaremos las diferentes partes que componen cada lección de este Método y cómo debe estudiarse cada una. Este método es un curso pedagógico, enteramente comprensible, gramatical y práctico y estudiándose debidamente el alumno conocerá el idioma inglés a fondo al terminarlo, en tiempo relativamente corto, un año o poco más. 1. VERBOS REGULARES Toda lección desde la tercera en adelante empieza con un grupo de verbos regulares. Cada INFINITIVO debe repetirse en ALTA VOZ, poniendo especial cuidado en la pronunciación muy eficaz que aparece entre paréntesis, y luego escribirse repetidas veces hasta aprenderse DE MEMORIA. a. Los diferentes usos idiomáticos de estos verbos deben estudiarse concienzudamente, analizándose y comparándose su manera extraña para el estudiante de habla española, con su equivalente en castellano. Cada uno de ellos en su forma infinitiva o general debe repetirse en ALTA VOZ y escribirse muchas veces.

b. Ejercicio de REPETICION y CONJUGACION para aprender el verbo: Después de cada grupo de verbos sigue un ejercicio de continuación con TODAS las personas; el cual consta de diferentes oraciones ilustrando los verbos nuevos. Las oraciones en cada uno de esos ejercicios fueron muy pensadas y estudiadas, una de las razones por qué la preparación de este libro ha tornado tiempo muy largo y labor muy ardua, pues el propósito de la oración no es meramente el de practicar un verbo nuevo, sino repasar continuamente, además de vocablos y frases ya estudiados, los puntos de la sintaxis inglesa difíciles para el alumno de habla española. De manera que cada nuevo punto que se estudia en tal o cual lección seguirá apareciendo, prácticamente, en ejercicios en las siguientes lecciones hasta el fin del Curso, y, sin duda alguna, el alumno dominará, irrefutablemente, todo tiempo, uso idiomático y punto difícil de la construcción inglesa si estudia como se le aconseja. También se tuvo cuidado que cada una de estas oraciones, miles en todo el Texto, dijera algo muy natural y lógico de necesidad frecuente, evitándose así oraciones tontas, innecesarias y de ningún valor para el estudiante. Cada oración de esos ejercicios de verbos, debe REPETIRSE en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas. El alumno que solamente lee la oración una vez con la primera persona, no importándole repetirla con las otras personas, se hace un gran daño. El aprendizaje de cualquier cosa, y particularmente el de un idioma, se realiza con el ejercicio repetido; aquél se dominará, no olvidemos, a fuerza de REPETICION constante en ALTA VOZ, usando por supuesto, un sistema que sea indiscutiblemente claro, gramatical, práctico y completo.

Después del ejercicio de repetición sigue, para intensificar aún más el estudio del verbo y todos los puntos difíciles de la construcción inglesa, un ejercicio de conversación o preguntas. Cada pregunta debe leerse en ALTA VOZ con la naturalidad y ritmo con que se leería en español. No se pregunte y responda de una manera monótona. Si hay dificultad, léase la traducción de la pregunta en español, y luego dígase en inglés imitando el tono y la naturalidad con que se lee en castellano. Con la repetición eso se adquiere. Cada pregunta debe contestarse en ALTA VOZ en afirmativo o negativo, según lo exija el texto. II. VOCABULARIOS a. Al empezar el estudio de un vocabulario el alumno debe fijarse antes que nada en la pronunciación figurada de la palabra observando cuidadosamente qué sílaba lleva el acento o la fuerza. Luego de estar seguro de haber comprendido bien su pronunciación debe decirla en ALTA VOZ muchas veces, y seguida después fijarse en la verdadera ortografía de la palabra para escribirla hasta aprenderla de memoria, continuando la repetición en ALTA VOZ mientras, escribe. No debe pasarse a la siguiente palabra hasta no dominar por, completo la que se estudia. Si se está estudiando bajo un profesor o en una clase cada vocabulario debe dictarse, comparándose cada vocablo con su equivalente en castellano e ilustrándose en oraciones o preguntas y respuestas sencillas, en inglés, por supuesto. A cada vocabulario sigue un grupo de frases idiomáticas, es decir, frases que se construyen de una manera muy distinta de sus equivalentes en castellano. Estas frases tienen que aprenderse a fuerza de repetición en ALTA VOZ y por escrito. Estas expresiones, cientos de ellas en todo el Curso, son de imprescindible necesidad en el uso diario de la lengua, y no hay más remedio que aprenderlas de memoria, analizándose, por supuesto, la manera extraña en que se construyen para ayudarse así a que se graben en la mente.

III. TEXTO DE LECTURA — READING TEXT (rídin text) El Reading Text es una narración que encierra las palabras y frases nuevas y otras ya aprendidas. También ilustra puntos gramaticales ya estudiados en elecciones anteriores. Nunca debe empezarse esta lectura hasta que el vocabulario nuevo — el primero, las frases y verbos regulares se sepan perfectamente; entonces no habrá dificultad para leer y comprender el texto. El alumno debe leerlo en ALTA VOZ, dos, tres o más veces. No se permita leer de una manera monótona y prolongando sonidos. Si tiene dificultad, lea la traducción al español en frases cortas y luego imite el ritmo y la entonación al leerlas en inglés. IV. CONVERSACION Después de leerse el Reading Text a entera satisfacción, se sigue con la conversación, preguntas y respuestas, en inglés, por supuesto, basadas en el Reading Text. Deben leerse en ALTA VOZ y contestarse en ALTA VOZ.

c. Ejercicio de Preguntas. VII

V. GRAMATICA Cada punto de la gramática inglesa es explicado después que se enseña o se repasa sencilla y prácticamente el punto equivalente castellano, pues la experiencia ha demostrado que un número muy considerable, podríamos decir la mayoría de la gente mayor, no sabe o ha olvidado la gramática de su propio idioma. Creo que cada punto gramatical debe explicarse primero en el idioma del alumno., y luego en el idioma, extranjero, haciendo resaltar la semejanza o disparidad. Después que se comprenda sin la menor duda el punto que se explica y se comenta, el alumno debe aprenderse de memoria en ambos idiomas los ejemplos que da el libro y otros que añada el instructor, si lo tiene. No debe pasarse al otro punto gramatical hasta después de practicar en forma de conversación, en inglés, el punto ya aprendido.

Un idioma extranjero debe enseñarse en continua comparación con el idioma del alumno, sin que, por ello, se descuide desde la primera lección el uso del Método Directo, es decir, numerosos ejercicios de conversación en el idioma extranjero. Mientras el alumno vaya progresando se irá usando más y más, en la clase, la lengua que se aprende, pero la prueba final debe ser siempre un ejercicio de TRADUCCION del idioma del alumno al extranjero. VIII. APENDICE

En el Apéndice aparece un diccionario InglésEspañol, con pronunciación figurada, y uno EspañolInglés riquísimo en vocablos, utilísimo. El alumno debe consultarlo mientras estudia, particularmente cuando esté contestando el Examen. El estudiante encontrará este diccionario muy eficiente para ayudarse mientras lea periódicos y revistas, en inglés, o escriba cartas o haga algún trabajo en ese idioma. La pronunciación figurada se usa en cada lección para cada palabra nueva, pero si en algún caso, muy excepcional, el alumno tropezare con una palabra, verbo o sus partes, cuya pronunciación o sus partes no encontrase en la página de la lección, debe buscarla en el Diccionario del Apéndice.

Hay profesores y autores de libros para idiomas que consideran la Gramática de poca importancia. Yo creo lo contrario; mis años de experiencia en el estudio y en la enseñanza de idiomas extranjeros, practicados con todo mi empeño en pos de un resultado satisfactorio, me han convencido de la imperiosa necesidad de la gramática. El aprendizaje de un idioma extranjero debe llevarse a cabo sin descuidar en absoluto lo idiomático, a IX. LECCIONES DE REPASO Después de cada cinco o seis lecciones viene una base del estudio de la gramática en ambos idiomas de Repaso, las cuales deben estudiarse simultáneamente. concienzudamente. A pesar de estas Lecciones de Repaso que tiene el libro se le aconseja al alumno que VI. VERBOS IRREGULARES ordene sus estudios durante todo el tiempo que le tome el Curso en la manera que sigue: Después que Cada lección tiene dos grupos de verbos irregulares en haya terminado la Lección II del libro y se disponga diferentes partes de ella. Deben aprenderse de memoria a empezar el estudio de la Tercera, dedique los repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ y escribiéndose: primeros 15, 20 o 25 minutos a repaso. Empiece con 1. Cada infinitivo con su traducción literal. la primera página de la Primera Lección y al cabo de esos 20 minutos marque hasta donde llegó y luego 2. Las partes principales de cada verbo. dedique el resto del período de estudio a partes de la 3. Las frases con su infinitivo, cada una ilustrando los lección avanzada. Cada día comience su estudio con diferentes usos idiomáticos. el repaso desde donde dejó la vez anterior y luego Luego siguen ejercicios de Repetición y de Preguntas estudie lo avanzado. Repasando se cubren muchas los cuales deben estudiarse tal como se explica para los páginas más que estudiando, y ese repaso alcanzará Verbos Regulares en los tópicos 'e' y 'd' de estas el estudio de lo avanzado; entonces, siguiendo la manera sistemática en el estudio diario, vuelva a indicaciones. empezarse el Repaso con la primera página de la Primera Lección seguida después por la asignación VII. EXAMEN O PRUEBA avanzada, y así con cada período de estudio hasta que a. El examen al fin de cada lección consta de ejercicios el Repaso alcance lo avanzado, continuándose ese de conversación, preguntas en inglés que deben sistema hasta el fin del Curso. La persona que contestarse íntegramente, en inglés, y luego ejercicios estudie hasta la última lección en esa forma tendrá un resultado bellísimo, dominará la lengua. Conozco a de TRADUCCION del castellano al inglés. El alumno personas que han estudiado 4 o 5 idiomas de esa no debe hacer este examen sin antes repasar la lección manera con gran éxito. Es algo muy fácil; es un que acaba de estudiar. asunto de sistema, de hábito. En estos últimos años notamos que la idea general entre profesores y autores de libros para idiomas es omitir lo más posible ejercicios de traducción del idioma del alumno al extranjero, tratando así de usar casi exclusivamente el Método Directo, es decir, solamente hacer uso del idioma que se aprende. En mi opinión usar exclusivamente el Método Directo es un gran error. El estudio después de años queda incompleto y en la mayoría de los diferentes puntos de sintaxis, vocablos, fraseología, queda inseguro o dudoso. VIII

PRONUNCIATION - PRONUNCIACION El estudio de la correcta pronunciación del idioma inglés debe hacerse con especial cuidado. Antes que nada deben Las letras del alfabeto son: a (ei) F f (ef) B b (bi) G g (Yi) C c (si) h (eich) D d (di) I i (aí) E e (ii) J j (Yei)

aprenderse los diferentes sonidos de las letras del alfabeto inglés.

A. La vocal a (ey) suena: (1) Como ey cuando va antes de consonánte seguida de una e muda: pale (péil) — pálido; fate (féit) — destino, suerte; male (méil) — varón, masculino; case (queis) — caso.

D. La d (di) suena; (1) Un poco más fuerte que la d inicial Castellana done. (doon) — hecho; day (déy) — día; date (déit) — fecha, fechar. (2) Como t en algunos participios pasados de verbo: worked (uerkt) — trabajado; passed (past) — pasado. (3) En algunas palabras como Y (ye) castellana en yo, ya: soldier (sólYer) —soldado; cordial (córYal) — cordial.

(2) Como a española mayormente antes de r, rk, rm, lf, lm, etc.: bark — corteza del árbol, ladrido del perro; farm — hacienda, estancia; calf (caaf) — becerro; calm (caam) — calmarse, calma; palm (paam) — palma. (3) Como ea cuando va seguida de r y e muda: fare (féar) — pasaje, precio de pasaje; ware (uéar) — mercancía; care (quéar) — cuidado, importarle a uno; dare (déar) — atreverse. (4) Como e española cuando el acento cae sobre otra sílaba, y en el sufijo ary (éri): surface (sérfes) — superficie; senate (sénet) — senado; preface (préfes) — prefacio; literary (líterery). (5) Como o española generalmente cuando va .seguida de ll, ls o lt all (ol) —todo, todos; hall (jol) — sala, salón; fall (fol) —caída, caer; false (fols) —falso; salt (solt) —sal. B. La consonante b (bi) tiene un sonido un poco más fuerte que en castellano. Es muda si lleva una t después o precedida de m particularmente al final del vocablo: debt (det) — deuda; doubt (dáut) — duda, dudar; comb (cóum) — peine, peinar; dumb (dom) — mudo, ('estúpido'); plumber (plómer) — plomero. C. La c (si) tiene sonido de K al igual que en castellano. (1) cat — gato; coach (cóuch) —coche; cup (cop) — taza; Christ (Cráist) — Cristo; clay (cléy) — arcilla, barro; act — acto, actuar. (2) Como s antes de e, i, y, y e muda: ceiling (siling) — techo; vicinity (visínity) — vecindad; fancy (fánsy) — fantasía, imaginación; fence (fens) — cerca, palizada. (3) Parecido al zumbido de una abeja generalmente en la terminación ice: .sacrifice (sácrifais) — sacrificio; suffice (sofáis) — bastar. (Se representará este sonido por una s en negrilla)

K k (quei) L 1 (el) M m (em) N n (en) O o (ou)

P p (pi) Q q (quiu) R r (ar) S s (es) T t (ti)

U u (iu) V v (vi) W w (dóbliu) X x (eks) Yy (uai) Z z (si)

E. La vocal e (ii) tiene los siguientes sonidos : Como en español cuando va seguida de una consonante al final de sílaba y en vocablos que empiezan con ec, ex, ef, el, en, em, y es y también en diptongos que forma con la a, la i y la y: end —fin, extremo; pet — favorito ; empire (empáiar) — imperio; express (exprés) — expresar; head (jed) — cabeza; vein (véin) — vena; they (th igual a d castellana en medio del vocablo (déi). (2) Como i española prolongada: en monosílabos, o cuando va seguida de consonante y e final muda o en diptongos con la a, la e y la y: me (mi) — me, mí; he (ji) — él; e v e n i n g (í v n i n g ) — t a r d e , v e l a d a ; m e r e (miar) — mero; please (pliis) — sírvase, tenga la bondad de. . . ; see (sii) — ver: key (kii) — llave. (3) Como e francesa, es decir, prolongando los labios como para enunciar una o enunciando una e española. Este sonido ocurre mayormente cuando la e va seguida de r al final de sílaba: fervor (férvor) — fervor; fertile (fértil) — fértil; lover (lóver) — amante; person (pérson) — persona. (4) La e es muda al final de dicción: sale (séil) — venta. F. La consonante f (ef) suena un poco más fuerte que en español: far (faar) — lejos; fist (fist) — puño; fire (fáiar) — fuego. Nota: la ph suena como la f: physician (fisíchan) — médico. La g (Yi) suena: (1) Al igual que en castellano: gate (guéit) — puerta; get (guet) — conseguir, obtener; gift (guift) — donación, regalo; go — ir, gust (gost) — ráfaga; gloom (gluum) — obscuridad, melancolía; gravity (grávity) — gravedad.

IX

(2) Parecido al sonido que se le da a la Y (Ye) castellana en machas partes de la América Latina: germ (Yerm) — germen.; gill (Yil) — medida de líquidos (1/8 litro); gymnast (Yímnast) — gimnasta, atleta. (3) Como la f cuando se combina con la h: tough (tof) — fuerte, rudo, vulgar; cough (cof) — tos, toser, (En algunos vocablos es muda). U. La h (eich) suena: (1) Al principio de sílaba parecida a la j española pero más suave: hot (joot) — caliente; adhere (adjíar) — adherirse. (2) Se combina con la s, la t, la g y la p de lo cual se tratará más adelante. Nota: La h es muda en algunos vocablos; honest (ónest) — honrado; honor (óner) — honor; heir (éar) — heredero. I. La vocal i (ái) suena: (1) Como su denominación ái en algunos monosílabos y particularmente cuando va entre consonantes seguida la última de éstas por e muda; fight (fáit) — pelea, pelear; sigh (sái) — suspiro, suspirar; mice (máis) — ratones; swine (suáin) — marrano, cerdo. (2) Como i española pero muy breve generalmente entre consonantes: sin — pecado; sing — cantar; it — ello, lo, la. (3) Como la e francesa descrita en el número (3) al tratar de la e. La i tiene este sonido cuando va seguida de la r al final de la sílaba: Sir (ser) — señor; firm (ferm) — firme, firma o razón social; first (ferst) — primero; bird (berd) — pájaro.

(4) Como una i española de sonido prolongado. Tiene este sonido particularmente en vocablos que vienen de lenguas latinas: marine (maríin) — marino; valise (valíis) — maleta; ravine (ravíin) — barranco, desfiladero; magazine (magasíin) — almacén, depósito de armas de fuego o de munición; revista mensual. J. La consonante j (Yéi) suena: (1) Parecida a la Y (ye) pronunciada en muchas partes de la América Latina pero aún más fuerte; enjoy (enYói) — gozar; joy (Yoi) — alegría; just (Yost) — justo. Se indicará este sonido por una 'Y' mayúscula.

K. La k (quey) suena: (1) Como la qu: skill (squíl) — habilidad, destreza; skin (squín) — piel, cutis, pellejo.

L.

La 1 (el) suena como en castellano.

(1) Como óu cuando termina una sílaba acentuada o precediendo a una consonante seguida de e muda: so (sóu) — así, tan, por cuya razón; nose (nóus) — nariz; notice (nóutis) — aviso, fijarse, mostly (móustli) — mayormente. (2) Como o española cuando forma sílaba por sí sola no acentuada, o cuando precede una r seguida de e muda: original (oríYinal) — original; disobey (desobéi) — desobedecer; forget (forguét) — olvidar: (3) Como u prolongada: tomb (tuum) —tumba; lose (luus) — perder; prove (pruuv) —probar. (4) Prolongada tirando un poco a la a: cost (cost) — costo, costar; hot (joot) — caliente. P: La p (pi) suena un poco más fuerte que en castellano, es muda antes de 's' o 't' y entre 'm' y 't', y tiene el sonido de f en combinación con la h: poor (púar) — pobre; psychology (saicóloYi) psicología; receipt (ricíit) recibo; phase (féis) — fase, aspecto.

Q. La q (quiú) suena como en español pero la u que le

sigue debe sonarse excepto en algunas voces que vienen del francés: quote (cuóut) — citar, repetir un texto; quiver (cuíver) — temblar; conquest (cóncuest) — conquista; coquette (coquét) — coqueta.

R. La r (ar) suena más suave que en español. (Dóblese la lengua hacia arriba y tráigase atrás y entonces pronúnciese): ring (ring) — sortija, tocar o soñar un timbre; rat — rata.

S. La s (es) suena: (1) Como en español cuando va al principio de palabras y al

final de muchos monosílabos y en otros casos: same (séim) — mismo; set (set) — poner, fijar; false (fols) — falso; us (os) — nos, a nosotros. (2) Como el sonido descrito en el número (3) al tratar de la c, es decir, parecido al zumbido de la abeja pero un poco más suave. Tiene este sonido mayormente cuando va entre vocales y en las terminaciones bs, ds, gs, ves, ls, ms, ns, rs, ys: desire (disáiar) — desear; beams (biims) — vigas; leaves (liivs) — hojas; days (déis) — días ; lads (lads) — muchachos. Se representará este sonido por una 's' negrita.

(3) Como la j francesa en las terminaciones sion y sure. (Sé arquea la lengua tocando con la punta los dientes posteriores) pleasure (pléshur) — placer; illusion (ilúshon) — ilusión. Se indicará este sonido por una sh en negrilla. La s es muda en la palabra island (áiland) — isla; y en algunas otras). (La sh tiene un sonido parecido al que hacemos al imponer silencio: shape (shéip) — forma, modelar, tallar. (La ss tiene el sonido de la sh en la terminación ssion y mayormente como s castellana en otros casos: omission (omíshon) — omisión; permission (permíshon) — permiso; passing (pásing) — que pasa, pasajero).

M. La m (em) suena como en castellano. N. La n (en) suena como en castellano excepto cuando va seguida de g o de k en cuyo caso tiene mi sonido nasal: finger (fínguer) — dedo de la mano; think (Zink) — pensar.

O. La vocal o (óu) tiene los sonidos siguientes.

X

T. La t (ti) suena: Como en español: tie (tái) — nudo, lazo; totter (tóter) — bambolear, tambalear. (2) Como la sh en las terminaciones tion, tience y otras: petition (petíshon) — petición; patience (péishens) — paciencia; partial (párshal) — parcial.

(1)

—temblar, temblor. (La u es muda en coquette (coquét) — coqueta; bouquet (buquét) — ramo. V. La v (vi) suena más fuerte que en castellano: vacant (véicant) — vacante, desocupado; vast (vast) — vasto, amplio; vary (véry) — variar; vain (véin) — vano, vadoso,

(3) como la ch española en la terminación ture y antes de i y u seguidas de vocal: nature (néchur) —la naturaleza; mutual (miúchual) — mutuo; virtue (vérchu) — virtud. (La t es muda en algunajpalabras: often (ófen) — a menudo; listen (lísen) — escuchar; hasten (jéisen) — darse prisa; soften (sófen) — ablandar, suavizar.

W. La w (dóbliu) suena como la u española: low (lóu) — bajo; new (niú) — nuevo; (es muda antes de la r y en otras dicciones); wrist (rist) — muñeca de la mano; wrath (raz) — ira, furor; wrap (rap) — envolver, enrollar; answer (ánser) — respuesta, responder.

U. La u (iú) suena:

(1) Como ks al terminar una sílaba acentuada o cuando precede a una consonante: exquisite (ékscuisit) — exquisito; excuse (ekskiús) excusar. (2) Como gs cuando va antes de vocal acentuada: exalt (egsólt) exaltar; executive (egséquiutív) — ejecutivo.

(1) Como iú al final de sílaba acentuada y antes de una consonante seguida de e muda: produce (prodiús) — producir; mute (miút) — mudo; duty (diúti) — deber, obligación, impuesto; universe (íunivers) — universo. (2) Muy parecida a la o española: nut (not) —nuez; submit (sobmít) someter, presentar. (3) Parecida a la u española: rule (ruul) — dominación, regla, gobernar, dominar; push (push) — empujar; bull (bul) — toro; full (ful) —lleno, atestado. (4) Como e francesa cuando va seguida de r al final de sílaba: este sonido está descrito en el número (3) al tratar de la e: murder (mérder) —asesinato, asesinar; purpose (pérpos) —propósito, proponerse pursue (persiú) seguir (con el fin de alcanzar).

(5) Como u española cuando va precedida de la q: quality (cuálity) — calidad, cualidad; quack (cuac) — charlatanear, charlatán, medicastro; quake (cuéic)

X. La x (eks) suena:

Y. La y (uái) suena : (1) Más suave que la y española cuando inicia una palabra o va antes de vocal: yawn (ioon) —bostezar: yell (iel) — vociferar, gritar.

(2) Generalmente como la i española en medio y al final de palabra; myth (miZ) — mito, fábula; misery (míseri) — miseria; pity (píti) — piedad, compasión. (3) Como ái cuando va acentuada: fly (flái) — volar; type (táip) — tipo, símbolo. Z. La z (sí) tiene el sonido que ya hemos descrito parecido al zumbido de una abeja: zebra (sibra) —cebra; zero (siro) — cero.

DIPHTHONGS — DIPTONGOS Diptongo es una combinación de dos vocales que se pronuncian en una sola emisión de voz. Estúdiense los siguientes diptongos: (c) En muchos vocablos suena como ei: break 1. al, ay: (bréik) — romper; great (gréit) — gran. (a) Suenan como él: chain (chéin) — cadena; pain (d) Seguida de r se pronuncia en algunos vocablos (péin) — dolor; bay (béi) — bahía; day (déi) — día. como ea: bear (béar) — oso; tear (téar) — rasgar, (b) ai tiene el sonido de e: said (sed) — dije, dijo, desgarrar, wear (uéar) — usar, vestir. dicho; again (aguén) — otra vez. (e) Seguida de r también tiene el sonido de la: dear (c) al en muchas voces antes de r se pronuncia ea: (díar) — caro, querido; fear (fíar) —miedo; near air (éar) — aire; chair (chéar) — silla. (níar) — cerca (de) ; rear (ríar) —postrero, de atrás, criar, educar; tear (tíar) —lágrima. 2. au, aw (f) Haya un número de vocablos en que suena como a: Suenan mayormente como co: fraud (frood) — heart (jart) — corazón; hearth (jarZ) —hogar, fogón. fraude; straw (stroo) — paja; crawl (crool) —arrastrarse. 4. ee: 3. ea: (a) Mayormente suena como i prolongada: feet (fíit) (a) En el 'mayor número de vocablos suena como i — píes; need (niid) — necesitar, necesidad; seed (siid) — prolongada; teach (tiích) — enseñar, instruir; seat (siit) semilla. — asiento, sentar; neat (niit) — nítido; leaf (liif) — hoja. 5. eau (más bien triptongo): (b) En muchos vocablos suena como e breve: bread (a) Suena como iú: beauty (biúty) — hermosura, (bred) — pan; death (deZ) — muerte; earth (erZ) — la belleza; beautiful (biútiful) — hermoso, bello. tierra.

XI

(b) Como o en palabras que vienen del francés: beau (bou) — galán, buen mozo; bureau (biúrou) —cómoda, despacho, negociado. 6. ei, ey : (a) Como ai: height (jáit) — altura; eye (ái) — ojo. (b) ei suena como ea: heir (éar) — heredero. (c) ei suena como en castellano: reign (réin) — reinar; ey tambien suena como en castellano: grey (gréi) — gris. (d) ei como i: seize (siis) — asir, agarrar. 7. eo. (a) Como e: leopard (lépard) — leopardo. (b) Como i: people (pípol) — pueblo, gente. (c) Como ou: yeoman (ióuman) — hacendado, acomodado. 8. eu, ew : (a) Como iú : feud (fiúd) — riña; few (fiú) pocos. (b) Como u: blew (blu) — pretérito del verbo 'to blow': soplar, soplaste, sopló, etc. 9 . ie: (a) Como ai : tie (tái) — lazo, atar; pie (páí) —pastel. (b) Como e: friend. (frend) — amigo. (e) Como i prolongada: fiend (fiind) — demonio, malhechor; belief (biliif) — creencia. 10. oa: (a) Como o: broad (brod) — ancho. (b) Como ou: coast (cóust) — costa; road (róud) — carretera. 11. oe: (a) Como ou toe (tóu) — dedo del pie; foe (fóu) — enemigo. (b) Como u: shoe (shu) — zapato. (c) Como o prolongada: does (doos) — hace.

12. oo: (a) Como oa: floor (flóar) — piso; door (dóar) — puerta. (b) . Como u prolongada: moon (muun) — luna, fool (fuul) — tonto, tontear, engañar; food (fuud) — alimento, sustento. (c) Como u breve: loop (lup) — lazo, vuelta; crook (cruk) — curvatura; (fam. bandido). (d) Como o: blood (blood) — sangre; flood (flood) — desbordamiento. 13. ou, ow : (a) Mayormente coma au: loud (láud) — ruidoso; cow (cáu) — vaca. (b) ou como o: court (cort) — corte, patio. (c) ou como u: could (cud) — puede, podía, podría, etc; should (shud) — debiera, debería etc. (d) ow como ou: low (lóu) — bajo; crow (cróu) —cuervo, cacarear, cantar el gallo. 14. ua: (a) Como uéi: suave (suéív) — suave, afable; persuade (persuéid) — persuadir. 15. ue: (a) Como iú: due (diú) — debido, cumplido; pursue (persiú) —perseguir. (b) Como u: true (tru) — verdadero, sincero; blue (blu) — azul. 16. ui: (a) Como i: guilty (guílti) — culpable. (b) Como u: juice (Yuus) — jugo; bruise (bruus) — magulladura. 17. uy: Como ai: buy (bái) — comprar; guy (gái) — (fam, tipo, mozo).

COMBINACIONES DE LETRAS 1. ch: 5. sh: (a) Mayormente tiene el sonido de la ch española: church (a) Como la ch francesa, es decir, parecido al sonido que (cherch) — iglesia. se articula al imponer silencio : wash (uósh) — lavar (b) A veces tiene el sonido fuerte de la c: character 6. th: (cáracter) — carácter; (c) Como sh en vocablos del francés: machine (mashiin) (a) Como la z española: path (paZ) — senda, camino. — máquina. (b) Como la d española en medio de vocablo: although (oldóu) — aunque. En la pronunciación figurada se 2 . gh representará este sonido de la th con D mayúscula. (a) A principio de sílaba suena como La g en gato: ghost 7 . wh: (góust) — espectro, fantasma. (a) Como ju: whisper (juísper) — cuchichear, murmurar. (b) Al terminar sílaba suena en algunos vocablos como Antes de terminar esta breve explicación sobre el f: rough (rof) — áspero, tosco. alfabeto inglés deseamos hacer hincapié sobre los siguientes (c) A veces es muda: high (jái) — alto; right (ráit) — sonidos que son los que causan mayor dificultad al derecho, recto. estudiante de habla española: (1) El sonido parecido al zumbido de la abeja pero más 3. ph: (a) Mayormente tiene el sonido de f: Philadelphia suave. Tiene este sonido la s (en los casos ya explicados al tratar de esta letra), la z y en algunos vocablos la (filadélfia) — Filadelfia. terminación ice. Ejemplos: preside (prisáid) — presidir. 4. rh: (a) La h es muda: rhetoric (rétoric) — retórica; rheurnatism (rúmatism) reumatismo.

XII

lazy (léisi) perezoso; suifice (sofais) —bastar. fervent (férvent) — ferviente; bird (berd) — pájaro; (2) El sonido de la sh parecido al que articulamos para camphor (cámfer) — alcanfor; return (ritérn) — regresar, imponer silencio: Tiene este sonido la t mayormente en la devolver; myrtle (mértel) — mirto, mirta. terminación — tion, en la partícula — tial y en — tien; (4) El sonido que a veces tienen la g, la j, la s y la z en también suena así por lo general la ss en la terminación algunas voces tales como: treasure (treshur) — tesoro; ssion y alguna que otra palabra donde vaya seguida de ia; confusion (confiúshon) — confusión y seizure (síshur) — con el mismo sonido pronunciamos las terminaciones cious asimiento, aprehensión. Este sonido es el la j francesa (shos), xious (shos) y cial (shal). Ejemplos: wish (uísh) — parecido al zumbido de la abeja pero más fuerte. Es muy deseo, desear; action (ákshon) —acción; impartial difícil para una persona de lengua española y debe (impárshal) imparcial; impatient (impéishent) — aprenderse de alguien que lo pronuncie perfectamente bien. impaciente; compassion (compáshion) — compasión; (5) El sonido que tiene la th exacto a una z castiza: Russia (rósha) — Rusia; capricious (capríshos) — Ejemplos: I thought (Zoot) — pensé, creí; wrath (raZ) — ira, caprichoso; anxious (ánshos) — ansioso; official (ofíshal) furor: — oficial. También se pronuncian con el mismo sonido: (6) La i que se llama corta en inglés debe pronunciarse muy dimension (diménshon) — dimensión; extension breve. Hay que hacer notar la diferencia entre una i corta (exténshon) extensión y sure (shúar) seguro. inglesa y una e larga inglesa. Pronunciemos it (it) — ello, lo, (3) El sonido de las vocales formando sílaba con la r que muy breve para no confundir con eat (iit) — comer, que es sigue el cual mayormente es como la e francesa o sea como i prolongada. prolongando los labios como para pronunciar una o (7) La vocal que precede consonante doble por lo general se articulando una e. Debe tomarse como modelo Sir (ser) — pronuncia casi como en castellano, es decir, es corta. señor. Pronúnciese igualmente scholar (scóler) — escolar, Ejemplos: fatter (fáter) — más gordo ; written (ríten) — alumno u hombre erudito; (férvent) escrito; better (béter) — mejor, etc. ACCENT — ACENTO En inglés no se emplea el acento escrito. Relativamente hay Ejemplos: remarkable (rimárkabol) — notable, pocas palabras agudas. extraordinario; regrettable (rigrétabol) — lamentable; La mayoría de las palabras de dos sílabas llevan la fuerza de readable (rídabol) — leíble, interesante; vegetables pronunciación en la penúltima sílaba, es decir, son breves. (véYetabols) — legumbres. Ejemplos: river (ríver) — río; window (uíndou) — La palabra compuesta de una simple y un prefijo o sufijo, ventana; mountain (máuntin) — montaña; drawer por lo regular conserva el acento original. Ejemp lo s: final (dróer) — gaveta. (fá ina l) — final; finally (fá in aly) — final mente; Las palabras de tres o más sílabas mayormente llevan la tell — decir; foretell (fortél) — predecir. fuerza de pronunciación en la antepenúltima sílaba, es decir, Hay muchas palabras que llevan la fuerza en dos sílabas son esdrújulas. Ejemplos: charity (chárity) — caridad; siendo una más fuerte que la otra u otras. Ejemplos misery (misery) — miseria; beautiful (biútiful) — hermoso. moonbeam (múun-bíin) — rayo de luz de la luna. Nota: Las que terminan en ion la llevan en la penúltima (La fuerza sobre moon es más fuerte que sobre beam); sílaba. Ejemplos: commission (comíshon) — comisión; confirmation (confirméshon) — confirmación, ratificación. navigation (naviguéshon) — navegación; education (Llevan la fuerza las sílabas con y ma, siendo esta última la (eYukéishon) — educación. más fuerte). Las palabras terminadas en el sufijo — able (aból) generalmente llevan la fuerza en la antepenúltima sílaba pero a veces en la sílaba anterior. DOUBLE (dóbol) CONSONANTS — CONSONANTES DOBLES (1) La f, la s y la l mayormente son dobles al final de (2) Las palabras acentuadas en la última sílaba (inclúyanse monosílabos precedidas de vocal simple. Ejemplos: los monosílabos) que terminan en consonante precedida de cliff — despeñadero; small (smol) — pequeño; mass — vocal simple doblan esta consonante final al añadírseles una masa, montón, misa. Nota: También terminan en consonante terminación que empiece con vocal. Ejemplos: plan — doble los siguientes: inn — posada; egg — huevo; odd — proyectar; el pasado: planned (pland) y el gerundio planning raro; add — añadir; ebb — menguar la marea; menguante; ebb — proyectando; prefer (prifér) — referir; el pasado: of life (láif) — vejez. preferred y el gerundio, prefeiring — prefiriendo; thin — delgado y thinner — más delgado. PUNCTUATION MARKS — SIGNOS DE PUNTUACION Los signos de puntuación son los siguientes: de interrogación; exclamation point (exclaméshon póint) — Period (píriod) — (.) punto; comma (cóma) — (,) (!) signo de admiración (estos dos sólo se usan al coma; semicolon (sémi-cóulon) — (;) punto y coma; final de la oración); hyphen (jáifen) — (-) guión; dash colon (cóulon) — (:) dos puntos; suspensive points (dash) — (—) raya; dieresis (daiéresis) — ( ¨ ) (so sp én sív póins) — (. .) p unto s suspensivo s; d i é r e s i s ; a p o s t r o p h e ( a p ó s t r o f i ) a p o s trófo y interrogation point (ínteroguéshon póint) — (?) signo quotation marks (cuotéshon marks) — (") comillas.

XIII

Este sistema ha estado usándose por algunos años antes de esta reciente, modificada edición e insertamos aquí a continuación opiniones de algunos alumnos: Del Dr. P. DOMINICI, dominicano, 50 Central Park West, New York City: En mi ansiedad por aprender el inglés rápidamente para poder aprobar mis exámenes de reválida y así ejercer mi profesión de médico en esta ciudad, tuve oportunidad de conocer los más remembrados sistemas y métodos usados en diferentes escuelas de New York. . . . Es para mi un gran placer testimoniar mi gratitud al Profesor Marín, quien en siete meses me enseño el inglés que poseo y que me ha sido suficiente pará pasar con el grado B el examen de New York a los Profesionales extranjeros. El Sistema Marín es el más práctico, rápido y completo que haya conocido y no vacilo en recomendarlo calurosamente a quienes deseen aprender el inglés de manera correcta y elegante. (Firmado) DR. P. DOMINICI. * * *

Del Dr. FELIX LUCIANI LAIRET, Médico de Caracas, Venezuela: Después de mi llegada a este país, m e fue indispensable aprender el idioma inglés lo más pronto posible. Como es na tural pensarlo, comencé a estudiar por los métodos públicamente aceptados por su fama corno los mejores y no me avergüenza decir que después de algunos meses de estudio casi llego a la conclusión de que no había nacido para aprender un idioma extranjero. AFORTUNADAMENTE un buen día me tropecé con mi amigo y colega Dr. Enrique Márquez Iragorry, quien me recomendó visitar al Profesor Juan Marín Aguilú. Creo un hecho de justicia hacerle saber a mis compañeros de lengua que después de 15 días de clases; estudiando con el Método Marín, se me hizo el inglés tan claro, que llegué a la conclusión absoluta de lo falso que es decir, como muchos lo hacen, “Yo no he nacido para aprender idiomas” No cabe ninguna duda que la voluntad del estudiante es un gran factor, pero ésta tiene un valor casi cero si el Método por seguir no llena las verdaderas condiciones de simpleza y claridad. Ahora que conozco tal poco, considerable, la lengua inglesa, me atrevo afirmar que sin estudiar sus expresiones idiomáti cas y sus puntos gramaticales, comparándose con sus equivalentes en el idioma de uno, es imposible llegar a dominar el idioma extranjero para deleitarnos hablándolo con la fluidez y seguridad que es debida. Creo no equivocarme al decir que hasta la fecha en ninguna parte del globo ha sido publicado un libro que llene tan a cabalidad tales puntos como el libro de mi apreciado Profesor Marín. (Firmado) F. LUCIANI LAIRET * * * Del Dr. Enrique Márquez Iragorry, Médico de Caracas, Venezuela Se me ha pedido emitir opinión sobre las apreciaciones que haya podido derivar en mis ocho meses de estudio consecutivo, sobre el Método de enseñanza de la lengua inglesa, inti tulado “Método Marín”. Diáfano sería con maduro pensar: y claro razonamiento exponer las magníficas condiciones "sui generis" del texto como obra didáctica, y la empresa titánica desplegada en su confección para hacerla, dentro de los linderos trazados por la construcción gramatical, de fácil y rápida asimilación. Pero me eximo de hacerlo, como suele acontecer, porque considero que sólo viviendo sus páginas, sintiendo en experiencia propia el rápido progreso hacia un idioma nuevo, y disfrutando el regocijo de un anhelo, casi abandonado ante la incertidumbre, dejada por el desfilar de tantos métodos de obscura exposición y muchos maestros de poca disposición, es cuando se logra apreciar la infinita suerte de contarse entre los discípulos del Profesor Juan Marín Aguilú.

Mi mejor juicio sobre la obra es la significación moral del homenaje al testimoniar en estas líneas, libres de toda parcialización mi profunda gratitud y sincero agradecimiento al autor. (Firmado) ENRIQUE MÁRQUEZ IRÁGORRY Médico venezolano. New York, * * * Del Dr. EMILIO GIRO, Médico de Santiago de Cuba y últimamente de la Habana: Debo hacer constar con espontánea sinceridad el maravilloso progreso operado en mí en el estudio del inglés bajo la enseñanza del distinguido profesor Sr. Juan Marín Aguilú, autor del Método más moderno para el aprendizaje de esta lengua. Sus muchos años consagrados al estudio y a la enseñanza de lenguas extranjeras y de modo particular a la inglesa, ha tenido la más feliz culminación en la publicación de este libro, el más pedagógico, en mi modesta opinión, y el más completo de cuantos se hayan escrito hasta ahora sobre esta materia. Bajo esta gratísima experiencia personal, me complazco y me permito recomendarlo a todos los millones de nuestros conciudadanos de América Hispana en la seguridad de que hallarán en este libro el éxito alcanzado por todos los que hemos tenido el privilegio de haber recogido sus enseñanzas. (Firmado) DR. EMILIO Giro médico cubano. * * *

Del Dr. B. CARRASCO, dominicano, ejerciendo en New York, 1 West 85th Street: De todos los métodos para aprender el inglés destinados las personas de nuestra lengua y de nuestra raza hasta hoy publicados considero que el del Profesor Marín es el más ventajoso: por su vocabulario y fraseología de uso diario; por la enseñanza gramatical indispensable tanto en el idioma español como en el inglés, siendo dicha enseñanza comprensible y al alcance de todo aquel que estudie con empeño. También ofrece ventajas este sistema por la enseñanza práctica e intensa del verbo sin el conocimiento profundo del cual es imposible llegar a dominar un idioma. Por estas razones primordiales no vacilo en recomendar el Método del Profesor Marín Aguilú, pues les será útil a todos los que se interesen por el idioma inglés, (Firmado) DR. B. CARRASCO * * *

joven americano, Mr. ARTHUR H. WOODS, B. A., quien estudió ESPAÑOL con este sistema: Con muchísimo placer y entusiasmo recomiendo el Curso de mi profesor y amigo, Sr. Marín, pues, después de haber estudiado tres idiomas, realmente me siento capacitado para poder apreciar un buen sistema y un verdadero maestro cuando estudio con ellos. En todos mis años de escuela elemental, secundaria y uni versitaria, tanto en los Estados Unidos como en Inglaterra; honradamente me atrevo a afirmar que no hay un curso superior al del Profesor Marín. Sería verdaderamente difícil encontrar un método tan completo, tan lúcido, tan bien ordenado. Es para mí motivo de gran placer el contarme entre sus centenares de alumnos y amigos. En mis viajes a Venezuela cada dos semanas y mis visitas a la bella y culta ciudad de Caracas, usando yo el español continuamente, me he dado cuenta de la enseñanza eficientísima del Curso del Profesor Marín, y lleno de gratitud deseo brillante éxito a dicho Método, el cual, no cabe duda, se extenderá por toda la América Hispana. (Firmado) ARTHUR H. WOODS 968 Lexington Ave., New York, * * *

XIV

INDICE Página ADJETIVO (adj.) : Calificativo_______________________________ 4-C Comparación de _________________________14-V Demostrativo____________________________19-B Gentilicios______________________________162-B Indefinidos ______________________________83-B Posesivo _________________________________4-D ADVERBIO (adv.)__________________________124-C APENDICE (Appendix) ____________________245-246 ARTICULO (art.) : Definido ________________________________2-A Indefinido________________________________3-B CARTAS__________________________________249-VII CONJUGACION (verbo 'to be' —ser, estar, haber (impersonal) y poder)_________ 300-306 CONJUNCION (conj.) ______________________ 112-III CONTRACCIONES_________________________ 233-VI DICCIONARIO (Español-Inglés)_____________277-299 DICCIONARIO (Inglés-Español)_____________247-276 GENERO________________________________ 220-VI GERUNDIO (Part. Presente)__________10-No. 7; 111-II IMPERATIVO______________________________29-30 INTERJECCION ___________________________226-VI MAYUSCULAS____________________________240-VI NEGATIVOS_________________________65-67; 75-76 NUMERO PLURAL ________________________ 21; 29

Página NOMBRE: Abstracto y Concreto_________________________207-b Colectivo________________________________214-VI Gentilicio (nacionales)______________________162 de Países_________________________________160-III PARTICIPIO PASADO_____________________ 12-No. 10 P R E F I JO_________________________________ 188-B PREPOSICION______________________________123-B PRONOMBRE (pro.): Complementario____________________________37-C Demostrativo_______________________________19-B Indefinido_________________________________83-B Interrogativo____________________________142-143 Posesivo__________________________________68-D Relativo__________________________132-134; 141; 142 Sujeto____________________________________12-B SENTENCIA : Declarativa, Interro., Admira.___________________ 13 SUBJUNTIVO (Repaso)____________________ 197-200 SUFIJO______________________________189-190 SUJETO: Definicion________________________________12-B Posicion________________________3-3,4,5; 187-188 VERBO_____________________________________7-9 Conjugación de 'to be' —ser, estar, haber (impersonal) y poder_______________300-306 Regular__________________________7-a ; 12-No. 10 Irregular, definición_______________________18-A VOZ PASIVA______________________171-172; 180-182

APENDICE APENDICE________________________________________________________Pág. 245 CONJUGACION del verbo ser, estar ____________________________________Pág. 300 DICCIONARIO (Inglés-Español)________________________________________Pág. 247 DICCIONARIO (Español-Inglés) _______________________________________Pág. 277

PRONUNCIACION FIGURADA: En la pronunciación figurada una 'D' mayúscula representará el sonido que tiene la 'd' en 'cada'; una 'Y' mayúscula el de la 'Ye' muy cargada o fuerte; una 's' .de tipo negro, simulando el zumbido de la abeja; una 'sh' el sonido que articulamos a veces para imponer silencio; una 'sh' de tipo negro para el sonido parecido al zumbido de una abeja pero aún más fuerte, como el de la 'j' francesa; una 'Z' mayúscula para insistir en el sonido de la 'th' cuando es idéntico a una 'z' castiza. Al empezar el estudio de cada palabra nueva miremos primero su pronunciación atendiendo cuidadosamente a la vocal que lleva el acento o fuerza, y luego de pronunciar la palabra varias veces, se concentra sobre la verdadera ortografía escribiendo cada palabra 12 o 15 veces antes de estudiar la siguiente. La vocal o vocales no acentuadas en la pronunciación figurada (cuando hay dos o más sonidos), deben pronunciarse muy CERRADAS.

Dedicatoria Dedico mi libro a la memoria de mi inolvidable tío D. Abelardo Aguilú Rodríguez, quien, desde muy niño yo, habiendo perdido a mis padres y viviendo en su hogar instiló en mí, por su carácter íntegro de bellas cualidades, ciertas ideas y sentimientos sin los cuales no hubiera nacido mi gran amor a la enseñanza, del cual es fruto legítimo esta obra didáctica.

J. M. A.

LESSON I (lesón uon) — Lección I FIRST VOCABULARY (ferst vocábiuleri) — Primer Vocabulario a Alfred and are baker bathroom beautiful bedroom Belgian big brother but butcher carpenter catholic cent cook costs daughter dear dentist dining- room economy Edward engineer essential father food he has house household householder how in is John kind kitchen

(e) (álfred) (and) (ar) (beiker) (báZ-rum) (biúitiful) (béd-rum) (BélYan) (big) (bróDer) (bot) (búcher) (cárpenter) (cáZolik) (sent) (cuk) (cost) (dóter) (diar) (déntist) (dáinin-rum) (ecónomi) (éduard) (énYiníer) (esénshal) (fáDer) (fuud) (ji jas) (jáus) (jáusjould) (jáusjoulder) (jáu) (in) (is) (Yon) (Káind) (kíchen)

—un, una —Alfredo —y —son, esta —panadero —cuarto de baño —hermoso, bonito —dormitorio —belga —grande —hermano —pero; sino —carnicero —carpintero —católico —centavo —cocinero —costoso —hija —caro; querido —dentista —comedor —economía —Eduardo —ingeniero; maquinista —esencial —padre —alimento; comida —él o ella tiene —casa —familia, casa, menaje —cabeza de familia —cuando —en (dentro) —es, esta —Juan —bondadoso; clase —cocina

large lawyer leg maid man men many Mary mechanic merchant month navel necessary now on parlor Peter plumber pound protestant Ralph rice russian she has shoemaker sister small son sore sugar the store teacher their they have very warehouse week what with

(larY) (lóier) (leg) (méid) (man) (men) (méni) (méri) (mekánic) (mérchant) (monZ) (néivel) (néseseri) (náu) (on) (párler) (píter) (plómer) (páund) (prótestant) (ralf) (ráis) (róshan) (shi jas) (shuméiker) (síster) (smol) (son) (sóar) (shúguer) (Di-stóar) (tícher) (Déar) (Dei jav) (véri) (wéarjáus) (wiik) (juat) (uiZ)

—grande, vasto —abogado —pierna; pata —criada —hombre —hombres —muchos, varios —María —mecánico —comerciante —mes —ombligo, centro, punto medio —necesario —ahora —en (sobre encima de); puesto —sala, salón —Pedro —plomero —libra —protestante —Rafael —arroz —ruso —ella tiene —zapatero — hermana —pequeño —hijo — adolorido; lastimado —azúcar —la tienda —profesor, maestro —su sus (de ellos) —ellos tienen —muy —bodega —semana —lo que —con

FRASES:

How many Good morning (gud mórnin) Good afternoon (gudáfternun) Good evening (gudívnin) Good night (gud náit)

—Cuantos . . . —Buenos días. —Buenas tardes. —Buenas noches (al pasar o entrar). —Buenas noches (al despedirse).

READING TEXT ('ridin text') —Texto de Lectura (Lea con el tono, ritmo y naturalidad con que leerla lo mismo en castellano) Lea en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces Mary is a teacher. She has five (faiv — cinco) brothers: Peter, John, Edward, Alfred and Ralph. Peter is lawyer; John is a dentist; Edward is a shoemaker; Alfred is a merchant and Ralph is a carpenter. Their father is an engineer. They have a big and beautiful house. The parlor, the dining-room and the bedrooms are large; but the kitchen is very small. Anna, the cook, is a Belgian, and Alice, the maid, is a Russian. Anna is a protestant and Alice is a catholic.

2 The cook earns ( t erns'—gana) $10.00 ten dollars a week, and the maid earns $50.00 (fifty dollars) a month. The cook has now a sore leg, and the maid is in the store. Food is very dear. Sugar costs ten cents a pound; rice costs seven cents a pound. Economy is very essential. CONVERSATION (converséshon) — Conversación (Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba 'Varias Veces) 1. Is Mary a teacher? 2. How many brothers has she? 3. Is John a dentist? 4. Is Alfred a merchant? 5. What is Peter? 6. Is Ralph a shoemaker? 7 What is Edward? 8. Is their father an engineer? 9. Have they a big and beautiful house? 10. Are the parlor, the dining-room and the bedrooms large? 11. Is the kitchen very small? 12. Is Anna, the cook, a Belgian? 13. Is Alice, the maid, a Russian? 14. Has Anna a sore leg? 15. Is the maid in the store now? 16. Is economy very essential? IV. CARDINAL NUMBERS (Cárdinal nómbers) — Números Cardinales 1 one (uon), 2 two (tu), 3 three (Zri), 4 four (fóar), 5 five (fáiv), 6 six (siks), 7 seven (séven), 8 eight (éit), 9 nine (náin), 0 zero (siro), 10 ten (ten). SECOND VOCABULARY — Segundo Vocabulario Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra Hasta Aprenderla

arm back bookkeeper blue bread butter button cheap chocolate church clean cloth coal coat coffee conservative copybook dog dressmaker ear earings eye faithful favor foreign, adj. fruit green hand hat high honest hospital hour hut ice-box inside island Italian jail kindness language languages

(arm) (bak) (búk-kiper) (blu) (bred) (bóter) (bóton) (chiip) (chócolet) (cherch) (cliin) (cloZ) (cóul) (cóut) (cófi) (consérvativ) (cópibuk) (doog) (drésmeiker) (íar) (íirings) (ái) (féiZful) (féivor) (fóren) (frut) (griin) (jand) (jat) (jái) (ónest) (jóspital) (áuar) (jot) (áisboks) (insáid) (áiland) (itálian) (Yéil) (káindnes) (lángüeY) (lángüeYes)

—brazo; arma last —espalda; dorso learning —tenedor de libros liberal —azul liberty —pan lieutenant —mantequilla life —botón little —barato milk —chocolate mouth —iglesia neck —limpio nose —tela; paño noun —carbón de piedra outside —chaqueta, abrigo pianist —café poor —conservador president —cuaderno registration —perro school —costurera secretary —oído, oreja sight —aretes sincere —ojo singer —fiel stone —favor straw —extranjero we study —fruta, fruto suit —verde ripe —mano Sunday —sombrero at times —alto (para cosas) tree —honrado trying —hospital tution —hora ugly —choza university —nevera useful —dentro de woman —isla women —italiano writer —cárcel yard —bondad year —idioma yellow —idiomas word

(last) —ultimo (lérnin) —aprendiendo (líberal) —liberal (líberti) —libertad (liuténant) —teniente (láif) —vida (lítel) —pequeño (milk) —leche (máuZ) —boca (nek) —cuello, pescuezo (nóus) —nariz (náun) —nombre (sustantivo) (áutsáid) —afuera, fuera (piánist) —pianista (púar) —pobre (président) —presidente (registréishion) —inscripción (skuul) —escuela (sécreteri) —secretario (sáit) —vista ; escena (sinsíar) —sincero (sínguer) —cantante (stóun) —piedra (stroo) —paja (ui stódi) —estudiamos (síut) —traje, (vestido) (ráip) —maduro (sóndei) —domingo (at táims) —a veces (tri) —árbol (tráin) —penoso (duro) (túshion) —matrícula (ógli) —feo, repugnante (iunivérsiti) —universidad (iúsful) —útil (wúman) —mujer (wímen) —mujeres (ráiter) —escritor (íard) —yarda; patio (yíar) —año (iélou) —amarillo (uerd) —palabra

3 V. A.

GRAMMAR — GRAMATICA DEFINITE ARTICLE ('définit árticol') —Articulo Definido o Determinado

El 'definite article' es 'the'— el, los; la, las, y se emplea antes de nombres que indiquen personas o cosas determinadas, especificas. Examples ('egsámpols'): the dress, the dresses — el vestido (de mujer), los vestidos; the dressmaker, the dressmakers . . . etc. El 'definite article' SE OMITE: 1. Antes de un nombre no mo dificado que indique una cualidad, condición o sensación, (nombre ABSTRACTO), y antes de nombres usados en sentido general, es decir, cuando abarcan todos los de su especie sin especificar grupo. Repita en ALTA VOZ y escriba varias veces: Kindness is beautiful —La bondad es hermosa. Life is trying at times —La vida es dura a veces. Hunger ('jónguer') is the best sauce ('sos') —A buena hambre no hay pan duro, (El hambre es la mejor salsa). Dogs are faithful —Los perros son fieles. Coal is very useful. —El carbón de piedra es muy útil. Bread is very cheap now —El pan está muy barato ahora. Sunday is a day of ('ov') rest —El domingo es día de descanso.

2. También SE OMITE antes de títulos si esos van seguidos del nombre propio: President Clark is in favor of the plan —El Presidente Clark esta en favor del plan. Secretary Hull is honest and sincere —El Secretario Hull es honrado y sincero. Lieutenant Johnson is not a big man —El Teniente Johnson no es un hombre grande. 3. También SE OMITE antes de nombres de comidas y de calles: After breakfast (áfter brékfast) —Después del desayuno, After lunch ('lonch') —Después del almuerzo. Before dinner (bifóar díner') —Antes de la comida. For supper ('for sóper') —Para la cena. On Bolivar Street ('striit') —En la Calle Bolívar.

4. SE OMITE antes de un nombre propio de persona modificado: Poor Mary is very ill —La pobre María está muy enferma. 5. Antes de nombres de idiomas no modificados: *Los nombres y adjetivos gentilicios, es decir, los que se der ivan de nombres de ciudades, países, continentes deben escribirse con letra mayúscula en inglés. 6. También SE OMITE antes de la palabra significando 'pasado' y de 'next' — próximo: last week; last month; last night; next Sunday; next —la semana pasada; el mes pasado; anoche; la semana que viene; year el año que viene 7. Lo omitimos igualmente antes de las palabras school, college ('cóleY'), church, jail refiriéndonos a la institución, pero empleamos 'the' si nos referimos al edificio determinado: Con otras preposiciones: to school — a la escuela; in school — en la escuela; to jail — a la cárcel. 8. Al decir el de', 'los de', 'la de' y las de' nombrando después una parte del cuerpo, traducimos mayormente al inglés por 'the one WITH': El de la nariz grande La de los ojos verdes Las de ojos azules

—The one with the big nose. —The one with the green eyes. —The ones with blue eyes.

Indicando el traje o vestido usamos en esta frase la preposición 'IN': El del traje obscuro La del vestido negro

—The one in the dark suit. —The one in the black dress.

B. INDEFINITE ARTICLE — Articulo Indefinido o Indeterminado El 'indefinite article' es 'a' — un, una y se emplea antes de nombres que indiquen personas o cosas indeterminadas o indefinidas. Este articulo cambia por 'an' delante de palabras que empiezan con 'h' MUDA o vocal (excepto 'y' 'w'): an hour, an honest man, an apple (ápol) — una manzana, an ugly sight — una escena repugnante, (en 'ugly' la 'u' suena 'o' y antes de este sonido debe usarse 'an'). Contrario al uso castellano DEBE usarse el 'indefinite article':

4 1. Antes de substantivos-atributos usados después de formas del verbo 'to be' — ser, los cuales indiquen ocupación, nacionalidad, rango, religión o partido político. Examples: Robert is a butcher —Roberto es carnicero Albert is a bookkeeper —Alberto es tenedor de libros. Louis ('lúis') is an Italian —Luis es italiano. Edward is a lieutenant —Eduardo es teniente. Louise ('lúis') is a dressmaker —Luisa es costurera. Peter is a catholic —Pedro es católico. John is a conservative —Juan es conservador. He is not a lawyer but a dentist —Él no es abogado sino dentista. 2. También se usa el 'indefinite article' antes de nombres que indiquen peso, medida, tiempo. Examples: Coffee costs twenty cents a pound —El café cuesta 20 centavos la libra. The cloth costs forty cents a yard —La tela cuesta 40 centavos la yarda. We study English three times a week —Estudiamos el inglés 3 veces a la semana. 3. Vemos el 'indefinite article' en muchos casos individuales no usados en español. Examples: He has a small mouth —Él tiene la boca pequeña. —Ella tiene la nariz adolorida. She has a sore nose —¿Tiene Rafael madre? Has Ralph a mother? —A ella le gusta, Alfredo con bigote. She likes ('laiks') Alfred with a mustache ('mostásh) Nota: No confundamos el artículo 'a' o 'an' con el número 'one'; usemos el artículo para indicar que se habla de una persona o cosa indeterminada, más el número 'one' para especificar que se trata solamente de una persona o cosa y no más. Unos o 'unas' se traduce por 'SOME' ('som') —algunos o por A FEW ('e fiu') pocos. C. DESCRIPTIVE ADJECTIVES ('discríptiv áYektivs) —Adjetivos Calificativos El 'descriptive adjective' es la palabra que describe, o dice una cualidad, algo, de una persona, animal o caso. En inglés este adjetivo es invariable, es decir, tiene una sola forma para el masculino y femenino, singular y plural, por ejemplo, 'high' — alto, alta, altos, altas, y va generalmente, aunque sean dos o más, delante del nombre que modifica. Examples: a small room —un cuarto pequeño. some small rooms —algunos cuartos pequeños. a foreign language —un idioma extranjero. foreign languages —idiomas extranjeros. a big and beautiful house —una casa grande y hermosa. big and beautiful houses —casas grandes y hermosas a little man —un hombre pequeño, un hombrecito a big man —un hombre grande, un hombrote. (En inglés no hay diminutivos ni aumentativos y para precisar una idea semejante se usa 'little' o 'small' y 'big' o 'large' respectivamente. Para expresar el superlativo en — ísimo usamos 'very'; very big — grandísimo). Cuando se omite el nombre de la persona u objeto por saberse ya de quien o de que se habla el 'descriptive adjective' va por regla general seguido de la palabra 'one' y para el plural 'ones': the dark one — el obscuro (refriéndose a un traje); the blue ones — las azules (refiriéndose a las corbatas); the fresh ones — las frescas, (frutas, por ejemplo). Nota: En inglés el nombre se usa frecuentemente como adjetivo y traduce numerosas frases castellanas introducidas particularmente por la preposición 'de'. En este caso ese nombre adjetivado inglés va siempre en su forma singular antepuesto al nombre modificado. Examples: bookstore — tienda de libros o librería; fruit trees —árboles frutales; shoe laces ('shu léises') — cordones de zapatos; straw hat — sombrero de paja; felt hat — sombrero de fieltro. D. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES ('posésiv áYektivs) — Adjetivos Posesivos El 'possessive adjective' indica que algo pertenece o es parte -de una persona, animal o cosa. Estos adjetivos son my (mái) —mis. its (its) —su, sus (de una cosa). your (iúar) —tú, tus; su, sus (de Ud.) our (áuar) —nuestro, -s; -a, -as. his (jis) —su, sus, (de él). your (iúar) —su, sus (de Uds.) her (jer) —su, sus, (de ella). their (déar) —su, sus (de ellos, -as)

5 Continúese las siguientes frases en. ALTA VOZ usando estos posesivos: 1. My rooms are large: your rooms are . . . ; his . . . etc. 2. My parlor is large and beautiful; your parlor is . . . etc. 3. My windows face the street ('mái uíndous féis Di striit') — Mis ventanas dan a la calle; Your windows face . . . etc. Se emplea el 'possessive adjective' en inglés como equivalente de, el, los, la, las antes de nombres de partes del cuerpo y de artículos de vestir en cuyas construcciones también se usa a veces en español ('me', ‘te', 'le', etc. Analice y aprenda de memoria: She has a copybook in her hand He has a boil on his neck They have their hats on My back itches ('mai bak íches') Your hand trembles ('trémbels')

—tiene un cuaderno en la mano. —Él tiene un nacido (divieso) en el cuello. —Ellos tienen el sombrero puesto. —Me pica la espalda. —Te tiembla la mano.

VII.

EXAMEN O PRUEBA Después de un repaso minucioso de toda la lección el alumno debe hacer los siguientes ejercicios en su casa por escrito y así prepararse para el examen oral o por escrito en la clase. A.

Conteste en Inglés, Afirmativamente: (Enumere sus Respuestas). 1. Is life trying at times? 2. Is coal very useful? 3. Are dogs faithful? 4. Is bread cheap now? 5. Is Sunday a day of rest? 6. Is Secretary Green in favor of the plan? 7. Is Mr. Clark honest and sincere? 8. Is poor Peter very ill? 9. Are your brother and sister in church now? 10. Are foreign languages very useful? 11. Is Cuba ('kiúba') a big and beautiful island? 12. Has Edward a big and .beautiful house? 13. (corbata) Is the green one very cheap? 14. (frutas) Are the fresh ones in the ice-box? 15. Is the one with the big nose a lawyer? 16. Is the one with blue eyes a pianist or a singer? 17. Is the one in the dark suit your brother? 18. Is the one in the blue dress their sister? 19. Is th e one on the outside a writer? 20. Is the one on the inside an engineer? 21. Has Mary a copybook in her hand? 22. Has Robert a sore nose? 23. Has John a boil on his neck? 24. Has Ralph a big mouth? 25. Have they their hats on? B.

C.

Traduzca al Inglés. (Enumere según el texto). 1. La bondad es muy hermosa. La libertad es muy necesaria. 2. Los libros son muy útiles. El café es muy bueno. 3. El azúcar esta barata. El arroz esta caro. 4. El Presidente Roosevelt (róusvelt) es nuestro amigo 5. El Secretario Green es un hombre honrado. 6. Bogotá es una ciudad grande y hermosa. 7. El pobre Alfredo está en el hospital. 8. Mi hermano está en la escuela y mi hermana está en la iglesia. 9. El padre de ellos es italiano; la madre es americana. 10. Puerto Rico es una isla hermosa. 11. Las verdes son muy baratas; las maduras son muy caras. 12. El de la nariz grande es nuestro hermano. 13. La de la boca pequeña es costurera. 14. El del traje obscuro es un escritor muy bueno.

TRADUZCA AL INGLES: El Sr. Taft es ingeniero. El tiene chico hijos y una hija; Rafael, Alfredo, Eduardo, Pedro, Juan y María. María es profesora, Juan es dentista, Pedro es abogado Eduardo es zapatero, Alfredo es comerciante y Rafael es carpintero. Ellos tienen una casa, grande y hermosa. La cocina y el cuarto de baile son pequeños pero la sala, el comedor y los dormitorios son grandes. Ana, la cocinera, es belga y protestante, y Alicia, la criada, es rusa y católica. Ana tiene una pierna enferma (adolorida) y Alicia está en la tienda. El azúcar cuesta ocho centavos la libra y el arroz cuesta seis centavos la libra. La economía es muy esencial. Nota: En los ejercicios de traducción en esta y lecciones sucesivas las palabras que se encuentren en paréntesis ( ) deben traducirse al otro idioma, y las que se encuentren en paréntesis angulares [] han de omitirse y expresarse la idea en el otro.

6 LESSON II

all already also always another besides to blend blender ceiling comfortable country death easy face faces to fail floor from hall hard to invite late library to like liquate long luck lucky meals to miss to mix mixer money much name not

FIRST VOCABULARY Escriba y Repita Cada Palabra en ALTA VOZ Varias Veces Observando Cuidadosamente la Pronunciación y la Verdadera Ortografía. (ol) —todo, -s of (ov) —de (olrédi) —ya no,... (no) —no,... (ólso) —también only (ón1i) —solamente; único, única (ál-uéis) —siempre the other, adj. (Di óDer) —el otro, los otros (anóD er) —otro (adicional) parade (paréid) —parada (bisáids) —además de please (pliis) —haga el favor de (blend) —licuar, mezclar pleased (pliist) —contento o satisfecho (con (blender) —licuadora algo) (sílin) —cielo raso to prefer (prífer) —preferir (cómfortaból) —cómodo pleasure (pléshur) —placer o gusto (cóntri) —país; o campo to promise (prómis) —prometer (deZ) —muerte room (ruum) —cuarto; sitio, espacio (íisi) —fácil roof (ruuf) —azotea, tejado (féis) —cara shiny (sháini) —lustroso (féises) —caras smooth (smuuZ) —suave, liso (féil) —fracasar so (sóu) —tan; así (lo) (flóar) —piso, suelo thank you (Zánkiu) —gracias (from) —de, (procedencia) there (Déar) —allá (jol) —pasillo, salón there is, there —hay (sing y plu.) (jard) —duro, difícil are (tu inváit) —invitar a thick (Zik) —espeso, denso (léit) —tarde through (Zru) —por (a través de) (láibreri) —biblioteca to (tu) —a; por, (antes de verbo) (láik) —gustarle ; simpatizarle to see it (to síit) —verlo, -la querer a wall (uol) —pared, muro (licúeit) —licuar to wash (tu wosh) —lavar-se (long) —largo to watch (to uotch) —vigilar, observar (lok) —suerte o dicha water (uóter) —agua (lóki) —dichoso way (uéi) —camino; manera (miils) —comidas wide (uáid) —ancho, amplio (tu mis) —echar de menos a wine (úain) —vino (la bebida) (miks) —mezclar I wish (ái úish) —yo deseo (mikser) —mezcladora, batidora Do you wish (du iú uish) —¿Desea Ud.? (móni) —dinero we have (ui jav) —tenemos, habemos (moch) —mucho, -a often (ófen) —a menudo (néim) —nombre, nombrar Yes, sir (iéser) —Sí, señor (not) —no Why? (juái) —¿Por qué? FRASES

Please open ('óupen') your book on p age (Péiy) fo ur. —Haga el favor de abrir el libro en la pagina cuatro. Please close (clóus) your book. —Haga el favor de cerrar libro. How are you? — I am very well, thank you. —¿Cómo está Ud.? — Estoy bien, gracias. I like the house very much. —Me gusta la casa muchísimo. What is your name? —¿Cómo se llama Ud.? My name is Peter Jordan. —Me llamo Pedro Jordán. As big as, (frase afirmativa) —Tan grande como. . . It is not so small as . . . —No es tan pequeño como. In order to learn ('lern') —Para aprender. . . In order not to fail. —Para no fracasar. Is there? Are there? —¿Hay? (—singular y plural). How much. . . —¿Cuánto? Not now. —Ahora no. to launder money —lavar dinero. READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ Imitando el Tono y el Ritmo con que Leería lo mismo en Español John's house (la casa de Juan) is comfortable. It has five bedrooms besides the living -room (la sala), the library, the dining-room, the kitchen and the bathroom. One goes ('gous' —va) from one room to another through a long and wide hall. The ceiling is high and the walls are thick. The floor is smooth and shiny. John is pleased with the house. We have a good house also, but it is not so large as John's — (la de Juan). It only has six rooms in all (por todo) and very small, but it is our house and we like it very much. Do yo u wish to see it? —Yes, sir, with pleasure. Note: El pronombre 'it' DEBE usarse cuando se omite el nombre del objeto ya mencionado: John has a house and we like it very much.

7 III

CONVERSATION Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces 1. Is John's house comfortable? 2. How many bedrooms h as it? 3. Name (nombre Ud.) the other rooms of the house. 4. Is the hall long and wide? 5. Are the walls thick? 6. Is the floor smooth and shiny? 7. Is the ceiling high? 8. Is our house as large as John's? 9. How many rooms has our house? IV. CARDINAL NUMBERS 11 eleven (iléven), 12 twelve (tuelv), 13 thirteen (zértin). 14 fourteen (fórtin), 15 fifteen (fiftin), 16 sixteen (sikstin), 17 seventeen (séventin), 18 eighteen (éigtin), 19 nineteen (náintin), 20 twenty (tuénti), 21 twenty-one (tuénti-úan), 22 twenty-two, 23 twenty-three, etc. 30 thirty (zérti), 40 forty (fórti), 50 fifty (fífti), 60 sixty (siksti), 70 seventy (séventi), 80 eighty (éigti), 90 ninety (náiti), 100 hundred (úon jóndred). GRAMMAR Repita en ALTA VOZ los Ejemplos hasta Aprenderlos de MEMORIA The VERB — EL VERBO 'The verb' es la palabra que denota acción, que indica que se hace algo, y algunos manifiestan existencia, condición o sentimiento. Examples: I wash my face and hands —Me lavo la cara y las manos. I miss my brother and sister —Echo de menos a mis hermanos. There is an English class —Hay una clase de inglés. There are two English classes —Hay dos clases de inglés. The room is clean —El cuarto está limpio. Her death grieves (griivs) my father —Su muerte le apena mucho a mi padre. INFINITIVE ('infinitiv') 'The infinitive' es la forma del verbo que en español termina en 'ar', 'er' o 'ir' y en inglés se distingue por la palabra 'to' que le precede. Son infinitivos: to work (to uerk) —trabajar; to learn —aprender; to receive (tu risíiv) —recibir. PRESENT TENSE ('présent tens') —Tiempo Presente 'The present tense' es en inglés la forma del 'infinitive' SIN la palabra 'to' y se emplea para indicar la acción existencia o condición de la época actual. a. AFFIRMATIVE ('aférmativ') — Afirmativo I work — yo trabajo. we work — nosotros trabajamos. you work — Ud. trabaja, tú. you work — Uds. trabajan, vosotros . . . he works — él trabaja. they work — ellos trabajan (personas o cosas). she works — ella trabaja. it works — trabaja (una cosa). La forma PRESENTE para he, she, it o para cualquier otro pronombre o nombre que denote la TERCERA persona SINGULAR añade la letra 's'; pero si el infinitivo termina en 'o', 's', 'sh', 'x' añade la silaba es; Si la forma infinitiva termina en 'y' PRECEDIDA DE CONSONANTE CAMBIA la 'y' en 'i' antes de la silaba es; y Si termina en 'z' la dobla antes de es. En ALTA VOZ repita varias veces los siguientes ejemplos: He goes ('gous') to school —Él va a la escuela. She misses ('míses') Alfred —Ella echa de menos a Alfredo Peter washes (úoshes) his clothes (ClóuDs) —Pedro lava su ropa. Your brother watches ('úoches') the parade —Tu hermano observa la parada. The boy studies (stódies) hard —El muchacho estudia mucho. The bee buzzes (bóses) —La abeja zumba. Nota: Observese que la terminación — es precedida de 'S' o sonido parecido debe pronunciarse al igual que la silaba española — es. Del verbo 'to practise' (práktis) — practicar, he practises ('práktises). Esta regla de pronunciación se aplica no solamente a verbos sin o a cualquier vocablo; ya sabemos que al traducir 'idiomas' — languages, pronunciamos (langüaYes) y traduciendo 'paginas' — pages, pronunciamos ('peiYes'), etc. b. PRESENT TENSE NEGATIVE (negativ) —Tiempo Presente Negativo Para el negativo del presente simple debe usarse el auxiliar do ('du') y su tercera persona singular does ('doos'); este auxiliar no tiene equivalente en castellano, y cuando se emplea en el negativo, afirmativo enfático y en PREGUNTAS debe seguirle la forma INFINITIVA, sin 'to', del siguiente verbo.

8 I do not work you do not work he does not work she does not work it does not work

we do not work you do not work they do not work

Do I work? Do you work? Does he work?

—¿Trabajo yo? —¿Trabaja Ud.? —¿Trabaja él?; etc.

C. FRASES PECULIARES AL INGLES: I work my way through college. —Hago mis estudios pagándolos con mi trabajo (en el colegio). I always work my way from Havana to New York. —Siempre hago el viaje de la Habana a Nueva York pagándolo con mi trabajo a bordo. D. Repita en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I work my way through college, You work your . . . etc. 2. I always work my way from Caracas to New York, You always work your. . . etc. 3. Do you work very hard?, Does he. . . etc. 4. I wish to study English, You . . . etc. 5. I like bread and butter, You . . . etc. 6. I like my French teacher, You like your. . . etc. 7. I miss my brother and sister very much, You miss your. . . etc. 8. I wash my face and hands in the bathroom, You. . . etc. — (Use 'faces' con los plurales). 9. I do not mix my wine with water, You. . . etc. 10. Do you always watch the parades from the roof?, Does he always . . . etc. 11. I learn English very well with this system ('sístem'), You . . . etc. 12. I do not receive many letters ('leters' —cartas), You. . . etc. 13. I study hard in order not to fail, You. . . etc. 3. PAST TENSE (Tiempo Pasado) — Pretérito Simple El llamado PAST traduce mayormente el pretérito simple castellano, (trabaje, trabajaste, etc.; apren dí, aprendiste, etc.), y notaremos que este tiempo inglés tiene una sola forma para todas las personas en el afirmativo, y luego otra forma, una sola, para todas las personas del negativo. AFFIRMATIVE: trabaje, trabajaste, trabajó, etc. I worked ('uerkt) y o u wo r k e d he worked she worked it worked

we worked you worked they worked

El past SIN auxiliar de los verbos REGULARES se construye añadiendo —ed, o solo —d si el verbo termina en 'e', a la forma infinitiva SIN 'to'. Si el verbo, regular, termina en 'y' precedida de CONSONANTE, como to study, la 'y' cambia por 'i' antes de la — ed, por ejemplo, I studied ('stódid') . — yo estudie. La 'e' de la terminación no se pronuncia; solamente debe articularse al final el sonido fonético de la 'd' y con algunos pasados necesariamente suena 't'. Observe: learned (lernd), received ('risívd'), missed ('mist'), mixed ('migst'), washed ('uosht'), wished ('uisht'), watched ('uocht'). Pero si a la — ed le precede la letra 't' o 'd' entonces pronúnciese TED o DED como una silaba castellana, por ejemplo, I invited (inváiTED) — invité. El PAST también traduce, (además de otro tiempo), al imperfecto a co -pretérito de indicativo, (trabajaba, aprendía, recibía, etc.) particularmente cuando este va modificado por un adverbio de tiempo, por ejemplo. Cuando trabajaba allí yo ganaba mucho dinero —When I worked there I earned much money. Siempre aprendíamos nuestras lecciones —We always learned our lessons. b. PAST TENSE NEGATIVE — Pasado Simple Negativo Para el NEGATIVO y también PREGUNTAS del pasado simple se emplea el auxiliar DID, (pasado de 'do' notemos que el segundo verbo DEBE presentarse en su forma INFINITIVA sin 'to'. we did not work. —¿trabajé yo? I did not work Did I work? —¿Trabajó Ud.? you did not work Did you work? you did not work. he, she did not work Did he work? —¿Trabajo él?, etc. they did not work it did not work c. En Alta VOZ Repita las Siguientes Erases Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I worked my way through college, You . . . your . . . etc. 2. I worked my way from Barranquilla to London, You . . . etc. 3. I did not work last week, You . . . etc. 4. I missed my father and mother, You. . . etc. 5. Did you study the verbs last night?, Did he. . . etc. 6. I studied my English lesson last night, You . . . etc. 7. I washed my face and hands in the bathroom, You . . . etc. 8. I wished to learn English last year, You. . . etc. 9. I did not study the English language last year, You did not. . . etc. 10. I invited Alfred but I did not invite John, You . . . etc. 11. Did you receive many letters last week?, Did he. . . etc. 12. I preferred not to work there. You. . . etc. 13. I studied in order not to fail, You . . . etc

9 4.

THE AUXILIARY (ogsílieri) DO — El Auxiliar Do

Hemos aprendido que el auxiliar 'do', su tercera persona 'does', y su pasado 'did' no tienen equivalentes en castellano. Toda pregunta directa y frase verbal negativa exigen en inglés un verbo auxiliar, (excepto raros casos que se irán anotando), y de no necesitarse un auxiliar de significado preciso, hay que usar do, does o did según el caso. Tengamos presente que cuando la frase necesariamente exige un auxiliar de significado definido entonces el auxiliar 'do' no se usa. No olvidemos que el verbo que siga a 'do', 'does' o 'did' toma su forma INFINITIVA sin 'to'. Vuelva a observar: Does he wash? Yes, he washes; No, he does not wash. Does your brother miss Mary? Yes, he misses Mary; No, he does not miss Mary. Did he study the verbs? Yes, he studied the verbs; No, he did not study the verbs. Este auxiliar también se emplea en frases afirmativas pero SOLAMENTE cuando se desea indicar énfasis enérgico, o concesión o en diálogos cuando se omite el verbo principal ya mencionado anteriormente. Examples: I do study my lessons (enfático) If you do study why do you not learn? (concesión). Does she study? — Yes, she does. —No, she does not. 5.

—Yo Si estudio mis lecciones. —Si Ud. estudia, ¿Por qué no aprende? —¿Estudia ella? — Sí, ella estudia. —No, ella no estudia.

SECOND VOCABULARY Lea en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra MUCHAS VECES (ákshon) —acción old (óuld) (áfter) —después de (que) paper (péiper) en pos de parrot (páarot) (aláud) —en alta voz pen (pen) (bad) —malo pencil (pénsil) (bádli) —mal (incorrectamente) pepper (péper) (béikeri) —panadería possible (pósibol) (bicás) —porque pronoun (pronáun) (bifóar) —antes de (que), delante pronunciation (prononsiéshon) de, anteriormente rain (réin) (bóYet) —presupuesto recent (rísent) (cáptin) —capitán recently (rísently) (kéarful) —cuidadoso right (ráit) (kéarles) —descuidado salt (solt) (clóuDs) —ropa same (séim) (cóuld) —frio; resfriado selfish (sélfish) (cuk) —cocinar sky (skái) (érli) —temprano sleepy (sliipy) (erZ) —(la) tierra (énter) —entrar en spelling (spélin) (évri) —cada (todos los) still (stil) (ékskius) —excusar; excusa (fáctori) —fabrica strong (strong) (faar) —lejos, distante student (stiúdent) (fuul) —tonto, bobo studious (stiúdious) (fúlish) —tonto, necio sweat (suét) (gráund) —tierra (suelo), terreno tea (tii) (jelZ) —salud thirsty (Zérsti) (jelZy) —saludable to-day (tudéi) (jíar) —aquí, acá to-night (tunáit) (joot) —caliente top (toop) (jóngri) —hambriento under (ónder) (íntréstin) —interesante vinegar (vínegar) (léit) —tarde warm (úorm) (left) —izquierdo weak (uiik) (máchiin) —maquina where (júear) (nárou) —angosto, estrecho who (ju) (níar) —cerca de, cerquitica wrong (róng) (niu) —nuevo yet (iét) (ófis) —oficina (óil) —aceite young (íong)

—viejo, anciano —papel, periódico —loro, cotorra aloud —pluma bad —lápiz badly —pimienta bakery —posible because —pronombre before —pronunciación —lluvia; llover budget —reciente captain —recientemente careful —correcto; derecho careless —sal clothes —mismo cold —egoísta to cook —cielo early —soñoliento, con earth sueño to enter —ortografía, deletreo every —todavía, (aun) excuse (uso afirmativo) factory —fuerte far —estudiante fool, nom. —estudioso foolish, adj. —sudor; sudar ground —té health —sediento healthy —hoy here —esta noche hot —cima, cumbre hungry —debajo de interesting —vinagre late —caluroso, cálido left —débil machine —donde narrow —quien (sujeto) near (by) —incorrecto; daño new —todavía (mas para office uso negativo) oil —joven *mayoría de las palabras terminadas en — ción tienen equivalentes en inglés cambiando por ('shon'): petición — petition (' petíshon'). action* after

10 PHRASES:

ground floor. —Piso bajo. top floor. —Último piso. Excuse me ('mi') —Perdóneme; con su permiso. Where do you come from? —¿De dónde viene Ud.? , ¿De donde es Ud.? I come from Peru —Vengo del Perú; Soy del Perú. He studied English under a good teacher —Estudia él inglés con un buen profesor. I learned French from my father —Aprendí francés con mi padre. Right now —Ahora mismo. Not yet —Todavía no. Who is it? (ju is it) —¿Quién es? It is I; It is he, etc. —Soy yo; Es él, etc. A young man —Un joven A young woman —Una joven The old man —El anciano The old woman —La anciana Headquarter —sede (oficina principal) PRESENT TENSE of the Verb TO BE — Estar y Ser (Es el único Presente irregular en el idioma inglés) —estoy o soy. it is I am (Una cosa o impersonal). —Ud. está o es, etc. we are you ARE you are he is (Personas o cosas) they are she is Nota: Con el pronombre YOU, singular y plural, (Ud ., tú, Uds. y vosotros), siempre usemos ARE. Las formas del verbo 'to be' NO admiten el auxiliar 'do' o sus derivados, por lo tanto sus preguntas y negativos se construyen: Am I? ('and?), Am I not? Are you . . ?, Are you not .. ? Is he?, Is he not? I am not, you are not, he is not, etc. Solamente se emplea el auxiliar 'do' en el imperativo: Do not be careless — No seas descuidado. b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I like to be in Paris in the Spring (primavera), You like to be in . . . etc. 2. I wish to be a good student of English, You wish to . . . etc. 3. Am I wrong?, Are you . . . etc. 4. I am not wrong, You are n o t . . . etc. 5. Am I not studious?, Are you not . . . etc. 7.

PRESENT PARTICIPLE (présent párticipol) — Gerundio

Llamamos GERUNDIO castellano la forma del verbo que termina en — ando, — iendo (yendo) como trabajando, aprendiendo, recibiendo. En inglés su equivalente, el PRESENT PARTICIPLE, se forma añadiendo la terminación — ing al infinitivo SIN 'to', por ejemplo, working, learning, receiving. Los verbos como to receive, terminados en 'e' sencilla pierden esta letra antes de — ing, excluyendo dos o tres raras excepciones que se estudiaran más adelante. Examples: del verbo 'to invite', inviting ('inváitin') — invitando; de 'to face' (afrontar, hacer frente a o dar a), facing; de 'to practise'; practising. La pronunciación de la raíz y el acento del 'present participle' son los mismos del infinitivo del cual se derivan. Si a una preposición ha de seguirle inmediatamente un verbo ESTE debe ser, en inglés, el 'present participle' lo contrario del castellano que usa el infinitivo. Examples: before receiving — antes de recibir; before learning — antes de aprender; from working in the cold — de trabajar en el frio; after washing — después de lavar; after studying ('stádiin') — después de estudiar. (La preposición 'to', excluyendo rarísimos casos, es una excepción, pues va seguida de la forma infinitiva del verbo). a.

El 'present participle' se usa frecuentemente como adjetivo en inglés: reading book — El libro de lectura; working hours — horas de trabajo; the missing persons — las personas que faltan, que no se encuentran; washing machine — máquina de lavar; a promising young man — un joven prometiente, que tendría éxito. c. El 'present participle' traduce, en la mayoría de los casos, al infinitivo castellano usado como substantivo. Examples: Reading aloud is very necessary in order to learn the good pronunciation — El leer en alta voz es muy necesario para aprender la buena pronunciación. She does not like washing — A ella no le gusta lavar (o el lavado). But cooking is very interesting — Pero el cocinar (el trabajo de la cocina) es muy interesante. b.

11 PRESENT PROGRESSIVE ('progrésiv') — Presente Progresivo a. El 'present progressive' se forma con el 'present participle' del verbo principal precedido del presente del verbo 'to be' — estar. Este tiempo progresivo indica generalmente la acción del momento preciso, no solamente en lo presente, sino también, en muchos casos, en lo futuro. Examples: I am learning English very fast —Estoy aprendiendo el inglés muy ligero. We are sending the books by next mail ('bái nekst méil') —'Estamos enviando. . .', es decir, Enviaremos los Libros por el siguiente correo. b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I am learning English very fast, You are . . . etc. 2. I am not receiving many letters now, You are not . . . etc. 3. Am I not working very hard?, Are you not. . . etc. 4. I am studying my English lesson after working hard in the office, You are . . . etc. 5. I am working my way through college, You are . . . etc. Nota: En conversación se omite el verbo principal cuando ya ha sido usado. Observe: Are you learning the verbs now? —Yes, I am; No, I am not. Is he washing his clothes? —Yes, he is; No, he is not. Pero en el estudio, en la casa o en la clase, DEBE contestarse SIEMPRE con oraciones completas. Present Tense of TO HAVE —Tener y Haber (auxiIiar) a. I have —yo tengo, yo he we have —tenemos, hemos. you have —Ud. tiene, Ud. ha you have —Uds. tienen, han. he, she has —él, ella tiene, ha they have —ellos tienen, han (personas o cosas). it has —tiene, ha (una cosa o impersonal). b. Con el verbo 'to have' significando meramente 'tener' o poseer algo se omite o se usa el auxiliar 'do' o 'did' en preguntas y frases negativas del presente y pasado simples. Observe: Have you a book? — ¿Tiene Ud. un libro? o Do you have a book? I have no book, — No tengo (ningún) libro. o I do not have any book Nota: Para indicar la idea de 'ninguno' usamos el verbo afirmativo 'I have' y luego NO antes del substantivo, o el verbo negativo 'I do not have' y luego ANY antes del substantivo. 'Any' por si solo significa 'cualquiera' o 'alguno' en sentido indefinido. C. I have to learn the verbs You have to learn the verbs He has to learn the verbs She has to . . . etc.

TO H A VE TO . . . —T en er Q U E . . . —Tengo que aprender los verbos. —Ud. tiene que aprender los verbos. —Él tiene que aprender los verbos.

IMPORTANTE: Para traducir 'tener QUE. . . (hacer algo) en preguntas y frases negativas del presente pasado simples, DEBEMOS emplear 'does' o 'did' según el caso. Aprenda de memoria: Do I have to learn all the verbs? Do you have to learn all the verbs? Does he have to learn all the verbs? Does she have to . . . etc. Do we have to. . . .etc. Do they have to . . . etc. I do not have to learn all the verbs. You do not have to learn all the verbs. He does not have to learn all the verbs, etc.

—¿Tengo yo que aprender todos los verbos? —¿Tiene Ud. que aprender. . . etc. —¿Tiene él que aprender . . . etc.

—No tengo que . . . etc.

d. El verbo 'to have' significando 'haber', auxiliar, no admite NUNCA el auxiliar 'do' o sus derivados. Examples: Have you worked? —¿Ha trabajado? —No, I have not worked to-day. C. Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I like to have many good books, You. . . etc. 2. I wish to have an interesting French book, You. . etc. 3. Have I not a good book?, Have you not. . . etc. 4. Do you have many friends in Bogota?, Does he . . . etc. 5. I have no money now, You have no. . . etc. 6. I do not have any money now, You do n o t . . . etc. 7. Do I have to study hard in order to learn a language? Do you have to . . . etc.

12 8. I have to study hard to learn a foreign language, You have to . . . etc. 9. I do not have to work to-day, You do not . . . etc. 10. I still have sore hands from working in the cold, You still have . . . etc. 10. PAST PARTICIPLE — Participio Pasivo o Pasado a. Llamamos PARTICIPIO PASIVO en castellano a la forma de verbo que termina regularmente en ADO o IDO: trabajADO, aprendIDO, recibIDO. El PAST PARTICIPLE inglés de verbos REGULARES se construye como el PAST regular añadiendo — ed o — d a la forma infinitiva sin 'to') pronunciándose naturalmente, al igual que el 'past', por ejemplo, worked (wérkt), learned (lérnd), received (rísivd). Ahora podemos traducir el 'pretérito perfecto compuesto' o 'ante-presente', yo he trabajado, yo he aprendido, yo he recibido, etc., es decir, I have worked, I have learned, I have received, etc. Nota: Cuando la última consonante de un verbo debe doblarse al formar sus derivados se indicará en las lecciones como el siguiente: to prefer, rr — preferir, pues su pasado-y-participio-pasivo se escribe 'preferred', y su presente participio 'preferring'. Ápréndase de memoria: Verbos y otras palabras terminadas en consonante precedida de una sola vocal, acentuada, doblan la consonante final al añadírseles una terminación, por ejemplo, to stop, pp ('stoop') — detener-se; I stopped — Me detuve. b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases:

1. I have worked very hard to-day, You have . . . etc. 2. Have you learned the verbs on the second lesson?, Has he . . . etc. 3. I have already learned my first lesson, You have already . . . your . . . etc. 4. I Have worked my way through college, You have . . . your . . . etc. 5. I have not washed my face and hands yet, You have not . . . your . . . etc. 6. I have always missed my father and mother very much, You have always . . . your . . . etc. 7. I have not watched the parade from the roof but from the window, You have not . . . etc. 8. I have always received many letters from my friends, You have always . . . from your . . . etc. Nota: En conversación se omite frecuentemente el verbo principal cuando ya ha sido usado. Observe: Have you washed your hands? —Yes, I have; No; I have not. Pero en el estudio, en la casa o en la clase, DEBE contestarse siempre con oraciones completas.

11. IDIOMS ('ídioms') With the Verb TO BE a. 'Idiom' — modismo, es una frase o construcción propia de una lengua cuya idea se expresa, generalmente, de una manera diferente en otra lengua. Repítase y escríbase cada uno de los siguientes hasta aprenderse de memoria: to be years old How old are you? to be cold to be warm to be hungry

EXAMPLES: —tener años de edad, cumplir años de edad. —¿Cuántos años tiene Ud? —tener frío. —tener calor. —tener hambre. I am twenty-five years old to-day I am very warm and very thirsty I am after a job (Yoob)

to be thirsty —tener sed. to be sleepy —tener sueño. to be right —tener razón, to be careful —tener cuidado to be after —estar en busca de —Tengo o he cumplido 25 años hoy. —Tengo mucho calor y mucha sed. — Estoy en busca de trabajo (de empleo o de un puesto).

b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. How old are you?, How old is he?, How old is . . . etc. 2. I am thirty years old, You are . . . etc. 3. I do not like to be cold, You do . . . etc. 4. I am very cold, You are . . . etc. 5. I am not very warm, You are not . . . etc. 6. Are you very hungry?, Is he. . . etc. 7. I am not very thirsty, You are . . . 8. Are you very sleepy?, Is he . . . etc. 9. I always like to be right, You always . . . etc. 10. Am I not right?, is he not . . . etc. 11. I am not right, You are . . . etc. 12. I am not very careful, You are . . . etc. 13. I am after a job, You are . . . etc.

Nota: La traducción individual de cada uno de los substantivos 'hambre', Sed', 'sueño' (no de soñar), 'calor' y 'razón' es respectivamente — hunger ('jónguer') —thirst (Zerst) — sleep (sliip), — heat (jiit), o — warmth ('uormZ' en sentido figurado), y — reason (ríson); Pero en inglés decimos 'estoy hambriento', 'estoy sediento', etc. SUBJECT ( sóbYekt') — Sujeto 1. La palabra 'subject', uno de cuyos significados es 'tema' o 'asunto', en gramática denomina la persona o cosa, de la cual trata el predicado, es decir, el verbo y sus complementos. También podríamos definirlo, excluyendo las oraciones pasivas, como sigue: El ‘subject' indica la persona o cosa que ejecuta, que hace algo, que existe o que siente. Hemos aprendido los SUBJECT PRONOUNS: I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they. El pronombre thou ('Dáu'). — tú y sus derivados thy, thine — tú, tuyo y thee — te no se usan en inglés moderno excepto en literatura religiosa o en alguno que otro caso poético. El pronombre 'it' se emplea refiriéndose a cosas, también en lugar del nombre 'child' ('cháild') — niño y de 'baby' (béibi) — nene, y como sujeto de las oraciones impersonales: It is raining — Está lloviendo; It is possible — Es posible; It is necessary — Es necesario, etc. 2. Tengamos presente que en inglés todo verbo DEBE llevar su sujeto expreso por medio del nombre o pronombre. Decimos en castellano: Ya hemos recibido las cartas, pero en inglés empecemos con 'Nosotros', es decir, WE have already received the letters. Puede omitirse el sujeto cuando es el mismo para una serie de verbos: Last night 'she' worked in the kitchen, washed her clothes and studied her lessons — Anoche ella trabajó en la cocina, lavó su ropa y estudió sus lecciones. B.

13 3.

DECLARATIVE SENTENCE ('diclárativ séntens') — Sentencia Declarativa

En español, violando la gramática, colocamos frecuentemente el sujeto en diferentes partes de la oración declarativa sin afectar la claridad de la idea o la sonoridad de la frase, pero en INGLES debemos, por regla general, anteponer el sujeto al verbo. Decimos en español: En la biblioteca de la escuela estudiaron la lección 'los muchachos', o también, La lección la estudiaron 'los muchachos' en la biblioteca de la escuela, pero en inglés tenemos que empezar con el sujeto, 'The boys' studied their lesson in the school library. Si decimos en español, Y entonces entraron en la fábrica 'todos los hombres', en inglés coloquemos el sujeto antes del verbo, And then the men entered the factory.

4.

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE (interógativ . . .) — Oración Interrogativa

En preguntas úsese el pronombre-sujeto después del primer verbo: Do you work?, Do you not work?; Does he work?, Does he not work?; Did she work, Did she not work?; Are you working?, Are you not working?; Is he working?, Is he not working?; Has she worked?, Has she not worked? — En pregunta negativa si el sujeto es un substantivo éste debe colocarse, por regla general, después de 'not': Does Mary work?, Does not Mary work? ; Has your brother worked?; Has not your brother worked?

5. EXCLAMATORY SENTENCE ('exclámatori'. . .) — Oración Admirativa En oraciones admirativas el sujeto debe colocarse ANTES del verbo. EXAMPLES: How beautiful the school is! — ¡Qué (cuán) hermosa es la escuela! How easy the verbs are! — ¡Qué (cuán) fáciles son los verbos! VI. EXAMEN o PRUEBA Después de un repaso minucioso de toda la lección, el alumno debe hacer los siguientes ejercicios por escrito en su casa y así prepararse para el examen oral o por escrito en la clase. A. TRADUZCA AL INGLES: 1. Haga-el-favor-de abrir el libro. 2. Haga-el-favor-de cerrar el libro. 3. Buenos días, ¿cómo está Ud.? 4. Estoy bien, gracias, ¿y Ud.? 5. ¿Cómo se llama Ud.? 6. Me llamo Eduardo. 7. Estudio mucho (duro) para no fracasar. 8. ¿Hay un libro en la mesa? 9. ¿Hay libros en la sala? 10. El piso bajo es hermoso. 11. No me gusta el último piso. 12. Perdóneme, ¿de dónde es Ud.? 13. Soy de Lima. 14. Estudiamos el francés con un buen profesor. 15. ¿Quién es? — Es él. 16. ¿Deseas estudiar los verbos? — Todavía no. Ahora no. 17. ¿Trabaja él duro? — Él no trabaja duro. 18. ¿Aprenden ellos sus lecciones muy bien? 19. ¿Estudió él los verbos? 20. ¿No aprendió ella las palabras? 21. ¿Está Ud. aprendiendo el inglés? 22. ¿Está ella practicando el inglés? 23. ¿Han echado ellos de menos a su país? 24. Tenemos que* trabajar duro. 25. Tengo que* aprender los verbos muy bien. 26. ¿Tiene Ud. que* trabajar duro? 27. No tengo que* trabajar duro. 28. ¿Tienen ellos que trabajar duro? 29. No, ellos no tienen que trabajar duro. 30. ¿Tiene él que* lavar su ropa? 31. ¿Por qué no estudió Ud. la lección? 32. No estudié la lección porque no tuve (ningún) tiempo. 33. ¿Quién es el de la nariz grande? — El de la nariz grande es mi hermano. 34. ¿Está Ud. trabajando para pagar sus estudios en el colegio? 35. Él pagó con su trabajo a bordo su viaje de San Juan a Nueva York. *Nota: Tener que . . . to have to . . . — No olvidemos usar el auxiliar 'do' o 'does' o did' para traducir 'tener que' en preguntas o frases negativas. TRADUZCA AL INGLES: 1. ¿Trabaja Ud. en la fábrica todos-los-días? 2. Ella trabaja en la oficina todos -los-días. 3. ¿Tiene Ud. que aprender su lección de inglés muy bien? 4. María no aprende su lección de francés porque ella no estudia mucho (duro). 5. ¿Estudia Juan el inglés ahora? 6. Sí, señor, Juan estudia el idioma inglés ahora. 7. Yo no recibo muchas cartas de mi hermano. 8. Ellos no tienen que trabajar todos -los días. 9. Ella echa-de-menos-a su país. 10. Tu amigo no echa-de-menos-a Nueva York. 11. ¿Miran (observan) ellos la parada de la azote a? 12. Juan mira la parada de la azotea. 13. Luisa no mira la parada de la azotea. 14. ¿Se-lava Albertico la (su) cara y las manos en el cuarto de baño? 15. Albertico se-lava la cara y las manos en el cuarto de bario. 16. Él practica el inglés con el Sr. Clerk. 17. Ella no practica el inglés con la Sra. Clerk (Mrs. Clerk, . . .) 18. ¿No tengo yo razón? 19. Ud. no tiene razón. 20. ¿Tienen ellos frío y hambre? 21. No, ellos no tienen frío; ellos tienen mucho calor y mucha sed. 22. ¿Cuántos arios tiene Ud? 23. Yo cumplo 25 años hoy. 24. ¿Tiene Ud. mucho cuidado? — Yo no tengo mucho cuidado. 25. ¿Tiene él mucho cuidado? — El tiene mucho cuidado. 26. ¿Tenemos nosotros que aprender la gramática inglesa bien? 27. ¿Trabajó Ud. mucho la semana pasada? 28. Yo trabajé mucho la semana pasada. 29. Ellos no recibieron cartas de su padre. 30. Nosotros estudiamos la lección de inglés anoche. 31. Me lavé la cara y las manos en el cuarto de baño. 32. Cuando él trabajaba en Boston echaba-de-menos-a su país. 33. ¿Ha aprendido Ud. todos los verbos? 34. Sí, he aprendido todos los verbos. 35. ¿No han recibido ellos muchas cartas? 36. Ellos no han recibido muchas cartas. 37. ¿No tiene ella que lavar su vestido? 38. Ella no tiene que lavar su vestido.

14 TRADUZCA AL INGLES: Tenemos una casa hermosa y cómoda. Tiene diez cuartos por todo. Los dormitorios son pequeños, pero la biblioteca y la sala son grandes. Son las dos (it is two); mi padre está en el comedor ahora. Nos gusta la biblioteca muchísimo; tiene muchos libros buenos y allí estamos siempre contentos. La casa de Juan (John's house) es tan cómoda como nuestra casa. Las comidas se preparan (are prepared, ar pripéard) en la cocina y se sirven (are served, ár servd)'en el comedor. Recibimos nuestros amigos en la sala. ¿Desea Ud. ver nuestra casa? — Sí, señor, con mucho gusto. Nota: Haga estos ejercicios de nuevo. No olvide: (1) Afirmativos: La TERCERA persona SINGULAR del PRESENTE termina en -s o -es; El pasado sencillo SIN auxiliar de verbos regulares toma -d o -ed, y esta no se pronuncia excepto cuando lleva 't' o 'd' antes, es decir, -ted o -ded; La forma castellana de ver en -ando o -iendo, el gerundio, siempre se traduce al inglés por la forma en -ing, el present participle' y usada como verbo principal DEBE ser precedida de formas de 'to be' — estar; La terminada en -ado o -ido, el participio pasivo, en inglés de verbos regulares termina en -ed y es la forma que DEBE seguir siempre a he, has, ha, etc. traducidas por formas del verbo ‘to have'. (2) Preguntas y Frases Nega tivas: Toda pregunta o frase negativa debe tener un auxiliar y es este primer verbo el que se altera para indicar el tiempo. Al usarse 'do y does, o did' el segundo verbo tiene que ser el infinitivo SIN 'to' usándose formas del verbo 'to be' significando 'estar' el segundo verbo debe ser el 'present participle' (-ing, -ando o -iendo); y al emplearse formas del verbo to have — 'haber' hay que usar el 'past participle'.

15

a.

LESSON III REGULAR VERBS ('réguiuler verbs') Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo HASTA Aprenderlo de Memoria:

to erase (iréis) —borrar to open (óupen) —abrir to breathe (briiD) —respirar to remember (rimémber) —acordarse de to close (clóus) —cerrar — (recordar [a]) to count (cáunt) —contar to rest (rest) —descansar to emit (emít) —emitir to retire (ritáiar) —retirarse to experience (expíriens) —experimental. to return (ritérn) —regresar ; devolver to explain (expláin) —explicar to review (riviú) —repasar to finish (finish) —terminar to spell (spel) —deletrear to intend (intend) —intentar to translate (transléit) —traducir to look (luk) —lucir (verse) to use (iús) —usar Nota: No olvidemos que la 'e' de la terminación -ed (para el pasado) no debe pronunciarse, por ejemplo, 'looked' (lukt), excepto cuando las últimas tres letras son -ted o -ded: counTED, resTED, translaTED, etc. Aprenda: to look at to look for to look up to translate into (íntu) to open up a conversation to finish + pres. participle to intend to . . .

—mirar, (se usa la preposición 'at' cuando se menciona el objeto o la persona mirada). —buscar, (especialmente cuando se busca algo perdido o que no está en su lugar). —buscar (palabra o algún punto en diccionario o libro), admirar. —traducir al. —entablar una conversación. —terminar de +infinitivo. —intentar o pensar (hacer algo), tener la intención de. . . .

c. Conjugue CADA uno de estos verbos en el afirmativo y negativo en los cuatro tiempos ya aprendidos. Estos tiempos son: Presente Afirmativo: Forma Infinitiva SIN 'to'; (3a. Sing. añade -s o -es). Presente Negativo: 'do not + Infinitivo SIN to' (3a. Sing. 'does not. . .'). Pasado Afirmativo SIN Auxiliar: Verbo Regular termina en -ed. Pasado Negativo: 'did not' + Forma Infinitiva SIN 'to'. Presente Progresivo: I am, you are, etc + Forma en -ing (ando, iendo). Pres. Prog. Neg.: I am not, you are not, etc + Forma en -ing. Pret. Perf. Compuesto a Ante-Presente: I have, you have, etc. (ya he, tú has, etc.) + 'past participle'; (Participio Pasivo de Verbos Regulares DEBE terminar en -ed, en español -ado o -ido) d.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS Las Personas Con Las Siguientes Frases:

1. I counTED my books, You . . . your . . . etc. 2. I did not count my books, You did not . . . your . . . etc, 3. I have explained the verbs to-day, You . . . etc. 4. I do not have to explain the verbs to-morrow, You do not . . . etc. 5. I finish my work very late, You . . .etc. 6. I have not finished my lesson yet, You have not . . . etc. 7. I look healthy and strong, You . . . etc. 8. I looked at the man, You . . . etc. 9. I did not look at the boy, You did not . . . etc 10. I am looking for my books, You . . . etc. 11. I have to look up the new words, You have to . . . etc. 12. I opened the windows last night, You . . . etc. 13. I did not open the windows night before last, you did not . . . etc. 14. I do not remember all my teachers, You . . . etc. 15. I resTED well last night, You . . . etc. 16. I did not rest well night before last, You . . . etc. 17. I always return home ('jóum')* very early, You always . . . etc. 18. I do not have to return the books to-day, You . . . etc. 19. I have translaTED the letters into English, You, etc. 20. I have not translaTED the letters into French, You . . . etc. 21. I use my English book every day, You . . . etc. 22. I do not use my French book every day, You . . . etc. 23. I did not retire very late last night, You . . . etc. 24. I do not have to spell every word, You . . . etc. 25. I have to review the verbs every day, You . . . etc. *home — hogar, a casa, en casa. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Repetidas Veces, en el Afirmativo y NEGATIVO: 1. Does he close the windows every night? 2. Does your brother have to close the windows before retiring? 3. Did Peter count his books? 4. Has your sister counted her books? 5. Did he explain the verbs to the boys? 6. Does Mary finish her lesson late? 7. Has John finished his lesson? 8. Is he looking at the house? 9. Does Edward look healthy and strong? 10. Did she look for her book in the parlor? 11. Has your sister looked up the new words? 12. Did your mother open the windows last night? 13. Is the maid opening the windows now? 14. Does your father remember my brother? 15. Did the lawyer remember your father? 16. Do you have to spell all the words? 17. Does she have to use the English book every day? 18. Is your brother returning next week from the country?

16 19. Do they have to return the books to -day? 20. Did he return to home very late last night? 21. Does little Mary look beautiful in her blue dress? 22. Did the boy with a big nose use your French book? 23. Does she always use your English book? 24. Did you translate all your letters? I I.

FIRST VOCABULARY Lea en ALTA VOZ y ESCRIBA CADA palabra MUCHAS Veces

—acerca de; alrededor happy de; aproximadamente heavy air (éar) —aire herbivore away (auéi) —fuera; ausente ill back (bak) —de vuelta; de atrás ink bed (bed) —cama inkstand board (bóard) —tabla; tablero light blackboard —pizarra, pizarrón meeting body (bádi) —cuerpo; cadáver from memory boy (bói) —muchacho; hijo varón mind by (bái) —por (el lado de) 'movies' canibal (cánibol) —canibal necktie carnaval (cárnivol) —carnaval object carnivore (cárnivor) —carnivoro out chair (chéar) —silla package chalk (chook) —tiza park cigarette (sígaret) —cigarrillo phrase cinema (sínema) —'cine' pleasant clock (clock) —reloj (NO de llevar consigo) proverb commodities (comóditis) —materias primas ruler daily (déili) —diaria, —mente dark (daark) —obscuro; trigueño satisfaction darkness (dáarknes) —obscuridad sauce delicious (delíshos) —delicioso sick desk (desk) —escritorio sidewalk different (díferent) —diferente silence difficult (díficolt) —difícil since door (dóar) —puerta spoken down (dáun) —abajo; hacia abajo table during (diúrin) —durante task easily (íisili) —fácilmente that electric (iléktrik) —eléctrico tie explanation (egspláneishion) —explicación theatre fair (fer) —feria to think, irr. flower (fláuer) —flor tired following (fáloin) —siguiente truth for (for) —por; pues; para. understand, irr. fountain (fáuntin) —fuente under fragrance (fréigrans) —aroma until garden (gárden) —jardín general (Yéneral) —general up generally (Yénerli) —generalmente watch girl (guerl) —muchacha, niña whole gone (goon) —ido to write, irr. grade (gréid) —grado yesterday * That traduce que como pronombre relativo y conjunción y se omite frecuentemente pronombres interrogativo y relativo indefinido respectivamente. about

(abáut)

—feliz, contento —pesado; grueso —herbivoro —mal (ofensivamente) —tinta —tintero —luz ; claro; liviano —reunión —de memoria —mente —cine —corbata —objeto —fuera —paquete —parque —frase —placentero, grato —proverbio —regla (de medir); gobernante (satisfákshon) —satisfacción (soos) —salsa (sik) —enfermo (sáid-uok) —acera (sáilens) —silencio (sins) —desde que; ya que (spóuken) —hablado (téibol) —mesa (task) —tarea, labor (Dat) —que (tái) —nudo; anudar (Zíater) —teatro (Zink) —pensar (táiard) —cansado (truZ) —verdad (onderstánd) —comprender (ónder) —debajo de (óntil) —hasta, hasta que (para tiempo) (op) —arriba ; levantado (uoch) —reloj (de llevar consigo) (jóul) —entero, integro (ráit) —escribir (iésterdei) —ayer en algunos casos; what traduce que y lo que, (jápi) (jévi) (érbivor) (il) (ink) (ínkstand) (láit) (mítin) (mémori) (máind) (múvis) (néktai) (óbYect) (áut) (pákeY) (paark) (fréis) (plésant) (próverb) (rúler)

PHRASES: —Sírvase darme; deme, (permítame tener). —A buena hambre no hay pan duro. —(Saludo formal en cualquier momento; frase preferida al ser uno presentado). I returned 'two years ago' (agóu) —Regrese 'hace dos años' (. . . ago). —hace. . . etc., (denota que la acción termino, tuvo lugar entonces). Go to the blackboard —Vaya a la pizarra. Please sit down —Tenga la bondad de sentarse. Then he sat down —Entonces él se sentó. How do you say in English . . . —cómo se dice en inglés In the morning —Por la mañana. In the afternoon —Por la tarde. In the evening —Por la noche. At night —De noche. As far as . . . —Hasta (tal o cual sitio). At one o'clock in the afternoon —A la una DE la tarde. Let me have . . . Hunger is the best sauce How do you do!

17 Day after to-morrow —Pasado mañana. Day before yesterday —Ante-ayer o antier. Watch out!, o Look out! —¡Cuidado! This food looks good to me! —Esta comida se ve apetitosa. Generally we do this plan —Generalmente hacemos este plan By general idea —Por idea general Nota al Profesor: Cada vocabulario, con las frases que siguen en cada lección, debe practicarse en conversación inglesa, es decir, preguntas y respuestas en inglés, y alguna que otr a traducción del castellano al inglés, repasándose necesariamente verbos, palabras y puntos gramaticales ya estudiados. READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ y Vuelva a Leer Muchas Veces Cada Frase Imitando el Tono y el Ritmo con que Leería lo Mismo en Español In the evening I study under the electric light in the library until very late. I have a blackboard on the wall, and on it I write with chalk the words and phrases that are difficult to understand and remember. When I am tired I look through the window. The garden is dark but I like darkness and silence when I wish to think. The flowers of the garden emit a delicious fragrance and I breathe a very pleasant air. I return to my chair. On the desk there are books, pencils, a fountain pen, an inkstand with blue ink and a ruler. I always work until eleven o'clock. I have already finished part of my task, and now I retire to rest until the following day. When we have worked a whole day (todo un día) and have experienced satisfaction in our task, the mind and the body easily rest during the night. III

CONVERSATION Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces 1. Do you study in the evening until very late? 2. Do you have a blackboard on the wall? 3. Do you write words and phrases on it? 4. Are the words and phrases difficult to understand and remember? 5. Do you look through the window when you are tired? 6. Is the garden dark at night? 7. Do you like darkness and silence when you wish to think? 8. Are there many flowers in your garden? 9. Do they emit a delicious fragrance? 10. Name (nombre Ud.) the objects that a re on the desk? 11. Do you retire to rest when you have finished part of your work? 12. Have you always experienced satisfaction in your work?

IV. 101 121 200 234 300 485 1,000 1,001 2,000

CARDINAL NUMBERS (Continuados) One hundred and one One hundred and twenty-one Two hundred Two hundred and thirty-four Three hundred Four hundred and eighty-five One thousand One thousand and one Two thousand

2,100 10,243 274,935 1,000,000 2,088,093 1,000,000,000

Two thousand one hundred, or twenty-one hundred Ten thousand two hundred and forty-three Two hundred seventy-four thousand n in e hundred and thirty-five One million Two million eighty-eight thousand and ninety-three One billion

(Al hablar del año corrientemente se dice: in eighteen-fifty — en mil ochocientos cincuenta; in nineteen twenty four — en mil novecientos veinticuatro, etc.). to add, reg. (ad) to subtract, reg. (sobtrákt) to multiply, reg. (móltiplai) to divide, reg. (diváid) + plus — minus X times ÷ divided by

—añadir, sumar —restar —multiplicar —dividir (plos) (máinos) (táims) (diváided bái)

addition subtraction division multiplication —mas, y —menos —veces, por —dividido por

(adíshon) (sobtrákshon) (divíshon) (moltiplikéshon)

—suma

—resta —división —multiplicación

4+5=9 (Lea: four plus five, o four and five IS nine); 12-3=9 (Lea: twelve minus three, o three from twelve IS nine); 5 X 6=30 (Lea: five times six IS thirty); 15 ÷ 5=3 (Lea: fifteen divided by five IS three). ORDINAL NUMBERS 1st first (ferst) —primero; 2nd second (sécond) — segundo; 3rd third (zerd) — tercero; 4th fourth (forZ) — cuarto; 5th fifth (fifZ); 6th sixth (sixZ); 7th seventh (sévenZ) 8th eighth (éitZ); 9th ninth (náinZ); 10th tenth (tenZ); 11th eleventh (ilévenZ); 12th twelfth (túelZ); 13th thirteenth; 14th fourteenth; 15th fifteenth; 16th six tenth, etc. 20th twentieth; 21st twenty-first, etc,

18 DAYS OF THE WEEK —Días de la Semana Monday (móndei) — lunes; Tuesday (tiúsdei) —martes; Wednesday (uénsdei) — miercoles; Thursday (Zérsdei) — jueves; Friday ( fráidei) — viernes; Saturday (sáterdei) — sabado; Sunday (sóndei) — domingo. En inglés los nombres de los días se escriben con letra mayúscula. Generalmente se usa la prepopision 'on' como equivalente de 'el' o 'los' antes de estos nombres: On Wednesday — el miércoles; On Wednesdays — los miércoles, pero 'last Wednesday' — el miércoles pasado y 'next Wednesday' — el miércoles próximo.

VII.

VIII.

GRAMMAR Estúdiese en ALTA VOZ y Por Escrito CADA Ejemplo de la Gramática A. IRREGULAR VERBS (iréguiuler verbs) — Verbos Irregulares 'An irregular verb' es aquel cuyos 'past' y 'past participle No se construyen añadiendo -d o -ed. No hay reglas para formar estas partes y por consiguiente se aprenderán de memoria un numero de estos verbos en cada lección hasta estudiarlos todos, haciendo un ejercicio intenso de conjugación y conversación después de cada grupo según los modelos. Con los verbos irregulares, al igual que con los regulares, al usarse 'does' o 'did' DEBE seguir la forma infinitiva SIN 'to'; el 'present participle' se forma añadiendo -ing (ando, iendo) al infinitivo sin 'to' y al emplearse en tiempos progresivos debe precederle la forma del verbo 'to be' (estar); DEBE usarse el 'past participle' que sea cuando se ha empleado el auxiliar 'have' (haber). PRINCIPAL PARTS (prínsipal parts) — Partes Principales Infinitives: to go (góu) — ir; to speak (spíik) — hablar; to write (ráit) escribir; to cost — costar. Present cost go speak write

Past cost went (úent) spoke (spóuk) wrote (róut)

Pres. Part (—ando, iendo) costing (cóstin) going (góin) speaking (spíikin) writing (ráiitin)

Past art. (—ado, ido) cost gone (goon) spoken (spóuken) written (ríten)

Nota: Repita en ALTA VOZ varias veces las formas de cada uno de los verbos exactamente como sigue: Present, go; Past, went; Present Participle, going; Past Participle, gone, etc. 1.

Aprenda de Memoria Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ las frases INFINITIVAS: To go away To go back To go by To go down To go up To go through To go through with (the plan) To go halves (jalvs) To go for To go to bed To go out to speak for Speak up! (Como imperativo) Speak out! (Como imperativo) to speak ill of . . . to speak badly to speak the truth I speak My mind We speak OUR minds to write down to write on

—marcharse, irse; irse de viaje. —regresar, (significando ir de vuelta). —pasar por (el lado de). —bajar, descender. —subir, ascender. —seguir adelante con o llevar a cabo (el plan). —ir a medias. —ir en busca de. —retirarse o acostarse. —salir (precisando la idea de no permanecer en la casa, o de salir al exterior de la casa, edificio, etc.) —hablar en favor o en nombre de. —Hable en alto, en altavoz. —Hable claro —hablar mal de. . . —hablar mal (incorrectamente). —hablar o decir la verdad. —Digo mi parecer o Hablo francamente. —Decirnos nuestro parecer o. . . etc. —anotar —continuar escribiendo.

Observe: Sabemos que 'voy, vas, va', etc. en inglés se traduce por 'I go, you go, he goes', etc. y también por 'I am going, you are going, he is 'going', etc. pero notemos que debemos usar el presente sencillo 'I go, you go, etc.' para indicar una acción que se repite en la época actual: I often go to the movies — Voy a menudo al cine; más el progresivo I am going, you are 'going', etc. para denotar una acción, única, en este preciso momento en lo futuro: I am going to the movies now, or I am going to the movies to-morrow. También DEBE — usarse el progresivo como auxiliar de un infinitivo: I am going to study hard.

19 4.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I often go to the theatre, You . . . etc. 2. I am going to the theatre to-night but I am not going to-morrow, You are . . . etc. 3. I am going to study my lessons in the morning every day, You . . . etc. 4. I did not go away at 9 o'clock, You did not . . . etc. 5. I went away at ten after I spoke to Edward, You . . . etc. 6. I do not have to go back yet, You . . . etc. 7. I went by the store but I did not enter it, You . . . etc. 8. I have not gone to the library since last Monday, You . . . etc. 9. I am going up to my room after speaking to Margaret, You . . . etc. 10. I did not go in (no entré) until the teacher returned, You . . . etc. 11. I did not go to bed very late last night, You . . . etc. 12. I do not like to go out every night, You . . . etc. 13. I went out to the sidewalk and spoke to the man, You . . . etc. 14. I am going to speak my mind at the meeting; (con los plurales use minds); You are . . . etc. 15. I have not spoken ill of any of my friends, You have not . . . etc. 16. I do not speak Russian so badly, You . . . etc. 17. I wrote down the words but I did not write down the phrases, You . . . etc. 18. I have to write on until I am through, You . . . etc. 19. I have not written to my cousin since I worked in Washington ('uóshinton'), You . . . etc. 5.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y ESCRIBA Varias Veces, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Does Alice go to the theatre every night? 2 Are you going to the park to-morrow? 3. Is she going to study English next year? 4. Are they going to watch the parade from the roof? 5. Did he go away at ten o'clock last night? 6. Are Alfred and Edward going back home next month? — ('home' en este caso significa su ciudad natal o su país'). 7. Is your brother back from school? 8. Does he have to go through with that plan? 9. Did you go up to the roof after writing your lesson? 10. Does your father wish to go through with his plans? 11. Has your friend gone for the doctor? 12. Does your little sister like to go to bed very early every night? 13. Did they go out last night before studying their English lesson? 14. Has your father gone there to speak for your brother? 15. Did you speak to the teacher yesterday afternoon? 16. Did they speak their minds at the meeting yesterday morning? 17. Have you spoken your mind to Mr. Wilson? 18. Has he spoken the truth? 19. Does he write down the words in his copybook? 20. Do they have to write down the words in their copybooks? 21. Did you write Margaret a letter? 22. Has she written a long and interesting letter to her mother? 23. Are you going to write on until you learn every word? B.

DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES ('demóstrativ áYektivs')

Los adjetivos demostrativos señalan o muestran la persona, animal o cosa de la cual se habla. Repítanse en ALTA VOZ en inglés y en español: This (D i s ) —este, esta That (Dat) —ese, esa, aquel, aquella. These (Diis) —esto s, estas Those (Dóus) —esos, esas, aquellos, aquellas. Al omitirse el nombre se llaman 'demonstrative pronouns' y debe usarse la palabra 'ONE' después de los SINGULARES: John likes this one Alfred likes that one But, Margaret likes these Peter likes those La Preposición Para — To o For

—A Juan le gusta este. —A Alfredo le gusta ese o aquel. —A Margarita le gustan estos. —A Pedro le gustan estas o aquellos.

Para + infinitivo Para + nombre o pronombre

—to + forma infinitiva —for + nombre o pronombre.

EXAMPLES: I am going to have a good pen to write my letters. I always like to have beautiful flowers for my mother. En muchos casos indicando propósito es preferible usar in order to y para el negativo infinitivo in order not to. He is going to study very hard in order to learn English. She is working very hard in order not to fail. Las Preposiciones FROM and OF — de D. 1. FROM denota: Procedencia, sitio del cual: Punta de Partida: Tiempo, (desde): Causa o motivo (de):

That man comes from the Orient. He and I went from Caracas to Lima. I have worked from six in the morning to six in the evening. He has sore hands from working in the cold.

20 2. OF denota o significa: Parte de: Contenido: Acerca de: En algunas frases adjetivales:

E.

The pages of my book are torn (despedazadas). Let me have a package of cigarettes. Four days ago in this room he spoke ill of your brother Ralph. neckties of different colors. a man of strong will. —un hombre de voluntad. a heart of gold (e jart ov góuld). —un corazón de oro.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo MUCHAS VECES

across banana blond box breeze brush cash

(acrós) (banana) (blond) (books) (briis) (brosh) (cash)

chief cliff close cloud cloudy complete copper corsair credit crusaders duty echo empty enemy fair false family foreigner friend full glass gulf hair handkerchief head husband leaf leafy loaf loss match nonsense opening peach

(chiif) (clif) (clóus) (cláud) (cláudi) (complíit) (cóper) (córser) (crédit) (cruseídors) (diúti) (éco) (émpti) (énemy) (féar) (fols) (fámili) (fórener) (frend) (full) (glas) (golf) (jéar) (jándkerchiif) (jed) (jósband) (liif) (líifi) (lóuf) (los) (mach) (nónsens) (oúpenin) (piich)

—al otro lado de —plátano —rubio, blondo —caja, cajón; palco —brisa —cepillo, brocha —pagar al contado, efectivo —jefe —desfiladero —cercano, intimo —nube —nublado —completo —cobre —corsario —crédito —caballeros cruzados —deber; impuesto —eco —vacio —enemigo —justo; pasable —falso —familia —extranjero, subs. —amigo —lleno —vaso; vidrio —golfo —pelo, cabello —pañuelo —cabeza —Esposo, marido —hoja —frondoso —hogaza (de pan) —perdida —fósforo; pareja —necedad-es —abertura; apertura —melocotón

pear penkttife people piano pineapple pirate poet potato practice privateer proof prune punch referee rock rubber safe scarf sentence sheriff sign signature silver singular slow slowly spy staff star tailor thief thing tin tomato town trade true valley village wife wind wish

(péar) (pén-náif) (pípol) (piano) (painápol) (páirot) (póet) (potéitou) (práktis) (práivetair) (pruuf) (pruun) (ponch) (réferi) (rook) (róber) (séif) (skarf) (séntens) (shérif) (sáin) (sígnachur) (sílver) (sínguiular) (slóu) (slóuli) (spái) (staf) (star) (téilor) (Ziif) (Zing) (tin) (toméitou) (táun) (tréid) (tru) (váli) (víleY) (uáif) (uind) (uish)

—pera —corta plumas —gente —piano —piña —pirata —poeta —patata, papa —práctica —corsario —prueba —ciruela —ponche; puñetazo —árbitro —roca, piedra —caucho, goma —caja de hierro; salvo —bufanda, chalina —sentencia, oración —alguacil —letrero, signo —firma —plata —singular —lento, calmoso —despacio —espía —cuerpo adm. junta (de) —estrella —sastre —ladrón —cosa —estaño, lata —tórnate —ciudad, pueblo —oficio; comercio —verdadero; fiel —valle —aldea —esposa —viento —deseo

*box — bofetada; to box, reg. — darse bofetadas con guantes practicando el pugilato; box — palco (de teatro); box office — taquilla; P. O. Box (Post Office. . . 'póust, ófis') — Apartado de Correos; letter box — buzón; boxing match — lucha de pugilato; a good match — una buena pareja, o uno igual, semejante. PHRASES: It is true —Es verdad. It is so —Es así, es verdad. I think so —Creo que sí. I do not think so —Creo que no. So so —Así, así. Those people ARE . . . —Esa gente es . . . Speak slowly, please —Hable despacio, tenga la bondad. Not to-day —Hoy no. rubber shoes —chanclos o zapatos de goma. in town —en la ciudad. out of town —fuera de la ciudad. to be on duty —estar de servicio, estar de guardia.

21 in the back This way, please! This way in! This way out! on credit for cash a hard-working man to mix up to be mixed up Remember me to. . .

F.

—en la parte de atrás. —Por aquí, tenga la bondad. —Por aquí se entra. —Por aquí se sale. —a crédito, al fiado. —al contado. —un hombre trabajador. —confundir, equivocar. —estar confundido. —Dele mis recuerdos a. . .

THE PLURAL NUMBER —El Número Plural 1. La mayor parte de los nombres añaden la letra 's' para el plural: the sign, the signs; the trade, the trades; the piano, pianos. 2. Los nombres que terminan en s. sh, ch. x, z (estos doblan la z) toman la silaba 'es'. (La terminación 'es' precedida de 's' o sonido parecido, es decir, sibilante, debe pronunciarse como en español en la palabra gases). Examples: loss, losses, glass, glasses; wish, wishes; brush, brushes; quiz, quizzes. 3. Algunos terminados en 'o' añaden 'es': tomato, tomatoes; potato, potatoes; echo, echoes. 4. Los nombres terminados en 'f' o 'fe' cambian en su mayoría esa terminación por 'ves' (Esta e final es muda y la s suena parecido al zumbido de la abeja). Examples: leaf, leaves; thief, thieves; loaf, loaves; wife, wives. 5. Un número de nombres terminados en 'f' o fe' añaden solamente 's': ch ief, chiefs; handkerchief, handkerchiefs; gulf, gulfs; scarf, scarfs; proof, proofs; safe, safes; roof, roofs. 6. Los terminados en 'ff' añaden 's': cliff, cliffs; sheriff, sheriffs; staff, staffs; (military staff — estado mayor; editorial staff — cuerpo de redactores). 7. Los nombres que terminan en 'y' precedida de CONSONANTE cambian la 'y' en 'ies' (pronunciada 'is'); duty, duties, liberty, liberties; family, families; country, countries.

Nota: El plural se terminara en la siguiente lección. Descuidamos la pro nunciación de la 's' final en español; este error no debe ocurrir en inglés; pongamos especial cuidado en la pronunciación de dicha 's'. G.

IRREGULAR VERBS 1. Principal Parts: to buy (bái) — comprar; to read (riid) — leer; to think; to understand Present Past Pres. Part. (—ando, —iendo) Past Part. (—ado, —ido) buy bought (boot) buying bought read (riid) read (red) reading read think thought (Zoot) thinking thought understand understood (onderstúd) understanding understood Nota: Observe que el 'past' y el 'past participle' de 'read' se pronuncia (red) diferente de las otras formas. La pronunciación del 'present participle' se omitirá ya que su raíz se pronuncia como el infinitivo. 2. Aprenda: Con el verbo 'to buy' se usa la preposición FROM antes del complemento que indique la persona que vende diferente del español que emplea la preposición 'a' (to), por ejemplo, 'I bought a book FROM John' — Le compre un libro a Juan. Si el libro es PARA Juan diríamos FOR John. Para traducir 'sobornar' usamos 'off', I bought your friend off — Soborne a tu amigo. To read between the lines (bituín Di láins) — leer entre lineas; to read ON — continuar leyendo; to read through — leer de cabo a rabo. To think OF — pensar en; to think that — creer que; (pensar hacer algo, intentar, se traduce generalmente con 'to intend', regular; Pienso hablarle al profesor — I intend to speak to the teacher. También: I am thinking about speaking to the teacher. 3.

Continúense en ALTA VOZ usando todas las Personas: 1. I wish to buy that house from those people, You . . . etc. 2. I always buy the fresh ones, You always . . . etc. 3. I bought this dictionary ('díkshonéri' — diccionario) and these books from Peter two weeks ago, You . . . etc. 4. I did not buy this one for my brother but for my sister, You did no t . . . for your . . . but for your . . . etc. 5. I have to buy flowers for my mother, You have to . . . for your . . . etc. 6. I do not have to buy the school books yet, You . . . etc. 7. Do you have to buy a new dictionary? Does he . . . etc. 8. I am buying all her books, You are . . . etc. 9. I have not bought these from Peter but from Alfred You have not . . . etc. 10. I wished to read the letter from my father, You . . . from your . . . etc. 11. I read the text offhand after I have studied and written the vocabulary more than 12 times, You . . . after you etc.

22 12. I read ('red') the proofs of my book five days ago. You . . . of your . . . etc. 13. I did not read the letter through, You did not . . . etc. 14. I am going to read an American newspaper ('níuspéipar' -periódico) now, You are going to . . . etc. 15. I have read on for hours and hours but I am not through with the book yet, You have . . . but you are not . . . etc. 16. I always think of my brother for hours after reading his letters, You always . . . of your . . . etc. 17. I thought of Edward but I did not think of Alfred, You . . . but you did not . . . etc. 18. I have not thought ill of Peter, I have always thought well of all my friends: You have not . . . you have always. . . . 19. I do not think I speak Russian well, You do not do that, you . . . etc. 20. I did not think that I spoke Russian well, You did not . . . etc. 21. I intend to study English very hard, You . . . etc. 22. I do not understand those phrases but I understood the verbs, You do not . . . but you . . . etc. 23. I did not understand the teacher but I have understood her father, You did not . . . but you have . . . etc. 4. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces, Afirmativo y Negativo. 1. Does John wish to buy that house from those people? 2. Are you going to buy a dictionary from Albert? 3. Does she buy different articles from that man every week? 4. Did your father and mother buy this house ten years ago? 5. Did those lawyers buy your friend off? 6. Has Ralph bought a light suit in that store? 7 Do the students have to read those books this week? 8. Does he read the text offhand after studying the vocabulary? 9 Did you read my letter between the lines? 10. Has she read the newspaper through? 11. Are you going to read on until you finish the book? -(afirmativo). 12. Is he thinking of his lessons? 13. Does she think that you speak English well? 14. Did you think that Margaret spoke French well? 15. Have they thought of their families? 16. Did you think that I intended to wash my clothes? 17. Does Peter understand what (lo que) he reads? 18. Did they understand what they read? 19. Does he have to buy the books now? 20. Did she have to read the news paper through? IX. EXAMEN o PRUEBA: Después de un repaso minucioso de toda la lección el alumno debe hacer los siguientes ejercicios por escrito en su casa y así prepararse para el examen oral o por escrito en la clase. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. ¿Contó é1 los libros? 2. Él no tiene que contar los libros. 3. ¿Explica ella los verbos muy bien? 4. ¿tiene él que cerrar las ventanas de noche? 5. Tu hermano siempre termina las lecciones temprano. 6. El profesor no piensa (intenta) regresar el miércoles próximo. 7. Su hermanita se -ve bonita con (in) su vestido azul. 8. No tengo que buscar todas las palabras en el diccionario. 9. Mire por la ventana. 10. Ella no ha mirado los libros. 11. ¿No ha abierto la criada las ventanas? 12. Termine de -traducir (traduciendo) la carta a la una de la tarde. 13. ¿Abre Ud. siempre las ventanas por la mañana? 14. ¿Recuerda ella a su país? 15. Dele mis recuerdos a su padre. 16. ¿Tuvo Ud. un buen descanso anoche? 17. Yo no tengo que deletrear las palabras. 18. Él tradujo las frases pero no traducía las oraciones. 19. ¿Tienen ellos que usar el diccionario para- traducir las cartas? 20. Él siempre usa el libro pero no usa la pluma. 21. Tengo que retirarme; es muy tarde. 22. Tenemos que repasar continuamente (all the time) si deseamos aprender el idioma. 23. ¿Cómo se dice en inglés permítame usar su diccionario? 24. Él se fué hace dos meses. 25. Tenga la bondad de sentarse. 26. Continúe escribiendo hasta las dos d e la mañana. 27. ¿Fueron ellos hasta el parque? 28. Yo no salí ante -ayer. 29. Voy a escribir las cartas pasado mañana. 30. Tenemos que seguir adelante con nuestro plan. 31. E1 no tiene que cruzar el parque todos los días. 32. Yo no he pasado por tu casa esta semana. 33. ¿Va él a hablar por los otros muchachos? 34. ¿Habla ella el inglés mal? 35. He dicho (hablado) la verdad. 36. ¿No escribió Ud. al abogado? 37. ¿Piensa ella siempre en su familia? — Ella siempre piensa en su familia. 38. Hable despacio, tenga la bondad; no comprendo [el]-inglés muy bien. 39. Él no tiene que estar-de-servicio de noche. 40. ¿Compró é1 la casa a crédito o al contado? TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Ella siempre cierra las ventanas de noche. 2. Juan no cierra la ventana cuando se -acuesta. 3. Yo no he contado los libros que están en la mesa. 4. Nosotros hemos entendido los verbos que el profesor ha explicado. 5. Él descansa cuando (él) termina su trabajo. 6. Ella no busco los lib ros en la sala; ella busca los libros en el cuarto. 7. Él no se ve muy fuerte pero se ve saludable. 8. No tenemos que comprar los libros de la escuela todavía. 9 No recordé a tu hermano cuando entró en la sala porque é1 no tenía (un) bigote cuando se fue de viaje el año pasado. 10. Mi padre no ha leído el periódico todavía. 11. ¿Devolvió Ud. la pluma a Juan? 12. ¿No tiene Ud. que tradu cir las frases y sus oraciones? 13. Yo siempre deletreo las palabras inglesas en inglés. 14 La ortografía inglesa es difícil pero si (if) yo escribo cada palabra muchas veces lo aprendo — (it - la, después del verbo). 15. ¿Usa tu hermano el diccionario? — Sí, é1 usa mi diccionario todos los días. 16. ¿Fue ella a la escuela el lunes? 17 . Él salió el martes, el miércoles y el sábado de la semana pasada. 18. Yo no hablé con Eduardo el viernes pero (yo) con mi hermano el domingo. 19. Mi hermanito no se-ha acostado todavía. 20. Voy a decir mi parecer en la reunión. 21. Ellos no han hablado con el abogado todavía. 22. Hable claro yo no comprendo lo que desea.

23 23. Él no escribió a su padre pero (él) escribió a su hermana. 24. Por aquí, tenga la bondad. El ingeniero desea hablar con Ud. 25. Es muy tarde, pero todavía están trabajando — ( . . . pero ellos están todavía trabajando). 26. ¿No ha escrito la profesora las palabras en la pizarra? — ( ¿ Ha no la profesora escrito? . . . etc.) 27. Ella no leyó el periódico de cabo a rabo porque no tuvo tiempo — (. . . she had no time). 28. ¿No leyó ella las cartas? — Sí, leí las cartas hace dos horas. 29. ¿Han entendido los muchachos los verbos regulares e irregulares de esta lección? 30. ¿Por qué no le compraste aquellos libros a aquel hombre? 31. Si, es verdad, ellos no han comprado la casa todavía pero piensan comprarla el mes próximo. 32. ¿Crees que ella hable [el] — inglés muy mal? — No, yo creo que ella habla bien — inglés muy bien. 33. ¿Creía él que yo hablaba [el] — francés mal? — No, él siempre creyó que Ud hablaba [el] — francés muy bien. 34. ¿Va Ud. a estar aquí cuando yo regrese — (regreso)? 35. ¿Va él a comprar un paquete de cigarrillos ahora? 36. ¿Tiene ella que cruzar el parque todos los días? — No, ella no tiene que cruzar parque todos los días. C. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Alberto estudia de noche hasta muy tarde en la biblioteca. Yo también estudio mucho, no (not) en la biblioteca sino en mi cuarto. Mi casa no tiene (has no) biblioteca. En el escritorio de Alberto (On Albert's desk) hay lápices, libros, papel, cuadernos, una pluma de fuente y tinta azul. Él usa estos objetos en su trabajo diario. Él también usa un pizarrón grande. En ese pizarrón (él) escribe con tiza las palabras y [las] frases que son difíciles de (to) entender y de recordar. A [las] once él se retira a descansar. El cuarto esta obscuro. Hay un silencio completo y es bueno para pensar. Cuando he trabajado todo un día y estoy cansado voy al jardín de noche. Hay flores de un aroma delicioso en el jardín y allí respiro un aire muy agradable — (placentero). Nota: Repase de nuevo la nota después de la prueba o examen de la Segunda Lección y luego vuelva a hacer el estudio de la traducción de estos últimos ejercicios.

24 LESSON IV REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba CADA Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: to congugate (cónyuguéit) —conjugar to pay for (péi) —pagar (por) to deceive (disíiv) —decepcionar, engañar to notice (nótis) —notar ; fijarse en to dictate (diktéit) —dictar to rent (rént) —arrendar, alquilar to enter (énter) —entrar en to scold (scóuld) —regañar a to fill with (fil wiZ) —llenar de to stay (stéi) —quedarse ; hospedarse to concentrate (cónsentreit) —concentrar to talk to (took) —conversar o platicar a to learn (lern) —enterarse de to visit (vísit) —visitar a to live (liv) —vivir to weigh (uéi) —pesar Nota: El verbo u otra palabra conserva generalmente el acento original al añadírsele una terminación. Observe: conjugated ('cónYuguéitet'), visited (vísitet). El past y past participle de 'to pay': paid (péid).

b. Repase No. 1 letra 'c' de la Lección III y entonces conjugue CADA uno de estos verbos, en el afirmativo y negativo, en los cuatro tiempos ya aprendidos. c. Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to enter into —entrar en (negocio, convenio, etc.) ('into' significa dentro de' refiriéndose a la acción, al acto). to enter (el nombre de uno) —registrarse o inscribirse, o anotar su nombre. to fill a position —llenar u ocupar una posición, puesto. to live up to. . . —cumplir (una palabra o promesa), o actuar o conduci rse de acuerdo con (la palabra empeñada o lo que se espera de uno). to be staying at —estar hospedado en. to talk a person into (a plan, business, act, etc) —hablar tanto a una persona hasta hacerla desistir (un plan, negocio, etc.) to talk a person out of . . . —hablar tanto a una persona hasta hacerla desistir de . . . to talk business ('bísnes') —hablar de negocios. to talk nonsense —hablar tonterías, necedades. to visit with . . . —pasar algún tiempo de visite en casa de . . . do not deceive yourself —no se engañe do not be deceived —no se deje engañar Al traducir 'entrar en' (un sitio) la preposición en no toma equivalente en inglés: Did he not enter the house? — ¿No entro él en la casa? Pero, I entered into business, o into an agreement with John. To rent: Debe usarse la preposición 'from' antes del nombre o pronombre que denote la persona que da algo en alquiler. 'To be staying': Where are you staying? — ¿Donde está hospedado? I am staying at the Hotel Bolivar. Who do you live with? — ¿Con quién vives (vive)? Do not be deceived by his sometimes flippant and always highly readable prose — No se deje engañar por su prosa a veces impertinente y siempre muy legible. d.

Repita en ALTA VOZ usando Todas las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I entered my house at four in the afternoon, You . . . etc. 2. I am going to enter into business with my brother, You . . . etc. 3. I did not enter my name at the hotel, You . . . etc. 4. I have already filled the boxes with books, You . . . etc. 5. I do not have to invite Edward but I have to invite Alfred, You do not . . . etc. 6. I learned yesterday that Ralph had (había) bought the house, You . . . etc. 7. When I lived in London I worked very hard, When you . . . etc. 8. I did not live up to my promise, You . . . etc. 9. I always wish to live up to my word, You . . . etc. 10. I have not paid for the dictionary yet, You have not. . . etc. 11. I preferred the blue one to the red one, You . . . etc. 12. I rented the house from Mr. Wilson, You . . . etc. 13. I did not rent the house from Mr. Clark, You did not . . . etc. 14. I scolded Mary but I did not scold Margaret, You . . . etc. 15. I stayed in Havana for two months and talked Peter into the business, You . . . etc. 16. I talked Mary into going to the meet ing, You . . . etc. 17. I visited Albert last night and talked his father out of the business, You . . . etc. 18. I talked Alfred out of going to the meeting, You . . . etc. 19. I do not have to stay here until John returns, You do not . . . etc. 20. I have to concentrate on my lesson when I am studying, You . . . etc.

e.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces en el Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Did you conjugate all the verbs? 2. Has he entered the library to -day? 3. Are you going to enter into business with your brother? 4. Does he erase the blackboard every day? 5. Have they filled the boxes with books? 6. Have you invited Mary to go to the theatre? 7. Did you learn yeste rday that he had gone to Colombia last month? 8. Are you going to live up to your word? — (afirmativo). 9. Did he pay for his books? 10. Did you notice the man across the street when you went into the house? 11. Did they prefer the blue ones to the green ones? 12. Does he wish to rent the apartment from my friend? 13. Did the teacher scold the boys and the girls? 14. Did you stay here to talk business with John? 15. Are you staying at the Hotel Bolivar? 16. Did he visit your brother and sister last night? 17. Does she have to pay for that book? 18. Did you have to scold the children? 19. Does their son have to stay here several months? 20. Does the teacher have to dictate all the words? 21. Is he visiting with his uncle for a few days?

25 II.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Muchas Veces CADA Vocablo Hasta Aprenderlo: aggressive (agrésiv) —agresivo lettuce (létus) —lechuga agressively (agrésivly) —agresivamente love (loov) —amor angry (ángri) —enfadado to mention, reg. (ménshon) —mencionar around (aráund) —alrededor de mistake (mistéik) —falta, equivocación aunt (aant) —tía mouse (máus) —ratón beast (bíist) —bestia mice (máis) —ratones boatman (bóutman) —botero mule (miul) —mula blood (blood) —sangre muscle (mósel) —musculo bone (bóun) —hueso orange (orénY) —naranja breeze (briis) —brisa ox, oxen (oks, oksen) —bueyes brutality (brutálity) —crueldad peasant (pésant) —campesino cabbage (cábeY) —col, repollo pickax (picáks) —pico, piqueta cat (cat) —gato pig (pik) —cerdo, puerco chicken (chíken) —pollo pitchfork (pichfórt) —horca, horquilla child (cháild) —niño, hijo plow (pláu) —arado; arar children (chíldren) —niños, hijos protein (próutein) —proteina cool (cuul) —fresco pupil (piúpil) —alumno,-a; pupilas cousin (cósin) —primo, prima random (rándom) —azar cow (cáu) —vaca by chance (bái chans) —por azar, por casualidad cruel (crul) —cruel rake (réik) —rastrillo cruelty (crúlti) —crueldad ready (rédi) —listo o preparado date, reg. (déit) —fecha; fechar rent (rent) —alquiler to do, irre. (du) —hacer rooster (rúuster) —gallo end (end) —fin, extreme sad (sad) —triste employee (émploíi) —empleado salesman (séilsman) —vendedor to exceed (egssíid) —exceder saw (soo) —sierra excessive (egssésive) —excesivo hand-saw (jan-soo) —serrucho fast (fast) —rápido; firme screw (scru) —tornillo; tuerca farm (faarm) —estancia, finca screw driver (. . . dráiver) —destornillador farmer (fáarmer) —agricultor cork-screw (córkscru) —tirabuzón foot (fut) —pie several (séveral) —varios feet (fiit) —pies shovel (shóvel) —pala finger fínguer) —dedo de la mano spade (spéid) —azada fish (fish) —pez, peces string beans (string biins) —habichuelas tiernas front (front) —frente stupid (stiúpid) —estúpido fun (fon) —burla; diversión such as (soch as) —tales como to grow, irre. (gróu) —crecer; cultivar surpass (surpáas) —sobrepasar, superar grass (gras) —pasto, césped thus (Dos) —así, de esta manera gross (gross) —bruto (no inteligente) toe (tóu) —dedo del pie half (jalf) —mitad o media too (tuu) —también; demasiado hammer (jámer) —martillo tool (tuul) —herramienta horse (jórs) —caballo uncle (ónkel) —tío hen (jen) —gallina veil (vel) —velo on horseback (jórsbak) —a caballo vegetable (véYtabol) —vegetal; legumbre intelligent (intéliYent) —inteligente vitamin (váitamin) —vitamina inhabit (injábit) —habitar violence (váilens) —violencia inhabitant (injábitant) —habitante violent (váilent) —violento juice (Yuus) —jugo without (uiDáut) —sin justice (Yóstis) —justicia upon (opón) —sobre (indi. la acción) Observe: Pig — cerdo, denomina el animal, y 'pork' — denomina la carne; pork chop — chuleta o costilla de cerdo. 'Demasiado' antes de un adjetivo, por ejemplo, demasiado difícil — too difficult pero antes de nombre demasiado trabajo — too much work, e igual como adverbio, He talks too much — Él habla demasiado. Without noticing — sin notar; (recuerde que de seguirle inmediatamente a una preposición un verbo este DEBE ser — el 'present participle' — gerundio). 'Angry with' una persona; 'angry at' una cosa. PHRASES: He is always around —Siempre está por aquí o por allí. Two years have gone by and . . . —Han transcurrido dos años y . . . to be in love with —estar enamorado de. It is cold —Hace frio. It is cool —hace fresco. to have a good time —pasar un buen rato, divertirse. I had a wonderful time —Me divertí muchísimo. to be willing to —estar dispuesto o decidido a. Not I! Not he! Not she! etc. —¡Yo no!, ¡Él no!, ¡Ella no!, etc. Not these books! —¡Estos libros no! to be through (with . . .) —haber terminado (algo, una persona) a half hour, o half an hour —media hora. What date is to-day? —¿A como estamos hoy? To-day is the fourth. —Estamos a cuatro. false teeth —dientes postizos. Don't mention it! o —No hay de qué. You are welcome! I am here for good —Estoy aquí permanentemente, para siempre. out of order —descompuesto; desordenado.

26 III

READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ y Vuelva a Leer Muchas Veces Cada Frase Imitando el Tono y el Ritmo con que Leería lo Mismo en Español

My uncle and aunt have a good country house; there are many fruit trees around it. There is also a large fountain always filled with water, and with many little fish of different colors. Under these trees Uncle Peter often does part of his work, and reads the newspapers. He does much work too in his vegetable garden where he grows potatoes, tomatoes, lettuce, cabbage, string beans and others. He uses several tools such as, the pitchfork, plow, rake, pickax, spade and shovel. Thus he spends (pass) the days without noticing the hours. He has many animals: horses, oxen, mules, pigs, chickens, dogs and cats. Aunt Margaret also works very hard; she prefers to use the front room because it is comfortable and always cool. We like the country very much. When we are there during the summer my cousins and I ride on horseback every day from one end of the farm to the other. CONVERSATION Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias VECES 1. Have your uncle and aunt a good country house? 2. Are there many fruit trees around? 3. Is there also a fountain with many little fish? 4. Where does your uncle do part of his work? 5. Does he d o much work too in his vegetable garden? 6. What tools does he use? 7. What vegetables does he grow? 8. Does he like his work in the farm? 9. Does your aunt work very hard too? 10. Why does she prefer to use the front room? IV.

ORDINAL NUMBERS 22nd twenty-second, 23rd twenty-third, etc. 30th thirtieth ('zertiez'), 40th fortieth, 50th fiftieth, 60th sixtieth, 70th seventieth, 80th eightieth, 90th ninetieth, 100th one hundredth, 101st one hundred-first, 102nd one hundredsecond, 103rd one hundred-third, etc., 120th one hundred-twentieth, 124th one hundred twenty-fourth, 130th one hundred-thirtieth, 140th one hundred-fortieth, etc., 200th two-hundredth, 1,000th one-thousandth, 10,000th tenthousandth, 1,000,000th one millionth, 1,000,000,000th one billionth. El número ordinal es de uso mucho más frecuente en inglés que en castellano. (1) En inglés se usan los ordinales para expresar los días del mes, es decir, fechas: On the 2nd of September; on the 3rd of March, etc. (En fecha completa se usa generalmente el cardinal: October 12, 1492). (2) Los títulos de monarcas y papas de la religión católica se escriben mayormente con números romanos pero se leen usando el número ordinal precedido del articulo 'the': Alfonso XIII (Alfonso the Thirteenth). Louis XIV ('Luis' the Forteenth), Pius XI ('paíos' the Eleventh), etc. (3) Debernos decir SIN traducir 'la' antes de calle': On First Street — En la calle Primera; On Twenty-third Street — En la Calle Veintitres; On Thirty-fifth Street — En la Calle Treinta y Cinco, etc. (4) Los números partitivos o fraccionarios se expresan con los números ordinales excepto 1/2 one -half — una mitad. Examples: 1/3 one third, 1/4 one-fourth, 4/10 four-tenths, 8 /12 eight-twelths, etc. Seasons (sísons) and Months of the Year —Estaciones y Meses del Año The spring — la primavera; the summer — el verano; the winter — el invierno; the autumn (ótom) or fall (fol) — el otoño. January (Yánueri) —enero July (Yulái) —julio February (fébrueri) —febrero August (ógost) —agosto March (march) —marzo September (septémber) —septiembre April (éiprol) —abril October (október) —octubre May (méi) —mayo November (novémber) —noviembre June (Yuun) —junio December (disémber) —diciembre Nota: Obsérvese que los nombres de los meses se escriben en inglés con letra mayúscula. Se dice 'in January's 'in February', etc.; al indicar el día se dice 'on': on January 2nd, or on the 2nd of January.

V.

GRAMMAR Repítase en ALTA VOZ y Escríbase Cada Ejemplo de la Gramática IRREGULAR VERBS

A. 1. Principal Parts: Infinitives: to do — hacer; to make ('méik) — hacer, fabricar ; to spend — gastar; pasar tiempo (en). Present do make spend

Past did made (méid) spent (spent)

Pres. Part. (—ando, —iendo) doing making spending

Past Part. (— ado, — ido) done (doon) made (méid) spent (spent)

27 Aprenda de Memoria Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ las Frases INFINITIVAS: to do the work —hacer el trabajo. to do the lesson —hacer la lección. to do a favor —hacer un favor. to do good —hacer (el) bien. to do wrong —obrar mal; hacer mal, perjudicar. to do evil —hacer el mal. to do justice —hacer justicia. to do the right thing —hacer lo correcto. to do this or that —hacer esto, o eso o aquello to do it —hacerlo. to do well in —ir bien en (estudio, negocio, etc.) to make —hacer o fabricar; obligar o forzar. to make + person + angry —enfadar a una persona. to make + person + sad —entristecer a una persona. to make + person + happy —alegrar a una persona. to make + person + sick —enfermar a. . . ; aburrir a, (fam.) to make up —Hacer las paces o contentarse; pintarse o arreglarse una mujer, o un actor para la escena. to make up —hacer un trabajo atrasado o que no se hizo a su debido tiempo. to make up for . . . —compensar o hacer algo bueno para borrar alguna acción impropia, to make a mistake —equivocarse o hacer una falta. to make . . . difficult —hacer algo difícil o dificultar. to make fun of —burlarse de. to make love to —enamorar a. to make a visit —hacer una visita. to make a good impression on —hacer una buena impresión en. to make a hit —hacer buena impresión, o algo tener éxito o gustar mucho, to make up (la mente de uno) about . . . —Decidirse o resolverse en cuanto a. I made up my mind about the business —Me decidí en cuanto al negocio. to spend money ON . . . —gastar dinero en . . . Nota: 'To do' como verbo principal significa hacer' en muchos casos pero nunca se usa con la acepción de fabricar o construir. Su idea es más bien general o abstracta, por ejemplo, I did a favor to John; I did my duty, etc. Aunque 'to make' traduce siempre 'hacer' significando 'fabricar o construir' no obstante hemos visto que tiene muchos otros significados diferentes. Cuando el verbo 'make' se usa denotando la idea de 'obligar o forzar' el verbo que le siga NO debe llevar la partícula 'to': My aunt made my cousins go back — Mi tía hizo regresar a mis primos. Observemos que para traducir 'enfadar a', 'entristecer a', 'alegrar a' y 'enfermar a' nombramos la persona, nombre o pronombre SIN preposición, y luego el adjetivo que sea. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando todas las Personas: I do my work, I do not do my work; You . . . your . . . , you do not . . . etc. I did a favor to John, I did not do a . . . ; You did . . . , you did not . . . etc. I wish to do good to all, You wish to . . . etc. I did not do wrong to Peter, You did not . . . etc. I am doing justice to my friends, You are . . . to your ... etc. I have to do the right thing always, You have to . . . etc. I have not done that yet, You have not . . . etc. I did it for my mother, You did it for your . . . etc. (For — por, 'en obsequio a' o por complacer a). I am doing well in my studies (estudios), You are . . . in your . . . . etc. I am going to make a desk for my father, You are . . . for your . . . etc. After speaking with my mother I made Alfred go for the doctor, After . . . with your mother you made . . . etc. No, I did not make Albert angry, No, you did not . . . etc. I am going to make up with Margaret, You are . . . etc. I have to make up my third lesson; You have to . . . your . . . etc. I do not like to make fun of my friends, You do not . . . of your. etc. I made a visit to my cousins and I had a good time in their house, You made a . . . to your . . . and you had . . . etc. I made my father sick with so many (tantas) questions, You . . . your . . . etc. I am going to make the children happy with a few toys (juguetes), You are . . . etc. I have to make a hit with my speech to-night, You have to . . . with your . . . etc. I did not make up my mind last week about that business because I wished to speak to my father first, You did not . . . your . . . about that . . . because you . . . to your . . . etc. I have not made up my mind yet about going to San Jose, You have not . . . your . . . etc.

28 (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)

Before buying a hat I spent $20 on a suit, Before . . . you . . . etc. I did not spend much money on the house, You did not . . . etc. I am spending several days in this city before going to the country, You are . . . etc. I have spent one-half of my life in this big city, You . . . of your . . . etc. I do not have to spend much time studying my lessons, You. . . etc.

4.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces, Afirmativo y Negativo: (1). Does she do her English lesson every week? (2). Did they do a favor to Peter? (3). Did they do justice to their employees? (4). Has Alfred always done the right thing? (5). Are they doing their work now? (6). Did he do well in his studies last year? (7). Have you done what he wished? (8). Is he going to make a desk for his father? (9). Did she make her son go for bread? (10). Does he always make his father angry? (11). Did the pork chops make your brother sick? (12). Have you made up with your friend Ralph? (13). Do you have to make up your last English lesson? (14). Does she have to make up the French quiz? (15). Are they making fun of their cousins? (16). Are you going to make the children happy with a few toys? (17). Did he think that he had (había) made a hit with his speech? (18). Does she think that her song has made a hit? (19). Did you have a good time when you made a visit to your friend William? (20). Has he made up his mind about buying that house? (21). Have they made up their minds about staying in this cit y? (22). Did you have to make your way through the crowd? (23). Did Mary spend $30 on a dress before buying the watch for her father? (24). Are they spending the summer in Bogota? (25). Has he spent one -half of his life in New York City? (26). Does she have to make up the first two lessons? B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Muchas Veces CADA Vocablo Hasta Aprenderlo:

adventage aeroplane ahead alive analysis analyses ankle ashes bacon beard board boarder breakfast care citizen citizenship command crisis crises deer dictation dinner dessert dozen eaten education egg elbow film fire bonfire fog log logging

(advánteY) (éroplein) (ajéd) (aláiv) (análisis) (análisiis) (ánkol) (áshes) (béicon) (bíard) (bóard) (bórder) (brékfast) (kéar) (sítisen) (sítisenship) (cománd) (cráisis) (cráises) (díar) (diktéshon) (díner) (désert) (dósen) (íiten) (eYukéishon) (eg) (élbou) (film) (fáiar)

furniture goods grown income indirect knee lard laundry leave lunch

(férnichur) (guds) (gróun) (ímcom) (indirékt) (nii) (lard) (lóndri) (liiv) (lonch)

(fog) (log) (lóguin)

—ventaja mathematics —aeroplano memorandum —adelante memoranda —vivo (aún con vida) nail —análisis nephew —análisis, plu. news —tobillo niece —cenizas off —tocino offense —barba to own, reg —junta (de); manutención pail —huésped o pensionista parent; -s —desayuno pier —cuidado pincers —ciudadano politics —ciudadanía precipice —mandato; dominio question —crisis quickly —crisis, plu. same —venado scissors —dictado to scramble —comida sheep —postres ship —docena shoulder —comido show —educación signal —huevo simple —codo simplicity —película something —fuego spoonful —fogata stairs —neblina, niebla, bruma strange —leño, logaritmo, madero stranger —exploración forestal, supper registro taken —muebles (moblaje) tongue —géneros tooth —crecido teeth —renta o entrada tooth-brush —indirecto tooth-paste —rodilla trousers —manteca typic —tren de lavado; ropa lavada typical —permiso, despedida typically —almuerzo, almorzar

(maZetmátiks) (memorámdum) (memoránda) (néil) (néfui) (nius) (niis) (oof) (oféns) (óun) (péil) (párent-s) (píer) (pínsers) (pólitiks) (précipis) (cués-chon) (cuíkli) (séim) (sísers) (scrámbol) (shiip) (ship) (shóulder) (shóu) (sígnal) (símpol) (simplísiti) (sómZin) (spúnful) (stéars) (strénY) (strénY er) (sóper) (téiken) (tong) (tuuZ) (tiiZ) (tuuZ-brosh) (. . péist) (tráusers) (típic) (típical) (típicaly)

—las matemáticas —nota, apunte —notas, apuntes —uña; clavo, clavar —sobrino —noticias, nuevas —sobrina —a distancia, fuera —ofensa, ultraje —poseer —balde, cubo —Padre o madre , padres —muelle —pinzas, tenazas —la política —precipicio —pregunta; cuestión, asunto —rápido, veloz; ágil, aprisa —mismo —tijeras —hacer sin revoltillo (de huevos) —oveja —buque, barco —hombro —función (teatral); exhibición —seña o serial —simple, fácil —sencillez —algo (alguna cosa) —cucharada —escalera (de casa) —extraño o raro —extraño, desconocido —cena —tomado, llevado —lengua —diente —dientes —cepillo para dientes —pasta para dientes —pantalones —típico —típico (adj.) —típicamente

Nota: 'Aeroplano' también se traduce por. 'airplane' y para no repetir, 'plane' o 'ship'. 'Strange' as adjetivo; He is a strange man — Es un hombre extraño o raro. 'Stranger' es substantivo: I am a stranger in this district — Soy extraño o desconocido en este distrito. 'Off' ha de aprenderse en unión de verbos o frases denotando generalmente la idea de lejanía, distancia, para fuera o algo por el estilo: Off the pier — lejos del muelle; He is off to-day — Esta libre o fuera de su trabajo hoy; o se marcha o sale hoy.

29 PHRASES:

Board of Health I am sorry I am sorry that you are ill to be on leave boarding-house boarding-school $40 a month for room and board That does not do me any good to go upstairs to go downstairs That will do The poor man was still alive My grandfather is living Your rich friend lives a simple life It is all the same to me a little bit 'Thank you, same to you' My hands are cold Your hair is wet

—junta o Departamento de Sanidad. —La siento; (Estoy apenado). —Siento que Ud. esté enfermo. —estar de vacaciones a fuera con permiso. —casa de huéspedes o de pensión. —escuela de internos. —40 dólares al mes por cuarto y comida. —Eso no me hace ningún bien; Eso no me ayuda en absoluto. —ir arriba, subir la escalera. —ir abajo, bajar la escalera. —Basta; ya es suficiente; ese me sirve. —Él Pobre hombre estaba vivo, (aún tenía vida). —Mi abuelo está vivo, (vive todavía). —Tu amigo rico vive modestamente. —Para mí es lo mismo. —un poquito. —Gracias, igualmente. —Tengo las manos frías. —Tienes el pelo mojado.

C.

THE PLURAL NUMBER 1. Algunos nombres forman el plural irregularmente: man, men; woman, women; salesman, salesmen; boatman, boatmen; Frenchman, Frenchmen; Englishman, Englishmen; mouse, mice, child, children; etc. (Observe: a Frenchmen, five Englishmen; pero los franceses o los ingleses —the French or the English). 2. Observe: my brother and sister — mis hermanos; my uncle and aunt — mis tíos; my nephew and niece — mis sobrinos; my father and mother, o my parents — mis padres. 3. Las letras del alfabeto, números y palabras consideradas meramente como palabras toman apóstrofo y s ('s) en el plural: two a's — dos aes; three 4's — tres 4's; You use many but's when you talk — Usas muchos Pero's cuando hablas. 4. Hay nombres que solo tienen una forma para ambos numeros: deer, sheep, etc. Observe: Ten dozen pencils — diez docenas de lápices, pero 'several dozens of pencils'. (Dozen, hundred, thousand y million con un número antes no deben pluralizarse). 5. Algunos aparentemente plurales se construyen como singulares: This news is interesting — Estas noticias son interesantes; That news has made me sad — Esas noticias me han entristecido. Mathematics is difficult — Las matemáticas son difíciles. The dessert is delicious — Los postres son deliciosos. Their furniture is old but good — Sus muebles son viejos pero buenos. 6. Cuando el nombre compuesto se hace plural, la ultima parte generalmente toma la forma plural; algunos la toman en la primera parte y muy raros la toman en ambas partes: spoonful, spoonfuls; forget-me-not (la flor), forget-me-nots — no-me-olvides; commander-in-chief (generalísimo), commanders-in-chief; manservant (criado), menservants. 7. El plural de Mister (Mr.) es Mesers. ('mésers); el titulo 'Mrs.' (mísis) — señora, no tiene plural pero el nombre lo toma: The Mrs. johnsons; en la casa de 'Miss' unas veces toma el plural con nombre singular: The Misses Johnsons; y otras veces solamente el hombre se pluraliza: The Miss Johnsons. D. IMPERATIVE ('impérativ') — Imperativo El 'imperative' es la forma del verbo que indica una orden directa. Al ordenar a la persona con quien uno habla. Se usa en inglés la forma infinitiva SIN 'to' y NEGATIVO 'do not'. . . etc. Estudie y repita en ALTA VOZ. Scold your brother —Regaña a tu hermano. Do not scold your brother —No regañes a tu hermano. Look up the words now —Busque las palabras ahora. Do not look up the words now —No busque las palabras ahora. Do that work to-night —Haga ese trabajo esta noche. Do not do that work to-night —No haga ese trabajo esta noche. El sujeto se usa ANTES del verbo al ordenar con carácter o algo enfadado: You stay here! —¡Ud. se queda aquí! You do that now! —¡Ud. hace eso ahora! Anteponiendo el auxiliar do' al verbo principal se expresa súplica o ruego: Do stay here —Te suplico que te quedes aquí.

30 INDIRECT COMMANDS — Ordenes Indirectas El verbo 'let', (—permitir, sus pasados 'let'), seguido de un nombre o pronombre complementario y después la forma infinitivo SIN 'to' del verbo principal se emplea para expresar una orden indirecta, es decir, a una tercera persona: Lea En ALTA VOZ: E.

Let Peter enter the library —Que entre Pedro en la biblioteca. Let him enter the library —Que entre él en la biblioteca. Let her enter the library —Que entre ella en la biblioteca. Let them enter the library. —Que entren ellos en la biblioteca. Let us enter the library. —Entremos nosotros en la biblioteca. 'Let us' se abrevia corrientemente en let's; Let's go out — Salgamos. Negativo: Do not let Peter enter the . . . ; Do not let him . . . etc. Para 'nosotros' generalmente se dice: Let us not . . . etc: y para énfasis: Don't let's . . . . etc.

Nota:

Traduciendo vamos a trabajar (trabajemos), vamos a estudiar, (estudiemos), 'vamos a escribir' (escribamos) diríamos 'let us work', 'let us study' y 'let us write' pero 'vamos al teatro' — Let us GO to the theater; de manera que usamos 'go' solamente cuando significamos IR a un sitio. Si decimos 'Ahora vamos a estudiar' no indicando una orden sino haciendo esa declaración, diríamos, 'Now we are going to study'.

OTROS EJEMPLOS: If he wishes to learn let him study —Si él desea aprender que estudie. If she likes to work let her work —Si a ella le gusta trabajar que trabaje. If they prefer to stay let them stay —Si prefieren quedarse que se queden. Estudie el siguiente modelo en ALTA VOZ: Learn your lesson; Let him learn his lesson; Let her learn her lesson; Let us learn our lesson; Let them learn their lesson. Al igual que el modelo repita en ALTA VOZ los siguientes: 1. Do your work; Let him . . . his . . . etc. 2. Think of your parents; Let him . . . of . . . etc. 3. Conjugate the verbs; Let him . . . etc. 4. Speak your mind; Let him . . . etc. 5. Do not go out to-night; Do not let . . . etc. 6. Do not go away yet; Do not let him . . . etc. PRESENT PERFECT — Preterito Perfecto Compuesto o Ante-Presente Ya hemos aprendido el tiempo compuesto 'I have gone', 'You have gone', etc., del verbo 'to go' (ir) y de todos los que hemos tenido. Este tiempo se llama 'Present Perfect'. El 'present perfect' al igual que su equivalente castellano 'el pretérito perfecto compuesto' o 'ante-presente' (indicativo) se usa para indicar una acción aislada o absoluta que se ejecute (o continua) en una época aún PRESENTE (expresa o tacita). Ejemplo: He has worked hard to-day, this month, this year o durante, en vida si aún existe. Difiere del 'past' — pretérito simple en que este denota una acción, también aislada y absoluta, pero ejecutada en una época enteramente PASADA, (expresa o tácita), por ejemplo, He worked hard yesterday, last night, last week, last mouth, last year o durante la vida si ya no existe. Hablando sobre la acción de escribir cartas ejecutada por Pedro HOY, diríamos, Peter has witten many letters to-day. Si se ejecutó AYER: Peter wrote many letters yesterday. Hablando sobre la acción de haber visitado a España sin especificar época si la persona aún vive, diríamos, Peter has visited Spain. Pero si la persona no vive diríamos, Peter visited Spain. Cuando deseamos informarnos sobre la realización de un acto el cual necesariamente ha de ejecutarse debemos usar el 'present perfect' al hacer la pregunta, por ejemplo, Have you not eaten yet? — ¿No ha comido Ud. todavía?, Has he not spoken to the teacher yet? — ¿No ha hablado a al profesor todavía? El 'present perfect' también traduce, no siempre el pretérito perfecto compuesto o ante-presente subjuntivo es decir, 'haya' y el participio pasivo. Ejemplo: It is possible that he has spoken the truth — Es posible que o haya dicho la verdad. F.

F. 1. Principal Parts:

IRREGULAR VERBS

Infinitivos: to eat ('tu it') —comer; to grow; —crecer, cultivar; to take ('téik') — tomar, coger; llevar. Present eat grow take Nota:

Past ate (éit) grew (gru) took (tuk)

Pres. Part. (—ando, iendo) eating growing taking

Past Part. (—ado, ido) eaten (íiten) grown (gróun) taken (téiken)

Aprenda SIEMPRE el modelo: Present, los Verbos Irregulares repitiendo en ALTA VOZ incansablemente y escribiendo según eat; Past, ate; Present participle, eating; Past Participle eaten

31 Aprenda de Memoria Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ las Erases Infinitivas: to eat, (el desayuno, almuerzo o comida de uno) —desayunarse, almorzar, comer o cenar. to eat up; (siempre seguido de complemento) —devorar o comer aprisa (comida o algo) to grow fast —crecer mucho. to grow angry —enfadarse, (ponerse colérico). to grow happy —alegrarse, (ponerse alegre). to grow sad —entristecerse, (ponerse triste). to grow old —envejecer, (ponerse viejo). to grow tired —cansarse to grow late —atardecer, (hacerse tarde). to grow dark —obscurecer, (ponerse obscuro). to grow a mustache —dejarse crecer el bigote. to take away —llevarse. to take out —sacar. to take off —quitarse (prendas de vestir). to take something away from —quitarle algo a. to take care of —cuidar (de) o atender. to take leave of —despedirse de. to take a walk —dar una vuelta o paseo (a pie) to take offense —ofenderse o sentirse lastimado to take a trip —hacer un viaje. to take in a show —entrar a ver una función. to take advantage of —aprovecharse de, valerse de. Examples: Take away your book — llevese su libro; Take it away — lleveselo. I took off my hat — Me quité el sombrero; I took it off — Me lo quite: Do you have to take care of his store on Saturdays? — No, I do not have to take care of it at present.

3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I always eat my breakfast at seven o'clock, You always . . . your . . . etc. 2. I ate my lunch at two, but I did not eat my evening dinner until eight, You . . . your, but you . . . etc. 3. I have not eaten my supper yet, You have not . . . etc. 4. I have to eat fruits every day, You have to . . . etc. 5. I had to-go out (tenía que . . .) and I ate up my food, You had to . . . etc. 6. I grew fast when I lived as a child (cuando niño) in the country, You . . . etc. 7. I am growing lettuce and tomatoes in my vegetable garden, You . . . etc. 8. I have to go away, it is growing late; You have to . . . , it is . . . etc. 9. I have worked too hard and I am growing tired, You . . . etc. 10. I have grown old these last five years, You . . . etc. 11. I do not always take the English grammar from his desk, You do not always . . . etc. 12. I took the red book to school but I did not take the green one, You . . . but you did not . . . etc. 13. I am going to take my nephew and niece to the 'movies', You . . . etc. 14. I do not have to take away all my books this summer, You do not . . . etc. 15. I have taken the pen away from John, You . . . etc. 16. I am not going to take out the books from the boxes to-day, You . . . etc. 17. I took Edward for his twin brother and I had much fun with him, You . . . etc. 18. I did not take off my coat when I entered the theatre, You . . . etc. 19. I do not have to take care of that business, You do not . . . etc. 20. I have to take leave o f my friends to-night, You . . . etc. 21. I always take in a show when I am tired, You . . . etc. 22. I am very willing to take a trip this year, You . . . etc. 23. I took a walk after supper last night, You . . . etc. 24. I do not take offense so easily, You . . . etc. 25. 1 took advantage of the opportunity, You . . . etc. 3. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces en el Afirmativo o Negativo: 1. Does her father always eat his breakfast in bed? 2. Did they eat their lunch at two and their evening dinner at eight? 3. Have you eaten fruits today? 4. Is your little brother growing fast in the country? 5. Are you eating now the lettuce and tomatoes that you grew in your vegetable garden? 6. Did the teacher grow very angry with the students? 7. Do you have to go home when it grows dark? 8. Does your sister grow tired when she works hard? 9. Has your uncle grown old these last few months? 10. Does it grow warm during the night? 11. Does he always take your big English dictionary from the desk? 12. Are you willing to take your friend Alice to the theatre? 13. Are you going to take up mathematics next school year? 14. Did your nephew take away your fountain pen? 15. Has the teacher taken away the books from the pupils? 16. Do you like to take out books from the public library? 17. Has she taken Peter several times for his twin brother? 18. Did he take off his hat when he entered your house? 19. Did John take off his coat when he went into the theatre? 20. Has their son taken care of the bus iness these last two years? 21. Are they going to take leave of their friends to -night? 22. Did you take leave of your teachers before going away? 23. Do you always take in a show after eating your dinner on Sundays? 24. Is your cousin Ralph growing a mustache? 25. Do you have to take your school books home every day?

32 VIII.

EXAMEN o PRUEBA:

Después de un repaso minucioso de toda la lección el alumno debe hacer los siguientes ejercicios por escrito en la casa y así prepararse para el examen oral o por escrito 'en la clase'. A.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. ¿Conjugaste los verbos? 2. Ha engañado Juan [a] su amigo, 3. El profesor dicta las palabras todos los días. 4. ¿tienes que entrar en la oficina a las nueve de la mañana? 5. No, yo no tengo que entrar en la oficina a las nueve de la mañana. 6. Ella tiene las cajas de libros. 7. Cuando estudiamos tenemos que concentrarnos para aprender. 8. ¿Se-enteró Ud. de-que él había (had) comprado una casa? 9. Ud. tiene que cumplir con su palabra. 10. Tengo yo que pagar esos libros ahora? 11. Él no ha entrado en negocios con su hermano. 12. ¿Te fijaste en el hombre que entró en la biblioteca? 13. Nosotros [le] alquilamos una casa al Sr. Clark. 14. Mi padre tiene que regañar [a] María muy a-menudo. 15. Él no tiene que quedarse aquí. 16. ¿Dónde está Ud. hospedado? 17. ¿Conversó ella con el profesor? 18. Hablé tanto a Pedro hasta hacerlo-aceptar el plan. 19. Ella le-hab1ó-tanto-a-supadre-hasta-hacerlo-desistir-del negocio. 20. No hables necedades. 21. Hablemos de negocios. 22. ¿Está él enamorado de Luisa? 23. Que se diviertan si (ellos) desean. 24. He terminado (con) ese trabajo. 25. ¿A qué (o a cuánto) estamos hoy? — Hoy estamos a ocho. 26. ¿Esta Ud. aquí para siempre? 27. ¿No tienen ellos que llevarse estos libros? ¡Estos libros no! 28. ¿Tiene Ud. que hacer ese trabajo hoy? — ¡Yo no! 29. Él siempre está por aquí pero hoy no. 30. Ud. es muy bondadoso, gracias. — No hay de qué. A.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. ¿Tenemos nosotros que conjugar los verbos todos los días? 2. Conjuguemos cada Verbo muchas veces Si desearnos aprender el idioma bien. 3. Siento que ella este enferma. 4. ¿Vive él en una casa de huéspedes? 5. Si, señor, y paga $40 al .mes por cuarto y comida. 6. Usa mi diccionario, Si deseas. 7. Gracias, pero eso no me hace ningún bien. 8. El pobre hombre aún estaba vivo cuando el doctor fue arriba a su cuarto. 9. ¿Vive su abuelo? — Sí, y creo que tiene: ya noventa años. 10. Ya es suficiente; no escriba esas frases ahora. 11. Muchos años han transcurrido y yo no he aprendido el francés. 12. El es un estudiante inteligente; él siempre conjuga los verbos. 13. Hay un rata en la cocina; en esta casa hay muchos ratones. 14. Los campesinos trabajan duro pero son muy felices. 15. Borra el pizarrón. Que borra ella en el pizarrón. 16. Yo visite [a] Juan pero no visite [a] Pedro. 17. Mi amigo desea vivir en esa ciudad. 18. Él no tiene que pagar (por) los libros todavía. 19. Tu hermana prefiere estudiar. el inglés. 20. Ellos no han alquilado la casa a mi primo porque es muy pequeña. 21. Ellos regañaron [a] su hijo pero no regañaron [a] su hija. 22. Quedémonos aquí para siempre. ¡Que se -queden ellos aquí! 23. ¿Porque no has visitado [a] tu tío esta semana? 24. Él no ha hecho ese trabajo todavía. 25. El carpintero no ha hecho los muebles para mi tía. 26. Voy a hacer-las-paces con Margarita. 27. El padre de ellos no se ha decidido en-cuanto-a: (acerca de) comprar la casa. 28. Él ha enfadado a su mamá. 29. Nosotros vamos a pasar algunos días en el campo. 30. ¿Ha gastado mucho dinero en libros? 31. Después de escribir mis cartas lleve a mi hermanita. 32. (Nosotros) todos deseamos hacer el bien pero a veces hacemos mal. 33. Él obró mal pero desea compensar esa acción. 34. Yo deseo hacer lo correcto siempre. 35. No tenemos que hacer esa lección para mañana. 36. Las chuletas de cerdo enfermaron a su abuelo. 37. Aburriste al maestro con tantas (so many) preguntas. 38. ¿Te equivocaste? 39. ¿Por qué se burló él de las muchachas? 40. Su último discurso gusto mucho en mi país. A.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Mis primos escriben que ellos desean ir a casa de nuestro tío (to our uncle's house) este verano. Esta casa está en el campo no (not) muy lejos de una ciudad hermosa. Nuestro tío tiene una estancia 'grande' Alrededor de la casa hay muchos árboles de frutas y tres o cuatro fuentes con muchos pececitos de diferentes colores. Debajo de esos árboles los muchachos hacen mucho trabajo todos los días. Ellos pasean (ride) a caballo por la estancia, van a la ciudad por la noche, [le] leen las nuevas a la tía y conversan con los campesinos. ¿No cree Ud. que la vida en el campo es muy agradable? Nota: Repase de nuevo la nota después de la prueba de la Segunda lección luego vuelva a hacer estudio de la traducción de estos últimos ejercicios.

33 I. a.

LESSON V REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA:

—contestar to expect (eckspékt) —esperar (estar en la —pedir, preguntar expectativa) —atender ; asistir to employ (emplói) —emplear a —quejarse to help (jelp) —ayudar a; remediar —copiar to hope (jóup) —esperar (desear) —escanear to obey (obéi) —obedecer a —enfrentarse con (a) to order (órder) —ordenar a —pegar (letras o to please (pliis) —complacer a;agradarle a documento) to shave (shéiv) —afeitarse to correct (corékt) —corregir desarrollar; to wait for (úeit) —esperar (a) to develop (divélop) —revelar foto (algo) to want (uont) —querer (desear) ; necesitar to enjoy (enYói) —gozar Nota: la pronunciación: enjoyed (enYóid); enjoying (‘enYóin’). b. Repita en ALTAVOZ hasta aprender de MEMORIA. to ask + person + for (something) —pedir (algo) a una persona. to ask + person + about. . . —preguntar a alguien por . . . to ask + person + questions —hacer preguntas a alguien to attend to . . . —atender a. . . o estar a cargo de . . . to attend . . . (Sin 'to' después) —asistir a (un sitio o a un enfermo). to enjoy + present participle —gozar (haciendo algo), o gustarle a o no (hacer algo muchísimo). to answer to ask to attend to complain to copy to scan to cope with (to) to paste

(ánser) (ask) (átend) (compléin) (cópi) (scan) (coop) (péist)

Teníamos presente que pedirle algo a alguien en inglés 'to ask a person for something' 'preguntarle a alguien por' es 'to ask a person about'. Nómbranos la persona a quien se pide o la persona a quien se pregunta SIN preposición y luego FOR antes de la cosa pedida, y ABOUT antes de la persona o cosa por la cual se pregunta. 'To enjoy' traduce 'gozar de' algo intensamente, gustarle a uno algo muchísimo, o saborear algo. 'To expect' — esperar o contar con, (estar en la expectativa de); 'to hope' — esperar (deseando) o tener la esperanza de: 'to wait for' — esperar a (alguien o algo que ha de llegar de un momento a otro; no se usa 'for' si no mencionamos la persona o cosa esperada). 'Pleased' — satisfecho, significando 'contento (con algo)'; y satisfied — satisfecho (por haber tenido suficiente). 'To help': El verbo que siga a formas de 'to help' debe ser infinitivo SIN 'to': He does not have to help his little brother answer the questions. 'To cope': This book says: How to cope with a personal crisis while at work. — este libro dice: Cómo hacer frente a una crisis personal en el trabajo. Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes Frases: 1. I answered Alfred yesterday morning, You . . . etc. 2. I did not answer the letter to Peter, You. . . etc. 3. I did not have to ask Margaret for the pen, You did not . . . etc. 4. I asked William for it, You . . . etc. 5. I want to ask John about his father, You . . . etc. 6. I am going to ask Mary several questions, You are . . . etc. 7. I always attended to my work in school, You always . . . etc. 8. I did not attend school yesterday afternoon, You . . . etc. 9. I have attended the sick child this whole week, You . . . etc. 10. I had to complain to my father, You had to . . . etc. 11. I copied the words but I did not copy the phrases, You . . . etc. 12. I am going to develop the film next week, You . . . etc. 13. I do not always enjoy my visit there, You . . . etc. 14. I enjoyed my dinner last night very much, You . . . etc. 15.I did not enjoy going with Edward, You . . etc. 16. I expected a letter last week, You . . . etc. 17. I did not expect to see Mary yesterday, You . . . etc. 18. I am hoping to buy a house next year, You are . . . etc. 19. I hope (that) I do not have to wait very long (mucho tiempo), You . . . etc. 20. I waited for Ralph after I had finished translating the letters, You. . . etc. 21. Are you waiting for Alfred and Peter?, Is she. . . etc. 22. I do not have to help Margaret do that work, You do not . . . etc. 23. I always wish to please my mother, You . . . etc. 24. I wanted to stay in Venezuela but I did not want to go to school then, You. . . etc. 25. I have eaten lettuce and tomatoes and I am satisfied, You . . . etc. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces en el Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Has he not always answered all your letters? 2. Did they ask the teacher for their books? 3. Did you ask William where he had bought the dictionary? 4. Have you asked Margaret ab out her father? 5. Did your brother and sister attend the English class yesterday? 6. Is Dr. Johnson going to attend your sick uncle? 7. Did the teacher correct the words and phrases on the blackboard? 8. Has your niece always enjoyed her stay (estadía) in the country? 9. Did you enjoy the company of my friends last night? 10. Did you expect any letter last week? 11. Are you hoping that he is in the city now? 12. Does the teacher have to explain the irregular verbs to the class every day? 13. Are they going to employ your friend in that office? 14. Does he have to help Margaret cook the dinner? 15. Do they have to obey their big brother? 16. Did you order a white dress, shoes and a hat for your sister? 17. Does he want to buy a big and beautiful house in the city? 18. Does your cousin Ralph always please his mother? 19. Is he going to shave now? 20. Has he not developed the film? 21. Did he have to complain to his sister about the food? ('to complain' ABOUT — quejarse de).

34 II.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo Muchas Veces Hasta Aprenderlo:

able abuse active advantageous again agency agent answer arm-chair aside automobile balcony business

(éibol) (abiús) (áktiv) (advantéYos) (eguén) (éiYensi) (éiYent) (ánser)

busy box-office cabin carrot cement concrete corn crazy cream deck development drawer elegant exercise feminine flight to fortify glove grape grape-fruit handsome homely iron masculine meat

(bísi)

(asáid) (ótomobil) (bálconi) (bísnes)

(cábin) (cárot) (semént) (concríit) (corn) (créisi) (críim) (dek) (dívelopment) (drówer) (ílegant) (égsersais) (féminin) (fláit) (fórtifai) (glóuv) (gréip) (jándsom) (jóumli) (áiern) (máskiulin) (miit)

—hábil, apto —abuso; abusar de —activo —ventajoso —de nuevo, otra Vez —agenda —agente —contestación —butaca —a un lado —automóvil —balcón —negocio -s; asunto o diligencia —ocupado o atareado —taquilla —camarote; cabaña —zanahoria —cemento, cementar —concreto, hormigón —maíz; cello —demente, loco —crema; nata —cubierta (de barco) —desarrollo —gaveta —elegante —ejercicio; ejercer —femenino, femenil —vuelo; tramo (de esc.) —fortificar —guante —uva —toronja —guapo, hermoso —casero; feo (casero) —hierro; plancha, planchar —masculino —carne (de comer)

millionaire minute moment museum never of the day once twice at once opposite orchard orchestra over overcoat pair paste pea pleasing porch postman post-office pumpkin rock rocking-chair saddle-horse scanner seat skin slang

(mílionear) (mínit) (móment) (miusíom) (néver)

soap spinach steamer topic train tray ash-tray twin umbrella

(sóup) (spínech) (stímier) (tópik) (tréin) (tréi)

(uans) (tuáis) (óposit) (órchard) (órkestra) (óver) (óvercóut) (péar) (péist) (pii) (plisin) (porch) (póustman) (pómpkin) (rook) (sádel . . .) (scáner) (siit) (skin) (slang)

(tuin) (ombréla)

—millonario —minuto —momento —museo —nunca, jamás —del día, de actualidad —una vez —dos veces —en seguida. —opuesto; en frente de —huerto —orquesta; platea. —por encima de —sobretodo —par —pasta; pegar —guisante —complaciente, grato —pórtico, vestíbulo —cartero —estación de correos —calabaza —piedra, roca; mecer —mecedora —caballo de silla —escaner —asiento —piel, pellejo; Cutis —vulgarismo o expresión vulgar —jabón; 'adulación' (fam.) —espinaca —buque barco a vapor. —tópico —tren; entrenar —bandeja; batea —cenicero —gemelo, mellizo —paraguas

Nota: Los verbos anotados arriba son regulares y deben conjuga rse en los tiempos ya aprendidos. Cuando se emplea 'never' no se usa 'not' ni formas del auxiliar 'do', por ejemplo: I never go with Albert — No voy nunca o no ando nunca con Alberto; I have never spoken with him —No he hablado nunca con él. 'Twice': Este palabra traduce 'dos veces' (nombre adverbial), pero las dos veces que le hable a Pedro. . . etc. The two times that I spoke to Peter. Para tres veces o algunas veces se usa 'thrice' (Zráis), pero mayormente 'three times' y asi 'four times'; 'five times', etc.

I have some business to attend to . . . to go crazy He takes after his father to be fond of . . . orchestra seat to take a bath Why not go now? Why not? Why no, . . . I hope so! this very* moment any moment all the time in the day time every other day every three days once again verbo + again I wrote John again That's up to you

PHRASES: —Tengo un negocio, o asunto o diligencia a que atender. —volverse loco. —Él salió a su padre. —querer mucho a, o tenerle mucho cariño a; tener afición a. —butaca de platea (en el teatro). —hallarse, tomar un baño. — ¿Por qué no ir ahora? — ¿ Por qué no? —Pues no, . . . —Así lo creo. — (en) este mismísimo momento. —de un momento a otro. —continuamente, siempre. —de día o durante el día. —un día sí y otro no. —cada tres días. —una vez —. . . Volver + verbo. —Volví a escribirle a Juan. —Allá Ud., o Eso depende de Ud.

35 II.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and WRITE Many Times My cousins Felix (fíliks') and Ferdinand are now spending the summer at my uncle's house, and they are much (muy) pleased. The good uncle owns saddle-horses, and my cousins ride on these horses from one end of the farm to the other. He also owns an elegant automobile and in it the boys go to the city which is not very far. At night they take out rocking -chairs and arm-chairs to the porch, and there the family talks pleasantly about interesting topics of the day. In the country one enjoys life, grows strong and healthy of body and mind, and is happy. Life in the country is beautiful and fortifying. My uncle has written to me several times that the country life is very pleasing to everyone in the family. CONVERSATION Read ALOUD an Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times 1. Are your cousins Felix and Ferdinand spending the summer at your uncle's house? 2. Are they much pleased to be in the country during the summer? 3. Does the good uncle own saddle-horses? 4. Do your cousins ride on these horses from one end of the farm to the other? 5. Does your uncle also own an elegant automobile? Do the boys go in it to the city? 6. Does the family spend the evenings (prima noche) in the porch? About what topics do they talk? 7. Does one enjoy life in the Country? 8. Does one grow strong and healthy in the country? 9. What has your uncle written to you several times? GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS

A. 1. Principal Parts: Infinitives — to lend (lend) — prestar; to put (put) — poner; to send — enviar; to bend (bend) — doblarse, encorvar-se. Present lend put send bend

2.

Past lent (lent) put (put) sent (sent) bent (bent)

Pres. Part. (—ando, —iendo) lending putting sending bending

Past Part. (—ado, —ido) lent put sent bent

Aprenda de Memoria Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ las Frases Infinitivas: to put something away to put aside to put by to put into . . . to put off to put on to put out to put . . . to bed to put an end to . . . to put up with . . . to put something back to send something back to send for to send by mail to send word to end up

—guardar o guitar del medio. —poner o echar a un lado. —ahorrar —meter o poner en. —posponer. —ponerse (prendas de vestir); prender (la luz). —apagar (luz o fuego); echar fuera o botar. —acostar a . . . —poner fin a. . . —tolerar o aguantar (a) . . . —reponer o poner (donde estaba anteriormente). —devolver (enviando) —enviar por correo, enviar a buscar. —enviar por correo electrónico. —mandar a decir, o pasar aviso o recado. —terminar, parar

Al usar 'to put off', 'to put on', 'to put out', si el complemento es un pronombre necesariamente va este inmediatamente después de la forma de 'put': Put it off —Pospóngala; Put it on — Póngaselo; Let him put it out — Que la apague. Cuando el complemento es nombre generalmente se coloca este después de la preposición, excepto con 'put out' — echar fuera: I put John out; I put him out. I sent him a letter by mail — Le envié una carta por correo electronico. I sent a merchandise for mail — le envié una mercancía por correo. they ended up dying of pneumonia — terminaron muriendo de neumonía. 2.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas con las Siguientes frases: 1. Do you always lend Ralph your dictionary? Does he . . . etc. 2. Yesterday morning I lent my pen to Alice, Yesterday morning you . . . etc. 3. I did not lend my English grammar to my nephew and niece, You did not . . . etc. 4. Do you have to bend to go through the small door? Does he . . . etc. 5. Put the books into the box, Let him . . . etc. 6. I am not going to put the books away yet, You . . . etc. 7. I have to put by a little money every month, You have to . . . etc. 8. Last night I put off the meeting until next week, Last night you . . . etc. 9. I always put on my overcoat when it is cold, You always . . . etc. 10. I did not put on the light in the dining-room, I put it on in the kitchen; You did not . . . etc.

36 11. Did you put out the light in your bedroom?, Did he . . . etc. 12. I do not put Albert out if I do not have to work, You . . . if you do not have to . . . etc. 13. I have not put the children to bed yet, You . . . etc. 14. Are you not going to put an end to that abuse?, Is he not . . . etc. 15. I never put up with her nonsense, You . . . etc. 16. I do not have to send those books to Alfred, You do not have to . . . etc. 17. I want to send the horses back to the farm, You . . . etc. 18. I sent for Mary but I did not send for Margaret, You . . . etc. 19. I have sent word to my father that I am through with this work, You . . . etc. 20. I do not have to lend the dictionary to John every day, You . . . etc. 21. Have you not put the books into the safe?, Has he not . . . etc. 22. Did you not put on your overcoat when you went out?, Did he not . . . etc. 23. I have to put those tools back before five o'clock, You . . . etc. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Does she always lend William her dictionary? 2. Did they lend their automobile to their friend? 3. Has your nephew lent his French grammar to Louise? 4. Have your brother and sister put the books into the drawer? 5. Does he put his books away when he is through with his lessons? 6. Are they going to put by a little money every month? 7. Did the teacher put off the English class until next Friday? 8. Have the children put on their shoes? 9. Has the maid put on the light in the kitchen? 10. Do you always put on the radio in the day-time? 11. Are they going to put out the lights any moment? — (affir.) .12. Did the men put out the fire in twenty minutes? 13. Did you have to put your brother out when you entered the room? 14. Has your mother put the children to bed this very moment? 15. Are you not going to put an end to his nonsense? — (affir.) 16. Is your father going to put up with that abuse? — (neg.) 17. Did they send the books to your teacher that very day? 18. Are you sending those goods by next steamer? 19. Does he send for his nephew and niece every other week? 20. Has not the lawyer sent the money back? 21. Did they send word to their father that they wanted to go away to the country? 22. Does he have to lend his dictionary to Margaret every morning? 23. Does John have to put the children out when he has some work to do? 24. Did the boys put the books back? B. to advise to appeal to approach to beg, gg to belong to comb to compel disclaimer to dry each earth excuse fame famous faith flesh forehead full George to give ...gave given glad good-looking to introduce ladder like to listen to mercury memory moon pardon peer to perish pollution pollutant present

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA, VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo Muchas Veces Hasta Aprenderlo: (adváis) (apiil) (apróuch) (beg) (bilóng) (cóum) (compél) (disclaimer) (drái) (iich) (erZ) (ekskiús) (féim) (féimos) (féiZ) (flesh) (fóred) (ful) (YorY) (guiv) (géiv)) (guíven) (glad) (introdiús) (láder) (láik) (lísen) (mérkiuri) (mémori) (muun) (párdon) (píir) (pérish) (polúshon) (polútan) (présent)

—aconsejar a —apelar —acercarse a —rogar a; mendigar —pertenecer a —peine, peinar —obligar a —renuncia, resignacion —seco, secar —cada —(la) tierra —excusa, excusar —fama —famoso —f e , creencia —carne (del cuerpo) —frente (de la cara) —lleno —Jorge —dar —di, diste, etc. —dada, dado —alegre —bien parecido —introducir, presentar —escalera (de mano) —parecido a (como) —escuchar, poner atención a —mercurio —recuerdo, memoria —luna —perdón, perdonar —contemporáneo, colega —perecer —contaminación, polución —contaminante —presente, regalo

to propose proposal to protect reciprocal to recommend reflexive to refrain from to repeat to repeatedly piece to repent scratch sharp short smoke sorrow soup sour stout stamp sun sweet tall to tell . . . told thin tip track to underline waiter waitress wet

(propóus) (propóusal) (prótekt) (resíprocal) (recoménd) (rifléksiv) (rifréin) (rípiit) (ripítetli) (piis) (ripént) (scrach) (sharp) (short) (smóuk) (saróu) (suup) (sáuar) (stáut) (stamp) (son) (suiit) (tol) (tel) (told) (Zin) (tip) (trak) (onderláin) (uéiter) (uéitres) (uét)

wood wooden woods worker

(wuud) (wúden) (wuuds) (uérker)

—proponer-se —proposición —proteger —reciproco —recomendar —reflexivo —abstenerse de —repetir a —repetidas veces —pedazo; pieza —arrepentirse —rascar-se; rasguño —aguzado; afilado —corto, bajo —humo; fumar —pena, amargura —sopa —agrio, desabrido —grueso, fornido —sello, estampilla —sol —dulce —alto —decir ; narrar —dije, etc.; dicho —delgado —punta; propina —rastro; pista; vía —subrayar —camarero, mozo —camarera —mojado; mojar, humedecer —madera —de madera —bosque, selva, monte —trabajador, obrero

Nota: Conjugue cada uno de los verbos (regulares) anotados en el vocabulario anterior y los dos irregulares 'to tell' y 'to give' en los tiempos ya aprendidas.

37 PHRASES: to be short of . . . You gave me 20 cents short He gave you 20 cents too much I comb my hair, you . . . Your . . . I beg your pardon! to make use of . . . Of flesh and blood My own flesh and blood These two pieces of furniture to propose to in good faith What time is it? It is two o'clock sharp It is ten past three If is halt past four It is twenty to five It is a quarter (cuórter) to six At what time did he go away? to force someone to do something New moon Full moon Fast quarter Crescent disclaimer of responsibility

—estar escaso de . . . —Ud. me dió 20 centavos de menos. —Él le dió a Ud. 20 centavos de menos —Me peino, te . . . —Perdóneme. (Perdone, ¿qué dijo Ud.?) —servirse de . . . —de carne y hueso. —Mi sangre; mi propia familia. —Estos dos muebles. —proponerle matrimonio a. —de buena fe. —¿Qué hora es? —Son las dos en punto. —Son las tres y diez. —Son las cuatro y media. —Son las cinco menos veinte. —Son las seis menos cuarto. —¿A qué hora se marchó él? —obligar a alguien a hacer algo —Lna nueva —Luna llena, plenilunio —Cuarto menguante —Cuarto creciente —descargo de responsabilidad

C. OBJECT PRONOUNS —Pronombres Complementarios Los 'object pronouns' indican la persona o cosa afectada, directa o indirectamente, por la acción del verbo. Ellos son: me —me, a mi. us —nos, a nosotros. you —te, a ti; lo, la, le a Ud. you —los, las, les a Uds. him —lo, le a él, (persona). them —los, las, les a ellos (personas o cosas). her —la, le a ella (persona). thee —te (uso literario o dirigiéndose al Señor) it —lo, la, le a él, o ella (cosa). Observe: Not me! — A mi no; Not him! — A él no; Not her! — A ella no; Not us! — A nosotros no; Not them! — A ellos no. (Compare: Not I! — ¡Yo no! ; Not he! — ¡Él no! Etc.) El 'object pronoun' en inglés siempre va DESPU ES del verbo del cual es complemento. Examples: After having scolded HER he sent HER home — Después de haberla regañado él la envió a su casa. He went out without speaking to me — Él Salió sin hablarme. DIRECT OBJECT — Complemento Directo o ACUSATIVO El 'direct object', es decir, el complemento directo o acusativo, denota la persona o cosa directamente afectada por la acción del verbo es la persona aconsejada, ayudada, regañada, recibida, etc., o es la cosa comprada enviada, prestada, etc. En inglés 'direct object', sea nombre o pronombre, NUNCA lleva preposición. Observe: Ella aconseja A Juan — She advises John; —Ella lo aconseja A él — She advises him; Ella regañó A Pedro — She scolded Peter. 3.

INDIRECT OBJECT — Complemento Indirecto (Cuando es Dativo) a. Llámese generalmente 'indirect object' (cuando es dativo) el pronombre o nombre que indica la persona a quien o PARA quien se hace o se destina algo. Con muchos verbos se omite la preposición TO o FOR antes de 'indirect object' cuando este va inmediatamente después del verbo. Compare: He sent HER presents, o HE sent presents to HER. I bought my mother beautiful flowers, o I bought beautiful flowers FOR my mother. 4.

b. Usamos en español el complemento indirecto 'le' o además de un nombre indicando la misma persona o cosa, pero en inglés en este caso solamente se usa el nombre: [le] pregunte a María por su papa — I asked Mary about her father [les] pedí los libros a los muchachos — I asked the boys for the books. c . Con muchos verbos tiene la preposición TO antes del 'indirect object' cuando es dativo Before; peaking TO me —Antes de hablarme; We appealed TO him — Apelamos a él; That belongs TO them — Eso les pertenece; He complained to us — Él se quejó a nosotros; Listen TO me — Escúcheme, óigame.; He proposed TO her — Él le ofreció matrimonio; I recommended them TO him — Se los recomendé a él; I am going to repeat TO you what I read — Voy a repetirte lo que leí, etc.

38 d. En inglés si después de preposición se usa pronombre, este debe ser pronombre COMPLEMENTARIO, es decir, 'object pronoun'. Compare: With him — con él; without her — sin ella; after us — después de nosotros; before them — antes de ellos; on it — en ella (cosa); with it — con (cosa); between you and ME — entre ud. y yo; between HIM and Her — entre él y ella; between THEM and US — entre ellos y nosotros; like me — parecido a mí, (como yo), etc. 5. DOUBLE-PRONOUN Construction (dóbel pronáun constrókshon) a. En construcción compuesta de pronombres el 'direct object', que es mayormente en estos casos IT o THEM, debe ir delante del 'indirect object' el cual por regla general va precedido de la preposición TO y algunas veces FOR (si la idea precisa es PARA). La siguiente tabla debe repetirse en ALTA VOZ, como un sonsonete, hasta aprenderse De MEMORIA, teniendo presente que estos pronombres van después del verbo: it to me them to me it to you them to you it to him them to him it to her

—me lo, me la. —me los, me las. —se lo, se la (a Ud.); te lo. —se los, se las (a. Ud.); te los. —se lo, se la (a él). —se los, se las (a é1). —se lo, se la (a ella).

them to her it to us them to us it to you them to you it to them them to them

—se los, se las (a ella). —nos lo, nos la. —nos los, nos las. —se lo, se la (a Uds.). —se los, se las, (a Uds.). —se lo, se la (a ellos). —se los, se las (a ellos).

b. Aunque la Gramática inglesa no autoriza, como la Gramática Francesa, la unión de palabras al hablar, no obstante, Las palabras se unen, al hablar, en inglés en muchos casos al igual que, muy naturalmente, sucede en castellano y en cualquier otro idioma hablando en español se oye, 'desa señora' 'deste caballero', aunque se escribe 'de esa', 'de este'. En inglés ocurre la unión de sonidos particularmente entre el verbo y pronombre complemento acentuándose o dándose el énfasis al verbo. Observe: Write it ('ráitit'); write them ('ráitDem); give it to me (guívittumi); he gave it to us ('ji guéivit-tu os'); Send us the car ('séndos Di car'); I repeat it (ái rípitit). No hay la unión con los pasados que terminan en — ded o — ted, I repeated it (ái ripitet it'), debido a la cacofonía o mal sonido, siendo este enlace producto del buen sonido, de lo suave, de lo natural al hablar una lengua sin dificultad. Observe otros ejemplos: Make up (méikop) your mind — decídase; he went out (jiuéntáut) — él salió; I have it on ('aijáviton') — La tengo puesto; Take it away ('téikitauái) — lléveselo. Repita MUCHAS Veces Cada Frase en ALTA VOZ Tomando como MODELO No. 1: 1. John lent it to me, John lent it to you, John lent it to him, John lent it to her? John lent it to us, John lent it to you, John lent it to them. 2. Mary has sent them to me, Mary has sent them to . . . etc. 3. Peter told it to me, Peter told it to . . . etc. 4. Albert gave it to me, Albert gave it to . . . etc. 5. William wrote them for me, William wrote them for . . . etc. 6. Ralph bought it from me, Ralph bought it from . . . etc. 7. The teacher took them away from me, The teacher took them away from . . . etc. 8. My father asked me for it, Your father . . . etc. 9. Alfred asked me about them, Alfred . . . etc. 10. My cousin is waiting for me, Your . . . etc. 6. a. Recordemos que usamos en español dativos propiamente llamados de posesión cuya idea expresamos generalmente en inglés con el adjetivo posesivo: ME tiembla la mano — My hand trembles. TE rascas la cabeza continuamente — You are always scratching YOUR head. Se ME hace la boca agua por esa ensalada — My mouth waters for that salad. ME comí la manzana — I ate MY apple. The policeman took the documents away from me — El policia me quitó (decomizó) los documentos. The teacher took them away from me — El profesor me los decomizó (quitó). b. Se usa a veces en castellano el dativo de interés o pasión ME indicando, el que habla, interés en que algo se haga en nombre de él o en obsequio a él en cuyo caso usamos FOR en inglés más el complemento, pero frecuentemente en español se omite este complemento y su preposición. Examples: DígaMEle que no deseo hablarle — Tell him FOR ME that I do not wish to speak to him; Espero que ME les hayas dicho lo que te escribí — I hope that you have told them FOR ME what I wrote you; AbreMe la puerta — Open the door (FOR ME); CuéntaMElos — Count them (FOR ME), etc. D. Myself Yourself Himself Herself

The REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS — Los Pronombres Reflexivos —me (a mí mismo, a si mismo). Itself (para cosa) —se. —te (a ti mismo); se, (a Ud. mismo). Ourselves —nos (a nosotros mismos). —se (a sí mismo). Yourselves —se (a Uds. mismos). —se (a si misma). Themselves —se (a ellos mismos).

39 REFLEXIVE VERBS — Verbos Reflexivos Es verbo reflexivo aquél cuya acción es ejecutada y recibida por la misma persona o cosa. Comparativamente se usan muy pocos verbos en inglés con los pronombres reflexivos pues no hay verbos, por su construcción, genuinamente reflexivos y esos pronombres solamente se usan cuando no hay necesidad de precisar la idea de 'a mí mismo', etc. Estudie los siguientes infinitivos observando que se usa 'oneself' como símbolo del infinitivo reflexivo o cuando su sujeto es el pronombre 'one': to enjoy oneself — divertirse; to deceive oneself. — engañarse; to warm oneself — calentarse; to make oneself UNDERSTOOD — hacerse entender; to read oneself to sleep (sliip) — leer hasta quedarse dormido, etc. 1.

a.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I enjoyed myself in London, You . . . yourself . . . etc. 2. I have deceived myself, You have . . . yourself, He . . . etc. 3. I always make myself understood in English, You always . . . etc. 4. I wanted to warm myself, You . . . etc. 5. I read myself to sleep*every night, You . . . etc. 6. I often speak to myself, You . . . etc. 7. Help yourself, Let him . . . etc. 8. I ask myself repeatedly why he did that, You ask. . . why he. . . etc. *to sleep — dormir; su pasado sin auxiliar y participio pasivo es 'slept'. b. La mayoría de los verbos que son reflexivos en castellano se construyen como intransitivos en inglés, es decir, sin el pronombre reflexivo como complemento directo, y otros expresan su idea de una manera idiomática o irregular, (para él de habla castellana). Compare: arrepentirse — to repent; acercarse a — to approach; abstenerse de — to refrain from; peinarse — to comb one's hair; ganarse la vida (el sosten) — to earn ones living; quitarse la vida (la existencia) — to take one's life; alegrarse (mucho) de . . . — to be (very) glad to . . . etc. (La construcción one's en una frase verbal infinitiva significa dé uno y al usarse el verbo en diferentes personas debemos emplear en lugar de one's el adjetivo posesivo my, your, his, her, our, their). Otros verbos reflexivos castellanos: parecerse a — to look like; alejarse de (o faltar a una clase o reunión) — to stay away from, etc. Repita en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I repented after I had done it, You after you . . . etc. 2. I did not approach the woman, You . . . etc. 3. I have always refrained from visiting that cousin, You have always . . . etc. 4. I am combing (cóumin) my hair before going out, You . . . etc. 5. I have to earn my living working very hard, You . . . etc. 6. I am ver y glad to be here, You . . . etc. 7. I look like my mother, You . . . etc. 8. I am going to stay away from those meetings, You . . . etc. INTENSIVE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Enfáticos Los pronombres 'myself, yourself, etc.' se denominan ', intensive pronouns' cuando se usan para dar énfasis al sujeto, y correspondiendo con el sujeto en número y persona equivalen a las palabras 'mismo, mismos, misma y mismas'. Se colocan inmediatamente después del sujeto o al fin de la frase. Examples: I myself wrote it, or I wrote it myself — Yo mismo lo escribi; You wrote it yourself, He wrote it himself, etc. Mary herself told me about it. John and Alice themselves answered those letters.

RECIPROCAL VERBS —Verbos Reciprocos Los verbos recíprocos expresan una acción mutua, es decir, una acción que va de una o unas personas a otra u otras y viceversa. En español se emplea el pronombre 'nos' o 'se', según sea el caso, y a veces 'uno al otro' o 'los unos a los otros'. En ingles NO se usa el pronombre reflexivo pero por regla general se emplea 'EACH OTHER' o 'ONE ANOTHER' con preposición cuando la construcción la exija. Examples: Edward and I helped each other — Eduardo y yo nos ayudamos. Last year we wrote many letters to one another — El año pasado nos escribimos muchas cartas. Louis and Margaret are always looking at each other — Luis y Margarita siempre se están mirando. (Each other' refiriendose a Dos; 'One another' a varios). E.

Repita en ALTA VOZ .Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. Peter and I have always helped each other, Peter and You . . . etc. 2. William and I have never written each other, William and you . . . etc. 3. Yesterday Alfred and I did not speak to each other, Yesterday Alfred and you . . .

40 The INFINITIVE (Con TO) —Tiempo SUBJUNTIVO Precedido por 'QUE' Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender De MEMORIA: to ask a person to . . . —Pedirle a una persona que (haga algo). to ask a person not to . . . —Pedirle a una persona que (no haga algo). to TELL a person to . . . —Decide a una persona que (haga algo). to TELL a person not to . . . —Decide a una persona que (no haga algo). to order a person to . . . —Ordenar a una persona que (haga algo). to order a person not to . . . —Ordenar a una persona que (no haga algo). to want a person to . . . —Querer que una persona (haga algo). to want a person not to . . . —Querer que una persona (no haga algo). to advise a person to . . . —Aconsejar a una persona que . . . to advise a person not to . . . —Aconsejarle a una persona que no . . . to beg a person to . . . —Rogar o suplicar a una persona que . . . to beg a person not to . . . —Rogar o suplicar a una persona que no . . . to compel a person to . . . —Obligar a una persona a . . . to compel a person not to . . . —Obligar a una persona a que no . . . to expect a person to . . . —Esperar que una persona (haga algo). to expect a person not to . . . —Esperar que una persona (no haga algo).

G. 1.

Hemos visto que cuando SE PIDE, SE DICE, SE ORDENA, SE QUIERE, SE ACONSEJA, SE SUPLICA, SE OBLIGA o SE ESPERA que alguien HAGA algo empleamos en inglés después del verbo principal un nombre o pronombre COMPLEMENTARIO y luego el infinitivo con TO diferente del español que se usa del verbo principal una clausula con QUE y su verbo en modo subjuntivo. El caso de QUERER QUE . . . es el que presenta mayor dificultad al alumno. Obsérvese: El quiere QUE YO . . . — He wants ME to . . . etc. Yo quise QUE ELLA . . . . — I wanted HER to. . . etc. El quiso que nosotros no . . . — He wanted US not to . . . etc. Nota: Una construcción semejante a la castellana sería correcta en inglés pero apenas se usa excepto en la literatura o cuando el verbo de la clausula es de idea pasiva lo cual se estudiara más adelante. 2.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas Como COMPLEMENTO: 1. John has told me to do it today, John has told you to . . . etc. 2. My cousin asked me to wait a few minutes, Your cousin asked you to . . . etc. 3. My father ordered me to return at once , Your . . . etc. 4. My mother ordered me not to stay there, Your . . . etc. 5. Alfred wants me to go back this very moment, Alfred . . . etc. 6. Mary wanted me to be back before ten, Mary . . . etc. 7. My uncle advised me to be honest all the time, Your . . . etc. 8. The teacher always advises me not to stay away from any class, The teacher . . . etc. 9. Ralph is begging me not to do that now, Ralph is . . . etc. 10. My niece has begged me not to go away, Your . . . etc. 11. My aunt compels me to write every other week, Your . . . etc. 12. Peter expected me not to answer that letter, Peter . . . etc. H. IRREGULAR VERBS Principal Parts: Infinitives: to come (com) — venir; to let — dejar (permitir); to say (sei) — decir (manifestar). Present come let say

Past came (kéim) let said (sed)

Pres. Part. (— ando,— iendo) coming letting saying

Past Part. (— ado, — ido) come let said

La pronunciación de la tercera persona singular del presente de 'to say': he says (sés) — él dice. Observe: say ('séi'), says ('ses'), said ('sed'). Aprenda de MEMORIA Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ to come across —venir al otro lado de; tropezarse con. to come for —venir en busca de. to come after —venir en busca de; venir después. . . to come back —regresar, retroceder. to come up o down —subir o bajar. to come into . . . —entrar en . . . (sin mencionar el sitio). to come in —entrar (sin mencionar el sitio).

41 to come out —salir (precisando venir fuera). to come upon —dar con (algo que se busca insistentemente). to come to one's senses —volver en sí, recobrar el sentido. let me in; let me out —Permítame entrar; permítame salir. I said yes; I said no —Yo dije que sí; Dije que no. Didn't I tell you so! —¡No te lo dije! I told you so! —¡Yo te lo dije! The time is ticking —El tiempo no se detiene o esta corriendo 'To come': Se prefiere el 'present progressive' al referirnos a una sola acción en el momento actual o futuro: I am coming to see you to-morrow night; pero el 'present' sencillo si la acción se repite: I come to see my brother every Sunday. Escribiéndole o diciéndole a una persona que uno VA a verlo se usa frecuentemente el verbo 'to come' en lugar de 'to go': I am coming to your house to-morrow. 'To let': Tengamos presente que el verbo que siga a 'let' No lleva TO. Compare los verbos 'to say' y 'to tell': 'to say' traduce 'decir' solamente cuando se denota la idea de 'manifestar, o expresar' una opinión o un hecho ; si se menciona La persona a quien se dice DEBE usarse la preposición 'to', He says to me, He says to her, etc.; 'to tell' es más amplio: (1) Se emplea para el mismo uso que 'to say' pero en este caso DEBE siempre mencionarse la persona a quien se manifiesta algo; (2) 'to tell' es el verbo que DEBE usarse traduciendo 'decir' cuando este denota la idea de ordenar' a alguien que haga algo; (3) 'to tell' además significa contar o narrar'. 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ. Muchas veces Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I am coming to-night to speak to John and her, You are . . . etc. 2. I asked Peter to come to-morrow afternoon about three, You . . . etc. 3. I came across Alfred last night on 34th Street, You . . . etc. 4. I have come across many interesting phrases in this lesson, You. . . etc. 5. I did not come for Mary but Margaret, You. . etc. 6. I have to come after that money to-morrow evening, You have to. . . etc. 7. I told her to come back at once, You. . . etc. 8. I came down from my room and went out into the street, You. . . etc. 9. I ordered my nephew not to come up to the third floor, You. . . etc. 10. I begged her not to come in before I had finished my work, You. . . etc. 11. I came upon the house about a quarter past three, You. . . etc. 12. I did not come to any senses before a half hour, You. . . etc. 13. I am going to ask my father to let me go out to-night, You. . . etc. 14. I did not let my sister stay in the country, You. . . etc. 15. I say that English is very necessary, You. . . etc. 16. I said to Mary that I had spoken to the teacher, You. . .etc. 17. I wanted John to tell it to me, You. . . etc. 18. I came out to say hello to my servant, You . . . etc. 19. I did not say good-bye to the cook, You. . . etc: 20. I have repeatedly advised my friend to tell the truth, You. . . etc. 21. I do not have to beg Ralph to come for the money, You. . . etc. 22. Do you have to say it to Peter to-day?, Does he. . . etc. 4. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Does she say that she is coming t o-morrow to speak to us? 2. Did he ask them to come for the books tomorrow afternoon about two? 3. About what time last night did you come across our old friend? 4. Has he come after money to your house this week? 5. Did you have to tell your brother to come down from his room? 6. Does he have to beg his sister not to come up until he is through? 7. Did you order him not to come in when the others studied in the library? 8. Did he say that he had come upon the house about a quarter to four? 9. Does she ask her father to let her go out every night? 10. Did his father let him stay in the country? 11. Does he say that Spanish and English are very necessary? 12. Do they have to say to their mother where they are going before she lets them go? 13. Did he say to you that he did not have to study very hard last year? 14. Did she want you to tell it to her? 15. Did his mother ask him to come out to say hallo to his friend? 16. Did you not expect him to tell the truth? 17. Did he tell the story? VI.

EXAMEN o PRUEBA: Después de un repaso minucioso de toda la lección el alumno debe hacer los siguientes ejercicios por escrito en su casa y así prepararse para el examen oral o por escrito en la clase. A.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Pídele el diccionario a María; no se lo pidas a él. 2. Le pregunte a Margarita por su padre ayer; no le he preguntado a ella por él hoy. 3. No tengo que hacerle al profesor muchas preguntas. 4. Él tiene algún asunto que atender. 5. ¿Tienen ellos que asistir a la escuela mañana? 6. Goce la música anoche muchísimo. 7. Estoy saboreando este pollo muchísimo. 8. Ellos me visitaron, el miércoles pasado. — ¿Te gusto (Gozaste-de) su compañía? 9. ¿Esperas (una) carta de tu padre esta semana? 10. ¿Tiene él que ayudar a su hermano a traducir las cartas? 11. Ellas no se han quejado desde que les hable hace tres días. 12. ¿No ha corregido ella las frases? 13. Les aconseje que emplearan a esa muchacha. 14. ¿Quiso él que tú lo esperaras? 15. Ella dice que su hermano esta afeitándose y nos pide que esperemos. 16. ¿Va él a desarrollar un nuevo negocio? 17. Le rogamos que desarrollara la película para la siguiente semana. 18. Él está volviéndose loco con tanto (so much) trabajo. 19. Ellos le tienen mucha rabia a Pedro.

42 20. Él volvió a prestármelo. 21. El profesor nos dijo que los guardamos. 22. ¿Por qué no? Mándale a decir a él que no vas a tolerar sus necedades. 23. Pues no; no pensa rnos (intentamos) posponer la reunión 24. Tu primo dice que esta escaso de dinero. 25. ¿Te dio él 20 centavos de más? 26. Ella quería que yo se los enviara. 27. Si él desea hacerse entender en inglés en dos o tres meses que estudie duro. 28. ¿Dijo ella que se había divertido muchísimo en Paris? 29. Mi hermano me dijo que comprara uno para mí (mismo). 30. ¿Tiene tu sobrino que trabajar duro para ganarse la vida? 31. La pobre mujer se quitó la vida cuando se-enteró de que sus dos hijos habían (had) perecido en el fuego. 32. Me alegro de que él no haya (has) venido 33. Ella dijo que yo no tenía que venir en busca de los libros. 34. Él y ella no se han escrito muy a menudo este año. 35. ¿Se parecen ellos a su mama?

B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH 1. No conteste la carta de ayer; la conteste ahora mismo. 2. Le pedí la gramática de inglés esta mañana; yo no se la pedí anoche. 3. No se la envié hoy; envíesela el viernes. 4. Él me lo dijo anoche pero yo no se lo dije a ella. 5. Dénoslo a nosotros; no se lo de a ellos. 6. Si él desea entrar, que entre. 7. Déme su libro un momento -(Permítame tener su libro por un momento). 8. Él me rogó que se lo prestara. 9. Yo no quiero prestárselo; esto, entre tu y yo. 10. Me arrepentí de haberle hablado a él. 11. Me alegro mucho de que Ud. este (este) bien. 12. Ud. se ha engañado dos veces. 13. Yo espero hacerme entender en inglés dentro de tres meses. 14. Anoche leí hasta quedarme dormido. 15. Yo no me acerque al hombre; yo me acerque al muchacho. 16. ¿Se divirtieron ellos cuando fueron a casa de su tío? 17. ¿No te he dicho varias veces que ellos mismos vinieron aquí anoche? 18. Nosotros mis mos escribimos las cartas antes de hablar con nuestro profesor. 19. Él y su hermano no se visitan muy a menudo. 20. Él te lo envió aquel mismísimo día. 21. Él me ha dicho que va a dártelos de un momento a otro. 22. Allá él, pero si quiere comprármelos, tiene que pagarme lo que pido por ellos. 23. ¿Tiene ella que planchar el vestido aho ra? 24. La madre dice que él es un muchacho muy guapo pero la hija cree que él es muy feo. 25. ¿Van ellos a fortificar esas ciudades? 26. Él nunca ha abusado de sus amigos — (El ha nunca abusado sus amigos). 27. ¿No has comprado pasta de dientes (diente-pasta) todavía? 28. ¿Te dió el cartero la carta? — Me la dió hace un momento. 29. El profesor nos aconseja que no usemos vulgarismos cuando hablamos. 30. Ella salió a su padre; desea estar leyendo continuamente. 31. La del vestido azul me dió esta carta para Ud. aquel mismísimo día. 32. ¿Dice ella que va a apelar a su padre si su mama no le permite ir? 33. El auto nuevo no me pertenece y yo me abstengo de usarlo. 34. Ella no siempre se peina cuando sale. 35. El profesor no tiene que repetirnos las mismas frases todos los días.

C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Ayer recibí una carta muy interesante de mis primos, y me entero de que están pasando el verano en el campo en casa de mi tío. Dicen que están gozando de unos días muy felices. (Yo) también me entero de que nuestro tío desea invitarme a pasar algunos días en su casa, y los muchachos me ruegan que acepte la invitación. Me gusta el campo muchísimo; allí leemos, estudiamos y descansamos, pero no voy a aceptar la invitación porque tengo mucho trabajo que hacer. A mis primos les ha gustado siempre la vida campestre — (Mis primos han siempre gustado la vida campestre). De día están activos continuamente, y de noche sacan mecedoras al balcón (pórtico) y allí conversan amenamente (agradablemente) con los tíos de interesantes tópicos de actualidad. *Note: No olvidemos que en inglés DEBE siempre expresarse el sujeto, excepto en raros casos no.

43 LESSON VI REGULAR VERBS a. Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba CADA Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: —aceptar —acusar a —adorar a —hervir —tomar prestado —quemar-se ; arder, abrasar —llevar (cargando) —coleccionar, acumular —bailar —derrotar a —decidir-se —mejorar, aumentar

to fry to improve to kill to love to milk to prepare to punish to remind to repair to roast to splash to travel

(frái) (imprúuv) (kil) (lov) (milk) (pripéar) (pónish) (rimáind) (ripéar) (róust) (splash) (trável)

—asar —mejorar —matar —amar ; deleitarle, o encantarle a —ordeñar —preparar —castigar a —recordarle a —reparar, componer —freír —salpicar, rociar —viajar

to accept to accuse to adore to boil to borrow to burn to carry to collect to dance to defeat to decide to enhace

(aksépt) (akiús) (adóar) (bóil) (bárou) (bern) (cári) (colékt) (dans) (difíit) (disáid) (enjáns)

b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ to borrow something FROM . . . —tomarle prestado algo a. to burn to ashes —reducirse o hacerse cenizas. to carry away —llevarse (cargando o en un vehículo). to carry out + substantivo to carry + pronombre + out —llevar a cabo (un plan, idea, etc.) to carry + subs. o pron. + through —llevar a cabo. to collect. . . FROM. . . —cobrarle. . . a (cuando 'cobrar' denota 'percibir' —lo que a uno le deben). to dance one's sorrows away —olvidar las penas bailando. to dance one's, shoes off —bailar hasta más no poder. to dance oneself (one's way) —hacerse famoso o rico bailando. to fame, wealth, etc. to remind + person + of. . . —recordar algo a . . . ; (hacer a una persona recordar). to remind + person + that. . . —recordarle a alguien que . . . to repair to the hotel —dirigirse al hotel.

'To borrow': Usamos 'to borrow' traduciendo 'tomar prestado', es decir, no debemos usarlo si el objeto no fue prestado o no estamos seguros de que será prestado; por ejemplo, Le pedí prestado el diccionario pero no me lo prestó — I asked him to lend me the dictionary but he did not lend it to me. 'to burn': The light in your room is burning. — La luz de tu cuarto está prendida. The house burned to the ground — La casa se quemó por completo. 'To collect': ya sabemos que 'to collect' solamente traduce cobrar' con la idea precisa de 'recibir' pero, 'Le cobré' el dinero pero no me lo pago — I asked him for the money but he did not pay it to me. Pot splashed soup on stove — La olla salpicó sopa en la estufa.

Repítase en ALTA VOZ Usando Todas las Personas: 1. I accepted the invitation, You . . . etc. 2. I did not accept the offer, You . . . etc. 3. I did not have to accuse the boy, You did not . . . etc. 4. I am going to boil eggs for breakfast, You . . . etc. 5. I do not have to borrow the pen from Mary, You do not . . . etc. 6. I have burned my hands, You. . . etc. 7. I do not have to carry the books to the other room, You . . . etc. 8. I carried the child away last night, You. . . etc. 9. I did not carry out my plan last year, You . . . etc. 10. I advised Alice to carry her plan through, You . . . etc. 11. I did not collect the money from Edward, You . . . etc. 12. I have collected it from her, You . . . etc. 13. Last night I danced my sorrows away, last night you . . . etc. 14. I am glad that those small countries have defeated their enemy, You . . . etc. 15. I fried three eggs for lunch but I did not fry the potatoes, You . . . etc. 16. I told the teach er to punish my brother, You . . . etc. 17. I wanted the shoemaker to repair my old shoes, You . . . etc. 18. I reminded Mary of her duty to her mother, You . . . etc. 19. Remind Mary and Peter of our meeting at a quarter to three, Let him . . . etc. 20. I have not traveled through the United States since the last time I went to California, You . . . etc. 21. Do I have to prepare that work before I go away?, Do you have to . . . etc. 22. Have I not accepted this position to help her?, Have you not . . . etc., Has he . . . etc., Have we . . . etc. 23. Pot splashed a lot of water on the stove. 24. Pot spilled soup on the stove. d. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces en el Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Did you accept the invitation? 2. Have you asked the maid to boil the water? 3. Has he borrowed much money from you? 4. Did you tell him to borrow it from me? 5. Did the fire burn the house to ashes? 6. Is the light in his room burning? 7. Did you burn your hands last night? 8. Did your father himself carry the child to the hospital? 9. Has he always carried out his plans? 10. Does he have to carry those boxes back? 11. Does he think that I am collecting stamps? 12. Did you collect the money from him yesterday morning? 13. Has she collected it from him today? 14. Does he expect his daughter to dance herself to fame and wealth? 15. Do you want me to fry the potatoes? 16. Did your father want them to milk the cows? 17. Is he preparing himsef for his Engish examination?

44 18. Does he punish his little daughter every day? 19. Is she going to roast the chicken for dinner? 20. Did they repair to the hotel after they spoke to you? 21. Does she have to improve her spelling? 22. Did you remind them of it? 23. Does she want us to travel through the United States? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY —(en) contra (de) to pronounce (pronáuns) —pronunciar —casi pan (pan) —cacerola, perol —bloque; cuadra; obstruir picture (píckchur) —cuadro; retrato; —bizcocho, torta película (de cine) —cereales pitcher (pícher) —jarro; cántaro —taza pot (poot) —olla, cacharro —partida rare (réar) —raro; medico crudo —demonio roast beef (... biif) —'rosbif' (carne de vaca asada) —vajilla salad (sálad) —ensalada (dish) —plato sandwich (sánd-uich) —emparedado —plato grande, fuente saucer (sóser) —platillo (érand) —mandado, diligencia sort (sort) —especie (dol) —embotado; torpe, soso; subject (sóbYekt) —tema, asunto ; asignatura opaco spoon (spuun) —cuchara fork (fork) —tenedor large spoon —cucharon frying-pan —sartén stable (stéibol) —establo; estable (firme) ham (jam) —jamón strike (stráik) —huelga cheese (chiis) — queso tasty (téisti) —sabroso industrious (indóstrios) —aplicado, trabajador teaspoon (tíispuun) —cucharita instead of (istéd ov) —en vez de tender (ténder) —tierno knife (náif) —cuchillo, -a tough (tof) —rudo; fuerte, duro lazy (léisi) —perezoso traveler (tráveler) —viajero laziness (léisi-ness) —pereza utensils (iútensils) —utensilios looking-glass —espejo veal (víil) —ternera medium (mídiom) —medio; no muy cocido wages (uéYes) —paga, jornal napkin (nápkin) —servilleta whip, pp (juip) —azotar; fuerte omelet (ómelet) —tortilla de huevos well done —bien cocido; bien hecho outspoken (áutspóuken) —franco, comunicativo while (juáil) —mientras; momento palatable (pálatabol) —apetitoso wonder (uónder) —maravilla FRASES: a glass of wine —un vaso de vino. a wine glass —vaso para vino. a plate of beans —un plato de habichuelas frijoles. a delicious dish —plato delicioso. My watch is slow —Mi reloj se atrasa. My watch is fast —Mi reloj se adelanta. What sort of man is he? — ¿Qué clase de hombre es él? All sorts of . . . —Toda clase de . . . The coming week —la semana que viene. her dancing shoes —sus zapatos de baile. talking pictures —películas habladas. living wages —paga justa (que dé para vivir). to take off —partir (en un vuelo), quitarse (ropa). stricken with pneumonia —atacado de pulmonía. ('stríken uiz niumónia') for a while —por un momento (rato). once in a while —de vez en cuando. I take this one instead —Tomo este mejor, (preferiblemente). to go out for an errand —Salir a una diligencia. That makes my blood boil —Eso me hierve la sangre. How far is the Post-Office? —¿A qué distancia esta el Correo? It is two blocks away —Está a dos cuadras de aquí. to go on strike —declararse o levantarse en huelga. What is he like? —¿Cómo es él? against almost block cake cereal cup departure devil dinner-set dish large-dish errand dull

II

(aguénst) (ólmoust) (blook) (kéik) (sírials) (cop) (dipárchur) (dévol)

R E A D I NG T E X T Repita en ALTA VOZ con el Mismo Ritmo con que Leería en Español. In my uncle's house there are several servants: Louise, the cook, Alice, the maid, Charles, the errand boy, Thomas, the man who (que) milks the cows, and Frank, who attends to the stable. The cook works in the kitchen, she prepares the meals. She has all sorts of utensils: table-cloths, napkins, large dishes for the soup, cereals, meats and salads, and also saucers, cups, glasses, pitchers, large spoons, knives and teaspoons. In the kitchen there are also frying pans and other pots. I like to work in the kitchen but cooking is not very easy for me. I am going to have now boiled eggs for lunch and Alfred is going to have a ham omelet. We always have a light lunch but a heavy supper.

45 CONVERSATION Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces 1. Name the servants in your uncle's house. 2. What work does Thomas do? 3. Who (quién) attends to the stable? 4. Where does Louise work? 5. Is she an excellent cook? 6. Does she prepare very tasty salads? 7. Are you going to eat a tender piece of breaded (apanada) veal? 8. Is that meat tender or tough? 9. Name some of the necessary utensils in a kitchen. 9. Do you enjoy cooking? 10. What is Alfred going to have for lunch? 11. Do you use lard or butter when you fry the meat? V. GRAMMAR A. Irregular Verbs 1. Principal Parts to strike (stráik) —golpear; pegar; declararse en huelga. to run (ron) —correr; dirigir un negocio o institución. to misunderstand (misonderstánd) —entender mal. Present strike run misunderstand 2.

Past struck (strok) ran (ran) misunderstood (misonderstút)

Present Part striking running misunderstanding

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) struck run misunderstood

Aprenda de Memoria Repitiendo en ALTA VOZ: to strike a match —encender un fosforo. to strike the hour —dar la hora (el reloj). to strike against —chocar o estrellarse contra, . . . to strike + person + adjetivo —parecerle a uno o hacerle a uno una impresión. to strike out —tachar, eliminar. to run for —correr en busca de. to run away —irse corriendo, escaparse. to run into (o across) —tropezarse con, encontrarse con (inesperadamente). to run —andar o trabajar (reloj, maquina). to run over —revisar de prisa; arrollar o pasar por encima (un vehículo). to run for. . . —postularse' o ser candidato para (un puesto por elección). to run out of. . . —acabársele algo a uno. to run off the track —descarrilarse.

Examples: How did the picture strike you? ¿Cómo le pareció la película? It struck me very interesting. He has stricken out the first phrase — Él ha tachado la primera frase; (en este caso la forma 'stricken' se emplea mucho pero mayormente se usa 'stricken' significando 'angustiado' o ‘agobiado’. I ran out of paper, or my paper ran out — Se me acabó el papel. 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I myself struck the man, You yourself . . . etc. 2. I did not strike him with a whip, You . . . etc. 3. I have stricken out her name from the list, You . . . etc. 4. I asked John to run for the doctor, You . . . etc. 5. I ran away when the clock struck four instead of waiting for the teacher, You . . . etc. 6. I am 'running up and down looking for William, You . . . etc. 7. I did not run the store last year, You . . . etc. 8. I do not have to run the business this year, You . . . etc. 9. I ran into my old friend Peter last night on Broadway ('bród-uei'), la calle), You . . . etc. 10. My watch is not running on time, Your . . . e tc. 11. I am going to run over the newspaper before going out, You . . . etc. 12. I wanted my friend to run for mayor ((méier') alcalde), You . . . etc. 13. I ran out of money and went to work, You . . . etc. My money ran out and I wrote my father for more, Your . . . etc. 15. I do not intend to run away from my duty, You . . . etc. 16. I misunderstood what my cousin had said, You . . . etc. 4.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ en el Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Did he strike the boy with a whip? 2. Are the men in the factory going to strike the coming week? 3. Has the clock struck ten? 4. Did their automobile strike against a tree? 5. Has your brother stricken out our names from the list? 6. Did the picture strike you very interesting? 7. Did they take him to the hospital stricken with pneumonia? 8. Are the stricken parents expecting good news from the 'doctor'? 9. Did they run away from jail? 10. Is your brother running up and down looking for me? 11. Does she have to run her business without any help (ayuda)? 12. Did he say that he had run into our old friend the other day? 13. Is the teacher's watch very fast? 14. Did the automobile run over the poor woman? 15. Have they asked, your cousin to run for senator ('sénater')? 16. Did they misunderstand what I had said?

46 SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra Muchas Veces among (among) —entre (tres o más) key (kii) —llave; clave; tecla art (aart) —arte keyboard (kiibórd) —teclado (computador) artisant (árisan) —artesano kiss (kis) —beso, besar ashamed (ashéimd) —avergonzado, adj. lake (léik) —lago to assist (asíst) —ayudar a to laugh at (laaf) —reírse de band (band) —banda; cinta, faja law (loo) —ley banquet (báncuet) —banquete lie (lái) —mentira, mentir barber (bárber) —barbero midnight (midnáit) —medianoche beach (biich) —playa noon (nuun) —mediodía been (biin) —sido, estado offer (ófert) —oferta BEEN ABLE —podido opinion (opínion) —opinión, parecer beer (bíar) —cerveza otherwise (óDer-úais) —de lo contrario beggar (bégar) —mendigo perk (perk) —gratificación, gaje below (bilóu) —abajo, debajo de port (port) —puerto benefit (bénefet) —beneficiar, sacar provecho, portable (pórtabol) —portable, manual beneficio popular (pópiular) —popular between (bituíin) —entre, (más de 'dos') promotion (prómoushion) —promoción bird (berd) —ave, pájaro reservoir (réservor) —embalse, depósito bitter (bíter) —amargo; mordaz regard (rígard) —respeto, consideración cap (cap) —gorra, bonete revenue (révenui) —ingresos, renta, rédito case (quéis) —caso; caja, estuche ribbon (ríben) —cinta collar (cólar) —collar; cuello at retail (retáil) —al por menor cellar (sélar) —sótano on sale (on séil) —en venta de promoción chance (chans) —ocasión, oportunidad river (ríver) —rio chapter (chápter) —capitulo sea (sii) —mar childhood (cháildjud) —(la) niñez at sea —en la mar chill (chil) —escalofrío seasick (síisick) —mareado corner (córner) —esquina; rincón shop (shóop) —taller, tienda cultivate (cóltiveit) —cultivar shore (shóar) —orilla distance (dínstans) —distancia speech (spíich) —discurso; habla duplicate (dúplicate) —duplicado stock (stook) —existencia, surtido ear (íar) —oído, oreja suit-case (siútkeis) —maleta envelop (énveloup) —sobre (para cartas) sure-ly (shúer -li) —seguro, -mente envy (énvi) —envidia, envidiar throat (Zroát) —garganta fat (fat) —gordo toward (tóard -s) —hacia fight (fáit) —pegar, pelear tower (táuer) —torre . . fought (foot) —pegado, peleado trunk (tronk) —tronco, baul fireman (fáiarman) —bombero typewriter (táip-ráiter) —máquina de escribir friendship (frends shiip) —amistad upon (opón) —sobre (para la acción) game (géim) —juego war (uoor) —guerra income (íncom) —recaudación, ingreso wed (uéd) —casarse, unirse con important (impórtant) —importante newly weds (niúli-uéds) —boda, nupcias interpret (intérpret) —interpretar wedding (uédin) —recién casados interpreter (intérpreter) —interprete at wholesale (jóulséil) —al por mayor misinterpret (mis…) —interpretar mal wing (uíng) —ala, flanco *Observe: para adverbios surely, intelligently, beautifully, etc. —seguramente, inteligentemente, etc. La terminación -mente para adverbios se traduce por. Véase 'entre' en el Diccionario Español-Inglés en el Apéndice. by chance —por casualidad to be at war —estar en guerra to be mistaken —estar equivocado to tell a lie, (the truth) —decir una mentira, (la verdad) to be run down —estar mal de salud, o con las fuerzas enteramente agotadas It is said that . . . —Se dice que . . . I am told . . . etc, You are. . . —Me dicen o se me dice. . . etc. . . Te I am expected at eight, You . . . —Me esperan o se me espera . . . Te I am asked to . . . etc. You are . . . —Me piden o se me pide que . . . Te Give my regards to . . . —Dele mis saludos a . . . in the distance —a distancia. to take sick —caer enfermo, enfermarse. Spanish-speaking people —gente de habla española. people of Spanish speech to BE ABLE —PODER. I hope to be able to go —Espero poder ir. a formal dance; an informal dance —baile de etiqueta; baile de confianza.

La Preposición AT — En, (en las cercanias), a, etc. La preposición 'at' traduce 'en' pero no precisando necesariamente 'el interior' pues podría ser cerca de'. Apréndanse de memoria: at home — en casa, at church — en la iglesia, at school — en la escuela, at the door — en (o cerca de la puerta, at the window — en (o cerca de) la ventana, Denota PRESENCIA EN: at the banquet — en el banquete, at, the meeting — en la reunión, at the wedding — en la boda, at the fight — en la pelea, etc. Traduce 'a' pero NUNCA denotando moción para lo cual debe usarse 'to' o 'toward' (tóard) — hacia, en direction a. At the table — a la mesa, at two o'clock — a las dos, at the beginning — al principio, at hand — a mano, at intervals (íntervals) — a intervalos etc. C.

47 La preposición 'a' ocurre con muchos verbos y diferentes frases que lógicamente deben aprenderse según vayan apareciendo en las lecciones. D. POSSESSIVE CASE of Nouns — Caso Posesivo de los Nombres Se dice que un nombre está en el 'possessive case' cuando denota posesión o indica que algo es parte de una persona, animal o cosa. En español el nombre en caso posesivo, es decir, el que indica el poseedor va precedido por la preposición 'de'; por ejemplo, La casa de Juan, el collar de mi perro, etc. Estúdiense las siguientes reglas para formar el 'possessive case' en inglés y apréndanse los ejemplos DE MEMORIA: 1. Generalmente los nombres singulares que indican un ser animado forman el posesivo añadiendo el apostrofo y letra ('s) siguiendo al poseedor la cosa poseída. Ejemplos: The dressmaker's shop —El taller de la modista. James' keys —Las llaves de Jaime. My dog's collar —El collar de mi perro. John's uncle —El tío de Juan. Pero An uncle of John's —Un tío de Juan. A friend of Peter's —Un amigo de Pedro. 2. Los nombres plurales de seres animados que terminan en s solo añaden apostrofo ('). Examples: The teachers' umbrellas —Los paraguas de los profesores. The carpenters' tools —Las herramientas de los carpinteros. 3. Los nombres plurales de seres animados que no terminan en s toman el apostrofo y s ('s). Examples: The children's games —Los juegos de los niños. The firemen's duties —Los deberes de los bomberos. 4. Cuando un solo objeto pertenece a dos o más poseedores se añade el signo de posesión al último nombre. Examples: My brother and sister's car —El carro de mis hermanos. My uncle and aunt's house —La casa de mis tíos. 5. Si cada poseedor posee algo independientemente del otro u otros se añade el signo a cada nombre. Examples: My brother's and sister's car —Los carros de mis hermanos. My uncle's and aunt's houses —Las casas de mis tíos. 6. Cuando el nombre del poseedor es compuesto la última palabra toma el signo. Examples: The Commander-in-chief's office —oficina del Generalísimo. My mother-in-Law's temper —El temperamento de mi suegra. Edward the barber's wife —La esposa de Eduardo el barbero. 7. Cuando van dos casos posesivos uno después del otro se construye la frase de las dos maneras siguientes, preferible la segunda: My brother's friend's horses —Los caballos del amigo de mi hermano. Mejor: The horses of my brother's friend 8. Se omite el nombre del objeto poseído cuando ya ha sido mencionado. Al hablar de libros, por ejemplo, decimos: Mary's is on the table —El de María está en la mesa. Alfred's are on the chair —Los de Alfredo están en la silla. Where are William's? —¿Donde están los de Guillermo? Observe que 'el de', 'la de', 'los de' y 'las de', indicando posesión por supuesto, se expresan en inglés añadiendo el signo posesivo al nombre del poseedor. 9. También se omite el nombre del objeto poseído cuando este se entiende fácilmente. Examples: At Macy's (méisis) —En la tienda de Macy. At the doctor's —En el despacho del doctor. At my cousin's —En casa de mi primo. 10. Cuando el nombre en caso posesivo es un objeto, se prefiere una construcción idéntica a la española, la cual, a veces, se emplea en otros casos. Examples: The door of the parlor —La puerta de la sala. Excepción: Si el nombre, en el caso posesivo, denota tiempo es preferible el signo y después el nombre modificado. Examples: Yesterday's pay —El pago de ayer. Today's lesson —La lección de hoy. Last night's speech —El discurso de anoche. A ten minutes' talk —Una conversación de diez minutos. A five days' trip —Un viaje de cinco días.

48 También se usa el signo posesivo cuando hay personificación: The country's honor —El honor del país. The court's decree —El decreto de la corte. The chair's opinión —La opinión del presidente (de una junta) Nonaligned countries (nónaláind cóntris) —Paises no alinedos Nota: No deben confundirse con el caso posesivo substantivos compuestos o simples (siempre en forma singular) usados como adjetivos; estos substantivos adjetivados preceden naturalmente al nombre modificado pero no llevan el signo de posesión. Examples: 4 three-cent stamps —4 sellos o estampillas de tres centavos. 2 five-dollar bills —2 billetes de cinco dólares. A two-room apartment —Un apartamiento de dos cuartos. A red-haired boy —Un muchacho de pelo rojo. A hat store —Una tienda de sombreros. A shoe department —Un departamento de zapatos. E. SHALL and WILL (shal, úil) — FUTURE (fiúchur) TENSE 1. Cuando meramente se desea expresar una acción FUTURA, sin el propósito de asegurar, DEBE usarse con y WE el auxiliar SHALL seguido de la forma infinitiva SIN to, y con 'you', 'he', 'she', 'it', 'they' y otros sujetos el auxiliar WILL seguido de la forma infinitiva SIN to del verbo principal. En este caso para preguntas Úsese SHALL con YOU. Examples: Shall you be here to-morrow? — ¿Estará Ud. aquí mañana? estaré, estarás, etc. I shall be here to-morrow We shall be here to-morrow You will be here to-morow You will be here to-morrow He, (she, it) will be here to-morrow They will be here to-morrow Observe: Sea cual fuere el uso, en preguntas con 'I' y 'we' SIEMPRE debemos emplear SHALL denotando generalmente permiso: Shall I read? — ¿leo?; Shall we wait for you here? — ¿Podemos esperarle aquí? Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: (a). I shall ask Peter's friend to attend the wedding, You wil l . . . etc. (b). Shall I wait for 'William's brother? Shall you . . . etc., Will he . . . etc. (c). I shall not be able to go, You will not . . . etc. (d). I shall be very glad to see John, You . . . etc, (e) I shall be very happy to go, You . . . etc. 2. Cuando el que habla desea expresar PROMESA, AMENAZA, DESEO o bien ASEGURAR al indicar una acción futura debe usarse WILL con I y WE pero SHALL con you, he, she, it, they y otros sujetos En este caso en preguntas se dice Will you?. . . etc., siempre el auxiliar seguido de la forma infinitiva SIN 'to'. Examples: Will you obey your mother? — ¿obedecerá Ud. a su mama? 3. obedecere, obecleceras, etc. I will obey my mother We will obey our mothers You shall obey your mother You shall obey your mothers He shall obey his mother They shall obey their mothers She shall obey her mother Nota: Will you . . . (SEGUIDO de VERBO) corrientemente significa, quiere ud. Will you come along? — ¿Quiere Ud. venir (conmigo o con nosotros)? Continue en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: (a) I will put that man in jail, You shall . . . etc. (la). I will punish my nephew and niece, You shall your . . . etc. (c). I will not put up with her nonsense, You shall not . . . etc. 4. Antes o después de una oración con el futuro a veces se usa una clausula introducida por in continuando 'if (si) la cual toma el presente como en español'. Examples: I shall write the letter if I have a pen — Escribire la carta si tengo una pluma. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I shall attend the dance if I have an invitation, You will . . . if you . . . etc. 2. I will learn English if I study with this system, You shall . . . if you . . . etc. Resumen: 1. Meramente acción futura no habiendo necesidad de asegurar: I WE

SHAL . . .

You, he, she, it, they, (nombres)

Will

49 2. Acción Futura de VOLUNTAD, DETERMINACION, asegurando que SE HARA: I WILL You, he, she, SHALL . . . WE it, they (nombres) Por regla general se emplea en la contestación el auxiliar que se ha usado en la pregunta: Shall he be able to do it? — ¿podrá el hacerlo? —Yes, he shall. F. PAST of the Verb TO BE — Estar y Ser: Was (uos), Were (uer) I was —estaba, estuve; era, etc. We were —estábamos, éramos, etc. You WERE —estabas, etc.; eras, etc. You were —Uds. estaban, eran, etc. He, she was —estaba, etc.; era, etc. They were —Ellos estaban, eran, etc. It was —estaba, etc.; era, etc. Después de YOU siempre debe usarse WERE singular y plural. NO confundamos fue, fuiste, fue, etc., del verbo 'ir' con estas formas del verbo 'ser'. Observe: Ud. fue al teatro —You WENT to the theater, pero Ud. fué bondadoso para con él —You WERE kind to him. Continue en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I was in Boston on the 5th of last May, You WERE in . . . etc. 2. I was always very kind to Frank, You WERE always . . . etc. 3. I was not very hungry but I was very thirsty. 4. You WERE not . . . but you were. . . etc. (No olvide que NUNCA ha de usarse el auxiliar 'did' para expresar el pasado de 'to be': Was I wrong? — ¿Estaba yo equivocado? You were not wrong — Ud. no estaba equivocado. 5. I was angry with myself, You. . . etc. 6. I was able to do it, You . . . etc. PAST PROGRESSIVE — Pasado Progresivo El 'past progressive' se construye con el 'past' del verbo 'to be' (estar) y el 'present participle' del verbo que le siga. Equivale en castellano a 'estaba' y el gerundio del segundo verbo, o también al 'imperfecto o co-pretérito de indicativo', que termina en -'aba', -'abas', etc., o -ia, -ias, etc., siempre que este denote una acción que se 'estaba' haciendo. Examples: I was looking for him and her — Yo buscaba o estaba buscando a él y a ella. I was coming here when he entered the restaurant —Yo venía para acá cuando él entró en el restaurante. I was going there when they spoke to me — Yo iba para allá cuando ellos me hablaban. Continue en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las personas: 1. I was translating them for him at twenty minutes to three, You were . . . etc. 2. I was coming to Peter's office when I spoke to her on the corner (' corner', esquina), You were . . . etc. 3. I was going to school when I bought the pen, You were . . . when you . . . etc. 4. I was going to write it when John came i n, You were when John . . . etc. H.

IRREGULAR VERBS

1. Principal Parts: To sell (sel) — vender; to give (guiv) — dar; to show (shóu) — mostrar

Present sell give show 2.

Past sold (sóuld) gave (guéiv) showed (shóud)

Pres. Part. (-ando, -endo) selling giving showing

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) sold given (guíven) shown (shóun)

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to sell out to give something back to. . . to give out to give up to give oneself up to give in to give a person a piece of one's mind to give something away to show a person in to show a person out to show up to show off

—realizar o vender toda la existencia. —devolver algo a. —distribuir. —abandonar o suspender, desistir de. —rendirse o entregarse. —darse por vencido; ceder (no poder aguantar más). —decir a alguien las verdades o lo que se merece. —dar (gratis), regalar (sin decir a quien). —hacerle entrar o pasar. —hacerle salir o acompañarle hasta la puerta. —presentarse o aparecerse, dejarse ver. —echárselas, alabarse o exhibirse.

50 Nota: Recordemos que con estos verbos seguidos de alguna proposición 'in, up, out, away, etc.' para sus usos idiomáticos si el complemento directo es un pronombre este debe ir ANTES de la preposición excepto raros casos que van aprendiéndose. 'I do not have to give out the books now', pero, 'I do not have to give them out'; 'Let him give up that plan', 'Let him give it up'. 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I told William not to sell it to her, You . . . etc. 2. I sold out my entire stock before going to Mexico City, You . . . etc. 3. I did not sell the books for cash, I sold them on credit, You . . . etc. 4. I shall not sell these articles at retail, You . . . etc. 5. I shall be able to sell them at wholesale, You . . . etc. 6. I do not have to give it back to her this week, You . . . etc. 7. I do not have to give them out to -day, You. . . etc. 8. I gave up my plans after I spoke with my father, You . . . etc. 9. I did not give them up for lack of money, You . . . etc. 10. I was going to give Alfred a piece of my mind when his mother came in, You . . . etc. 11. I showed them to Mary but I did not show them to Peter, You . . . etc. 12. I told the maid to show the man in, You . . . etc. 13. I have never shown up at my uncle's on Sundays, You . . . etc. 14. I do not like to show off, You . . . etc. 15. I was not able to make Edward understand my points and I had to give in, You . . . etc. 16. I have not been able to give them back to my cousin yet, You . . . etc. 17. If I am able to help my friend I shall, If you . . . etc. 4.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Repetidas Veces, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Will he sell them to her on credit? 2. Shall you be able to sell it for cash? 3. Did his father advise him to sell out and come back to his country? 4. Were you able to sell them at wholesale? 5. Does sh e have to give them to you this week? 6. Did he have to give out the books yesterday? 7. Did his mother want him not to give up his plan? 8. Has his father asked him to give it up? 9. Did the man who had robbed you give himself up? 10. Did he give in after your explanation? 11. How many people perished when the ceiling gave in? 12. Did you finally give them a piece of your mind? 13. Did you tell the maid to show him in? 14. About what time did he show up last night? 15. Did she tell you that he was always showing off? 16. Has he given them back to you? VI.

EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A.

ANSWER in English in the Affirmative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Did you borrow a dictionary from them? 2. Did he ask Mary to lend it to him? 3. Are you going to boil two eggs for breakfast? 4. Did she burn her hand when she was frying the meat? 5. Has the house burned to ashes? 6. Was the light in their house burning when you went by? 7. Shall you carry out the plan (that) your father gave you? 8. Did they collect the money from Peter? 9. Do you always dance your sorrows away? 10. Has she danced herself to fame? 11. Have you decided about your two months trip through South America? 12. Has the cook fried the potatoes for lunch? 13. Does your sister love to dance? 14. Are they going to prepare their lessons to-night? 15. Does their father punish them often? 16. Is he going to sell out before taking his trip to Africa? 17. Did he sell his furniture for cash or on credit? 18. Shall you give him back the dictionary to -morrow morning? 19. Did the teacher give out the books yesterday afternoon? 20. Does your mother want you to give up that work? 21. Are you going to give it up? 22. Has the criminal given himself up? 23. Did you give him a piece of your mind? 24. Have your friends sho wn up this week? 25. Was he showing off when the girls were there? 26. Does he have to travel much? B.

ANSWER in English in the Negative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Did he accept the President's offer (ofer ta)? 2. Did the Company collect that money from our friend? 3. Were they dancing when the lights went out? 4. Was his light burning when you came in last night? 5. Did you fry them for me? 6. Shall you borrow them from him? 7. Did the teacher tell you to p repare it for him? 8. Was the shoemaker going to repair them for Wednesday (uénsdei)? 9. Did she strike him with a whip? 10. Did the film strike you very interesting? 11. Has not the clock struck eleven yet? 12. Has your cousin stricken out the first and last paragraphs ('páragrafs' -parrafos)? 13. Were you there when he ran away? 14. Did William run for the doctor when his mother told him to? 15. Was he running his father's business before coming to New York? 16. Were you with him when he ran into his old friend last night on Bolivar Street? 17. Is your watch running on time? 18. Have you not run over those numbers yet? 19. Will he run for mayor next year? 20. Did he mis understand what you had told him? 21. Have they misunderstood what the teacher has said several times? 22. Shall you be at Peter's when he comes back? 23. Have you given up your study of English? 24. Did your brother give it up last year? 25. Did they show it to you? 26. Does your brother have to prepare it for to-morrow? C.

Translate into English: (Write down the Correct Number for Each Answer) 1. Que vuelva él a escribirlo. 2. Él volvió a escribirlo, (É l escribió la otra vez). 3. Yo estaba avergonzado porque no le había dado el trabajo al profesor. 4 . Se dice que el Presidente estará aquí mañana. 5. Me dicen (se me dice) que ellos no venderán el automóvil a crédito. 6. Nos esperan (se nos espera) en casa de un amigo a las ocho y media. 7. Si él regresa esta-noche podre darle el dinero. 8. No pude escribir las cartas ayer. 9. Él no ha podido vender la casa.

51 10. El inglés es difícil para gente de habla española pero con este sistema podemos aprenderlo. 11. A mi parecer ellos no estarán de vuelta antes-del domingo. 12. tu reloj se atrasa y el de Juan se adelanta. 13. Si le escribo la semana que viene le preguntaré por su padre. 14 ¿Qué clase de hombre es él? 15. Es bueno aprender inglés para comprender las películas habladas americanas. 16. Ellos se declararon en huelga por (for) 'jornales que den para vivir'. 17. Ella no ha comprado los zapatos de baile todavía. 18. Él se parece a su padre pero no se parece a su mama. 19. El aeroplano está listo; saldremos en veinte minutos. 20. Su padre la llevó al hospital atacada de pulmonía. 21. Me tropecé con tu hermano ayer en-la Calle Diez y Séptima Avenida. 22. Si se me acaba el dinero le escribiré a mi padre por más (for more). 23. Un amigo de Guillermo nos enseñó la nueva escuela esta mañana. 24. Un tío de María nos envió los libros la semana pasada. 25. La casa del amigo de mi pri mo se redujo a cenizas anoche.

D.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Es muy necesario tener una buena cocinera en la casa. En casa de mis tíos hay una muy buena (a very good one). Ella es excelente en su arte. Cuando visito a mis tíos siempre 'saboreo' (enjoy) sus comida s muchísimo. Luisa hace todo maravillosamente. Las ensaladas y carnes asadas que ella prepara son deliciosas. Los postres son (is) también muy sabrosos. Nos gustan la jalea de guayaba, el pudin de pan, la ensalada de frutas y los bizcochos que ella hace. La semana pasada nos sirvió (she served us) rosbif, arroz, papas fritas y otro plato muy apetitoso que (which) no recuerdo ahora. Ud. seguramente gozara la visita si viene a casa de mis tíos.

FIRST REVIEW LESSON PRIMERA LECCION DE REPASO Repase los vocabularios y las frases, a perfección, de las primeras seis lecciones para un dictado de palabras y frases escogidas por el profesor. Estudie y conteste comparando en ambos idiomas: 1. Escriba (con letras) y lea en inglés los siguientes nombres: 5, 5th; 8, 8th; 12, 12th; 13, 13th; 20, 20th; 21, 21st; 30, 30th; 40, 40th, 43rd; 50, 50th, 54th; 100, 101st, 101; 120, 125th; 200, 200th, 236th; 1000, 1000th; 1/2; 3/4; 7/13; 18/21; 1920; 24,345; 406,075; 2,008,009; Alphonse 'XIII'; Louis XIV; Pius XI; el 14 de octubre; el 31 de Julio; [la] Calle 59. 2. Nombre el DEFINITE ARTICLE y enumere los casos en que usándose en castellano debe omitirse en inglés (First Lesson). 3. Nombre el INDEFINITE ARTICLE y diga los casos en que debe usarse en inglés pero NO en español. (First Lesson). 4. (a) Define o explique el DESCRIPTIVE ADJECTIVE y compare su uso con su equivalente castellano el 'adjetivo calificativo'. De ejemplos. (b) ¿Qué palabras (singular y plural) deben usarse después del 'descriptive adjective' cuando se omite el nombre. Ejemplos. (First Lesson)? 5. Nombre los POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. Explique un uso idéntico de este adjetivo en cuyo caso se usa en español el articulo definido y también algunas veces un dativo de posesión, come 'Me tiembla la mano'. Ejemplos. (First Lesson). 6. Nombre los DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES seguidos de nombres con su traducción equivalente en español. ¿Qué palabra se usa después de los SINGULARES cuando se omite el nombre, es decir, cuando son pronombres? Ejemplos. (Third Lesson). 7. De las reglas para formar los plurales de nombres. Ejemplos de cada regla. (Third and Fourth Lessons). 8. Explique las diferentes fases del POSSESSIVE CASE con ejemplos después de cada una. (Sixth Lesson). 9.¿Cuál es el símbolo del INFINITIVE en inglés? ¿Cómo se distingue el infinitivo en español? Ejemplos. (Second Lesson). 10. (a) Conjugue el PRESENT TENSE afirmativo y negativo de los siguientes verbos: to work, to learn, to receive. (b). De este mismo tiempo de estos verbos en forma, interrogativa, afirmativo y negativo. (Second Lesson). 11. De la tercera persona singular del PRESENT TENSE, afirmativo y negativo, de los siguientes verbos: to do, to go, to wish, to miss, to watch, to mix, to study. (Second Lesson). 12. Conjugue el PRESENT TENSE, afirmativo y negativo, de los verbos to have y to be. Conjúguelos en forma interrogativa. (Second Lesson). 13. Continúe usando todas las personas: Do I have to study hard? Do you . . . etc. 14. Diga los modismos que ha estudiado con el verbo 'to be' con la traducción castellana de cada uno. (Second Lesson). 15. (a) ¿Cómo se forma el PRESENT PARTICIPLE de los verbos? ¿Cuál es su equivalente en castellano? Ejemplos. (b) De tres ejemplos de 'present participles' usados como adjetivos. (Second Lesson).

52 16. (a) Conjugue el PRESENT PROGRESSIVE, afirmativo y negativo, de los verbos to work, to learn, to receive. (b) Conjúguelos en forma interrogative, afirmativo y negativo. (Second Lesson). 17. (a) ¿Cómo se forma el PAST TENSE regular (sin auxiliar)? (b) Conjugue este tiempo, afirmativo de los verbos to work, to learn, to receive. (Second Lesson). 18. Explique ampliamente el auxiliar DO. Ejemplos. (Sesond Lesson). 19. De el PAST TENSE, negativa, de los verbos to work, to learn, to receive. Conjúguelo en forma interrogativa, afirmativa y negativa. (Second Lesson). ¿Cómo se forma el PAST PARTICIPLE de los verbos regulares? ¿Cuá1 es su equivalente en castellano? Ejemplos. (Second Lesson). 20. (a) Conjugue el PRESENT PERFECT, afirmativo y negativo, de los verbos to work, to learn, to receive. (b) Explique la diferencia en oraciones entre el 'PRESENT PERFECT y PAST TENSE. (Pag. 30-F). 21. (a) Explique el IMPERATIVE. Compare los 'indirect commands' (ordenes indirectas) en ambos idiomas. (b) De todas las formas directas e indirectas afirmativo y negativo, de los verbos to work, to learn, to receive. (Fourth Lesson). 22. (a) Explique ampliamente el uso de SHALL y WILL. (b) Conjugue el FUTURE TENSE del verbo 'to be' indicando meramente futuridad, (c) Conjugue el mismo tiempo de ese verbo indicando DETERMINACION. (Sixth Lesson). 23. Explique sobre el uso del INFINITIVE con TO, cuando equivale a un tiempo castellano en una clausula introducida por la conjunción 'que'. Ejemplos (Fifth Lesson). Continúe conjugando con todas las personas, afirmativo y negativo: I wanted John to pay for the books, I did not . . . etc. I begged Peter not to go, I did not . . . etc. III. Repase los verbos regulares de las lecciones 3, 4, 5, y 6 y prepárese para un ejercicio oral de conversación en inglés con el profesor basado en todo lo que se ha estudiado sobre esos verbos. IV. Conteste en inglés las siguientes preguntas comparando, cuando sea necesario, con la traducción castellana notando así una vez más la discrepancia que puede existir en ambos idiomas: 1. Is life trying at times? 2. Is bread cheap now? 3. Is kindness beautiful? 4. Has President Rogers worked in his office to-day? 5. Does sugar cost seven cents a pound? 6. Has she a small mouth? 7. Is Alfred a catholic? 8. Is Peter an engineer? 9. Has he learned an interesting and easy lesson? 10. Does she like the white one? 11. Is the one with green eyes your brother? 12. Did you like Ralph's straw hat? 13. Are you going to close your room? 14. Has he finished his lesson? 15. Did they count their books? 16. Shall we open our books? 17. Have you translated this letter? Are its paragraphs clear? 18. Does your cousin return home after working a whole day? 19. Did you translate that exercise before studying the verbs? 20. Does this boy wish to have your book (in order) to learn French? 21. Do you remember that reading book which I liked very much? 22. Are you twenty-two years old? 23. Is the dog thirsty? 24. Is your nephew very careful? 25. Are they through with their work? 26. Am I right? 27. Does he look well after these two weeks rest? 28. Did they look for their friends? 29. Has James looked up these words? 30. Are his feet big? 31. Are the child's teeth clean? 32. Have they invited your brother and Sister? 33. Are his nephew and nieces in the city? 34. Are they alumni of the University of Bogotá? 35. Is the news interesting and flattering? 36. Are they conjugating the verbs? 37. Did you attend the teachers meeting? 38. Has the Principal asked for the children's cards? 39. Did you help your brother -in-law's friend? 40. Is your cousin going to the doctor's? 41. Have you enjoyed to-day's lesson? 42. Did Mrs. Jones enjoy last night's speech? 43. Did the five days trip please your mother? 44. Did they defeat the chairman's plan? 45. Have you accepted Edward's proposition?, Will you accept William's? 46. Did you pay with a five -dollar bill? 47. Does he have a three-room apartment? 48. Did you ask Alice to wait for the child? 49. Does he look like his mother? 50. Do Alfred and his sister look alike very much? 51. Did you advise Mary to obey her brother? 52. Has the teacher compelled the students to attend every class? 53. Di d you tell the boys not to lean against the wall? 54. Did the teacher scold Alfred because he did not spell the words correctly? b.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Pedro es zapatero. 2. Ella tiene la boca grande. 3. El café cuesta treinta centavos la libra. 4. El Presidente Clark posee una hermosa casa en la Calle Sesenta y Tres. 5. Este cuarto es pequeño; yo quiero el grande. 6. Me gusta la mesa pero sus patas no son fuertes. 7. Ellos tienen su diccionario en la biblioteca. 8. Hay muchos ratones en esta casa. 9. Él tiene dos buenos y hermosos relojes. 10. ¿Ha traducido su hermano estas cartas? 11. Esa es mi pluma, la de tu hermana está en el escritorio. 12. Estos son mis libros; ¿donde están los de Guillermo? 13. ¿Son las noticias buenas y halagadoras? 14. Las matemáticas son difíciles. 15. ¿Le gusta a Ud. leer acerca de Alfonso XII, Luis XIV y otros reyes de Europa? 16. Mis sobrinos y yo vivimos en casa de mis tíos. 17. Te dije que no la regalaras. 18. ¿tiene tu padre 3,000 cabezas de ganado? 19. El Sr. Johnson y la Sra. White entraron [en] casa de tu cuñado. Vamos a hablar (hablemos) con ellos ahora. 20. La tienda de los Sres. White y Rogers ha recibido muchos géneros de [la] China.

53 21. Regaña a tu hijo pero no regañes a Margarita. 22. Démele recuer dos a su padre. 23. Suplícale que espere cinco minutos. 24. Que busque ella las palabras en el apéndice si desea hacer una buena traducción. 25. Que espere él a los profesores si desea hablar con ellos. 26. Que descansen de noche si han trabajado todo el día. 27. Miremos lo s cuadros son muy hermosos. 28. Ella [les] suplica a sus hijos (su hijo e hija) que no refieran. 29. [Le] aconsejaré a Juan que no viva en esa casa. 30. ¿Tiene Ud. que buscar las palabras en el diccionario? 31. Yo siempre tengo que estudiar las palabras de memoria. 32. ¿Se ve bien él con (un) bigote? 33. ¿Se parece Alberto a su hermano? 34. ¿No conversaron ustedes de política? 35. ¿Ha regañado ella a su hermanito? 36. ¿Estarás aquí mañana? 37. ¿No tiene el pobre Juan hambre? 38. ¿Cuántos años tienes? Ya tengo 34 años de edad. 39. ¿Hay (una) clase de inglés hoy? 40. ¿Hay muchas flores en el jardín? V. VERBOS IRREGULARES: a. Repase las PRINCIPAL PARTS y los diferentes significados de los siguientes verbos irregulares que se hallan en las lecciones 3, 4, 5 y 6: to go, to make, to send, to speak, to write, to strike, to think, to understand, to do, to grow, to give, to let, to say, to spend, to eat, to run, to take, to buy, to lend, to put, to come, to sell, to show, to read, to tell. (En voz alta repítaselas así: go, went, going, gone). B. CONTESTE LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS: 1. Does he go to school every day? 2. Is your daughter going to school to -morrow? 3. Are you going to look up the words? 4. Shall you go out to-night? 5. Did he go away at ten? 6. Have you gone by her house this week? 7. Has the child gone to bed? 8. Shall he go for the books? 9. Will you speak your mind at the meeting? 10. Did he strike the boy with a whip? 11. Are you going to strike out that sentence? 12. Has the clock struck eleven? 13. Will they go on strike next week? 14. Have you thought of your lesson? 15. Did you think that he understood English easily? 16. Did you do John a favor? 17. Shall he do justice to those men? 18. Shall you grow potatoes in your farm? 19. Has his son grown very fast? 20. Did you grow very tired? 21. Did you take leave of Mrs. Smith? b. Haga una pregunta, afirmativa y negativa, que corresponda a cada una de las oraciones siguientes. Recuerde que 'not en preguntas va (cuando no hay contracción) después del sujeto-pronombre pero antes del sujetonombre. Siga estos ejemplos, He is growing old; preguntas: Is he growing old? Is he not growing old? 'John ate my dinner'; preguntas: Did John eat your dinner? Did not John eat your dinner? 1. I shall spend $5 on my shoes. 2. It is growing dark. 3. Peter said to me that he spoke French well. 4. He has taken Mary to the theater. 5. I am going to take away your dictiona ry. 6. He took away the pen from William. 7. He has taken off his hat and coat. 8. They took out chairs to the porch. 9. The house took fire at midnight. 10. Helen took Alfred for his brother, 11. I am buying my clothes from the man around the corner. 12. Your friend has bought those books from the teacher. 13. He is coming here to-morrow. 14. He has come up to my-brother's room several times. 15. My dream shall come true. 16. He is putting all the books upon the big table. 17. I am going to put on the ligh t in the parlor. 18. Alice has put out the light in the kitchen. 19. I put on my coat and went out. 20. He shall put by a little money. 21. The teacher told the students to put away the books. 22. I told him to take leave of his friends to-night. C. TRADUZCA AL INGLES: 1. ¿Va ella a [la] escuela todos los días? 2. ¿Va Ud. al teatro esta noche? 3. Ahora vamos a traducir las oraciones. 4. Anoche salí y hable con Pedro en casa de mi prima. 5. Me ac osté a las diez después de leer el periódico. 6. Que se vaya él si desea. 7. Vámonos, está obscureciendo. 8. He hablado sin reserva varias veces en las reuniones. 9. ¿No ha escrito su amigo las cartas? 10. ¿No escribiste la lección ayer? 11. Ellos se declararán en huelga la semana próxima. 12. El reloj está dando las doce. 13. Tache esa oración. 14. ¿Qué piensa Ud. de Alberto? 15. Ella dice que su hermano ha entendido el artículo. 16. Él piensa (intenta) hablar con tu primo. 17. ¿Hizo Ud. su lección? No hice mi lección pero hice el otro trabajo. 18. ¿No ha cultivado Ud. lechugas en el jar dín? 19. Te estás poniendo viejo Guillermo. 20. Le he dicho a Tomas que pasare dos semanas en el campo. 21. ¿Comiste ayer en ese restaurante? No, ayer comí en casa de mi tío y hoy comeré en tu casa. 22. Si él no ha comido todavía, que coma aquí. 23. ¿Por qué no se quita él, el sobretodo? 24. No se ha quitado el sobretodo porque dice que se va muy pronto. 25. Le quite mi diccionario a Juan. 26. ¿Le compraste esos libros al hombre que (who) vino ayer? 27. Le dije a Rafael que le prestara la pluma , a Eduardo. 28. Guardé mi libro de inglés y entonces leí el periódico. 29. Prende la luz de (in) la sala pero no prendas la (it on) del (in the) comedor. 30. ¿No me dijiste que apaga ra la luz de (in) la cocina? 31. ¿Pero no has leído en esta carta que é1 no ha venido del campo todavía? 32. Ella te dijo hace dos semanas que le quitaras los libros a Eduardo. 33. Mi padre me aconseje que me despidiera de mis profesores. 34. Ella quería q ue yo hiciera las paces con Pedro 35. ¿Se ha decidido é1 a vender la casa? 36. ¿Tuvo él que desistir de ese plan? 37. Ella le quería decir-las-verdades y mando a decirle que viniera a su casa. 38. Él no tiene que vender el automóvil pues no se le ha acabado el dinero todavía. 39. ¿Esta ella dirigiendo el negocio de su padre? 40. A él le gusta exhibirse cuando vienen amigos a su casa.

54 1.

LESSON VII REGULAR VERBS to annoy to arrive to believe to broil to clean to climb to cry to dress to sign

(anóii) (aráiv) (bilíiv) (bróil) (clíin) (cláim) (crái) (dres) (sáin)

—molestar a —llegar —creer, opinar —asar (en parrilla) —limpiar —encaramarse, trepar —llorar, gritar —vestir —firmar

to disappoint to disillusion to doubt to owe to polish to quarrel to raise to remain to walk

(disapóint) (disolúshion) (dáut) (óu) (pólish) (cuórel) (réis) (riméin) (uook)

—decepcionar, desilucionar —desilucionar —dudar —deber (adeudar) —dar brillo a —reñir —alzar; criar —permanecer; quedar —caminar o pasear

Repita en ALTA VOZ hasta Aprender de MEMORIA

to arrive in to arrive at to arrive at a conclusion to believe in to cry for joy to cry one's eyes out to dress up to dress a wound (úund) to dress (a chicken, salad, etc) to quarrel with a person over to disappoint to raise (salary, price) to walk along to walk to walk out to walk away to walk up to to walk up and down

—llegar (a una ciudad, país). —llegar a (un sitio: teatro, oficina, etc.) —llegar a una conclusión. —confiar en. —llorar de alegría. —llorar amargamente, beberse las lagrimas. —vestirse de etiqueta o con lo mejor. —curar y vendar una herida. —preparar o condimentar (un polio, ensalada). —reñir con alguien por. —frustrar las esperanzas de. —aumentar (salario, precio). —caminar o pasear por. —ir o venir a pie. —declararse en huelga; (ir afuera.) —irse o marcharse (más bien cuando ya uno se habla detenido en algún sitio en la calle). —acercarse a (caminar hacia alguien). —pasearse de arriba a abajo.

Observe: I believe that he WILL come — Creo que él VENGA (vendrá); She believes that I SHALL not be able to do it — Ella cree que yo no PUEDA hacerlo: I doubt that he HAS been able to translate them — Dudo que HAYA podido traducirlas, etc. En inglés después de 'to believe', 'to doubt' y otros que indiquen acción mental se emplea generalmente el tiempo que precisamente denote la idea de presente, pasado o futuro.

C.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I shall not annoy my father, You will not . . . your . . . etc. 2. I arrived in New York eighteen years ago, You . . . etc. 3. I did not arrive at the theater before fifteen to ten, You did not . . . etc. 4. I believe that I shall be able to pass the examination, You that you will . . . etc. 5. I will believe it if I see it (si lo veo), You shall . . . if you . . . etc. 6. I wanted her to broil the meat, You wanted her to . . . etc. 7. I have not cleaned my room yet, You . . . your . . . etc. 8. I cried my eyes out, You . . . your . . . etc. 9. I dated the letter but I did not date the check, You . . . but you did not . . . etc. 10. I was going to dress for dinner after I finished my lessons, You were . . . after you . . . etc. 11. I have to dress my wound, You . . . your . . . etc. 12. I disappointed Peter, You . . . etc. 13. I am glad (that) I did not disappoint my father, You are . . . you did not . . . etc. 14. I doubted that I had spoken to that man before (anteriormente), You . . . that you had . . . etc. 15. I owe her some money, You . . . etc. 16. I have not polished the furniture yet, You have not . . . etc. 17. I am raising chickens in my father's farm, You . . . etc. 18. I have signed all the letters, You have . . . etc. 19. I wish to walk along the avenue for a half hour, You -wish to . . . etc. 20. I walked away at twenty to eleven, You . . . etc. 21. I have never walked along San Martin Avenue, You have never . . . etc. 22. I always walk to school, You always . . . etc. 23. I do not have to remain here, You . . . etc. 24. I was asked to sign the document, You . . . etc. d.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba VARIAS Veces: 1. Was he annoying you when you were studying the English lesson? 2. Did he arrive in this city two months ago? 3. Has he always arrived late at school? 4. Have Mary and he arrived at a conclusion? 5. Do you believe that he has been in love with Margaret? 6. Did you ask her to broil the meat for you? 7. Have you cleaned your room to-day? 8. Was he crying for joy? 9. Is she crying for more candy? 10. Did they cry their eyes out when their mother went away?-(afir.). 11. Has he not dated the letter? 12. Does she dress her dolls (muñecas) every five minutes? 13. Are the children dressing now? 14. Did you ask the nurse ('ners', enfermera) to dress your wound? 15. Are you going to dress the salad now? 16. Did he disappoint you? 17. Have they disappointed their father?

55 18. Did he doubt that I had been able to do that work? 19. Does your cousin owe money to you? 20. Shall you polish the furniture this morning? 21. Does the maid polish the furniture every morning? 22. Did they raise the piano looking for the pen? 24. Is he raising chickens in his farm? 25. Has your uncle raised a big family? 26. Are they going to raise your salary? 27. Did he remain in the office to sign the other letters? 28. Do you always walk to school? 29. Were you walking along the avenue when they spoke to you? 30. Are the miners ('máiners', mineros) going to walk out before the end of the week? 31. Did she walk away when you spoke to her? 32. Did he walk up to you when you were at the door? 33. Did you ask him to climb the tree? 34. Did she climb on the table? I I. amenity annoying although anything apple-pie apron arrival arrears atmosphere to beat, irr. beating bill boiler broom bush can canned meat carpet certain certainly chores cleanliness cluster curtain dead, adj. deficient desire directory disappointment disillusionment dressing educate entire everything fare quarrelsome fear fever

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra Muchas Veces: (améniati) —amabilidad, amenidad flood (flood) —desbordamiento, (anóin) —molestoso inundación inundar (olDóu) —aunque habit (jábit) —hábito, costumbre (éniZin) —cualquier cosa hurricane (jórikein) —huracán, ciclón (ápolpai) —pastel de manzana illusion (ilúshion) —ilusión (éipron) —delantal disillusion (disolúshion) —desilusión (aráival) —llegada laughter (láfter) —risa, risotada (arréas) —atrasos leaflet (líiflet) —panfleto, folleto, (atmosfíer) —atmosfera propaganda impresa (biit) —batir; vencer matter (máter) —asunto, cuestión (bíitin) —paliza medicine (médisin) —medicina (bil) —cuenta; proyecto de nothing (nóZin) —nada (bóiler) —caldera noise (nóis) —ruido, bulla (bruum) —escoba noisy (nóisi) —ruidoso, bulloso (bush) —matojo, arbusto plague (pléig) —plaga, peste (can) —lata; enlatar queer (kuíar) —raro, singular, —carne de lata raise (réis) —aumento (de sueldo) (cárpet) —tapiz; tapete restaurant (réstorant) —restaurante (sérten) —cierto, seguro ring (ring) —sortija ; ojera; circulo (sértenli) —ciertamente running water —agua corriente (chóars) —tarea domestica sale (séil) —venta; 'ganga' (clénlines) —limpieza savory (séivori) —sabroso (clóster) —grupo, agrupar, racimo seldom (séldom) —raras veces (kértin) —cortina, telón to set (set) —poner, fijar (déed) —muerto -a to shake, irr. (shéik) —sacudir; temblar (defíshent) —deficiente spick-and-span (spíkandspán) —flamante (disáiar) —deseo; desear strap (strap) —correa, faja (diréktori) —directorio, guía to sweep, irr. (suiip) —barrer (disapóintment) —desilusión telephone (télefoun) —teléfono, telefonear (désilúshionment) —desilusión then (Den) —entonces (drésin) —condimento, salsa to tolerate (tólereit) —tolerar (éYukeit) —educar tolerance (tólerans) —tolerancia (entáiar) —entero, integro torrent (torrent) —torrente (évriZin) —todo wrestle (rúesol) —luchar (féar) —pasaje o precio wrestling (rúesling) —lucha libre (cuórelsome) —pendenciero, peleón wrestler (rúesel) —luchador (fíar) —miedo; temer wrist-watch (rist-uóch) —reloj de pulsera (fíver) —fiebre writing (ráitin) —escritura (letra) PHRASES upon my arrival —a mi llegada. upon my return —a mi regreso. bill of fare —menú, lista de platos. for the time being —mientras tanto, por ahora. every now and then —de cuando en cuando. from now on —de ahora en adelante. to be born —nacer. Where were you born? —¿Donde nació Ud.? Where was he born? —¿Donde nació él? I was born, you were —¿Yo nací, Ud . . . tiene Ud.? o What is the matter with you? — ¿Qué le pasa? Nothing is the matter with me —No tengo nada; No me pasa nada. to take a walk —dar un paseo (a pie). to go for a walk —salir a dar un paseo (a pie). to go for a ride —salir a dar un paseo (en algún vehículo) to pay attention —prestar atención; hacer caso. That's why you —Por eso es Que Ud. Will you be kind to . . .? —¿Tiene Ud. la bondad de. . .? You were very kind to . . .? —¿Ud. fue muy bondadoso en. . .? to beat about the bush —hablar con rodeos. very well-mannered —de muy buenas maneras, muy fino. very ill-mannered —de muy malas maneras, muy rudo. As for . . . —En cuanto a . . .

56 READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Muchas Veces: Louise, my aunt's cook, is excellent in her art. She prepares very tasty s alads. She makes everything so delicious that one always desires to eat a little (un poco) more of each dish. Her dessert is always very savory. We sometimes eat fruit salads, and on Sundays apple-pie or bread-pudding. Alice, the maid, is very industrious. She makes the beds, sweeps and cleans the whole house, polishes the furniture, beats and shakes the carpets, rugs and curtains, helps the cook and sets the table. When Alice finishes her chores, everything in the house looks spick-and-span; there is in the home a new atmosphere that invites one to remain in it. There is nothing so necessary as cleanliness; without it we do not enjoy entire satisfaction in our homes. CONVERSATION Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Repetidas Veces: 1. Do you like your aunt's cook? 2. Is her dessert always very savory? 3. Is Alice, the maid, very industrious? 4. Does she make the beds? 5. What other works does she do? 6. Does everything in the house look spick-and-span after she has finished her chores? 7. Is there a new atmosphere in the home that invites one to remain in it? 8. Is cleanliness a necessary thing in our homes? V. CARDINAL POINTS — Puntos Cardinales a. Los puntos cardinales son: north (norZ) — norte; south (sáuZ) — sur; east (iist) — este; west (úest) — oeste. b. Como adjetivos mayormente se forman: northern (nórDern), southern (sóDern), eastern (iistern), western (uestern), por ejemplo, The northern cities — Las ciudades del norte. c. 'En direccion hacia': northward (norZ-uerd), southward (sáuZ-uerd), eastward (iist-uerd), westward (uest-uerd), por ejempio, I was going northward and you were going southward — Yo iba hacia el norte (o para arriba de la ciudad') y tú ibas hacia el sur. d. Compuestos: northwest, northeast, southwest, southeast: On the northwest corner of 74th Street and Broadway — En la esquina noroeste de la Calle 74 y Broadway. VI. A. 1. Principal Parts:

IRREGULAR VERBS

to beat —batir, veneer; to shake—sacudir, temblar; to sweep — barrer Present Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (-ado, -ido) beat beat (biit) beating beaten (bíiten) shake shook (shuk) shaking shaken (shéiken) sweep swept (súept) sweeping swept (súept) 2. Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to beat eggs —batir huevos. to beat a drum (drom) —tocar un tambor. to beat a person —pegarle o darle una paliza a una persona. to beat a person out of —quitarle o corregirle algo a una persona a fuerza de palizas. to shake —agitar (un líquido). to shake —mover (la cabeza como dudando). to shake hands WITH —Darle la mano a to shake hands —darse las manos. to shake WITH. . . —temblar de. . . . to sweep away (or off) —arrastrar o arrasar (un huracán, plaga, etc.) to hand out —repartir, distribuir to hand up —colgar to hand in —entregar to hand over —entregar 'To beat' sigriifica literalmente batir, pegar repetidas veces: The rain beat against the windows — El agua pegaba contra las ventanas; My heart is beating fast —El corazón me late ligero. A veces con 'up': I am going to beat you up — Voy a darte una paliza. 'To shake': Shake the medicine before taking it — Agítese la medicina antes de tomarla; Did you not shake hands with him? — No, we did not shake hands; The old man shook with laughter — El anciano se desternillaba de risa. 'To sweep': A new broom sweeps clean — Escoba nueva barre bien; The hurricane swept away the entire plantation; The plague swept off thousands — La peste se llevó miles consigo. Hand over: Judge denies request to hand over more documents — Juez niega petición de entregar más documentos. Donaldson prepares to hand over chamber reins — Donaldson se prepara para entregar las riendas de la cámara.

3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I was born in a small town You . . . etc. 2. I am going to beat five eggs to make an omelet for John and me, You . . . etc. 3. If Peter does that again I will beat him, If Peter . . . you shall. . . etc. 4. I beat my little brother out of his bad company, You . . . etc 5. (Jugando a las Cartas): I have beaten William two or three times although I seldom play cards, You . . . although you . . . etc. 6. I shook the rugs and carpets yesterday morning, You . . . etc.

57 7. I did not shake the medicine before taking it, You . . . etc. 8. My hands are shaking, Your . . . etc. 9. I have not shaken hands with Thomas (tómas) yet, You . . . etc. 10. I have to sweep my room and Peter's every other day, You . . . etc. 11. I wanted her to sweep the entire floor, You . . . etc. 12. I swept the parlor and the other rooms before going for a walk, You etc. 13. I do not have to sweep the rooms every day, You . . . etc. 14. I told the maid to sweep the dining-room instead, You . . . etc. 15. I have told Thomas repeatedly not to beat the poor dog, You . . . etc. 4.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ Varias Veces, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Were you beating a drum in the parade? 2. Is it pleasant to read at night when the rain beats against the windows? — (Afirm.) 3. Did the woman beat him up with a broom? 4. Did you ask her to beat the eggs and sugar? 5. Did his mother beat him out of his lazine ss? — (Afirm.) 6. Has the Cuban boxer beaten, the American twice? 7. Did you notice that he was shaking with cold? 8. Did the old man shake with laughter when you told him the joke — (Afirm.) 9. Did she and he shake hands at the pier? 10. Has not your brot her shaken hands with our friend? 11. Were you going to sweep the floor when I entered the room? 12. Does she have to sweep the whole house every morning? 13. Did the hurricane sweep away the entire plantation? 14. Is it true that the plague has swept off thousands? 15. Are you going to take a walk after you sweep and clean the whole house? 16. Did he shake his head before he answered? 17. Do I have to shake this medicine before taking it? 18. Did not the doctor tell you so? B. SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ Cada Palabra y Escriba Muchas Veces: address (adrés) —dirección (de casa) launch (loonch) —lanzar, botar, iniciar bashful (báshful) —tímido manager (máneYer) —gerente been (biin) —habido mark (mark) —marca; calificación, nota boiling (bóilin) —hirviente to matter (máter) —importar (hacer al caso) bold (bold) —intrépido, osado to mind (máind) —atender o cuidar a calendar (cálender) —calendario to mingle (míngol) —mezclarse, juntarse century (sénchuri) —centuria; siglo notice (nóutis) —aviso (advertencia) classmate (clásmeit) —condiscípulo odd (ood) —raro, singular climate (cláimet) —clima over (óver) —por encima de crowd (cráud) —muchedumbre; apiñarse pale (péil) —pálido damp (damp) —húmedo party (párti) —partido, grupo; fiestecita (en casa) debt (det) —deuda to plant (plant) —plantar defeat (diffíit) —derrota pin (pin) —alfiler, prendedor to defend (défend) —defender a hair-pin (jéarpin) —horquilla drive (dráiv) —paseo de 'autos' professor (prófesor) —profesor, catedrático even (íven) —aun (hasta); parejo quarrel (cuórel) —riña o disgusto ever* (éver) —alguna vez to resemble (risémbol) —parecerse a forever (foréver) —para siempre resemblance (risémblans) —parecido everybody (évribádi) —todo el mundo rude (ruud) —rudo failure (féliur) —fracaso safety (séifti) —seguridad (resguardo) fine (fáin) —magnifica esplendido safety pin (séiftipin) —imperdible fog (foog) —neblina seed (siid) —semilla forest (fórest) —bosque sickness (síknes) —enfermedad funny, adj. (fóni) —cómico; 'raro' success (sókses) —éxito, triunfo haul (jool) —acarreo, acarrear side (sáid) —lado, ladera overhaul (overhool) —repasar, revisar stay (stéi) —permanencia, estada hope (jóup) —esperanza step (step) —paso, escalón hot (joot) —caliente straight (stréit) —derecho, recto to insult (insólt) —ofender, insultar a stupidity (stiupíditi) —estupidez intelligence (intéliYens) —inteligencia syllable (sílabol) —sílaba ivy (áivi) —hiedra weather (uéDer) —tiempo (atmosférico) janitor (Yániter) —conserje transfer (tránsfer) —trasladar, transbordar; traslado lateness (léitnes) —tardanza will (uil) —voluntad; testamento Ever — alguna vez, se emplea en preguntas y clausulas de idea indefinida colocándose, en este caso inmediatamente antes del verbo principal: Have you ever spoken to him? — ¿Ha hablado Ud. con él alguna vez; If I ever speak with him . . . — Si alguna vez habló con él. Pero en lo positivo: I spoke to him some time around May of last year — Hablé con él alguna vez alrededor del mes de mayo del año pasado. (Conjúguense siempre los verbos regulares que aparecen en los vocabularios).

by then all over As I told you to be late to be successful Now we are even

PHRASES: —para entonces. —en todas partes; por todo. —Como o según te dije. —llegar o haber llegado tarde. —tener éxito (ser próspero). —Ahora estamos en paz — (No nos debemos nada)

58 even numbers —números pares. odd numbers —números nones. 500 - odd . . . —quinientos y pico. Take it up with —arréglelo con . . . o Véase con What does it matter? —¿Qué importa? It doesn't (dósent) matter —No importa, o no le hace. By all means —De todos modos. striking resemblance —parecido o semejanza notable. How long ago did you —¿Cuánto tiempo hace que Ud. + Pretérito. How long have you been + present part. . . —Cuánto tiempo hace que + presente. I was told. You were. . . —Me dijeron o se me dijo; Te . . . I was given, You were. . . —Me dieron o se me dió; Te . . . the next to the last —el penúltimo. on the steps —en la escalera, en los escalones. Never mind! —¡No importa! ¡No haga caso de ello! current news —noticias de actualidad C. La Preposición FOR Tiene Varias Traducciones: BY — Por La preposición by traduce por delante del nombre The book was written BY Mr. Clark —El libro fue escrito por el Sr. Clark. He has been punished BY her —Él ha sido castigado por ella. Indicando proximidad: I went BY your house last night —Pasé por tu casa anoche. He passed by the drug-store —Él pasó por la farmacia. Please sit down BY me —Tenga la bondad de sentarte cerca de mí. 2. FOR —Por a. Significando 'cambio' o 'precio': I let you have my pen FOR your watch —Puedes tomar mi pluma, por tu reloj. How much does he want FOR his car? —¿Cuánto pide él por su automóvil? b. Duración de tiempo: FOR ten minutes —Por diez minutos. FOR two years —Por dos años. c. Significando 'en obsequio a' o 'de parte de': I advised him to do it FOR her —Le aconseje que lo hiciera por ella. Tell him FOR me to mind his own business —Dígamele que atienda a sus propios asuntos. d. Denotando 'Causa' o 'Motivo' generalmente antes de verbo: For not having done his duty —Por no haber hecho o cumplido con su deber. FOR not studying his lessons —Por no estudiar sus lecciones. FOR staying out after midnight —Por quedarse fuera después de medianoche. FOR coming late —Por venir tarde. 3. BECAUSE OF — For, Para Indicar (Causa o Motivo'): BECAUSE of sickness —Por enfermedad BECAUSE of lateness —Por tardanza. BECAUSE of not doing the right thing —Por no hacer lo correcto. 4. THROUGH — Por a. Significando 'a través de': Through the forest; Through the crowd; Through the park, etc. b. Significando 'POR MEDIACION DE': She obtained the appointment THROUGH him — Obtuvo el nombramiento por él. 5. ALONG — Por, (a lo largo de): He was coming ALONG Riverside Drive —Yo iba por la Calle de Hostos. I was going ALONG De Hostos Street —Él venía por el Paseo de Riverside. 6. NO MATTE RN HOW — Por, (no importa cuánto), antes de adjetivo o adverbio: No matter how rude she is, I like her —Por ruda que sea, me simpatiza No matter how badly he speaks, I love to listen to him —Por mal que hable él, me encanta escucharle. (Observe que en la clausula introducida por 'No matter how' el sujeto debe ir antes del verbo: No matter how hard the WORK is. . . — Por duro que sea el trabajo; No matter how much HE studies — Por mucho que estudie él.

59 Repita en ALTA VOZ usando todas las personas: No matter how much I earn, I never hav e a cent; No matter . . . etc HOW, AS, LIKE — Como HOW — cómo — de qué modo, en preguntas directas e indirectas. As — cómo, en comparaciones usada como conjunción, es decir, uniendo oraciones; y significando según y puesto que. Like — cómo, significando 'parecido a' usada como preposición. Terminándose una frase con el nombre o pronombre diga: like me, like him, like her, etc — como yo, como él, como ella, etc., pero siguiendo en forma de clausula por ejemplo, 'Como te dije', diga 'As I told you', etc. E. Uso del AUXILIAR, Generalmente en el Negativo, en Conversación después de Declararse un Hecho Significando: ¿Verdad? ¿No es verdad? o ¿No es eso? ¿No?, etc. Observe: You always live up to your word; —Do you not? — ¿Verdad? He talked you out of our plan; —Did he not? She was late again; —Was she not? They have run out of money; —Have they not? We shall take a walk —Shall we? Nota: — Esa preguntita abreviada después de un dicho es más bien hábito con mucha gente de habla inglesa, y se enseña con el fin de poder entenderla cuando se oiga. Frecuentemente se emplea la contracción del auxiliar con 'not'. Se enseñan contracciones en la lección XXVII. F. IDIOMS With TO BE to be cold to be warm to be windy to be foggy

—hacer frío —hacer calor —hacer viento —haber neblina

to be cool to be chilly to be over to be one's duty to

—hacer fresco —hacer frio (que hace temblar) —terminarse o haberse terminado —tener la obligación de

Examples: It is going to be very cold to-night — Va a hacer mucho frío esta noche. It has been warm this week — Ha hecho calor esta semana. It has been foggy to-day — Ha habido neblina hoy. It has been my duty to help him — He tenido la obligación de ayudarle. The show is over — La función se ha terminado. (Observe que en frases impersonales debe usarse siempre 'IT' como sujeto. En pregunta toma el segundo puesto: Is IT very cold? Use el 'past participle' BEEN al traducir 'hecho', 'tenido' o cualquier participio pasivo de frases que en inglés se construyan con el verbo 'to be'). Estudie el siguiente ejemplo: It is cold to-day. It was cold yesterday, It will be cold to-morrow, It has been cold this week. Continúe las siguientes frases al igual que el ejemplo: 1. It Is warm to-day, It . . . etc. 2. It is very windy to-day, It . . . etc. 3. It is very foggy to-day, It . . . etc. 4. It is cool to-day, I . . . etc. 5. It is very chilly to-day, It . . . etc. 6. It is my duty to help my father, It was my . . . etc. 7. The lesson is over at two, The lesson . . . etc. G. THERE BE — Haber (Impersonal) Formas del verbo 'to be' periódicas de la palabra 'there' traducen formas del verbo impersonal haber (existir). Ya conocemos 'there is' y 'there are', singular y plural, — hay. Aprendamos los siguientes tiempos: There will be a meeting —Habrá una reunión. There were many meetings —Hubo o había muchas reuniones. There was a meeting —Hubo o había una reunión. There was going to be a meeting —Iba a haber una reunión. There is going to be a meeting —Va a haber una reunión. There HAS been only one meeting —Ha habido solamente una reunión. There HAVE been many meetings —Ha habido muchas reuniones. Continue las siguientes frases al igual que las anteriores: 1. There is going to be a dance, There was going to. . . etc. 2. There is going to be a class, There . . . etc. 3. There is going to be a fight, There . . . etc. 4. There is going to be a war, There . . . etc. (No olvidemos que con este verbo impersonal se usa 'THERE' en lugar de 'it' en preguntas 'there' toma el segundo puesto: Is there going to be a war? Has there been a French class to-day? 5. Is there going to be a meeting?, was there . . . etc. H. USED TO o WOULD (wud) — Acostumbraba a Estudie: I USED TO do my school work daily I USED TO study very hard I WOULD conjugate all the new verbs I WOULD write all the exercises

—Yo HACIA mi tarea escolar diariamente. —Yo estudiABA muchisimo. —Yo conjugABA todos los verbos nuevos. —Yo escribIA todos los ejercicios.

60 Se emplea 'used to' o 'would', este último seguido del infinitivo SIN 'to', cuando se desea precisar una acción pasada HABITUAL expresada en español con el imperfecto o co-pretérito de indicativo. Observe: Yo trabajABA todos los domingos, es decir, yo acostumbraba a . . . etc. — I used to work on sundays, pero, Yo trabajABA cuando él entró, es decir, Yo estaba trabajando cuando él entró, — I was working when he entered. 'Used to' No se usa en preguntas ni en oraciones negativas. Al decir, ¿Visitabas a Juan todos los sábados cuando estabas en Washington?, traduciríamos Did you visit john every Saturday when you were in Washington? o Would you visit . . . etc. o, I did not visit John every Saturday when you were . . . etc. o would you visit . . . etc. PRESENT PERFECT PPOGRESSIVE — Ante-Presente Progresivo (Traducción literal) 1. El 'present perfect progressive' se forma con el 'present perfect' del verbo to be, I have been, You have been, etc., yo he estado, etc., y el 'present perfect progressive' (gerundio) del verbo principal. Examples: I have been working the whole morning — He estado trabajando toda la mañana. They have been dancing the whole evening — Han estado bailando toda la noche. Estudie: HACE 20 años que vivo aquí — I have been living here FOR 20 years. Hace 3 horas que están bailando — They have been dancing FOR 3 hours. De manera que cuando usamos en español un presente manifestando una acción empezada en el pasado, pero que continúa hasta el presente se emplea en inglés, como lo más preciso, 'have been' y el 'present participle'; la frase introducida por 'hace' se traduce por FOR. Colocada al final de la oración. Si la frase es negativa usamos el 'Present Perfect' ordinario: I have not worked for the last two months — Hace dos semanas que no trabajo. 2. Observe: HACIA 3 horas que él estaba escribiendo cuando yo llegue — He HAD been writing for 3 hours when I arrived. HACIA 5 años que ellos vivían en Paris cuando tú regresaste a Londres —They HAD been living in Paris for 5 years when you came back to London. El tiempo 'I had been writing' se denomina PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE y, como hemos visto, se usa para expresar algo que se estaba haciendo hasta que otra acción ocurrió. 3. Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. How long ago did you live there?, How did he . . . etc. 2. How long have you been living here ?, How long has he . . . etc. 3. I lived there two years ago, You . . . etc. 4. I have been living here for two years, You . . . etc. 5. I had been working for an hour when I thought of the party at Peter's house, You . . . etc. 6. I used to visit my uncle and aunt every Saturday, You used to . . . etc. 7. I would write to my uncle every week when I was in New York, You . . . etc. K. IRREGULAR VERBS 1. Principal Parts: to get (guet) — obtener, conseguir; to see(sii) — ver; to teach (tiich) — enseñar (instruir) Present Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (-ado, -ido) get got (gat) getting got see saw (soo) seeing seen (siin) teach taught (toot) teaching taught Repita en ALTA VOZ hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to get —obtener, conseguir (buscar), comprar, llegar, meterse. to get home —llegar a casa. to get to . . . —llegar a . . . to get up —levantarse, subir. to get down —bajar. to get on —montar, entrar en (un vehículo). to get off —bajar, salir de (un vehículo). to get rid of . . . —salir o deshacerse de, desprenderse de, no apagarse a nada. to get + adjective . . . —ponerse adjetivo. to get pale —ponerse pálido, palidecer to get sad —ponerse triste, entristecerse. to get angry —ponerse bravo, enfadarse. to get sick —enfermarse. to get well —ponerse bien . . . to get better —mejorar. to get worse (uérs) —empeorar. to get even with —ponerse al igual con, vengarse de, cobrársela. to teach one HOW to. . . —enseñarle a uno a . . . (hacer algo). Examples: Get my hat — Búscame el sombrero. Something got into my eye — Algo se me metió en un ojo. She got insulted — Ella se sintió ofendida. He got killed in the war — A él lo mataron en la guerra. (Muchos gramáticos censuran el continuo uso del verbo 'to get', pues siempre puede encontrarse otro verbo más elegante y legitima para expresar la idea).

61 Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I got my diploma before I came to New York, You . . . etc. 2. I was told to get the tickets to-day, You . . . etc. 3. I wanted Peter to get here before I returned, You . . . etc. 4. I was told not to get into a, fight, You . . . etc. 5. I shall get up when the clock strikes seven, You . . . etc. 6. I got on the streetcar (tranvía) on 83rd Street, You etc. 7. I was advised to get off on 100th Street, You . . . etc. 8. I did not want to get rid of the automobile. You . . . etc. 9. I got pale when I saw the dentist, You . . . etc. 10. I did not get angry with Mary, You . . . etc. 11. I am going to get even with Alfred, You. . . etc. 12. At what time did you get to the theatre?, At what . . . did he. . . etc. 13. I did not see them day before yesterday, You . . . etc. 14. I was going to set William and her night before last, You . . . etc. 15. I have not seen Mary and him for the last two years, You . . . etc. 16. Alice and I shall teach the boys how to dance, Alice and you . . . etc. 17. I taught John but I did not teach Edward, You . . . etc. 18. I have been teaching English for many years, You . . . etc. 19. I used to see Peter and him every Sunday, You . . . etc. 20. I have not seen Mary since I arrived in the city, You . . . etc. 21. I did not teach the boys as I was told to, You . . . etc. (Se ve frecuentemente to al final al omitirse la forma infinitiva del verbo principal por haberse ya usado en la oración) He did not do it as I wanted him to . . . (Él no lo hizo según yo quería que lo hiciera). 22. I do not have to get up very early, You . . . etc. I have not been here two yet, You . . . etc. 3.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Was your brother able to get what he wanted? 2. Did his father tell him to get the tickets for to-night? 3. Were they ordered to get home before midnight? 4. Did they get to the meeting before you were there? 5. Would they get up very early every morning when they were in the country? 6. Did her mother tell her not to get on the table? 7. Was she ordered to get off the table? 8. Did he want you to get rid of the old ear? 9. Did she get very sad when she was told the bad news? 10. Did he get sick soon after he returned from the country? 11. Did the doctor say that she was getting better? 12. Is it true that he got worse yesterday? 13. Did she tell you that she was going to get even with Edward? 14. Do you have to teach William and her the same thing every day? 15. Has your sister been teaching mathematics for several years? 16. Did he say that he had not taught it to them yet? 17. Have you not seen her since you arrived in the city? l8. Did you see him night before last as you wanted to? VII.

EXAMEN

Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios. A.

ANSWER in english in the Affirmative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Does she annoy you when she cries? 2. Did you arrive in this city two months ago? 3. At what time did they arrive at the theater? 4. Does he believe that I have doubted his word? 5. Did you believe that I had disappointed him? 6. Did she tell the cook to broil the chicken? 7. Has she already cleaned the house and polished the furniture? 8. Did she cry her eyes out when her mother went away? 9. Was the little girl crying for more candy? 10. Are you going to dress up for the ball (bol), baile? 11. Did they disappoint you yesterday? 12. Did he doubt that you had signed that letter? 13. How much money does he owe her? 14. Have they disappointed their father and mother? 15. Did you raise the piano when you were looking for the pen? 16. Is he raising chickens in his farm? 17. Did he tell you that he was going to remain in the country? 18. Have they been walking along Broadway for more than a half hour? 19. Does your sister always walk to school? 20. Are the miners going to walk out next week? 21. Did he walk away when you spoke to him? 22. Did she ask you to get the tickets for the show? 23. Shall you get home before supper? 24. Did they get up before or after nine? 25. Has he got very angry? 26. Am I getting old? 27. Did you see Mary and him night before last? 28. Has your brother seen the teacher about his English mark? 29. Did they teach their daughter how to dance? 30. Has he been teaching languages for many years? 31. Does your sister have to teach you how to speak English? B.

ANSWER in English in the Negative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Does he annoy you when you are writing? 2. Has not your brother arrived yet? 3. I Does he believe that William has remained in Havana? 4. Has she not broiled the meat? 5. Did she ask you to clean the whole house? 6. Was the little girl crying when you come in? 7. Shall you dress up for dinner? 8. Has the cook dressed the salad? 9. Have they disappointed Peter and you? 10. Did he doubt that you had paid for the hat? 11. Does he owe any money to you? 12. Does the maid polish the furniture every morning? 13. Have they raised your friend's salary? 14. Does he have to remain in New York? 15. Did you want her to walk with you along the avenue? 16. Has she beaten the eggs for the omelet? 17. Did Carpenter beat Dempsey? 18. Have you shaken hands with him? 19. Are your hands shaking with cold? 20. Has your sister swept all the rooms? 21. Did she ask you to get the tickets? 22. Did they get home early? 23. Did he see them night before last? 24. Did he teach you the English lesson be fore going out? 25. Has their sister taught them how to dance? 26. Does his mother have to teach him how to read?

62

C.

TRANSLATE into English: (Write down the Correct Number for Each Answer) 1. Me dijeron (se me dijo) que él estaba enfermo. 2. Me esperaban (se me esperaba) antes de las cuatro. 3. Arréglelo con ellos. 4. No, yo me arreglaré con el padre. 5. No importa, yo enseñaré esos verbos en la próxima lección. 6. No hables con rodeos, dime lo que (what) deseas en pocas (in a few) palabras. 7. Yo te habré visto para entonces. 8. En cuanto a mí, yo prefiero vivir en una ciudad pequeña. 9. Él va a quedarse aquí para siempre. 10. Él ha estado por todas partes buscando a su hermano. 11. Salimos a dar un paseo. 12. Él me dijo que mi letra era muy mala. 13. Yo prestaba atención a mis profesores cuando iba (I went) a la escuela. 14. Los verbos fueron explicados por el profesor. 15. Le di mi automóvil por $400. 16. Hace 20 años que vivo en esta ciudad. 17. Hacía dos años que yo trabajaba en esa oficina. 18. Su padre la regañó por venir tarde. 19. Conseguimos la direc ción por mediación de tu amigo. 20. Por difícil que sea un idioma me gusta. 21. No ha hecho frio esta semana. 22. La reunión se había terminado cuando llegamos. 23. Va a haber una clase esta tarde. 24. Ha habido tres reuniones este mes. 25. Yo les escribía todas las semanas. 26. Hace dos años que yo no la veo. 27. Él no tiene que enseñarme; esos verbos. 28. Quise que é1 se deshiciera de esa compañía. D.

TRANSLATE into English: Ya hemos hablado de la cocinera de mis tíos. Ellos tienen otros sirvientes. Un hombre ordeña las vacas, otro atiende al establo, un muchacho hace los mandados y Alicia, la criada, hace el trabajo de la casa. Esta muchacha es muy hacendosa Ella hace las camas, da brillo a los muebles, sacude y bate las alfombras y las cortinas, barre y limpia toda la casa y ayuda a la cocinera Ella también pone (sets) la mesa; usa servilleta y paño limpios y entonces coloca dos platos, un cuchillo y un tenedor, cucharas, un vaso, y una taza y un platillo para cada persona. Alicia trabaja mucho, pero cuando termina su tarea todo en la casa se ve flamante A mi tío le gusta la limpieza; él dice que sin ella no podemos gozar entera satisfacción en nuestros hogares. END OF SEVENTH LESSON

63 LESSON VIII 1.

REGULAR VERBS a.

b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: to agree (agríi) —convenir ;concordar to greet (griit) —saludar a to behave (bijéiv) —comportarse; proceder to hate (jéit) —odiar, detestar to call (col) —llamar a to lift (lift) —alzar o levantar to convince (convíns) —convencer a to marry (mári) —casarse [con] to continue (contíniu) —continuar to play (pléi) —jugar to depend (dipénd) —depender to sew (sóu) —coser to die (dái) —morir to thank (Zank) —dar las gracias a to follow (fálou) —seguir (ir detrás) to wipe (uáip) —secar, limpiar frotando El 'present participle' de 'to die' se escribe dying — muriendo. Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

to agree with a person. to agree to a thing. to agree to call for . . . to call on a person to call a person over the telephone to call a person up to call the roll. to congratulate ('congráchuleit') to congratulate a person upon to depend on or upon to hate to . . . to judge (YoY) to look like to look out upon to get married (to) to play

—convenir —convenir —probarle o sentarle la comida, etc. —pasar a buscar . . . —visitar a una persona. —llamar a alguien por teléfono. —llamar a alguien por teléfono. —pasar lista (a una clase, grupo). —felicitar a. —felicitar a alguien por. —depender de. —fastidiarle o aburrirle (hacer algo). —juzgar o dar una opinión sobre . . . —parecerse a. —hacer frente a, o dar a, (un cuarto, etc.) —casarse (con). —tocar (instrumento o pieza musical);

representar un papel en el teatro). 'To agree': I wanted him to agree WITH me; They did not agree TO the proposition; Pork does not agree with him. 'To call on': Con este uso se omite 'on' Si la persona o sitio visitado ha sido mencionado o se sobrentiende: The doctor call three times last week. 'to die': Cuando meramente se da la noticia, fulano de tal ha fallecido se dice; 'Mr. So and So IS DEAD' en lugar de 'has died', pero se usa esta ultima construcción cuando se continua la oración, 'Mr. So and So has died of pneumonia'. Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I agreed with Mary and him, You . . . etc. 2. The climate did not agree with me, The . . . etc. 3. I have always behaved well in school, You . . . etc. 4. I have been calling Alfred for ten minutes, You . . . etc. 5. I shall call her up after I am through with my work, You . . . etc. 6. I have not called on Peter since I arrived in the city, You etc. 7. I convinced William and her, You . . . etc. 8. I was convinced (me convenció) that my success depended upon hard work, You . . . etc. 9. I want the boys to follow my plan, You . . . etc. 10. Alice and I greeted each other, Alice and you . . . etc. 11. I do not have to depend upon that plan, You. . . etc. 12. I hate to see her cry, You . . . etc. 13. I have lifted the table with one hand, You . . . etc. 14. I am going to listen to the music, You . . . etc. 15. I look like my mother, You . . . etc. 16. My room looks out upon the street, Your . . . etc. 17. I shall marry when I am thirty years, You. . . etc. 18. I have been playing with this little boy for two hours, You etc. 19. I was going to play the piano when the girls came in, You . . . etc. 20. I have to thank the teacher for his kindness, You . . . etc. 21. I shall not be able to judge the picture until I see it, You will not . . . etc. 22. Perhaps I am not judging my friend fairly, Perhaps you . . . etc. 23. I continued straight ahead until I got to the pier, You . . . etc. 24. I congratulated Mary upon her success, You . . . etc. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Afirmativo y Negative: 1. Did he agree with you about the plan? 2. Have they agreed to your proposition? 3. Did the climate agree with her? 4. Did she tell them to call for the books? 5. Has the doctor called to-day? 6. Are you going to call them up to-night? 7. Shall you convince him? 8. Did they die defending their country? 9. Has that man been following you for two weeks? 10. Did they greet one another at the dance? 11. Did you have to lift the piano while you were looking for the pen? 12. Have they been listening to the music over the radio? 13. Did he listen to you when you spoke to him? 14. Does your brother look very much like your mother? 15. Does your room look out upon the park? Did he want his daughter to marry Alfred?

64 17. Did she get married to Peter upon her return from Paris? 18. Were the children playing in the park when you went through? 19. Does his orchestra have to play in that club every Sunday night? 20. Did you ask her to play a tango? 21. Has he played well in this last drama? 22. Has your brother thanked them for their kindness? 23. Did you tell him to wipe his forehead? 24. Did they 'wipe out' the Conservative Party last year? FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: absence account affable affectionate age the aged alike anxious approachable to assign assignment backward barometer beam begun behind blind bright chap character to chew coin control cough couple cross cross-eyed difference entertaining to extract eye-brow eye-lash flirt for fluent fluency forfeit forward grandson granddaughter

(ábsens) (acáunt) (áfabol) (afékshoneit) (éiY) (éiYed) (aláik) (ángshos) (apróuchabol) (asáin) (asáinmen) (báck-uerd) (barómiter) (bíim) (bigón) (bijáind) (bláind) (bráit) (chap) (cárakter) (chóu) (cóin) (cóntrol) (cof) (cópol) (cros) (cros-aid) (díffrens) (éntertéinin) (extrákt) (áibráu) (áilásh) (flert) (for) (flúent) (flúenci) (fórfít) (for-uérd) (grándson) (grándóter)

—ausencia —cuenta; retrato —afable —afectuoso —edad —los ancianos —parecidos —ansioso —accesible —asignar —asignación —atrasado; tardío —barómetro —viga; rayo, destello —empezado —detrás de —ciego; cegar —brillante —mozo, tipo —modo de ser, carácter —masticar —moneda —dominio, dominar —tos, toser —par (dos o tres), pareja —cruz, cruzar —bizco —diferencia —divertido —extraer —ceja —pestaña —coqueta, coquetear —pues (porque) —fluente —fluidez —prenda (en juego) —hacia adelante.; osado —nieto —nieta

grandfather grandmother great hardly hike hiker hiking downhill uphill incline

(gránfaZer) (gránmoZer) (gréit) (járdli) (jáik) (jáiker) (jáiking) (dáunjil) (apjil) (incláin)

irritable just knack marriage nature one-eyed parents-in-law to perspire play rag ragged ramble relative to reserve reunion road railroad single slope down sport spot whenever wherever temper therefore thermometer wipers windshield youthful

(irítabol) (Yost) (nak) (máriY) (néchur) (úonáid) (perspáiar) (pléi) (rag) (rágued) (rámbol) (rélativ) (ríserv) (riúnion) (róud) (réil-róud) (síngol) (slóup-dáun) (sport) (spoot) (juenéver) (jueréver) (témper) (Déarfor) (Zermómiter) (uáipers) (uáindshild) (iúZful)

—abuelo —abuela —gran, ilustre —apenas —ir de escursión, caminar —excursionista, caminate —excursionismo, senderismo —cuesta abajo —cuesta arriba —pendiente, cuesta, declive, inclinarse —irascible —justo; exactamente —destreza —casamiento, nupcias —(la) naturaleza —tuerto —suegros —sudar, transpirar —obra (teatral) —trapo, arrapo —andrajoso, harapiento —salir de excursión a pie —relativo, pariente —reservar —reunión —carretera, camino —ferrocarril —soltero; único, cada —cuesta abajo —deporte —mancha; paraje, sitio —siempre que —en donde quiera que —temperamento; mal genio —por lo tanto —termómetro —limpiabrisas —parabrisas —juvenil

* Los verbos, que aparecen en los vocabularios son regulares, salvo raras excepciones que se anotan. Estos verbos regulares deben conjugarse repetidas veces en los tiempos ya aprendidos. Añádase in law para formar denominaciones de parientes políticos: brother -in-law — cuñado; son-in-law — yerno, etc.

Whenever you come early. . . So long as you come early How are you getting along? on account of to get busy to get used to to get seasick to get the knack of Go and get. . . . Come and get . . . I should (shud ) + inf. SIN to He is behind in . . . to control oneself I don't look my age He doesn't look his age to die on the spot

PHRASES: —Siempre que Ud. viene temprano, (es decir, todas las veces que Ud. viene . . .) —Siempre que Ud. venga temprano, (es decir, a condición de que, o con tal que) —¿Cómo le va? (En el negocio, estudio, etc.) —causa de, debido a . . . —ponerse a trabajar, atarearse —acostumbrarse a —marearse (en un barco) —cogerle el golpe a (amaestrarse en) —ve o vaya a buscar. —ven o venga a buscar . . . —Yo debiera o debería, Ud, él, etc. —Él está atrasado en . . . —dominarse —No muestro la edad que tengo —Él no muestra la edad que tiene —morir en el acto (allí mismo)

65 just now to cross one's self more than (seguido de número) A married couple, (a couple) Upon arriving; upon leaving the sun shines brightly

—justamente en este momento, ahora mismo —persignarse —más de . . . —una pareja o un matrimonio —al llegar; al salir —El sol brilla intensamente

III. READING TEXT Read Aloud and Write Several Times: We have a family reunion to-day. All our relatives who live in this city are making a visit to my parents-in law this afternoon. Mr. James Smith, my father-in-law, is eighty years of age, but he is of a youthful nature, intelligent and approachable. Mrs. Elizabeth Smith, my mother -in-law, .is not so old but she is much (natty) reserve and at times even irritable. Some of the relatives begin to arrive. My father-in-law, always affable, gets up from his arm-chair and goes to receive them at the door. Come in! How are you? I am glad to see you all in this house, he said. "We thank you", answered one of the nephews; "We also enjoy the pleasant company of the good people of this house". Other relatives have just arrived. The living-room is full, but my parents have not come; nor have (ni tampoco) my uncle Andrew's grandchildren. Uncle Andrew is an affectionate grandfather; he is very much (muy) disappointed because of the absence of his grandchildren. Edward, his son, says that his children have not come because their mother is very busy and she thought that they should stay at home. This explanation has not convinced my uncle. We count in the house about fifty relatives, from children months old to people up to eighty years of age. Thomas, one of my brothers-in-law, explains a very entertaining game and we all agree to play it. C O N V E R S A T I O N Read Aloud and Answer Aloud: 1. Is there a family reunion in your parents-in-law's house? 2. How old is your father-in-law? 3. Describe Mr. Smith's character? 4. What is his wife's name? 5. Is she affable like her husband? 6. Who goes to receive the relatives at the door? 7. What does Mr. Smith say at the door? 8. What does one of the nephews answer? 9. Why is your uncle Andrew very much disappointed? 10. What does Edward say about the absence of his children? 11. About how many relatives are there in the house? 12. What do they decide to do? GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS A. 1. Principal Parts: to begin ('biguín') to ride ('ráid') to have ('jav') to sow ('sóu') Present begin have ride sow

—empezar. —montar o ir (en un animal o vehículo). —tener, haber. —sembrar. Past began (bigán) had (jad) rode (róud) sowed (sóud)

Pres. Part. (-ando, -iendo) beginning having riding sowing

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) begun (bigón) had (had) ridden (ríden) sown (sóun)

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to have company —tener visita. to have something left —quedarle o sobrarle algo a uno. to have + JUST PAST PARTICIPLE —acabar de + infinitivo. I have just seen Peter —Acabo de ver a Pedro. . . . HAD better + inf. SIN 'to' —Mejor sería que. . . , o Convendría que You had better stay here —Mejor sería que Ud. se quedara aquí. I had better go now —Es preferible que me vaya ahora, to have one's hands full, fam. —Estar ocupadísimo. to have one's eye on . . . —vigilar a. Observe: a. to have a person DO something —ocasionar o hacer que alguien haga algo. I am going to have HIM come here —Voy a hacer que él venga aquí. b. to have something DONE —ocasionar o hacer que se haga algo. I had the child TAKEN to a hospital —Hice que se llevara al niño al hospital. En el primer caso, mencionándose agente para el segundo verbo, después de la forma de 'have' se denomina dicho agente con un nombre o pronombre COMPLEMETARIO y luego sigue la forma infinitiva sin 'to' del segundo verbo.

66 en el segundo caso después de la forma de 'have' se denomina el complemento del segundo verbo y luego el PAST PARTICIPLE de ese segundo verbo. a. to have + persona + forma inf. SIN 'to' —Hacer que ALGUIEN haga algo. b. to have + complemento del segundo verbo Past Participle —Hacer que ALGO sea hecho.

3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando Todas las Personas: 1. I shall have company to-night, You . . . etc. 2. I only have five dollars left, You . . . etc. 3. I had ten dollars left before buying the hat and shoes, You . . . etc. 4. I have not had any time to see the lawyer, You . . . etc. 5. I told John that I had had many friends before coming to this city, You . . . etc. 6. I have just given it to him, You . . . etc. 7. I had just returned it to her when I called them up, You . . . 8. I had better send it to her, You . . . etc. 9. I advised Peter to have an eye on those men, You . . . etc. 10. I shall have my hands full next week, You . . . etc. 11. I am going to have Alfred buy a dictionary for me, You . . . etc. 12 I shall have my brother stay away from such company, You . . . etc. 13. I want to have those flowers sent to my mother, You . . . etc. 14. I was going to have my teeth cleaned, but the dentist was not there, You . . . etc. 15. I am going to have a tooth extracted, You . . . etc. 16. I shall have three suits made be fore going away, You . . . etc. 17. I began to study English four months ago, You . . . etc. 18. I have not begun that work yet, therefore I shall not be able to give it to him next week, You . . . etc. 19. Yesterday I rode on horseback through the park, Yesterday you . . . etc. 20. I do not have to ride on the subway to my office every day, You . . . etc. Nota: —Fijémonos que para las oraciones Numeros. 14, 15, y 16 diríamos respectivamente en español: Yo iba a limpiarme los dientes . . . etc., Voy a sacarme un diente. etc., Me haré tres trajes . . . etc. como si uno mismo fuera a hacer esas acciones, más en inglés se usa el modismo 'to have something done' preferiblemente. Digo, Voy a pintar mi casa [de] verde', a pesar de que no soy pintor y no he de hacer yo ese trabajo, por esto en inglés se prefiere, 'I am going to have my house painted green'.

4.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Does he have to begin to work about seven in the morning? 2. Di d she begin to study English before coming to this country? 3. Have Peter and you begun that work? 4. Did he tell you that he was going to have company next Sunday? 5. Did she have any money left after buying her clothes for the trip? 6. Has he just given them to you? 7. Did he tell you, when you called her up, that she had just seen your cousin? 8. Do you think that I had better go now? (affirmativo). 9. Did he advise you to have an eye on those men? 10. Did she say that she was going to have her hands full this coming week? 11. Are you going to have him come back some day next week? 12. Will they have us wait here until they return? 13. Shall you have him get the tickets before next Satur day? 14. Is he going to have these books sent to Mr. Taylor? 15. Shall you have this furniture carried to the other room? 16. Is your father going to have you give up that business? 17. Does she wish to have her house painted green? 18. Are you going to have that tooth extracted? 19. Does she like to ride on horseback every morning? 20. Did you ride on the street-car as far as Ninth Avenue? B. NEGATIVES — Negativos En inglés NO deben usarse dos negativos para expresar una negación, Para expresar la idea de 'ninguno' como complemento, observe que usándose 'not', después se usa 'any ' y se emplea verbo afirmativo y luego 'no' antes del nombre. I do NOT have ANY friends here. —No tengo (ningunos) amigos aquí. I have NO friends here I do NOT have ANY, o —No tengo ningunos ('none') es pronombre I have NONE Note: 'Any' por si solo traduce o significa o algunos', 'cualquiera o cualesquiera', usado en preguntas o en clausulas de idea indefinida: Have you any friends here? Take any book you wish, pero algún o algu nos' para una idea positiva es 'some' 2. Para expresar la idea de 'nada' como complemento, observe: I do NOT have ANYTHING to do with that, o —No tengo nada que ver con eso. I have NOTHING to do with that I did NOT say ANYTHING to him, o —No le dije nada a él. I said NOTHING to him Nota: 'Anything' -algo, en preguntas o idea indefinida pero en lo positivo 'algo' es 'something'. Para expresar la idea de nadie' como complemento, observe: She did NOT ask about ANYBODY (o ANY ONE), —Ella no pregunta por nadie. She asked about NOBODY (o NO ONE) Nota: 'Anybody y any one' equivalentes de 'cualquiera', como pronombre, también traducen frecuentemente 'alguien' en preguntas y clausulas de idea indefinida: Did she ask about anybody? If anyone calls tell him I am not here; pero para idea positiva 'alguien' es 'somebody' o 'someone'.

67 4. Para expresar in idea de ‘ni….ni' antes de nombres complementarios, observe que al usar not' luego 'either'. . . . or', o verbo afirmativo y luego 'neither . . . nor'. I did NOT see EITHER Peter OR John, I saw NEITHER Peter NOR John —No ví ni a Pedro ni a Juan I have NOT spoken EITHER to William OR her, I have spoken NEITHER to William NOR her —No he hablado ni a Guillermo ni a ella. NOTE: 'Either' se pronuncia (íder) o (áiDer): 'neither' se pronuncia (níDer) o (náiDer). Tengamos presente que para traducir 'ningún—os', 'nada', 'nadie' y 'ni . . . ni' antes de complementos o como complementos las construcciones inglesas deben ser, respectivamente, como sigue: auxiliar + NOT + verbo principal + ANY. verbo afirmativo + NO (o NONE si es pronombre). o auxiliar + NOT + verbo principal + ANYTHING verbo afirmativo + NOTHING o auxiliar + NOT + verbo principal + ANYBODY (ANYONE) verbo afirrnativo + NOBODY (NO ONE) o auxiliar + NOT + verbo principal + EITHER . . . OR . . . verbo afirmativo + NEITHER. . . NOR.

Repita en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I did not have any money yesterday morning, You . . . etc. 2. I had no money yesterday morning, You . . . etc. 3. (Hablando de ejercicios): I did not do any, You . . . etc. 4. I have none, You . . . etc. 5. I have not had anything to do with that, You . . . etc. 6. I have nothing to do with that, You . . . etc. 7. I shall not be able to help anybody, You . . . etc. 8. I shall lend it to nobody, You . . . etc. 9. I did not invite either Alfred or her, You . . . etc. 10. I invited neither Alfred nor her, You . . . etc. C. accent ache* actor actress advice advices animal to arrest basket bicycle blow bookcase calendar clerk comfort to cure 'dad', 'daddy' danger dangerous detective difficulty dime to disturb domestic earache esteem fellow figure filling flag gap gentleman godchild, godmother headache

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: (áksent) —acento known (nóun) —conocido, sabido (éik) —dolor, doler lady (léidi) —dama (ákter) —actor lamp (lamp) —lámpara, farol (áktres) —actriz landlady (lánd léidi) —ama, patrona, (adváis) —consejo,-s landlord (lándlord) —amo, patrón (adváises) —informe, noticias mail (méil) —correspondencia, cartas (ánimal) —animal neighbor (néiber ) —vecino (arést) —arrestar, detener neighborhood (néiberjud) —vecindario, cercanías (básket) —cesta, canasta nevertheless (néverDilés) —no obstante (báisicol) —bicicleta nickel (níkel) —níquel moneda de (blóu) —golpe, trastazo 5 cent. (búk-keis) —armario (para libros) passenger (pásenYer) —pasajero (cálender) —calendario pasteboard (péistbóard) —cartón (clerk) —dependiente, oficinista patriot (péitriot) —patriota (cómfort) —comodidad, purpose (pérpos) —propósito (kiúar) —curar consuelo on purpose —adrede, a propósito (dád,-i) —papi to regain (riguéin) —recobrar (dénYer) —peligro shame (shéim) —vergüenza, pena (dénYeros) —peligroso silk (silk) —seda (ditéktiv) —detective stenographer (stenógrafer) —estenógrafo (díficolti) —dificultad stenography (stenógrafi) —taquigrafía o (dáim) —moneda de diez cent. shorthand (shórt- jand) estenografía (distérb) —perturbar stomach (stómak) —estómago (doméstic) —doméstico (animal) stomachache (stómakeik) —dolor de estómago; (íareik) —dolor de oído tenant (ténant) —inquilino (estíim) —estimar a alguien, estima toothache (túZeik) —dolor de muela (félou) —individuo, tipo traitor (tréiter) —traidor (fíguiur) —figura, cuerpo typist (táipist) —mecanografista, (fílin) —empastadura (dent.) 'mecanógrafo' (flag) —bandera waste (uéist) —despilfarro; —brecha, laguna, espacio waste-basket cesto de papeles (Yéntelman) —caballero widow (uídou) —viuda (góldcháild) —ahijado, -a widower (uídower) —viudo (gódmóDer) —madrina wool; woolen (wul, wúlen) —lana; de lana (jédeik) —dolor de cabeza withold (wiZjóuld) —retener, negar

* Traduciendo la palabra 'dolor' en general debe usarse preferiblemente pain.

68 PHRASES: by return of mail —a vuelta de correo to have one's face to —estar de frente para to have one's back to —estar de espalda para to be near-sighted —ser miope a young lady —una señorita, una señora joven to get old —envejecer, ponerse viejo to get wet —mojarse It is getting dark —estar obscureciendo to be gone —haberse ido, desaparecido, acabado He is gone —Él se ha desaparecido All my money is gone —Todo mi dinero se ha acabado to put a person to shame —avergonzar a alguien to stay behind —quedarse atrás. It is too bad! —¡Que lastima!, ¡Qué pena! to have much fun —divertirse o pasar un buen rato She has a beautiful figure —Tiene un cuerpo bonito o elegante fellow-passenger —compañero de viaje to be compelled to —verse obligado a What's the use of complaining! —¡De que vale quejarse!, ¿qué gana uno. . .? Have no use for —no necesitar. . . ; no querer saber de. . . (alguna persona) He was jailed for disturbing the peace —Lo metieron en la cárcel por alterar la paz To hold goods at customs —Retener mercancia en la aduana breadline —cola para recibir alimentos gratuitamente D. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Posesivos El 'possessive pronoun' se usa en lugar del nombre que indica el poseedor de una cosa. Cada uno de estos pronombres es invariable y traduce SIN el artículo el o la, los o las, las cuatro formas (singulares y plurales) que empleamos en español, como sigue: mine (máin) yours (íurs) his (jis) hers (jers)

—el mío, los míos, la. . . etc. —el tuyo, el suyo, los. . . etc. —el suyo (de él), los. . . etc. —el suyo (de ella), los. . .etc.

theirs (Déars) yours (íurs) ours (áuars)

—el nuestro, los . . . etc. —el suyo (de Uds.), los . . . etc —el suyo (de ellos), los . . . etc

Examples: Mine is good — El mío es bueno. Mine are good — Los míos son buenos. His is comfortable — La de él es cómoda. Hers are here — Los de ella están aquí. Theirs is beautiful — El de ellos es hermoso. Theirs are beautiful — Los de. . . etc.

Repita en ALTA VOZ las siguientes oraciones usando estos pronombres: 1. Mine is on the table Yours is . . . etc. 2. Mine are in the parlor, Yours . . . etc. 3. I like mine, You . . . etc. 4. I sent mine to Alfred, You . . . etc. 5. Is mine as good as John's, Is . . . etc. Al traducir un hermano 'un hermano tuyo', etc., es decir, usando un nombre de familia o de alguna relación precedido este de ‘un o una' usamos preferentemente en inglés, 'a brother of mine'. 'a brother of yours', etc. aunque también se dice 'one of my brothers'; pero hablandose de un objeto inanimado solamente se usa esta última construcción, es decir, 'one of my books' — un libro mio.

Repita en ALTA VOZ las siguientes frases usando estos pronombres: 1. A brother of mine has just arrived, A brother of . . . etc. 2. An uncle of mine is very sick, An uncle of . . . etc. 3. A close friend of mine has just died of pneumonia, A close friend of . . . etc. 4. A neighbor of mine married the landlady yesterday, A neighbor of . . . etc. E.

PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE — Plus-cuamperfecto o Ante-Pasado de Indicativo

Ya se ha usado este tiempo. El 'past perfect' debe emplearse para expresar una acción pasada anterior a otra pasada o a un periodo de tiempo expreso o tácito. Se forma este tiempo con HAD — había o hube, habías, etc. y el 'PAST PARTICIPLE' del verbo principal. Examples: I had given them up before you told me to — Yo había desistido de ellos antes de que tú me lo dijeras. It was after I had finished my letters that the lights went out — Fue después que hube terminado mis cartas que las luces se apagaron. D.

IRREGULAR VERBS Principal Parts: to lose (luus) to know (nóu) to sit (sit)

—perder (desaparecerse algo de su sitio). —conocer (la condición en sí); saber. —sentarse.

69 Present lose know sit 2. to lose ground to lose one's senses to lose one's way to lose one's temper to know HOW to to sit through to sit up to sit up to sit up to be SITTING

Past lost (lost) knew (níu) sat (sat)

Pres. part. losing knowing sitting

Pat Part. ( - a d o , ido) lost known (nóun) sat

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: —perder terreno —perder el conocimiento —perderse (perder el camino) —encolerizarse. —saber (hacer algo) —permanecer sentado (durante algún acto) —sentarse (cuando se está acostado) —sentarse (en debida posición) —velar, no acostarse (por tener que atender a un enfermo o esperar a alguien o algo hasta altas horas de la noche) —estar sentado

Examples: I lost ground and I have to make it up — Perdí terreno y tengo que reponerlo. When the automobile struck her she lost her senses. They lost their way in the forest. I advised them not to lose their temper. — Les aconseje que no perdieran la paciencia o no se encolerizaran. How long have you known her? — ¿Cúanto tiempo hace que Ud. la conoce? I have known her for two years. — Hace dos años que la conozco. He had known her for many years — Hacía mucho tiempo que él la conocía. Do you know HOW to cook?; I do not know HOW but I am going to learn. I had sat down before he asked me to — Me había sentado antes que él me lo pidiera. Sit up and take your medicine. The teacher told her to sit up. I sat up for three nights when my father was ill. I had to sit up until three in the morning waiting for them. How long have you been sitting here? I have been sitting here more than two hours. The food basket among others, will be among the topics of discussion in the first months of 2013 — La canasta familiar entre otros, será uno de los temas de discusión en los primeros meses del año 2013. 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I have been losing money in my business for the last three months, You . . . etc. 2. I lost my senses when the car struck me, You . . . etc. 3. I had lost my way and I asked the policeman to help me, You . . . etc. 4. I have known Albert for more than ten years, You . . . etc. 5. I had known Gloria for many years when I saw her in Caracas, You . . . etc. 6. I shall know how to speak English well if I study hard, You . . . etc. 7. I knew the verbs but I did not know the phrases, You . . . etc. 8. I do not have to sit here all day long waiting for that man, You . . . etc. 9. I want the boys to sit down and listen, You . . . etc. 10. I had to sit up for three nights taking care of my sick brother, You . . . etc. 11. I was compelled to sit by my father through the whole speech, You . . . etc. 12. I was sitting behind Mary at the meeting, nevertheless I did not talk to her, You . . . etc. 13. I shall get used to the climate very soon, You . . . etc. 14. I am getting old, therefore I am not able to work very hard, You . . . etc . . . 15. I have to get busy for I do not want to stay behind, You . . . 16. I was gone when Peter returned, You . . . etc. 4. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Did he tell you that he had lost his pocket dictionary? 2. Has he been losing any money in his business these last two years? 3. Was it true that he had lost his way in Brooklyn? 4. Did you know them very well when you were in La Paz? 5. How long has she known your sister? — (afirm.). 6. How long had you known him when you saw him in New York two years ago? 7. Does she know how to speak English fluently? 8. Did you have to sit there all day long waiting for your brother? 9. Did she want them to sit down and listen to her? 10. Were you able to sit up to take your medicine when the doctor asked you to? 11. Are you going to sit up all night long wait ing for news from them? 12. Did you have to sit through the whole stupid picture? 13. Did she write to you that she was getting used to the climate and food? 14. Were they compelled to know every word and phrase from memory? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. ANSWER in English in the Affirmative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Are they going to have company to-night? 2. How much money have you left? 3. How much money I had she left after buying the dress and shoes? 4. Has your cousin had many friends in this city? 5. Did he say that he had had two good jobs before coming to New York? 6. Have they just returned from the country? 7. Did you have him translate the letter into Spanish? 8. Are you going to have two suits made before going away? 9. How long ago did you begin to study English? 10. Has he already begun his work? 11. Did she ride on horseback through the park yesterday afternoon? 12. Did they lose three books coming from school? 13. Was he losing, money when you worked in his office? 14. Did she lose her temper when her father asked her where she had been? 15. Has the gentlemen sat down in the parlor?

70 16. Were they sitting in the park when you were go ing through? 17. Has the young lady agreed with her mother? 18. Did the climate agree with your father? 19. Did the young men and women behave well at the meeting? 20. Did he ask you to call for Peter and him? 21. Did he convince you when he called you up last night? 22. Had the doctor just called when she died? 23 Have they not died defending their country? 24. Did Mary and he greet each other at the pier? 25. Does her brother have to depend upon her for his support?

B.

ANSWER in English in the Negative: (Give a Complete Answer) 1. Is it true that they hated their teacher? 2. Did you hate her because she had married a lazy man? 3. Was he not listening to you when you were speaking? 4. Does Albert look like his father very much? 5. Do you believe that Margaret and Alice look alike? 6. Did they get married before their mothers arrived in the city? 7. Will his orchestra ('órkestra') play Spanish music over the radio tonight? 8. Have the children been playing in the park the whole morning? 9. Did the French actor and actress play their roles very well? 10. Did the young lady thank the young man when he helped her with her work? 11. Has he not thanked them for their kindness? 12. Has she not wiped the kitchen table yet? 13. Have you not got used to the climate and food yet? 14. Was he gone when you called him up? 15. Did the teacher say to them that their daughter was staying behind in English? 16. Did they begin to make the furniture this morning? 17. Has not your nephew begun that wor k yet? 18. Did you not have anything to do yesterday afternoon? 19. Have you never ridden on horseba ck in that park? 20. Did she lose anything on her way home? 21. Has he never lost his way in this big city? 22. Did your brother know anybody in that city? — (Conocía su . . . etc.) 23. Have they known you for a long time? 24. Were you sitting in the school library when your English teacher came in? 25. Have not the gentlemen sat down in the parlor?

III.

TRANSLATE into English: (Write Only the Translation and CORRECT Number) 1. Yo creo que ellos se parecen muchísimo. 2. El profesor me regañó por mi ausencia el día anterior. 3. Me quedan diez dólares después de haber comprado el traje y los zapatos. 4. Tengo que atarearme si deseo terminar ese trabajo antes de la semana próxima. 5. ¿Se acostumbró Ud. al clima y [a la] vida en Nueva York en pocos meses? 6. Ve a buscar a tu papa; vamos a comer temprano hoy. 7. Venga a buscar los libros y empezaremos las clases el lunes próximo. 8. Él se mojó y se enfermó porque no siguió el consejo. 9. Ella dijo que tenía que mar charse porque estaba obscureciendo. 10. Él se había desaparecido cuando regresé con el calendario. 11. Mi dinero se ha acabado y no le he pagado al dependiente por esta lámpara todavía. 12. Le aconseje que no se atrasara en sus estudios pues el (for) inglés es muy necesario. 13. ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que estas sentado aquí esperándome? 14. Él no tiene amigos — (en dos maneras). 15. No hemos escrito ningunas cartas — (en dos maneras). 16. Ella no ha hecho nada (en dos maneras). 17. No hable con nadie (en dos maneras). 18. Él no ha estudiado ni verbos ni las frases (en dos maneras). 19. Tengo un fuerte (a bad) dolor de cabeza. 20. El estenógrafo me dijo que el calendario estaba en el cesto de papeles. 21. El caballero leía (estaba leyendo) el periódico mientras la dama tocaba (estaba tocando) el piano. 22. Le dije a Juan que no saliera pero salió y se mojó: 23. Tengo los pies húmedos (los pies están mojados). 24. Te aconsej é que pusieras los libros en el armario. 25. Tú no lo viste pero él estaba sentado detrás de la puerta.

IV. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: El domingo pasado hubo una reunión de familia en casa de mis suegros. Estábamos muy alegres porque siempre gozamos la visita allí. Don (Mr.) Jaime Smith, mi suegro, es un hombre muy afable. Él tiene ochenta y un años de edad, pero habla como (like) un muchacho, es inteligente y sencillo. La señora (Mrs.) Smith, mi suegra, es diferente; ella apenas dice (says) una palabra y a veces es muy irascible. A las cuatro de (in) la tarde muchos parientes empezaron a llegar, mi suegro se levanto de su butaca y fue a la puerta a recibirlos. "¿Cómo están Uds.?" él saludó, "yo me alegro mucho de verlos en esta casa". En (una) media hora la casa estaba llena. Había cerca de cincuenta personas de todas las edades, desde (from) niños de-meses de edad, hasta (to) abuelos de (up to) ochenta años de edad. En esta reunión había hermanos, hermanas, primos, tíos, tías, sobrinos, sobrinas, nietos y aun los parientes políticos.

71 LESSON IX REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba CADA Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA. (brosh ) —cepillar to hesitate (jésiteit) —titubear, vacilar (chenY ) —cambiar to hurry (jóri) —apresurarse (cómit) —cometer to improve (imprúuv) —mejorar (consérn) —concernir a to neglect (niglékt) —desdeñar; descuidar (cóver) —cubrir; arropar to pass (pas) —pasar (crédit) —acreditar, abonar to prove (pruuv) —probar (justificar) (dicláin) —declinar; rechazar to reply (ríplai) —responder a (delíver) —entregar to smile at (smáil) —sonreírse con (dinái) —negar, (rehusar) to sue (síu) —denunciar (ante la corte) (divórs) —divorciar,-se de to tease (tíis) —chotear (tornarle el pelo a) —aprovechar, explotar (járnes) to waste (uéist) —malgastar, despilfarrar Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA. to brush one's teeth —cepillarse o limpiarse los dientes to brush up one's . . . —repasar su (inglés, matemática, etc.) to change hands —cambiar de dueño to change one's mind about . . . —cambiar de parecer o de idea en cuanto a . . . to change one's clothes —cambiarse de ropa to commit to memory —aprender de memoria (to learn from memory, to learn by heart) our commitment to you —nuestro compromiso con usted to commit one's self —comprometerse o exponerse (declarando algo o haciendo algo) to deliver a speech or address —pronunciar un discurso to hurry out or away —salir precipitadamente. to hurry back —regresar de prisa o enseguida to impose upon —imponerle a, o imponerse a to pass along —pasar de largo to pass away —fallecer to pass out (slang) —quedarse inconsciente (por un desmayo o por haber bebido demasiado). to waste one's time —perder el tiempo.

to brush to change to commit to concern to cover to credit to decline to deliver to.deny to divorse to harness

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas. 1. I brush my teeth after each meal, You . . . etc. 2. I have to brush up my English if I wish to pass the coming quiz, You . . . etc. 3. I got wet and I am going to change my clothes, You . . . etc. 4. I have changed my mind about that business, You . . . etc. 5. I shall not change my mind about going abroad, You . . . etc. 6. I committed three errors while I was writing my letter, You . . . etc. 7. I did not commit the phrases to memory, You . . . etc. 8. I will not commit myself in this matter, You shall not . . . etc. 9. That does not concern me, That . . . You, That . . . etc. 10. I am going to have them cover the furniture before going away in the summer You . . . etc. 11. I have not delivered the books to Alfred yet, You . . . etc. 12. I used to hesitate when I spoke English but not now, You . . . etc. 13. I had to hurry and I did not reply to all his questions, You . . . etc. 14. I hurried away, when I saw my father, You . . . etc. 15. I do not have to deliver the speech in French, You do not . . . etc. 16. I shall hurry back if I am wanted here, You . . . etc. 17. I will not let Peter impose upon me, You shall . . . etc. 18. I asked Mr. Brown to credit that amount to my account, You . . . etc. 19. I have advised her not to decline she offer, You . . . etc. 20. Certainly, I smiled at Mary and him, Certainly, you . . . etc. 21. I passed by John and her last night about eight, You . . . etc. 22. I hope to be able to pass two weeks in the country, You . . . etc. 23. I passed along when William was sitting by the window, You . . . etc. 24. I did not deny before the teacher what I had said to Edward, You . . . etc. 25. I tease my brother when I wish to have some fun, You . . . etc. 26. I do not have to prove my points for the question is very simple to understand, You . . . etc. 27. I have never wasted any time either in this country or in mine, You . . . etc. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Does he brush his teeth after each meal? 2. Are you not going to brush up your French before the examination? 3. Did you change your clothes after you got wet? 4. Did he credit the $200 to your account? 5. Have they changed their minds about the plan? 6. Did they commit the crime? 7. Has your brother committed many errors in the English exercises? 8. Did the teacher want them to commit the poem to memory? 9. Did she say that she had covered the furniture? 10. Did you tell him to deliver it to me? 11. Did he have to deliver a speech to convince them? 12. Did you hesitate before telling the truth to her? 13. Did they have to hurry to get the train? 14. Did Thomas hurry away when his father came in? 15. Is he going to hurry back with those articles?

72 16. Did the judge impose a fifty-dollar fine upon them? 17. Does she always want to impose upon her mother? 18. Are you going to let her impose upon you? — (Neg.) 19. Did she divorce him before their daughter died? 20. Did you beg him not to deny the truth? 21. Has their father neglected them? 22. Did the teacher complain that she was neglecting her studies? 23. Were you passing along when they were sitting by the window? 24. Had he passed away before the doctor arrived? 25. Did he have to sue them? 26. Did he deny to you what he had said to me? 27. Have they not replied to your letters? 28. Was he teasing you when you were dancing with her? 29. Did she complain that he was wasting his time? I I.

FIRST VOCABULARY

Repita en ALTA VOZ Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: atom bachelor according to agreement cell cellule changeable chemistry concerning to confuse confusing compound compose composed coverage customer to define delivery earthquake et cetera fault generous greetings hesitation hoarse holiday idiomatic impatient imposing spite incorrect insulting lecture

(átom) (báchelor) (acórdin tu) (agríment) (sel) (séliul) (chénYabol) (kémistri) (consérnin) (confíús) (confíúsin) (compáund) (compóus) (compóusd) (cóverech) (cóstomer) (difáin) (delíveri) (érZkuéik) (etsétera) (foolt) (Yéneros) (grítins) (jésitéshon) (joors) (jólidei) (idiomátik) (impéishent) (impóusin) (spáit) (incorékt) (insóltin) (lékchur)

—átomo —bachiller ; soltero —conforme a —convenio, acuerdo —célula —célula —variable —química —concerniente a —confundir, turbar —confuso (complicado) —compuesto (molécula) —componer, reparar —compuesto —cubrimiento, covertura —cliente —definir —entrega —temblor de tierra —etcétera —culpa; defecto —generoso(esplendido) —saludos, felicitaciones —titubeo; vacilación —ronco —día festivo (vacación) —idiomático —impaciente —imponente —rencor, despecho —incorrecto —insultante —cátedra, conferencia

to limit lock loose meaning nucleus, core old maid to opose outcome passing pass-key penalty to pray price provided rather

(límit) (look) (luus) (míinin) (núcleos), (cóar)

rapid to renew rich salary similar speaker site stingy storm teaser together tourist trouble

(rápid) (riniú) (rich) (sálari) (símilar) (spíiker) (sáit) (StínYi) (storm) (tíser) (tuguéDer) (túrist) (tróbol)

troublesome unknown unless . . .

(on-náun) (ónles)

(opóus) (áutcom) (pásin) (pénalti) (préi) (práis) (prováided) (ráDer)

—limitar —cerradura; rizo, trenza —suelto, desatar —significado —núcleo —solterona —oponer-se a —resultado —transitorio —llave maestra —pena, castigo —rezar, rogar —precio —con tal que —bastante (antes de adj.), mejor (preferiblemente) —rápido, veloz. —renovar —rico —salario, sueldo —similar, semejante —orador —local, negocio, sitio —mezquino, tacaño —tormenta —majadero, cócora —juntos —turista —molestia, contratiempo; disgusto, aprieto; molestar-se —gravoso; fastidioso —desconocido —a manos que . . .

La idea de 'et cetera' (etc.) al leerse se dice generalmente 'and so forth' (y así sucesivamente o por el estilo.)

PHRASES: such a + adietivo + nombre such a kind lady such an intelligent young man as far as I am concerned as far as I know. . . According to what I told you Based on He is rather impertinent I would rather stay here than go A good buy He is the laughing-stock of to laugh at someone to his face I am used to . . .You are . . . Have it made to order for a month or so 'He was swept into office' that is to say, on which account one-way ticket round-trip ticket in spite of her staying away from classes to make something easy Don't trouble yourself! No trouble at all! to know by sight How often do you see her?

—un + nombre + tan + adjetivo. —una dama tan bondadosa —un joven tan inteligente —en lo que a mi toca —hasta lo que se. . . —Según le dije —Con fundamento en, basado en —Él es algo (bastante) impertinente —Mejor me quedaría aquí que ir —Una buena compra —Él es el hazmerreir de . . . —reírse de alguien en su cara —Estoy acostumbrado a . . . Ud. esta . . . —Ordenado hecho a la orden (o medida) —por un mes más o menos —Él fue elegido por una mayoría abrumadora —es decir, —por lo cual, por cuyo motivo —billete sencillo, de ida —billete de ida y vuelta —a pesar de faltar ella a las clases —facilitar (hacer fácil) —No se moleste —No es molestia en absoluto —conocer de vista —¿Cada cuánto tiempo la ve Ud., a ella?

73 READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces: Thomas explains the game as follows: He asks questions and one has to answer according to the explanation and without hesitation. A wrong answer means a penalty. The persons between twenty and forty years of age: (1) If the question is, 'What is your name?', they tell the time, it is one o'clock sharp, It is two, It is ten after Three, It is a quarter past four, It is half past five, It is noon, etc., that is to say ,the correct time; (2) If the question is, 'What time is it?', the person replies telling his age, I am twenty-two years old, I am thirty-eight years old, etc., and (3) If the question is, 'How old are you?', the person tells his name, My name is Henry, My name is. . . etc. The persons between forty and eighty years of age: (1) If the question is, 'What is your name?', they say how old they are, I am forty-nine years old, I am, . . . etc, (2) If the question is 'What time is it?', they tell their names My name is Edward, My name . . . etc., and (3) If the question is, 'How old are you?', the y say what time it is, It is twenty to six, It is a quarter to seven, It is ten to twelve It is midnight, etc. Many make mistakes. Before collecting the forfeits to impose the penalties, Thomas notices Mrs. Smith who is rather impatient because it is very late and wishing to tease her, he asks, Mother, how are you, and she answers, that does not concern you; it is a past twelve and all of you have to retire."

CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Who explains the game of forfeits? 2. Does one have to answer without hesitation the questions which Thomas asks? 3. Do they play this game in order to learn difficult and idiomatic phrases? 4. How do you say In English: ¿Cómo se llama Ud.? Me llamo Francisco. ¿Cómo se llama su hermana? Se llama Margarita. 5. Why is Mrs. Smith impatient? 6. What question does Thomas asks her? 7. Does she answer it according to Thomas' instructions? V.

GRAMMAR

A. Irregular Verbs 1. Principal Parts: to leave (líiv) to find (fáind) to cut (cot) to feed (fiid) Present cut feed find leave 2.

—salir a partir; marcharse; dejar (un sitio o persona o algo en. . . ) —encontrar, hallar. —cortar, hender. —alimentar-se, dar de comer.

Past cut fed (fed) found (fáund) left (left)

Pres. Part. cutting feeding finding leaving

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) cut fed found left

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

—faltar a una clase —atravesar o cruzar —cortar (derribando) ; reducir (precios, sueldos) —amputar; tajar o cortar (un pedazo de), interceptar —acortar, abreviar —soltarse, librarse —recortarse el pelo o darse un recorte —alimentarse de —averiguar —censurar, buscarle faltas a, encontrar faltas en —salir o partir para —dejar o quedar (en una cierta pagina o parte cuando se está leyendo o tratando un asunto o haciéndose algo.) to leave out —omitir, dejar fuera to feed up (fed up) —estar harto de, hartarse 'To leave' se usa SIN preposición al traducir 'salir de un sitio o dejar un sitio', 'I left the house' — Salí de la casa; pero emplea FOR significando salir o partir 'para'; traduce 'marcharse o irse' al igual que 'to go away' o to 'walk away' este ultimo especialmente cuando se ha detenido uno en la calle y luego se va o sigue caminando. Recordemos usar 'to go out' precisando la idea de no quedarse en la casa a salir al exterior de la casa o de un cuarto. Fed up: Ronaldo fed up with being compared to Messi as battle for Balon d'Or heats up. To harness: Such shafts are effective in harnessing rainwater as they penetrate impervious soil layer — Tales ejes son eficaces en el aprovechamiento de agua de lluvia a medida que penetran la capa de suelo impermeable. to cut a class to cut across to cut down to cut off to cut something short to cut oneself loose to have a hair-cut to feed on to find out to find fault with to leave FOR to leave off

74 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. The knife was sharp and I cut my fingers, The . . . and you . . . etc. 2. I have never cut my chemistry class, You . . . etc. 3. I used to cut across that park two or three nights a week last year, You . . . etc 4. I told John not to cut down the mango tree in the garden, You . . . etc. 5. I had cut down the price before selling three dozen to my brother-in-law's friend, You . . . etc. 6. I left the hospital before they cut off his right arm, You . . . etc. 7. I have not had a hair-cut for a month or so, You . . . etc. 8. I found my sister short of money and I offered her some, You . . . etc. 9. I did not find out until last night that there had been a quarrel between Alfred and her, You. . . etc. 10. I do not like to find fault with anybody, You . . . etc. 11. I am sorry that Albert has not found his pen and watch, You . . . etc. 12. I shall leave with Peter and her for Lima, You . . . etc. 13. I had to leave before my, brother returned, You . . . etc. 14. I did not leave mine at home, You . . . etc. 15. I was leaving when Frank and Alice arrived, You . . . etc. 16. I was going to leave out Edward's name in spite of Peter's opposition, You . . . etc. 17. I do not have to leave for the office before a quarter to nine, You . . . etc. 18. On what page did you leave off?, On . . . did he . . . etc. 19. I left off on page sixty-three, You . . . etc. 20. I have not received the money from my father, on account of which I shall not be able to buy the books this week, You . . . etc. 21. I have to leave for my country unless I receive the money for my studies, You . . . etc. 4.

Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD, Affirmative and Negative:

1. Did you cut your finger? 2. Has your brother cut the English class twice this week? 3. Was he cutting cross the park when you were coming home? 4. Did they ask you not to cut down the mango tree? 5. Had they cut down the prices when you bought your suit? 6. Do they have to cut off his left leg? 7. Did you leave the office after speaking with the manager? 8. Does he always leave his pen at home? 9. Has she left hers in school? 10. Did you have to leave for school without eating your breakfast? 11. Is your friend going to leave out their names? 12. Did they leave off on page forty-two? 13. Had our cousin left before you returned? 14. Has not the teacher found his pen and watch? 15. Did not Albert find Mary and you in the library yesterday? 16. Have they not found out who killed the lawyer? 17. Did your father find out where your brother had been day before yester day? 18. Does he always like to find fault with everybody? 19. Are you sorry that he has not been able to find a good position? 20. Was he sorry that I had left before he arrived? B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA to admire (admáiar) —admirar a to jump (Yomp) —brincar, saltar alarm-clock (álarm-clock) —reloj despertador journey (Yérni) —viaje (por tierra) alone (alóun) —solo (sin compañía) land (land) —tierra; desembarcar atrocious (atróshos) —atroz, horrible liar (láiar) —mentiroso bankrupt (bánkropt) —insolvente, quebrado lovely (lóvly) —amable, encantador bashfulness (báshfulnes) —timidez means (miins) —medios, modo carriage (cáriiY) —carruaje, coche to mend (mend) —remendar cash register (…réYister) —caja registradora message (méseY) —mensaje, recado conscious (cónshos) —consciente messenger (mésenYer) —mensajero cover, -s (cóver) —cubierta; cubiertos neglect (niglékt) —negligencia, descuido cut (cot) —corte; tajada; cortadura neglectful (nigléktful) —descuidado dirt (dert) —mugre, tierra, basura plane (pléin) —plano (llano); cepillo (carp.); dirty (dérti) —sucio 'aeroplano' to disobey (disobéi) —desobedecer a to present (prisént) —presentar or else . . . (oréls) —o si no pretty (príti) —bonito; bastante (antes de adj.) everywhere (évrijuéar) —en todas partes to prosper (prósper) —prosperar to exchange (exchénY) —cambiar (canjear ; canje) pulse (pols) —pulso to expel (expél) —expulsar a to refuse (rífiús) —rehusar to export (expórt) —exportar reply (riplái) —respuesta fertile (fértil) —fértil scarce (skéars) —escaso field (fiild) —campo (terreno) sensible (sénsibol) —sensato, juicioso file (fáil) —archivo; archivar sensitive (sénsitiv) —impresionable, tierno, delicado find (fáind) —hallazgo somewhere (sómjuéar) —en algún sitio group (gruup) —grupo; agrupar to suffer (sófer) —sufrir grownup (gróunop) —adulto stuff (stof) —material; paño (tela) gun (gon) —arma, (revolver) talkative (tókativ) —garrulo (hablador) to import (impórt) —importar (de otro país) title (táitol) —titulo inasmuch as (inasmóch) —puesto que, ya que truck (trok) —camión; carretilla to indicate (indikéit) —indicar, denotar trust (trost) —confianza; confiar en insignificant ( insigníficant) —insignificante well-to-do —acomodado, rico Importante: No olvidemos conjugar repetidas veces en diferentes tiempos los verbos regulares que aparecen en los vocabularios.

75 PHRASES: more than ever —más que nunca Where there is a will there is a way —querer es poder What's going on? —¿Que sucede? ¿Qué pasa? What picture is on? —¿Qué película exhiben ahora? I cannot understand why. . . —No puedo explicarme porque . . . ready-made suit —traje hecho in a hurry —de prisa very much in a hurry —muy de prisa. at one sitting —de una sentada What a shame! —¡Qué vergüenza!; ¡Qué lástima! She is very much upset on account of . . . —Ella esta, muy contrariada o nerviosa a causa de . . . The room is all upset —El cuarto está enteramente desordenado to take into account —tornar en consideración to let a person know —notificarle a una persona They were left homeless —Quedaron sin hogar Now then . . . —ahora bien. . . ; pues bien . . . Feedback —Retroalimentación (comentarios), realimentación By definition —Por definicion C. NEGATIVES (Continued) Para traducir 'no….en (a) ninguna parte' observe: I did NOT have to go ANYWHERE, o I had to go NOWHERE I could NOT find him ANYWHERE, o I could find him NOWHERE

—No tenía que ir a ninguna parte. —No pude encontrarlo en ninguna parte.

Nota: — Anywhere', —en cualquier parte o en alguna parte, edemas del negativo, se usa en preguntas y en clausulas de idea indefinida: Did you speak to her anywhere? If you see him anywhere, have him come to see me. En sentido positivo empléese 'somewhere' — en alguna parte.

Para expresar 'no . . . de ningún modo?, observe: I will NOT do that BY ANY MEANS, o BY NO MEANS will I do that

—No hare eso de ningún modo.

Par a t r aduci r 'no…. N unca (j amás) '. She has NOT written to him EVER She has NEVER written to him.

(La más corriente) o —Ella no le ha escrito nunca.

Nota: —'Ever', alguna vez se emplea en preguntas y en clausulas de idea indefinida: Has your father ever visited Paris? If I ever see him I will give him a piece of my mind. (Use 'ever' inmediatamente antes del verbo principal.) Excepción al uso de Dos Negativos; Se oye decir que dos negativos son equivalentes a un afirmativo, mas no entendamos que esta regla pueda aplicarse a las construcciones inglesas ya estudiadas, pues el usar dos negativos, de los explicados, en la misma frase constituye un vulgarismo de lo mas detestable. Hay, sin embargo, palabras de ideas negativas usadas en una locución de significado afirmativo. Aprenda los siguientes ejemplos: He left WITHOUT DENYING what he had said before He did NOT refuse to help me They did NOT DECLINE the offer It was NOT an INsignificant opinion

—Se marchó SIN NEGAR lo que había dicho anteriormente. (Es decir, afirmativo, Admitió lo que . . .) —ÉL NO REHUSO ayudarle. (Es decir, Acepto ayudarme). —No rechazaron la oferta. (La aceptaron). —No fue una opinión insignificante (Es decir, fue significante)

76 Continúe en ALTA VOZ las Siguientes Frases, Usando TODAS las Personas: a. I have not been able to see Peter anywhere, You have not . . . etc. b. I shall go nowhere to-night, You will . . . etc. c. I will not wait for the boys by any means, You shall not . . . etc. d. By no means will I change my mind about that plan. By no means shall you . . . etc. e. I am never going to write to any one in that house, You are never . . . etc. f. I am not going to write to any one in that house ever . You are not . . . etc. g. I did not deny anything to anybody at the meeting, You did . . . etc. h. I denied nothing to anybody at the meeting, You . . . etc, i. I left without saying anything to anybody, You . . . etc. j. I hardly spoke to any one there. You . . . etc. k. I scarcely had anything to say to anybody, You . . . etc. NEITHER + AUXILIARY + Person or (Thing) —Ni + Persona + Tampoco. Para traducir frases tales como 'tampoco', 'Ni tú tampoco', etc., se prefiere en inglés 'NEITHER' seguido del auxiliar (ya empleado anteriormente) y este seguido del nombre o pronombre que indique la persona o cosa. Si alguien dice, My cousin DOES not have to take the examination, podríamos observar, NEITHER DO I —Ni yo tampoco, Neither DOES my brother — Ni mi hermano tampoco, etc. Después de, 'Peter DID not say anything', — Neither DID I, Neither DID Albert, etc. 'She IS not very efficient', — Neither AM I, Neither ARE you, etc. 'He WAS not kind to the old lady', — Neither WERE you. 'They HAVE not studied their lesson', — Neither HAVE you, Neither HAS your brother, etc. 'Her watch is not running on time', Neither Is yours, Neither IS the teacher's, etc. 4.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando NEITHER con todas las personas después de cada una de las oraciones negativas: a. John has not looked up the words, — Neither have I, Neither have. . . etc. b. Mary will not be back before eight, — Neither shall I, Neither will. . . etc. c. Peter's car is not very good, — Neither is mine, neither is . . . etc. 5. 'NOR' significando 'ni tampoco. . . se usa mayormente en la segunda parte o partes sucesivas de una oración compuesta negativa: I was not at by brother's house NOR at mine. He did not speak to her NOR me, Ahora observe cuando los verbos son diferentes en cuyas frases se emplea NOR seguido del AUXILIAR y este seguido del SUJETO y luego el VERBO: I did not write to him NOR did I call him up. She has not danced with Alfred NOR has she spoken to him. Continue en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las personas: a. I have not taken Edward's pen nor Mary's You have not . . . etc. b. did not use Albert's dictionary nor mine, You did not . . . etc. c. I will not sell my house nor Will I buy another one, You shall not . . . nor shall you . . . etc. d. I have not written to Alice nor have I caned her up, You have not . . . nor have you . . . etc SO + AUXILIARY + Person (Thing) — Y + Persona + También. Para traducir 'Y yo también', 'Y tú también', etc., se emplea generalmente la construcción indicada como titulo de este tópico. Después de, 'He likes English very much', — So do I, So does my sister, etc. He arrived in school very late, — So did you, So did she, etc. Thomas is going to make up with them — So am I, So are John and Alfred, etc. Henry 's watch was slow — So was yours, So was the teacher's . . . etc. C.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando SO. . . Y yo también, Y tú. . . etc., después de cada una de las oraciones siguientes: a. Our father is enjoying himself in this city, — So am I, So are. . . etc. b. Alfred hates chemistry; So d o I, So do. . . etc. c. Mary borrowed it from him — So did I, So did . . . etc . . . d. Edward will stay here, — So shall I, So will . . . etc. CAN —Puedo, puedes, etc.; Pueda, puedas, etc. COULD —Pude, podía, podría, pudiese, pudiera, etc.

El auxiliar 'can' y su pasado 'could' van seguidos de la forma infinitiva SIN 'to', son idénticos con todas las personas y se emplean para denotar:

1. Habilidad Física (Fuerza para hacer algo) Can he lift the piano? I doubt that he can lift it Could he carry the bookcase? I doubted that he could carry it 2. Habilidad Mental (Saber hacer algo) Can she speak English? I am afraid that she cannot speak it Could John speak it two years ago? He could not speak it yet

—¿puede él levantar el piano? —Dudo que pueda levantarlo. —¿puede el cargar el estante? —Yo dudaba que é1 pudiera llevarlo. —¿Sabe ella hablar inglés? —Temo que no sepa hablarlo. —¿Sabía Juan hablarlo hace dos años? —No sabía hablarlo todavía.

77 3. Curiosidad por Saber o Enterarse de algo: What time CAN it be? —¿Qué hora será? Where can he live? —¿Dónde VIVIRA él? What sort of man CAN he be? —¿Qué clase de hombre SERA él? What time COULD it be when the lights went out? —¿Qué hora SERIA cuando se apagaron las luces? Where COULD he be when you were —¿Donde ESTARIA él cuando lo buscabas por looking all over for him? todas partes? Hemos notado que el auxiliar 'can' no tiene infinitivo ni participios y para reemplazar esas formas y los tiempos que se derivan de ellas usamos 'TO BE ABLE' — PODER. El infinitivo que le siguen debe llevar la partícula 'to'. Examples: It is good to be able to work — Es bueno poder trabajar. Not being able to pay the radio he sent it back — No pudiendo pagar el radio él lo devolvió. I have not been able to wait either for Albert or her — No he podido esperar ni a Alberto ni a ella. I am not able to work longer — No puedo trabajar más largo tiempo. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I hope to be able to work to-morrow, You . . . etc. 2. I shall not be able to come back before nine, You will not . . . etc. 3. I have not been able to talk business with Thomas yet, You have not . . . etc. 4. I cannot play the piano nor can I dance, You cannot . . . nor can you . . . etc. 5. I could not speak English when I arrived in this country, You could not . . . etc. 6. I shall be able to master the language provided I study hard, You . . . etc. FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE — Futuro Perfecto o Ante-Futuro de Indicativo. El 'future perfect indicative' denota una acción futura comparada con el momento actual pero pasada comparada con otra acción o periodo de tiempo mencionado o tácito. Se forma este tiempo con el 'future tense' del verbo 'to have' I shall have, you will have etc. habré habrás etc, el 'past participle' del verbo, principal. Los auxiliares shall y will usan conforme a lo aprendido en la sexta lección, He will have sent it back to me BY four, — Él me lo habrá enviado PARA las cuatro. ('Para' en frase de tiempo DESPUES de futuro perfecto — BY). Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I shall have finished that work by next Friday, You will have . . . etc. 2. I will have given it to them by five, You shall have . . . etc. 3. I shall have seen Mary before Joseph is back, You . . . etc. IRREGULAR VERBS 1. Principal Parts:

Present choose feel mean forget

to choose (chuus) to feel (fiil) to mean (miin) to forget (forguét) Past chose (chóus) felt (felt) meant (ment) forgot (fórgóot)

—escoger; preferir (hacer algo). —sentir; palpar. —significar, querer decir. —olvidar, olvidarse de, olvidársele. Pres. Part. Past Part. (-ado, -ido) choosing chosen (chóusen) feeling felt meaning meant forgetting forgotten (forgóten) forgot (forgóot)

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to feel that . . . —creer, pensar o considerar que . . . to feel insulted —sentirse ofendido to feel one's way to . . . —andar a tientas hasta . . . to feel like + pres. part —tener deseos de, darle la gana de, antojársele a uno. to feel sorry for —tenerle lastima a, cogerle pena a. to mean —hablar o decir en serio, o sentir lo que uno dice o hace. I mean it —lo digo en serio, no es broma. I meant every word I said —Signifique o sentí cada palabra que dije. to mean to . . . —intentar o tener la intención de . . . 'To feel' como significa 'sentir o palpar' diremos: Feel my pulse — Cójame el pulso; Feel this stuff — Palpe o toque esta tela; Feel your pockets, perhaps you have a pencil with you —Tóquese los bolsillos, quizás tenga un lápiz consigo; I felt inside the drawer —Toque o palpe dentro de la gaveta. 'To feel like': Se omite el 'present participle' después de 'like' y se usa 'it' en su lugar cuando ya se ha mencionado la acción que se nos antoja, por ejemplo: She does not want me to you but I will. . . if I feel like it — Ella no quiere que yo vaya pero iré (de cualquier modo) si se me antoja. También principiando una oración: If I feel like it I will tell it to him — Si se me antoja se lo diré. To feel sorry for, I feel sorry for him — Me da pena con él, o lamento mucho lo que sucede.

78 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I always choose neckties of a dark color, You . . . etc. 2. I chose two blue ones for Pet er but I did not choose any for Alfred, You . . . etc. 3. I have always chosen to do what I believe to be right, You . . . etc. 4. I am not feeling very well to-day, nevertheless I shall go out, You . . . etc. 5. I felt the stuff; it is a very good material, You . . . etc. 6. I did not feel insulted but I was disappointed, You . . . etc. 7. There were no lights, therefore I had to feel my way to my room, There . . . etc. 8. I do not feel like going back to my home town, You . . . etc. 9. If I ever feel like it, I will go back; You . . . etc. 10. I feel that I should stay here forever, You . . . etc. 11. I mean that I had better leave now, You . . . etc. 12. I meant to be back before eight but I could not, You . . . etc. 13. I did not mean to disappoint any one of the boys, You . . . etc. 14. I meant what I said, You . . . etc. 15. I begged John not to forget about that money, You . . . etc. 16. I forgot what I had studied, You . . . etc. 17. I proved that I had not forgotten anything about the negatives, You . . . etc. 18. I have not forgotten either Thomas or her, You . . . etc, 19. I have been feeling well for the last two weeks, You . . . etc. 20. I have to feel very well otherwise I am not able to do my work, You . . . etc. 21. I felt sorry for the man and I helped him, You . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD, Affirmative and Negative:

1. Did she choose a beautiful necktie for him? 2. Does your father always choose the books that you have to read? 3. Did she tell you that she was choosing a dress when you entered the store? 4. Did he tell you that he had already chosen a four-room apartment? 5. Did she choose to talk about a different topic — (afirmativo). 6. Are you feeling well to-day? 7. Did they feel insulted? 7. Did the doctor feel your pulse? 8. Did he ask you to feel the material? 9. Do you feel that I should stay and wait for them? 10. Did you have to feel your way to the kitchen? 11. Does he say that he has always felt like going back home (a su país)? 12. Does your brother stay away from work when he feels like it? 13. Do you know what that word means? 14. Does he mean that English is more difficult than Spanish? 15. Did the teacher mean that I had not studied my lesson? 16. Did you mean that? 17. Did he mean what he said? 18. Do you mean to call on them to -night? 19. Does he always forget his pen home? 20. Did they forget what the teacher had explained? 21. Are you forgetting any of the irregular verbs? — (Negativo). 22. Did he say to you that he had forgotten his promise? VI.

EXAMEN

Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta Lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta para Cada Pregunta en el Afirmativo o Negativo Según le Parezca: 1. Does he always brush his teeth three times a day? 2. Did the servant brush your suit? 3. Are you going to brush up your French? 4. Have you not changed the t wenty-dollar bill yet? 5. Did he tell you that the house around the corner had changed hands? 6. Why did you change your mind about buying the automobile? 7. Have John and Peter changed their minds about staying here? 8. Has he committed many errors? 9. About what time did the man commit the crime? 10. Did the teacher want us to commit this text to memory? 11. Did he commit himself in any way? — (negativo). 12 Does that concern their father or them? 13. Are you going to have your furniture covered before leaving for the country in the summer? 14. Did your mother cover you every night in bed when you were a child? 15. When did you tell them to deliver the boxes to me? 16. Did the people like the speech that the Governor delivered? 17. Did he hesitate to tell the truth? 18. Did you hurry away when he came in? 19. Did they hurry to get the street -car? 20. Are you going to hurry back? 21. What fine did the judge impose upon each one of them? 22. Are you going to let her impose upon you? — (negative). 23. Did they insult Alfred and her? 24. Has your friend insulted anybody here? 25. Did she laugh at you to your face? 26. Why did you laugh at my friend when he was speaking English? 27. Has he been laughing for a half hour at you and me? — (afirmativo). 28. Did he me ntion my name to you? 29. At what time did the ex -president pass away? 30. How long ago did he pass a summer in Paris? 31. Is he going to repeat chemistry next school year? 32. Will he have replied to you by next month? 33. Was he teasing you when you were doing your lesson? 34. Did she cut her hand with the sharp knife? 35. How old was he when they cut off his right leg? 36. What did you find under the table? 37 Is he always finding fault with everybody? 38. Did he find out who had taken away his dictionary? 39. Have you left your books home? 40. About what time did they leave last night?

79 B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH:

1. ¿Cuándo salió tu hermano para Londres? 2. Él salió para esa ciudad hace dos semanas. 3. Ella no se ha marchado todavía. 4. No omití tu nombre. 5. ¿En qué pagina quedamos? 6. Creo que quedamos en la pagina 65. 7. ¿Seleccionaste (escogiste) un libro de lectura para tu hermanito? No, no lo he seleccionado todavía. 8. Él prefirió hablar de un tópico muy interesante pero muy difícil para los niños. 9. ¿Te sentías bien la semana pasada? 10. Este material es muy bueno; Ojala y te convenzas. 11. Ya te dije que me toque los bolsillos y no tengo ningún lápiz. 12. Él me dijo que tenía deseos de regresar a su país. 13. Yo siempre pensé (sentí) que tú no estabas haciendo lo correcto. 14. ¿Qué significa esta palabra? 15. ¿Qué quiere Ud. decir con eso (by that)? Yo quiero decir que tenemos que estudiar mucho si deseamos aprender. 16. ¿lo dijiste en serio? Si, sentí cada palabra que dije. 17. ¿lo olvido él otra vez? No, lo tiene consigo (with him). 18. Ella le suplicó que no se olvidara de ellos. 19. Yo no había hablado nunca a una dama tan bondadosa. 20. Te aconsejé que no escribieras una composición tan larga. 21. Este es un traje hecho a la medida y una buena compra. 22. El profesor me dijo que ella era el hazmerreir de la clase. 23. El clima me prueba y estoy también acostumbrado a las comidas (the food). 24. ¿Qué película exhiben ahora? — un momento, tenga la-bondad (please); le diré en un minuto. 25. No puedo explicarme porque tú estás siempre de prisa. 26. Qué vergüenza. ¿Yo podría aprender todos esos verbos de una sentada? 27. Él no hará eso de ningún (cualquier) modo. 28. Le rogué que no se lo dijera a nadie. 29. No los he visto en ninguna parte. 30. ¿Te habló él en alguna parte? 31. Si lo encuentras en alguna parte hazle venir aquí en seguida. 32. ¿Ha estudiado Juan alguna vez el francés? — (Traduzca: ¿Ha Juan alguna vez estudiado francés?) Él no ha estudiado el francés nunca. 33. Él salió de la oficina sin negar nada que Hubiera (that he had) dicho anteriormente. 34. Ellos me aconsejaron que no rehusara ayudar a nadie. 35. No he rechazado la oferta pero mi padre no está muy contento con ello (about it). 36. Ellos no han podido hacer nada. — Ni yo tampoco. 37. Ellos no podrán terminar ese trabajo para mañana. — Ni nosotros tampoco. 38. ¿Sabe ella bailar? Ella no sabe bailar pero sabe tocar el piano. 39. ¿dónde estará él hoy? — (Traduzca: ¿Donde puede él estar hoy?) ¿Dónde estaría él ayer? — (Traduzca: ¿dónde podría él estar ayer?) 40. Ella podrá pasar el examen. — y yo también. C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH:

Jugábamos un juego de prendas. Teníamos que contestar preguntas sin titubeo. Jugamos este juego en inglés para aprender a (how) decir la hora, la edad y otras frases difíciles e idiomáticas. Las personas entre veinte y cuarenta años de edad, (1) si la pregunta era, ¿Cuántos años tiene Ud? respondían, Me llamo Luisa, Me llamo Juan, etc., (2) si la pregunta era, ¿Cómo se llama Ud? contestaban, Es la una, Son las cinco y diez, son las siete y media, Son las nueve menos veinte, es decir, la hora correcta, y (3) si la pregunta era, ¿Qué hora es? decían la edad, Tengo veintidós años, Tengo treinta y cinco años, etc. Las personas entre cuarenta y ochenta años de edad respondían también conforme a una explicación similar. Muchos cometieron errores seguidos de (by) las risas de los otros. Tomás, mi cuñado, hacia las preguntas, recibía las prendas y entonces imponía castigos. Estaba haciéndose tarde, Yo note que su mama miraba el reloj y estaba algo impaciente y le pregunto, "¿Mama, cuántos años tienes?" y ella contesta levantándose, "Eso no te concierne, pero son las doce menos veinte y ustedes tienen que retirarse."

80 LESSON X REGULAR VERBS

1. a. to addres to blame to charge to fit to insist to lean to lie to to look

b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: (adrés) —dirigirse a, (hablar) to need (niid) —necesitar (bléim) —culpar a to pick (pick) —picar (piedra); seleccionar (charY) —cargar (precio o arma) to publish (póblish) —publicar (fit) —caber, encajar. to rape (ricóver) —violar (insíst) —insistir, empeñarse to recover (réip) —recobrar; restablecerse (liin) —apoyarse, reclinarse to try (trái) —tratar de, procurar (lái) —mentir a to spoil (spóil) —echar a perder ; malcriar (look) —cerrar con llave to warn (uórn) —advertir a, prevenir a

Analice Cada Frase Infinitiva y Repita Hasta Aprender a Perfección:

to charge someone on account to address a letter or package to to be to blame: I am not to blame, You were to blame to charge a person WITH . . . to charge a person WITH . . . to charge the jury to fit to insist THAT a person SHOULD . . . to insist UPON + nombre o adjetivo posesivo + pres. part. I insisted that he (should) leave, o I insisted UPON his LEAVING to lock up to lock a person in to lock a person out I need not. . . , You need not. . ., He need not. . . , (seguido de infinitivo SIN 'to') to pick up to pick up a language (fam) to pick out to pick a quarrel to pick one's teeth 'to pick on some one' to try to try on Try on the hat; Try it on fitting room to try a person (in court) to wait on stock exchange to be inclined to

—Cobrar a alguien, cargar o debitar a alguien (valor, cuenta bancaria) —Dirigir una carta o paquete a —tener la culpa: —No tengo la culpa, Ud. tuvo la culpa. —presentar o formularle cargos a, acusar a orden de —encargarle o encomendar algún asunto a alguien —dar (el juez) instrucciones al jurado (antes de retirarse a deliberar). —quedarle bien o sentarle a, (traje, etc.) —insistir en que una persona (haga algo). —insistí en que él se marchara. —meter en la cárcel —encerrar (con llave) a una persona —dejar a una persona fuera (cerrando con llave) —No tengo que. . ., Ud. No. . . etc. —recoger; 'recobrar la salud'; mejorar' (el negocio) —aprender un idioma prácticamente, (oyéndolo). —escoger o seleccionar —buscar pelea —mondarse o limpiarse los dientes (con palillo). —'darle con' o 'cogerla con' alguien (es decir, tener manía de acusarlo o molestarlo) —probar (para ver si conviene) —probarse (ropa) —Pruébate el sombrero; Pruébatelo. —probadores de ropa, vestier —juzgar o celebrarle juicio a alguien. —servir a, o atender a, (en la mesa, restaurante o establecimiento). —bolsa de valores —estar inclinado a

Observe: 'to charge a gun' — cargar un arma, es decir, ponerle el proyectil, pero llevarla consigo se diría o se usaría 'to carry': 'to charge a person WITH' He was charged with murder or with robbery — Lo acusaron de asesinato o de robo. How much do you charge? — ¿Cúanto cobra usted?, you charge me on my account 25 dollars — Usted me cobra en mi (a mi) cuenta 25 dólares, 'To fit' — caber: Do I fit here? — ¿quepo yo aquí?, pero con este significado se usa preferentemente: Is there room for me?; There was no room for us — No cupimos o no había sitio para nosotros. 'To insist that a person SHOULD'; Usando esta construcción se omite frecuentemente el auxiliar 'should' en el afirmativo empleánd ose solamente el infinitivo SIN 'to' en la clausula, I insisted that he leave — Insistí en que él se marchara. Observe dos ejemplos más: I insist THAT he (should) come here, o I insist UPON HIS coming here — Insistió en que el venga aquí. Be inclined to: And you might even be inclined to use the same description — Y que incluso podría estar inclinado a utilizar la misma descripción. Repita en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I addressed Henry, not her; You . . . etc. 2. I do not have to address the letter to my cousin, You . . . etc. 3. I have not blamed anybody for my failure, You . . . etc. 4. I am sorry, although I am not to blame; You . . . etc. 5. I was to blame for it, You . . . 6. I have no one to blame but myself, You . . . etc. 7. I am going to have my book published very soon, You . . . etc. 8. When I recovered my senses everybody was gone, When you . . . etc. 9. I do not wish to spoil my little sister, nevertheless, I find it hard to scold her; You . . . etc. 10. I did not charge the gun ('gun', arma, revolver), You did not . . . etc. 11. I charged Alfred with this work, You . . . etc. 12. I did not have to employ many men, You did not . . . etc. 13. There was no room for me in the car, There was no . . . etc. 14. That paragraph does not fit in my speech, That paragraph does not . . . in your . . . etc. 15. These hats do not fit me, These hats do not . . . etc. 16. I shall insist that John be at the meetings on time, You will . . . that . . . etc. 17. I have always insisted that Alfred should not leave this city, You have always . . . etc. 18. I insist on staying here, You . . . etc. 19. I did not insist upon Peter's leaving this city, You did not . . . etc. 20. I told the students not to lean against the wall, You told the . . . etc.

81 21. I did not lie either to Edward or her, You did not . . . etc. 22. Lock the door before going away in the morning, let him . . . etc. 23. I do not need any shoes now, You do not . . . etc. 24. I need not pay that money this very week, You need not . . . etc. 25. I wanted her to pick up the paper from the floor, You wanted her to . . . etc. 26. My business is picking up, Your . . . etc. 27. I picked out a few neckties for my father, You picked out . . . etc. 28.I do not pick my teeth before any one, You do not . . . etc. 29. I have been trying to convince Thomas for two weeks, You have . . . etc. 30. I am going to try them on, You are . . . etc. 31. I tried the car but I did not like it, You . . . but you . . . etc, 32. I have warned him to stay away from bad company, You have . . . etc. 33. I was going to warn my brother not to accept the offer, You were . . . etc. 34. I waited on my friend at lunch time, You . . . etc. 35. I did not wait on my cousin, You did not . . . etc. e. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Is the President going to address the nation over the radio to -morrow? 2. Does she always address the letters to you? 3. Did he say that she had blamed him? 4. Am I to blame for your failure? 5. Did they charge Margaret too much for the dress? 6. Has he charged you with an important business? 7. Will they charge him with robbery? 8. Are you going to insist that he employ our friend? 9. Was there room for them in the 'bus'? 10. Will there be room for us too? 11. Does the red dress fit Mary very well? 12. Did not the teacher insist that you should not lean against the wall? 13. Did he tell you not to lean over the edge of the platform? 14. Did they lie to her about the meeting? 15. Has he been lying to you about his studies? 16. Does he have to lock the door before leaving his room? 17. Did the policeman lock them up? 18. Did she need shoes for the dance? 19. Did you insist that she be there before three in the afternoon? 20. Has he insisted upon your waiting for him? 21. Did he pick up the pieces of paper from the floor? 22. Is their business picking up? — (affirm.) 23. Did he ask you to pick out a necktie for him? 24. Is the big boy always picking on them? 25. Did they try to convince you? 26. Shall you try a new plan? 27. Did you have to try on eight or ten suits? 28. Did your brother try them on? 29. Did you say that you were going to warn him not to buy the house? 30. Does he always wait on you? 31. Did you advise him not to spoil his children? II. accident asylum attached beyond breath to cancel Christmas claim collector convenient counter courage courageous coward cowardice deep to deepen to denote Easter employer eraser eve expenses final haberdashery holy lad lamp-post to locate low meanwhile note obliging obstacle opener warning

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Palabra y frase hasta Aprender De MEMORIA: (áksident) —accidente orphan (órfan) —huérfano (asáilom) —asilo palm (paam) —palma (atácht) —ligado; apegado to pawn (poon) —empeñar (prendas) (bi-iónd) —mas allá de; allende; pocketbook (póketbuk) —bolso, cartera la otra vida polite (pólait) —cortes, atento (breeZ) —aliento ;respiración post (póust) —puesto (plaza); posta (cánsel) —cancelar to print (print) —imprimir; estampar (crístmas) —navidades profound (prófound) —profundidades, profundo (cléim) —reclamación (adj.) (colékter) —cobrador quiet (cuáiat) —quieto, (tranquilo) (convínient) —conveniente rain-coat (réincout) —capa de agua (cáunter) —mostrador recovery (ricóveri) —recuperación (córeY) —valor (coraje) reference (réferens) —referencia (coréYos) —valiente reminder (rimáinder) —recordativo, advertencia (cáuerd) —cobarde sanitarium (sanitériom) —sanatorio (cáuerdis) —cobardía shallow (shálou) —vadoso (llano) (diip) —hondo, profundo shirt (shert) —camisa (díipen) —profundizar, ahondar, size (sáis) —tamaño intensificar smart (smart) —vivo (listo); elegante (dinóut) —denotar (a la moda) (iíster) —Pascuas, Semana Santa so that I . . —para que yo . . . (emplóier) —empleador (dueño) soft (soft) —blando; suave (iréiser) —borrador speck (spek) —manchita (motita) (iiv) —víspera still (stil) —quieto (sin movimiento), (expénses) —gastos sin embargo (fáinal) —final stiff (stif) —tieso (duro) (jáberdasheri) —mercería stripe (stráip) —franja; raya (jóuli) —santo, pio style (stáil) —estilo; moda (lad) —mozo (muchacho) tan (tan) —color de canela (lámp-póust) —poste del faro taste (téist) —gusto sabor (lokéit) —localizar, situar tip (tip) —extremidad; cabo (lóu) —bajo toothpick (túZpik) —palillo de dientes (miinjuáil) —mientras tanto translator (transléiter) —traductor (nóut) —nota; pagare trial (tráial) —juicio (en corte) (obláyin) —servicial, complaciente undershirt (óndershért) —camiseta (óbstacol) —obstáculo underwear (ónder-uéar) —ropa interior (óupener) —abridor visitor (vísiter) —visitante (uórnin) —advertencia to wear irr. (uéar) —usar (llevar puesto)

82 PHRASES: a publishing, house —una casa editora How did you make out? — ¿Cómo saliste? (en un examen, asunto, etc.) colored neckties —corbatas de color articles of clothing —prendas de vestir A short man —hombre bajo (de estatura). a low man —un hombre bajo (soez, ruin). low shoes, low salary —zapatos bajos, salario bajo. to get hungry, thirsty, cold, warm, sleepy, etc. —sentir o darle a uno hambre, sed, frio, calor, sueño, etc. like this; like that —así, de esta manera; así, de esa manera to be afraid that . . . —temer que . . . I am afraid that she is not here (by phone) —temo que ella no este aquí (por teléfono) to be afraid of . . . —tenerle miedo a . . . I am afraid so! —Temo que así sea. Who's calling? or Who am I talking with? (by phone) —¿De parte de quien? (por teléfono) Mary speaking (by phone) —María habla (por teléfono) What can I do for you? —¿En qué puedo servirle?, ¿Qué puedo hacer por usted? It is necessary for me to . . . —Es necesario que yo. It is important for you to . . . —Es importante que Ud. . . . to have the feeling that . . . —tener el presentimiento de que . . . Christmas Eve —Noche Buena New Year's Eve —Víspera de Año Nuevo Good Friday —Viernes Santo I don't blame you! —No se lo censuro; No se lo tengo a mal. to tip (pp), or to give a tip to . . . —una propina; dar un informe secreto que ayude a uno a salir bien en algo. III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times My friends, Philip and Joseph, and I had to buy several articles of clothing. We took the first taxicab that passed by and went to a large department store located on Thirty-fourth Street near Seventh Avenue. "It is already ten to five'', said Joseph when we arrived, "and we have to hurry". The floorwalker approached us and said, "What can I do for you?", and I answered, "First we wish to buy shoes", and he led us (nos condujo) to the shoe department. The salesman who waited on us, a very polite and obliging young man, showed us different styles. Finally I took a high pair, black and white, and another pair low of a dark tan. Philip said, "I shall choose mine low of a tan color too." Joseph bought his low also and of the same color. Then we passed to the haberdashery department. I asked for soft colored shirts. 'What size do you wear?", the salesman asked. "Size fourteen shirts fit me very well", I replied, "Show me a few stiff white ones in size fourteen and a half", said Joseph and added, "Philip also prefers white ones and of the same size". Each one bought half a dozen to suit his taste (a su gusto), some with collars attached and others without. Philip said that he al ways referred ready-made suits and got a beautiful one of a light blue. We needed other articles but as we were in a hurry we left them for the following day. (To suit, reg. — convenirle a uno). IV. CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD 1. Where did your friends, Philip and Joseph, and you go? 2. At what time did you arrive at the store? 3. Who approached you? Repeat what he said to you. 4. Was the salesman who waited on the boys very polite and obliging? 5. What size do they wear in shirts? 6. Did they prefer soft colored shirts? 7. Does Joseph like soft shirts with collars attached or stiff white ones without collars? 8. Did Philip say that he always preferred ready-made suits? 9. Did he get a beautiful one of a light blue? 10. Why did you not buy the other articles that same day? V. A. GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS 1. Principal Parts: to meet (miit) —encontrarse con; conocer, (el acto no la condición) to lead (liid) —dirigir, ir a la cabeza de to wear (uéar) —usar o llevar puesto Present Past Pres. Part Past Part. (—ado, —ido) meet met (met) meeting met lead led (led) leading led wear wore (úoar) wearing worn (uorn)

83 2.

Analice y Repita Cada Frase Verbal Hasta Aprenderla de MEMORIA: to meet —hacer frente a (gastos, pagares, peligro, dificultades, etc.) to meet WITH —encontrarse con o tener (un accidente, obstáculos, fracaso, mala suerte, etc.) to meet (with) —reunirse (con) to lead —conducir (como una calle que conduce a, o una persona que muestra el camino) to lead a person to believe —inducir o hacer a una persona creer to lead a life —llevar una vida (feliz, miserable, quieta, etc.) to lead a new life —enmendarse o cambiar de vida to wear away —deteriorarse to wear out —gastarse o ponerse viejo con el uso to wear a mustache —usar bigote to wear a smile —llevar una sonrisa

'To meet': Tengamos presente que 'to meet' NO toma la preposición 'with' significando 'encontrarse con' perso nas, pero si se emplea 'with' significando 'encontrarse con' o tener accidente, obstáculos, etc. algo abstracto; y también lleva 'with' para la idea precisa de 'reunirse con'. 'To wear': este verbo traduce 'usar con la idea de 'llevar puesto prendas de vestir, joyas, una flor, decoración, etc. EjempIos idiomaticos: She wears her hair in a braid — Ella se peina con una trenza. She never wears white — Ella nunca viste de blanco.

4. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las personas: 1. I was going to meet them at three but I could not, You were . . . etc. 2. I met with many obstacles, You . . . etc. 3. I did not meet with an accident but I was not able to leave early, You did not . . . but you were not . . . etc. 4. I have not met that friend of Peter's yet, you have not . . . etc. 5. I am afraid I can not meet my expenses, You Are . . . you . . . etc. 6. I have to meet John and her at the pier, You have to . . . etc. 7. I shall meet with the members day after to-morrow, You will . . . etc. 8. I have been leading this organization ('organiséshon') for two years. You have been . . . etc. 9. I led William to believe that I had not been able to be back on time, You . . . etc. 10. I did not lead a very happy life while I was in Paris, You did not . . . etc. 11. Yesterday I wore the dark one with stripes, Yesterday you . . . etc. 12. I do not have to wear glasses, provided I do not read too much; You do not. . . etc. 13. My shoes are wearing out, Your . . . etc. 14. Mine are worn-out, Yours . . . etc. 15. I advised Peter not to wear the light suit to day, You . . . etc. 5.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Did he meet you at eight night before last? 2. Has he met with failure in his recent business? 3. Did they meet with bad luck at the beginning of the year? 4. Did he meet his young w ife ten years ago? 5. Have they been able to meet their expenses? 6. Were you able to meet the notes on your house? 7. Are you going to meet Mary and him at the station? 8. Did they ask him to meet with them that very night? 9. Has he been leading that organization for many years? 10. Did he lead you to the shoe department? 11. Did you lead your friend's brother to believe that I was wrong? 12. Is your cousin leading a new life? 13. Does this street lead to the park? 14. Did he wear his light suit yesterday morning? 15. Did you want her to wear the blue dress? 16. Was he wearing a mustache when you met him a few years ago? 17. Are the child's shoes wearing out? — (affirmative). 18. Are yours worn-out? Are hers wornout? 19. Does your little brother have to wear glasses? E. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Indefinidos El 'indefinite pronoun' es el pronombre que no determina con exactitud la persona u objeto a que se refiere. La mayoría de ellos, (también usados coma adjetivos), ya se han aprendido en diferentes vocabularios. ESTUDIESE: one one's each (one) each other both both he and I either neither either's neither's such a no one; nobody

—uno. —de uno. —cada (uno). —uno al otro. —ambos. —tanto él como yo. —cualquiera (de dos). —de uno (de los dos). —ninguno (de dos) —de ninguno (de dos). —tal, semejante. —nadie.

none (pron.) all several some (a) few many too many so many much so much too much everything

—ninguno-s (de varios). —todo, — a , — s —varios, algunos. —algunos. —pocos, algunos. —muchos, muchas. —demasiados. —tantos, tantas. —mucho, mucha. —tanto, tanta —demasiado. —todo.

84 such another one another the other-s* the other's any any one anybody anything no (adjetivo)

—tales. —otro (adicional). —uno al otro. —el otro, los otros. —el del otro. —cualquier, cualesquiera. —cualquiera (persona o cosa). —cualquiera (persona). —cualquier cosa. —ningún, —os.

every one everybody something some one somebody something else* somebody else aught (uso raro) naught (uso raro)

—cada uno. —todo el mundo (cada persona). —algo, alguno. —alguien, alguno. —alguien, alguno. —algo más. —alguien más. —algo. —nada.

* 'The other' como adjetivo no lleva 's': The other boys — los otros muchachos. 'Else' traduce 'más, otro' después de algunos pronombres indefinidos e interrogativos: no one else — nadie más, ningún otro; who else? ¿Quién más? Either . . . or . . . — Bien . . . o. . . ; neither . . . nor . . . ni . . . ni . . . etc. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usa.ndo TODAS las personas: 1. I am sure that EACH ONE of the boys HAS paid for HIS shirts, You are . . . etc., 2. Both Peter and I feel that EITHER of the two opinions IS logical (lógica), Both Peter and you . . . etc. 3. I told the students to write, on either side of the paper, You told them . . . etc. 4. I was sure that either's opinion was wrong. You were, etc. 5. I believe that EITHER Rose or Margaret IS here, You . . . etc. 6. I knew that NEITHER of the boys Was right, You . . . etc. 7. I felt that neither's claim was just; You felt that . . . etc. 8. I am glad that NEITHER John NOR Alice HAS lost his house, You are . . . etc. 9. I have just found out that none has sent the money for his book, You . . . etc. 10. I mean that if ANY ONE of the students WISHES to take HIS copybook home be may (puede), You . . . etc. MUST (most) —Debo, debes, etc.,deba, debas, etc. El auxiliar 'must', invariable, traduce o sobrentiende el presente del verbo deber' siempre que se denote Necesidad o Probabilidad. 'MUST' va seguido de la FORMA INFINIT1VA SIN 'to' del segundo verbo. C.

1. NECES1DAD: He must eat vegetables — Él debe comer o es necesario que coma legumbres. There must be a meeting a week from to-day — Debe haber o es preciso que haya una reunión de hoy en una semana. One must work hard in order to earn one's living — Hay que trabajar duro para ganarse la vida. Must you wait for him? — Es necesario que usted lo espere. 2. PROBABIL1DAD: —Debe de estar o ESTARA loca. She must be insane —Deben de ser o SERAN las dos. It must be two o'clock —Deben de vivir o VIVIRAN lejos. They must live far —Debe de haber o HABRA una reunión ahora. There must be a meeting now —Debe de haber estado, HABRA estado o ESTARIA loca. She must have been insane —Deben de haber vivido, HABRAN vivido o VIVIRIAN They must have lived far lejos. There must have been a meeting yesterday —Debe de haber habido, HABRA habido o HABRIA una reunión ayer. —Deben de haber sido o SERIAN las dos. It must have been two o'clock Observe: Use MUST para traducir un futuro simple castellano, en oraciones DECLARATIVAS, el cual pueda cambiarse por debo, debes, etc. y el siguiente infinitivo; use MUST HAVE para traducir un futuro compuesto o condicional (pos-pretérito), que pueda reemplazarse por debo de haber, debes de haber, etc., por ejemplo, Él será rico — He must be rich; Él habrá sido (o seria) rico — He must have been rich. Los tiempos literales para expresar este idea no son tan corrientes: She is probably insane — Probablemente ella está loca; It was probably two o'clock — Probablemente eran las dos. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I must not eat too much meat, You must . . . etc. 2. The young lady says that I must be wrong; The young lady says that you . . . etc. 3. I must have m et Peter's friend but I do not remember, You must have . . . etc. 4. I must have seen that boy somewhere but I am not sure, You must have . . . etc. D. OUGHT ('oot') to: El auxiliar 'ought', invariable, traduce 'debo, debes, etc.' para denotar de una manera ENFATICA obligación moral o decoro. Le sigue el infinitivo CON 'to': We ought to obey the law — Debemos obedecer la ley. Each one of those men ought to pay his debts — Cada uno de esos hombres debe pagar sus deudas. 'Ought' también traduce 'debí', debiste, etc.' pero seguido de 'to have' — haber: He ought to have paid his debts.

85 Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I ought to respect my parents, You ought to . . . etc. 2. I ought to have answered my father's letter, You ought to . . . etc. 3. I ought to be able to do that, You ought to . . . etc. 4. I ought to have been able to pass the quiz, You ought to . . . etc. SHOULD ('shud') —Debiera, debieras, etc., Deberia, deberfas, etc. Uno de los usos del auxiliar 'should', invariable, pasado de shall, es expresar necesidad u obligacion de una manera suave y por consiguiente traduce debiera, debieras, etc. Le sigue el infinitivo SIN 'to': She should not borrow any money from either of the two — Ella no debiera tomar dinero prestado a ninguno de los dos. There should be a meeting within a few days — Debiera haber una reunion dentro de unos dias. You should have asked her to forgive you — Debieras haberle pedido que te perdonara. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I should ask about Henry's mother when I see him. You should . . . etc. 2. I should be able to translate that letter. You should be . . . etc. 3. I should have been a ble to translate that letter, You should have . . . etc. 4. I should not have scolded her without being sure of the truth , you should not have . . . etc. 5. It is necessary that I should be careful, It is . . . that you . . . etc. 6. It was necessary that I should be back early, It was . . . that . . . etc. SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to act to admit, tt a mid to announce to assure attentive baby bag bank behavior belief bench beside bracelet to button buyer charge choice cinnamon compliment to confess to confiscate disappointment desillusionment divine fact to fish fortune fortune teller fortunate fool, subs. forgetful groceries guest handbag handcuffs

(akt) (atmít) (amíd) (anáuns) (ashúar) (aténtiv) (béibi) (bag) (bank) (bijévior) (bilíif) (bench) (bisáid) (bréislet) (bóton) (báier) (chárY) (chóis) (sínamon) (cómpliment) (confés) (cónfiskéit) (disapóintment) (desolúshionment) (diváin) (fakt) (fish) (fórchun) (fórchunet) (fuul) (forguétful) (gróseris) (guest) (jándbág) (jándcófs)

—actuar —admitir a —en medio de —anunciar (proclamar) —asegurar —atento (que atiende) —nene —saco, bolsa —banco ; orilla, ribera —conducta, proceder —creencia —banco de sentarse —al lado de —brazalete; pulsera —abotonar —comprador —cargo; precio —selección —canela. —lisonja, galantería —confesar —confiscar —decepción, contrariedad —desilusión —divino —hecho, verdad —pescar —fortuna; suerte —adivino, psíquico, brujo —afortunado —necio, tonto —olvidadizo —comestibles —huésped, convidado —saquito de mano —esposas (manillas de hierro)

He is very well-spoken I am pleased to meet you I am pleased to have met you That suit wears well very much attached to in tune; out of tune out of breath I can't help it I cannot tell them apart

idle idle talker ice-pick lavish. adj. leader left-handed lounge

magazine manner palace peace peaceful public razor safety razor regarding right-handed sane show-window shrill soul sound to sound terms tune to unbutton unlimited uncertain unconscious whereas whim whimsical yet

—desocupado, sin trabajo —hablador, charlatán (áispik) —punzón del hielo (lávish) —prodigo, gastador (líider) —jefe, caudillo —zurdo (láunY) —sala (de descanso; o de espera, de fumar en teatro, etc.) (mágasíin) —revista; almacén de pólvora (máner) —manera, modo (páles) —palacio (píis) —paz (píisfol) —pacifico (póblic) —publico (réiser) —navaja —navaja de seguridad (rigárdin) —tocante a —diestro (derecho) (séin) —cuerdo, sano —escaparate, vidriera (shril) —agudo o penetrante (sóul) —alma (sáund) —sano, bueno; sonido —sonar; sondear (terms) —términos, condiciones (tíun) —afinar; tonada; tono (onbóton) —desabotonar (onlímited) —ilimitado (onsérten) —perplejo, indeciso (oncónshos) —inconsciente (juéaras) —mientras que (juim) —capricho, antojo (juímsical) —caprichoso, antojadizo (iet) —sin embargo (áidol)

PHRASES: —Él habla muy bien. —Tengo mucho gusto en conocerle. —Mucho gusto en haberle conocido. —Ese traje es duradero. —muy apegado a —afinado, templado; desafinado, fuera de tono. —sin respiración —No puedo remediarlo. —No puedo distinguir uno del otro.

86 As a matter of fact . . . to look out of to make a present to make peace to make believe to make known to someone that to make a fool of oneself to make sure to go shopping, fishing, horseback riding, etc a lavish tip There is no cover charge

—En honor a la verdad. . . ; la verdad es que . . . —asomarse a —hacer un regalo —hacer la paz —fingir (pretender) —hacerle saber a alguien que . . . —ponerse en ridículo —asegurarse, cerciorarse —ir de tiendas, de pesca, a pasear a caballo —una propina esplendida —No se page por el uso de la mesa, (en un restaurante).

Reminder: Todo verbo o frase verbal en los vocabularios debe conjugarse y practicarse en diferentes tiempos.

G. 1. Principal Parts:

Present bring hear sing

IRREGULAR VERBS to bring (bring) —traer to hear (jíar) —oír to sing (sing) —cantar to forgive (forguív) —perdonar to overhear (óverjíar) —oír por casualidad, al pasar

Past brought (broot) heard (jeerd) sang (sang)

Pres. part. bringing hearing singing

Past Part. (—ado, —ido) brought heard sung (song)

To overhear y to forgive son verbos compuestos y se conjugan como sus simples. 2. Estudie y Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

to beat down to bring about to bring up to bring to light to bring to terms to bring down to cast down to hear from to hear about to hear SOMEBODY say, announce, etc. to hear SOMETHING said, announced, etc. to sing out of tune to sing a baby to sleep to sing one's way (o oneself) to fame, wealth, etc.

—vencer, abatir, acabar, conseguir rebajar, persuadir —ocasionar, traer por resultado —educar o criar —revelar o descubrir —obligar a alguien a convenir, ponerle en raya —reducir, derribar, bajar, derrocar, abatir, rebajar —abatir, echar abajo, echar por tierra —tener noticias de . . . (directamente de . . . ) —tener noticias de . . . (por otro) —oír a alguien decir, anunciar, etc . . . —oír decir, anunciar, etc., algo —desafinar, cantar fuera de tono —dormir un nene cantándole —hacerse famoso, rico, etc, cantando.

'To hear': Al expresar en inglés la idea de oír a alguien decir, anunciar, cantar, etc., es decir, mencionando el agente del segundo verbo, empleamos la forma infinitiva SIN 'to' de ese segundo verbo: I heard him say it — Le oí decirlo; We heard her sing — La oímos cantar — (es decir, a una mujer); pero 'oír decir, anunciar, contar algo', no mencionando el agente del segundo verbo, empleamos el participio pasado al final de la frase: I heard it said — Lo oí decir; We heard it sung — La oímos cantar (es decir, la canción). 'To overhear': He must have overheard what I said — Él habrá oído u oiría lo que yo dije. Observe: 'to excuse', 'to pardon', 'to forgive': 'To excuse' traduce mayormente 'excusar' y perdonar faltas u omisiones o negligencias triviales especialmente en obligaciones o convencionales; 'to pardon' — perdonar, (como superior o por acto de compasión o generosidad), faltas serias, crímenes u ofensas graves especialmente contra la ley o la moral; 'to forgive' — perdonar faltas que lastimen a alguien personalmente, desapareciendo con el perdón el resentimiento que pueda haber.

87 1.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando Todas las Personas: 1. I must have brought the wrong one — (Habré traído el que no era), You must have . . . etc. 2. I brought about the failure of the shop before I could help it, You . . . before you. . . etc. 3. I did not bring it to the garage after leaving my cousin's house, You did not . . . etc. 4. I have been able to bring to light many important facts, You . . . etc. 5. I had brought Rudolph to terms before seeing George, You . . . etc. 6. I must have heard him sing but I cannot make sure, You . . . etc. 7. I heard it said at my aunt's, You . . . etc. 8. I did not hear it announced, You . . . etc. 9. I had not been able to hear from Edward until I went home, You . . . etc. 10. I hear there is going to be a war, You . . . etc. 11. I heard there was going to be a war, You . . . etc. 12. I sang the baby to sleep before its mother came back, You . . . etc. 13. I did not sing out of tune, You . . . etc. 14. I am going to have her sing for us, You are . . . etc. 15. I have never sung in public, You have never . . . etc. 16. I overheard the whole conversation, You . . . etc. 17. I made believe that I had overheard it, You . . . etc. 18. I forgave the boys that time, You . . . etc. 19. John doubts that I have forgiven Alice since I seldom speak to her; John doubts that you . . . etc. 20. If I ever make a fortune I shall make my mother a wonderful present, If you . . . etc. 2. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Did they bring the books and pencils after the teacher had told them to? 2. Had the tailor just brought your suit when you arrived at your house? — (affirmative). 3. Shall you have him bring the boxes here? — (affirmative). 4. Did they have the groceries brought to their house? 5. Did his sickness bring about his failure? 6. Is she bringing up her children in the right manner? 7. Do you think that they will bring to light many important facts? 8. Did you hear it said at your grandfather's? 9. Had you heard from him before seeing me? 10. Have you heard about them through their Uncle? 11. Did you hear her say that she was coming here to -day? 12. Did Paola sing in Buenos Aires many years ago? 13. Has he been singing in his room for the last hour or so? — (affirmative). 14. Is she singing out of tune? 15. Did they ask you to sing a Mexican song? 16. Do you believe that she will sing herself to fame? 17. Did they overhear what I was saying? 18. Did you ove rhear it when you were going by? 19. Must you forgive him? 20. Did the teacher forgive the students who had cut their English class? 21. Do you doubt that she has forgiven me? 22. Does he feel that I should have done it?

VI. EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta Lección, háganse los siguientes ejercidos: A. De en Inglés una SOLA Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. Did she address the letter and packages to you or him? 2. Is the President going to address the people of this city before leaving for the Capital? 3. Have they blamed you for staying away from the meeting? 4. Was he to blame for not paying his brother's debts? 5. How much did they charge you for the shoes and hat? 6. Did the woman insist that the police charge him with robbery? 7. Did she recommend to them to employ you as a stenographer? 8. Did the blue dress fit Mary? 9. Are you sure that word fits in this sentence? 10. Was there room for John and her in the car? 11. Must you insist upon their being here before seven in the morning? 12. Did he lie to her in spite of what I had told him? — (affirmative). 13. Did you warn them not to leave before locking the door? 14. Does your mother believe that the police must have locked him up? 15. Does your little brother need a pair of shoes? — (negative). 16. Has the manager told her that she need not stay after five o'clock ? 17. Did she ask you to pick out a beautiful necktie for her father? 18. Have you picked up the paper from the floor? 19. Is it right to pick one's teeth in public? 20. Is business picking up all over the country? 21. Did you doubt that he had recovered in the country? 22. Do you think that my sister resembles me? 23. Did the lawyer try to deceive them? 24. Are you going to try your new job to-morrow as an office clerk? 25. Which one (cúal) of those suits did Peter try on, the light one or the dark one? 26. Had he waited on you before the manager spoke to him? 27. How much money did the house cost them? 28. Did you want them to meet you before you went away? 29. Do you believe that he has met with an accident? 30. Does he feel that we shall meet with many obstacles and even failure in our new business? 31. Have you met that boy 'dancing with your sister', — (que baila . . .)? 32. Has he been able to meet the notes on his house? 33. Where does this street lead to? 34. Did he lead you to believe that I had lied to him? 35. What dress did Alice wear yesterday? 36. Has he ever worn a mustache before? — (neg.). 37. Have they brought up their children in the right manner? 38. Are you going to have the books brought here before the teacher returns? 39. Can you tell me what brought about the quarrel between Alfred and her? — (neg.). 40. Did you hear them sing over the radio night before last? 41. Has she not heard from him yet? 42. Has she ever sung at the Metropolitan Opera House of New York? — (neg.) 43. Will he ever sing his way to fame and wealth? 44. Did you overhear that he had not forgiven his daughter for marrying without his consent? — (affir.)

88 II

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Mi padre me pidió que le comprara algunas corbatas de color. 2. Yo hallaba el inglés muy difícil al principio pero estoy aprendiéndolo ahora sin ninguna dificultad. 3. Él no tiene que comprar ninguna ropa este verano. 4. Me divertí mucho en Nochebuena pero no en la (on) Víspera de Año Nuevo. 5. Si te da hambre toma la ensalada de la nevera, 6. Me dió frio y me arrope con la frazada. 7. Espero que Ud. este (esta) bien, Gracias, igualmente. 8. Temo que él se haya (ha) puesto en ridículo. 9. A él le conocí hace dos meses pero ya conocía a su hermano muy bien en la Habana. 10. Ese traje es duradero, debes comprarlo si te sienta. 11. Ella me dijo que era muy apegada a su tía. 12. En honor a la verdad yo podría hablarle al Presidente pero creo que no es necesario. 13. Yo no quería que el inquilino se asomara a la ventana porque es muy baja. 14. Ud. debió haberle hecho un regalo a su mamá en (on) su cumpleaños. 15. Si alguna vez hago fortuna haré (o tomaré) un viaje a países extranjeros todos los años. 16. Ellos hicieron la paz luego que miles de hombres hubieron muerto para nada. 17. No me engañaste; yo se que fingiste que estabas enfermo. 18. Quiero que le hagas saber a él que no me he decidido todavía. 19. No converses tanto y no te pondrás en ridículo. 20. Tienes que asegurarte si tú encajas en ese empleo. 21. ¿Quieres, (Will you) ir de tiendas conmigo hoy? — Iré (I will), Si vas de pesca conmigo mañana. 22. Tanto él como yo estábamos equivocados. 23. Estoy seguro de que cualquiera de los dos conseguirá el empleo a pesar de las muchas dificultades. 24. El juez dijo que la reclamación de ninguno [de los dos] era justa. 25. Ninguno de los muchachos ha hecho nada en la clase hoy. 26. No hare nada más hasta-que regrese mi padre. 27. El doctor dice que no debo comer carne muy a menudo. 28. Él no cree que yo deba (o debiera) hacer eso. 29. Hay que (uno debe) estudiar mucho para aprender un idioma. 30. Debe haber una reunión mañana por la noche. 31. Serán las tres menos diez. 32. Ser ían las once cuando él llego anoche. 33. ¿Por qué hay tanta ( so many) gente en la esquina? — Habrá una pelea. 34. Habría una reunión ayer pero no estoy seguro. 35. Él habrá traído los libros antier. 36. Ud. debe obedecer a sus padres. 37. Ud. debió haber obedecido a sus padres. 38. Le dij e que él debiera perdonarla. 39. Insistí en-que él no fuera (no debiera ir). 40. Ellos debieran haber vendido la casa si necesitaban el dinero. III

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Nuestros amigos Felipe y José fueron a una gran tienda de departamentos a comprar algunos artículos que necesitaban. Este establecimiento está situado en la Calle Cuarenta y Dos cerca [de la] Sexta Avenida. —Tenemos que apresurarnos, — dijo José cuando bajaron del 'taxi'. El 'taxi' costo $1.35, que Felipe pague. Yo me "encontré con ellos en frente de la tienda y entonces entramos juntos. El encargado-del-piso se acerco a nosotros y dijo, ¿En qué puedo servirles? — y uno de los muchachos contesto, — Deseamos comprar diferentes artículos; zapatos, sombreros, camisas, calcetines, ropa interior y otros. — Él nos condujo al departamento de zapatos. El dependiente que nos atendió, un joven muy cortes y complaciente, nos mostró diferentes estilos. Felipe escogió dos pares, uno bajo y uno alto, ambos de color canela obscuro. José y yo escogimos dos pares negros y blancos. Entonces pasamos al departamento de camisas. El dependiente preguntó [a] cada uno de nosotros, ¿Que tamaño usa Ud? y José dijo, — Yo uso tamaño catorce y medio y estos jóvenes usan catorce, — y nos mostró muchas camisas, algunas blandas de color con cuellos pegados y otras duras blancas sin cuellos. Como (As) nos gustan las camisas blandas de color con cuellos pegados tomamos media docena para cada uno. Nos citábamos para el siguiente día.

89

A to appreciate to amount to compliment to devour to frown to glance at to mail to murder to raven to reveal

LESSON XI REGULAR VERBS Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Infinitive MANY Times: (apríshiéit) —apreciar (el verdadero to suit (síut) valor de) ; agradecer to search (serch) (amáunt) —ascender (una cuenta) to share (shéar) (cómpliment) —lisonjear; felicitar to shout at (sháut) (diváuer) —devorar to solve (solv) (fráun) —fruncir el entrecejo to stare at (stéar) (glans) —mirar (ligeramente) a (méil) —echar al correo to stroll along (strol) (mérder) —asesinar a to suggest (soYést) (ráven) —raptar to taste (téist) (rivíil) —revelar (divulgar) to violate (váiléit)

—convenirle a —registrar (buscar) —compartir (con) —gritar a —resolver, solucionar, —mirar a (fijamente o imprudentemente) —vagar o pasearse —sugerir, insinuar —probar (en el paladar) —violar

b.

Repeat ALOUD Each Verbal Phrase and Write MANY Times: to compliment a person upon (on) . . . —felicitar a alguien por . . . to frown at a person —mirar a alguien con cello o frunciendo el entrecejo to frown on something —manifestar o dejar ver disgusto sobre algo, frunciendo el entrecejo. to glance over —ojear, mirar de prisa to search for something —buscar (registrando o con empeño) to share something with —compartir o dividir algo con to share a house or room with —habitar o tener una casa o cuarto con to share in the profit or gain —participar del beneficio o ganancia, etc. to share something alike —dividir o participar de algo igualmente to shout oneself hoarse —ponerse ronco gritando o de tanto gritar to suggest that a person should . . . —sugerir que una persona (haga o debiera hacer algo) to taste good —saber bien o ser sabroso to taste of —saber a 'To compliment' traduce lisonjear o galantear cuando se hace por un acto de cortesía o con toda sinceridad, y 'to flater' — galantear o adular, nunca es sincero: You compliment me madam — Ud. es muy bondadosa, señora; (es decir, Ud. me lisonjea); He flattered her and she looked very much pleased. 'To share': He has been sharing a three-rooms apartment with his brother for two years — Hace dos años que él tiene o comparte un apartamiento de dos cuartos con su hermano, We shared the money alike — Dividimos el dinero en partes iguales. 'To suggest' — He suggest that the governor had not been able to solve the question — E1 insinuó que el Gobernador había podido resolver el asunto; 'to suggest' — sugerir (que una persona debiera hacer algo) rige en la mayoría de los casos al auxiliar 'should' en a clausula se seguido de la infinitiva 'SIN to' del verbo de dicha clausula. En el afirmativo, no obstante, se omite el auxiliar frecuentemente pero nunca en el negativo, por supuesto: I suggest that he be more friendly with them — Sugiero que él sea más amigable con ellos; I suggested that he should not be so friendly with them — Sugerí que él no fuera tan amigable con ellos. 'To taste of', This soup tastes of garlic — Esta sopa sabe a ajo. Healthy Living: Researchers find correlation between smoking and back pain — Vida Saludable: Los investigadores han descubierto una correlación entre tabaquismo y dolor de espalda. c.

Repita en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I certainly You . . . etc. 2. I appreciated John's kindness very highly, You . . . etc. 3. I complimented my brother upon his success, You . . . etc. 4. I did not frown at the bong, I frowned on their plan: You . . . etc. 5. I have hardly any time to glance over the newspaper, You . . . etc. 6. I glanced at the man before I left the train, You . . . etc. 7. I Mail those letters before the post-office is closed, Let him . . . etc. 8. I was going to mail the letters when I met Ralph, You . . . etc. 9. I am going to have my house p ainted red, You . . . etc. 10. I have not pronounced any word correctly, You . . . etc. 11. I do not have to reveal the secret to prove that I am right, You . . . etc. 12. If I share that money with my family I shall be very happy. If you . . . etc. 13. I searched his pockets and I found nothing, You . . . etc. 14. I am going to share a four-room apartment with my uncle and aunt, You . . . etc, 15. I ought to share in the profits, You . . . etc. 16. I begged her not to shout like that. You . . . etc. 18. I have not solved that difficult situation yet . . . You etc. 19. I was strolling along when I saw Miss Hall, You . . . etc. 20. I must have suggested the wrong plan to Albert but I really meant to help the boy, You . . . etc. 21. Frank has just suggested that I be back for the books to -morrow, Frank . . . that you . . . etc. 22. I shall suggest that they should not leave before next month You . . . etc. 23. That house does not suit either my father or me, at . . . etc. 24. I have advised Peter several times not to stare at any one in the street You . . . etc. 25. I tasted the soup but I did not taste the beans, You . . . etc.

90 d.

Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Afirmativo y Negativo: 1. Does he always appreciate what you do for him? 2. Did they appreciate her kindness in helping them? 3. Did his bill amount to more than fifty dollars? 4. Were you glancing over the lesson when the teacher came in? 5. Did she glance at you several times? 6. Has not your father told you to mail those letters? 7. Have they found out who murdered the poor woman? 8. Is it true that he murdered two others in his home town? 9. Has he not been able to pronounce any one of these words correctly? — (neg.) 10. Do you doubt that he will be able to prove that he is innocent? 12. Have the police searched his house? 13. Did you see your a unt searching your uncle's pockets? 14. Has your mother been sewing the whole morning? 15. Was he sharing an apartment with his uncle at the time you met him in New York? 16. Has not your nephew shared in the profits? 17. Do you say that he always shouts at his employees? 18. Did she really shout herself hoarse calling for help? 19. Does he not expect to solve that question before the year is over? 20. Did the man get angry when you stared at him? 21. Was he complimented on the significant speech he had delivered? 22. Did they suggest that he have the money ready before next Friday? 23. Are you going to suggest to him the plan that you have in mind? 24. Is William going to suggest that there should be a meeting Saturday night? 24. Have you suggested that I did not pay for that book when I got it? 25. Does this apartment suit you? 26. Does the meat taste good? FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase MUCHAS Veces: to assassinate (esásineit) —asesinar ioidine (áiodain) —yodo assassination (ésasineishion) —asesinato jar (Yaar) —jarro, pate, tinaja, assassin (ésasin) —asesino cantata to announce (anáunsment) —notificación jaw (Yoo) —quijada, mandíbula to applaud (aplóod) —aplaudir jealous (Yelós) —celoso to ascend (ásend) —ascender joint (Yóint) —juntura; coyuntura to aspire (aspáiar) —aspirar joke (Yóuk) —chiste, guasa aspirin (áspirin) —aspirina joy (Yói) —alegría, júbilo base (béis) —base, soporte; basar labor (léibor) —trabajo, tarea basis (béisis) —base (fundamental) laborer (léiborer) —peón, jornalero bay (béi) —bahía lack (lak) —carencia, carecer broken (bróuken) —roto; infringido the latter (láter) —este (el último) brown (bráun) —castaño, 'marrón' misfortune (misfórchun) —desgracia, desdicha to certify (sértifai) —certificar, afirmar modern (módern) —moderno certificate (sertífikéit) —certificado murderer (mérderer) —asesino cheerful (chiárful) —alegre, vivo musician (miusíshan) —músico consequently (cónsekuentli) —por consiguiente on foot —a pie costly (cóstli) —costoso to obstruct (obstrókt) —obstruir crook (cruk) —curvatura; 'bandido' pavilion (pavílion) —pabellón; quiosco delights (diláits) —delicias polka dots (pólkadoots) —puntos blancos (en descend (disénd) —descender tela) disgrace (disgréis) —deshonra, bochorno private (práivet) —privado, 'particular' door-handle (...jándel) —aldaba quinine (cuáináin) —quinino door-latch (...lach) —pestillo rate (réit) —razón o tipo, tasa, tanto engagement (enguéichment) —compromiso; cita (com.) even if (iven if) —aun cuando (aunque) to recognize (récognáis) —reconocer a fashion (fáshon) —moda, costumbre round (ráund) —redondo in fashion —a la moda. serious (sírios) —serio, grave out of fashion —fuera de moda serious-minded —sensato, formal flattery (fláteri) —lisonja, halago share (shear) —acción (com.); parte former (fórmer) —anterior (o el primero (que le toca) mencionado) sole (sóul) —suela (de zapato) glance (glans) —mirada (rápida) to speculate (spékiuleit) —especular gray (gréi) —gris square (skuéar) —cuadrado; plaza grief (gríif) —pena, dolor (moral) stare (stéar) —mirada fija g um (gom) —goma; encía stroll (strol) —vuelta, paseo (a pie) harbor (járber) —puerto; albergue, strong coffee —café cargado albergar weak coffee —café flojo hearing (jíarin) —audiencia; oído (el suitable (siútabol) —propio o conveniente sentido) stylish (stáilish) —a la moda hell (jel) —infierno though (Dóu) —aunque (antes de idea ill minded (ill-máinded) —mal intencionado condicional) to instruct (instrókt) —instruir even though —aun cuando (aunque) instructor (instrókter) —instructor voyage (vóieY) —viaje (por mar) intimate (íntimét) —íntimo within (uiDín) —dentro de Nota: — Compliment, flattery, adulation. 'Compliment' es una expresión galante haciendo algún elogio que puede ser sincero o meramente convencional; 'flattery' es un elogio que nunca es sincero y que se aprovecha de la vanidad de la persona, — adulación es elogio o halago servil o excesivamente exagerado.

91 PHRASES

beyond my reach at the rate of . . . at any rate as soon as possible for summer wear to have a cold Let's go out for a stroll It looks like that the latest style or fashion t o t he t u n e of . . . hard of hearing to run in the blood Do it this way to be old-fashioned Not even John himself . . . There is no doubt A week from to-day Regardless of . . . to get dirty

—fuera de mi alcance —a razón de . . . —de todos modos, como quiera que sea —tan pronto como sea posible —para usar en el verano —tener un resfriado (catarro') —Salgamos a dar una vuelta, a caminar —Así parece tato —la última moda —al compás de . . . —duro de oído —estar en la sangre, venir de familia —Hágalo así o de esta manera —no ser moderno, ser de moda antigua o de ideas antiguas —Ni Juan mismo . . . —No cabe duda —De hoy en una semana —sin tomar en consideración . . . , o haciendo caso omiso de. —ensuciarse (ponerse sucio)

III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: The following day my friends and I went again to the same store. We met the young man who had waited on is the day before. —We have the best in underwear — he suggested. He showed us very good undershirts and drawers. We got some of both articles, then we ordered four dozen pairs of socks and a good number of neckties for us three. When he was going to get the neckties he asked each one of us, — What color do you prefer? — I prefer blue and dark green to any other color — I said. The boys told him that they wanted theirs of different colors and, consequently, chose some dark with white stripes, others green others brown, others blue with polka dots and others of bright colors suitable for summer wear. Then Joseph picked out a straw hat and Philip tried on a light felt one which he kept (tomó, se quedó). The salesman showed me a dark felt one and I asked him, — How much is this hat? —$3.50, he replied. — It fits me perfectly and I am going to keep it, I said. — Do you wish something else?, the clerk asked: After glancing over the things we had already chosen, I answered, — Nothing else. We paid the bill which amounted to $32.65. Then Philip said to the clerk, — Please address these articles to Mr. Joseph Martin at 512 West 176th Street of this city. We said good-bye and left the store. We returned home through the big park of the city. We enjoyed a cool and pleasant breeze. We saw here and there people of all ages sharing also the delights of a beautiful summer day. We saw several young men and girls dancing in a small pavilion to the tune of a cheerful music. Life is good if one lives right. IV.

CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Did Joseph, Philip and you go again to the same store the following day? 2. Name some of the articles which your friends and you bought. 3. Did you pick out dark-colored neckties? 4. What neckties are suitable for summer wear? Is clothing usually light in the summer? 5. Do you prefer blue to any other color? 6. How much did your bill amount to? 7. Did Philip tell the clerk to address the packages to Joseph? 8. Through what park did you return home? 9. Was the breeze cold and pleasant in the park? 10. Were there many people sharing the delights of the beautiful summer day? V A.

GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS (1) Principal Parts:

Present break tear keep

to break (bréik) to keep (kiip) to tear (téar)

—romper (cosas sólidas, duras) —conservar; quedarse con —desgarrar, despedazar o romper (cosas flexibles)

Past broke (broúk) tore (tóar) kept (kept)

Pres. Part. breaking tearing keeping

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) broken (bróuken) torn (torn) kept

92 (2) to break the law to break down

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Frase Verbal MUCHAS Veces: —infringir o desobedecer la ley —descomponerse (un automóvil, maquina o algo); echar abajo (una puerta, etc.) to break down —perder la salud; sentirse extenuado o desconcertado (después de un interrogatorio de muchas horas) to break into . . . —entrar violentamente (como la policía al invadir un sitio) to break up —disolver-se (una reunión o grupo) to break a promise, word, etc. —anular o no cumplir una promesa, palabra, cita, etc. to break somebody's heart —apenar o angustiar a alguien hondamente, (destrozarle el corazón, moralmente) to break the news —impartir o dar una noticia to break the ice —vencer los primeros obstáculos, 'el noviciado' to break loose —soltar-se o librar-se (cuando está suelto) to keep —guardar ('significando conservar') pero, to put away —guardar (quitar del medio) to keep away, (off) —mantener a alguien alejado o mantenerse uno alejado to keep away from —abstenerse de to keep a person from + pres. part —sustraer o evitar el que uno (haga algo) to keep a person out —impedir a alguien que entre to keep out of sight —mantenerse oculto, no dejarse ver to keep . . . after school —dejar después de clase, dejar preso to keep a person company —hacerle compañía a una persona to keep company (fam.) —llevar relaciones (para casarse) to keep one's word, promise or engagement —cumplir su palabra, promesa o compromiso to keep one's temper —tener calma, o no perder la paciencia to keep books —llevar libros (de comercio) to keep (on) . . . —continuar (haciendo algo) to keep quiet —callarse, no decir una palabra to keep in touch with —estar en contacto o comunicación con to tear one's hair —arrancarse los cabellos to tear off —arrancar o desmembrar to tear down —demoler o echar abajo (3) Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando Todas las Personas: 1. I broke the chair but I did not break the table, You . . . etc. 2. I will not break the law by any means. You shall not . . . etc. 3. If I break down I shall not be able to continue my work, If you . . . etc. 4. I will never break her heart if I can help it, You shall . . . etc. 5. I have to break the ice before I can hope to be successful, You . . . etc. 6. I ought to have broken the news to Mary before the lawyer came, You . . . etc. 7. I begged Dorothy not to break her promise; You . . . etc. 8. Frank insisted that I should not break up the meeting, Frank insisted that you . . . etc. 9. I have kept this pen more than twenty years for it belonged to my father, You . . . etc. 10. I am going to keep my brother away from the meetings, You . . . etc. 11. I have to keep my little brother from going out with those boys, You . . . etc. 12. I must keep the children out, You . . . etc. 13. I d id not keep Mary's pen; she must have left it somewhere else, You . . . ; she . . . etc. 14. I shall not keep the dictionary unless I need it, You . . . etc., 15. I kept my mother company while my father was out, You . . . etc. 16. I ought to have kept my word. You . . . etc. 17. I do not always keep my temper, You . . . etc. 17. I tore the telegrams but I did not tear the letters, You . . . etc. 18. I kept quiet for I knew nothing about the question, You . . . etc. 19. Why do I have to tear off those pages from my copybook?, Why do you . . . etc. 20. I will keep on working until I am through, You shall . . . etc. 21. The teacher kept me after school so that I could make up the last quiz, The teacher . . . etc. 22. I do not have to keep on working if I do not wish to; You . . . etc. 23. I have to keep in touch with Mr. Ford until a conclusion is arrived at; You . . . etc. (4) Read and Answer ALOUD Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Did he break the table when he sat on it? 2. Had they broken the law before? 3. Did the man break down and confess his crime? 4. Did your father break down because of overwork? 5. Did you want me to break the news to her right after the meeting? 6. Did he say that I had broken my word? 7. Did they break up the meeting before the police got there? 8. Are you going to keep those letters for the rest of your life? 9. Did you not keep my pen yesterday? 10. Does he always keep your pencils? 11. Are you going to keep away from that club? 12. Did his mot her keep him from accepting the proposition? 13. Did he ask you to keep them out? 14. Did you suggest that he keep out of sight during his brother's trial? 15. How long have Peter and Margaret?

93 kept company? — (Affirmative). 16. Has not your friend always kept his word? 17. Did your mother scold you for not keeping quiet when she told you to? 18. Are you going to have the maid tear those old letters that you keep in the drawers of your desk? 19. Has their father been keeping books for many years? 20. Was the woman tearing her hair with rage (rabia)? 21. Has the baby torn off the pages of your copybook? 22. Did he say that they were going to tear down that old building on the corner? 23. Did they keep on working until you returned? 24. Did the bandit break loose from the policeman? 25. Were you not advised by your brother to keep in touch with me until we could arrive at a conclusion? B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Word and Phrase Until You Learn it By HEART: to advertise (ádvertáis) —anunciar (publicar para theft (Zeft) —robo propaganda) lightning (láitnin) —relampagueo, relámpago advertisement (advértisment) —anuncio, aviso long (long) —largo; mucho tiempo army (áarmi) —ejercito longer (lónguer) —más largo; más tiempo balance (bálans) —balance, equilibrio marine (maríin) —marino barrel (bárel) —barril meadow (médou) —pradera, vega battlefield (bátelfiild) —campo de batalla measure (méshor) —medida, dimensión bookkeeping (búk-kípin) —teneduría de libros misbehavior —mala conducta bottle (bóotel) —botella miser (máiser) —avaro, tacaño cattle (cátol) —ganado (animales) misery (míseri) —miseria cherry (chéri) —cereza mountain (máuntin) —montaña clever (cléver) —listo, inteligente mountainous (máuntinos) —montañoso compulsory (compólsori) —obligatorio nation (néishon) —nación to contribute (contríbiut) —contribuir navy (néivi) —armada, marina de guerra deep (depZ) —profundidad nerve (nerv) —nervio desert (désert) —desierto nervous (nérvos) —nervioso ; neurasténico discreet (discríit) —discreto pilot (páilot) —piloto to distribute (distríbiut) —distribuir plenty of (plénty) —abundancia de drunk (dronk) —bebido, borracho ocean (óushan) —océano a drunkard (drónkerd) —un borrachín Atlantic... (atlántic) —Atlántico enough (inóof) —suficiente, -mente Pacific.... (pasífic) —Pacifico flash (flash) —relámpago; fogonazo Arctic (ártic) —Ártico fleet (fliit) —armada, flota Antarctic (antártic) —Antártico to force (fors) —forzar plain (pléin) —llanura; llano, sencillo fright (fráit) —espanto, terror platform (plátform) —plataforma, tribuna to frighten (fráiten) —asustar anden ; programa (de hand-cart (jánd-cart) —carretilla un partido) hand-made (jánd méid) —hecho a mano profitable (prófitabol) —provechoso, lucrativo height (jáit) —altura proud (práud) —orgulloso, altivo housekeeper (jáuskíper) —ama de llaves rainy (réini) —lluvioso housekeeping (jáuskípin) —manejo de ha case rought (roof) —áspero, tosco incentive (inséntiv) —incentivo sailor (séiler) —marinero Indian (índian) —indio, indico shower (sháuer) —aguacero, ducha lawn (loon) —prado, césped shy (shái) —tímido, arisco league (liig) —liga o unión soldier (sólYer) —soldado length (lenZ) —longitud, largura surprise (serpráis) —sorpresa, sorprender strawberry (stróoberi) —fresa width (uidZ) —anchura PHRASES

to get in trouble to be in trouble to be broke (fm.) to be surprised I do not work there any longer to keep one's balance to lose one's balance to be heartbroken to have a nervous breakdown at daybreak at nightfall Whenever you will! Keep hands off . . . Keep it up! The sea was rough How big is your room? It is 12 feet long by 8 wide How high . . . etc., How long . . . etc. Or What is the height (length, width) of. . . long enough big enough

—meter o meterse en un lío (aprieto, dificultad) —hallarse en un lío (apuro, dificultad) —estar arrancado, sin dinero —estar sorprendido, sorprenderse —Ya no trabajo allí —tener o guardar equilibrio —perder el equilibrio —estar angustiadísimo (con el corazón destrozado) —enfermarse o quebrantarse de los nervios —al amanecer —al anochecer —¡Cuando Ud. desee! —¡No toque! Manténgase alejado (de). . . —¡Continúe así; Siga adelante! —El mar estaba agitado —¿Que dimensión tiene su cuarto? —Tiene 12 pies de largo por 8 de ancho —¿De qué alto?. . . etc., ¿de qué largo?. . . etc. —¿cuál es la altura?, el largo, etc. —suficiente tiempo —suficientemente grande

94 C. IMPERSONAL VERBS: Llamase verbo impersonal el que expresa una acción de la naturaleza o aquel cuyo agente no es una persona o cosa determinada. Todo 'Impersonal Verb' debe llevar como sujeto el pronombre IT excepto 'there be' — haber (tener lugar algo). Repítanse en ALTA VOZ los siguientes tiempos con el verbo 'to rain' — llover: It is going to rain —Va a llover It was going to rain —Iba a llover It rains —llueve It is raining —Está lloviendo It rained —llovió It was raining —llovía o estaba lloviendo It will rain —lloverá It has rained —Ha llovido It has been raining —Ha estado lloviendo It had rained —Había llovido It had been raining —Había estado lloviendo It must be raining —Estará lloviendo (Debe de estar . . . ) It must have rained —Habrá llovido (Debió de haber . . . ) It must have been raining —Estaría lloviendo (Debe de haber estado . . .) 1.

Apréndanse de memoria y conjúguense al igual que 'to rain', los verbos impersonales, REGULARES, que siguen:

(to) thunder (Zónder) (to) pour (póor) (to) snow (snóu) (to) lighten(láiten) (to) drizzle (drízel) (to) hail (jéil) (to) dawn (doon) (to) clear up(clíarop) (to) thaw (Doo)

—tronar; (trueno) —llover a cantaros —nevar (nieve) —relampaguear —lloviznar; (llovizna) —granizar; (granizo) —amanecer; (el alba) —escampar (estrictamente impersonal) —deshelar, derretir; (deshielo)

2. No olvidemos usar el pronombre IT como Observe: It took me two hours to get there It surprises me that he has not written It makes no difference It is compulsory for children to attend school It was interesting to hear him speak It is very kind of you to help me D.

sujeto de todo verbo que no tenga un agente determinado, —Me tome dos horas para llegar allí —Me sorprende que no haya escrito —No le hace; Es lo mismo —Es obligatorio el que los niños asistan a la escuela —Fue interesante oírle hablar —Es mucha amabilidad suya, ayudarme, o Ud. es muy bondadoso en ayudarme

El Auxiliar WOULD + Infinitivo SIN `to' —Las Formas 'ria' I would buy, you . . . etc. —Yo compraría, Ud . . . etc. I would enjoy myself, you . . . etc. —Yo me divertiría, Ud . . . etc. There would be —Habría (o hubiera), tendría; Ud . . . etc. I would have, you . . . etc. —Habría (algo, una guerra, pelea, etc.)

Para traducir formas de verbos en que entra la partícula 'ría', es decir, el Condicional o Pos-Pretérito, expresando una acción PRESENTE O FUTURA eventual se emplea mayormente el auxiliar WOULD, con todos los sujetos, seguido de la forma infinitiva SIN, como hemos vista en los ejemplos anteriores. Con un pequeño número de verbos que en si expresan deseo o voluntad' debe usarse SHOULD con el pronombre I y 'WE' como sigue: I should like to give it up —Me gustaría o quisiera desistir de ello I should wish to have it sent here —Desearía que me lo enviasen aquí We should prefer to remain in the city —Preferiríamos quedarnos en la ciudad I should be glad to run into him some time —Me alegraría tropezar con él alguna vez We should regret any misunderstanding —Lamentaríamos cualquier mala interpretación I should hesitate to try this recent plan —Vacilaría en tratar este plan reciente

95 También debemos usar SHOULD con 'I' y con 'We' en frases en que el que habla no manifiesta ningún deseo de que la acción suceda. I should be poisoned if I ate that canned meat —Me envenenaría si comiese esa carne en lata I should die if I received such news —Me moriría si recibiera semejante noticia We should disturb you if we sang here —Le perturbaríamos si cantásemos aquí. NOTA: — En estos mismos casos excepcionales se oye y se ve WOULD aun con 'I' y 'We', mas aconsejamos el uso estrictamente come se explica en este tópico.

E.

El PAST Después de IF — Las Formas -ra' y -se' después de SI Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: If I spoke, If you . . . etc. —Si yo hablaRA o hablaSE, si Ud . . . etc. If I did not speak, If you . . . —Si yo no hablara o hablase, si Ud . . . etc. If I wrote, If you . . . etc. —Si yo escribieRA o escribieSE, si Ud . . . etc.. If I did not write, If you . . . —Si yo no escribiera o escribiese, si Ud . . . etc. If I HAD, If you HAD, If he . . . —Si yo tuviera o tuviese, si Ud . . . etc. If I did not have, If you . . . etc —Si yo no tuviera o tuviese, si Ud . . . etc. If I HAD, If you . . . etc. —Si yo hubieRA o hubieSE, si Ud . . . etc. If I had not, If you . . . etc. —Si yo no hubiera o hubiese, si Ud . . . etc. If I changed my mind, If you . . . etc. —Si yo mudaRA o mudaSE de parecer, si Ud . . . etc. If I did not change my mind, If you . . . etc. —Si yo no mudara o mudase de parecer, si Ud . . . etc.

Reminder: Tengamos presente que, 'Si yo no tuviera o tuviese', (del verbo 'to have'), debe ser 'If I did not have' o 'Si o no hubiera o hubiese' de haber' auxiliar mayormente se traduce sor 'If I had not'. Al traducir hubiera o hubiese' si puede reemplazarse por habría de haber, debemos usar 'would HAVE'.

Hemos visto que el verbo castellano tiene formas en que se encuentra la silaba. ' -ra' o '-se' como en anduvieRA o anduvieSE y los ejemplos anteriores. Estas formas perten ecen al tiempo 'Imperfecto' o 'Co-pretérito' de Subjuntivo. Los ejemplos nos han enseñado que cuando estas formas van precedidas de la conjunción si, o de alguna otra que exprese condición o concesión o algo contrario al hecho, se traducen al inglés generalmente por el PAST. En estos casos, es decir, expresando una idea contraria, al hecho, solamente debe usarse WERE, con todos los sujetos, para traducir cualquier forma en 'ra o se' de cualquier verbo castellano cuya traducción se haga con el verbo 'to be'. Ejemplos: If I WERE —Si yo fuera o estuviera If it WERE not warm —Si no hiciera o hiciese calor Though he WERE hungry —Aunque él tuviera o tuviese hambre Unless she WERE right —A menos que ella tuviera razón If there WERE a meeting —Si hubiese una reunión Frecuentemente se omite 'if' usándose WERE antes del sujeto: Were it not cold . . . — Si no hiciese frio; Were she not selfish . . . — Si ella no fuera egoísta, etc.

F. CONTRARY-TO-FACT SENTENCES — Oraciones Contrarias al Hecho De acuerdo con lo aprendido en los tópicos D y E podemos construir oraciones que suelen llamarse Contrary-to-Fact Sentences, es decir, contrarias al hecho, a lo que es. Examples: If there were a meeting he would attend it —Si hubiese una reunión él asistiría If we ran out of paper you would have to buy some —Si se acabara el papel tendrías que comprar más There would be a dance if she were not away —Habría un baile si ella no estuviera ausente (No olvidemos: 'Habría' algo, una reunión, baile, etc. — There would be; y 'si hubiera o hubiese' algo, baile, reunión, etc. — If there WERE), Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. If there were a banquet I would attend it, If there . . . you . . . etc. 2. I would ask for food if I were hungry, You . . . etc. 3. If I went there I would see her often, If you . . . etc. 4. If I did not go there I would never see her, If you . . . etc. 5. Were it not so chilly I would stroll along the Avenue, Were it . . . etc. 6. I would find a good job if I knew English well, You . . . 7. If I did not know the language well I would not have a good job, If you . . . etc. 8. I would not insist upon it unless I were right, You . . . etc. 9. I should be very unhappy if I were not healthy, You would . . . etc. 10. I should like to see Ruth if I had the opportunity, You would . . . etc. Estas oraciones denotando acción o idea pasada toman, naturalmente, el 'Conditional Perfect', (Condicional Compuesto o Ante-Pos-Pretérito), en la clausula principal y el 'Past Perfect Subjundive' (Plus-cuamperfecto Antepasado de Subjuntivo), en la clausula subordinada. Examples: There would have been a dance if she had not been away — Hubiera (habría) habido un baile si ella no hubiese estado ausente If there had been a meeting he would have attended it — Si hubiese habido una reunión él hubiera (habría) asistido

96 If we had run out of paper you would have had to buy some — Si se nos hubiese acabado el papel hubieras (habrías) tenido que comprar más. (Corrientemente se usa 'HAD' antes del sujeto omitiéndose 'if': Had she not been away. . . —Si ella no hubiese estado ausente; Had I seen you . . . — Si yo te hubiese visto; Had you told me about it . . . — Si me la hubieras dicho, etc.) Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. If there had been a banquet I would have attended it, If there . . . You . . . etc. 2. I would not have asked for food if I had been hungry, You . . . etc. 3. If I had gone there I would have seen her, If you . . . etc. 4. If I had not gone there I would never have seen her, If You . . . etc. 5. Had it not been so chilly I would have strolled along the Avenue, Had it not . . . you . . . etc. 6. Had I known English well two years ago I would have got a promising position, Had you . . . etc. 7. I would have given it up if my mother had asked me to, You . . . etc. 8. I should have hesitated to recommend the boy if I had not been entirely sure about his honesty, You would . . . etc. G. (1) Principal Parts:

IRREGULAR VERBS to drink (drink) to sleep ( sliip) to stand (stand)

Present drink sleep stand

—beber —dormir (uno) —poner de pie; tolerar

Past drank (drank) slept (slept) stood (stut)

Pres. Part. drinking sleeping standing

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) drunk (dronk) slept stood

Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: to drink to —brindar por to sleep —dormir (uno) pero, to put someone to sleep —dormir a alguien to go to sleep —dormirse, irse a acostar to sleep something away, off —olvidar o quitársele algo a uno durmiendo to sleep one's sorrows away —olvidar sus penas durmiendo to sleep soundly —dormir profundamente to oversleep —dormir o quedarse dormido (más de la hora debida) to stand (up) —ponerse de pie to stand someone up —dejar esperando o tener esperando (parado en algún sitio) to stand aside to stand by to put in stand by to stand in the way to stand out to be standING at

—pararse o ponerse a un lado —adherirse a, estar con (simpatizando o aprobando las actuaciones de alguien) atenerse a, esperar. —poner en modo de espera —cerrar el paso, estar en el medio, obstaculizando —resaltar, sobresalir o destacarse —estar de pie o parado en

Examples: I drink to the general joy of the whole table — Brindo por la alegría general de toda la mesa. Let us drink to the prosperity and happiness of the Latin-American Countries — Brindemos por la prosperidad y felicidad de los países latino-americanos. She must have put the baby to sleep — Ella dormiría al nene. He was drunk and went home to sleep it off — Se fué a la cama a quitarse la borrachera durmiendo. He must have overslept this morning — Él se habrá quedado dormido esta mañana. Why should you stand in my way all the time? — ¿Por qué has de obstaculizarme continuamente? Repita en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I shall not get strong unless I drink enough milk. You . . . etc. 2. I drank the milk but I did not drink the orange juice, You . . . etc. 3. If I slept soundly I would feel well, if you . . . etc. 4. It is necessary for me to sleep eight hours a day, It is . . . for you . . . etc. 5. I should not have been able to do this work if I had not put the baby to sleep, You . . . etc. 6. I can always sleep my sorrows away, You . . . etc. 7. If I did not oversleep so often I would never lose my jobs, If you . . . etc. 8. I must stand up when I speak to a lady if she is standing, You . . . etc. 9. I am sorry that I stood her up for an hour on Washington Street, You . . . etc. 10. I will not stand (for) her abuse any longer, You shall not . . . etc. 11. It I have stood Mary's nonsense long enough, You. . . etc. 12. I would not have stood by Mr. Taylor if I had not known the-gentleman so well, You . . . etc. 13. I must try hard to stand out in my English class, You . . . etc. 14. I did not stand out in chemistry but I did in mathematics, You . . . etc. 15. I was standing on the corner when I met my teacher's son, You . . . etc. 16. If I were standing I could see very well, If you . . . etc. 17 If I had been standing I would have been able to see very well, If you . . . etc. (3)

97 (5)

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Had he been drinking when you saw him first? 2. Do you believe that he must have been drinking before coming to the office? — (affir.) 3. Did the boys drink the orange juice that was in the ice-box? 4. Did you invite the members of the club to drink to the President's success? 5. Has he been sleeping for two or three hours? 6. Would you call him up if he were sleeping? — (neg.) 7. Would you have called him up lf he had been sleeping? — (neg.) 8. Did you sleep well last night? — (neg.) 9. Did the teacher stand them before the class? 10. Did he stand up when the lady spoke to him? 11. Was I standing on the corner when you went by? 12. Are you going to stand for his nonsense any longer? — (neg.) 13. Did he stand in your way when you wished to carry out your plan? 14. Would they stand by him if they knew him well? — (affir.) 15. Would he have stood out in mathematics if he had studied hard? — (affir.). VI. EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. Dé en inglés Una Sola Respuesta Afirmativa o Negativa, Según le Parezca: 1. How much did their bill amount to? 2. Do you always glance over your lesson before coming to class? 3. Did he glance at you when he passed through the room? 4. Had he asked you to mail the letters before he left? 5. Were the police sure that the woman had murdered her husband? 6. Are they going to have their house painted green? 7. Would they have painted your room if you had asked them to? 8. Did you have to pronounce each word several times after the teacher? 9. Would they give her the job if she proved that she knows the language well? 10. Did he tell you that I had searched your room? 11. Was it true that the police were going to search his house? 12. Has she been sewing, the whole morning? 13. Has she not sewed the buttons on your coat? 14. Have the father and son been snaring that two-room apartment for three years? 15. Have you not shared in the profits so far (hasta ahora)? 16. Did he say that I had shouted at him? 17. Would she have solved the problems if he had helped her? 18. Do you believe that he must have been strolling along the Avenue when you were looking for him? 19. Did they suggest that he have the books brought here? 20. Are you going to suggest that he should not have the books brought here? 21. Has your friend suggested that I have lied to you? 22. Does that four-room apartment suit you? 23. Did the small automobile suit him for his business? 24. Does the meat taste good? 25. Are you not sorry that you broke your room table? 26. Have you ever broken the law? 27. Did he break down from too much work? 28. Has she broken her mother's heart? 29. Would you not have to break the ice before hoping to be successful? 30. Do you think that he must have kept your pen? 31. Would you have kept your word if you had not been ill? 32. Did he get angry when the baby tore off the pages of his book? 33. Are they going to have that old building torn down? 34. Does he have to drink to feel happy? 35. Did he ask them to drink to the success of the new plan? 36. Are you going home to sleep off your disappointment? 37. Did he not tell you that he had overslept and lost his job? 38. Where was I standing when you saw me? 39. Did his father have to tell William to stand up when the young lady entered the living-room? 40. Did he always stand out in his classes when he attended the university? B.

Translate into English: 1. Tan pronto como ella llego a la ciudad compró vestidos de la última moda para el verano. 2. Esos sombreros estuvieron de moda hace ocho o diez años. 3. ¿Le gusta a Ud. el café cargado o flojo? 4. Si yo no tuviera un resfriado no me quedaría en casa. 5. Salimos a caminar un rato pero empezó a llover y tuvimos que correr de vuelta a casa. 6. Él podría tener éxito si trabajara duro. 7. Si ellos hubiesen trabajado duro hubieran (habrían) tenido éxito. 8. él se metió en un lio con algunos amigos y su padre no quiere tener nada que ver (to do) con él. 9. Créeme; si estuviese en un apuro te lo diría. 10. Ya escribí la carta con relación a los libros que ellos deseaban. 11. El mar estuvo muy agitado cada día; me siento enfermo continuamente y por consiguiente no pude gozar el viaje. 12. ¿Qué dimensiones tiene su sala? -Tiene 14 pies de largo por 12 de ancho. 13. ¿De qué alto es la mesa? ¿De qué ancho es la ventana? 14. Va a llover y tenernos que marcharnos enseguida. 15. Estaba lloviendo a cantaros cuando dejamos teatro. 16. Cuando nieva me deleita estar fuera a la intemperie. 17. Él tenía que salir antes que amaneciera (amaneció). 18. Esperamos en la oficina hasta que escampó. 19. Nos tomó media hora ir a al otro lado del rio. 20. Lo vi entre un número de amigos y al lado de él estaba tu hermano. 21. Lamentaría no poder verle la semana próxima. 22. ¿Vive él más allá de la estación? 23. Tenía escalofríos y me fui a acostar. 24. Sera muy bueno para nosotros si el estudio del inglés fuera obligatorio en nuestras escuelas. 25. Lamento no haberme quedado allí (que no me quede allí) más tiempo. 26. ¿No has sembrado las semillas? 27. Mi país es una hermosa isla montañosa en el Océano Atlántico. 28. Me gustarla conocer a tu amigo; alguien me dijo que él es muy llano pero muy inteligente. 29. ¿No te dije que echaras esas cartas al correo? 30. Él registraría mis gavetas pero estoy seguro de que no encontró la pluma. 31. Si me hubieses cosido el botón en la camisa yo diría que eres muy complaciente. 32. Hace tres años que mi hermano y yo tenemos (o compartimos) el mismo apartamento. 33. Ella se puso ronca gritando

98 pero nadie vino a socorrerla (ayudarla). 34. Ellos sugirieron que yo estuvie ra aquí ese mismísimo día. 35. Él insinuó que yo no había dicho la verdad. 36. Íbamos a dar la noticia antes que vinieras (viniste). 37. Ellas lo habrían (hubieran) metido en la cárcel si él hubiese infringido la l ey. 38. Si te calmas yo podría escribir esta carta. 39. Él le arrancó las páginas al libro y tuvo que pagármelo. 40. Brindemos por la felicidad de nuestra patria. 41. Voy a acostarme y olvidar mis penas durmiendo. 42. Si él hubiese estado parado en la esquina nosotros lo hubiéramos visto. C.

Translate into English: Volvimos a la misma tienda al otro (the following) día y entonces pasamos a otros departamentos en donde obtuvimos ropa interior, calcetines, corbatas y sombreros. No hace mucho frio todavía y por consiguiente compramos sobretodos livianos. Nos gustan muchísimo las corbatas que escogimos. Son de moda y propias para usar en el invierno. Ordenamos algunas de color obscuro con rayas bl ancas, otras de un verde claro, y otras azules con puntos blancos. Después de escoger dos sombreros de paja y uno de fieltro, alguna ropa interior y también calcetines, pagamos, dimos la dirección y Felipe dijo, — Sírvase enviar estos artículos a esa dirección. Entonces dejamos la tienda y tomamos un 'taxi'. Regresamos por el Parque Central. El día estaba hermoso. Había mucha gente aquí y allá; unos jugaban, otros se paseaban por las aceras y otros bailaban en un pequeño quiosco al compás de una música alegre. SECOND REVIEW LESSON I. Repase los vocabularios y las frases, a perfección, de las Lecciones 7, 8, 9, 10 y 11 para un dictado de palabras y frases escogidas por el profesor. II. Repaso teórico de los puntos gramaticales estudiados en las últimas seis lecciones y algunos puntos de la Lección No. 5 y de la No. 6: 1. (Fifth Lesson C) Nombre los 'Object Pronouns' e ilústrelos en frases cortas. Diga la tabla de la construcción compuesta de pronombres complementos en una frase repetida, por ejemplo, John gives it to me, John gives them . . . etc. 2. (Fift Lesson D) a. ¿Cuáles son los 'Reflexive Pronouns'? Conjugue el 'future tense' del verbo to enjoy oneself. b. ¿Qué palabras del castellano traducen los 'Intensive Pronouns' para dar énfasis al sujeto? Continúe conjugando: I found it out myself, you . . . etc. (Fifth Lesson E). 3. (Fifth Lesson F) Define 'Reciprocal Verbs'. De dos ejemplos en oraciones. 4. (Sixth Lesson G) ¿Cómo se forma el 'Past Pr ogressive'? ¿Qué tiempos castellanos traduce? Continúe: I was going to Peter's house, you . . . etc. I was coming to see, Helen, you . . . etc. 5. (Seventh Lesson H) Explique el 'Present Perfect Progressive'. De 2 ejemplos en oraciones. Explique el 'Past Perfect Progressive'. Ejemplos. (Seventh Lesson I). 6. (Seventh Lesson C) Explique con ejemplos cuando una proposición 'por' en inglés es: by, for, because of, through, along, no matter how. 7. (Seventh Lesson E) Nombre los Idioms — modismos del verbo to be en sus formas infinitivas y luego diga cada uno en diferentes tiempos. 8. (Seventh Lesson F) ¿Qué verbo inglés traduce las formas del verbo impersonal haber (existir)? Ilústrelo en todos los tiempos que sepa con la traducción castellana. 9. (Seventh Lesson G) Explique el uso de 'Used to' o 'Would' en comparación con el imperfecto o copretérito de indicativo. Ejemplos. 10. (Eighth Lesson D) Nombre los Possessive Pronouns'. Ejemplos en frases. 11. (Eighth Lesson E) Explique el 'Past Perfect Indicative' y s u equivalente castellano. Dé dos oraciones como ejemplos. 13. (8th Lesson B, 9th Lesson C) ¿Qué diferencia existe, por lo general, entre una construcción castellana, para expresar una negación, y una inglesa? De ejemplos en inglés, dos construcciones para cada significado, denotando la idea de: (a) ninguno o ningunos antes de nombre complemento; (b) 'nada' como complemento; (c) 'nadie' como complemento; (d) ni . . . ni antes de nombre complemento; (e) no . . . en ninguna parte; (f) no . . . de ningún modo. 14. (Ninth Lesson C-4) Explique con ejemplos la traducción al inglés de frases tales como, Ni yo tampoco, Ni tú tampoco, etc. 15. (Ninth Lesson C-5) Traduzca: No puedo convenir con Alfredo ni tampoco puedo convencerlo. Dé dos oraciones compuestas en inglés en que haya que usar ni tampoco como en la anterior. 16. (Ninth Lesson D) Explique con ejemplos la traducción al inglés de frases tales como 'y yo también, y tú también', etc. 17. (Ninth Lesson E) Explique el auxiliar CAN y su pasado COULD con ejemplos. ¿Qué verbo reemplaza los tiempos de que este auxiliar carece? Traduzca: podré, he podido, había podido, si yo hubiera podido, no pudiendo.

99 17. (Ninth Lesson F) ¿Cómo se forma los 'indefinite Pronouns o Adjectives' con la traducción castellana? 18. (Tenth Lesson B) Explique el auxiliar Must ilústrelo en diferentes oraciones. 19. (Tenth Lesson C) Explique el auxiliar Ought. Ejemplos en oraciones. 20. (Tenth Lesson D) Explique lo que ha estudiado sobre el auxiliar Should. Dé ejemplos en oraciones 21. (Tenth Lesson E) 22. (Eleventh Lesson C) Nombre los verbos impers onales que ha estudiado. ¿Qué pronombre debe ser el sujeto de un verbo impersonal? ¿Cuál verbo impersonal no toma ese pronombre como sujeto? De ejemplos en diferentes tiempos con algunos de estos verbos. 23. (Eleventh Lesson D) ¿Cómo se traducen al inglés las formas ria veRIA, seRIA, etc., es decir, el condicional cuando este tiempo expresa una acción PRESENTE o FUTURA eventual? De ejemplos en ambos idiomas. 24. (Eleventh Lesson E) Explique lo que haya aprendido sobre la traducción de las formas 'ra o se' anduviera o anduvieSE, etc., es decir, el imperfecto de subjuntivo, cuando va precedido de la conjunción Si, A menos que, o alguna otra para expresar condición, suposición o concesión. Ejemplos en ambos idiomas. 25. (Eleventh Lesson F) Defina Contrary-To-Fact Sentences. De tres ejemplos indicando acción presente o futura (eventual) y luego cambie esas tres oraciones al pasado. 26. Repase los verbos regulares de las lecciones 7, 8, 9, 10 y 11 preparándose así para un ejercicio oral de conversación en inglés basado en esos verbos. IV. Repaso práctico en conversación inglesa y traducción al inglés de los puntos gramaticales estudiados en las últimas 6 lecciones: (a) Conteste en inglés las siguientes preguntas comparando, cuando lo crea necesario, con la trad ucción castellana: 1. Does he owe it to you? 2. Did he deliver them to you? 3. Are you going to cook them for me? 4. Did you advise her to ask them for it? 5. Has he borrowed it from you? 6. Would they have enjoyed themselves if they had attended the dance? 7. Did you yourself collect that money from them? 8. Do they write one another every other week? 9. Have Alfred and you visited each other these last six months? 10. Did you go by Peter when you were walking along 92nd Street? 11. Is that book writt en by Mr. Lansing? 12. Did they punish him for coming late? 13. Did she get the position through your friend? 14. Does she always burn her fingers while she cooks no matter how careful she is? — (afirmativo). 15. Will there be a war? Is there going to be a class tomorrow? Has there been a fight between him and you? If there were a dance would you bring her along? 16. Would you study hard and help your teachers when you attended school? 17. Did you ask them to lend you their books? Do you wish to use mine? Are theirs in the parlor? Is she using hers and ours? 18. Does that house belong to a friend of hers? 19. Can he make himself understood in English? Could he make himself understood when he arrived in this country? 20. Would he send it to you if he could? — (afirmativo). Would he have sent it to you if he had been able? (afirmativo). 21. Did you believe anything that they had said — (negativo en dos construcciones). Were you able to convince anyone? — (negativo en dos construcciones). 22. Did you learn either from him or her that I had run out of money? — (negativo en dos construcciones). 24. Has he bought any from you? — (negativo en dos construcciones). 25. Will you not do that for him by any means? — (negativo en dos construcciones). 26. Would you not see her not would you write to her? — (negativo). 27. Will you have that suit cleaned by 5 o'clock? 28. Had he been waiting long for you when you called him up? 29. Would he leave for the country to-day if it cleared up? — (afirmativo). 30. Did the newspaper say that it was going to rain to-night? (b) Translate into English: 1. Tú no mencionaste nada; yo mismo te lo dije. 2. Y esta silla, en dónde la quieres — Llévamela al otro cuarto. 3. ¿Y su plan, lo llevó él a cabo? 4. Yo no sé los quité a ella ; se las quite a é1. 5. Y me pregunte: ¿dónde estará (puede el estar) a esta hora de la noche? 6. Si él no se portara bien en la escuela yo mismo lo castigaría. 7. Si se aman, ¿por qué no se casan? 8. Yo estaba sentado cerca de él cuando el profesor dijo: "Se (uno) aprende a hablar un idioma (by) hablándolo." 9. ¿No obtuvo ella el dinero por mediación de su prima? 10. Por (no importa cuán) inteligente [que] sea él, no aprenderá nada porque nunca estudia. 11. Si hubiese un baile ella te invitaría. Si hubiese habido un baile ella te hubiera (habría) invitado. 12. Ella supo (se enteró) que tú me habías hecho mu chas preguntas acerca de ella. 13. Mi sobrina limpiaba tu cuarto, el de ella y el mío todos los días 14. Un primo de nosotros decía que si él estubiera triste podía olvidar las penas bailando. 15. Si prestas atención podrás apren der. Si prestaras atención podrías aprender. 16. Él no ha quedado mas conmigo — Ni yo tampoco. Ni Luisa tampoco. 17. El clima no me prueba ni tampoco me gusta la comida. 18. Cuan do ellas se visten de blanco (in white) se parecen muchísimo. 19. Él se habrá (debe de haber) casado [con] Margarita en Paris. 20. El alcalde les aconsejo que no se declararan en huelga hasta que él hablara (spoke) con el Presidente de la Compañía. 21. Ninguno de los dos se rió de ti; no veo por qué [te] sientes ofendido. 22. Si cualquiera de los dos llama por teléfono dile que no estoy en casa. 23. Él se habrá restablecido para cuando (by the time) regreses de tu viaje. 24. Él repitió esas palabras ayer y espero que las repita (repetirá) delante de ti hoy.

100 25. No dejes que ella se te imponga. 26. Tú debieras haber tratado de convencerla. 27. Si me sirves mientras yo coma estaremos listos muy pronto; además, yo te serví ayer. 28. Le dije que se lo probara y que lo comprara si le sentaba bien. 29. Él le rogó al policía que no lo registrara en la calle. 30. Si él no cobrara (cargara) tanto por sus géneros le compraríamos más a menudo. 31. Cuando llegamos a la corte el juez daba instrucciones al jurado. V. (a) Repase las Principal Parts y los diferentes significados de los siguientes verbos irregulares que se hallan en las lecciones 7, 8, 9, 10 y 11. En voz alta repitalos así: shake shook, shaking, shaken; to beat, sweep, get, give, teach; to begin, have, see, lose, know, sit; to cut, find, leave, choose, feel, mean; to meet, lead, wear, bring, hear, sing; to break, drink, forget, keep, sleep, tear, to stand. (b) Conteste las siguientes preguntas: 1. Did you send for the doctor? 2. Did he run out of money? 3. Has he run his business successfully? 4. Are you going to let them impose upon you? — (negativo). 5. Have they made up their minds about their future plans? 6. Did they make you sell out your business? 7. Would he get the job if he were able to make himself understood? — (afirmativo). 8. Did he show up after I had met you? 9. Has his father beaten him out of his bad habits? — (afirmativo). 10. Did you shake hands with him? 11. Did the Democratic Party sweep the entire nation? 12. Did she get sick when you broke the news to her? 13. Did his mother get angry when he gave up his studies? Did the man give himself up to the police? 14. Would he teach you how to speak English if you gave him Spanish lessons? — (afirmativo). Would he have taught you how to speak English had you given him Spanish lessons? — (afirmativo). 15. Shall you have begun your work by the time I return home? 16. Have you had time to see him? 17. Would you see her if you had the time? — (afirmativo). Would you have seen her if you had had the time? — (afirmativo). 18. Did they know that he had lost all his money? 19. Were you sitting in the kitchen when I cut my finger?, Have you been sitting up for several nights attending your sick sister? 20. Did your father mean that you should choose the automobile that you wanted? 21. Did you not feel that I was doing the right thing? 22. Do you mean that she must have met with an accident? 23. Did he lead you to the house where you met my friend? 24. Was he wearing a dark suit the day you saw him at the theatre? 25. Did you hear him say that he had brought the packages? Did you hear it said at your cousin’s? 26. Has Louise heard from her husband? 27. Did she overhear what I was telling you? 28. Would they pay her so much money if she sang over the radio? 29. Did they forget to keep their promise? 30. Did they drink to your success when you broke the news to them? (c) Haga una pregunta, en el afirmativo y negativo, que corresponda a las siguientes oraciones: 1. He kept company with her for many years. 2. The sick girl slept very well last night. 3. They tore off the pages of their books. 4. A car has run over an old man. 5. I let her use my dictionary. 6. He broke the chairs and table in a fit of anger. 7 She made him angry for staying out so late. 8. They have been making radios for more than 5 years. 9. She has shown us all her pictures. 10. He got very pale when the policeman spoke to him. (d) Translate into English: 1. Si él me hubiese enviado los libros yo los hubiera (habría) vendido muy fácilmente. 2. Corre a la tienda y diles que no olviden lo que ordene ayer. 3. Deme (déjeme tener) chuletas de cerdo con (y) papas, una ensalada de lechuga y tomates y una taza de café. 4. Él la enamora pero no podría casarse con ella todavía. 5. Cuando él nos visita se las echa continuamente. 6. Si batieras los huevos para la tortilla te ayudaría a lavar los platos. Si hubieses batido los huevos para la tortilla te hubiera (habría) ayudado a lavar los platos. 7. Ese huracán arrastraría con (debe de haber arrastrado) toda la plantación. 8. Ud. temblaba de (con) frio. 9. Si pudiese barrer la casa la barrería. Si hubiese podido barrer la casa la hubiera (habría) barrido. 10. Va a haber un banquete. Iba a haber un banquete. Hubo un banquete. Habrá un banquete. Habría un banquete. Si hubiese un banquete. Si hubiese habido un banquete. Habrá (debe de haber) habido un banquete. (Vea el verbo There Be en el Apéndice). 11. Si ella estuviese aquí me enseriaría a bailar. Si ella hubiese estado aquí me hubiera (habría) enseñado a bailar. 12. Si hiciera frio en el campo yo haría que ella se quedara en la ciudad. 13. Yo haría que le enviasen los libros a ella si ella los quisiera. 14. Si no hubiese hecho tanto (so) frio hubiéramos (habríamos) ido a la playa. 15. Él habrá tenido (debe de haberse encontrado con) un accidente. 16. Él averiguo que ellos iban a reducirle el salario y dejó el empleo. 17. No lo encontré allí a las nueve pero no me marche hasta que se presento. 18. Comprendo; yo se los debo haber traído pero él debió haber cumplido su palabra. 19. Debieras oírla cantar; es maravillosa. 20. Si yo no hubiese oído nada interesante en la reunión convendría contigo [en] que fué un fracaso, 21. Este muchachito siempre quiere que su mama le cante para dormirlo. 22. Él se olvidaría de (debe de haber olvidado) darle la noticia a ella. 23. Has estado bebiendo por muchos años y la has llenado de penas (has destrozado su corazón). 24. Brindábamos por la felicidad de nuestra familia y de nuestro país. 25. Si crees que puedes olvidar las penas bebiendo estas equivocado. 26. Haga que ella envíe a buscar (envíe por) el doctor. Haz que se envíen esas flores a la Señorita Dilg. 27. Que sea candidato a alcalde si desea, pero creo que no tendrá éxito. 28. Hace cinco años que llevan relaciones; ¿se casara con ella? 29. Él te los habrá traído para-las (by) seis. 30. No tengo sed; si tuviese bebería un vaso de cerveza. No tenia sed; Si hubiese tenido hubiera (habría) bebido un vaso de cerveza

101 LESSON XII REGULAR VERB

I. a. to argue to bargain to clear to discover to discuss to dust to entertain to fail to flow to furnish

(árguiu) (bárguen) (clíar) (discóver) (discós) (dost) (éntertein) (féil) (flóu) (férnish)

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo: —argüir to hail (jéil) —llamar (voceando), vitorear —regatear to harm (jaarm) —agraviar ; hacer daño —aclarar ; absolver to pour (póor) —echar (líquido) —descubrir to realize (rialáis) —realizar; darse cuenta de —discutir (tratar un asunto) to refund (rifónd) —restituir, reembolsar —sacudir el polvo to smell (smel) —oler; 'heder' —festejar, entretener to test (test) —probar (experimentar, examinar) —fracasar, fallar to touch (toch) —tocar —fluir to turn (tern) —volver, voltear —amoblar, equipar to wrap, pp (rap) —envolver

Repita en ALTA VOZ Muchas Veces Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to clear a room (o un sitio) —desocupar un cuarto (como por obligación o necesidad) to clear off the table —levantar o limpiar la mesa (de comer) to clear up —escampar, (siempre impersonal en inglés) to entertain —atender (a un visitante) to entertain —acariciar o abrigar (en la mente) to fail to . . . —dejar de o no (hacer algo que se esperaba que se hiciese) to furnish a person with —proveer a una persona de to smell good or bad —oler bien o mal to smell of —oler a to touch at —tocar o hacer escala en to be touched with —conmoverse con to turn back —volver hacia atrás, regresar, retroceder to turn out to be —resultar ser to turn down —rehusar o rechazar to turn up (f am. —presentarse, aparecer to turn in (fam..) —retirarse o acostarse to turn on —abrir (llave de gas, agua, calefacción. 'switch' eléctrico, etc.) to turn off —cerrar (la llave del gas, etc.) to turn + adjective —ponerse + adjetivo

'To argue' —argüir, argumentar, DEBE usarse en inglés como equivalente de 'discutir' cuando este se emplea, erróneamente, con la idea de contradecir o impugnar: Él siempre está 'discutiendo'— He is always arguing. 'To discuss' traduce el verbo 'discutir' pero en su genuino uso castellano, es decir, hablar o tratar un asunto punto por punto. To clear': They were told to clear the room at once — Les dijeron o se les dijo que desocuparan el cuarto inmediatamente; They cleared her of a murder charge — La absolvieron de una acusación de asesinato; 'to clear up': 'Escampé' en la farmacia — I went into the drug-store until it cleared up. To entertain': I have never entertained such an idea — Jamás he abrigado semejante idea. 'To fail to': They failed to report — No comparecieron (como se esperaba o según habían prometido). Do not fail me — No quedes mal conmigo. 'To turn': He turned out to be a good-for-nothing clerk — Él resultó ser un oficinista o dependiente inútil; Turn on the faucet; turn it on — Abra la llave a 'pluma o grifo' de agua; ábrala; Turn on the light; Turn it on — Prende la luz; préndela; Turn off the gas; turn it off — Cierre el gas; ciérrelo. c.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando Todas las Personas: 1. If I were home now I would clear those points for my father, If you . . . etc. 2. I waited in the drug-store until it cleared up, You . . . until it . . . etc. 3. I must always be honest and I shall never di sgrace my family, You . . . and you will etc. 4. I have to discuss an important question with my brot her, You . . . etc. 5. If I had been able to furnish my apartment I would have entertained my cousins at home, If you . . . etc. 6. I had to entertain Mr. Miller while my father was dressing, You . . . while your . . . etc. 7. I made believe (that) I was dusting the furniture but I failed to convince my mother, You . . . etc. 8. I did not fail to refund the money to Mary and him, You . . . etc. 9. I must have failed my chemistry quiz but in that case I shall make it up, You . . . etc. 10. Had I realized how (lo) late it was I would have hailed a 'taxi' to get there, Bad you . . . etc. 11. This wine smells good and I am going to pour some more in my glass, This. . . and you . . . etc. 12. I touched the pot with boiling water and I burned my fingers, You . . . etc. 13. I turned on the light and I began to play the piano, You . . . etc. 14. I already told John to turn off the faucet or tap water, You . . . etc. 15. I had to turn down the lawyer's proposition You had to . . . etc. 16. I did not have to turn back as I expected, You did not . . . etc. 17. I bought two book; and I asked the clerk to wrap them up and send them home, You . . . etc. 18. Peter and I have been discussing this question for several weeks, Peter and you . . . etc. 19. I do not have to bargain for I agree to his price, You . . . etc. 20. I shall be able to realize what I am after, You . . . etc.

102 Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Did you doubt that he would clear those points? 2. Are you going to ask them to clear the hall at once? 3. Does she believe that he will clear himself of all the 'charges '? 4. Are you sorry that you did not wait there until it cleared up? 5. Would they have discovered the truth if they had tried to? — (affirmative). 6. Could he discuss different topics intelligently before entering college? 7. Was it true that his mother said that he had disgraced his family? 8. Did she doubt that I had dusted the furniture? 9. Have they entertained any friends after their return from Mexico? 10. Did little Peter entertain Mr. Rogers while his father changed his clothes? 11. Did you believe that he would fail his English examination? 12. Did they fail to turn up at the right time? 13. Did you suggest that he furnish his house with modern furniture? 14. Are you going to have him hail a 'taxi' for you? 15. Did the peo ple hail the President when he went through the town? 16. Has your brother realized what he wanted? 17. Did you realize what I was doing for you? 18. Are you going to insist that they refund that money to you? 19. Does not this meat smell good? Does it smell too much of vinegar? 20. Does that steam er touch at Havana? 21. Was he turning the corner when you met him? 22. Did he turn out to be a very bad lawyer? 23. Would you have turned down the plan it he had presented it to you? 24. Did he turn pale when the judge was passing sentence on him? 25. Did you have the articles wrapped up and sent home? — (affirmative). 26. Has his action harmed your business? II. to amaze amazing ambitious anger argument to authorize bathrobe bargain bedcover blanket blouse buffer chest chest of drawers course of course of course not cuffs discussion to dislike dresser dressings-gown drink easy-chair elbow exceed excess fall fist flow fly flight fluency expensive fur garters heartless homeless indicative interest

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: (améis) —asombrar, maravillar lap (lap) —falda, regazo (améisin) —asombroso likable (láikabol) —simpático (se da a querer) (ambíshos) —ambicioso liquor (líker) —licor (ánguer) —ira, enfado mad (mad) —rabioso, furioso; loco (árguiument) —argumento ; controversia mattress (mátres) —colchón (óZorais) —autorizar mirror (míror) —espejo (báZroub) —bata de baño to oblige (obláiY) —obligar (bárguen) —ganga ; baratillo offhand (ófjánd) —improvisado (bédcover) —cubrecama open, adj. (óupen) —abierto (blánket) —frazada outskirts (áutskérts) —afueras o arrabales (bláus) —blusa pet (pet) —mimado, favorito; mimar (bófer) —amortiguar petticoat (péticóut) —enaguas (chest) —cofre, caja; pecho pillow —almohada —cómoda (el mueble) pillow-case (pílou) —funda de almohada (coors) —curso progress (prógres) —progreso, progresar —por supuesto quilt (cuilt) —colcha —por supuesto que no rack (rak) —percha (cofs) —puños de camisa restless (réstles) —inquieto, intranquilo (discóshon) —discusión (tratando un asunto) restlessness (réstlessnes) —inquietud (disláik) —no gustarle a uno, disgustarle set of buttons —juego de botones (dréser) —tocador sheet (shiit) —sabana ; pliego u hoja (...gáun) —peinador, bata skirt (skert) —falda o saya (drink) —bebida, trago slipper (slíper) —zapatilla, chinda (iisi-chéar) —silla (de extensión) stew (stíu) —guisado (élbow) —codo, recodo stick (stick) —vara ; bastón (égsiid) —excederse, pasarse stocking (stókin) —media (larga) (égses) —exceso, demasía, excedente subjunctive (sóbYontiv) —subjuntivo (fol) —caída test (test) —examen, experimento (fist) —puño (de la mano) tidy (táidi) —aseado, ordenado (flóu) —flujo touchy (tóchi) —quisquilloso, susceptible (flái) —mosca, volar intouchable (intóchabol) —intocable (fláit) —vuelo tunnel (tónel) —túnel (flúensi) —fluidez, elocuencia turn (tern) —turno; vuelta, recodo (expénsiv) —costoso 'tuxedo' (toksído) —'smoking' (chaqueta o (fer) —piel (para abrigos) traje para una comida o acto (gárters) —ligas (para medias) social) (járles) —cruel, (sin corazón) untidy (ontáidi) —desordenado (jóumles) —sin hogar vest (vest) —chaleco (indícativ) —indicativo weight (úeit) —peso (íntrest) —interés, interesar a whose (juus) —cuyo, -a, -s; ¿de quién…?

to be interested in to be obliged to . . . I am much obliged to you, Sir You oblige me, Sir to be amazed at Whose turn is it? It is my turn soft drinks (para especificar) to be half asleep

PHRASES: —estar interesado en, tener interés en —estar agradecido de —Estoy agradecido de Ud., Señor. —Le quedo adeudado, (Ud. es muy bondadosa) —estar asombrado de, maravillarse de —¿a quién le toca ahora? —me toca a mi —refrescos o bebidas refrescantes —estar medio dormido

103 to be fast asleep —estar profundamente dormido sleepwalker, somnambulist —sonámbulo on the contrary —al contrario He is a good dresser —Él viste bien o elegantemente broken English —inglés chapurreado I should say so! —¡ya lo creo! Don't make my hair untidy! —¡No me despeines! a touch of malaria —Principio de paludismo to take a nap —dormir la siesta to talk in one's sleep —hablar dormido (mientras duerme) standing water' —agua estancada a six-course dinner —una comida de seis platos in cold blood —a sangre fría Nota: No olvidemos que los vocabularios y las frases y oraciones cortas que les siguen DEBEN practicarse en preguntas y respuestas

III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times A friend of mine, George Martin, and his wife Anna went shopping yesterday. They had to buy several articles of clothing. They also had to furnish the house which they have just bought in the outskirts of the city and, therefore, went to order the necessary furniture. The first thing they did want to get, the clothing that they needed. Anna chose a number of dresses of the latest fashion, a fur coat, a few blouses; skirts, dressing-gowns, stockings, shoes, slippers, gloves, combs hair blouses and some underwear. Her fur coat is very becoming to her (le luce mucho). George wanted a heavy overcoat because his was too light for the cold weather we are having now. He also bought a gray suit, a bathrobe an expensive set of buttons for his 'tuxedo' vest and cuffs, a pair of garters socks and a walking-stick. After they had paid for the bill, they ordered the salesman to send those articles to their address. Then they left and went out on the street they hailed a taxicab and went to a furniture store. In this place they bought all the pieces of furniture that they needed, among them: easy-chairs, desks, rockers, bookcases, dressers, hat-racks two large mirrors, pictures, two sofas, and also beds and bedclothes such as mattresses, bedcovers sheets, blankets, quilts, pillow; pillowcases and cushions. My friend tells me that they are much pleased with the different things that they got. He says that the stores did not charge them high prices for, on the contrary, the sale was a bargain. He expects to have the new house furnished and ready by the first of next month and then he wishes me to pay them a visit. I promised that I would. CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD 1. What friends of yours went shopping yesterday? 2. Did Mr. Martin hail a taxicab to go to the different stores? 3. What sort of articles did they need? 4. Name some of the articles of clothing that Mrs. M artin bought for herself? 5. Name those that her husband got for himself. 6. What pieces of furniture did they choose? 7. Did the store charge them high prices for those articles? 8. When will the Martins have their new house furnished and ready? 9. Did Mr. Martin wish you to call on them? 10. Did you promise that you would? GRAMMAR A Irregular Verbs 1. Principal Parts: to become (bicóm) —llegar a ser; lucirle a uno to drive (dráiv) —guiar, manejar to fall (fol) —caer-se Present Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (—ado, —ido) become became (bikéim) becoming become drive drove (dróuv) driving driven (dríven) fall fell (fel) falling fallen (fólen) Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender a la Perfección: (something) to be becoming to . . . —(Algo) lucirle a uno, o verse algo muy elegante en uno That dress very becoming to her —Ese vestido le luce mucho a ella to become + adjetivo (o nombre) —volverse, convertirse, hacerse o generalmente ponerse + adj. to become angry —enfadarse, enojarse to become seasick —marearse (en el mar) to become independent —independizarse What + to become of —¿Qué + hacerse . . . ; (o con formas del verbo 'ser de') What became of him? —¿Qué se hizo él? ¿Qué fue de él? What has become of your brother? —¿Qué se ha hecho su hermano? to drive —ir o llevar (en automóvil o coche)

104 —llévame a casa (en el automóvil) —expulsar o echar a alguien de . . . —volver a alguien loco (mayormente figurado) —caer-se —caerse de (un caballo o de algo) —dormirse o quedarse dormido (en algún sitio); pero, más de la hora debida (to oversleep) to fall in love with —enamorarse de to fall sick —enfermarse o caer enfermo to fall sick to die —coger cama para no levantarse más, (coger cama para morir) to fall on one's back —caerse de espaldas to fall into one's hands —ir a parar o caer en manos de uno to fall flat —caer redondo o tendido To become: Were he not a foreigner he would become prominent in this country — Si él no fuese extranjero él llegaría a ser prominente en este país; You should have become familiar with that work in less time — Debieras haberte familiarizado con ese trabajo en menos tiempo; She must have become angry with him — Ella se enfadaría (se habrá o debe de haberse enfadado) con él; (to become + adjetivo — ponerse + adj. Es de mejor uso que otros verbos que hemos aprendido para expresar estas ideas). To drive: She must have driven him mad with so much talk — Ella lo volvería o lo habrá vuelto loco con tanto hablar; I ought to have driven them home — Debí haberlos llevado a su casa; What are you driving at? — ¿Qué se propone Ud? o ¿Qué me quiere Ud. decir? Drive me home to drive a person away from . . . to drive a person mad to fall (down) to fall off to fall asleep

Continúe en ALTA VOZ Usando TODA$ las Personas: 1. I do not have to become an expert to do that work, You . . . etc. 2. I begged Anna not to become angry with the boys, You . . . etc. 3. If I did not become nervous I would never fail an examination If you . . . etc. 4. I did not feel that the black hat was very becoming to Helen You . . . etc. 5. I do not know what has become of my friend William, You . . . of your . . . etc. 6. I would drive Alfred's car if I had a license, You . . . etc. 7. Had I had a license I would have driven Alfred's car, Had you . . . etc. 8. I must have driven the teac her mad with so many questions, You . . . etc. 9. I told George not to drive each one of the girls to her home because there was no time, You . . . etc. 10. I should have driven the boys away for I was very busy, You should . . . etc. 11. I should fall off if I got upon that table, You would . . . etc. 12. If I did not fall asleep soon after supper I would be able to do a little reading once in a while, If you . . . etc. 13. I could not believe that Herbert had fallen in love with Alice, You . . . etc. 14. I should have fallen sick if I had gone out in the rain, You would . . . etc. 15. I was told that poor John fell sick to die, You were . . . etc. 16. I fell on my back and broke my arm, You . . . etc. 17. It is very important for me to learn how to drive a car, It is . . . for you . . . etc. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write- Several Times: 1. Did he become a very good doctor? 2. Do you doubt that she will become famous? 3. Is the fur coat very becoming to her? 3. Would your father become angry if you came home very late? 4. Would she have become excited if I had told her the news? 5. Do you know what has become of our friend Henry? — (Negative). 6. Would he drive the car if he had a license? 7. Would he have driven the car if he had had a license? 8. Did her father drive her home after leaving the theater? 9. Is the Government going to drive a tunnel through that mountain? 10. Did they drive him away from college? 11. Did you really mean that I was driving you mad? 12. Can you tell me what he is driving at? — (negative). 13. Did he tell you that he had fallen on his back and broken his right leg? When did he tell you about it? 14. Did you fall asleep at the meeting? 15. Do you think that he must have fallen sick? 16. Did he fall in love with her the very day he met her? B. Otros *Usos del INDICATIVO en Inglés en Lugar del SUBJUNTIVO Castellano: *(Vea Lección V-D; Lección XI-E) 1. Sabemos que en español se usa generalmente el subjuntivo en clausulas subordinadas regidas por un verbo que denote acción mental o emoción, (dudar, creer, esperar, sentir, alegrarse, sorprender-se, etc.) más en inglés se emplea el tiempo correspondiente del indicativo. Estudiemos y aprendamos de memoria: a. Dudo que él venga (vendrá) —I doubt that he will come. b. Dudo que él SEA inteligente —I doubt that he IS intelligent — (also, I doubt his being intelligent). c. Ella no cree que Alberto HAYA tenido éxito. —She does not believe that Albert HAS been successful. d. Yo esperaba que ellos HUBIESEN hecho las paces —I hoped that they HAD made up. e. Siento que ella TENGA dolor de cabeza —I am sorry that she HAS a headache.

105 f. Sentí que ella TUVIESE dolor de oídos —I was sorry that she HAD an earache. g. Me alegro de que él no HAYA tolerado tus necedades. —I am glad that he HAS not stood for your nonsense. h. Él se alegraría de que ella se HUBIERA acordado de él —He must have been glad that she HAD remembered him. i. Me sorprende que él ESTUVIESE equivocado —I am surprised that he WAS mistaken. j. Me sorprendió que él HUBIERA estado equivocado. —I was surprised that he HAD been mistaken. 2. En español usamos formas del subjuntivo en clausulas relativas precedidas de un antecedente indefinido pero en inglés empleamos el indicativo o, en algunos casos, una frase de preposición. Apréndanse de memoria: a. El qué SEPA todas las expresiones idiomáticas que HAYAMOS estudiado obtendrá el diccionario —The one who KNOWS all the idiomatic expressions that we HAVE studied will get the dictionary. b. Recomendare a un mecanografista (o mecanógrafo que ENTIENDA el francés). —I shall recommend a typist who UNDERSTANDS French. c. Busco una casa que TENGA cuartos espaciosos —I am after a house with spacious rooms. 3. En castellano se emplea el subjuntivo para expresar un . tiempo indefinido después de 'antes que', 'después que', 'hasta que', 'tan pronto como', etc., más en Inglés se usa el indicativo. Apréndanse de memoria: a. Ella se marcharía antes que él REGRESARA —She must have left before he WAS back. b. Él pensaba hacer ese trabajo luego que se lo ORDENARAS —He intended to do that work after you ORDERED him to. c. No le quitaré el libro hasta que la HAYA terminado —I shall not take the book away from him until he IS through with it. d. Te darás cuenta de lo que él haya querido decir tan pronto como él HABLE contigo. —You will realize what he has meant as soon as he SPEAKS with you, etc. 4. Read and Answer ALOUD, Affirmative and Negative: 1. Does he doubt that she is an able typist? 2. Did you doubt that I was an able stenographer? 3. Does your brother doubt that I have put by some money this year? 4. Did she doubt that you had put by some money last year? 5. Does she believe that I have run out of money? 6. Did they believe that he had, been successful? 7. Are you sorry that he has failed his English examinations? 8. Were you afraid that he had been mistaken? 9. Are you glad be is through with that work? — (affirmative). 10. Is he going to give the dictionary to the student who knows the verbs perfectly? 11. Was he going to employ a man who understood English well? 12. Did you not want to have the house painted until your father gave the order? — (Negative). 13. Did he say that he would not leave before you came back? 14. Will you let me know about it as soon as you hear from him? — (affirmative). SECOND VOCABULARY C. Repita EN ALTAVOZ y Escriba Cada Vocabulario y Frase Hasta Aprender de Memoria absolute (ábsoliut) —absoluto to command (cómand) —mandar, ordenar alms (áams) —limosna communism (comiúnism) —comunismo amazement (améisment) —asombro despite (dispáit) —a pesar de to attack (aták) —atacar to digest (diYést) —digerir bell (bel) —campana, timbre digestion (diYéschon) —digestión belfry (bélfri) —campanario disembark (disembárk) —desembarcar blow (blóu) —golpe driver (dráiver) —conductor (cochero) breed (bríid) —criar, raza emphasis (émfasis) —énfasis broad (brood) —ancho, amplio fit (fit) —apto ; acceso, ataque butcher's shop —carnicería free (frii) —libre, libertar meat market frequently (frícuent-ly) —frecuentemente consumer (consiúmer) —consumidor graceful (gréisful) —donairoso (que tiene gracia, cathedral (caZídral) —catedral alegría) capital (cápital) —capital (dinero, grocer's shop —pulpería, 'bodega' ciudad) the 'grocery' capitalism (cápitalism) —capitalismo guide (gáid) —guía charm (chaarm ) —encanto, gracia history (jístori) —historia (de un país) chauffeur (chófer) —conductor ('chofer') idea (aidía) —idea choir (kuáiar) —coro (de iglesia) keen (kiin) —afilado, perspicaz chorus (córos) —coro (musical) mass (mas) —misa; masa, montón coincidence (cóinsidens) —coincidencia mercy (mérsi) —merced, misericordia

106 —cruel, inhumano sudden (sóden) —imprevisto, repentino —minúsculo suddenly (sódenli) —de repente —natural; sencillo to supply (soplái) —surtir —estorbo, engorro surface (sérfes) —superficie —órgano survivor (serváiver) —superviviente —expulsar, desalojar story (stóri) —cuento; argumento (de —situar o colocar una obra, película) (vehículo en …) tain (téin) —mantener passion (páshon) —pasión tainment (téinment) —entretenimiento pew (píu) —banco (de iglesia) terrorism (térrorism) —terrorismo plumbing (plómin) —plomería terrorist (térrosrist) —terrorista preface (préfes) —prefacio thorough (Zóro) —cabal, minucioso prison (príson) —prisión thoroughly (Zóroli) —cabalmente, a Tondo prisoner (prísoner) —prisionero trump (tromp) —triunfar, triunfo row (róu) —fila, hilera undoubtedly (ondáutetli) —indudablemente row (ráu) —camorra, trifulca unexpectedly (onekspéktetli) —inesperadamente sacristy (sácristi) —sacristía user (iúser) —usuario service (sérvis) —servicio wicked (uíked) —malvado, perverso stream (striim) —corriente, río wit (uit) —ingenio, agudeza, sal suburb (sóberb) —suburbio, arrabal witty (uíti) —ingenioso, ocurrente PHRASES: I wish I had . . . —Yo quisiera tener . . . , o haber . . . I wish I were . . . — Yo quisiera ser o estar. I wish I could . . . . —Yo quisiera poder . . . I wish it were so! —ojala que así fuera! I almost + Past Tense —Por poco + presente I almost broke my arm —Por poco me rompo un brazo The baby almost died from indigestion —Por poco se muere el nene de indigestión I have a right to . . . —Yo tengo derecho de. You have no right to . . . —Ud. no tiene derecho de. to make a complaint —presentar una queja to command respect —exigir respeto o hacerse respetar He has a good command of English —Él conoce el inglés muy bien to act as a guide —servir de guía up stream; down stream —rio arriba; rio abajo All of a sudden, he . . . —Cuando menos se esperaba . . . There is nothing strange about that! —No hay nada de particular en eso without fail —Sin falta to have one's back to . . . —estar de espaldas para. At your service! —¡A sus Ordenes! He is a hard-worker, or a hard-working man —Él es muy trabajador to keep an account —tener cuenta o llevar cuenta terrorist attack —atentado black mail —chantaje, chantajear very intriguing —muy intrigante capital letter —letra mayúscula lowercase —letra minúscula Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I wish If I had two or three sincere friends, I wish you . . . etc. 2. I wish I had asked Thomas not to leave the city, I wish you . . . etc. 3. I wish I could pass the examination, I wish you . . . etc. 4. I wish I were patient at all times, I wish you . . . etc 5. I wish I were in my hometown now, I wish you . . . in your . . . etc. 6. I almost fell down, You . . . etc. 7. I do not have to make a complaint about it, You do not . . . etc. D. INDIRECT QUESTIONS — Preguntas Subordinadas 'Indirect question' es una pregunta subordinada la cual sirve de complemen to del verbo anterior. El sujeto de la 'indirect question' va ANTES de su propio verbo. Compare: Do you know 'where my hat is?' (indirect question) What time is it (direct question) Where is my hat? (direct question) Will you tell me what time it is' (indirect question) Compare las siguientes 'indirect questions' en ambos idiomas en cuanto a la posición del sujeto con relación a su verbo: Tell me how Peter will find out where the is —Dime como averiguara Pedro dónde está ella. This is the house where my friend died —Este es la casa en la cual murió mi amigo. Does John know where she lives? —¿Sabe Juan en donde vive ella? Observe que en las 'indirect questions' NO ha de usarse el auxiliar 'do' o sus derivados y la forma del verbo no es igual a ésta de la 'direct question', por ejemplo, Why did you go there? — (direct). —Tell me 'why you went there' — (indirect). Debe usarse el auxiliar 'do' o sus derivados si la frase es negativa, siempre que no se exija otro auxiliar de significado precise I wish I knew 'why he did not run for mayor' — Quisiera saber por qué no fué el candidato a alcalde. merciless minuscule natural nuisance organ oust to park

(mérsiless) (mínuskiul) (náchural) (núisans) (órgan) (áust) (paark)

107 I WONDER — Quisiera saber o Cuánto daría por saber, (Me pregunto. . .) Este verbo, regular, seguido generalmente de 'an indirect Question', (con un verbo en su tiempo ordinario), expresa una idea de duda o curiosidad la cual se manifiesta en castellano, por lo general, con un futuro o condicional en una pregunta que uno se hace a sí mismo. Repita en ALTA VOZ las siguientes oraciones leyéndolas con cierto tono de curiosidad o duda: E.

—¿Que tendrá, él? —¿Que tendría él? —¿Qué hora será? —¿Donde estará mi sobrino? —¿Donde habrá estado mi sobrino? —¿Donde estaría mi sobrino? —¿Dónde habría estado mi sobrino? —Me preguntaba donde estarás tú. —A menudo me he preguntado si regresara él. —Tiene uno que preguntarse por qué ha de suceder semejante cosa. I wonder why . . . —¿Por qué será? I wonder when . . . —¿Cuándo será? I wonder —¡Quién sabe! (Eso me pregunto yo). Nota. El verbo 'to wonder at' literalmente significa 'maravillarse de'; I wondered at the beautiful buildings Me maravillaba de los hermosos edificios. (The Seven Wonders of the World — Las Siete Maravillas del Mundo). I wonder what is the matter with him I wonder what was the matter with him I wonder what time it is I wonder where my nephew is I wonder where my nephew has been I wonder where my nephew was? I wonder where my nephew had been I wondered where you were I have often wondered if he will come back One has to wonder why such a thing should happen

Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I wonder why James did that, You . . . etc. 2. I was wondering what time it was when Alfred left, You were . . . etc. 3. I have often wondered what has become of Mary, You have . . . etc. 4. I wonder why she does not write, You . . . etc. 5. I always wondered at my friend's progress, You . . . etc. F. Irregular Verbs 1.Principal Parts:

to catch (cach) to fight (fáit)

—coger, agarrar, atrapar —pelear, luchar, batallar

to fly(flái) to steal (stiil)

—volar —robar

Present catch fight

Pres.Part. catching fighting

Past Part. caught fought

Past flew (flu) stole (stóul)

Pres Part. flying stealing

2.

Past caught(coot) fought(foot)

Present fly steal

Past Part. flown (flóun) stolen (stóulen)

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to catch: —coger (particularmente algo que está en movimiento) to catch the ball to catch the train to catch a cold —resfriarse, atrapar un resfriada, ‘catarro' to catch a person doing something —coger o sorprender a alguien haciendo algo I caught her lying —la sorprendí mintiendo to catch —cogerse o pillarse o enganchársele Her blouse caught on the door-knob —Se le engancho la blusa en el tirador de la puerta to catch up with . . . . —alcanzar (al que va adelante) Go ahead, I shall catch up with you —Sigue adelante, yo te alcanzare Catch on? (fam.) —¿Entiendes? ¿te das cuenta? to fight it out —decidir a puñetazos, (peleando en alguna forma) to fight with: They fought with sticks, chairs bottles —Pelearon a bastonazos, silletazos, botellazos y cuanto and what-not encontraron a mano. to fly at: He flew at me in a fit of passion —Se arrojó sobre mí en un acceso de cobra to fly into a passion —montarse en cólera to steal SOMETHING from . . . . —robarle algo a to steal into . . . —entrar a hurtadillas (o secretamente para no ser notado, colarse) to steal away —marcharse a hurtadillas, escabullirse To steal: Este verbo significando robar exige, inmediatamente después, que se mencione la cosa robada y luego Si se quiere la persona o sitió victima precedido este segundo complemento por la preposicion FROM o en algunos casos usándose un posesivo antes del nombre que indique lo robado: He stole a pen from Helen, or Helen's pen, or her pen; To steal into: He stole into the room while I had my back to the door; To steal away: I stole away when he was not looking.

108 3.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I do not have to catch the six-o'clock train, You do not . . . etc. 2. I must have caught a cold upon leaving the theatre, You. . . etc. 3. I almost caught my finger in the door, You . . . etc. 4. If I catch Helen lying I will have nothing to do with her, If you . . . you shall . . . etc. 5. If I were absent a few days I would not be able to catch up with the class, If you . . . etc. 6. If I had been absent a few days I would not have been able to catch up with the class, If you . . . etc. 7. I fought with sticks, chairs, bottles and what-not, You . . . etc. 8. I did not want her to fly to San Francisco, You did not . . . etc. 9. I flew into a passion and said things that I did not mean, You . . . etc. 10. I shall fly over the city provided I have the motor cleaned by to-morrow, You will . . . etc. 11. I stole a dictionary from my sister, You . . . etc. 12. I did not steal her pen, You did not . . . etc. 13. I stole into the room and took away my father's German grammar, You . . . etc. 14. I stole away when my mother-in-law began to scold, You . . . etc. 15. I have not stolen it from her, You have not . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Does she have to catch the twelve-thirty train? — (aff. and neg.) 2. Did you catch a cold in spite of the heavy overcoat that you had on? 3. Will you catch up with the class in spite of your being absent for several days? — (affirmative). 4. Was it true that you caught her lying? 5. Would his father have scolded him if he had fought with his classmate? 6. Did they want you to fight it out with him? 7. Is your friend going to ask them to fly over the city? 8. Has he ever flown across the Atlantic? 9. Did he steal it from her? — (aff. and neg.) 10. Has your friend stolen that pen from a cousin of Peter's? 11. Did he steal into the room when you had your back to the door? VI.

EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA. VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A.

De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Did you doubt that he was able to clear the matter for you? 2. When did he discover that you had told us to clear the room? 3. Do you not realize that they cleared him of any complication in the crime? 4. Did they turn back home to wait there until it cleared up? 5. Did your father ask you to entertain Miss Clark while he discussed the furnishing of the house with Mr. Clark? 6. Was it pouring the day that you failed your oral examination? 7. Did he not realize that he had disgraced his family when he failed to refund that money? 8. Did you fail to dust the furniture when your mother wanted you to do so? — (Neg.) 9. Would not the people have hailed the President if he had not failed to live up to his promises? — (Aff.) 10. Would he realize his plan if they refunded the money to him? 11. Does that medicine smells of wine? — (Huele a. . .) 12. Did he touch your back when you were playing the piano? 13. Did he say to you that the bad news had touched him? 14. Must I turn to page 65 in order to realize that I was wrong? 15. Are you afraid that he must have turned out to be a failure? — (Aff.) 16. Are you wondering if he will turn down such a good proposition? — (Aff.) 17. Did they expect him to turn up at the last minute? 18. Do you not think that they should have turned on the light when the man gave the fire alarm? 19. Did not your mother warn you that you ought to turn off the gas as soon as you are through boiling the water? 20. Did you notice that he had turned pale before the policeman had a chance to talk to him? 21. After you had picked out several neckties and a pair of socks, did you order the clerk to wrap them up and send them home to you? 22. Was not their father amazed at their progress in the study of English? 23. Are you not obliged to him for the favor he did to your brother? 24. Was the little boy locked in for not knowing his lesson? 25. Did he become very angry when he discovered that he had been locked out? 26. Were you sure that he would become a prominent lawyer? 27. Do they know what has become of him? — (Neg.) 28. Did you tell her that the dress was very becoming to her? 29. Would she have driven the car if you had consented to it? 30. Does your father want me to drive the animals to the river? 31. Did they drive you home before their mother was back? 32. Was she hoping that they would not drive her mad with their silly questions? — (Aff.) 33. Did you warn him that he would fall if he got upon the table? 34. Did it surprise you that my cousin had fallen in love with her? 35. Was your mother afraid that you would catch a cold if you went out without a hat? 36. Would he have been able to catch up with the class if he had studied hard? 37. Did they want you and him to fight it out? 38. Did he believe that we had stolen the books from our cousin? 39. Is it true that they stole into the class-room when the teacher had his back to the door? 40. Has he ever flown across the Atlantic?

109 I I.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Yo quería que él me aclarase la (my) duda. 2. Nosotros esperábamos que el juez la absolviera de ese cargo. 3. Ellos desocuparon la sala de clase cuando el profesor les dijo . . . [Que la desocuparan]. 4 Al doblar la esquina me metí en la farmacia hasta que escampo. 5. No me dejaron dentro, al contrario, me dejaron fuera. 6. Tan pronto me descubra que hablas (un) inglés chapurreado decidirá no darte el empleo. 7. Me asombre de (estaba atónito de) su progreso en el-inglés cuando le oí discutir tópicos de actualidad en ese idioma. 8. ¿A quién le toca sacudi r [el] polvo de los muebles? — A ella le toca hoy. 9. ¡Ya lo creo! Estoy muy agradecido [de] él por haber festejado a mi hermanito cuando visito esta ciudad. 10. Ellas no tienen derecho de decir que él había deshonrado a su familia. 11. Yo quisiera estar en mi casa ahora para atender a mi tío cuando venga. 12. Por poco le dices (casi le dijiste) que acariciabas la idea de pedirle que se casara contigo. 13. Yo quisiera tener mucho tiempo para estudiar y entonces estaría seguro de que no fracasaría. 14. Yo quisiera poder amoblar la casa antes de que terminara el mes (before the month is over). 15. A pesar del hecho de que no tienes mucho tiempo espero que escribas (escribirás) esas cartas sin falta. 16. Me encontré con cierto amigo a -la-vuelta-de la esquina y entonces volví a casa con él para mostrarle mi colección. 17. Ellos no enviaron (dejaron de enviar. . .) los muebles y fui en seguida a la tienda a presentar una queja. 18. Él se cayó de la ventana y por poco se rompe un brazo. 19. No quedes mal conmigo; debes darte cuenta de-que si yo tuviera el dinero para ese negocio no te lo pediría. 20. Estaba lloviendo a cantaros y le dije que llamara (voceara) un 'taxi'. 21. Echa un-poco-de (a little) vino en mi vaso. 22. Ellos me hubieran (habrán) reembolsado el dinero si el traje no me hubiese sentado bien. 23. ¿Cerraría él la pluma (grifo) [de agua]? — (Me pregunto o quisiera saber si él. . .) 24. Él se pondría (debe de haberse puesto) pálido cuando el policía le habló. 25. Ella quiso que yo rechazara la invitación. 26. Yo temo que él haya resultado (ser) un ladrón. 27. Envuélvalos y envíemelos mañana por la mañana. 28. Él llegaría a ser un abogado muy famoso si tuviese más interés en su trabajo. 29. ¿por qué se enfadaron ellos? 30. ¿Qué será de él? 31. ¿No guía ella su automóvil? 32. Yo temía que ella me volviera (volvería) loco con tantas preguntas. 33. ¿Qué se propone Ud.? o ¿Qué le quiere Ud. decir? 34. Si él no me hablara cuando tengo que trabajar yo no lo echaría de mi casa. 35. Me rompería la crisma (mi cuel lo) si mecayera de esa ventana. 36. Tu primo se habrá enamorado de Margarita pues siempre este, hablando de ella. 37. Si no te-quedaras dormido en las reuniones sabrías de que se trata — (what they are about). 38. Lo sorprendimos robándole los libros a Pe dro. 39. Ellos nos alcanzaron cuando íbamos por la Calle Pershing. 40. Me marchaba a hurtadillas cuando se me engancho la chaqueta en el tirador de la puerta, y entonces se rieron de mi turbación. 41. Si él hubiese volado al otro lado del Atlántico hubiera ganado mucho dinero. 42. Se arrojaron uno al otro y lo decidieron a puñetazos. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Ayer a eso de las dos de la tarde no tenía nada qué hacer y salí a -dar-una-vuelta (for a walk). Al doblar la esquina me tropecé con un amigo mío, Jorge Martin. Me dijo que estaba de prisa pues iba a encontrarse con su esposa, en una tienda de muebles. Acaban de comprar una, casa en las afueras de la ciudad y tienen que amoblarla antes del primero del mes próximo. Quiso que yo fuera con él y acepté la invitación. En la tienda estaba esperándole su esposa. Compraron todas las piezas de muebles que necesitaban, entre ellas: sillas, mecedoras, poltronas, sofás, armarios para libros, cómodas, escritorios, tocadores, perchas de sombreros, dos espejos grandes, cuadros y también camas y ropa de cama, tales como: colchones, cubrecamas, sabanas, frazadas, colchas, almohadas y almohadones. Antes de regresar a la casa fuimos a otra tienda y la Sra. Ma rtin compro varios vestidos de (la) última moda, un abrigo de piel, blusas, sayas, batas, media; zapatillas y otros. Luegoque mi amigo hubo escogido algunos artículos para él (himself) dejamos la tienda. Ellos volvieron a su casa y yo a la mía.

110 I. a.

LESSON XIII GRAMMAR LESSON REGULAR VERBS: to approve (aprúuv) —aprobar, sancionar to object to (obYékt) —oponerse a to acknowledge (aknóleY) —reconocer (admitir) to place (pléis) —colocar, fijar to chase (chéis) —dar caza, perseguir to prevent (privént) —impedir, evitar to compare (compéar) —comparar to reach (riich) —llegar a, alcanzar (algo retirado) to consent to (consént) —consentir en to rob, bb (roob) —robar a to drop (drop) —dejar caer to stop, pp (stoop) —detener-se to dump (damp) —arrojar, botar basura to support (sopórt) —apoyar, sostener, mantener , afianzar to inherit (injérit) —heredar to tie (tái) —amarrar, anudar to last (last) —durar, perdurar to trust (trost) —confiar en, fiarse de, tener confianza to mind (máind) —atender a (cuidar) to untie (ontái) —desamarrar b. Repita en ALTA VOZ y escriba muchas veces to acknowledge receipt of —acusar recibo de to chase away, (off) —ahuyentar, echar to approve of . . . —simpatizar o estar de acuerdo con algo to consent to + nombre o adjetivo posesivo + pres. part. —consentir en que alguien haga algo I did not consent to Peter's staying here (or his staying here) —no consentí en que Pedro se quedara aquí, (o en que él se ...) to drop: I dropped my . . . —se me cayó el . . . to drop —suspender (abandonar) to drop a person a few lines —ponerle o escribirle unas líneas a to drop in —entrar (por un momento, al pasar), caer en to drop with fatigue —caer rendido o de cansancio to drop dead —caer muerto to drop off —dejar a alguien en un sitio cuando va en un carro. to drop out —abandonar to mind —tener o no tener inconveniente en I do not mind it —no tengo inconveniente en ello Would you mind waitING for me? —¿tiene Ud. inconveniente en esperarme? I did not Mind HER leavING so early —no tuve inconveniente en que ella saliera o se fuera tan temprano to miss —faltar (no dar en el blanco); perder (algo por no estar a tiempo); echar de menos a to be missing —faltar (estar perdido o no encontrase persona There is one missing —falta uno to object to + nombre o adj. posesivo + pres. part. —oponerse a que alguien haga algo She objected to my uSING it —ella se opuso a que yo lo usara to place —fijar o localizar. I cannot place him —no puedo fijar o recordar dónde lo habré visto to place an order for . . . with . . . —hacer un pedido de . . . a . . . to place emphasis on . . . —recalcar o hacer hincapié sobre to misplace —no poner en su debido sitio, traspapelar to prevent a person FROM doing something —evitarle o impedirle a una persona hacer o que haga algo to rob a person OF something —robarle a una persona algo to stop + pres. part. —cesar de o dejar de + infinitivo To approve: I approve of their political institutions — Simpatizo con sus instituciones políticos. To drop: Let us drop that subject — Dejemos ese tema.

To mind: Con este verbo significando 'tener inconveniente en' si hay un solo agente entonces meramente le sigue 'present participle' del segundo verbo: I do not mind staying — No tengo inconveniente en quedarme; pero si hay dos agentes o sujetos diferentes entonces se expresa el agente del segundo verbo con un nombre o adjetivo posesivo: I do not mind John's staying here (or HIS staying here) — No tengo inconveniente en que Juan se quede aquí, to miss; He must have missed the train — Él habrá perdido o perdería el tren: I would have missed the first part of the program if I had not been ready when he called — Yo hubiera (habría) perdido la primera parte del programa si no hubiese estado lista cuando él llamó. To be missing: Two of my books are missing — Me faltan dos libros; The child is missing — No se encuentra al niño. To prevent: I prevented her FROM sending it them — Impedí o evite que ellos se lo enviara a ellos. COMPAREMOS 'to steal' y 'to rob' — robar: Cuando él que habla piensa en la cosa robada usa 'to steal' seguido de lo robado y si deseamos mencionar la persona (idea Secundaria) o sitio al cual roban emplea FROM antes de ese segundo complemento, por ejemplo, They stole $2,000 from the National Bank; pero cuando él que habla más bien piensa en la persona o sitio al cual roban usa 'to rob' seguido de esa persona o sitio víctima y si desea nombrar lo robado emplea OF ant es de este segundo complemento, por ejemplo, They robbed The National Bank of $2,000. No conociéndose el ladrón use la voz pasiva: Me han robado — I have been robbed; Se robaron on reloj — A watch was stolen. To stop: Where are you stopping? — ¿Dónde está hospedado Ud.? o ¿Donde pára Ud.?

111 c.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I insisted that they approve my plan, You . . . etc. 2. I do not approve of any of his plans, You do not . . . etc. 3. I shall beg Mary to acknowledge receipt of my friend's letter, You will . . . etc. 4. I would be put to shame if I did not acknowledge my errors, You . . . etc. 5. Alice amazed me with her wonderful progress in English, Alice . . . you . . . etc. 6. I chased the thief until I caught up with him, You . . . etc. 7. I was going to chase them away before I became angry, You were . . . etc. 8. Had I dropped my pen there I would have noticed it, Had you . . . etc. 9. I was wondering if Helen had dropped her mother a few lines, You were . . . etc. 10. Henry asked me to drop in on my way back home, Henry . . . you . . . on your . . . etc. 11. I did not have to drop mathematics, You . . . etc. 12. I wanted Peter to prevent her from selling it to them, You . . . etc. 13. I was hoping the letter had reached Margaret before I got there, You . . . etc. 14. I asked Frank to reach my hat on top of the bookcase, You . . . etc. 15. I will never rob anybody of anything, You shall . . . etc. 16. I was robbed at the subway station, You . . . etc. 17. If I had not missed the teacher's explanation last week I would have got a better mark in the examination, If you . . . etc. 18. Five of my best books are missing five of your . . . etc. 19. I must have misplaced my aunt's letter, You . . . etc. 20. I stopped writing when I heard the boys sing, You . . . etc. Lea y Conteste en ALTA VOZ, Repetidas Veces, Según le Parezca: 1. Did they ask the President why he had not approved the plan? 2. Did your friend expect that you would approve of his actions? 3. Are you going to drop him a line acknowledging receipt of his last letter? 4. Were you amazed that he had acknowledged his blame (culpa) for the fight? 5. Did the bandit drop his revolver (rivólver) when the policeman was chasing him? 6. Had you a lready reached home when she dropped in yesterday? 7. Did the teacher advise you to prevent your brother from dropping chemistry? 8. Did you stop at Rogers & Wilson's to place an order for twenty dozen suits? 9. Did people flatter her after she inherited t he money? 10. How long did the meeting last? 11. Could the little boy reach the hat on top of the bookcase? 12. Are you wondering who robbed William of all his money? 13. Did you say that she must have been robbed too? 14. Did he say to you where he was stopping? 15. Did she stop singing when you began to tease her? 16. How long has he been supporting them? 17. Would I miss the first part of the program if I got there at nine -fifteen? 18. How many books were missing from your room? 19. Would you have truste d him if I had asked you to? 20. Does she say that I must have misplaced the letters?

II.

PRESENT PARTICIPLE a. Aprendimos en la Segunda Lección que el 'present participle' se usa como substantivo. Con este uso se denomina 'GERUND' ('Yérond'). He likes plumbing (' plóm in') — A él le gusta la plomería READING aloud is very neccesary — El leer en . . . etc. WALKING after meals is good for digestion — El caminar. . . etc. I like his ACTING very much — Me gusta su trabajo en las tablas . . . etc. He is famous for SCALING mountains — Es famoso como escalador de montañas. Typewriting is learned in school — La escritura a máquina se aprende en la escuela. (En muchos casos puede emplearse el infinitivo: To teach well is not easy). El 'present participle' usado como substantivo precedido de un nombre a adjetivo posesivo se emplea después de algunos verbos traduciendo el infinitivo castellano o una clausula introducida por 'el que, a que, en que, etc.' con una forma subjuntiva. Examples: Your corming here did not help at all — El venir tú aquí no resolvió nada en ab soluto, I doubt her being rich — Dudo el que ella sea rica. The President approved his envoy's leaving the conference — El Presidente sanciono el que su delegado abandonara la conferencia. She objected to his selling the house — Ella se opuso a que él vendiera la casa. He did not consent to Mary's going away so soon — Él no consintió en que María se marchara tan pronto. I do not mind their staying here — No tengo inconveniente en que ellos se queden aquí. (Con la construcción anterior, en algunos casos, cuando el agente de los verbos es el mismo se omite el posesivo: He did not mind waiting for me). Continúe en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. My coming here did not help at all, Your . . . etc. 2. I doubted her being kind to her parents, You . . . etc. 3. I shall insist upon my brother's leaving for college this coming fall, You . . . etc. 4. I approved of her entering college last winter, You . . . etc. 5. I have never objected to Peter's using my dictionary, You have . . . etc. 6. I begged Professor Stone to consent to my dropping chemistry, You . . . etc. 7. I would not mind waiting if Albert did not stay very long, You . . . etc. 8. I would not have minded her singing if I had not been busy answering my mail, You . . . etc. b. Tambien hemos aprendido que el 'Present Participle' se emplea como adjetivo: waiting room visiting cards, living wages, missing persons, talking pictures, working hours, etc. Con esta idea adjetival usamos el 'present participle' introduciendo una frase DESPUES del nombre modificado como equivalente de una clausula adjetival castellana. Ejs. I wonder if she spoke to that young lady dancing with — ¿Le hablaría ella a esa joven que 'baila' con Alfredo?

112 Shall you take that train leaving to-morrow at sit-thirty? — ¿Tomarás ese tren 'que sale' mañana a las seis y media? You must have given the ticket to that man standing by the door — Tú le habrás dado el boleto a ese hombre 'que está de pie' junto a la puerta, (El profesor y luego los alumnos deben construir otras oraciones usando el 'present participle' en este caso). III. CONJUNCTIONS ('conYónkshons') — Conjunciones 'Conjunction' es el vocablo que une palabras, frases u oraciones. La conjunción, la cual generalmente introduce clausulas, es parte importantísima de la oración y DEBE aprenderse a la perfección. Repita y escriba, incansablemente hasta aprender las siguientes conjunciones de MEMORIA: (Casi todas ya se han estudiado pero es preciso dominarlas). inasmuch as —ya que, puesto que after —después que although —aunque provided —con tal que as —como, pues since —desde que; puesto que, ya que because —porque so —por eso; por lo tanto; así que, de for —pues (porque) modo que hence —de ahí que, por esto so that . . . —para que however —no obstante still —sin embargo lest —por miedo de que, a no ser que then —entonces; pues (por lo tanto) moreover . . . —además, . . . therefore —por lo tanto nevertheless —no obstante though —no obstante; aunque notwithstanding —sin embargo unless —a menos que on which account —por lo cual, por cuyo motivo while —mientras or else —o si no, o bien whether . . . or —Sí . . . o in order that —para que. . . why —por qué otherwise —de lo contrario whereas —mientras que so long as —siempre que (a condición de yet —sin embargo que) before —antes que 'However' significando 'no obstante o sin embargo' se emplea generalmente entre comas y su sentido adversativo) no es tan fuerte o enfático como el de 'nevertheless', o 'yet': The truth however, has not been told to him. Con ese significado 'notwithstanding' y 'though' se usan por regla general al final de la oración: It is pouring; I will go out, notwithstanding. He shall not consent to it though. 'However' tambien traduce 'como quiera': However the business goes, you will not make any profit's — Como quiera que anden los negocios no obtendrás ningún beneficio 'However '— por, seguido de adj etivo o adverbio pa recido a 'no matter how': No book, however interesting, pleases him — Ningún libro, por interesante (que sea), le agrada. 'Lest' se usa en clausulas subordinadas que por regla general toman un verbo en su forma infinitiva SIN 'to': I left your office lest I be in your way — Deje tu oficina por temor de que te molestara. 'Whether' traduce 'si' particularmente para indicar una alternativa: I did not know whether he would come or no (or not), al principio de oración whether se emplea al traducir un presente o pasado de subjuntivo castellano también denotando una alternativa; Whether he studies or no — Estudie a o no; whether she went or not — Fuera ella o no, etc. 'As': La conjunción 'as' — como, DEBE usarse y NUNCA 'like' al introducir una clausula: As I am; as I told you, etc. Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. Although I have worked hard since I arrived in this city I have not been able to put away any money yet, Although you . . . etc. 2. Moreover, I will not pay Henry that money unless I have my typewriter back; Moreover, you shall not . . . etc. 3. I was there saying good-bye for I am taking that boat leaving to-morrow, YOU were . . . etc. 4. My father is a Cuban hence my interest in that republic, Your . . . etc. 5. I will do, however, what I believe to be right, You shall . . . etc. 6. I must run my business lest I lose the little I have, You . . . etc. 7. I did not tell John to do this work, nevertheless I should pay him; You . . . etc. 8. The price was too high on which account I could not close the deal, The . . . etc. 9. I have to earn my living or else I cannot hope to have my father's confidence, You . . . etc. 10. I had prepared my lesson otherwise I would not have known it. You . . . etc. 11. I shall let Franklin have my car provided he takes good care of it, You . . . etc. 12. I will not wait for either of the two since I scarcely have any time, You shall . . . etc. 13. My father is going to send me to college so that I will make a useful man of myself, Your . . . so that you shall . . . etc. 14. I never say anything annoying to anyone here, still I am always to blame for everything, You . . . etc. 15. There has not been any class this week, therefore I do not have any lesson to make up, There . . . etc. 16. I will not put up with such nonsense, though; You shall not . . . etc. 17. Though I were his brother, yet I would trust him: Though you . . . etc. 18. I used to get up very early to hurry out after (en busca de) a job while my brother would stay in bed sleeping 'till' late, You . . . etc. 19. I have often wondered why I failed to get the job, You . . . etc. 20. I love to stay in and read whereas my cousin prefers to be out all the time, You . . . etc.

113 IV. (1) Principal Parts:

IRREGULAR VERBS: to build (bild) to set (set) to throw (zróu) to overthrow

Present build set throw (2) Learn:

Past built (bilt) set threw (zru)

—edificar, fabricar —fijar, poner —tirar (lanzar) —derrocar, echar abajo Pres. Part. Past. Part. (-ado, -ido) building built setting set throwing thrown (zróun)

To build a reputation —hacerse de reputación To build up —reconstituir, fortalecer, desarrollar To set one's watch —poner el reloj en hora To set one's watch. . . ahead —adelantar (tantos minutos) el reloj To set one's watch. . . back —atrasar (minutos) el reloj The sun sets . . . —El sol se acuesta To set sail for —embarcarse para, (hacerse a la vela) To set a person free —poner en libertad To set on fire, (set fire to) —pegar fuego (a) To take fire —coger fuego (incendiarse) To set forth —exponer, manifestar To set one's teeth on edge —dar dentera To set out —Ponerse en camino To set one's mind on —resolverse o decidirse sobre, (fijar la mente sobre) To throw something at —tirarle a alguien con algo To throw away —botar; malgastar o desperdiciar To throw a person out —despedir (de mala manera), expulsar To throw the doors open —abrir (violentamente) de par en par To throw up —tirar para arriba; vomitar To throw. . . down —derribar, tumbar To throw light on . . . —esclarecer, (derramar luz sobre) To have got —tener Esta última frase verbal se emplea mucho significando enteramente 'tener', y seguida de 'to' — tener que, generalmente en el presente: Have you got many friends? — ¿Tiene Ud. muchos amigos? En las oraciones declarativas mayormente se usa la contraccion: I've (áiv) got, you've (iuv) got, he's got, she's got, we've (uiv) got, they've (déiv) got; y I haven't (jávent) got, he hasn't (jásent) got, etc. Con este significado se oye mucho el error empleando 'got' sin 'have' y debemos tener presente que el auxiliar 'have' debe usarse. (4) Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I said that I would build a house if I had the money, You . . . etc. 2. I would have built up a reputation if I had worked hard, You . . . etc. 3. I've got to build up a new business, You've . . . etc. 4. The doctor says that I must build up my constitution, The . . . etc. 5. I suggest that the Chairman set a date for the meeting, You . . . etc. 6. Did you set your watch last night?, Did he . . . etc. 7. I always set my watch about twenty minutes ahead, You . . . etc. 8. I told Peter not to set the clock back, You . . . etc. 9. I insisted that the judge set my friend free, You . . . etc. 10. If I set my house on fire I would be locked up for many years, If you . . . etc. 11. They are wondering what sort of plan I shall set forth before the committee, They . . . etc. 12. I have set my mind on that business, You . . . etc. 13. I've got to set out at nine, You've . . . etc. 14. I must have thrown that letter into the basket, You . . . etc. 15. I threw a bottle at the man, You . . . etc. 16. If I did not throw away my money I would have some in my old age, If you . . . etc. 17. I will throw Ralph out if he does not behave, You . . . etc. 18. When the lights went out I threw the doors open, When you . . . etc. 19. When I take a trip by boat I always throw up what I eat, When you . . . etc. 20. I was able to throw light on the subject, You . . . etc. 21. I have to build up a good vocabulary, You . . . etc. (5) Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Would you build a house if you had the money? 2. Would you have built it if you bad had the money? 3. Were you told that he had built a reputation as a lawyer in Lima? 4. Is he going to have his son builds up a new business? 5. Does he always set his watch before going to bed? 6. Was the chairman asked to set a date for the next meeting? 7. Did he commit himself when he was told that he had set fire to his house? 8. Did he mean that he would set forth a new plan at the meeting? 9. Did they want us to set out very early? 10. Does your brother say that she must have thrown the letter into the basket? 11. Has he been throwing away his money since he arrived in this city?

114 12. Would you not have some money left for your old age if you did not throw it away? (affirmative). 13. Did he become very angry at you when you threw the book at him? 14. Would you try to throw him down if you were able to? 15. Would you have thrown them ou t if they had not behaved? 16. Did they throw the doors open when the lights went out? Comparison of Adjectives — Comparación de Adjetivos 1. Comparación de adjetivos es el estudio o la presentación de las formas de un ad jetivo, generalmente 'descriptive' — calificativo, las cuales indican la relación que existe entre dos o más personas o cosas en cuanto a la cualidad, expresada por el adjetivo. Hay tres formas o grados que se llaman: positive degree — grado positive, comparative degree — grado comparativo y superlative degree — grado superlativo. (Algunos adverbios, especialmente de tiempo, admiten la comparación). a. 'Positive' es la forma original o primitiva del adjetivo (o adverbio), la cual no indica comparación alguna: tall — alto, rich — rico, late — tarde, beautiful — hermoso o bonito. V.

b. 'Comparative' es la forma que denote comparación entre DOS, (solo dos), personas o cosas: taller — más alto (de dos); richer — más rico (de dos); later — más tarde (de dos) y more beautiful — más hermoso (de dos). La conjunción usada en el comparative es 'than' — que o de lo que: He is taller than I. c. 'Superlative' es la forma del adjetivo que denota que una de TRES o MAS personas o cosas posee tal o cual cualidad en el grado más alto en comparación con las otras. Este 'superlative' que compara propiamente debe llamarse 'relative superlative' — superlative relativo. Examples: The tallest — el más alto (de tres o más); the richest — el más rico (de tres o más); the most beautiful —el más hermoso o bonito (de tres o más). En español usamos la preposición 'de' después del superlativo, pero en inglés se prefiere generalmente la preposición 'in': the richest in the world — el más rico del mundo. Observe la ortografía de, most, y su pronunciación 'móust '. Nota: — Hay una forma superlativa que no expresa comparación sino meramente una cualidad en su grado mas alto. Este forma se llama 'absolute superlative' — superlativo absoluto' y se construye con un adverbio de cantidad seguido del positive: very tall — muy alto o altísimo; exceedingly ignorant — excesivamente ignorante o ignorantísimo. 2.

Formación del Comparativo y Superlativo. Los adjetivos de una sílaba, y algunos de dos, formas sus grados de comparación añadiendo la terminación para el comparativo y — esta para el superlativo. Se omite la 'e' de la terminación, si esta es la letra final del adjetivo Positivo. Obsérvese que estas terminaciones —er y —est equivalen a la palabra 'más' y por consiguiente 'more' y 'most' NO se usan antes de estos adjetivos cortos. Apréndase de memoria la comparación de los siguientes adjetivos. Al pronunciar los comparativos recuérdese que el vocablo generalmente conserva la pronunciación de la raíz y el acento original al añadírsele terminación: POSITIVE stout soon old mean (soez, malo) low young high few (pocos) bright

COMPARATIVE más . . . (de dos) stouter sooner older, elder meaner lower younger higher fewer (menos) brighter

SUPERLATIVE el más (de tres o más) stoutest soonest oldest, eldest meanest lowest youngest highest fewest the brightest

Nota: — E1 comparative fewer (menos) siempre debe usarse antes de nombres que expresen algo que puede numerarse, por ejemplo, 'fewer friends' — menos amigos; 'fewer lawyers' — menos abogados, etc. El superlativo fewest a veces se emplea en frases de construcción irregular para él de habla española, por ejemplo, 'I have the fewest books of all' — (Literal, Yo tengo los menos libros de todos) — Soy yo quien tengo menos libros. Las formas elder y eldest se usan, solamente, con referencia a persona en algunas frases: My elder brother — Mi hermano mayor (de dos que somos); my eldest brother — mi hermano mayor (de tres o más). b. Los adjetivos cortos que terminan en 'y' (griega) precedida de consonante cambian la 'y' por 'I' (latina) antes de las terminaciones. Los que terminan en una consonante sencilla precedida de una sola vocal doblan esa consonante antes de las terminaciones. Apréndanse los siguientes de memoria:

115 POSITIVE

COMPARATIVE más . . . (de SUPERLATIVE (el más de tres o más) dos) busy busier busiest dirty dirtier dirtiest easy easier easiest happy happier happiest lazy lazier laziest witty wittier wittiest big bigger biggest fat fatter fattest thin thinner thinnest Alguno que otro adietivo, aunque corto, no admite el cambio; He is more guilty than I — Él es más culpable que yo. You are the most guilty of all — Eres el más culpable de todos. I am more sorry than you think — Lo siento más (estoy más apenado), de lo que crees. He was more afraid than she — Él tenía más miedo (él estaba más atemorizado), que ella. Cuando la comparación se hace de dos cualidades en la misma persona se emplea 'more' aun con adjetivos cortos y el positivo: He is more lazy than stupid — Él es más perezoso que estúpido. She is more pretty than intelligent — Ella es más bonita que inteligente. I am more happy than I can say — Soy más feliz de lo que pueda decir. Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD SEVERAL Times: 1. Is John a brighter boy than Alfred? 2. Who is the brightest in the class? 3. Has your sister fewer books than I? 4. Of you two who has the fewer books? 5. Have I the fewest books of the three? 6. Of those two houses which one is the higher? 7. Is your brother younger than you? 8. Is that man even meaner than you thought? 9. Did you speak to the older of the two? 10. Is that boy your elder brother? 11. Did they finish their work sooner than we? 12. Has the teacher asked you to do the easier of the two lessons? 13. Is he the busiest man in the office? 14. Was it his room or hers the dirtiest in the house? 15. Did you find the lawyer younger than you expected? 16. Is she happier than any other of her sisters? 17. Of your two friends which one is the lazier, the taller or the shorter? 18. Is he the wittiest in the family? 19. Is New York bigger than any other city in the United States? 20. Is London the biggest city in Europe? 21. Which one of those two cities is the bigger? 22. Are you thinner than she? 23. Did you write fewer phrases than he? (Vuelva a hacerse y a contestar estas preguntas y .recuerde que después de 'than', debe usarse pronombre personal, este debe ser: I, you, he, she, it, we, they, es decir, pronombre sujeto). 3. Algunos Adjetivos Se Comparan IRREGULARMENTE. Apréndanse de MEMORIA: a. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE más . . . (de SUPERLATIVE dos) el más (de tres o más) good many muchos, -as much — mucho, -a bad little (poco) far

better more more worse (uers) — peor worse less farther, further former (el primero o anterior de dos) upper (el más arriba de dos)

best most most worst (uerst) — el peor worst least(liist) — el menos farthest, furthest foremost (el primero de todos) uppermost (el más arriba de todos)

Note: LESS — menos, es el comparativo de 'little' — poco y por consiguiente SOLAMENTE debe usarse antes de nombres que expresen cantidad colectiva y NUNCA antes de cosas que puedan enumerarse: less water, less time, less work, etc. Compare 'less' y 'fewer': less misery — menos miseria, less poverty — menos pobreza, es decir, cosas que no se cuentan pero, fewer men, fewer jobs, es decir, cosas que puedan enumerarse. Observe: I have the least time of all — Soy yo quien tengo menos tiempo de todos. He has the most time of all — Es él quien tiene más tiempo de todos. (En menos de. . . —in less than. . . ; por lo menos — at least). El comparativo 'farther' — más lejos, debe usarse mayormente indicando distancia: He lives farther than I. 'Further' se emplea generalmente en un sentido figurado con la idea de (adicional): Read further — Siga leyendo o lea más adelante. (Furthermore, you . . . etc. — Además, Ud . . .) Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD SEVERAL Times: 1. Is your pen better than mine? 2. Is Peter's the best of the three? 3. Of those two apartments, which one, do you believe, is the better? 4. Did you see there more than two-hundred people waiting for him? 5. Has he written more phrases than she? 6. Who wrote the most phrases in the class? 7. Of your two girl-cousins, which one is the worse in English? 8. Is Mary the worst in the class? 9. (I heard that he was ill); is he worse to -day than he was yesterday? 10. When Alfred and William went by you, did you speak to the former or the latter? 11. Has he less money than any other in the family? 12. Which one has the least money of all? 13. Did he go farther that you? 14. Does she live the farthest of all? 15. Are you still going to read further?

116 4. Algunos adjetivos de dos silabas y todos los de tres o más forman el comparativo, generalmente, llevando adelante la palabra 'more' y el superlativo con 'the most' — el más, los más, Apréndanse de Memoria POSITIVE unfortunate refined impressive handsome bashful trying studious sarcastic successful foolish famous dreadful disrespectful respectful charming becoming

COMPARATIVE más (de dos) more unfortunate more refined more impressive more handsome more bashful more trying more studious more sarcastic more successful more foolish more famous more dreadful more disrespectful more respectful more charming more becoming

SUPERLATIVE el más (de tres o más) most unfortunate most refined most impressive most handsome most bashful most trying most studious most sarcastic most successful most foolish most famous most dreadful most disrespectful most respectful most charming most becoming

Nota: —Vemos comparativos y superlativos de alguno que otro adjetivo largo construidos en diferentes formas, por ejemplo, 'pleasanter' o 'more pleasant', 'the handsomest' o 'the most handsome' pero, siguiendo el uso general, debemos emplear preferiblemente 'more' y 'most' antes del positivo de dichos adjetivos.

Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD SEVERAL Times: 1. Is the white dress more becoming to her than any other? 2. Of these two girls, which one is the more charming, the taller or the shorter? 3. Is it not Ralph the most disrespectful boy in the class? 4. Have you ever seen a more dreadful sight than this? — (Negative). 5. Is he more famous now than he ever was before? 6. Is it not he the most foolish of them all? 7. Have you ever known a more hard working boy than he? 8. Does she say that Edward is more handsome than his brother? 9. Which one of those two buildings, do you think, is the more handsome, the one nearer the park or the farther? 10. Was the President's speech the most impressive of all? 11. Which one is the more sarcastic of the two, he or she? 12. Would he be more successful in his classes if he were more studious? 13. Which one of the boys is the most successful in English? 14. Have you ever had a more trying day in your life? 5. Comparative of Equality — Comparativo de Igualdad. El 'comparative of equality' se forma como sigue: as + positive + as — tan positivo como. Example: You are as lucky as he — Eres tan dichoso como él. She is as witty as her father — Ella es tan ocurrente como su padre. You talk as much as he — Hablas tanto como él. He has as many books as I — Él tiene tantos libros como yo. 6. Comparative of Inferiority — Comp. de Inferioridad El 'comparative of inferiority' se forma: less + positive + than — menos + positive + que; también se construye: not so + positive + as — no Tan + positive + como. Examples: He is less intelligent than any other in the class. He is not so studious as she. He does not brag (no se alaba) so much as you. 7. El Artículo THE es una Frase Correlativa Denotando Comparación: Estudie cuidadosamente los siguientes ejemplos en que se usa el articulo THE seguido de un 'comparative' al principio de la frase significando 'mientras más' o 'cuanto más' o bien ‘mientras menos' o 'tanto menos' y luego otra vez al final de la frase significando o 'tanto más', o bien ‘menos' o 'tanto menos' Observe que el VERBO en antes frases debe SEGUIR al sujeto. Use las siguientes oraciones, que han de aprenderse de MEMORIA, con otras personas cuando sea posible: THE more studious you are THE more you shall learn. THE easier a lesson is THE more I like it. THE less you study THE less you shall know. THE fewer books you read THE less learned ('lerned', culto) you shall be. THE more modest we are THE more friends we will have. THE wittier a person is THE more pleasant we find his company. THE less you talk about yourself THE more respect you command.

117 8. Absolute Superlative of Past Participles El 'past participle' usado como 'absolute superlative' debe ir PRECEDIDO de MUCH o VERY MUCH para significar 'muy': He is very much disgusted ('disgósted') — Está muy disgustado o disgustadísimo. I was very much disappointed — Yo estaba muy contrariado o contrariadisimo. She is very much annoyed — Esta muy incómoda o incomodísima. He is very much attached to his mother — Es muy apegado o apegadísimo a su mama ('Very tired' — muy cansado, es correcto puesto que 'tired' es en sí un adjetivo aunque existe el verbo 'to tire'). EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección, háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A.

De en INGLES una SOLA Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. Did the President approve the plan so that the workers could get better wages? 2. Did you expect your father to approve of your action? 3. Does she doubt that he has acknowledged his blame for the quarrel between her and him? 4. Did she say that she had acknowledged receipt of his letter lest he feel Insulted? 5. Were you amazed at the way he spoke of his best friend? 6. Would the policeman have been able to catch up with the thieves if he had chased them? 7. Did your elder brother say that he would chase us away unless we kept quiet? 8. Did you stop to pick up her handkerchief when she dropped it? 9. Do you fed that I ought to have dropped him a few lines about the incident? 10. Why did you prevent him from dropping in when you were going by? 11. Are you going to have your brother drop mathematics? 12. Did she not t ell you several times not to flatter her? 13. Did he say that she would not inherit any money unless she gave up her intention to marry the Russian pianist? 14. Are you wondering how long the conversation between her and me lasted? 15. Where did you place your books as soon as you had reached the house? 16. Are you suggesting that I must have misplaced those letters? 17. Did he complain to the police that somebody had robbed him of all his money? 18. Were you told that they were stopping at the Hotel America? 19. Do you think that the Court could compel that man to support his wife and children? 20. Did he want you to tie the dog to the leg of the table? 21. Did he tell you that she had missed the train? 22. When did she find out that her English Spanish dictionary was missing? 23. Do you think it was right for you to tell them that you did not trust them? 24. Are you happy to learn that he has built a fine reputation as a lawyer? 25. Did he say that he was going to build up a new business? 26. Did you ask her to set the books in the right place? 27. Why did you set your watch twenty minutes ahead? 28. How long ago did they set him free? 29. Do you think that they will prove that he set fire to his own house? 30. Does that noise set your teeth on edge? 31. Shall you set out at nine unless he decides to put off the trip? 32. Did he make sure to you that he had set his mind on a new business? 33. Did he throw a book at you when you be gan to tease him? 34. Do you not think that he would have some money left if h e had not thrown it away? 35. Did the manager order the doors thrown open when someone cried out "Fire" at the theatre? 36. Did they throw up their hands when the bandit took out his revolver? 37. Did the doctor give you any medicine to prevent your throwing up your food when you were in the boat? 38. Were you able to throw your friend down? 39. Has he got any money with him? 40. Have I got to finish this work before leaving the office this afternoon? II. Copie las siguientes Oraciones LLENANDO Cada BLANCO con una CONJUNCION Que Encaje Lógicamente para el Sentido Completo: 1. He must have met with an accident – he would be here already. 2. He always knows his lessons — he never studies. 3. They have been living in that house — they arrived in this city. 4. My mother does not approve of my brother's running the store — he does not know much about the business. 5. She said that she was coming to-day at three — I must wait for her. 6. He will be able to pass the examination — he attends classes regularly and studies hard. 7. I am glad to lend it to you but I must tell you, —, that you should take good care of it. 8. He insisted that I be there but I did not go, —. 9. She prefers to read poetry, — I choose to read prose. 10. I believe that you feel about that subject — he does.

118 III. Translate into English: 1. Me opuse a que mi hermano viniera a este país porque sé que el clima no le prueba. 2. Ellos nos suplicaron que consintiéramos en que ellos usaran la biblioteca entre cuatro y cinco de la tarde. 3. No me explico porque dudaste el que é1 fuera inteligente. 4. Si no hubieses insistido en que te esperara aquí yo hubiera podido conseguir los boletos para la función. 5. Ella habrá aprobado el que su hijo entre en la universidad (college) pero temo que fracasara. 6. ¿Tiene Ud. inconveniente en que yo espere aquí? Por supuesto que no. 7. Si é1 no tuviese conveniente en que yo usara su diccionario yo podría preparar mis lecciones mucho mejor. 8. Tu padre te dijo que él no tenía inconveniente en que ellos bailaran en la casa pero después de medianoche. 9. No volveré a escribirle a menos que el me-acuse recibo de mi carta. 10. Aunque él no admitió su error todos nosotros (we all) convinimos en que él había tenido la culpa. 11. Ella me asombró cuando la oí hablar francés pues no sabía hablarlo hace seis a siete meses. 12. Como el policía no encontró un automóvil a-la mano no pudo perseguir a los bandidos. 13. Ellos estaban molestándome, por esto los 'ahuyente' de mi sala de estudio. 14. ¿Por qué no echaste las cartas en el buzón de (on) la esquina cuando saliste a las once? 15. No quise suspender las -matemáticas por miedo de que mi padre me regañara (should. . .).16. A él se le caería algo, de lo contrario no estaría mirando debajo del piano y del escritorio. 17. Ellos no me han llamado, por lo tanto les escribiré unas líneas hoy sin falta. 18. El más joven de los dos entró-al-pasar y hablamos unos diez minutos. 19. La pobre mujer leyó la noticia acerca de su hijita y entonces cayó muerta. 20. Ella le tiró con el libro pero 'no dió en el blanco'. 21. Ellas perderían el primer discurso pues salieron de su casa muy tarde. 22. Él me dijo que faltaban tres de sus libros. 23. Este dinero te durará hasta el fin del mes. 24. Su padre le impidió entrar en ese negocio. 25. Él traspapelaría ese documento cuando se detuvo en la oficina el otro día. 26. Ayer supe que cuatro ladrones le habían robado $20,000 al Banco Italiano. 27. Cuando la mayor de las dos hermanas dejo de tocar el piano, la mis joven nos entretuvo con un cuento muy interesante. 28. Mientras más habla un hombre de si menos confió -en él. 29. Su madre quería que él fabricara una casa tan hermosa como la de ella. 30. Él se ha hecho la reputación de ser el abogado más inteligente de la ciudad — (Él se ha hecho una reputación como el abogado 'más inteligente en la ciudad '). 31. Me dijeron que ellos pusieron en libertad al más culpable de los dos. 32. Él me atrasó el reloj veinte minutos y por eso me levante más tarde que los otros. 33. ¿Ella nos dijo que había expuesto el plan más fácil de todos. 34. No tenemos que ponern os en camino tan temprano. 35. Él no malgastó tanto dinero como yo. 36. Si é1 hubiese hecho su deber ellos no lo hubieran (habrían) botado. 37. El profesor dice que mientras menos libros leamos menos sabremos. 38. ¿Cúal (which one) de los dos muchachos tumbaste, el más alto o el más bajo? 39. tú me dijiste que ella era más inteligente que él. 40. Encontré al nenito más bonito de lo que esperaba.

119 LESSON XIV REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

a.

—aparecer-se; parecer —tropezar con, chocar —criticar —desaparecer-se —escaparse, librarse —afrontar ; hacer frente a, estar de frente para (fiks) —fijar ; componer, reparar (jápen) —acontecer, suceder (máneY) —dirigir, administrar (mach ) —hacer juego (combinar) (médel) —meterse (entremeterse)

to appear (apíar) to bump upon (bomp) to criticize (critisáis) to disappear (disapíar) to escape (eskéip) to face (féis) to fix to happen to manage to match to meddle

to move to patronize to postpone to push to remark

(muuv) (pátronais) (póustpóun) (push) (rimáark)

to reproach to save to scare to settle to succeed

(ripróuch) (séiv) (skéar) (sétel) (soksíid)

—mover-se: mudar-se —patrocinar —posponer —empujar —observar (hacer una observación) —reprochar —economizar —asustar —resolver (arreglar) —suceder (reemplazar); tener éxito

b. Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to bump upon, against —tropezar con, pegarse con o ajustarle las cuentas a to fix —arreglar, poner en orden; castigar to happen to . . . —acertar a (de casualidad tal o cual. . . .; o sucede que. . .) She happened to pass by when. —De casualidad pasaba ella cuando That man you are talking about happens to be —Sucede que ese hombre de quien Ud. habla es mi my brother hermano to manage —componérselas, arreglárselas to match —hacer juego con, igualar a to move out, away —mudarse (de sitio conocido) to move into a house or place —mudarse a una casa o sitio to move in —mudarse (a un sitio ya mencionado) to move that . . . —proponer que . . . (en una asamblea) to move —conmover, enternecer She was moved to tears —Vertió lagrimas de emoción to patronize —patrocinar, frecuentar (o ser parroquiano de un establecimiento público) to push one's way into, (in, si se sobrentiende el —entrar a empujones sitio) to push one's way out —salir a empujones to scare a person away —espantar, ahuyentar a alguien to get scared —asustarse to succeed in + pres. part. —lograr + infinitivo to settle —colonizar, poblar to settle down —fijarse o establecerse; ponerse a to settle accounts —ajustar cuentas. To appear: It appears to me, o It seems to me — Me parece. 'To bump: He must have bumped his head against the wall — Él se daría o se pegaría con la cabeza en la pared. To fix: I am going to fix them when they least expect it —Voy a ajustarles las cuentas cuando menos se lo esperen. To manage: I shall manage somehow — Me las arreglaré de algún modo. I wonder how he managed to prove it —¿Cómo se las arreglaría él para probarlo? To move: He must have moved out — Él se mudaría o se habrá mudado. I move that we (should) postpone the meeting. To succeed: He would succeed if he were persistent — Él tendría éxito si fuera perseverante. Had she been a little patient she would have succeeded in getting a good price for the house — Si ella hubiese tenido un poco de paciencia ella hubiera logrado conseguir un buen precio por la casa. To watch, To observe, To remark: To watch — vigilar: observar detenidamente como por distracción; To observe — observar muy atentamente para aprender o criticar y corregir; observar u obedecer una ley o reglamento; observar o hacer una observación; To remark — observar hacer una observación. Continúe en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. I bumped my head against the wall, You . . . etc. 2. I fixed my eyes on her but I did not attract her attention, You . . . etc. 3. I would have fixed the bed if I had known how, You . . . etc. 4. I am wondering what happened there last night, You are . . . etc. 5. I happened to pass by when they were moving to a house across the street, You . . . when they . . . etc. 6. I would not manage the store unless I could obtain a good salary, You . . . etc. 7. Even though I cannot speak Russian well enough I shall manage somehow, Even though you . . . etc. 8. I would have managed to meet my debts had it not hem for my sickness, You . . . etc. 9. I would have bought a few neckties if there had been any to match my new suit, You . . . etc.

120 10. I have a horse that matches Peter’s, You . . . etc. 11. I must have moved away the day following day my cousin’s arrival but I am not certain about it, You . . . etc. 12. I should have moved that the assembly postpone the meeting until further orders, You . . . etc. 13. I do not have to push my way in because there is never a crowd at that time, You . . . etc. 14. I had to push my way out for Mr. Landon as president of the club, You . . . etc. 15. I shall succeed provided I am persistent, You will . . . etc. 16. I must succeed in seeing the Mayor about it otherwise I shall lose my job, You . . . 17. I should reproach myself if I forgot to do my duty, You would . . . etc. d.

Read and Answer Aloud and Write Several Times 1. Do you felt that they should appear at William’s before our friend left? 2. Did you not recognize that man who bumped upon you moment ago? 3. Did you hear my brother say that I ought not to have criticized his friend’s plans? 4. Did his wife want him to get a house facing the park? 5. Was it true that he faced danger like a man? 6. How long ago did you fix the broken table and chairs? 7. Would she have flown to meet him in Mexico if something had happened to him? 8. How did they manage to pay their debts? 9. Does the necktie match my brown suit? 10. Did they succeed in finding a boxer to match Dempsey? 11. Do you not think (that) he should have moved away when he had a quarrel with his brother? 12. Would the English teacher postpone today’s extra class if there were a teacher's meeting? 13. Would she have postponed the dance if there had been any objection from her father? 14. Did your friends have to push their way in lest they should miss their father’s speech? 15. Did he remark that he had not been able to recognize me when we met at the pier? 16. Were you not sorry to hear that your cousin had not been able to save his business from failure? 17. How long has he been saving for the house? 18. Are you going to scare him away as soon as he appears at your house again? 19. Did the members of the club ask Mrs. Clark to succeed Mr. Simpson as president? 20. Would he have succeeded if he had carried out his brother’s plan? 21. Did he say that he would settle down in that city? 22. Has the school superintendent observed her classes? II.

FIRST LESSON Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba cada vocabulario Hasta aprender a fondo

affordable approve approval available unavalable awful awfully

(afórabol) (aprúuv) (aprúval) (avéilebol) (an..) (óful) (ófuli)

author authorize authority basement basin biography career closet clown clumsy coal-bin to collide collision to compose composer court cupboard dinner-set to distinguish epoch to equip fee fiction furnace to frame

(ózer) (óZorais) (oZóriti) (béisment) (béisin) (baiógrafi) (cárriar) (clóset) (cláun) (clómsi) (cóul-bin) (coláid) (coíshon) (compoús) (compóuser) (coort) (cóbord)

framework garbage dump gauntlet geography to hand to incline to illustrate

(fréim-uerk) (gárbaY) (gánlet) (Yiógrafi) (jand) (incláin) (ílostreit)

(distingüish) (épok) (ekuíp) (fii) (fikshon) (férnes)

—asequible, disponible —aprobar —aprobación —disponible —no disponible —horrible, pavoroso —horriblemente, (excesivamente, fam) —autor —autorizar —autoridad —sótano —jofaina palangana, valle —biografía —carrera (profesión) —armario, guardarropa —payaso, hazmerreír —desmañado, torpe (para algo) —carbonera —chocar, topar —colisión —componer, arreglar, reparar —compositor —corte, patio —alacena, chinero —vajilla —distinguir —época —equipar —honorarios, cuota —ficción, la novela —calorífero —armar (formar con partes, poner en un marco) —armadura, armazón —botadero de basura —manopla —geografía —entregar —inclinarse —ilustrar, esclarecer (con ejemplos)

indeed inquiry litter meddler opera glasses to perform performance

(indíid) (inkúari) (liter) (médler)

poll portrait postage probe radiator remark remarkable reproachable resources research

(pol) (pórtret) (poústeY) (próub) (rediéiter) (rimáark) (rimáarkabol) (ripróuchabol) (risórses) (ríserch)

roomy sausage scene science scientist sculptor sink slums specialist eye-specialist statesman statistics steak support stage to terrify territory straight vacant to ventilate valid to warm wash-stand

(rúumi) (sóseY) (síin) (sáians) (sáiantist) (scólpter) (sink) (sloms) (spéshalist)

(perfóorm) (perfórmance)

(stéistman) (statístics) (stíik) (sopórt) (stéiY) (térifai) (téritory) (tréigt) (véicant) (véntileit) (valid) (uóorm) (uóshtánd)

—de veras —investigación —basura, esparcir desperdicios —entremetido —gemelos (de teatro) —ejecutar, cumplir —ejecución, representación (teatro) —encuesta, votacion —retrato —franqueo —sondeo —radiador —observación (dicho) —extraordinario —censurable —recursos —investigación científica —espaciosos —salchicha —escena —ciencia —hombre de ciencias —escultor —lavamanos —barrios bajos —especialista —oculista —estadista —estadística —filete, bistec, rosbif —apoyo, sostén —escenario, tablas —aterrar, horrorizar —territorio —recto, derecho —vacante, desocupado —ventilar —válido —calentar-se —lavabo, palanganero

'Ficcion': denomina un género literario, es decir, la literatura novelesca, por ejemplo, I like fiction — Me gusta la novela; pero He leído tres novelas esta semana — I have read three novels this week.

121 PHRASES: —La casa tiene dos pisos de alto —valer —Vale lo que pesa en oro —50 centavos de manzanas —estar inclinado a —Me lleve un susto horrible —¿qué te tienes entre manos? —Él no tiene nada bueno entre manos —dar una mirada o vistazo a —comunicarse con, verse con —estar (listo) para, o a punto de —ponerse a trabajar —interesarse en —precio fijo —pila de agua bendita —nombre de pila —No en balde o en vano Ud.; (literal: No es de maravillarse que Ud. . .) a frame-up (slang) —trama, o enredo premeditado para perjudicar a alguien dishwasher —lavaplatos, maquina para lavar platos go straight —ir derecho, recto dark hear —pelo oscuro light hair —pelo claro curly hair —pelo rizado straight hair —pelo liso long hair —pelo largo short hair —pelo corto wavy hair —pelo ondulado hair cut —corte de pelo straight forward —sencillo, franco, honrado horse breeder —craidor de caballos Nota: No olvidemos que los vocabularios y las frases a continuación DEBEN practicarse en conversación y traducción antes del estudio de la parte siguiente. The house is two stories high to be worth ('uerZ') It is worth his weight in gold 50 cents' worth of apples to be inclined to I got the scare of my life What are you up to? He is up to no good to take a look at to get in touch with to be about to to get to work to take an interest in fixed -price holy-water basin Christian name No wonder you, . . .

IlI.

READING TEXT Lea en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Varias Veces I called on my friends at their new home as I had promised. They like the new house better than the apartment in which they lived before. It is two stories high and has a large basement. In the basement we find the furnace and the coal-bin. The parlor, the library, the dining-room and the kitchen are found on the first floor. In George's library you can enjoy the reading of magazines and newspapers from different parts of the world, and books of all kinds written by some of the most prominent writers. Some are books of fiction; others are of poems, dramas, travels: others are of science, history, biographies, geography and others are large, illustrated dictionaries. In the library we can also see portraits of men from different epochs who have distinguished themselves in various careers:. Authors, scientists, statesmen, artists, such as painters, sculptors and singers, and many others. On the second floor of the house there are four bedrooms and two bathrooms. Two of the bedrooms are reserved for guests. Those bedrooms are spacious and well-ventilated. The guest-rooms face the court and the other two look out upon the street. The closets are roomy; many things even valises can fit in them with no difficulty. The bathrooms are equipped with good showers, and each of these rooms has a medicine-chest and a washstand. George's house has a good garage too, but it is still vacant. He says that as soon as he has saved enough money and has learned how to drive well he will buy an automobile. He took a few driving lessons some time ago but he is not able to drive perfectly yet. It seems to me it is much better to have one's own home; this is particularly true when one can have a library like George's. If you enjoy reading the supernatural you read Edgar Allan Poe (edgar póu); if you prefer English drama you read Shakespeare ('shéikspíar'); if you like French comedies you read Moliere (moliér), and if you desire to enjoy Spanish fiction you read Cervantes. Thus the hours go by and you are happier than you were before. IV.

CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Write Several Times 1. Do George and his wife like the house they have just bought better than the apartment in which they lived before? 2. How many stories high is their new house? 3. Where are the furnace and the coal-bin? 4. What rooms are found on the first floor? On the second floor? 5. Name the kinds of books we find in the library. Are there pictures hanging (colgando) on the walls? 6. Are there any rooms reserved for guests? 7. Do the bedrooms face the street or the court? 8. Do you prefer bathrooms equipped with showers? 9. Where are the medicine-chest and washstand? 10. Has George's house a garage too? 11. Why has George no automobile yet? 12. Is it better to live in one's own house? 13. Would you read English dramas if you knew the language well enough? 14. What English or American author should you like to read first?

122 V.

GRAMMAR

A. Irregular Verbs Principal Parts: to bind (báind) to bite (báit) to draw (droo) to overcome to upset to withdraw Present bind bite draw

—amarrar; encuadernar —morder; picar (animal ponzoñoso); picar (algo en la boca) —dibujar; deducir; tirar (arrastrar); extraer, chupar —vencer (obstáculos, dificultades, etc.); sojuzgar (dominar) —trastornar, contrariar; desordenar —retirar (nombre de. . . ; (dinero de un banco, etc.); retirarse (de una reunión, organización, club, etc.) Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (—ado, —ido) bound (báund) binding bound bit (bit) biting bitten (bíten) bit drew (dru) drawing drawn (droon) Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender a Perfección: to be bound for (to) —ir con destino a to be bound to —estar destinado a; estar expuesto a; estar o ser obligado a, (autoridad, ley, deber, promesa, etc.) to draw (derive) conclusions —sacar conclusiones to draw near —acercar o acercarse to draw interest —devengar interés (ganar interés) to draw out —sacar, extraer to draw up —redactar to draw a prize —sacar un premio (de una lotería) to draw on a person —girar contra una persona to be overcome by —postrarse o extenuarse con o por to be upset —estar contrariado o nervioso (por algo); estar desordenado (un cuarto, algo)

To bind: His hands and legs were hound — Él tenía las manos y las piernas atadas; He must have bound the books last week — Él encuadernaría o habrá encuadernado los libros la semana pasada; His plan is bound to succeed. To bite: If the dog had bitten me I would have sued the owner — Si el perro me hubiese mordido yo hubiera (habría) denunciado al dueño; The mosquitoes are biting my legs; nom. — picada, bocado: You have a bite on your neck — Tienes una picada en el cuello; I shall have a bite — Comerse algo (un bocado). To draw: It surprises me that you have drawn such a conclusion — Me sorprende que hayas deducido semejante conclusión. To overcome: I should never be afraid to speak in public if I were able to overcome my stammering — Jamás tendría miedo de hablar en público si pudiera vencer o sobreponerme a mi 'gaguera' (tartamudez); Finally the policeman overcame the two bandits — Finalmente el policía sojuzgo o domino a los dos bandidos; He was overcome by smoke — Se postró con el humo. Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I bound the prisoner's hands on his back, You . . . etc. 2. I am going to have them bind my books, You . . . etc. 3. If the steamer were bound for Havana I would take it, If the . . . etc. 4. I should be bound to fail if I did not take care of the business myself, You would . . . etc. 5. I was bound by my word to consider his proposition, You. . . etc. 6. If the dog had bitten me I would have sued the owner, If the . . . etc. 7. I should have gone out for a bite, You should . . . etc. 8. I drew a good picture of the Governor and I got $100 for it, You . . . etc. 9. I would never have drawn that conclusion had it not been for John's remark, You . . . etc. 10. I must have drawn the first prize from the Spanish lottery otherwise I would not find so many people flattering me, You . . . etc. 11. I would not get my money back unless I drew on the father for that amount, You . . . etc. 12. If there were a daily class on public speaking I would overcome my bashfulness, You . . . etc. 14. I am going to have all my money withdrawn from that bank, You . . . etc. 15. I do not have to withdraw that money from the bank, You . . . etc. 16. I told Peter not to upset his mother with his worries, You . . . etc. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Was the policeman told to bind the man's hand and legs? 2. Are you going to have those old books bound before leaving the city? 3. Would he take this boat if it were bound for Bermuda? 4. Where were you bound to when I ran into you last night? 5. Did he say that I was b ound to meet with failure if I tried to carry out my plan? 6. Is he not bound by the Court to support his wife and children? 7. Did you not tell him not to bite his nails? 8. Will you let me have a bite of that delicious cake? 9. Would he have drawn her picture if she had paid him well? 10. What did you draw from his words to us yesterday afternoon? 11. Did the teacher ask the students to draw their chairs near his table? 12. What interest has your money drawn these last six months? 13. Do you know who drew up the Declaration of Independence of the United States? 14. What would you do if you drew the first prize from the Spanish lottery?

123 15. For how much money did they draw on his father? 16. Did you have to overcome many difficulties during your first year in this big city? 17. Was our friend's uncle able to overcome the two thieves? 18. Was she overcome by illness the very moment she entered the ship? 19. Would she have withdrawn her name from the contest if her father had asked her to? 20. Is there any reason why he wishes to withdraw his money from that bank? 21. Was she very much upset after she had heard the news? PREPOSITIONS — Preposiciones

B. after aboard above in accordance with according to on account of amid, amidst among, amongst as for (as to) before behind below beneath beside besides between beyond but concerning despite by dint of

—después de —a bordo de —por encima de —de acuerdo con —según, conforme a —a causa de —en medio de —entre (varios) —en cuanto a —delante de, antes de —detrás de —debajo de —debajo de —al lado de —además de —entre (mayormente dos) —más allá de —excepto —tocante a —a pesar de —a fuerza de

during except far from like by means of notwithstanding over pending

—durante —excepto —lejos de —parecido a (como) —por medio de —a pesar de —por encima de —pendiente

regarding with regard to

—tocante a

in regard to with reference to in spite of through toward —s underneath by virtue of within

—con respecto a —con relación a —a pesar de —a través de; por mediación de —hacia —debajo de —en virtud de —dentro de —sin

without regardless of

—sin tomar en consideración, haciendo caso omiso a . . .

1. Las siguientes preposiciones, muchas de ellas ya muy estudiadas, deben saberse de memoria. Aquí omitimos otras muy conocidas por el alumno, tales como with, in, etc. (Algunas de estas palabras se emplean como adverbios y alguna que otra como conjunción). 2. "The preposition' va generalmente seguida de un nombre o su equivalente, denominado 'object of the preposition' con el cual forma una frase adjetival a adverbial. Se emplea la preposición para indicar la relación que existe entre 'its object' y alguna otra parte de la oración. Al decir, 'I went the ship Peter', no se entendería la idea pero, 'I went ABOARD the ship WITH Peter' las preposiciones 'aboard' y 'with' muestran la relación entre las diferentes partes de la oración y cuando una idea está clara y correcta. 3. No olvidemos que in, on, at denotan generalmente 'descanso', es decir, ya situado en un sitio; into, upon, to denotan moción con dirección. Para traducir ('debajo de': under indica idea precisa e inmediata; below una idea general; beneath y underneath son de uso más bien literario o figurado. 4. Recordemos que de seguirle verbo a la preposición, en inglés, ese debe ser el 'present participle': before leaving, after buying, for coming late, etc. 5. Tengamos presente que después de la preposición, en inglés, de usarse pronombre este debe ser COMPLEMENTARIO: between you and me; with her and him; according to them; according to WHAT I told you — Según (lo que) le dije; but me, but him, except her, etc. — excepto o menos yo, etc.; like me, like him, etc. (Es error. 'like I told you' pues para introducir una clausula es necesario una conjunción y debemos decir, 'As I told you'). 6. A veces podemos usar en inglés después de alguna u otra preposición un adjetivo o nombre posesivo y 'present participle' en lugar de una clausula, por ejemplo; He walked away before my telling him what to do. She did not stay in spite of her mother's begging her to. Notwitstanding their saying so I will not believe it. 7. La preposición, después del verbo y de la conjunción, es más importante que cualquiera otra parte de la oración, y aun más en inglés que se emplea como parte del verbo dándole a este numerosos usos adicionales. Cientos de ejemplos hallamos desde la Tercera Lección hasta el fin de este curso, entre ellos: to come up, to come across to give up, to show up, to show off, to stay away from, etc. 9. Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD Several Times: 1. Did you suggest that he go aboard the ship to see the captain? 2. Do you mean that his sister walks like him? 3. Will they be able to succeed by means of the new plan? 4. Are they going to pay the men in accordance with Mr. Clark's plan? 5. Shall you have them do this work notwithstanding your father's opposition? 6. Will they postpone the trip pending their uncle's arrival? 7. Does he want you to run the business according to what he told you? 8. Have they not written yet with regard to our order of last week?

124 9. Was she punished on account of her staying away from school? 10. Did you find your brother amid the crowd when you were looking for him?11. Was he flying most of the time above the clouds or below them? 12. Was it true that all the students failed but her? 13. Are you going to insist that he say something at the meeting with reference to the recent law? 14. Did she beg her parents to rent a house beyond the park? 15. Did you introduce to John that man you were speaking with? 16. Are you going to have her get that job through your brother? 17. Was your friend sitting beside the President when you saw him? 18. Had his son already left before his telling him to? 19. Will they give the position to the oldest man regardless of nationality or religion? 20. Are you going to buy that house regardless of what your father has told you? C. The ADVERB — El Adverbio 'The adverb' es la palabra que modifi ca o afecta el significado de un verbo, adjetivo u otro adverbio. Generalmente se distingue un adverbio, o alguna frase usada en su lugar, haciéndose la pregunta Cómo , Cuándo, Dónde o con que intensidad se hace algo. Anotamos aquí solamente un número de el los pues ya hemos aprendido muchos y aprenderemos otros en lecciones sucesivas. Apréndanse los siguientes de memoria: 1. frankly gracefully separately stupidly so on, so forth 2.

ADVERBS OF MANNER —francamente bashfully —graciosamente, con arte bravely —separadamente, por separado comfortably —estúpidamente foolishly —asi sucesivamente, etc. ADVERBS OF TIME

actually afterwards at present at the present time before formerly frequently (frícuent-li) immediately lately 3. abroad down down to down there down-stairs down-town inside 4. enough exceedingly extremely how purposely 5. how whence (uso raro)

—actualmente, en realidad, realmente meanwhile now —después nowadays —en la actualidad seldom —en este momento shortly —anteriormente since —anteriormente so far —frecuentemente suddenly —inmediatamente whenever —últimamente (en estos últimos días) ADVERBS OF PLACE —en el (al) extranjero outside —abajo, por tierra up there —hasta . . . (bajando) up to . . . —allá abajo up-town —abajo, (piso inferior) up-stairs —parte baja de la ciudad wherever —dentro yonder ADVERBS OF QUANTITY —bastante(suficientemente) thoroughly —excesivamente too —extremadamente too much —que (antes de adj. En exclamaciones) so much cuan (lo) somewhat —adrede, expresamente INTERROGATIVE ADVERBS —como whither (uso —de dónde raro)

6. absolutely certainly really 7.

AFFIRMATIVE ADVERBS —absolutamente naturally —ciertamente, por supuesto willingly —realmente NEGATIVE ADVERBS:

Certainly not!

—¡Por supuesto que no!

Of course not! 8. perhaps maybe (méibi)

—¡Por supuesto que no! By no means! ADVERBS OF DOUBT: — puede ser possibly probably

Not at all!

—tímidamente —valientemente —cómodamente —tontamente

—mientras tanto —ahora —ahora —rara vez —dentro de poco —desde entonces (al final de la frase) —hasta ahora o hasta la fecha —de repente, repentinamente —siempre que (cuando) —fuera —allá, arriba —hasta (subiendo) —parte alta de la ciudad —arriba, (piso superior) —dondequiera que —mas allá (de sitio mencionado) —a fondo, completamente —demasiado (antes de adjetivo) —demasiado (modificando verbos) —tanto —bastante o algo (antes de adj.)

—hacia donde

—gustosamente, de buena gana —naturalmente

—¡Absolutamente no! ¡De nada en absoluto! —¡De ningún modo! —posiblemente —probablemente

125 Nota: Tengamos presente que 'afterwards' NUNCA traduce 'después DE', solamente 'después' como adverbio: He must have managed to see them afterwards — Él se las arreglaría para verbos después. 'How' traduce 'que' usado antes de adjetivo o adverbio; (en este caso ese 'que' es un adverbio de cantidad aunque esto parezca muy raro a algunos estudiantes de gramática): ¡Que hermoso esta el cielo! — How beautiful the sky is!; ¡Que talentosos son esos niños! — How bright those children are! ; 'How' traduce 'lo' equivalente a 'cuan': Él sabe lo dificil que es el inglés pero lo aprenderá irrefutablemente con este sistema — He knows how difficult English is but he shall learn it with this system. Recordemos que 'too' traduce 'demasiado' antes de a.dietivos o adverbios: This news is too good to be true — Esta noticia es demasiado buena para ser verdad. 'Too much' — demasiado, modifica verbos y también es adjetivo para modificar nombres: She talks too much. He drank too much beer. So far: "So far so good but everybody is out to keep on top of things," he said — "Hasta ahora todo va bien, pero todo el mundo está lejos de mantenerseen lo mas alto de las cosas", dijo. Who are the best shooters in the league so far this season? — ¿Quiénes son los mejores tiradores de la liga en lo que va de temporada? Justice Department fills 25 jobs so far for New Waterford office — El departamento de justicia llena 25 vacantes hasta la fecha para la oficina de New Waterford. Suncorp has received 4500 insurance claims so far from Qld floods — Suncorp ha recibido 4.500 reclamaciones de seguros hasta el momento de las inundaciones Qld. So on: When times are tough, maintenance on the production line, the trucks needed to deliver goods, and so on can be put off — Cuando los tiempos son difíciles, el mantenimiento de la línea de producción, los camiones necesarios para entregar los bienes, y así sucesivamente se puede postergar. So forth: Late December, Matt said his next 30 day challenge would be to take a break from internet for a full week and then limit his time with emails, social networks, news sites and so forth for the whole month — A finales de diciembre, Matt dijo que su próximo desafío de 30 días sería tomar un descanso de internet durante una semana y luego limitar su tiempo con mensajes de correo electrónico, redes sociales, sitios de noticias y así sucesivamente para todo el mes. What we do here for people that are undocumented is they have to come forward, undergo a background check, they have to pay fines and back taxes and so forth and then all they get is a temporary status basically — Lo que hacemos aquí a las personas que no poseen documentos se tienen que presentar, se someten a una verificación de antecedentes, que tienen que pagar multas e impuestos atrasados y así sucesivamente y entonces todo lo que obtienen es un estado temporal, básicamente. Formerly: After confession, those formerly attacked by Amstrong find a mix of vindication and sadness — Después de la confesión, los anteriormente atacados por Armstrong encontraron una mezcla de reivindicación y tristeza. Shortly: Watch this stunning lunar fly by taken shortly before GRAIL's planned impact — Vea este sobrevuelo lunar impresionante tomada poco antes del impacto previsto Grial. Afterwards: You can be upset with him sometimes, but afterwards he's a lovely lad — Usted puede estar molesto con él algunas veces, pero después él es un muchacho encantador. You need to reboot the computer afterwards to notice the effect — Es necesario reiniciar el equipo después de notar el efecto. Both men were scheduled to head to Montevideo afterwards for a series of bilateral talks — Ambos hombres tenían previsto dirigirse a Montevideo después de una serie de conversaciones bilaterales. The funeral will be held afterwards at Lordship cemetery — El funeral se celebrará después en el cementerio Lordship. Abroad: But they have been unable to trace the surgeons abroad and have been left thousands of pounds out of pocket — Sin embargo, han sido incapaces de localizar a los cirujanos en el extranjero y han dejado miles de libras de su bolsillo. The taking of hostages by militant groups at a natural gas plant in this country has forced companies operating abroad to review their security management systems — La toma de rehenes por parte de grupos militantes en una planta de gas natural en este país ha obligado a las empresas que operan en el extranjero a que revisen sus sistemas de gestión de seguridad. Capitalist Party is again making attempts to discredit Hungary abroad and misleading the foreign public with false statements, ruling spokeswoman said on Monday — Un Partido Capitalista vuelve a hacer intentos por desacreditar a Hungría en el extranjero y engañando al público extranjero con declaraciones falsas, dijo la portavoz el lunes. D. IRREGULAR VERBS Principal Parts: to freeze (friis) —helarse, congelar to hang (jang) —colgar; ahorcar to hide (jáid) —esconder-se to hurt (jert) —lastimar; doler to light (láit) —encender, alumbrar to swim (suim) —nadar Present Past Pres. Part. Past Part. —ado, —ido) freeze froze (frous) freezing frozen (fróusen) hang hung (jong) hanging hung hanged hanged hide hid (jid) hiding hidden (jíden) hurt hurt hurting hurt light lit, lighted lighting lit, lighted swim swam (suam) swimming swum (súom) Observe: 'hanged' se emplea cuando la idea es la forma de 'ahorcarse'.

126 2. to freeze to death to hang around to hang together (fam.) to hang in the balance to hang on to hang on to hang the receiver to hang up (fam.) to get the hang of to hide something from a person to be hiding to hurt oneself to hurt somebody's feelings to swim to safety

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: —Morirse de frio, 'helarse' —rondar, estar aquí y allá. (de haragán) —permanecer unidos, no irse al lado opuesto —pender de un hilo; (refiriéndose a una situación dudosa o critica) —depender de o descansar en —agarrarse firme —colgar el receptor – audífono —colgar (el receptor). —cogerle el golpe a —esconderle algo a alguien, o esconder algo para que otro no lo coja —estar escondido —Lastimarse o darse un golpe —herirle el amor propio a alguien —salvarse nadando

I hung my coat in the closet; She hanged herself; They hanged him for a crime he had not committed. His life hangs in the balance — Su vida pende de un hilo. His election hung on one vote — Su elección dependía de un voto. Hang on my arm — Agarrate a mi brazo. As soon as I have got the hang of these verbs I will speak fluently. If he had not hurt my feelings I would have consented to his coming along — Si él no me hubiese herido el amor propio yo hubiera consentido en que él viniera con nosotros. My throat hurts terribly — Me duele muchísimo la garganta.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I am freezing in this room, You . . . etc 2. I almost froze to death on Wilson Street waiting for James, You . . . etc. 3. My hands are frozen, your . . . etc. 4. I hung my hat on the door-knob but it was gone when I came back for it, You . . . but it . . . when you . . . etc. 5. I told George not to hang around but get busy, You . . . etc. 6. I hung on his arm in order not to fall, You . . . etc. 7. My success or failure hangs in the balance, Your . . . etc. 8. It is necessary that I should hide these hooks, It . . . etc. 9. I should have hidden my French grammar from Peter, You . . . etc. 10. If I hid my pen from Mary I could not borrow her dictionary, If you . . . etc. 11. I must have hidden my watch from the baby but I do not remember where, You . . . etc. 12. I was hiding behind the door for I was afraid that my father would scold me, You . . . etc. 13. I hurt myself when I fell on the sidewalk, You . . . etc. 14. I am sorry that I have hurt Edward for I did not mean it, You . . . etc. 15. I had hurt the cad man's feelings I would have asked him to forgive me, If you . . . etc. 16. If I had lit my room I would have been able to read better, If you . . . etc. 17. I must have swum more than two miles when I reached the shore, You . . . etc. 18. I was able to swim to safety, You . . . etc. 19. I hung the receiver when I recognized the lawyer's voice, You . . . etc. 3. Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did the milk freeze in the bottle? 2. Did he say that he was freezing in his room? 3. Did the poor dog freeze to death? 4. Did you tell him to hang his coat on the hook? 5. Are they really go ing to have that poor woman hanged for that crime? 6. Did they prove that the man had hanged himself? 7. Was he always hanging around when you lived at your aunt's house? 8. Did the doctor say last night that your friend's life hung in the balance? 9. Did you ask her to hang on your arm when you were walking over the slippery sidewalk? – ((slíperi) – resbaloso). 10. Has he not been able to get the hang of his new work yet? 11. Is it true that he hung the receiver before you had time to give him an explanation? 12. Had your mother hidden your hat when you decided to go out? 13. Were they hiding under the bed when the police broke down the door? 14. Did she hurt herself when she fell off the horse? 15. Did the teacher hurt your feelings when she said that your pronunciation was not very good? 16. Why do you say that I hurt you? 17. Did he burn his finger when he lit the match? 18. Did they light the big lamp in the parlor last night? 19. Did he say that he could not swim very well? 20. Has she ever swum across that lake? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. About what time did they appear at your house last night? 2. Did he say that it appeared to him that she was not telling the truth? 3. Do you always become angry when someone bum ps upon you in the street? 4. Did he hurt himself when he bumped his head against the wall? 5. Would you have criticized him if he had-acted differently? 6. Did he face his difficulties bravely or did he run away from them? 7. Was their daughter very much annoyed because they did not rent a house facing the park? 8. Did you want to get a room that faces the court? 9. Did the teacher fix his eyes on Peter and her during the whole class? 10. Is he going to have those two tables fixed before the week is over? 11. Did her father say that he would 'fix' her if she did not behave in school? 12. Can you tell me what happened on the corner? 13. Did she happen to pass by when the two men were fighting? 14. Is he managing the store while his father is abroad?

127 15. How did they manage to pay their debts? 16. Did she want you to buy neckties to match your suits? 17. Have the English been able to find a boxer to match the American? 18. Did you ask him to move your desk to one side? 19. Would you have moved up -town if your mother had asked you to? 20. If you liked the new house, would you move in within a few days? 21. Are you going to move that the members abstain from smoking during the meetings? 22. Has my sad story moved you? 23. Did they have to push their way in? 24. Did he ask her to have the wedding postponed? 25. Would you have replied to him if you had heard his remark? 26. Was the fireman able to save the little girl from burning to death? 27. Would he be able to meet the notes on his house if he did not save some money every month? 28. Did they scare you when they called you in the mid dle of the night? 29. Did she scare him away when she told him that her father did not approve of their friendship? 30. Do you not know what king succeeded Victoria the Great? 31. Would he have succeeded if he had tried hard? 32. Did you doubt that he would succeed in seeing the President? 33. Did they bind the prisoner's hands on his back? 34. Are you going to have these old books bound? 35. Was he bound by the Court to support his wife and children? 36. What would you have done if his dog had bitten you? 37. Did your father ask you to draw the money from the bank? 38. Would he have been able to overcome his difficulties if he had followed his father's advice? 39. Did he say that he was freezing on the corner waiting for you? 40. Why did they hang the man? 41. Did she hang the hat behind the door to hide it from her brother? 42. Did be hurt himself when he fell off the table while he was lighting the lamp? B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Él me dijo que se había dado en la cabeza con la pared. 2. Me parece (. . . to me) que ese plan no tendrá éxito. 3. Él tiene que hacer frente a los cargos que ellos han presentado. 4. Insistimos en que nuestros padres tomaran una casa que diera-a (hiciera-frente-a) la avenida. 5. Si é1 no se condujera bien en la escuela yo le 'ajustaría-las-cuentas'. 6. Voy a hacer que me arreglen este reloj antes del viernes. 7. ¿Qué sucedió cerca de tu casa anoche? — No sé; habría una pelea. 8. Yo estaba de casualidad en casa de tu amigo cuando ellos discutían esa cuestión. 9. Estoy seguro de que Si é1 no administrara el negocio ellos no tendrán éxito. 10. ¿Cómo se-las-arreglaría é1 para hacer-frente-a esos gastos? — Él se-lasarreglara de algún modo. 11. É1 me dijo que habrá comprado dos corbatas para-hacer-juego-con sus dos trajes nuevos. 12. Yo dudaba que ellos tuviesen un caballo que igualara al de tu tío. 13. ¿Cuándo se mudaría é1? — Él se mudaría ayer porla-tarde. 14. Si no me empujaras no diría que eres rudo. 15. Él nos dijo que si no hubiese entrado-a-empujones hubiera (habría) perdido la primera parte. 16. La mujer no lo reconoció y é1 se salvó de ir a la cancel. 17. Entonces ella observó que tú debieras haberle prestado el dinero pues habías economizado más que yo. 18. Ella no debió haberme asustado con esa noticia. 19. ¿Puedes decirme quién sucedió a tu primo en la presidencia de la clase? 20. Los muchachos hubieran (habrán) tenido éxito si hubiesen tratado. 21. Nosotros lográramos hablar con el alcalde si hubiese una reunión esta noche. 22. Tuvimos que amarrar todos los paquetes antes que les enviara: 23. Me gustaría tomar ese barco si fuera con destino a mi país. 24. No creí que el plan estuviera (estaba) destinado a fratasar. 25. ¿Te mordió el perro? — No, pero me ahuyentó. 26. ¿Querías que é1 dibujara la casa? 27. ¿Va Ud. a girar contra ellos por esa suma? 28. Si no hubieses reti rado el dinero del banco no lo hubieras perdido. 29. El policía sacó el revólver pero nada sucedió. 30. Él no tendría que vencer tantos obstáculos si esperara hasta que su padre regrese de Madrid. 31. Si hiciera mucho frio me helar ía en este cuarto. 32. ¿Cuelga é1 siempre su sombrero detrás de la puerta? 33. Él lo colgó allí ayer pero no lo encontró después. 34. El pobre hombre se ahorcó luego que bubo muerto su mujer (esposa). 35. Nos dijo el doctor que la vida del muchachito pendía de un hilo. 36. Agárrate a mi brazo y no te caerás. 37. 'Le cogí el golpe' a mi trabajo, de lo contrario no podría, terminar tan temprano. 38. ¿No lo viste cuando él estaba escondido detrás del banco? 39. ¿Se lastimó Ud. cuando se cayó en la acera? 40. Él está lastimado por las cosas que dijiste. 41. Ella no quiso que prendiéramos las lámparas de la sala. 42. Me queme un dedo cuando encendí el cigarrillo. 43. Si ella hubiese sabido nadar se hubiera salvado. 44. ¿Le pediste que te diera 50 centavos de manzanas? 45. Pedro se enfermó y tuvo que faltar a las clases. 46. Le di una mirada a la casa y no me gusto. 47. Tan pronto como me comunique con él te lo diré. 48. Estábamos para salir cuando se presentó tu hermano. 49. Te he dicho que no he hablado con el abogado desde entonces. 50. No estoy-de-acuerdo contigo; si ella no fuera una muchacha simpática la gente no lo diría. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Hace dos días hice una visita a un buen amigo mío. Se llama Jorge Martin. Él me dijo que su esposa Ana y estaban muy contentos con la nueva casa que acaban de comprar. Ellos vivían en una casa de apartamientos en la ciudad, pero deseaban tener su propia casa, y por consiguiente economizaron suficiente dinero para comprarla. Esta casa es de dos pisos, muy hermosa y cómoda. Me gusto muchísimo y le pedí a Jorge que me la enseñara. El sótano no es muy grande; en el están la carbonera y el calorífero para calentar el agua y también la casa en el invierno. En el primer piso se encuentran (are found) la sala y la biblioteca; en este piso también hallamos el comedor y la cocina. La sala es bien ventilada y tiene muy hermosos muebles, parece que la persona que la ha amoblado tiene (un) muy buen gusto. Las alfombras y las cortinas son costosas; hacen-juego con 1os muebles. También me gustan mucho el comedor y la cocina. En el comedor podemos ver bonitos muebles y una buena vajilla en la alacena. Los dormitorios en el segundo piso son espaciosos; todos tienen guardarropas grandes en que (in which) caben muchas cosas fácilmente. Jorge nos dice que el garaje esta aun desocupado. Él compraría un automóvil si supiera guiar bien, pero no ha tornado lecciones de guiar todavía. Nada me agrada tanto como una buena biblioteca. Si pudiera tener una como la de mi amigo sería feliz. En ella uno puede encontrar toda clase de libros. ¿Qué desearía leer Ud. esta noche, una comedia (by) Moliere o un drama de (by) Shakespeare? Yo leería con gusto cualquiera de las dos.

128 LESSON XV 1. a. to amuse to appoint to arrange to await to bore to climb to crowd to discharge to excel

REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: (amiús) —divertir to express (exprés) —expresar (apóint) —asignar, nombrar to regret (rigrét) —deplorar, pesarle a uno (arénY) —arreglar, poner en orden to rush (rosh) —apresurarse, abalanzarse (auéit) —esperar, aguardar to skip, pp (skip) —brincar, pasar por alto (bóar) —barrenar; aburrir to slip. pp (slip) —resbalar, deslizarse (cláim) —trepar, subir to start (stárt) —empezar; poner en (cráud) —amontonar-se, apiñarse movimiento (dischárY) —despedir; descargar; to struggle (stróguel) —luchar, batallar desempeñar to volunteer (volontíer) —ofrecerse (a hacer algo) (eksél) —sobresalir, superar

b. Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender Cada Erase y Ejemplo de MEMORTA: not to care to . . . —no importarle a uno (hacer algo) not to care about . . . —no importarle a uno (alguna cosa) to care for . . . —tener afecto, querer; desear o gustar (a la mesa) to care for . . . —interesarle a uno (algo) (Nota: Este verbo 'to care', exceptuando la acepción de 'tener afecto o querer a alguien', mayormente se emplea en preguntas y frases negativas). to discharge . . . (from the hospital) —dar de alta (a un enfermo en el hospital) to discharge . . . (from the army) —licenciar (del ejercito) to rush —despachar con prontitud to rush out —salir precipitadamente, a la carrera to rush out after . . . —salir precipitadamente en busca de to rush away —marcharse o irse a la carrera to slip into . . . —entrar en . . . , sin ser observado; ('colarse') to slip in (si el sitio se sobrentiende) to slip out —salir sin ser observado (como secretamente o 'de puntillas',— (on tiptoe) to slip away —escabullirse o irse (secretamente) to slip one's clothes on —vestirse de prisa to start a motor, a machine —poner un motor, máquina en movimiento to start (up) —sobresaltarse, estremecerse to start on one's way —ponerse en camino to volunteer —servir como voluntario to volunteer to do something —ofrecerse a hacer algo El verbo 'to await' es de uso raro excepto en literatura o al cerrar una carta: I await your reply with interest, and remain, Yours very truly, etc. — Espero su respuesta con interés, y quedo, de Ud. muy atentamente, etc. 'To care': I do not care about it, He does not care to go; Does Peter care for Margaret? Do you care for any more of this salad? — No, thank you, I do not care for any more; Does your sister care for dancing? — She does not care for it very much. 'To skip', You must have skipped the third paragraph —Tú brincarías el tercer párrafo; Skip it — Pasar por alto. 'To start', I wonder if he started that work yesterday — ¿Empezaría él ese trabajo ayer? We would have started on our way if you had given the order — Nos hubiéramos puesto en camino si hubieses dado la orden. c.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. If I had the authority I would appoint Mr. Kelly police commissioner, If you . . . etc. 2. I shall arrange my affairs before I leave for Colombia, You . . . etc. 3. If I did not assist John I would never have this work done, If you . . . etc. 4. I have to bore a hole through this piece of wood ('wuud', madera), You . . . etc. 5. I regret (that) I have bored the boys with my stories, You . . . etc. 6. If I did not care to go I would stay here, If you . . . etc. 7. I do not care for any more meat, You do not . . . etc. 8. I have never cared for card games, You . . . etc. 9. I should have climbed to the top of the mountain, You should have . . . etc. 10. I would not have discharged that young man if I had known the truth, You . . . etc. 11. If I were able to express myself correctly in English I would be well pleased, If you . . . etc. 12. I am going to have the clerks rush those goods for New York before the week is over, You . . . etc. 13. I would -not have missed the train if I had rushed out at ten to three, You . . . etc. 14. I must have skipped two or three pages, You . . . etc.

129 d.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Would they have appointed John if you had recommended him? 2. Did he want you to assist Mary in her work? 3. Are you awaiting the reply to your letter of the 10th? 4. Did they have to bore a hole through the wall? 5. Do you believe (that) I must have bored her with my stories about India? 6. Does she not care to come along? — (negative). 7. Does he care for his cousins and other relatives? 8. Do you care for any more meat? — (negative). 9. Did she care for the cinema when she was in Paris? — (negative). 10. Did you enjoy seeing little boys climb up palm trees when you were in Panama? 11. Why did the people crowd around the policeman? 12. Did they ask the manager to discharge the mail clerk? 13. Is it true that the clerk has not discharged his duties faithfully? 14. Did he say to you that he had regretted our absence? 15. Have you ever noticed how the people in a big city rush from one place to another? 16. Why did you skip the third chapter? 17. Did the woman hurt herself when she slipped and fell on the stairway? 18. Did they advise you to slip out when your father was busy with his mail? 19. Did your mother start when you rushed into the room? 20. Would he have been successful with his plan had he struggled hard? FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA 1. Would they have appointed John if you had recommended him? 2. Did he want you to assist Mary in her work? 3. Are you awaiting the reply to your letter of the 10th? 4. Did they have to bore a hole through the wall? 5. Do you believe (that) I must have bored her with my stories about India? 6. Does she not care to come along? — (negative). 7. Does he care for his cousins and other relatives? 8. I have never cared for card games, You . . . etc. 9. I should have climbed to the top of the mountain, You should have . . . etc. 10. I would not have discharged that young man if I had known the truth, You . . . etc. 11. If I were able to express myself correctly in English I would be well pleased, If you . . . etc. 12. I am going to have the clerks rush those goods for New York before the week is over, You . . . etc. 13. I would not have missed the train if I had rushed out at ten to three, You . . . etc. 14. I must have skipped two or three pages, You . . . etc. 15. I should have slipped and fallen on the slippery sidewalk if 1 had not hung on Peter's arm, You . . . etc. 16. I did not wish to sit through the whole speech so I slipped away, You . . . etc. 17. You must have slipped into the room when the teacher had his back to the door, He . . . when the etc. — (omita 'we'). 18. I slipped my clothes on and rushed out when I heard "Fire!", You . . . etc. 19. I shall start on my way about ten to eight, You will . . . etc. 20. If I did not struggle very hard I would not succeed, If you . . . etc. 21. I shall volunteer if my country is at war, You . . . etc. 22. I volunteered to act as his assistant, You . . . etc. FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA —absurdo —permitir, conceder —diversión —divertido —nombramiento, cita —ayuda —concesión, mesada —despierto —venda, banda —vendar —vendaje —cerebro, seso —carpintería —cementerio —charlar, platicar —cómoda (el mueble) —considerar —considerable —cordial —despreciar (odiar) —detener —dedicar, consagrar —descubrimiento —repugnante —ingeniería —ejercitar, ejercer —tenue; desmayarse —imaginarse, calcular —asqueroso —agradecido —apretón de manos —insinuar —perjudicar, agraviar —daño, lesión —asegurar (vida, etc) —seguro (de vida, etc.) —insurrecto, rebelde —insurrección —solo (solitario)

(absérd) (aláu) (amiúsment) (amiúsin) (apóinment) (asístans) (aláuans) (auéik) (band) (bándech)

Nota:

Siempre tengamos presente que cada vocablo, particularmente los verbos, y las frases que siguen deben practicarse en preguntas y respuestas y traducción del español al inglés. (Alone — solo, sin compañía; lonely lonesome indican la idea sentirse solo,aunque ya haya compañía)

(bréin) (cárpentri) (sémeteri) (chat) (shífonier) (consíder) (consíderabol) (córYal) (dispáis) (ditéin) (divóut) (discóveri) (disgóstin) (énYiníerin) (ékseráis) (féint) (fíguiur) (fílZi) (gréisful) (jánd-shéik) (jint) (ínYur) (ínYuri) (inshúer) (inshúrans) (insérYent) (insorékshon) (lóunli)

to meditate mood

(méditeit) (muud)

moody mutual naughty operator paradigm pinch pipe presently previous pride proud pure scrab to sharpen shrimp

(múudi) (miúchual) (nóoti) (ópereiter) (páradáim) (pinch) (páip) (présentli) (prívios) (práid) (práud) (piúar) (scrab) (shárpen) (shrimp)

skill skillful spider spiderweb sprain to surrender

(skil) (skilful) (sáider)

to surround surroundings tail tailoring trench temperature twist twister to violate violation whereabouts wide awake wound

(seráund) (seráundings) (téil) (téilorin) (trench) (témprashur) (túist) (túister) (váioléit) (váioléishon) (juérabauts) (uáidauéik) (wund)

—meditar —modo (del verbo); humor (animo) —irritable, taciturno —mutuo —travieso, desobediente —operador, agente —paradigma —pellizco, pellizcar —tubo; pipa (de fumar) —inmediatamente, —previo —orgullo —orgulloso —puro —cangrejo —afilar, aguzar —camarón ('enano uso despectivo) —maña, destreza —diestro o experto —araña —telaraña —esgince —rendirse, rendir (un informe) —cerrar, rodear —alrededores —cola, rabo —trabajo de sastre —trinchera; zanja —temperatura —torcer, retorcer —tornado, estafador, torcedor —violar —violación —paradero —alerta, bien despierto —herida, herir

absurd to allow amusement amusing appointment assistance allowance awake band to bandage bandage brain carpentry cemetery to chat chiffonier to consider considerable cordial to despise to detain to devote discovery disgusting engineering to exercise faint to figure filthy grateful handshake to hint to injure injury to insure insurance insurgent insurrection lonely

(spréin) (sorénder)

130 PHRASES: in a cheerful mood —de muy buen humor in the meantime —mientras tanto He hung his head in shame —Bajó, la cabeza avergonzado Sooner or later I. . . —Tarde o temprano yo Most . . . —La mayoría de los. . . Whereabouts does he live? —¿Cerca de que sitio vive él? How far are you going? —¿hasta dónde va Ud? It is such a long time since. . . —Hace tanto tiempo desde que. . . That makes no sense —Eso no tiene sentido I take pleasure in answering your letter of the 12th —Tengo mucho en contestarle su carta, fechada el 12 y . . and . . . God willing . Si Dios quiere. I am grateful to you for. . . —Estoy agradecido de Ud, por. . . In the most friendly manner —De la manera más amistosa o cordial I haven't the faintest idea —No tengo la menor idea A slip of the tongue —error descuidado al hablar (lapsus lingüístico) A slip of the pen —error descuidado al escribir There is one too many, (o one short) —Hay uno de más (o de menos) to know where the shoe pinches —saber donde aprieta el zapato a pinch of salt —un poquitico de sal (como tornado con los dedos) a short man —un hombre de baja estatura (enano) I I I.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times Last Sunday I was walking toward Peter's house which is only a few blocks away from mine. On my way there I met another friend of mine, Albert Rogers, whom (a quíen) I had not seen for some considerable time. We greeted one another very cordially and started to talk about things of mutual interest. The conversation was so pleasant that we kept on chatting for more than a half hour, almost forgetting my previous appointment with Peter. Then I said to Albert, — I am sorry, old friend, please excuse me but I have to rush to keep an engagement. — I regret I have detained you longer than I expected, he remarked,— but it is such a long time since I saw you last, that I could riot stop to think you were perhaps going to see someone.— Do you wish to come along and meet Peter Jordan?, I said, I am sure that you will make good friends. He accepted my invitation, and in his pleasant company I continued my way to Peter's. We were received by Mrs. Jordan, my friend's mother, who is an intelligent and charming old lady. Good morning, Mrs. Jordan, I greeted. — Good afternoon, you mean, she replied; it is already past noon, and Peter has been waiting long for you. — I shall explain to him the reason for my lateness and he will understand, I said. Before we go upstairs to his room, I added, please allow me to introduce my friend, Mr. Albert Rogers. — I am very happy to meet you, Mr. Rogers. — The pleasure is mine, Mrs. Jordan. Peter overheard us, came out of his room and shouted, — Hallo, Edward, how are you to-day? — Very well, I thank you, and I hope you are well too I answered. — Come up to my room he added. Yes, we shall be up there presently. Then in Peter's room, I told him, — Forgive me once more, I am late again. — Oh, don't mind that, it is not one yet, he was kind to say. — Peter, I said, shake hands with this good friend, Albert Rogers. They had a good, friendly handshake and after a few words from one and the other we went out. IV.

QUESTIONS Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD 1. How far is Peter's house from yours? 2. Whom did you meet last Sunday morning when you were walking toward Peter's home? 3. Was the conversation between Albert and you very interesting? 4. Did Albert come with you to meet Peter? 5. Who received you at the latter's house? 6. Does everybody like Mrs. Jordan? Why? 7. What should you say to introduce a person to another? 8. What do you say when someone introduces you? 9. Did Peter, Albert and you leave the former's house soon after you had arrived? V. A. 1.

GRAMMAR Irregular Verbs. Principal Parts:

to awake to hit to hold to lie to slay

(auéik) (lit) (jóuld) (lái) (sléi)

—despertar-se —pegar, golpear —aguantar, detener —echarse o recostarse —asesinar

131 Present awake hit hold lie slay 2.

Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (—ado, —ido) awoke (auóuk) awaking awaked awaked hit hitting hit held (jeld) holding held lay (léi) lying lain (léin) slew (slu) slaying slain (sléin) Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender a Perfección: To hit in the mark To hit upon To hit the nail on the head To be a hit To hold To hold on to To hold on To hold To hold back To hold up To hold one's tongue To hold out To lie To lie in To lie To lie in the fact . . . To lie in wait for To be lying

—Dar en el blanco —Dar con, hallar. —Dar en el clavo —Tener (o ser un) éxito —Celebrar, tener (reunión, banquete, etc.) —Agarrarse de —Esperar (mantenerse en) —Tener cabida para, contener —Mantener a distancia, no dejar pasar —Detener para robar, asaltar —Aguantar la lengua, callarse —Aguantarse, no ceder (hasta un momento oportuno) —Yacer, descansar —Descansar, recostarse —Estar situado, (ciudad, rio, etc.) —Estribar en el hecho de . . . —Asechar, espiar a —Estar acostado o recostado

'To wake' algunas veces con 'up' tiene el mismo sentido que 'awake' y también otros usos: Wake up!. — Despabílese o anímese; 'to wake' (sin up) — no dormir, velar o estar de velorio, We woke three nights in succession — Velamos tres noches seguidas. 'To hit', The bullet did not hit him — La bala no lo cogió o alcanzó; Finally we hit upon a solution; His play must have been a hit in Paris. 'To hold' — dar o tener algo en celebración de algo, y 'to celebrate', verbo regular, traduce 'celebrar una ocasión'; observe: She is going to hold a 'party' to celebrate her birthday — Ella va a dar o tener una fiesta o baile para celebrar su cumpleaños. To hold — tener (en la mano), o poseer boletos o acciones; She held a check in her hand; We hold three shares of that company. 'Holding on to — agarrado a. I was holding on to a strap (correa); My dog lies in front of me — mi perro descansa en frente mio. Hold on the line — espere (mantengase) en la línea. 4.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ Usando TODAS las Personas: 1. Had it not been a holiday I would have awaked earlier, Had it . . . You . . . etc. 2. I shall not be able to take leave of my father tomorrow morning unless I wake up about six, You . . . etc. 3. I should not have hit that boy, You should not . . . etc. 4. I threw a book at William but I did not hit him, You . . . etc. 5. I am going to hold my brother here until my father returns, You . . . until your . . . etc. 6. I shall hold a 'party' to celebrate my birthday, You . . . etc, Lie down for a while, Let him . . . etc. 8. It was very unfortunate that I happened to be there when the girl slew her brother-in-law, It was . . . that you . . . etc. 5.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Was he awake when his brother came for him? 2. Did you tell him to wake up and get to work? 3. Were you there when the truck hit the little boy? 4. Did she hit him or miss him when she threw a book at him? 5. About what time did they finally hit upon the house? 6. Did you doubt that his book would be a hit? 7. Did he ask you to hold me here until he came back? 8. Would they have held a dance to celebrate her birthday if she had not been sick? 9. How many people can that elevator hold? 10. Were you holding on to the hook in order not to fall? 11. Did the police hold the people back when the investigation was going on inside? 12. About what time was the manager of the store held up? 13. Was he told to hold his tongue when the judge was speaking? 14. Was your father lying on the sofa when you came in? — (to be lying — estar acostado o recostado). 15. Do your friend's remains (restos) lie in this cemetery? 16. On the banks of what river does the city of Paris lie? 17. Are you sure that the failure of his business lies in the fact that he did not attend to it properly? 18. How long have they been lying in wait for him? 19. Was it proved that the man had slain the clerk and the stenographer? 20. Did the bandit slay the old man after robbing him?

132 B.

SE CO ND VO C AB U LA RY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocable y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: antecedent (antisídent) —antecedente physician, (fisíshan) —médico, sirujano, doctor appearance (apírans) —apariencia medic, doctor audience (ódiens) —auditorio, público physicist, (físisit) —físico, -a; científico average (ávereY) —promedio physique blinds (bláinds) —persianas, celosías physical, adj. (físical) —físico (adjetivo) bronchitis (broncáitis) —bronquitis pole (póul) —vara larga ; asta, polo break in (bréikin) —interrumpir, intervenir pool (puul) —charco ; piña (en billar); to cite (sáit) —citar; citar a juicio combinación (para especular) consequence (cónsecuens) —consecuencia power (páuer) —poder (mando) conscript (cónscript) —conscripto, recluta powerful (páuerful) —poderoso to console (consóul) —consolar to preach (priich) —predicar to conspire (conspáiar) —conspirar present-day, adj —contemporáneo conspiracy (conspírasi) —conspiración to preserve (prisérv) —preservar, conservar deal (diil) —trato, contrato priest (príist) —sacerdote to declare (dicléar) —declarar profile (prófail) —perfil to disrupt (disrópt) —iterrumpir, desbaratar quite (cuáit) —completamente planes, dar al lastre con revolt (rivólt) —rebelarse, revuelta, arruinar drop (drop) —gota; caída ruin (rúin) —ruina, arruinar. flagstaff (flágstaf) —asta de bandera to scour (scáuar) —fregar, estregar grippe (grip) —gripe to serve (serv) —servir hardware (járd-uéar) —ferretería smart (smart) —inteligente, vivo, astuto to hunt (jont) —cazar step-father —padrastro, taburete influence (ínfluens) —influencia stool (stuul) —banquillo, taburete influential (influénshal) —influyente to stoop (struup) —agacharse, inclinarse impulse (ímpols) —impulso stoop, subs —escalinata (de entrada) incorrigible (incóriYibol) —incorregible to strangle (strángol) —estrangular to interrupt (interópt) —interrumpir superstitious (superstíshos) —supersticioso kid (kid) —cabrito; cabritilla surgeon (sérYen) —cirujano liable (láiabol) —expuesto, propenso surgery (sérYeri) —cirugía make-up (méikop) —modo de ser susceptible (soséptibol) —susceptible manufacture (mañufákchur) —fabricar, fabricación tonsil (tónsil) —tonsila, amígdala manufacturer (mañufákchurer) —fabricante tonsillitis (tónsiláitis) —amigdalitis to nourish (nórish) —nutrir, alimentar typhoid (táifoid) —tifoidea, tifo nourishment (nórishment) —nutrimento to vacate (veikeit) —vacar, desocupar physic (físik) —purgante vacation (veikéshon) —vacación Nota: La palabra 'kid' en el uso familiar significa familiar 'to kid — 'chotear, tomar el pelo', 'coger a uno de niño' She kidded him about his little mustache. 'Make-up', ya sabemos también significa 'maquillaje' a la manera de pintarse una mujer o arreglarse un actor para la escena o como se ve luego de haberse arreglado; el verbo es 'to make up'. PHRASES: So be it —Que así sea A pool of water —un charco de agua A swimming pool —una, piscina An average student —un estudiante proporcional, típico a great deal of —una gran cantidad de a good deal better —mucho mejor He is liable to fail —Él está expuesto a fracasar That serves you right! —Bien te lo mereces, (Bueno que te pase) Which way —¿por dónde. . . ? to hunt after something —buscar algo insistentemente I am thankful to you for. . . —Estoy agradecido de Ud. Por. . . My time is up —Ya no tengo más tiempo Don't let me down! (fam.) —No me hagas quedar mal If the weather holds good —Si el tiempo sigue bueno He still lives here —Aún o todavía vive aquí ('still' cuando la acción aún continua) I have not seen him yet —No lo he visto todavía; ('ya' — aún o todavía para el negativo) pero, I shall see him yet —Aún tendré la oportunidad de verle; (Yet — aun, cuando, todavía podría hacerse algo)

C. RELATIVE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Relativos El 'relative pronoun' une oraciones e indica la relación que existe entre su 'antecedent', es decir , el Timbre a que se refiere, y el resto de la oración. Estos pronombres son: who, whom, whose, that, which, what y sus derivados. WHO: El 'relative pronoun' who solamente se refiere a personas y significa: que, el cual, los cuales, la cual, las cuales, quien quienes. Who es siempre la persona que ejecuta, que es o recibe acción si la oración es pasiva Examples: I wonder if the boy WHO was here took away my pen — ¿Se llevaría mi pluma el muchacho que estuvo aquí?

133 The barber around the corner WHO cut my hair must learn his trade — El barbero a la vuelta de la esquina el cual me recortó debe aprender su oficio. I spoke to Helen WHO insisted that you be here tomorrow — Le hable a Elena quien insistió en que estuvieras aquí Elena. He is the boy WHO, I believe, lost both legs in a train crash — Él es el muchacho, quien, yo creo, perdió ambas piernas en un choque de trenes. I know WHO, as I told you, will be elected — Se quien, según te dije, será elegido. a. He who — él que, se emplea refiriendose mayormente a una idea o dicho general: He who disobeys the law suffers the consequences. The one who — él que, la que y the ones who — los que, las que (usados como sujetos): I advised the ones who came late not to forget that time presses — Aconseje a los que vinieron tarde que no olvidaran que el tiempo apremia. b. El 'relative pronoun' tiene, como en español, el mismo número y persona que su antecedente. Observe: It is I who AM wrong It is YOU who ARE wrong It is WE who ARE wrong It was I who WAS wrong It was YOU who WERE wrong It was THEY Who WERE wrong

—Soy YO quien ESTOY equivocado —Es UD. quien ESTA equivocado —Somos NOSOTROS quienes ESTAMOS equivocados —Fui YO quien ESTABA equivocado —Fue Ud. quien ESTABA equivocado —Fueron ELLOS quienes ESTABAN equivocados

2. WHOM: El relativo whom solamente se refiere a personas y significa; que a quien, a quienes, al cual, etc. Whom es siempre complementario y cuando es complemento directo (direct object), es decir, la persona afectada directamente por la acción del verbo, no le precede nunca la preposición 'to'. Como complemento indirecto lleva la preposición del caso. Examples: I met the young man WHOM you should have employed — Conocí al joven a quien debieras haber empleado. It is she WHOM he loves. That man is not the baker; he is the butcher from WHOM we bought the meat. This is the gentleman through WHOM I obtained the position. A boy, WHOM, so they say, my uncle trusted, robbed the store — Un muchacho, en quien, según dicen, mi tío confiaba, le robó a la tienda. a. Las preposiciones 'to, at, with, for, after, about' y alguna otra se usan frecuentemente al final de la frase omitiéndose generalmente el relativo 'whom'. Al leerse las siguientes oraciones hágase pausa después de una preposición: The man I spoke TO was very much excited — El hombre a quien hablé estaba muy excitado. The girl you danced WITH William's sister. It was your cousin Frank I ran INTO last night on 47th Street. He must have been the young man she was talking ABOUT at supper time. I wonder if he found the man he was looking FOR yesterday morning. ¿Encontraría él al hombre a quien buscaba ayer por la mañana? b. The one WHOM, the ones WHOM — al que, a los que, etc. como complemento: The one whom I saw, o The one I saw; The ones to whom I spoke, o The ones I spoke to; He is the one for whom I sent, o He is the one I sent for. 3. WHOSE: El 'relative pronoun' whose denota posesión y equivale a: cuyo, cuya, cuyos y cuyas. Se usa con relación a personas y alguna que otra vez refiriéndose a cosas animadas o personificadas. Examples: I borrowed the car from that boy WHOSE mother is a good friend of my aunt's. That lady WHOSE son and daughter you employed is waiting outside to see you. He cut down the tree WHOSE branches gave us a cool shade — Él derribó el árbol cuyas ramas nos daban una sombra fresca. Nota: Se oye mucho entre los de habla española el uso incorrecto de 'que' en lugar de CUYO o sus derivados. Muchísimos dicen: ¿Habla Ud. del señor 'que' la hija es muy buena pianista? en lugar de 'CUYA' hija. . . etc.; Esa señora 'que' el hijo mayor murió en la guerra es muy infeliz, en lugar de 'CUYO' hijo. . . etc. Usemos 'CUYO' o sus derivados cuando la idea equivale a 'del cual', 'de la cual', etc., es decir, cuando se indica posesión. Este error debe corregirse evitándose así el que se cometa en inglés, y entonces traduciríamos la primera oración 'Are you talking about gentleman WHOSE daughter is a good pianist', y la otra oración debe ser, 'That lady WHOSE eldest son died in the war is very unhappy' 4. THAT: El 'relative pronoun' that significa el cual, y sus derivados. Se refiere a personas, animales o cosas usándose como sujeto o complemento DIRECTO y, naturalmente, nunca le precede preposición: The teacher kept after school the boy THAT broke the lock. El pronombre 'that' también se omite cuando es COMPLEMENTO; The house THAT you bought . . . etc., o The house you bought . . . etc. Puede usarse preposición pero al final: This is the book THAT I talked about. 5. WHICH: El 'relative pronoun' which significa 'que, el cual, la cual', y sus derivados. Solamente debe usarse refiriéndose a animales o cosas como sujeto complemento, en este último caso con preposición si es necesario, examples: The cow WHICH the train killed was mine — The door through WHICH he must have run away faces the yard. That was not, however, the book WHICH I was telling you about. a. El relativo which traduce 'cuyo', 'cuya' y sus derivados cuando estos se refieren a cosas; I should like to read that magazine, WHICH stories, as you say are so interesting. The crowd waited patiently before the big theatre which doors (or the doors of which) were not open yet.

134 b. En castellano el relativo neutro 'lo cual' tiene como antecedente toda una frase pero WHICH exige nombre preciso como antecedente o un nombre que le siga el cual abarque la idea de la frase anterior. Decimos en español: Pedro siempre viene tarde 'lo cual' me desagrada muchísimo, pero en inglés, Peter always comes late, a HABIT which I dislike very much. Él no tuvo éxito en su empresa 'lo cual' le arruinó la salud — He did not succeed in his enterprise which FAILURE broke down his health. c. Con referenda a cosas usamos 'the one which' y 'the ones which' — el que y los que; frecuentemente se omite 'which': I wonder if Edward took away the one (which) I left on my bedroom table. — No, John took that one; Edward must have taken away the one which Mary left in the parlor. 6. WHAT: El 'relative pronoun' what traduce LO QUE, esto que, eso que o aquello que: I remember WHAT the priest preached in church. WHAT they insisted upon is not legal — Aquello sobre lo cual insistieron ellos no es legal. WHAT traduce 'cuanto' con la idea 'todo el': WHAT money he has he spends — Gasta cuánto dinero tiene. 7. SUCH AS: Se emplea 'such as', aunque raras veces, como relativo significando 'los que' o 'aquellos que: He is ever kind to SUCH AS trust his kindness — Él es siempre bondadoso para con aquellos que confían en su bondad. SUCH of you AS have finished may go — Aquellos de Uds. que hayan terminado pueden irse. d.

Read and Answer ALOUD: 1. Has she been able to speak to the policeman who brought her brother to Court? 2. Are these the boys who ran away when the teacher had his back to the door? 3. Is it you who are wrong? — Is it he who is careless? 4. Was it not I who was right? Was it not they who brought about the argument? 5. Are they the ones who robbed you? 6. Are you going to see the man through whom you made the deal? 7. Does your mother wish to meet the girl you danced with? 8. Must we ask the gentleman whose five -year-old daughter danced best to say a few words to the audience? 9. Did you see the window from which the old lady fell? 10. If there were a meeting would you bring the young man you talked to me about? 11. Did they understand what the teacher had explained? 12. Shall you give the new dictionaries to such as have shown the most careful grammatical constructions and spelling? E. IRREGULAR VERBS 1, Principal Parts: to arise (aráis) —levantarse, surgir to bleed (bliid) —sangrar to quit (cuit) —dejar, marcharse de to ring (ring) —tocar a sonar (campana, timbre) to shoot (shuut) —herir o matar con arma de fuego; fusilar Present arise bleed quit ring shoot 2.

Past Pres. Part. Past Part. (— ado, — ido) arose (aróus) arising arisen (arísen) bled (bled) bleeding bled quit, quitted quitting quit, quitted rang (rang) ringing rung (rong) shot (shoot) shooting shot Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to bleed freely to bleed at the nose to bleed to death to bleed away to bleed someone freely (fam.) to quit + pres. part. to ring to ring for to ring up (fam.) to shoot at to shoot someone to death to shoot someone dead to shoot one's way out to shoot one through the. . . to shoot . . . down to serve someone to serve one's country to use someone to pour some water

—sangrar profusamente —sangrar por la nariz —morir por la pérdida de sangre —morir sangrando o por la pérdida de Sangre —sacarle mucho dinero a alguien para algo —dejar de o cesar de + infinitivo —anunciar, proclamar (por media de campanas) —llamar (por medio de timbre o campanilla) —llamar por teléfono —disparar a —matar a balazos —matar en el acto (de un balazo) —abrirse paso a tiros —atravesarle el . . . a alguien (de un balazo) —tumbar a derribar de un balazo o a balazos —servirle a alguien —servir al país de uno —servirse de alguien —servir algo de agua (verter agua)

If there had not been a League of Nations a war would have arisen — Si no hubiese habido una Liga de Naciones hubiera, surgido una guerra. My wound bled freely. They bled my father freely for a school fund. He must have quit Paris last year. I served him his food on the table — le servi la comida en la mesa

135 Quit your nonsense — Déjate de tonterías. They are ringing in the New Year — Las campanas anuncian el Nuevo Año. She shot at the thief twice but missed him. To shoot: Este Verbo se emplea también con las ideas de lanzar tirar, particularmente en algunos juegos; también se usa con el significado de tomar fotografías o escenas para el 'cine'; to shoot out or forth — brotar, germinar. 3. Continúe en ALTA VOZ usando Todas las Personas: 1. In spite of my not feeling very well I arose early and went to work, In . . . of your. You . . . etc. 2. Had it not been for a bad headache I would have arisen before seven, Had it . . . you . . . etc. 3. My cousin would have bled to death if I had not brought the doctor at once, Your . . . if you . . . etc: 4. I was told that hundreds of soldiers bled away in the battle-fields, You were . . . etc. 5. I should have quit my home-town when my business failed, You should . . . etc. 6. I did not wish, to leave the house until it quit raining, You . . . etc. 7. I rang the bell repeatedly but no one seemed to be home, You . . . etc. 8. I am going to ring for a bell-boy and have him bring those packages down, He is . . . etc. (bell-boy — muchacho empleado en hoteles). 9. I shall ring her up to-morrow night, You . . . etc. 10. I would have shot the horse if he had broken his legs, You . . . etc. 11. I shot at the thief twice but I missed him, You . . . etc. 12. I was not there when the girl shot her friend dead, You . . . etc. 13. I heard in the court that she had shot him through the heart, You . . . that she . . . etc. 14. Quit your nonsense, Let him . . . etc. 15. I asked the camera men to shoot a few scenes today, You . . . etc. 4. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Do you think a war would arise unless there were reunions of those nations to solve their questions? 2. Had he not arisen yet when you 'rang him up' at a quarter to ten? 3. Is the little boy bleeding at the nose again? 4. was his wound still bleeding freely when the physician reached there? 5. Did the poor man bleed to death before any one, appeared to go and get a doctor? 6. Did he see hundreds of soldiers bleeding away in the battle-fields when he was taking pictures for his newspaper? 7. Does your father object to your quitting school? 8. How long ago did your brother quit taking chemistry lessons under Prof. Harding? 9. Did you ring my neighbor's bell instead of mine? 10. Did your mother ask, you to ring for a servant when she fell sick at the hotel last night? 11. Has not the school bell rung yet? 12. Are they going to have all the prisoners shot in the morning? 13. Did he declare that he had shot at his father-in-law three times? 14. Which one of the two men did the policeman shoot to death, the younger or the older? 15. Were you passing by the bank when the three bandits shot their way out? 16. Did he shoot her through the heart? 17. Was the boy shot through the right leg? 18. Were you there when they shot the scene in the lake? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección, háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. How long ago did the President appoint Mr. Clark governor of the island? 2. Would you have allowed him to drive your car if he had obtained a license? 3. How long has she been assisting her father in his work? 4. Did he assure you that he had stayed in the city awaiting the reply to his l etter? 5. Did he say to her that I had bored him with my questions? 6. Would you not care to attend the dance unless she were there? — (neg.) 7. Did she hear him say that he did not care for his cousins and other relatives? 8. Do you care for any more sala d or meat? — (neg.) 9. Was he climbing ('cláimin') up a palm tree when you saw him at the beach? 10. Did your friend dis appear when the people began to crowd around the policeman? 11. Did they suggest to the manager that he should not discharge the girl? 12. Did you compel him to explain why he had not discharged his duties as you had told him? 13. Has he not excused himself for his absence? 14. Did you regret that your brother had not tried to help you? 15. Did you have to rush out in order not to miss th e train? 16. Did he tell you to rush those packages today? 17. Did he start to write the letters instead of translating the document? 18. What chapters did you skip? 19. Did she hurt herself when she slipped and fell on the sidewalk? 20. Why did he slip out when his father came in? 21. Did he suggest to you that you had to struggle bard if you wanted to succeed? 22. About what time did the baby awake this morning? 23. Would your brother have awaked you if he had come into your room? 24. Were you going by w hen the street-car hit the woman? 25. About what time did you finally hit upon the house? 26. Were you sure that his drama would be a hit? 27. Had he asked you to hold me here until he returned? 28. Is she going to hold a dance to celebrate her birthday? 29. Could the police hold back the crowd that wanted to see the murderer? 30. Were they able to catch the two men who had held up their store? 31. Did you have to hold on to the door-knob lest you should fall? 32. Was he holding his hat in his hand when he was talking to the lady? 33. Did your mother tell you to lie down until your headache was gone? 34. On what part of the United States does the city of New York lie? 35. Did they prove without a doubt that the clerk had slain the manager? 36. Did he not say to you that he would not arise before seven unless it were entirely necessary? 37. Had the wounded man bled to death when his daughter returned with the doctor? 38. Did you beg her to quit singing while you were writing your let ters? 39. Have you not read in the newspaper that they have shot hundreds of prisoners these last six months? 40 About how many times did he shoot at her before he hit her?

136 TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Después que ellos lo despidieron é1 bajó la cabeza avergonzado y dejó la oficina. 2. Yo sabía que tarde o temprano ella lamentaría lo que me había hecho. 3. En este país la mayoría de los hombres ayudan a-sus esposas en el trabajo de la casa. 4. ¿Cerca -de-que-sitio vivía él cuando el Gobernador lo nombró juez? 5. ¿Que-distancia de-aquí vivía él cuando saliste-precipitadamente a verle en su casa? 6. Eso no tiene sentido; me dices que no te interesan las películas americanas, no obstante vas a verlas casi todas las noches. 7. Tengo mucho gusto en contestarles su carta del 5 de diciembre referente al nombramiento de mi amigo, el-Sr. William Green. 8. Después de lo que ha sucedido lucharé más que nunca para realizar lo que deseo. 9. Hemos despachado -con-prontitud estas cartas y esperamos recibir contestaciones a vuelta de correo. 10. No creo que él sea tan tonto como ella, pues él, por lo menos, no me aburre con su conversación. 11. Si Dios quiere, nos pondremos en camino antes de las nueve. 12. El Presidente le dijo que estaba agradecido de ella por haber desempeñado sus deberes tan fielmente. 13. A ella no le interesa-el canto-pero tiene afición al baile. 14. Bien te lo mereces; fracasaste el examen porque dejaste (brincaste) dos de los capítulos más importantes. 15. ¿Por donde fue él cuando se escabulló de la sala? 16. ¿Gusta Ud. un poco más de esta carne? — No, gracias, estoy satisfecho. 17. Ya no tengo más tiempo y no he contestado todas las preguntas todavía. 18. Mi padre se despertaría cuando toque el timbre a la una menos cuarto. 19. Él me aseguró que el automóvil no le había pegado a la mujer. 20. Si hubiésemos continuado buscando (searching) hubiéramos dada con la casa. 21. Él me rogó que los detuviera a Uds. aquí hasta que él regresara. 22. Su tío le dijo a ella que no le permitiría celebrar el baile en su casa. 23. Si te hubieses agarrado de mi no te hubieras caído cuando resbalaste. 24. Yo no creía que el ascensor pudiera tener -cabida-para tanta gente. 25. La policía mantuvo la muchedumbre a distancia, de lo contrario hubiera habido accidentes. 26. Dos bandidos asaltaron esa tienda a la vuelta de la esquina pero, cuando salían, llegó un policía y mató a -ambos a balazos. 27. ¡No importa! Si estas cansado, recuéstate un rato, pero no te olvides de dejar la cama tan pronto como el despertador toque. 28. Si me hubiese recostado a eso de la una me hubiera levantado antes de las tres. 29. Hace dos o tres semanas que ellos están asechándolo; dile que tenga cuidado. 30. Ella le atravesó una pierna de un balazo y horas después é1 había muerto-por-la-pérdida-de-sangre. 31. ¿Averiguaría la policía quien había asesinado al dueño del restaurante? 32. Te recomendé muy altamente para el nombramiento; no me hagas quedar mal. 33. ¿Ha tocado la campana? — Yo creo que la campana habrá tocado, pues no hay nadie en los pasillos. 34. ¿Se levantaría Rafael temprano esta mañana? — Él se levantaría temprano pues no lo vi a la hora del desayuno. 35. Soy yo quien estoy equivocado, pero si fueras tú no reconocerías tu error. 36. Eran ellos quienes argüían sobre ciertos puntos de la gramática inglesa. 37. Fue él con quien yo estaba discutiendo la ley que acaba de pasar el congreso. 38. Ese joven de quien te hablaba hace un momento está expuesto a ir a -la-carcel. 39. Si no me hubieses desobedecido y hubieras visto a ese medico, cuya oficina no está muy lejos de aquí, no hubieras sufrido todo-el (all) verano pasado. 40. Ella buscaba-insistentemente un puesto en una oficina, de una compañía grande en la cual ella pudiera aprender y realizar su ambición. B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: El domingo pasado me levante de la cama muy alegre pues tenía un compromiso con un buen amigo mío. Se llama Pedro Jordan y tiene cerca de 26 años de edad. Hace tres años que vive a quí en Nueva York, y me ha dicho varias veces que preferiría vivir en una ciudad mas-pequeña porque mientras mas-grande es una ciudad más solitarios nos encontramos. Salí de mi casa como a las once y media con destino a casa de Pedro. Decidí ir -a-pie ya-que vivimos muy cerca uno del otro. Había, apenas caminado dos a tres cuadras cuando me encontró con Alberto Rogers, a-quien no había vista hacia mucho tiempo. Nos alegramos tanto de vernos que casi olvidaba mi previo compromiso con Pedro. Entonces invite al joven Rogers a venir conmigo asegurándole que sería un gran placer para mí que él conociera a Pedro, porque yo sabía que ellos se-harían muy buenos amigos. Él aceptó la invitación y continuamos nuestro camino. Llegamos a casa de mi otro amigo en diez o quince minutos. La señora Jordan, madre de Pedro, nos recibió muy cordialmente. Luego-que la señora y Alberto se hubieron conocido, este último y yo fuimos arriba al cuarto de Pedro. — Pues hombre (why man), hace más de media hora que lo espero, d ice Pedro. —Perdóneme, le dije, y añadí — tengo mucho gusto en presentarte a mi amigo Alberto Rogers. Se dieron (tuvieron) un amistoso apretón de manos y sali mos en seguida.

137 LESSON XVI REGULAR VERBS 2.

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA:

to blush to cheat to drill to engage

(blosh) (chiit) (dril) (enguéiY)

to inclose to join to kick

(inclóus) (Yóin) (kik)

—ruborizarse —engañar (defraudar) —taladrar, barrenar —emplear; comprometer (palabra) —incluir; cercar —juntar, unir-se —dar patadas, puntapiés

to leap to long to operate to provide to punch to treat to worry

—brincar (considerando distancia o peligro) (long) —anhelar, ansiar (ópereit) —operar; producir efecto; usar (una maquina) (prováid) —proveer, surtir (ponch) —punzar, perforar (triit) —tratar (bien o mal) (uéri) —preocupar-se; atormentar (liip)

b. Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Saber a Perfección: to cheat someone out of . . . —defraudar o robarle algo a alguien (engañándole) to cheat (at cards) —hacer trampas (en la baraja) to cheat in an examination —copiar en un examen, (un alumno, por supuesto. cometiendo fraude) to drill —hacer ejercidos (soldados, bomberos, etc.) to drill verbs, phrases, etc —repetir mucho o hacer ejercicios con verbos, frases, etc. (para aprenderlos) to drill something into some one —hacer aprender algo a alguien a fuerza de ejercicios to engage a person's service, assistance, etc —emplear, ocupar o hacer uso de los servicios, asistencia, etc., de alguien to engage a person in conversation —ocupar o interesar a una persona en una conversación. to be engaged —estar comprometido (para tal o cual día; para hacer algo; para casarse, etc.) to join a club, organization, etc —hacerse miembro de un club, organización, etc. to join the army, navy —alistarse o incorporarse en el ejército, marina to kick (fam.) —oponerse, quejarse to kick a person out (fam. o vulgar) —despedir, expulsar to leak (liik) —gotear o dejar escapar, o rezumarse o escaparse agua u otro liquido por un agujero o rendija to leap to death from . . . —suicidarse tirándose de . . . to leap into the fray —arrojarse a la refriega to operate on a person —operar a una persona. Observe; He was operated on —lo operaron to present someone with something —regalar algo a alguien to provide a person with . . . —proveer a una persona de. . to provide against . . . —prepararse contra. . . , o proveerse (para lo que pueda sobrevenir) to punch some one —dar un puñetazo (o varios) a alguien to treat —(un medico) asistir o tratar to treat someone TO . . . . —obsequiar a alguien con . . . Aprendanse los Ejemplos de MEMORIA: They must have c heated him, for that car is not worth $500. We prevented them from cheating her of more than $200. Three companies of soldiers drill every afternoon in the Central Park. You shall learn the verbs if you drill them constantly. Every teacher must drill the verbs, irregular constructions and difficult grammatical points into the students. I am already engaged for Sunday and, therefore, I regret I cannot see you. I doubted that Frank and she were engaged to be married She insisted that he join the club — Ella insistió en que él se hiciera miembro del club. Will you join us? — ¿Quiere Ud. agregarse a nosotros? o ¿Gusta Ud.?— (A la mesa). The boat leaks — El bote hace agua. Water is leaking from the roof. I should like to present her WITH a beautiful gift. Peter would have treated her TO a good show if he had known that she would care. Para 'incluir' o 'acompanar' o el barbarismo 'adjuntar' usamos 'to inclose' o 'to enclose' pero este último con 'e' más bien se usa en sentido literario: Every beating heart encloses its own secrets — Cada corazón latiente encierra sus propios secretos. The mountains that enclosed the Greek cities protected them from one another — Las montañas que rodeaban las ciudades griegas las protegían unas de las otras.

138 Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I blushed when the teacher caught me cheating, You . . . etc. 2. I will never cheat any one of anything, You shall . . . etc. 3. If I did not drill the v erbs constantly I would not learn them to perfection, If you . . . etc. 4. I should like to engage this boy for that work, but not before the end of the month, You would . . . etc. 5. If I had engaged my word I would have kept it, If you . . . etc. 6. I wa s engaged to talk at the banquet, otherwise I would have come to Peter's party, You . . . etc. 7. I shall inclose a check for $20.00 in my letter to -morrow morning, You . . . etc. 8. I hoped I would not have to join the army, You . . . etc. 9. I insisted upon my brother's joining the English Club at school, You . . . etc. I had to leap over the fence when I saw the bull coming toward me, You . . . etc. 11. I longed to visit Paris and, finally, I was able to realize my desire, You . . . etc. 12. If I did not neglect my health I would not find my work so trying, If you . . . etc. 13. I am going to present my mother with a beautiful set of furniture for her room, You . . . etc. 14. I asked my friend to treat each one of the boys exactly the same, You . . . etc. 15. I was very happy to treat my uncle to a good dinner at a down -town restaurant, You . . . etc. 16. I have always tried not to worry my mother with my difficulties, You . . . etc. 17. I should not worry if I were sure I could pass the test, You would . . . etc. 18. I shall provide the boy with the necessary things, You . . . etc.

c.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times:

1. Did you notice her blush when the teacher caught her cheating? 2. Are you suggesting that he must have cheated when we were playing last night? 3. Did he insist before the policeman that the clerk had cheated him of more than $2.00? 4. What does the relative pronoun 'who' denote? 5. Do you always drill your verbs until you learn them perfectly? 6. Did he want to engage a man who knew English well? 7. Are you already engaged for Saturday evening? 8. Are William and Alice engaged (to be married)? 9. Did he ask you to inclose a check to cover the amount of the book? 10. Did she object to her son's joining the army? 11. Did the horse kick you? 12. Was he kicking against the recent system? 13. Did you insist that they 'kick him out'? 14. Was the boat leaking? 15. Did you tell the janitor that water was leaking from the upper floor? 16. Did you happen to pass by when the woman leaped to death from the 6th floor? 17. Did he present his sister with a beautiful dress on her birthday? 18. Did she punch him on the face several times? 19. Would you have treated her to a show if she had cared to go? 20. Have you worried these two weeks thinking of your coming test? 21. When was he operated on? 22. Are you not going to provide against any possible failure? H.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada VocabIo y Erase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: accurate (ákiureit) —exacto, preciso legislative (léYislativ) —legislativo Austrian (óstrian) —austriaco legislature (léYisléchur) —legislatura Belgian (bélYan) —belga literary (lítereri) —literario budget (bódYet) —presupuesto literature (líterachur) —literatura to comment (cóment) —comentar to maintain (meintéin) —mantener, afirmar to connect (cónekt) —unir, relacionar to mourn (moorn) —llorar o lamentar la muerte de . . . consistent (consístent) —consistente, compatible mushroom (máshrum) —hongo, champiñón, seta conspicuous (conspíkios) —conspicuo outstanding (autstándin) —prominente courteous (kértios) —cortes pain (péin) —dolor, doler courtesy (kértesi) —cortesía painful (péinful) —doloroso; arduo to crack (crak) —cuartearse, agrietarse; parliament (párlament) —parlamento crujir parliamentary (párlaméntari) —parlamentario crack —rendija; crujido partner (pártner) —socio, compañero crown (cráun) —corona, coronar partnership (pártnership) —sociedad to delight (diláit) —deleitar policy (pólisi) —póliza; política delightful (diláitful) —deleitoso ameno (norma o practica) to emphasize (emfasáis) —recalcar, acentuar praise (préis) —elogio, elogiar everlasting (everlástin) —eterno, perpetuo praiseworthy (préis-uérDi) —laudable, digno de evil (ívol) —perverso, maligno elogio evil-minded —mal intencionado race (réis) —raza; carrera, correr exact (eksákt) —exacto, idéntico de prisa to frequent (frícuent) —frecuentar respective (rispéktiv) —respectivo fungus (fónges) —hongo, fungo to select (selékt) —seleccionar to gain (guéin) —ganar snail (snéil) —caracol grudge (groY) —rencor, mala voluntad to snub, bb (snob) —desairar, tratar in haste (jéist) —de prisa desairadamente to hasten (jéisen) —apresurarse summons (sómons) —citación illiterate (il-lítereit) —ignorante, analfabeto tenacious (tenéshos) —tenaz ingenious (inYínios) —ingenioso, talentoso tenacity (tenásiti) —tenacidad, tesón to intrude (intrúud) —entremeterse treat (triit) —obsequio liable (láiabol) —dispuesto, sujeto treatment (tríitment) —trato, tratamiento leap-year —año bisiesto usual (iúshual) —habitual to legislate (léYisleit) —legislar worry (uéri) —preocupación Para traducir 'ganar' tenemos en inglés tres verbos: to earn, reg., to win, pasados 'won',y 'to gain'. To earn — ganar un salario ganarse la vida con el trabajo; To win — ganar cuando hay competencia u obstáculos; To gain — ganar (en cualquier otro caso particularmente abstracto o general), por ejemplo, to gain weight — aumentar o ganar peso; to gain strength — ganar fuerzas; to gain ground — ganar terreno; to gain — ganar o sacar provecho de algo, etc. Fungus: Ringworm is a fungus that causes skin infection and loss of fur on animals — La tiña es un hongo que causa la infección de la piel y pérdida de piel en animales. Many researchers have concluded that they died from eating a toxic mushroom — Muchos investigadores han concluido que murió por comer un hongo (una seta) tóxico. The student, who lives on his own, was about to pour the snail into a pasta dish he was making when he noticed it in the Tesco pack — El estudiante, que vive por su cuenta, estaba a punto de echar el caracol en un plato de pasta que estaba haciendo cuando él se dio cuenta en el paquete de Tesco.

139 PHRASES: I have gained two pounds —He aumentado dos libras ill-natured —avieso, de meta índole o instintos ill-treated —mal tratado to make haste —darse prisa dressed in mourning —vestido de luto to be in mourning —estar de luto vaudeville acts ('vódvil' . . . .) —números de variedades (tea.) at the appointed time —a la hora acordada I may be intruding —Quizás yo sea inoportuno to take place —tener lugar o llevarse a cabo to take back —llevar de vuelta; retirar o retractar to take pains to . . . —esmerarse o esforzarse por Why should I . . . ; Why should you . . . etc. The —¿Por qué he de. . . ; o has de . . . etc. interesting thing about . . . —Lo interesante de. . . My work is up-to-date —Mi trabajo está al día An up-to-date theatre —Un teatro moderno Everybody for himself! —¡Sálvese quien puede! to be accustomed to. . . —estar acostumbrado a . . . in like manner —del mismo modo why man —pues hombre III. READING TEXT (Continued) Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: Out on the street Albert said, — I may be intruding; you two had an engagement to go somewhere. Then Peter with his usual courtesy hastened. Why no (pues no), we are going to have dinner at some down-town restaurant; afterwards we shall take in a moving-picture show, and it will indeed be a pleasure for us if you join us. — You are very kind, Albert told him, and added I mus t not refuse such an invitation. We went to Peter's automobile around the corner and then we drove down-town. In twenty minutes we were in front of the restaurant; it was exactly thirty minutes past one when we got there, this restaurant is much frequented by people of different countries: English, French, Belgians, Germans, Austrians, Russians, Spaniards, South Americans and many others. We enjoyed the dinner very much, and a very good orchestra delighted us with selected pieces. About three o'clock we left this place and after a half hour's walk we stopped by the ticket-Office of a theatre, and Peter asked the ticket-seller, — What picture is on? — A very good one has just started, The Story of Louis Pasteur' answered the young lady at the ticket-window. Then we paid for three orchestra-seats (butacas de platea) and we went in. We were entirely pleased with the film on the life of Louis Pasteur, the great French scientist. There was another picture which we did not like so much; it showed most dangerous bandits in action. Those pictures of banditry (bandidaje) are a true portrait of the sort of life that criminals of the worst kind lead in a big city. At twenty minutes to six we found ourselves in the street again, and then we walked up a few blocks to get the car. On our way home, we commented upon the different things connected with our very pleasant afternoon. Peter was going to take Albert and me to our respective homes, but we decided to get off on 142nd Street and Broadway where a cousin of Albert lives. We took leave of Peter, thanked him for his kind treat and courtesy and then we went to call on my friend's cousin in whose house we spent a very delightful evening. IV.

CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD 1. What did Albert say when you were out on the street? 2. What did Peter answer? 3. Did Albert refuse Peter's invitation to join you? 4. Did you ride down-town in Peter's automobile? 5. What people usually frequent the restaurant where you had your dinner? 6. What did your friends and you do after leaving the restaurant? 7. Were you pleased with the moving-pictures that you saw? 8. What things did you comment upon on your way back home? 9. Where did Albert and you spend the evening? V. A. 1.Principal Parts:

GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS to bear (béar) to win (uin) to split (split) to kneel (niil) to undergo

—llevar (un nombre); cargar —ganar (en competencia) —dividir; hender —arrodillarse —sufrir (examen, operación, etc.)

140 This square bears the name of the great South American Liberator — Esta plaza lleva el nombre del gran Libertador suramericano. You know that He bore the cross for us —Tú sabes que Él cargó la cruz por nosotros. This note bears no interest. (El nombre 'bearing' — relacion, conexion, fuerza: That has no bearing on this question — Eso no tiene relación con este asunto). 'To bear' con la idea de producir, por ejemplo, árbol que da frutas: to bear apples, to bear oranges, etc.; tambien 'to bear children' — tener hijos o dar a luz; en este último caso el participio pasivo se escribe 'born': I was born, you were born, etc. — yo nací, etc., if I had been born in . . . — Si yo hubiese nacido en . . . etc.; (en la voz activa es más corriente 'to give birth to' o simplemente 'to have'; She gave birth to a beautiful child last night). 'To split', They must have split over the Court Bill — Ellos se separarían a causa del proyecto de ley sobre la corte. 'To split with' (lam.) — separarse de, o romper con.

Present bear win Split kneel 2.

Past bore (bóar) won (won) split knelt, kneeled

Pres. Part.

Past Part. (-ado, ido)

bearing winning splitting kneeling

borne (born) won split knelt, kneeled

Read ALOUD and Write Until You Learn Perfectly: to bear a person no grudge to bear to bear in mind to bear interest to bear to split to be born to split the difference to split with laughter (fam.) to split hairs

—No tener a una persona rencor —tolerar, soportar —tener presente —producir interés (una nota) —dar a luz —dividirse, separarse —nacer (ser dado a luz) —partir la diferencia —reventar de risa —asirse o agarrarse uno de un cabello, es decir, tratar de

convencer con detalles exagerados e insignificantes 3.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I bear my enemies no grudge, You . . . etc. 2. I will not bear such abuses any longer, You shall . . . etc. 3. I have borne his impertinence with patience, You . . . etc. 4. I should have borne in mind my father's last advice, You should . . . etc. Bear it in mind as long as you live — (Téngalo presente mientras viva), Let him . . . etc. 6. I ought to have won the first prize, You . . . etc. 7. I wanted Margaret to win the literary contest, You . . . etc. 8. I Wish I had won some praise from my English teacher, I wish you . . . etc. 9. Why should I split with my partner? Why should you . . . 10. I shall gain nothing if he and I split, You will . . . etc. 11. The little boat split in two and I almost lost my life, The . . . and you . . . etc. 12. I am not splitting hairs; on the contrary, I am setting forth very significant points, You . . . etc. 13. I would have knelt down if my mother had asked me to, You . . . etc. 14. I underwent two serious operations a few years ago, You . . . etc. 15. My store has undergone certain changes (cambios), Your . . . etc. 16. I was born in a small village, You . . . etc. 17. If I had been born rich I. would have worked hard just the same, If you . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did you advise her not to bear their impertinence any longer? 2. Did you read la st night that the train bearing the President to the capital was held up by a group (grup) of bandits? 3. Did he assure his father that he had borne in mind his last advice? 4. Does that tree in the yard bear fruits? 5. Do those notes bear a high interest? 6. About what time last night did Mrs. Johnson bear her two children? 7. Where was your brother's friend born? 8. Had she already given birth to her child when the doctor arrived? 9. Was it your horse that won the fourth race? 10. Would he win a vote of confidence on the question that had arisen to-day if there were an assembly to-night? 11. Would they have won the election had Mr. Colby run for president? 12. Did he split what money he had with his two sisters? 13. Was he afraid that his party would split on his Foreign Relations policy? — (Su política respecto a . . .) . . . etc. 14. Did your brother insist that you should split with your partner? 15. Did she object to her son's undergoing the operation at that time? 16. Do you believe that he must have undergone trying experiences when he worked as a salesman through South America?

141 B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

to acclaim aviator beans beet to behead belt to bless blessing boot-black captain carelessness cheek chin chickpeas colonel to communicate conceit conceited contempt contemptible to converse convict corporal cruel cultured early-riser editorial to imagine international legitimate lentels loafer loyal main major

(acléim) (éviéiter) (bíins) (biit) (bijéd) (belt) (bles) (blésin) (bút-blák) (cáptin) (kérlesnes) (chíik) (chin) (chíkpíis) (kérnel) (comiúnikeit) (consíit) (consíted) (contémpt) (contémptibol) (convérs) (cónvikt) (córporal) (crúel) (cólchurd) ( . . . ráiser) (editórial) (imáYin) (internáshional) (leYítimeit) (léntels) (lóufer) (lóial) (méin) (méiYer)

—aclamar, vitorear —aviador —fríjoles —remolacha —degollar —cinturón; zona —bendecir —bendición —limpiabotas —capitán —descuido —mejilla —barbilla, ' mentón' —grabanzos —coronel —comunicar-se —presunción, arrogancia —presumido, vanidoso —desprecio, desdén —despreciable —conversar —reo, presidiario —cabo (mil.); corporal —cruel —culto, ilustrado —madrugador —editorial, artículo de fondo —imaginar-se —internacional —legitimo, autentico —lentejas —haragán —leal, fiel —principal adj. —comandante, alcalde, mayor

notoriety notorious particular particularly peas pipes poetry poverty to produce product prose punishment pussy raw reason reasonable rebel to rebel rebellion to rid scoundrel shell seashell sergeant severe socket spliter to shiver snap-shot thoughtful thoughtless unbearable vagina winkle

—notoriedad, mala fama —notorio —particular —particularmente —arvejas —pipa, tubo, tubería —(la) poesía —pobreza —producir, mostrar o presentar (para probar o por obligación) (pródokt) —producto (próus) —prosa (pónishment) —castigo (púsi) —vagina (roo) —crudo (ríson) —razón, razonar (rísonabol) —razonable (rébel) —rebelde (ribél) —rebelarse (ribélion) —rebelión (rid) —remover, eliminar (scáundrel) —canalla, bribón (shel) —concha, caparazón, cascara (síi-shel) —concha (sárYent) —sargento (sevíar) —severo (sóket) —enchufe, toma corriente (splíter) —divisor, repartido(energía) (shíver) —tiritar, temblar (snáp-shot) —instantánea (foto) (Zóotful) —pensativo; atento, considerado (Zóotles) —irreflexivo, incauto (onbérabol) —insoportable (váyaina) —vagina (uínkol) —eliminar, remover, caracol (notoráieti) (notórios) (partíkiuler) (partíkiulerli) (píis) (páips) (póetri) (póverti) (prodíus)

'Poetry' denomina un genero de la literatura, 'la poesía, pero al especificar 'una poesía' diríamos 'a poem' o 'a piece of poetry'. La palabra 'cheap' no solamente significa (de precio bajo) sino también 'de mala calidad', trivial, que no sirve o de muy mal servicio, de manera que si no queremos expresar esta segunda idea, no debemos decir 'a cheap hotel', 'a cheap machine', etc., sino, 'the price is reasonable' o 'the price is low'. - To get rid of: Use the DRS to get rid of howlers, not to strive for perfection — Utilice el DRS para deshacerse de los aulladores, no para buscar la perfección. for contempt of court My father and I are very close to have lost contact with . . . to think out a plan, idea, etc When they were engaged. a good shot to be well off to be worse off So much the better So much the worse to get rid of dispose of, do away, do away with to give a ring (lam.) It was thoughtful of you to send me a card As long as I live . . . A biting remark shooting pains a splitting headache If everybody were born rich Many are born to suffer a stroke of luck a stroke of the pen C.

PHRASES: —por desacato a la corte —mi padre y yo nos tratamos con mucha confianza —haber perdido la relación con . . . , o no verse o comunicarse ya con . . . —formular un plan, idea, etc. —Cuando ellos estaban comprometidos . . . —un buen tirador —estar bien (económicamente) —estar peor (económicamente) —Tanto mejor —Tanto peor —deshacerse de . . . —remover, eliminar —llamar por teléfono —fue muy atento enviándome una tarjeta —Mientras viva —una observación mordaz —punzadas, latidos dolorosos —un dolor de cabeza insoportable —Si todo el mundo naciera rico . . . —Muchos nacen para sufrir —un golpe de suerte o de fortuna —una plumada

INDEFINITE RELATIVE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Relativos Indefinidos.

1. WHOEVER o Whosoever: El pronombre whoever significa 'quienquiera que' o 'cualquiera que' usado como sujeto referente a personas. Apréndanse los siguientes ejemplos de memoria y obsérvese el tiempo que sigue al pronombre relativo indefinido:

142 WHOEVER comes into my room every day always puts my books out of order — Quienquiera que entre o que entra en mi cuarto todos los días siempre desordena mis libros. WHOEVER may (méi) come, tell him to wait — Quienquiera que venga (o pueda venir), dígale que espere. Give this prize to WHOEVER will write the best composition — Regale este premio a quienquiera que escriba la mejor composición. WHOEVER came into my room . . . Quienquiera que entrara o el que entro en mi cuarto . . . etc. WHOEVER may have come into my room . . . — Quienquiera que haya entrado (o pueda haber entrado) en . . . etc. (El auxiliar 'may' se estudia detalladamente en la siguiente lección, ahora observemos su uso después de estos pronombres para indicar posibilidad traduciendo o denotando la idea de 'pueda, puedas, etc.'.) 2.

WHOMEVER o Whomsoever: El pronombre whomever significa 'quienquiera que o cualquiera que' para personas usado como 'direct object' o 'indirect object'. Examples I am willing to engage WHOMEVER you wish — Estoy dispuesto a emplear a quienquiera que desees. Borrow the money from WHOMEVER you may find willing to help you —Toma el dinero prestado a quienquiera que encuentres dispuesto a ayudarte. He will employ WHOMEVER he will consider fit for the position —Él empleará a quienquiera que considere apto para el puesto. 3. WHICHEVER o Whichsoever: El pronombre o adjetivo whichever significa 'cualquiera que' para distinguir uno de varios: Take WHICHEVER you care for — Tome cualquiera que le interese. WHICHEVER road you take will lead you to town — Cualquier camino que tome, le conducirá a la ciudad. Use WHICHEVER pen you prefer — Use cualquier pluma que prefiera 4.

WHATEVER o Whatsoever:

El pronombre whatever significa 'cualquier cosa que'; 'todo lo que'. Su idea es aun más indeterminada, más vaga que: what' (la que). Decimos, What he says — Lo que él dice. . . ; es decir, sabemos lo que dice, pero, WHATEVER he says . . . — Lo que él diga; es decir, no sabemos lo que dice o pueda decir. Observe: WHATEVER he will write, I shall be happy to read. Buy WHATEVER your heart desires. WHATEVER (o no matter what) — No importa lo que: Whatever he thinks, you shall go through with your plans. (Whatever usado después del nombre significa 'en absoluto' They have no food whatever. He did not say anything whatever. She has not read any book whatever.) 5. EVERYTHING (that) y ALL THAT — Todo lo que Examples: I doubt that you will send her everything she asked for. I doubted that you would send her all THAT she asked for. 4. THAN: La palabra THAN es una conjunción, pero traduce, no obstante, la locución de idea relativa 'de lo que' cuando va precedida de un comparativo. Examples: Havana pleases me even more than I expected. That cathedral is more beautiful than you thought. That port is more important now than it was ten years ago. Your friend is even wittier than I imagined. D. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS — Pronombres Interrogativos. Las palabras who, whom, whose, which, y what son también pronombres interrogativos, es decir, inician preguntas directas o indirectas. 1. WHO: El interrogativo who traduce 'quien' y 'quienes' y se usa como SUJETO. Examples: Who is he? I do not know who he is? I did not know who he was. Who wishes to buy this pen from me? (Después del interrogativo 'who' se emplea 'do' o sus derivados SOLAMENTE en preguntas negativas: Who did not come to the meeting — ¿Quienes no vinieron a la reunión?). 2. WHOM: Debemos usar whom como 'direct object' sin preposición significando 'a quien' y también como 'indirect object' con preposición. Examples: Whom have you seen in town? Whom did he scold? WHOM did you buy the pen from? WHOM is that basket of apples for? WHOM do you wish to speak to? 3. WHOSE: El pronombre-adjetivo whose indica posesión y va seguido generalmente del nombre que denota la cosa poseída. WHOSE traduce 'DE QUIEN', más debemos asociarlo con la traducción literal de CUYO, CUYA, etc. aunque estos apenas se emplean en español moderno como interrogativos. Al decir, ¿De quién es ese cinturón?, traduzcamos. ¿Cuyo cinturón es ese? — Whose belt is that?; ¿De quién son esos libros?, traduzcamos, ¿Cuyos libros son ésos? — Whose books are those?; ¿De quién eran las cartas que ella botó? traduzcamos, ¿Cuyas cartas botó ella?

143 — Whose letters did she throw away?; ¿De quien es la máquina de escribir que tomaste prestada?, traduzcamos, ¿Cuya máquina de escribir tomaste prestada? — Whose typewriter did you borrow? ¿De quién era la casa que se quemó anoche? —Whose house burned last night? ('Do' y derivados no se usan cuando 'whose' modifica el sujeto.) 4. WHICH: El interrogativo which significa o 'cuales'; va generalmente seguido de la palabra 'one' o plural 'ones' y se emplea para distinguir uno de otros ya rnencionados. Examples: Which one of the two editorials is the more interesting? Which one should you prefer if you were able to spend the money? Como adjetivo: Which boy succeeded in getting the highest mark? ('Do' y derivados no se usan con 'which' como sujeto.) 5. WHAT: El interrogativo what significa 'que'. Examples: What are they up to? What do I care about such things? What caused the trouble? What did he complain about? What things interested you most when you visited Lima? (`Do' y derivados no se usan con 'what' como sujeto.) Nota: — 'What a' o 'what an' se usa en oraciones admirativas (exclamatory, sentences) cuando 'que' va seguido de nombre: ¡Que muchacho tan inteligente es ÉL! —What a bright boy HE is! ¡Qué escena tan horrenda fue AQUELLA! What an awful sight THAT was! (Observe que la oración admirativa en inglés toma el sujeto antes del verbo). QUE inmediatamente seguido de un adjetivo o adverbio equivale a CUAN y ya hemos aprendido que entonces se traduce por. HOW: ¡Qué significante fue su discurso! — How significant his speech was! ¡Qué convincentes fueron sus palabras! — How convincing his words were!

E.

IRREGULAR VERBS

1. Principal Verbs: to flee to forbid to rise to shine to sink to overtake to dwell

Present flee forbid rise shine sink dwell

fled forbade rose shone sank dwelt

(flii) (forbíd) (ráis) (sháin) (sink) (duel)

Past (fled) (forbád) (róus) (shóun) (sank) (duelt)

1.

—huir, escaparse —prohibir, impedir —levantarse, ascender —brillar —hundir-se —alcanzar, atajar —habitar, residir, morar (poco usado con este significado)

Pres. Part. fleeing forbidding rising shining sinking dwelling

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) fled forbidden risen shone sunk dwelt

(forbíden) (rísen) (sonk)

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to dwell upon, on to rise to rise to rise (The curtain) to rise to rise early to give rise to to shine to shine to overtake

—espaciarse en (un asunto); continuar hablando o meditando sobre lo mismo —salir (el sol) —subir (los precios; temperatura) —levantar (el teléfono) —crecer (el rio); levantarse (en armas o rebelión) —madrugar —motivar o dar origen a —sobresalir, distinguirse —hacer brillar, iluminar; dar lustre (En estos casos el verbo es regular: Shined) —sorprender (en el hecho); sobrevenir

Three convicts fled (from) jail week before last. They must have fled (from) jail when the warden was murdered — Se fugarían cuando asesinaron al alcalde. Smoking is forbidden — Se prohibe fumar. The fire in the stairway forbade the egress of the tenants. — El fuego en la escalera impidió la salida de los inquilinos. An impassable river forbade the approach of the army. From a sergeant he rose to a colonel. In winter the sun rises late and sets early. The curtain rose (or went up) at eight and dropped (or went down) at twelve. Death overtook him when he appeared to enjoy the best of health.

144 Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I should have fled from that danger, You should . . . etc. 2. I forbade the boys to stay there any longer, You . . . etc. 3. If I had forbidden his entrance nothing would have happened, If you . . . etc. 4. I shall have risen by seven o'clock, You will . . . etc. 5. I am already up when the sun rises, You . . . etc. 6. I watched the aeroplane when the aviator rose above the clouds You . . . etc. 7. I cannot stand the warm weather when the temperature rises beyond 80 degrees, You . . . etc. 8. I should have been in the theatre when the curtain rose, You should . . . etc. 9. I believe that Peter must have risen very early, You . . . etc. 10. I am afraid that my remark must have given rise to their argument, You are . . . etc. 11. I love to be out in the open when the sun is shining, You . . . etc. 12. I wish I had shone in all my classes when I attended school, I wish you . . . etc., I wish he . . . etc. 13. I suggested that Albert have his shoes shined before leaving for school, You . . . etc. I overtook the man before he reached the park, You . . . etc. 15. I begged Albert not to dwell upon the same subject all the time, You . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. How many convicts fled the prison when the warden was murdered? 2. Had he fled from the house of the crime before the police reached there? 3. Why did you insist that he forbid his son to take the trip? 4. Would his radical ideas have forbidden his election if he bad run for president? 5. Would you rise every morning before the sun was up when you lived in the country? 6. About how many feet did the aviator rise? 7. Did he rise from a sergeant to a captain during the war? 8. Would you have got yourself a new car this year if the prices had not risen? 9. Were you already in the theatre when the curtain rose? 10. Did you stay there until the curtain dropped at the end of the last act? 11. What was it that gave rise to the split in the Republican Party? 12. Did he always shine in mathematics when he attended college? 13. Did you happen to pass by when he was having his s hoes shined around the corner? 14. Did their government approve the sinking of neutral ships? 15. About what time did the big steamer sink? 16. Is it true that great scientist has sunk into poverty these last two years? 17. Do you believe that I would have overtaken him if I had cut through the park? 18. Does he not get tired dwelling upon the same thing all the time? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección, háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A.

De en inglés Una Sola Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. Did she blush when she was caught cheating in the examination? 2. Is it true that they cheated you of a few dollars when you bought the radio? 3. Did he promise that he would not cheat at cards as long as he lived? 4. Does the pronoun 'who' denote a person or a thing? 5. Were the men drilling holes through the water pipes? 6. Do you ever forget to drill the verbs and difficult phrases into the students? 8. Would you engage him for that job if he did not insist upon using his own system? 9. Had your friend the pianist already engaged Saturday evening when we asked him to play in our party? 10. Were the French actors engaged to play at the Colon Theater during the summer? 11. Were you told that William and Margaret were engaged to be married? 12. Did his mother sug gest that he inclose a check for that amount as soon as possible? 13. Is it not true that every beating heart encloses its own secrets? 14. Did you join them at Peter's house as soon as you had finished your work? 15. Would he have joined the club if they had asked him to? 16. Did the President's wife advise her son to join the army? 17. Was the tenant kicking because water had leaked from the upper floor? 18. Did the woman leap to death 'because her husband treated her very badly? 19. Has he always longed to present his mother with a beautiful house? 20. Did the old gentleman worry because his son neglected his duties at the office? 21. By what physician was your brother treated? 22. Did your father want you to treat your friends to a dinner and show before they left for Nicaragua? 23. What name does the square in fro nt of your house bear? 24. Did several bandits hold up the train bearing the members of the legislature? 25. Did he tell you that he could, not bear them any longer? 26. Have you always borne in mind your father and mother's advice? 27. Would he have a chance to become presided if he had been born in this country? 28. Do you believe that he would have won the election If he had run for governor? 29. Did your friend's horse win the race last Sunday? 30. Was he splitting wood in the forest when you found him? 31. Did their party split last year? 32. Did Mr. Wells insist that his son split with his partner? 33. Has not her son undergone the operation yet? 34. About what time last night did the four convicts flee the city jail? 35. Are they going to have smoking forbidden while they hold the meetings? 36. At what time did you rise this morning? 37. About how many feet had he risen when his aeroplane took fire? 38. Did you not forget to tell him to have his shoes shined before leaving for school? 39. In what subje cts did he usually shine in school? 40. How many steamers had they already sunk when this country finally went to war?

145 Translate into English: 1. Si te hubieses dado prisa no hubieres perdido la primera parte del programa. 2. ¿ Por qué hemos de posponer nuestra reunión? — (Ella) tendrá lugar a la hora acordada. 3. ¿Se ruborizó él cuándo le pediste que retirara (retractara) lo que había dicho? 4. Ellos vieron que él no sabe hablar inglés y se aprovecharían de ello para engañarle (defraudarle). 5. Él insistió-en que los otros estaban copiando en el examen y por eso se vio obligado a hacer lo mismo. El profesor, naturalmente, no aceptó semejante (such an) excuse. 6. Lo interesante de esta película ame ricana es el hecho que ella termina diferentemente de todas las otras, es decir, como sucede en-la vida real. 7. Él nos aconsejó que practicáramos (to drill) los verbos continuamente hasta que 'le cogiéramos el golpe a' cada uno de ellos, y entonces hablaríamos sin ninguna dificultad. 8. Voy a decirle a mi tío que él no tiene que emplear a nadie para hacer ese trabajo mientras yo esté en la ciudad. 9. A -medida-que voy aprendiendo nuevas lecciones, sin descuidar un solo (single) punto, me -doy-cuenta-de que aprenderé el-inglés a fondo si continúo hasta el fin del curso. 10. Me dijeron que Alberto y ella estaban comprometidos. 11. Él me dijo que había acompañado un cheque por $5.00 para el diccionario, pero ellos no le han enviado el libro todavía. 12. Él se alistó (o se incorporó al-(the) ejercito hace un año y me dicen es el mejor tirador en su regimiento (regiment, 'réYiment'). 13. Su madre se opuso a que se-hiciera miembro de (o se incorporara a) ese club. 14. Si yo hubiese estado bien en (at) ese tiempo le hubiera regalado una casa a mi madre. 15. Él estaba peor [económicamente] este año y finalmente se-suicidó-tirándose del octavo piso. 16. Tanto peor si te preocupas; esperemos hasta que regrese tu hermano. 17. Le aconseje a mi primo que obsequia ra a sus amigos con una buena comida. 18. Naturalmente, si todo el mundo naciera rico no habría ninguna pobreza. 19. Si él hubiese nacido en este país podría ser presidente. 20. El nombre que este río lleva es famoso en la historia del mundo. 21. Yo no hubiera tolerado su compañía si no hubiese sido por mi padre. 22. S i él hubiese tenido presente el consejo de nuestro doctor no tendría que sufrir esa difícil operación. 23. Quienquiera que gane el primer premio obtendrá $50,000. 24. Ellos ganarían miles de dólares en las carreras de caballos el año pasado. 25. Si nuestro partido no se hubiese dividido ellos no hubieran ganado la elección. 26. El botecito se partió en dos y por poco ellos pierden la vida (sus vidas). 27. No me levante temprano como deseaba, pues tenía un dolor de cabeza insoportable. 28. Ella se arrodilló ante su padre y le suplico que no la castigara. 29. La policía no ha podido encontrar a los tres presidia rios que se huyeron de la cárcel el sábado pasado. 30. Si mi padre me hubiese prohibido que anduviera (to go) con ellos, yo le hubiera obedecido. 31. Los precios han subido e imagino que ellos no exportan tantos carros ahora. 32. Él es muy vanidoso y su observación dió origen a una riña entre su hermano y él. 33. El valeroso coronel se distinguió en la batalla. 34. Si hiciera sol, (si el sol estuviese b rillando), tomaría algunas (a few) instantáneas de nuestro grupo. 35. Haga que me brillen los zapatos temprano por la mañana. 36. El barco se hundió y ellos perecieron antes que llegara ayuda (help). 37. Yo te hubiera alcanzado si hubiese caminado más ligero. 38. ¿Le castigaría el profesor ayer por su descuido? 39. Lo vi tiritando de frio esperando a un amigo en la esquina. 40. Si no fueras tan irreflexivo no perderlas tus libros continuamente. b.

Translate into English: Fuera de la calle Alberto quiso despedirse de nosotros. — Quizás sea yo inoportuno, dijo él, Uds. tenían un previo compromiso para ir a algún sitio. — No, de ninguna manera, contesto Pedro, Yo insisto en que Ud. venga con nosotros. Lo convencimos y entonces fuimos en el automóvil de Pedro a un restaurant abajo de la ciudad. Nos gusto la comida muchísimo y pasamos un rato muy agradable. Había una orquesta muy buena que tocó piezas hermosísimas que nos hicieron sentir muy felices. A las dos nos levantamos de la mesa, Pedro pago la cuenta, dió una propina al mozo y salimos. Después de caminar por Broadway durante (for) diez minutes entramos a ver una función. Vimos una película interesante y algunos números de variedad. Nos gust o la función excepto una cinta (picture) acerca de bandidos y crímenes, un tema sobre el cual leemos diariamente en los periódicos. A las seis regresábamos comentando sobre las horas agradables que habíamos pasado juntos. Pedro llevó a cada uno a su respectiva casa, y cada uno le dió las gracias por su bondadoso obsequio y atención (cortesía). Nada tan placentero como la compañía de un verdadero amigo.

146 I. a. to avoid to ban to choke to drown to end to fool to gossip to ignore to master to shuffle b.

LESSON XVII REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ Cada Infinitivo Hasta AprenderIo de MEMORIA: (avóid) —evadir; esquivar to surround (seráund) —cerrar, rodear (ban) —prohibir to surrender (sorénder) —rendir-se; entregar-se (chóuk) —ahogar-se, to pack (pak) —empaquetar; hacer (el baúl, (estrangular) maleta, etc.) (dráun) —abogarse (en agua) to profit by (prófit) —sacar provecho o partido de (end) —acabar, terminar to pull (pul) —tirar de, halar (fuul) —tontear, chancear to rescue (réskiu) —rescatar, salvar (gósip) —parlotear, hablar to rock (rook) —meter, balancear chismes to rule (ruul) —gobernar (ignóar) —ignorar (desconocer) to stress (strés) —acentuar, hacer hincapié sobre (máster) —dominar, (saber a to threaten (Zréten) —amenazar; amagar fondo) to tow (tóu) —remolcar (shófel) —barajar, revolver to unpack (onpák) —desempaquetar, desembalar Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Aprender a PERFECCION: to fool —perder el tiempo (con necedades o coma un tonto) to fool a person —engañar a alguien to ignore a remark —pasar por alto una observación to ignore a person —no hacer caso a, pretender no oírle o verle to pull down —bajar a echar abajo (alguna cosa tirando de ella) to pull out —sacar (algo tirando o halando) to pull through —salir bien uno de una enfermedad, peligro o dificultad to pull a person through —ayudar a salir a alguien de una enfermedad, peligro o dificultad to tow away —remolcar

c. Estudie: You could have avoided the trouble — Ud. pudo haber evadido el disgusto o contratiempo. I almost choked with a chicken bone — Por poco me ahogo con un hueso de pollo. The murderer choked her to death — El asesino la estranguló. 'TO drown' en sentido figurado: He drowned his sorrow in wine; His voice was drowned amid the crowd. 'To end' imparte un sentido más enfático d e finalidad que 'to finish' u otros de esta idea: Winter ends around the 21st of March; The class will end at five o'clock sharp; Nouns ending in 'y' preceded by a consonant form their plurals by changing the 'y' to 'i' and adding -es. 'To profit': I wonder if he profited by his stay in the big city —¿Se beneficiará él o sacaría provecho é1 de su estadía en la gran ciudad? To pull': 'Why don't you have that tooth pulled? — o (mejor, 'extracted'?) Hablando de una persona que está muy grave: I wonder if she will pull through —¿Saldrá ella bien de esa enfermedad? o ¿Se salvará ella? —She has a fine doctor; I am sure he will pull her through. 'To rock': She always rocks the baby to sleep — Ella siempre duerme al nene meciendolo. To surrender': He ought to have surrendered the document — É1 debío haber entregado el documento, 'to stress': You must stress that word on the second-to-the-last syllable — Es necesario acentuar esa palabra en la penúltima silaba. I should like to stress these points for they are very important and not easy to learn — Quisiera hacer hincapié sobre estos puntos, pues son muy importantes y no fáciles de aprender. d. Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I should have avoided my staying so long, You should . . . etc. 2. I would not have avoided his question before the other members if there had been a meeting, You . . . etc. 3. I leaped into the river and I almost drowned, You . . . etc. 4. My voice was drowned amid their shouts and, consequently, I failed to say what I had in mind, Your . . . etc. 5. I should have ended my speech the moment I heard the first remark, You should . . . etc. 6. I advised the boys to quit fooling and get to work, You . . . etc. 7. I mean what I say, I am not trying to fool anyone, You . . . etc. 8. I told Helen not to gossip about any one and then she would not get in trouble, You . . . etc. 9. If I did not ignore my brother's biting remarks, he and I would hardly talk to one another, If you . . . etc. — (Omítase empezando con 'he'). 10. I went by Alfred last night but I ignored him, You . . . etc. 11. If I studied constantly with this system I would master the language by the end of the course, If you . . . etc. 12. I would have packed my trunk last night if I had had any time, You . . . etc. 13. You must have profited by the President's speech, He . . . etc. — (Omita 'we'). 14. I feel pretty sick but I will pull through, You . . . but you shall . . . etc. 15. I must have that tooth pulled to-day, You . . . etc. 16. I lay on the hammock and rocked myself to sleep, You . . . etc. 17. I have learned from the newspaper that he rules with an iron hand, You have . . . etc. 18. I shall get in trouble unless I surrender those papers, You . . . etc. 19. I read in the newspaper that Colonel Brown's troops had surrendered yesterday morning, You . . . etc. 20. Had I threatened John I could not have obtained what I wanted, You . . . etc. 21. I am afraid that new law threatens the prosperity of this country and may even give rise to a revolution, You . . . etc. 22. As soon as I had unpacked my trunk I went directly to the office, As soon as you . . . etc, 23. I will stress those points before the class to-day, You shall . . . etc.

147 e.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did he not try to prevent his son's leaving college before the course ended? 2. Is it true that he avoided the questions that a member put to him during last week's meetings? 3. Were they able to prove that the man had choked the woman to death? 4. Did you see the woman drown without your being able to help her? 5. Does he want her to return to the city is soon as summer ends? 6. Would he have passed his final examination if he had not been fooling all the time in the classroom? 7. Was he able to fool the people with his empty promises? 8. Has he been gossiping again about things that do not concern him? 9. Was it true that she ignored your suggestion? 10. Did you ignore them when they greeted you at the pier? 11. Does he master the French language? 12. Is it he who always packs and unpacks your trunk and valises when you travel? 13. Are you not going to tell him those things that he ignores about the accident? 14. Did he hit the young lady when he pulled the door? 15. Did you advise him to have his infected tooth pulled? 16. Did she get sick with the rocking of the ship? 17. Would the country be better off if he were ruling in accordance with his party platform? 18. Did you read in the newspaper that they had surrendered to the enemy? 19. Did he threaten you to bring you to court? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocable y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

access accesible accessory to accompany acquaintance additional available ban banner blunder

(ákses) (áksesibol) (aksésori) (akómpani) (akuéintans) (adíshonal) (avéilabol)

caricature caricaturist to chop to civilize civilization considerate crane crumble destination dust eager educator elementary fate to fold hose hosiery human being ignorance inconsiderate to insinuate jealous jealousy keen

(cáricachur) (cáricachúrist) (chop) (sívilais) (siviliséshon) (consídereit) (créin) (crómbol) (destinéshon) (dost) (íiguer) (éYukeiter) (eleméntari) (féit) (fóuld) (jóus) (jósheri) (jiúman) (ígnorans) (ínconsídereit) (insiñueit) (Yélos) (Yélosi) (kiin)

(báner) (blónder)

—acceso —accesible —accesorio; cómplice —acompañar —conocido, subs;familiaridad —adicional —disponible, (a la mano) —prohibición —bandera, pendón, pancarta —disparate, disparatar (referente a una acción) —caricature —caricaturista —picar —civilizar —civilización —considerado, prudente —grúa, levantar con grúa —desmenuzar —destino (sitio) —polvo, sacudir el polvo —ansioso —educador —elemental —destino (la suerte) —doblar, plegar —manguera; calceta —calcetería —ser humano —ignorancia —desconsiderado —insinuar —celoso —celos —aguzado, penetrante; ansioso PHRASES:

A thorough knowledge of . . . At sunrise At sunset He is very 'childish' I still have several letters to write, or I have several letters to write yet God forbid! HOW ABOUT the book which you . . . HOW ABOUT lending it to me? How so?; How come? I am to . . . ; You are to; He . . . etc. in excellent spirits In keeping with . . . Not even . . . He has not even taken a look at the house Mother tongue, or Native tongue Upon hearing him speak . . . Nothing is gained by that to be left homeless A man of good standing Standing water

knowledge load masticate mere minute native nearly nonsensical to peel pill powder practical precious

(nóleY) (lóud) (mástikeit) (míar) (maiñút) (néitiv) (níarli) (nonsénsical) (piil) (pil) (páuder) (práktical) (préshos)

to plunder purse ravage reservoir, dam regime regiment to ridicule ridiculous sardine satisfactory schooling to slide to slice slice slip slippery sprinkle towage trash to unfold versed

(plónder) (pérs) (ráveY) (réservoir) (réYíim) (réYiment) (rídikiul) (ridíkiulos) (sárdíin) (satisfáktori) (skúlin) (sláid) (sláis) (slip) (slípperi) (sprínkol) (tóueiY) (trash) (onfóuld) (verst)

—conocimiento (el saber) —carga, cargar —masticar, mascar —mero —diminuto, minucioso —nativo —casi —absurdo, ilógico —pelar —píldora —polvo —práctico —preciado, de gran valor (para uno) —saquear —bolsa, portamonedas —estrago, saqueo, saquear —represa, depósito —régimen, sistema de gobierno —regimiento —ridiculizar —ridículo —sardina —satisfactorio —escuela (educación) —deslizar —rebanar, rajar —rebanada, rodaja —resbalarse, deslizarse —resbaloso —espolvorear, rociar —remolcaje —basura, hacer polvo —desdoblar, desplegar —versado, entendido

—un complete conocimiento de . . . —A la salida del sol —A la puesta del sol —Él es muy niño o muy necio —Aun tengo (o me faltan) varias cartas que escribir —¡Qué Dios no lo permita! —¿Qué hay en cuanto al libro que Ud. . . . —¿Qué le parece prestármelo? —¿cómo es eso? ¿Por qué ha de ser? —Yo he de . . . o tengo que . . . ; Ud. ha . . . etc. —De muy buen humor, muy dispuesto —En conformidad con . . . . —ni (tan) siquiera —Ni siquiera ha dado un vistazo a . . . etc. —Lenguaje natural, o propio idioma —Al oírle hablar . . . —Nada se gana con eso —quedarse sin hogar, o dejársele sin . . . etc. —Un hombre de buena reputación —agua estancada

148 III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: At the beginning of the school year Mr. Alfred Lopez, an acquaintance of mine, asked me to accompany him in a visit to one of the elementary schools of this city. Mr. Lopez is a school teacher in Bogota, Colombia. He is a well-educated gentleman, thoroughly versed in several languages, particula rly Spanish, French and English. He pronounces English very satisfactorily but his pronunciation in French, in my opinion, is better. He longed to observe a number of classes in a public school here, in order to compare the system used in his native city with the American, and thus profit by the comparison. I called for him last September about the end of the month. He was in excellent spirits that day, and eagerly waiting for me to start on our way to a school located in the Bronx. A cousin of his, who wa s also coming along, suggested that we ride in his car to the school, but Mr. Lopez refused the invitation saying that he preferred to ride on the subway. We, therefore, in keeping with this gentleman's desire went down into 96th Street Station, the nearest one to the educator's home. We took, naturally, the 180th Street Bronx train. It was crowded and none of us could find an available seat. Each one held on to a hanger and began to unfold the newspaper the best he could eager to read the news, but it was impossible to do any reading. Mr. Lopez then said, — This is one thing I dislike about this city; there is practically no more room for additional people in this car and they keep on 'packing human beings' upon us as if we were mere sardines. — You will get used to this if you stay here long enough, his cousin told him, — I believe so, he said with a smile. After a half hour's ride we reached 177th Street Station where we got off. We walked a few blocks westward until we came upon the school which we were t o visit. I introduced Mr. Lopez and his cousin to the Principal, whom I knew and who was expecting us, and after a few minutes' talk in the latter's office he took us to observe a class in geography. CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Is Mr. Lopez an acquaintance of yours? 2. Where did he want you to accompany him? 3. Why was he interested in visiting one of the public Schools here? 4. Is Mr. Lopez thoroughly versed in different languages? 5. Was he in excellent spirits that day? 6. Where is the school which you visited, located? 7. What means of transportation did you use to go there? 8. Why does Mr. Lopez dislike the subway train? Was the Principal of the school expecting you? 9. Did you introduce Mr. Lopez and his cousin to him? 10. What class did the Principal take you to observe? V. A. 1.Principal Parts:

Present seek blow shut spit spread

to seek to blow to shut to spit to spread to undertake Past sought (soot) blew (bluu) shut spit spread

GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS (siik) —buscar (blóu) —soplar (shot) —cerrar (con cerrojo, pestillo, etc.) (spit) —escupir —esparcir, divulgar, propagar (spred) —emprender (óndertéik) Pres. Part. Past. Part. (-ado, -ido) seeking sought blowing blown (blóun) shutting shut spitting spit spreading spread

Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta la PERFECCION: to seek to —procurar, intentar o tratar de to blow —sonar (un instrumento de viento) to blow away —llevarse (el viento) to blow down —echar abajo o derrumbar (el viento) to blow out —apagar (con un soplo) to blow up —volar o hacer volar (con dinamita a explosión de alguna índole) to blow out one's brains —levantarse la tapa de los sesos to blow one's nose —limpiarse (sonando) la nariz to shut in —encerrar to shut off —cerrar (el gas, vapor, agua, etc.) to shut out —excluir o no dejar entrar (cerrando la puerta) to shut up (vulgar) —callarse to spread —tender, desplegar to spread —tenderse; echarse

149 Blow your horn — Suena la bocina: The wind blew away my hat; The wind blew it away. The wind must have blown down many houses; The wind must have blown them down. Blow out the match; Blow it out. The stricken father blew out his brains. I shut him in. Tell her to shut off the gas; Tell her to shut it off. My father shut me out last nights. He usually spreads on that big chair and dozes ('dóuses') for a while — Habitualmente se echa en ese gran sillón y dormita un rato. 3.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I have been seeking employment for six months or so, You . . . etc. 2. I sought to help Frank and suggested that he tell the manager about my interest in the matter, You . . . etc. 3. I seek for a job and hope I shall succeed, You . . . etc. 4. The wind was blowing madly and I held fast to a branch of a tree, The . . . and you . . . etc. 5. The wind blew away my little house and I was left homeless, The . . . and you . . . etc. 6. Had I blown out the match, there would not have been any fire, Had . . . etc. 7. I have just learned that the poor man blew out his brains upon bearing the bad news, You . . . etc. 8. When I blew my nose I awoke my uncle who dozed on the big chair, When you . . . etc. 9. I suggested that my sister shut the girls in, until they did their school work You . . . etc. 10. Shut off the heat, Let him . . . etc. 11. I would have shut it off if my mother had not objected to it, You . . . etc. 12. I am glad that the newspapers have spread this news throughout the country, You . . . etc. 13. I insisted that the clerk spread the rug on the floor for me to see it, You . . . etc. 14. I advised Thomas to spread on that comfortable sofa and rest for a while, You . . . etc. 15. I must never spit on the floor, You . . . etc. 16. I do not have to undertake that work if I do not wish to, You . . . etc. 17. I undertook it because I was interested in it, You . . . etc. B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

to adapt to adopt to amend amendment anecdote apprehend apprehension backbone to baptize baptism to blockade bottom cask cheater complexion to contest to crash

(adápt) (adópt) (aménd) (améndment) (ánekdóut) (áprejénd) (áprejénshion) (bákbóun) (baptáis) (báptísm) (blokéid) (bótom) (cask) (chíter) (complékshon) (contést) (crash)

to create crop to curb curb curiosity curious defense delegate disease diseased

(criéit) (croop) (kerb)

ditch

(dich)

enviable environment feature

(énviabol) (enváironment) (fíchur)

fish-hook fragil gossip gracious hail

(. . . juk) (fráYail) (gósip) (gréshos) (jéil)

4.

(kiuriósiti) (kiúrios) (diféns) (délegueit) (disíis) (disíist)

—adaptar —adoptar —enmendar —enmienda —anécdota —aprehender —aprehensión —espina dorsal —bautizar —bautismo —bloquear —fondo —pipa, tonel —estafador, timador —tez, cutis —disputar, competir —estallar, hacerse pedazos al chocar —crear —cosecha, producción —refrenar, contener —freno; orilla (de acera) —curiosidad —curioso; primoroso —defensa —delegar, delegado —enfermedad —enfermo, morboso; difunto —zanja ; foso; presa (hidr.) —envidiable, cercanía —medio ambiente —rasgo, facción de la cara) ; parte importante (en un programa) —anzuelo —frágil —chismografia; chismoso —benévolo, afable —saludo, granizo

to halt humorous influence insipid loan load upload download luggage oath preamble precipice to oppress orator oratory per cent percentage pompous redundant representative result to retain rival rivalry rule sacred senate senator shade shadow sinister spool to suggest suggestion to survive thread tortuous to twinkle warehouse welfare wharf

(jolt) (jiúmoros) (ínfluens) (insípid) (lóun) (lóud)

(lógeY) (óuZ) (priámbol) (présipis) (oprés) (órater) (óratori) (per sent) (persénteY) (pómpos) (ridóndant) (represéntativ) (rísolt) (ritéin) (ráival) (ráivalri) (ruul) (séicred) (sénet) (sénater) (shéid) (shádou) (sínister) (spuul) (sóYest) (sóYeshion) (serváiv) (Zreed) (tórtuos) (túinkel) (uéarjaus) (uélféar) (juorf)

—parar; hacer alto —jocoso, chistoso —influenciar, sugestionar —insípido, soso —préstamo —cargar —subir (inf.), edificar —descargar (inf.) —equipaje —juramento —preámbulo —precipicio —oprimir —orador —oratorio. —por ciento —tanto por ciento —pomposo, ostentoso —redundante, superfluo —representante —resultado, resultar —quedarse con —rival —rivalidad —gobernar; regla —sagrado, sacro —senado —senador —sombra; visillo —sombra (proyectada) —siniestro —carrete —sugerir —sugerencia —sobrevivir —hilo, hebra —tortuoso —pestañear —almacén, deposito —bienestar —muelle (descargadero)

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. How long has he been seeking employment? 2. Were you sure then that he had sought to better the social and economic conditions of the working class? 3. Do you believe that the new governor will seek to help the poor and the unemployed? 4. What direction did the 'paper' say, was the wind blowing? 5. Did the wind blow away many houses in the poor district of the town? About how many people were left homeless? 6. Why did the poor man blow out his brains? 7. Did you ask the maid to shut all the windows? 8. Are you sure that you shut off the gas? 9. Have they made up their minds, to shut him out when they hold their meeting next week? 10. Did his mother 'punish him for spitting on the floor? 11. Was the news of his disgrace spread throughout the country? 12. Did you ask him to spread the neckties on the counter for you to see them? 13. Does he usually spread on the big chair doze for a while after lunch?

150 PHRASES: to be at the bottom of . . . —estar en el fondo de. . . 'ser el causante de' (una trama, engaño, etc.) In the shade —a la sombra dark-complexioned —trigueño o de tez trigueña fair-complexioned —muy blanco o de tez rubia out of curiosity —por curiosidad HOW SOON can you be back? —cuanto tiempo, lo menos posible, regresara? to pull oneself together (fam.) —recobrar la serenidad o el dominio sobre sus facultades Pull yourself together! —Recobre su serenidad; Tenga valor. In the long run —Al fin y al cabo; a la larga Even so . . . —Aun así, o Aceptando que así sea . . . For God's sake! —Por el amor de Dios Do it for my sake —Hágalo por We lit our way in with matches —Entramos alumbrándonos con fósforos In the twinkle of an eye —En un abrir y cerrar de ojos to fold one's arms —cruzar o cruzarse de brazos to commission a person to . . . —comisionar o encargarle a alguien que . . . thumb —el pulgar index finger —dedo índice middle finger —dedo del corazón ring finger —dedo anular little finger —dedo meñique heat up —calentarse C. MAY — Puedo, puedes, etc. El auxiliar MAY, invariable, va seguido de una forma infinitivo SIN 'to' para indicar: 1. PERMISSION — Permiso 'May' denota permiso SOLAMENTE en el afirmativo. Aprenda de Memoria: May I try on your raincoat? —¿Puedo probarme tu capa de agua? You may try it on —Puedes probártela May he use that dictionary? —¿Puede él usar ese diccionario? He may, of course —Él puede, por supuesto Tell him that he may go out —Dile que puede salir En el negativo, traduciendo 'puedo, puedes, etc.', se usa 'cannot': Tell him he cannot go —Dile que él no puede ir No, you cannot —No, no puedes Can't I come along? —¿No puedo yo ir (con Uds.)? (No olvidemos que en preguntas, SHALL, con I o WE denote permiso: Shall Shall I have him come? —¿le hago venir aquí? Shall we wait here? —¿Esperamos aquí? POSSIBILITY — Posibilidad MAY — puede, puedas, etc. a. El auxiliar MAY, precedido de su sujeto, traduce un presente de subjuntivo precedido de QUIZAS, TAL VEZ, PUEDE SER, o QUIEN SABE. Aprenda: I may not be back before noon —Quizás no regrese antes del mediodía He may show up any moment —Tal vez él se presente de un momento a otro Your shirts and socks may fit into this drawer —Puede ser que tus camisas y calcetines quepan en este gaveta William may be waiting outside —Quien sabe Guillermo esté esperando fuera He writes that his father may consent to it —Él escribe que tal vez su padre consienta en ello She says that he may object to it —Ella dice que quizás él se oponga a ello I do not say that I WILL go; I say that I MAY —No digo con seguridad que iré; digo que quizás vaya 2.

(Para expresar este idea puede usarse también en inglés el adverbio de duda 'perhaps' o 'maybe' (méibi) pero seguido de un futuro: Perhaps I shall be back before noon; Maybe he will show up any moment). b. I MAY HAVE, YOU MAY HAVE, etc. — Quizás yo haya, etc. En tiempo compuesto, 'may' seguido del auxiliar 'have' traduce 'quizás', ' tal vez', etc. haya hayas, etc. Aprenda: She may have met with an accident —Tal vez ella haya tenido algún accidente He may have run out of money —Quizás se le haya acabado el dinero They may have declined the offer —Quizás hayan rechazado la oferta He may have missed the train —Quizás haya perdido el tren I say that she may have left —Digo que tal vez ella se haya marchado (Con el adverbio: Perhaps it has been true Maybe he has changed his mind).

151 PURPOSE — Propósito 'May' despues de 'so that' o 'in order that' (PARA que) denota propósito con la idea de posibilidad. Examples: I am going to call him up so that he may come here at once — Voy a llamarle por teléfono para que venga aquí inmediatamente. I shall suggest that she buy a good book in order that she may study English — Sugeriré que ella compre un buen libro para que estudie 3. WISH — Deseo El auxiliar 'may' se emplea antes del sujeto expresando un deseo: May you keep well and happy! —¡Que nunca sufra él por este acto! May he never suffer for this act! —¡Que siga Ud. bien y feliz! May you always be with god! —¡Que siempre este con dios! Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I may take up English lessons next year, You . . . etc. 2. I may change my mind about that business, You . . . etc. 3. I may call on Alfred next Wednesday, You . . . etc. 4. I say that I may not be here next summer, You . . . that you . . . etc. 5. I may have met that lawyer but I am not certain, you . . . etc. 6. I May have misplaced that letter, You. . . . . etc. 7. I may have seen her somewhere but I cannot place her face, You . . . etc. 8. My father gives me good advice so that I may be successful in life, Your . . . etc. 9. May you keep well and happy, May he . . . etc. E. MIGHT — Podía podrás, etc.; Podría, podrías, etc.; Pudiera, Pudieras, etc. El auxiliar MIGHT, pasado de MAY, va seguido de la forma infinitiva SIN 'to' e indica: 1. PERMISSION or SUGGESTION — Permiso o Sugestión 'Might' denota permiso en el afirmativo; para el negativo 'could not': Might I use your dictionary? —¿Podría usar su diccionario? I told you that you Might use it —Te dije que podías usarlo Could I not use your dictionary? I said that you could not use it; o I said that you should not use it. Otros ejemplos: He left word that I might go ahead with the plan —Dejo dicho que yo podía seguir adelante con el plan. He let his daughter know that she might drop mathematics —Le notifico a su hija que podía suspender las matemáticas. She suggested that we might sell the house —Ella sugirió que podríamos vender la casa. POSSIBILITY — Posibilidad a. 'Might' reemplaza al condicional 'would' traduciendo las formas ría, rías, etc., (el condicional o pos-pretérito), siempre que en la mente del que hable solamente haya la POSIBLLIDAD de que tal o cual acción se llevaría a cabo. Para comprenderlo fácilmente añadiremos que 'might' traduce el condicional o pos-pretérito cuando este va precedido de un 'quizás' o 'tal vez' denotando que una acción PODRIA o hubiera podido llevarse a cabo. Observemos la diferencia en la traducción del condicional siguiente: John WOULD come if we invited him —Juan vendría, seguramente, si le invitásemos John MIGHT come if we invited him —Quizás Juan vendría si le invitásemos En la primera-notamos la SEGURIDAD en cuanto a la asistencia de Juan si se le invita; en la segunda solamente la POSIBILIDAD de que pueda venir. Otros ejemplos: He MIGHT, I do not say, he would accept the job if the salary' were higher —Quizás él, yo no lo aseguro, aceptaría el puesto si el salario fuese más alto. She said that he might object to it —Ella dijo que quizás o se opondría a ello: He wrote that his father might consent to it —Él escribió que quizás su padre consentiría en ello. I did not say that I WOULD wait, I said that I MIGHT. —No dije con seguridad que esperaría, dije que quizás. I Might HAVE, You might HAVE, etc. —Quizás yo hubiera (habría), etc. A few weeks rest in the country might have done you good —Un descanso de algunas semanas en el campo quizás te hubiera hecho bien. I did not say that John WOULD have come; I said that John MIGHT have come if we had Invited him I might have spoken to him if he had cared to listen to me. 2.

152 PURPOSE — Propósito (con la idea de posibilidad) Your father sent you that money in order that you might pay this year's tuition in college —Tu padre te envió ese dinero para que pagaras (o pudieras pagar) el colegio este año . I called him up so that he might come here at once —Lo llamo por teléfono para que viniera aquí en seguida. I suggested that she buy a good book in order that she might study English —Le sugerí que comprara un buen libro para que estudiara (o pudiera estudiar) inglés. Nota: —Tanto MAY, para ideas presentes o futuros, como MIGHT, para ideas pasadas, indicando (propósito' manifiestan idea de posibilidad; pero en este caso para manifestar 'determinación' u 'obligación' usaríamos otros auxiliares ya estudiados, por ejemplo: his mother sends him money so that he SHALL pay his debts — Su madre le envía este dinero para que pague (de cualquier modo) sus deudas. His mother sent him that money in order that he SHOULD pay his debts — Su madre le envió, ese dinero para que pagara (de cualquier modo) sus deudas. 3.

IRREGULAR VERBS

1.Principal Parts:

to cast to broadcast to creep along to swear to weep to wind

(cast) (bródcást) (criip) (suéar) (uiip) (uáind)

—lanzar, fundir, moldear —diseminar extensamente; emitir (por radio) —arrastrarse, gatear por —jurar, blasfemar —llorar (cuando apenas se oye) —enrollar, ovillar

Present cast creep swear weep wind

Past cast crept (crept) swore (suóar) wept (uept) wound (uáund)

Pres. Part. casting creeping swearing weeping winding

Past Part. (-ado, -ido) cast crept sworn (suorn) wept wound (uáund)

2. Learn to Perfection:

to cast a glance at —dar una mirada, echar una ojeada a to cast a shadow —proyectar una sombra to cast an actor for a part —asignar a un actor una paste to cast aside —rechazar; desechar to creep up —encaramarse (por una pared, árbol, etc.) to creep out —escurrirse to swear —decir palabras groseras o vulgares, o malas palabras to swear by —jurar por to swear in —tomarle juramento (a un testigo o empleado público) to be sworn in (o into office) —tornársele juramento to swear under oath —declarar bajo juramento to weep with joy —llorar de alegría to weep tears of joy —llorar lagrimas de alegría to wind —ir hacienda zigzag, serpentear to wind up a clock, watch —dar cuerda a un reloj to wind up an argument —traer a una conclusión una disputa to wind up one's affairs —concluir o arreglar sus asuntos 1. My father left word that I might use the car if I wanted to, Your . . . etc. 2. Alfred suggested that I might get rid of the house if I cut down the price, Alfred . . . etc. 3. I did not say that I would lend it to her, I said that I might; You did not . . . etc. 4. I might have accepted the proposition if I had been sure that it was honest, You . . . etc. 5. I said that I might have come: I never said that I would, You . . . etc. G. Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: He cast several glances at you but you ignored him, They were cast for the roles of king and queen — Les asignaron los papeles de rey y reina. The natives crept up palm trees with no difficulty. The mayor swore in the new judge at ten o'clock. The President was sworn in (o sworn into office) before a big crowd. They were winding down the beautiful, tortuous road when their car crashed against a tree. I shall have my affairs wound up by that tune. Tendré mis asuntos arreglados para ese entonces. 3. Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I made her weep when I cast her toy through the window, You . . . etc. 2. I would have cast aside my friend's offer, if there had been the slightest doubt on my mind as to its significance, You . . . etc 3. I swore that would not even cast a glance at that book again, You . . . etc. 4. I heard the beautiful music that the Colombian orchestra broadcast over the radio last night, You . . . etc.

153 5. My mother tells me that I used to creep along this floor following her from one room to another, You . . . etc. 6. I crept out of the hall when the third orator began his address, You . . . etc. 7. I swore that I had not lied, You . . . etc. 8. Years ago I would often swear when I was angry, but I have learned since to master my impulses, Years ago you . . . etc. 9. I wept with joy when my uncle was sworn in as mayor of the city, You . . . etc. 10. Had I not sworn under oath that I had seen the crime, I could take back my original declaration, Had you . . . etc. 11. I might have wept tears of joy if I had won the prize, You . . . etc. 12. I believe I do not have to wind all this thread on that spool, You . . . etc. 13. I wound up both clock and watch before going to bed, You . . . etc. 14. John and I were winding up the road when another car coming down crashed against a tree, John and you . . . etc. 15. I shall not leave for London on the 23rd of June unless I am able to wind up my affairs before that time, You . . . etc. 16. I wanted the boys to listen to the music that the Bolivian Orchestra broadcast last night, You . . . etc. 6. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Do you always catch a fish when you cast the line? 2. Why did he cast the books through the window? 3. Are you sure he is the man you cast several glances at when we were coming on the train? 4. Does the house cast a big shadow from its left wing? 5. What role in the drama did they cast him for? 6. Did you suggest that he cast aside my proposition? 7. Was the baby creeping along the floor of my room when you saw it? 8. Did you catch the man creeping into your room through the street window? 9. Did he swear under oath that his friend had committed the murder? 10. Did his mother punish him for swearing every time he was angry? 11. Did the mayor swear in the new judge at fifteen to four? 12. Was the President sworn into office before a big crowd? 13. Did she weep with joy when she met her father at the pier? 14. Were they winding down the tortuous road when their car crashed against a tree? 15. Have you wound the thread on the spool? 16. Did you forget to wind up the clock last night? 17. Was he able to wind up his affairs before leaving for Europe? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección, háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en INGLES una SOLA Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. Is it true that he avoided the questions that you asked him? 2. Were they able to prove that he had choked the woman to death? 3. How many boys, did the police say, drowned in the East River? 4. Did he say that he was going to drown his sorrow in wine? 5. Did the shouts of the people drown 'the orator's voice? 6. Does he say that the show may end before twelve o'clock? 7. Was he always fooling in the class-room? 8. Did he fool you when he said that he had travelled through Germany? 9. Does he really ignore the significance of that law? 10. Are you going to ignore the things he is gossiping regarding the failure of your business? 11. Did she ignore him when he greeted her? 12. Do you not believe he would master the language if he studied this course to the end? — (affirm.). 13. Does he always pack and unpack his trunk and valises when he travels? 14. Did he say that he had profited very much by his stay in New York? 15. Were they able to pull the boy out of the cave ('kéiv', cueva)? 16. Does the doctor believe that she will pull through? 17. Are you going to have the infected tooth pulled to-day? 18. Does the maid usually rock the baby to sleep? 19. Does he rule his country justly? 20. Did the Court compel that Company to surrender its books? 21. Did you read that General Ramos' troops surrendered yesterday at sunset? 22. Did the Court threaten him with a jail sentence if he did not surrender his papers? 23. Has she educated her children in the right manner? 24. Did your mother ask you to fold the shirts and put them away into the drawer? 25. Has he been seeking employment for the last six months? 26. Did he seek to spread the news throughout the country? 27. Did he shut the windows after the wind had blown away all the papers? 28. Did he shut his daughter in for disobeying his orders? 29. Did they tell you that they were going to shut off the water in this street between two and four this afternoon? 30. Did the judge fine him two dollars for spitting on the station platform? 31. Did you ask the clerk to spread the rugs on the floor for you to see them? 32. Does he envy every one who can travel often? 33. Did Mr. and Mrs. Martin tell you that they were going to adopt the little orphan boy? 34. Was he talking with the policeman when- you cast a glance at him? 35. Did he awake when the snake was creeping down the tree and about to leap at him? 36. Does he always swear when he becomes angry? 37. When will the new mayor be sworn into office? 38. Who is the girl in the dark dress weeping over the body of the poor lady? 39. Does she want me to wind all this thread on the spool? 40. Does your mother forget once in a while to wind up the alarm-clock before going to bed? TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Él me dice que quizás-pueda evitar el-que-ellos suspendan las clases. 2. La policía no pudo probar que él la había estrangulado. 3. Por poco me ahogo con un hueso de pollo. 4. ¿Cuántos muchachos se ahogaron en el lago? 5. Su voz se ahogó (fué ahogada) entre los gritos (shouts) de la muchedumbre. 6. Viajaría por Europa cuando termine el invierno si tuviese dinero. 7. Si él no hubiese perdido-el-tiempo-connecedades (tonteado) en la clase quizás-hubiera tenido-éxito al fin. 8. Dices que dominas el ruso; espero que no estés tratando de engañarme. 9. Creo que ella está hablando-chismes acerca de nosotros pero pasare por alto lo que pueda decir.

154 10. Ella se sonrió con é1 (at him) pero é1 pretendió-no-verla (la ignoró). 11. Muy temprano por la mañana empecé a empaquetar mis cosas pero por la tarde tuve que desempaquetar pues el viaje fue pospuesto. 12. Saque provecho de su permanencia aquí pues é1 fue muy bondadoso en ayudarme. 13. No pudiste abrir la puerta porque trataste de empujarla en vez de tirarla (halarla). 14. Si Ud. Se hubiese sacado el diente no estuviera sufriendo ese dolor ahora. 15. Él está bastante malo (pretty sick) pero el doctor dice que saldrá bien. 16. Ella no quiere que meza al nene para dormirlo pero é1 no se duerme (it does not go to sleep) a menos que lo meza. 17. Si él no hubiese gobernado con mano de hierro (with an iron hand) el país no hubiera salido bien-[de sus dificultades]. 18. Él debió haber entregado a la Corte todos los documentos relacionados con su negocio. 19. Tan pronto como el enemigo se enteró, el Gobierno empezó a poner a-todos los prisioneros (prisoners) en-libertad. 20. Si Ud. va a amenazarme entonces no-le escucharé. 21. En conformidad con el deseo de su padre él salió a buscar empleo ayer, pero no encontró ni siquier a una persona que quisiera escucharle. 22. Me faltaban muchas cartas que escribir y él procuró ayudarme, pero preferí dejar (to leave) ese trabajo para el siguiente día. 23. Apaga el fosforo; apágalo. 24. El viento se llevó muchas casas; cientos de gente pobre quedaron (were left) sin-hogar. 25. Al oír la noticia el pobre hombre se levanto la tapa de los sesos. 26. Ellos lo encerraron en el cuarto hasta que hizo su lección. 27. Te dije que cerraras el gas; No la has cerrado todavía. 28. En la estación hay un letrero: Se prohíbe escupir en el piso — (Escupir en el piso está prohibido). 29. Quizás los periódicos hubieran escrito la nueva si la hubiesen averiguado — (la-about it). 30. Si el dependiente hubiese desplegado las alfombras en el piso hubiéramos podido escoger una más hermosa. 31. Él dijo que tan pronto como regresara del (from) trabajo se echaría en la cama y dormiría un par de horas. 32. Ella te dió una mirada pero pre tendiste no verla. 33. La casa proyecta una gran sombra de su ala derecha y ahí los niños juegan por la tarde. 34. Si él hubiese tratado de hacerme aceptar la oferta yo la hubiera rechazado, no obstante. 35. Le dijimos a la criada que no permitiera al nene arrastrarse por el Piso. 36. Él se escurrió del cuarto cuando su papa regañaba a los otros muchachos. 37. Desde-que su padre le dijo que no blasfemara yo no le he oído hacerlo otra -vez. 38. Al nuevo gobernador se le tomó juramento ayer por la mañana a las diez. 39. Si hubieses enrollado el hilo en el carrete no se hubiera ensuciado (puesto sucio). 40. ¿Olvidaste darle cuerda al reloj? Quizás haga un viaje si puedo concluir mis asuntos este mes. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Hace unos meses fui invitado a comer en casa de un sobrino mío. Además de saborear la comida con sus buenos y sabrosos platos tuve el gusto de conocer allí a un señor muy afable y bien educado. Al oírle hablar me di cuenta de que el caballero que estaba sentado en frente de-mi tenía mucha escuela. Después de levantarnos de la mesa conversamos en la sala de diferentes tópicos. Fue muy interesante oírle usar el inglés y el francés. Aunque su lengua natural es el español, su pronunciación en los otros idiomas es excelente. Este señor es profesor de idiomas en su país, y me dijo que estaba ansioso-de visitar una escuela pública de esta ciudad, pues pensaba que sacaría provecho de esta oportunidad. Me invitó, a que lo acompañara y acepte la invitación. Salimos una hermosa mañana de septiembre a hacer nuestra visita. La escuela que visitamos está situada en el Bronx, N. Y. El Sr. López reusó tomar un 'taxi' y dijo que prefería el subterráneo. El viaje no fue muy placentero, justamente como lo esperaba. No había un sitio disponible y tuvimos que permanecer de pie agarrados a los colgantes. El tren estaba atestado (crowded) pero continuaban 'empacando' más gente como si fueran sardinas. Por fin llegamos a nuestro destino. THIRT REVIEW LESSON I. Repase los vocabularios y las frases, a perfección, de las lecciones 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 y 17 y prepárese para un dictado de palabras y frases escogidas por el profesor. II. Repaso de los Puntos Gramaticales estudiados en las últimas seis lecciones: 1. (12th Lesson B) Explique usos del indicativo en inglés en lugar del subjuntivo castellano enseñados en Lec. XII B. 2. (12th Lesson D) Explique 'indirect question' y de ejemplos. 3. (12th Lesson E) Explique el USO corriente e idiomático del verbo regular 'wonder'. Ilústrelo en oraciones y exprese la misma idea en castellano. 4. (13th Lesson II) Explique uso del Present Participle cuando se denomina Gerund; dé ejemplos en oraciones. 5. (13th Lesson III) Nombre las Conjunciones más importantes con ejemplos en oraciones. 6. (13th Les. V-1-2-3) ¿Cómo forman sus grados de comparación los adjetivos cortos (de una sílaba y algunos de dos)? 7. De las tres formas de todos los adjetivos aprendidos en la Lec XIII-V-2-3) Explique 'less' y 'fewer'. 8. (13th Lesson V-4) ¿Cómo forman sus gados de comparación en los adjetivos largos? De las tres formas de todos los adjetivos estudiados en la '12th Lesson V- 4'. (13th Lesson V-8) Explique 'absolute superlative'. Ejemplos. 9. (14th Lesson B) Nombre las preposiciones. Repase todo lo concerniente a ellas en ese tópico. 10. (14th Lesson C) Repase las diferentes clases de adverbios. Ejemplos, 11. (15th Lesson V-C) Nombre los 'relative pronouns' y explique cada uno con ejemplos en oraciones.

155 13 (16th Lesson V-C) Nombre los 'indefinite relative pronouns' y de ejemplos en oraciones. 14 (16th Lesson V-C) Nombre los 'interrogative pronouns' e ilústrelos en oraciones. 15 (17th Lesson V-C-D) Explique los diferentes usos del auxiliar 'may'. Ejemplos de cada una. 16 (17th Lesson V-E-F) Explique los diferentes usos del auxiliar 'might'. Ejemplos de cada caso. III. Repase los verbos regulares de las lecciones 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 y 17 preparándose así para un ejercicio oral con el profesor basado en estos verbos. IV. Repaso práctico en conversación inglesa y traducción al inglés de los puntos gramaticales estudiados en las últimas 6 lecciones: a. Conteste en inglés las siguientes preguntas: 1. Does he seldom brush his suit? — (afirmativo). Did she dance gracefully? 2. Did you tell him what time it was? Did they discover where you lived? 3. Do you wonder what he has done with his money? — (afirmativo). Did you wonder yesterday where he had gone? — (afirmativo). 4. Has he employed fewer men than we? Have we less time than they? 5. Is the younger of the two brothers the brighter? Is the bigger of your two cousins the lazier? Is the fatter of the two men the wittier? Did your friend keep the better of the two cars? Is his room dirtier than any other in the house? — (afirmativo). 6. Is the older the more disrespectful of the two brothers? Is the younger the more studious of the two? 7. Did they rob the richest bank in town? Does the most beautiful of his houses face the park? Is Peter the worst student in the class? 8. Is she as mean as he? Are we not so happy a s they? 9. Do you not think that the less we talk about ourselves the more respect we command? — (afirmativo). 10. Is it not true that the younger a person is the easier he finds the study of a foreign language? — (afirmativo). 11. Do you not agree with me in that the fewer things one says the fewer mistakes one makes? — afirmativo). 12. Did the gentleman who entertained you regret that his son was not there? Was it I who was wrong? Did you expect the governor to appoint the ones who had criticized his acts? 13. Was it he whom you discharged? Is that the man (whom) you spoke to? Is he the one with whom you went hunting? 14. Did the policeman rush to the boy whose leg was broken? Did the man murder the woman whose son he had already killed? 15. Did you engage the young man (that) I had recommended to you? Did he lock the door (that) I had left open? 16. Is that the window from which he leaped to his death? Are you criticizing the newspaper which articles your father likes so much? 17. Were you able to understand what he had explained? 18. Does he spend what money he gets? 19. Shall you give the prize to whoever will write the best composition? 20. Will he engage whoever may appear first? 21. Will they appoint whomever I may recommend? 22. Shall you go to the dance with whomever your mother wishes? 23. Shall you borrow the money from whomever I may introduce to you? 24. Are you going to choose whichever car your mother likes? 25. Shall you believe whatever he may tell you? 26. Will your father send you everything you ask him for? 27. Is she not prettier than you thought? 28. Are the lessons easier than you expected? 29. Who attended the meeting last Tuesday? — (afirmativo). Who did not attend the meeting last Tuesday? — (negativo). 30. Whom do you wish to talk to? Whom is he waiting for? 31. Whose typewriter is this? Whose cigarettes are those? Whose house did he show to you? 32. Which one of those three boys is your nephew, the tallest or the shortest? 34 Did he put the books into the box? Did he put the pencils upon the table? Are the books in the box? Are the pencils on the table? 35. Did you meet the girl with blond hair? Did he meet the one with big black eyes? 36. Is that man in the wide trousers running your father's farm? 37. Would he have raised your sa lary if you had been working there? 38. Does he mean that you may use his car every now and then? 39. Does your brother write that he may arrive in this city before the 15th? Did your brother write that he might arrive in this city before the 15th? 40. Is he going to buy the book so that you may study English if you want to? Was he going to buy the book so that you might study English if you wanted to? b.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que Ud. estudia el inglés?, ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que Ud. la conoce? 2. Me dijo en seguida que él viviría en esa ciudad para siempre. 3. Por supuesto que-no, ella rara-vez viene poraquí desde-que se mudó mas-allá-del parque. 4. Las lecciones son excesivamente fáciles y (yo) las aprendo a-fondo desde-que las tomo con (under) él. 5. No estoy preguntándote qué hora es ahora; te pregunto qué hora era cuando entraste anoche. 6. ¿Qué dirección tomará él? También me-pregunto a-dónde iría él inmediatamente después que salió-de mi casa. 7. Siempre me-he preguntado por qué tanta gente en Nueva York toma la cortesía y las buenas maneras por humil dad o timidez. ¿Por qué será? 8. Si alguna-vez él se pone más-delgado de-lo-que está ahora no se verá muy bien. 9. De esos dos señores el más-viejo habló más inteligentemente. 10. De repente el mas-pequeño de los dos muchachos le pego al mas-grande porque este — (ú1timo) dijo que el país del primero — (anterior) era más atrasado que cualquier otro país del mundo. 11. Anteriorment e yo era el más-atareado de todos pero ahora (yo) apenas hago nada. 12. ¿Es ella más alta que él? Sí, él es un poco más bajo que ella. 13. Mientras más estudiemos más sabremos; mientras menos estudiemos menos sabremos. 14. Mientras menos ejercicios hagas más difícil encontraras los verbos.

156 15. No soy yo quien estoy equivocado, es él. No fuiste tú quien estabas equivocado, fue ella. 16. Este es el muchacho que, yo pensé, te había dado las cartas. Esa es la muchacha que, yo creía, habías conocido en el baile. 17. No, esa es la señorita, con quien bai1ó Tomas. 18. Y entonces fui con el señor en cuya casa me encontré con tu hermano. 19. Dame cuatro hojas (pliegos) de ese papel en el cual escribes tus cartas. 20. No tengo más de ese papel, estoy usando del que mi prima trajo ayer. 21. Él habla demasiado de si-mismo lo cual sus amigos han criticado varias veces. 22. Quienquiera-que-venga dile que no estoy en-casa. Aquienquiera-que vea de sus amigos recomiéndele nuestro sistema. 23. Daré el libro a quienquiera que escriba la mejor composición. Baila con quienquiera-que él te presente. 24. De estas corbatas toma cualquieraque gustes. 25. Lo que diga no me interesa. 26. Él se ve más-viejo de-lo-que yo pensaba. 27. ¿Con quién desea Ud. hablar? Deseo hablar con el señor de quien Ud. me habló la semana pasada. 28. ¿De quién son esos libros? ¿De quién son los libros que tornaste prestados? 29. ¿Cúal de esas corbatas deseas? Te dije cual quería pero no me oíste. 30. ¿Qué quiso Ud. decir? ¿Qué me importa? ¡Qué muchacha inteligente es ella! ¡Qué interesante fue su discurso! 31. ¿Pusiste mis libros en la gaveta? ¿Están los libros de Alberto en la caja? 32. Él pondría su sombrero en la cama. No, yo lo encontré en la mesa. 33. ¿Conoces a esa señorita de pelo castaño? No, conozco la de pelo rubio. 34. Aquel joven del traje obscuro me preguntó si yo te conocía bien, y le conteste, "No", es perando saber (aprender) algo nuevo acerca de ti pero él no dijo nada más (else); 35. Él estaría bailando anoche pues regresó a-casa muy tarde. Si él hubiese estado bailando allí yo lo hubiera visto. 36. ¿Puedo llamarte (por tel éfono) mañana? Si, (tú puedes). No, (no puedes). 37. Quizá s-venga a buscarte esta noche. Él dice que quizás venga también. 38. Te traeré una gramática de francé s para que estudies (puedas estudiar) ese bello idioma. Su mama dijo que Margarita podía quedarse aquí si deseaba. 39. Ellos nos escribieron que quizás vendrían a visitarnos el verano próximo. Si nosotros invitáramos a Guillermo (él) quizás vendría también . 40. Le aconseje que trabajara mucho para que tuviera éxito (pudiera tener éxito) en su negocio. V. IRREGULAR VERBS a. Repase las 'Principal Parts' y los diferentes significados de las verbos irregulares que se hallan en las lecciones 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 y 17. b. Conteste las siguientes preguntas: 1. Did he become very famous physician? Does that dress become her very much? 2. Did she become very angry? Did John become very much excited? 3. Has she driven an automobile in this city? Did she drive you home yesterday? 4. Are they going to drive a tunnel through that mountain? 5. Did they drive him away from college? 6. Was he driving you mad with his stupid questions? — (afirmativo). 7. Did you know what he was driving at? 8. Did they forgive you after you had told the truth? 9. Have they caught the bandits? Did you catch a cold last night? 10. Did you catch her lying? Did she catch her finger in the door? 11. Would they catch up with the class if they studied hard? — (afirmativo). 12. Did he think they should fight it out? 13. Did you not tell him that he might fall on his back? — (afirmativo). 14. Did he fall asleep in the theater? Has he fallen in love with her? 15. Did he fly across the Atlantic? Will he fly across the Pacific? 16. Did the teacher ask her to stand up? Did she stand up? 17. Will you stand his insolence any longer? — (negativo). Did he always stand by you? 18. Was I standing on the corner when you went by? 19. Did the men steal a large sum of money from the National Bank? Did they steal into the office while the manager had his back to the door? — (afirmativo). 20. Did the children steal away when the teacher was not looking? 21. Did he tell you that he might build a new house next summer? 22. Are we not going to set a date for the meeting? — (afirmativo). Did you set your watch last night? At what time did they set out? 23. Did he throw a book at her? Has he thrown away his money? Did they throw him out? 24. Did you hav e them bind your dictionary? Was the steamer bound for Cuba? 25. Did he draw your picture? Is your money drawing interest? Is she going to draw money from the bank to -day? Shall you draw on him for that amount? 26. Did the little girl hide your pen? Has sh e hidden your umbrella? Was she hiding behind the book-case? 27. Did he hurt himself? Did she hurt your feelings? Does your throat hurt? 28. Has she swum four times across that lake? 24. Did you burn your finger when you lit your cigarette? 31. Did you seek employment for a year before joining the army? Did the former president seek to do his best for his country? 32. Does your mother awake you at six every morning? Were you awake this morning when she came in? Did she awake your brother? 33. Did you tell the big boy not to hit your brother? Did your friends finally hit upon a solution? Has my cousin made a hit with your family? — (afirmativo). 34. Did he hold you there until his brother arrived? Would they have held the meeting if you had asked them to? 35. Did you lie down after dinner? Was he lying in wait for you the whole afternoon? 36. Did the judge think that the man had actually slain his wife? Did the blind man slay the janitor in the basement? 37. Did the child bleed to death before the doctor got t here? Did you see hundreds of soldiers bleeding away on the battlefield? 38. Has the school bell rung? Did you ring the doorbell twice last night? Are you going to ring me up to-morrow?

157 Haga una pregunta que corresponda a las siguientes oraciones, por ejemplo de la oración 'I rang the bell twice' la pregunta, 'Did you ring . . . etc. 1. I already rang for the maid. They were ringing in the New Year when my best friend was breathing his last. 2. I knelt down to pray — (afir. y neg.). They had knelt down when the Pope appeared — (afir. y neg.). 3 We arose very early — (afir. y neg.). He would have arisen earlier if he had not miscalculated the time. 4. I am afraid that a dreadful war will arise very soon — (afir.y neg.). I was afraid that a dreadful war would arise very soon — (afir. y neg.). 5. The chauffeur blew his horn three times — (afir. y neg.). The wind has blown down many houses — (afirm. y neg.). I told you to blow your nose — (negativo). 6. I was splitting wood in the mountain. I split with my partner yesterday. 7. We quit dancing at one o'clock last night He quit fooling after his fa ther had scolded him. 8. They shot the traitor at daybreak. The policeman shot the bandit dead. 9. The bandits held up a bank and stole $10,000.

C. TRANSLATE IN WRITING: 1. ¿Se puso ella pálida? Ella se puso muy pálida. ¿Qué se ha hecho é1? No sé que se ha hecho él. 2. Él la había llevado [en automóvil] a-su-casa. Si yo supiese guiar yo la hubiera llevado a-su-casa. 3. Estas volviéndome loco con tantas preguntas. ¿Qué te propones tú? 4. ¿perdonar ía su padre? — (curiosidad). Te dije que su padre no lo perdonó. 5. Temo haber atrapado un resfriado — (Temo he atrapado. . .). Si no cogieras un resfriado todos los inviernos estarías mas-fuerte. 6. Él me sorprendió (cogió) usando sus libros y me dijo, "No dejes (no me permitas) que-te sorprenda (cogerte) usando mis libros otra vez. 7. Me cogí un dedo en la puerta y me dude muchísimo. 8. El carro de la policía (The police car) alcanzo a los bandidos en la Calle 148. Si estudio mucho alcanzare a la clase. 9. ¿Pelearon ellos después de salir de la oficina? Si, lo decidieron-a-puñetazos allí mismo en frente de la oficina. 10. ¿Se cayó él de espaldas? Si, se cayó de espaldas y se rompió un brazo. 11. ¿Se ha enamo rado é1 de ella? Si, se enamoró de ella en el momento en que (the moment he) la conoció. 12. Cuando no me in teresa la película me quedo dormido en el teatro. 13. Si é1 hubiese volado a través del Pacifico sería más famoso de-lo-que es ahora. 14. La profesora lo puso-de-pie delante de la clase porque no supo la lección. 15. Él ha quedado mal conmigo varias veces; ayer me dejo esperando más de una hora en la Calle 23. 16. Tú estabas parado en la esquina cuando yo pasé. 17. ¿Quién me robaría la pluma? La que barrió el cuarto te la robaría. 18. Ella dijo que quizás dibujaría el retrato de su prima si tuviera más tiempo. 19. Su padre le aconsejo que edificara una casa en el campo. 20. Fijemos una fecha para la reunión. ¿No pusiste tu reloj en la hora anoche? 21. Él me tiro con un libro. ¿Ha malgastado ella su dinero? 22. Ellos encuadernaron todos mis libros. El barco iba con destino a Buenos Aires. 23. Ella sacó (retiro) $2,000 del banco ayer. Yo voy a girar contra ella por una cantidad semejante. 24. El niñito quiso esconderse detrás de la puerta y se lastimó un dedo. 25. Tú habrías estado escondido (hiding) todo este tiempo pues nadie te había visto hasta hoy. 26. Si ella me hubiese dado -que sentir (lastimado) yo no le hubiera hablado jamás. 27. ¿Nadó ella a través del lago? Si, nadó a través del lago cuatro veces. 28. Él pobre hombre se ahorcó cuando perdió todo su dinero. 29. Colgué el sombrero en ese gancho y alguien se lo llevó. 30. No comprendí nada por teléfono y entonces colg ué el audífono (receiver). 31. Él se quemó un dedo cuando prendió un cigarrillo. 32. Buscaron empleo pero no encontraron ninguno. 33. Si él hubiese procurado ayudarles él hubiera podido hacer mucho por ellos. 34. Me desperté a las seis pero no me levante antes de las siete y media. 35. Surgió una diferencia entre él y yo y dividimos nuestro negocio. 36. El perro la mordió y la (su) herida [le sangró muchísimo]. 37. Me llamo por teléfono y me dijo que quizás celebrarían la reunión la semana próxima. 38. Ellos le dispararon cuatro o cinco veces y finalmente lo asesinaron sin darle una oportunidad (chance) para defenderse.

158 I. a. to accomplish to acquit to bribe to bury to convict to crush to deploy to derive to embarrass

b.

LESSON XVIII REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: (acómplish) —llevar a cabo, lograr (un fin) to forge (forY) —forjar, fraguar: falsificar (akuít) —absolver, exonerar to gag (gag) —amordazar (bráib) —sobornar to point at (póint) —apuntar, señalar (béri) —enterrar to register (réYister) —inscribir-se, matricular-se (convíkt) —encontrar o declarar culpable a to relax (riláks) —moderar, aflojar; descansare reposar (cosh) —aplastar, triturar, aniquilar to resume (risiúm) —reanudar, resumir (deplói) —desplegar to squeeze (skuiis) —exprimir, apretar (diráiv) —derivar, deducir to train (tréin) —educar (amaestrar, adiestrar); entrenar (embáras) —avergonzar to urge (erY) —impeler; forzar; incitar, instar

Estudie y Repita en ALTA VOZ Hasta Saber a Perfección

to accomplish (seguido de SUBSTANTIVO)

to demand something from a person to demand that a person (should) . . . to denounce ('dináuns') (En el afirmativo de la cláusula se omite frecuentemente el auxiliar 'should' quedando siempre el infinitivo SIN 'to' en la clausula) to embarrass a person to register a letter to squeeze one's way through . . . . to squeeze one's way in (or out)

—llevar a cabo (algo, por medio de la constancia o habilidad) ; lograr (algo;' es decir, seguido de substantivo, nunca de verbo; recordemos, 'lograr + infinitivo' —to succeed in + present participle) —exigir (demandar con imperio) algo a alguien —exigir que una persona (haga algo) —denunciar o acusar (públicamente algo censurable o ilegal de interés general) —ocasionar a alguien un momento incomodo o poner en un aprieto —certificar una carta —abrirse paso a estrujones por . . . —entrar (o salir) a estrujones

To accomplish: He will accomplish his ambitions — Logrará sus ambiciones; What has he accomplished in life? — ¿Qué ha hecho él (de importancia) en la vida? To denounce: He denounced the President's plans; Al emplear 'denunciar' ante una corte de justicia, (en lugar de 'demandar'), usemos TO SUE en inglés: I will sue him if he does not meet these notes. To point out to a person . . . Indicar o llamarle la atención a una persona sobre algo: I pointed out to him the many difficulties which we have to overcome. To relax — moderar, suavizar, atenuar: They've got to relax those rules for the good of the poor — Ellas tienen que moderar esas reglas para bien de los pobres; 'To relax' mayormente se usa denotando la idea de reposar o pasar un cierto momento o tiempo en entera calma: I always relax for a half hour or so after supper — Siempre paso media hora más o menos en completo reposo después de la cena. To deploy: The government deployed a 'polite policy' on trains to tackle bad manners — El gobierno desplegó una "política educada" en los trenes para hacer frente a los malos modales. Embarrassing (vergonzoso): Is there anything more embarrassing on the golf course? — ¿Hay algo más vergonzoso en el campo de golf? Embarrassed (avergonzado): Reilly is quoted as saying he is embarrassed by the findings by the Legislative Audit Bureau — Reilly es citado diciendo que se siente avergonzado por las conclusiones de la Oficina de Auditoría Legislativa

c.

Continúe en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. If I accomplish what I have in mind I shall be very happy, If you . . . etc. 2. I was painfully sad when I buried my cousin, You were . . . etc. 3. I am very sorry to hear that the Court has convicted my friend, You . . . etc. 4. I have just learned that General Harrison's troops have crushed the enemy after a ten-hour battle, You . . . etc. 5. I wanted my brother to demand an explanation from the manager, You . . . etc. 6. I demanded that she pay these debts before the first of next month, You . . . etc. 7. I am going to demand that she should not be permitted to hold that position, You . . . etc. 8. I should like to denounce these conditions on every newspaper in the country, You . . . etc. 9. I would have sued that man if I had not obtained a satisfactory explanation, You . . . etc. 10. I have to train the boys for that contest, You . . . etc. 11. I believe that word does not derive from the Latin language, You . . . etc. 12. I do not derive any pleasure from such moving pictures, You . . . etc. 13. I may have embarrassed my father before those people and I certainly regret the incident, You may . . . etc. 14. I am afraid I must have embarrassed my sister when I told her age, You . . . etc. 15. I advised my cousin not to point at the people, You . . . etc. 16. I pointed out to the boys the work each one must do, You . . . etc. 17. I am saying that I may register tomorrow, You . . . etc. 18. I said that I might register the letters if it was necessary, You . . . etc. 19. I Have to work hard but I also like to forget everything and relax once in a while, You . . . etc. 20. I might have resumed my classes if I had not been so busy, You . . . etc. 21. I never ridicule anybody no matter how ignorant I think the person is, You . . . etc. 22. I am going to squeeze a few oranges for a good, cold drink, You . . . etc. 23. I squeezed my way through the crowd until I got close to the platform, You . . . etc. 24. I had to squeeze my way out, You . . . etc. 25. I urged Peter to do that work at once, You . . . etc. d. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Do you think he would have accomplished his plan if he had stayed in Paris? 2. Has she accomplished what she had in mind? 3. Did they bury her father in the same cemetery? 4. Did you read in the paper last night that the jury had convicted Mr. Taylor? 5. Is it true that they crushed their enemy at the battle of Teruel? 6. Did you demand an explanation from them?

159 7. Did he demand that she leave the meeting at once? 8. Did they warn him that they might denounce his plans if he did not give them up? 9. Did he say that he would sue them if they did not pay him that money? 10. What noun does the adverb 'carefully' derive from? 11. Do you derive any pleasure from the reading of his books? 12. Did he embarrass you when he corrected your errors before your friends? 13. Did the woman faint when she saw the automobile run over the little boy? 14. Did your father point out to you the difficulties that you have to overcome? 15. How many students have registe red in your school this summer? 16. Did he not ask you to register the two letters for Caracas? 17. Does your father always relax for a half hour or so after each meal? 18. Would you have resumed your English classes if you had not been so busy? 19. Did he become very angry when she tried to ridicule him? 20. Do you want rue to squeeze a few oranges for your breakfast? 21. Did you have to squeeze your way in to get a good seat? 22. Had he forged the check? 23. Was he acquitted by the Court? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta, Aprender de MEMORIA: acquittal to ally alliance Asia asiatic astute attitude to avert to bake bribery campaign cause chime clog, ged to complete to compose crutch, es to darn deaf demand dictator dictatorship dumb dumb-founded effective Europe european to explode forgery to grieve to head

(akuítal) (alái) (aláians) (éshia) (eshiátik) (astiút) (átitiud) (avért) (béik) (bráiberi) (campéin) (coos) (cháim) (clog) (complíit) (compóus) (crotch) (darn) (deef) (dimánd) (diktéiter) (diktéitership) (dom) (dómfáunded) (eféktiv) (iúrop) (iúropian) (explóud) (fórYeri) (griiv) (jeed)

honor honorable to impress

(ónor) (ónorabol) (imprés)

—absolución —confederarse, aliarse —alianza —Asia —asiático —astuto —actitud —prevenir, impedir —cocer en horno —soborno —campaña —causa, causar —campaneo, repique —atorar, atorado —completar —componer (mus.) —muleta, muletas —zurcir; 'maldecir' —sordo —exigencia; petición —dictador —dictadura —mudo; 'estúpido' —confundido, atónito —efectivo —Europa —Europeo —estallar, reventar —falsificación —apenar, hondamente —dirigirse (hacia); estar a la cabeza de —honor, honrar —honorable —estampar; inculcar, impresionar

ingenuity intestine jewel jeweler jewelry layover to land to lease lung mania maniac miracle miraculous monument palate physiology pity to pity precise precision rascal rifle to rouse shin sin, nn to take off stationery

(inYiniúiti) (intéstin) (Yúel) (Yúeler) (Yúelri) (léiover)

steward stewardess tag tedious thigh urgency wheel wheelchair

(stíuerd) (stíwerdes)

(liis) (long) (ménia) (méniak) (mírakol) (mirákiulos) (móniument) (pálet) (fisióloYi) (píti) (prísais) (presishon) (ráscal) (ráifol) (ráus) (shin) (sin) (téikof) (stéshoneri)

(tídios) (Zái) (érYenci) (juiil) (juílchér)

—ingeniosidad; ingenuidad —intestino —joya, alhaja —joyero —Joyería —escala de vuelo —aterrizar —arrendar —pulmón —manía, locura —maniático, loco —milagro —milagroso —monumento —paladar —fisiología —lástima, compasión —compadecerse de —preciso, exacto —precisión —bribón, tunante —carabina, rifle —despertar-se; atizar —canilla —pecado, pecar —despegar —papelería; efectos de escritorio —mayordomo —azafata —etiqueta —tedioso, enfadoso —muslo —urgencia —rueda, rodar —silla de ruedas

PHRASES: to impress one's ideas on somebody's mind to be very well impressed with . . . May I have the floor, Mr. Chairman? to take to heart to hold fast in my behalf, in your behalf, etc. What a pity! Let us consider the matter closed sense of hearing; sense of sight sense of smell; sense of taste; sense of touch sense of belonging sense of guilt willpower to be out of one's senses guilty conscience to shoulder one's way in, (out) a rousing welcome high-sounding words Whoever it may be Whomever it may be however it may be Whatever it may be

—inculcar las ideas de uno en la mente de alguien —quedar o haber quedado bien impresionado con . . . —¿Puedo hacer uso de la palabra, Sr. Presidente? (de una junta) —tomar a pechos —agarrarse firmemente —a mi favor, en beneficio mío, etc. —¡Que lastima! ¡Qué pena! —Demos por terminado el asunto —sentido del oído; sentido de la vista —sentido del olfato: sentido del gusto; sentido del tacto —sentido de pertenencia —sentimiento de culpa —fuerza de voluntad —haber perdido el juicio —cargo de conciencia —entrar abriéndose paso con los hombros, (o salir . . .) —una bienvenida animada, excitante —palabras alti-sonantes, pomposas —Quienquiera que sea —A quienquiera que sea —Comoquiera que sea —Sea lo que sea

160 III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times The students were reviewing some of the countries of Europe and Asia with their capitals. Anthony, a very bright Italian — American boy named some Austria (óstria) capital Vienna Belgium (bélYum) " Brusselles Czecho-Slovakia (chécoslavakia) " Prague England (íngland) " London France (fráns) " Paris Germany (Yérmani) " Berlin Greece (griis) " Athens Hungary (jóngari) " Budapest Ireland (áiarland) " Dublin Italy (ítali) " Rome Norway (nór-uei) " Oslo Poland (póland) " Warsaw Portugal (pórchugal) " Lisbon Russia (rósha) " Moscow Scotland (scótland) " Edinburgh Spain (spéin) " Madrid Sweeden (suíden) " Stockholm Switzerland (suitserland) " Bern Holland (jóland) " Gravenhage or or Netherlands (néDerlands) " The Hague Then a little girl named others pointing at them on the map: Afghanistan (afgánistan) capital Kabul Arabia (arébia) " Mekka China (cháina) " Nanking French Indo China " Hanoi Japan (Yapán) " Tokyo Palestine (pálestain) " Jerulaslem Persia (pérsha) " Tehran Siam (siam) " Bangkok Syria (síria) " Damascus

(viena) (brósels) (préig) (lóndon) (páris) (bérlin) (ázens) (biúdapest) (dóblin) (róum) (óslo) (uórso) (lísbon) (móscau) (édinberg) (madrid) (stókjolm) (bern) (gréivenjeig) (Di jéig) (kábul) (méka) (nánkin) (jánoi) (tókio) (Yerúsalem) (téran) (bánkok) (damáscus) etc.

After leaving the geography class we went into a physiology class. One of the students was asked to name the -principal parts of the human body. He said: "The head the trunk with the arms, hands and fingers, and the legs with the feet and toes." A second pupil continued: "The head is covered with the hair; on the face are the forehead, cheeks and chin, and the eyes, nose, mouth and ears. The head is covered to the trunk by the neck." Another pupil recited and said, "In the trunk are found the heart and the lungs. The stomach is also a very important organ where the digestion of the food is almost completed before it goes into the intestine." A little girl named the senses but one. The teacher then remarked, "You have forgotten one?" "Yes, sir", shouted Anthony, "the common sense." We decided to visit another class before leaving and so we entered a room where a lesson in English grammar was being recited. Some auxiliary verbs were explained and illustrated in sentences. One boy gave the following; "I would wait for him if he should ask me to", and explained that the auxiliary 'should' followed by the infinitive form without 'to' is used with any subject after 'if' to denote a contrary-to-fact idea. Then the teacher added, "We have also learned that, in a case like that, it is very common to use the 'past' after 'if', therefore we may express such an idea in two different ways: "If I asked him", or "If I should ask him"; "If you wanted", or "If you should want", etc. At the end of this class, which was very interesting, we thanked the Principal and teachers for the ir courtesy, took leave of them and went out. We put on our topcoats because it was becoming chilly. We were heading toward the subway station when Mr. Lopez stopped suddenly and said, "I feel like taking a 'taxi' back home instead of riding on the subway and being squeezed like a lemon." "So do I", said his cousin and that we did. IV. CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD 1. What classes did you observe in the school? 2. What were the students reviewing in the geography class? 3. Name some of the European countries and their capitals. 4. Name some of the Asiatic countries and their capitals. 5. Name the principal parts of the human body. 6. What did Anthony remark when the teacher said that a girl had named only four senses. 7. Were you pleased with the classes? 8. How did you come back home?

161 V.

GRAMMAR A. Irregular Verbs 1. Principal Parts: to deal to dig. to dream to grind to shrink to strive to Present deal dig dream

(diil) (dig) (driim) (gráind) (shrink) (stráiv)

—negociar (tratar) —cavar, escarbar —soñar —moler; amolar —encogerse, contraerse —luchar por, esforzarse en Past Part. (-ado, -ido) dealt dug dreamed dreamt ground shrunk

Past Pres. Part. dealt (delt) dealing dug (dog) digging dreamed (driimd) dreaming dreamt (dremt) grind ground (gráund) grinding shrink shrunk (shronk) shrinking shrank (shrank) strive strove (stróuv) striving striven (stríven) 2. Read ALOUD and Write Repeatedly Until You Learn to Perfection: to deal in politics —hacer política to deal with —contender o vérselas con; tratar o negociar con to deal (the cards) —ser mano o dar (las cartas en el juego) let's block the deal —vamos a romper el acuerdo to dig out or up —desenterrar to dig for —cavar o escarbar en busca de algo to dream of or about —soñar con o acerca de to grind —triturar to grind one's teeth —castañetear los dientes (sonarlos frotando unos contra otros) to shrink up —estrecharse, arrugarse to shrink back —retroceder (dar pasos hacia atrás) to dream that —soñar que . . . to heat up —calentarse Her father begs her not to deal in politics — Su padre le ruega no hablar de politica. He has many difficulties to deal with — Tiene que contender con muchas dificultades. It is my turn to deal the cards now: He must have dug out a treasure somewhere — El habrá desenterrado un tesoro en algún sitio. The hens are always digging for worms — Las gallinas siempre están escarbando en busca de gusanos. I should love to dream of my mother every night. I may have that corn ground to-morrow — Quizás haga que muelan ese maíz mañana. He used to grind his teeth when he was very angry. The man was ground to death under the wheels of the truck — El hombre murió triturado bajo las ruedas del camion. He threw away the shrunken shirts — (La forma 'shrunken' solamente se emplea como adjetivo — encogido, arrugado). To heat up: Race to the White House heats up on last day of US presidential campaign — La carrera hacia la Casa Blanca se calienta en el último día de la campaña presidencial de EE.UU. Sense of guilt: Sundt says he feels a sense of guilt for not having served like them. — Sundt dice que se siente un sentimiento de culpa por no haber servido como ellos.

2.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I may have dealt with that Concern (Casa) sometime in the past but I am not certain about it, You may . . . etc. 2. I have never dealt in politics outside of my country, You . . . etc. 3. I believe I am not so difficult to deal with, You . . . etc. 4. I do not know yet how I am going to deal with such a situation, You . . . etc. 5. I dug a hole in the courtyard and buried my letters there, You . . . etc. 6. When I dream of something pleasant I like to talk about it, When you . . . etc., 7. One night I dreamt that a bull was running after me and I jumped out of bed, One night you . . . etc. — (omita los plurales). 8. I shall have all that corn ground before to-morrow noon, You will . . . etc. 9. I heard yesterday at the factory that a poor man was caught between the wheels of a machine and was ground to death, You . . . etc. 10. When I am out in very cold weather I shrink up hoping to feel the cold a little less, When you . . . etc. 11. The salesman had assured me that the cloth would not shrink so I made him give me back my money, The . . . etc. 12. I might have succeeded if I had striven to overcome the obstacles, You . . . etc. 3. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did you deal with them when you had your business in London? 2. Did his parents advise him not to deal in politics? 3. Does he have many difficulties to deal with? 4. Did you deal with people of bad standing when you held the other position? 5. Is it not my turn now to deal the cards? 6. Did he say that he would have dug a hole in the garden to bury the money if he had not believed that it was safe in his trunk? 7. Have they dug out objects of art in the ancient cities along the Mediterranean? 8. Whom did you dream of last night? 9. What did you dream about? 10. Did you dream that you were about to leap from an aeroplane? 11. Did your father insist that you grind all the corn left (que queda) in the barn? 12. Did you read in Mr. Dicken's book how the people, during the French Revolution, were busy grinding their knives? 13. Was he in the factory when the big machine ground his poor father to death? 14. Did her blue dress shrink when she washed it? 15. Have his trousers shrunk? 16. Had he striven to overcome all the difficulties before he gave up his plan?

162 B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: aghast (agást) —horrorizado, estupefacto government (góvernment) —gobierno; régimen arras (érras) —arras, depósito handicap, pp (jándicap) —obstaculizar, obstáculo auction (ókshon) —subasta, venta pública hatchet (jáchet) —hacha (de mango corto) ax (aks) —hacha grande heartily (jártili) —de corazón burglar (bérglar) —ladrón (que escala, una heaven (jéven) —firmamento (cielo) casa) heavenly (jévenli) —divino, celestial burglary (bérglari) —robo (escalando . . .) insidious (insídios) —insidioso, engañoso capture (cápchur) —capturar, captura lame (léim) —cojo (de cojear) captivity (cáptivity) —cautiverio likely (láikli) —probable, plausible cast (cast) —molde (de yeso, etc.) limb (lim) —miembro del cuerpo; reparto (en obra teatral) rama (de árbol); limbo conductor (condókter) —conductor; director to limp (limp) —cojear (de orquesta) —(la condición o calidad crevice (crévis) —grieta, abertura membership (mémbership) de socio); miembro de dealer (díiler) —negociante, traficante socios dealing (díilin) —trato, negociación merchandise (mérchandáis) —mercancía deposit (díposit) —depósito monarch (mónark) —monarca despicable (déspicabol) —vil, despreciable monarchy (mónarki) —monarquía diagnose (dáiagnóus) —diagnosticar mud (mod) —fango, lodo diagnosticate needle (nidol) —aguja diagnosis (dáiagnóusis) —diagnóstico pearl (peerl) —perla diagnostic privacy (práivasi) —aislamiento, retina dissolute (dísoliut) —disoluto, libertino to refute (rifiút) —refutar, rebatir dream (driim) —sueño (de soñar) relaxation (rilakséishon) —aflojamiento; descanso, embarrassment (embárasment) —turbación, situación solaz embarazosa sand (sand) —arena feeble (fíibol) —débil endeble papersand —lija de madera feebleness (fíibolnes) —debilidad, flaqueza whisper (juísper) —cuchichear, murmurar; to govern (góvern) —gobernar cuchicheo Nota: 'membership' y 'privacy' mejor se aprenden en frases: His membership card — Su tarjeta de socio; What is the membership of the club? — ¿Qué número de socios tiene el club? What is the membership fee? — ¿Qué cuota paga, cada miembro? In my privacy — Cuando estoy solo (en mi oficina, casa, etc.) I would give anything for a little privacy — Daría cualquier cosa por poder estar solo alguna que otra vez.

NOMBRES O ADJETIVOS GENTILICIOS Czechoslovakian (chécoslovákian) —checoeslovaco Swiss (suis) —suizo Greek (griik) —griego Dutch (doch) —holandés Hungarian (jonguérian) —húngaro Arabian (arébian) —árabe Irish (áirish) —irlandés Chinese (chainíis) —chino Norwegian (nor-uíYan) —noruego Japanese (Yapaníis) —japonés Pole (póul) —polaco Persian (pérshan) —persa Portuguese (pórchuguiis) —portugués Siamese (siamíis) —siamés Scotch (scooch) —escocés Syrian (sírian) —sirio Swede (suiid) —sueco Turkish (túrkish) —turco PHRASES: I looked at him aghast —Le miré estupefacto, (horrorizado) That goes in at one ear and out the other —Eso entra por un oído y sale por el otro in a whisper —a media voz, al oído I don't want to keep you any longer —No quiero detenerle, o entretenerle por más tiempo to put up at auction —poner a pública subasta to bury the hatchet —hacer la paz, olvidar rencores o rencilla to dig up the hatchet —hacer la guerra He has an ax to grind —Él tiene entre manos algún propósito egoísta; Él está detrás de algo. He limped into the building —Entró en el edificio cojeando He limped out of the building —Salió cojeando del edificio to be handicapped —verse obstaculizado, impedido hours of relaxation —horas de reposo, de solaz I go into a picture theatre for relaxation —Voy a un cine para solazarme, o para darle reposo a la mente to conduct an orchestra —dirigir una orquesta to cast one's vote for . . . —depositar o dar su voto, votar por And MORE SO if . . . —Y más aun (o, y mucho mas) si . . . And LESS SO if . . . —menos aun (o, y mucho menos) si . . . If I WOULD ONLY see him! —¡Si tan siquiera lo viese! If he WOULD ONLY write! —¡Si tan siquiera escribiera! If I HAD ONLY heard from her! —¡Si tan siquiera hubiese tenido noticias de ella!

163 Review of PROGRESSIVE TENSES Sabemos que los 'progressive tenses' se construyen con formas del verbo 'to be', estar, y el 'present participle', gerundio, del verbo principal. Estos tiempos son de uso más común en inglés que en español recuerde que el 'present progressive' una se emplea para expresar ideas futuras: I am returning day after tomorrow about five in the afternoon — Regreso o regresare. . . etc. When are you leaving? — ¿Cuándo sale? B.

Estúdiese cada ejemplo y luego Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I am going to my cousin's this very moment, You . . . etc. 2. I am coming to-morrow, without fail, to talk business with Peter, You . . . etc. 3. I am leaving for Caracas within a few months, You . . . etc. 4. I was going to ring the bell the moment William opened the door, You . . . etc . . . 5. I was leaving for Europe the very day Helen arrived, in New York, You . . . etc. 6. If I were earning much money I would be helping many people, If you. . etc. 7. Were it not raining I would be taking a stroll in the park, Were it not . . . you . . . etc. 8. I have been wondering for "many years what has become of Edward, You . . . etc. 9. I have been thinking about that matter for several days but I have not hit upon a conclusion yet, You . . . etc. 10. I had been working in that factory for two years when I met with the accident, You . . . etc. 11. If I had been living there when I lost my job I might not have been compelled to move out, If you . . . etc. 12. I must have been making a fool of myself for many of them were laughing and whispering, You . . . etc. 13. I should be writing those letters this very hour, You . . . etc. 14. I would have been doing that work if I had expected my father so early, You . . . etc. C.

The Auxiliary 'SHOULD' for Conditions and Concessions: 1. El auxiliar 'should' con cualquier persona después de 'if', 'though' u otra conjunción del caso, y seguido de la forma infinitiva sin 'to' traduce al igual que el 'past' las formas castellanas en 'ra' o 'se', es decir, el imperfecto o copretérito del subjuntivo, cuando expresan condición o concesión. Examples: If I should happen to see him, o, If I happened to see him — Si por casualidad yo le viera; If he should give it up, o, If he gave it up — Si él desistiera de ello; Though they should fail to come — Aunque ellos dejasen de venir; If we should have. If we had — Si hubiésemos o tuviésemos; If I should be able to . . . o, If I were able to . . . — Si yo pudiese . . . etc. 2. El auxiiiar 'SHOULD' usado ANTES del sujeto traduce 'en caso de que' (in case that): SHOULD they come by train I shall meet them at the station. — En caso de que vengan por tren iré a recibirlos a la estación. SHOULD he care to buy the house will sell it to him — En caso de que le interese comprar la casa yo se la venderé. D. Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas 1. If I would only receive that money! If you . . . etc. 2. If I would only succeed with my plans! If you . . . etc. 3. If I had only heard from my father! If you . . . etc. 4. If I should give this one to her I would have none for myself, If you . . . etc. 5. If I should be able to come here every other day I could help my nephew, If you . . . etc. 6. If I should have been able to help her, I would have done so with pleasure; If you . . . etc. 7. Should this book interest my sister, I shall be glad to get one for her; Should . . . etc. 8. Should I see Mary to-morrow I shall ask her for my pen, Should you . . . etc. E. The MODAL AUXILIARIES — Los Auxiliares Modales a. Se llaman "Modal Auxiliaries" 'may, might, can, could, shall, should, will, would, must y ought' porque ayudan al verbo principal a presentarse en diferentes, modos o maneras y así expresar su acción o idea con verdadera precisión. Sabemos que los "Modal Auxiliaries" no tienen infinitivos ni participios, ninguno de ellos toma la letra 's' en su tercera persona del singular presente y el verbo que le siga, al igual que a do, does y did, debe presentarse en su raíz presente (present tense), es decir, la forma infinitiva sin 'to', excepto 'ought to'. b. A menudo usamos los auxiliares omitiendo el verbo principal cuando este último ya ha sido mencionado y el significado está claro. Estudie y repita en ALTA VOZ: 1. Do you and William come here often? I do but William does not – Yo sí pero Guillermo no. 2. Did Mary and James write the exercise? Mary did not but James did – María no pero Jaime sí. 3. Are you coming to-morrow? I am. — Sí; o, I may — Quizás 4. Would you buy the car if you had the money? I would — Seguramente (lo compraría.), o, I might — Quizás. . . 5. I cannot see him but if I could I would. —No puedo verbo pero si pudiera lo vería. 6. He did not take away dictionary but if he had it would have made no difference. —Él no se llevó mi diccionario pero si se lo hubiese [llevado] no hubiera importado. 7. I will not remain here but my brother shall —Yo no me quedare aquí pero mi hermano sí [tendría, que quedarse]. 8. He is not leaving to-morrow but if he should I would too —Él no parte mañana pero si partiera yo partiría también.

164 c.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas:

1. I go to the theatre every Saturday but I do not on Sundays, You . . . etc. 2. I did not work last Wednesday but I did last Saturday, You . . . etc. 3. I may see Margaret to-morrow but I will not the day after, You may . . . but you shall not . . . etc. 4. I should be glad to stay if I were able to, You would . . . etc. 5. Alice has not finished her work but I have; Alice . . . etc. 6. I do not say that I WILL lend it to Peter, I say that I may, You . . . . that you SHALL . . . etc. 7. I did not say that. I WOULD lend it to Peter, I said that I might, You . . . etc.

F. SEQUENCE OF TENSES — Harmonía de Tiempos Entendemos por 'sequence of tenses' la relación lógica que debe existir entre el verbo de la oración principal y el verbo de la clausula subordinada, o la relación entre el verbo que sigue y el que le precede. Cuando usamos un presente o futuro en la oración principal generalmente tenernos un presente o futuro en la subordinada; si el verbo de la principal es pasado, el de la subordinada es por lo general un pasado o condicional. Analice y aprenda de memoria: 1. He says, that he is going there to-night 2. He says that he will leave any moment —Dice que va para allá esta noche. —Dice que partiría de un momento otro. He said that he was going there to-night He said that he would leave any moment. —Dijo que iba para allá esta noche. —Dijo que partiría de un momento a otro. 3. I say that I shall like to go, though —Digo que me guitara ir, sin embargo. I said that I should like to go, though —Dije que me gustaría ir, sin embargo. 4. He says that he may have it brought here within three days or so —Dice que quizás haga que se le traiga aquí dentro de tres días más o menos. He said that he might have it brought here within three days or so —Dijo que quizás haría que se le trajera aquí dentro de tres días más o menos 5. He says that he can dance 6. He says that he has taken them away from her —Dice que sabe bailar —Dice que se los ha quitado a ella. He said that he could dance He said that he had taken, them away from her —Dijo que sabía bailar —Dijo que se los había quitado a ella. IRREGULAR VERBS 1.

Principal Parts: to abide to bid to shed to spill to spring to stick Present Past abide abode abided bid bade shed shed spill spilled spilt spring sprang sprung stick stuck

(abáid) (bid) (shed) (spil) (spring) (stick) (abóud)

—morar, habitar —ordenar —verter, derramar —derramar —brincar, brotar —hundir o clavar Pres. Part. abiding abidding

(bad) shedding spilling

Past Part. (—ado, —ido) abode abided bidden (bíden) shed spilled spilt sprung

(sprang) springing (prong) (stok) sticking stuck El verbo 'to abide' con el significado de habitar' o 'residir' pertenece más bien a la poesía o prosa elevada, por ejemplo, 'to abide in heavenly places' — morar en sitios celestiales.

2. to abide by to bid one welcome to bid good morning to bid good-by to say good-by to bid one farewell to bid (prices) to stick

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: —adherirse a, guiarse de —aceptar (las consecuencias) ; aceptar (una decisión dada por un árbitro) —dar a alguien la bienvenida —dar los buenos días —decir adiós —despedir a alguien —ofrecer (precios en una pública subasta), y también proponer o indica un precio' por un trabajo que ha de hacerse bajo contrato. Con estos dos significados el verbo 'to bid' generalmente es invariable. —pegar o encolar

165 to stick to an opinion, idea, plan, etc. —mantenerse firme en una opinión, idea, plan, etc. to stick by —sostenerse o adherirse a to stick out —proyectar o sobresalir to stick close to —mantenerse junto a to stick in the mud —atollarse en el fango to stick one's hands into one's pockets —meterse las manos en los bolsillos to stick one's nose into everything (lam.) —meterse a entremeterse en todo to shed blood —derramar sangre to shed tears —derramar o verter lagrimas to shed light —arrojar luz; esclarecer o hacer claro un punto The clouds shed rain —Las nubes derraman agua to spill water, the beans, the soup, etc —derramar agua, las habichuelas, la sopa, etc. to spring at —abalanzarse o lanzarse sobre to spring upon to spring back —saltar hacia atrás If he does not abide by the law he will pay the consequences. I shall abide by my father's decision. I bade him good afternoon but he did not answer. How much did you bid for the big clock? I bid $100 but I could not get it The Company of the two famous engineers bid a price for the construction of the bridge but the Government gave the work to another company. I shall stick by the President. Your handkerchief sticks out from your back pocket. He always sticks his hands into his pockets when he is delivering a speech. What he declared did not shed any light on the solution of the crime. 3. Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I shall abide by the rules of the organization although I object to some of them, You . . . etc. 2. I made a mistake and I abode by the consequences, You . . . etc. 3. I should abide by their decision If I had a chance to defend myself, You would . . . etc. 4. I bade Peter and Ralph go there at once and bring the books here, You . . . etc. 5. I would have bidden my friend farewell if I had known about his trip, You . . . etc. 6. If I had bid a higher price for the bookcase at the auction might have got it, If you . . . etc. 7. I stuck a needle into my finger and it hurts now, You . . . etc. — (omitase el plural). 8. I've got to stick to my plan whatever my father's opinion is, You've . . . etc. 9. If I did not stick by William now I could not call myself a friend, If you . . . etc. 10. I could not see clearly from where I was the thing that was sticking out from the snow, You . . . etc. 11. I stuck close to my father when the row started, You . . . etc. 12. I will not shed my blood for a cause I do not believe in, You . . . etc. 13. I shed bitter tears when I lost my best friend, You . . . etc. 14. My aunt used to (a 'would') scold me when I spilled the soup on the table-cloth, Your . . . etc. 15. The car almost hit me when I sprang back, The . . . when you . . . etc. 16. I sprang at the man when my friend fell to the ground, You . . . etc, I spilled water on stove, You . . . etc. 4. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Has he always abided by the laws of the country? 2. Did he say that he would abide by our decision? 3. Did they bid you welcome when you arrived in the city? 4. Is he going to bid them farewell at the pier to-morrow morning? 5. How much did you bid for the set of furniture at the auction? 6. How much did the Wilson Construction Co. bid for the Government buildings? 7. Do you want me to stick the three parts of the letter together? 8. Did she stick a knife into the man's heart? 9. Did you advise him to stick to his opinion no matter what could happen? 10. Shall you stick by him in spite of everybody's opposition? 11. Was his wallet sticking out from his back pocket? 12. Would you have arrived on time if your car had not stuck in the mud? 13. Does he always stick his hands into his packets when he is delivering a speech? 14. Did they not shed their blood defending their country? 15. Has his declaration shed any light upon the subject? 16. Did she scold her son for spilling the water on the floor? 17. Did the policeman spring at the man before the latter drew out his revolver? 18. Did you spring back when the car was about to bit you? EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Has she accomplished anything of importance in her life? 2. Would they have accomplished what they sought if their father should have helped them? 3. Did he say that he would bury his son about four tomorrow afternoon? 4. Have William and Edward buried the hatchet at last? 5. Did he tell you that the jury might convict her? 6. Do you think that the Liberal Party will crush the Conservative in the whole country? 7. Did the big truck crush the poor man to death? 8. Are you going to demand an explanation from your friend? 9. Did they demand that he pay the money at once? 10. Would you have denounced him if he had insisted on going through with the plan? 11. Did he tell you why he had sued his brother? 12. From what verb does the noun 'attendant' derive? 13. Does he say that he has never derived any pleasure from the reading of Shakespeare? 14. Would he have embarrassed you if he had read your brother's letter before the others?

166 15. Did they carry the woman into the drug-store when she fainted? 16 Was there a student pointing at the countries on the map when you entered the room? 17. Did not his father point out to him the many difficulties that he had to overcome? 18. About how many students have registered for the coming course? 19. Do you not have to register now to be able to cast your vote next November? 20. Did she really want me to register both fetters? 21. Are you going to relax for a week or so when the warm w eather starts? 22. Did she want her daughter to resume her studies in the autumn? 23. Does he say that he may resume that work within a few months? 24. Did you tell him that you would not stand for his ridiculing your pronunciation? 25. Did you have to squeeze your way through the crowd in order to take a look at the President? 26. Did the two children have to squeeze their way into the theatre? 27. Did you not see me squeezing my way out? 28. Has your father never dealt with them? 29. Does he have many difficulties to deal with? 30. What was he digging in the garden for? 31. Is it true that they have dug out beautiful objects of art in some of the ancient cities of Greece? 32. Did you have him grind the meat for the dog? 33. Do you want me to have those kni ves ground? 34. Did the engine grind the man to death? 35. Did his trousers shrink when he washed them? 36. Did he strive to earn his living when he was in Paris? 37. Did she say that she would abide by their decision? 38. Did you stick to the price that you had bid before? 39. Did the little girl shed bitter tears when her father scolded her for spilling the soup on the floor? 40. Did he turn pale when the angry woman sprang at him with her umbrella ready to strike? 41. Would you have stuck by the mayor if he had been fair to the people? B. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Él dice que quizás-logre lo que ha querido desde -que era (un) niño. 2. ¿Qué han hecho ellos en la vida? — (Que han logrado. . . etc.) 3. Cuando ellos enterraron a su hijo la madre se -desmayó en el cementerio y no volvió en si antes de media hora. 4. Él me ocasiono-un-momento-incómodo cuando dijo que el jurado había declarado-culpable a-mi primo. 5. Ellos dijeron que el Partido Liberal quizás-habría aniquilado al Partido Conservador si el primero (anterior) hubiese tenido dinero para la campaña. 6. ¿Le exigiría ella una explicación a él? 7. Su padre le exigió que reanudara sus estudios al instante. 8. Si hubiésemos denunciado estos abusos al principio estas cosas no hubieran sucedido meses después. 9. Parece que é1 derivaría un gran placer anoche ridiculizando a su hermano delante de los otros. 10. Le he dicho varias veces que no apunte a la gente en la calle pero él parece no comprender. 11. Le llame la atención o le indique que era necesario certificar la carta si deseaba estar seguro de su entrega. 12. Salí y me-inscribí, y después regrese a-casa a reposar por media hora antes de empezar a trabajar de nuevo. 13. Le supliqué a ella que exprimiera dos o tres naranjas para un refresco pero no lo hizo — (lo -so). 14. Había una gran muchedumbre pero me abrí paso a 'estrujones' hasta-que meacerque a-la plataforma de donde iba a hablar el presidente. 15. A la una tuvimos que entrar-a estrujones y después a las cinco tuvimos que salir-a estrujones. 16. Yo pensaba que él era un hombre honrado, de lo contrario no hubiera tratado con él. 17. Si hicieras política no tendrías tantos amigos. 18. Ellos pensaron que nosotros quizás tendríamos que vérnoslas con muchas dificultades. 19. Yo no he barajado las cartas todavía, pero tú sí. 20. ¿Cavaron Uds. los hoyos en el jardín para las plantas? — Yo sí pero Alfredo no. No le dijo la policía que desenter rara la ropa que, según ellos, él había enterrado el día anterior. 22. He pensado tanto en estos exámenes que quizás — sueñe con ellos esta noche. 23. Si soñara con mi niñez todas las noches me levantaría muy feliz todas las mañanas. 24. Te dije que molieras el café pero no lo hiciste — (lo so). 25. Me sentí muy triste cuando él me dijo que la máquina había triturado al hombre. 26. Mi padre castañeteaba 1os dientes cuando estaba enfadado. 27. Le dije que si se encogían las camisas tendría que pagarlas (por ellas). 28. Si se hubiese encogido el traje yo lo hubiera devuelto. 29. Si te adhieres a las leyes del país no tendrás ningún tropiezo. 30. Nosotros le aconsejamos e insistimos en-que él aceptara (se guiara, de) la decisión del comité. 31. Si él hubiese ordenado a las muchachas y a mí que hiciése mos (hacer) ese trabajo lo hubiéramos hecho. 32. ¿Por qué no le dijiste adiós cuando estabas en la puerta? 33. Me mantuve firme en el precio que había ofrecido anteriormente. 34. La pobre costurera se hundió una aguja grande en el dedo y a causa de esto estuvo enferma. 35. Tienes que pegar el sello (la estampilla) en el lado derecho del sobre. Él se mantuvo junto a ella mientras ella derramaba amargas lágrimas por (over) la muerte de su hermano. 37. Es verdad que su declaración o exposición no esclarece (o no arroja ninguna luz sobre) este asunto pero yo sostendré a mi buen amigo, sin embargo. 38. En el cuarto obscuro note que algo sobresalía de detrás de la puerta, y cuando me acerque vi que (it) era la nariz de mi hermano. 39. Le dije que no se metiera las manos en los bolsillos cuando estuviera enseñando una clase. 40. Yo creo que su padre no debiera haberla regañado por derramar la sopa en el mantel. C. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: La escuela que visitamos tiene cinco pisos de alto y es muy hermosa. Fuimos presentados al director quien esperaba nuestra visita. Observamos cuatro clases. En todas pudimos notar que el profesor tenía interés en sus alumnos y que estos recitaban inteligentemente. El Sr. López quedo (was) satisfechísimo. En verdad todas las clases fueron muy interesantes. En una clase de geografía nombraban los alumnos los países europeos con sus capitales y ciudades principales, después en otra clase también de geografía, estudiab an los niños diferentes tópicos sobre los países asiáticos. Luego observamos un grupo que contestaba preguntas sobre ciertos puntos de fisiología cuando un estudiante nos hizo reír con una observación muy ocurrente, diciendo que una niña había omitido el s entido común pues solamente había nombrado cuatro sentidos. En una clase de inglés hubo otro incidente muy chistoso. Un muchacho muy grande recitaba en voz muy baja y muy tímidamente. El muchacho tenía este mal hábito. El profesor pierde la (su) paciencia y le dice, "¿Qué le pasa Ud.? ¿Esta Ud. muriéndose?", y entonces otro muchacho contesta muy bajo probablemente pensando que el profesor no lo oirá, "Ya él está, muerto."

167 LESSON XIX REGULAR VERBS a. Repita en ALTA VOZ Cada 1nfinitivo y Escríbalo Hasta Aprenderlo de MEMORIA: to abandon (abándon) —abandonar a to guess (gues) —suponer; adivinar to caress (carés) —acariciar a to press (pres) —prensar, apretar; oprimir; to challenge (chálenY ) —desafiar a; disputar o apiñarse dudar de algo to quote (cuóut) —citar (decir las palabras exactas) to crawl (crool) —arrastrarse to sail (séil) —salir o viajar (por agua) to dare (déar) —atreverse a to slight (sláit) —menospreciar, desairar to dismiss (dismís) —despedir, despachar a to welcome (uélcom) —dar la bienvenida, recibir to endeavor (endévor) —tratar de, procurar cordialmente to frighten (fráiten) —amedrentar a to witness (uítnes) —presenciar to grant (grant) —conceder, otorgar a to wreck (rek) —arruinar; naufragar b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Concéntrese Sobre Cada Explicación y Ejemplo:

to crawl into . . . . (in, si se sobrentiende el sitio) to crawl out of . . . to dare say to dare one to . . . to endeavor to . . . to dismiss an idea, thought, etc. to frighten a person away to press clothes to press charges against . . . Please do not quote me to sail along the coast to sympathize ('símpaZais'); to sympathize with a cause, bill, idea or the like to sympathize with a person

—arrastrarse hasta . . . , entrar en . . . arrastrándose —salir de . . . arrastrándose —atreverse a afirmar —desafiar o provocar a alguien (de intento) a que haga o diga algo —esforzarse en, hacer lo posible por —desechar, descartar una idea, pensamiento, etc. —ahuyentar o espantar a alguien —planchar ropa —seguir o presentar cargos contra . . . —No repita, exactamente, lo que le he dicho, o No diga lo que. . . etc. —costear o viajar a lo largo de la costa —simpatizar con una causa, proyecto de ley, idea o algo por el estilo —compadecerse de una persona; estar a favor o de parte de alguien (en alguna controversia o disgusto)

'To abandon' generalmente denota la idea de dejar un objeto o persona a merced de algo o alguien o por considerarse inútil el insistir: When the fire started we abondoned the house: They abandoned the ship-wrecked vessel to the waves — Abandonaron el barco naufragado en medio de las olas. To challenge': He challenged the accuracy of my statement — E1 disputó o dudó de la exactitud de mi manifestación. 'To dare' es seguido de infinitivo con 'to' o sin 'to': I dare do what I think is right — Me atrevo a hacer lo que crea sea correcto, I dare you to repeat it — ¡Le desafió a que lo repita! o (¡a que no lo repite!) He did not want to report her but she dared him to — Él no quería delatarla o acusarla pero ella le provoco o desafío a que lo hiciera. 'To sail': We are sailing tomorrow — Salimos mañana; (se entiende que es en un barco). 'To sympathize' ampliamente significa 'harmonizer'. 'acordar', 'Their tastes sympathize' — Sus gustos harmonizan; o 'compartir' con otro una sensación de alegría o dolor, más los usos más corrientes y necesarios son los anotados arriba en la lista. Recordemos que al traducir 'simpatizar' con la idea de 'tenerle afecto a alguien' empleamos en inglés. 'to like'. 'To welcome' es el único verbo compuesto que no se conjuga como su simple. Este verbo también se emplea significando 'aceptar con gusto' una opinión, idea, consejo, etc.: He welcomed her advice. c.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL PERSONS: 1. If my plan were not wise I-would abandon it, If your . . . etc. 2. I used to caress the baby because I loved it, You . . . etc. 3. I would have challenged Alfred to a debate if I had been sure of my arguments, You . . . etc. 4. I did not challenge the accuracy of the statement, You (lid not . . . etc. 5. If I knew the language well I would dare take that position, If you . . . etc. 6. I dared say there had never been a better orator in our organization, You . . . etc. 7. I dare her to say a thing like that, You . . . etc. 8. John dared me to do it and I did it, John . . . etc. 9. I only said that I might dismiss Peter if I did not like his work, You . . . etc. 10. I do not have to dismiss the students until that work is done' You . . . etc. 11. I should have dismissed that idea from my mind long ago, You should . . . etc. 12. I always dismiss every advice which I do not consider helpful, You . . . etc. 13. I do not mean to frighten my cousin but I want to warn the young man, You . . . etc. 14. My remark about the dog frightened the man away, Your . . . etc. 15. If I did not grant the boy the permission I would feel sorry afterwards, If you did not . . . etc. 16. I guessed what the answer was, You . . . etc. 17. I pressed the letters down and they fitted into the box, You . . . etc, 18. About two-hundred people pressed around the man and afterwards had to squeeze my way through the crowd, Aboot . . . etc. 19. I am going to have these suits pressed, You . . . etc. 20. If the manager does not pay me I press charges against him, If the . . . you shall . . . etc. 21. I was sailing around world when my friend died, You . . . etc. 22. I did not mean to slight my cousin, You . . . etc. 23. I have heard that Edward is in trouble, but I do not sympathize with anyone who fails to keep his word, You . . . etc.

168 24. I sympathized with her in her sorrow, You . . . etc. 25. I have never sympathized with the conservatives, You . . . etc. 26. I would have welcomed him if I had been able to be back on time, You . . . etc. 27. If I had witnessed the accident I would tell Mary about it, If You . . . etc. d. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did they have to abandon the house when the fire started in the kitchen? 2. Has he challenged you to a public debate? 3. Did you see the baby crawl into the bathroom? 4. Do you think that he would have dared do it in spite of his father's objections? 5. Did she dare say that I had cheated in the examination? 6. Would you have contradicted your teacher if he had dared you to? — (affirmative). 7. About what time did she dismiss the students yesterday afternoon? 8. Have you finally dismissed your idea about moving? — (affirm.). 9. Did I really frighten her? 10. Did she guess what you had in the box for her? 11. Did the people press against one another eager to listen to the President's speech? 12. Are you afraid that he will press charges against him? 13. Are they sailing for Spain in the French boat leaving to-morrow morning? 14. Was the President sailing along the coast relaxing from his difficult duties when the war broke out in Europe? 15. Has he been struggling long to better his condition? 16. Did they sympathize with him when he was in trouble? 17. Does your father sympathize with my plans? 18. Shall you be home to welcome your uncle upon his return? 19. Has he ever welcomed any advice that his mother has given him? 20. Did he say that he had witnessed the murder at the restaurant? 21. Is he in the habit of quoting great authors when he delivers a speech? 22. Did she beg you to endeavor to help her find a good position? FIRST VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo y Frase Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: anchor (ánker) —ancla, anclar nest (nest) —nido appliances (aplánses) —accesorios A. M. (éi em) —antes meridiano (electrodomésticos) P. M. (pí em) —pasado meridiano association (asosiéshon) —asociación press (pres) —prensa axis (áksis) —eje; axis printing press —imprenta to bewilder (bi-uílder) —aturdir, azorar quack (kuak) —charlatanear; medicucho bewilderment (bi-uílderment) —aturdimiento, azoramiento to reside (risáid) —residir border (border) —orilla, frontera to revolve (rivólv) —girar o dar vueltas cable (kéibol) —cable, cablegrafiar sail (séil) —vela (de barco) companion (compáñon) —compañero sail-boat —barco de vela contentment (conténtment) —alegría o satisfacción scheduled (skéYuld) —en programa o en lista dagger (dáguer) —daga, puñal slice (sláis) —tajada, cortar en. . . daring (dérin) —atrevido u osado, valiente to soothe (suuD) —calmar, mitigar to desert (disért) —desertar, desamparar soothing (súuDin) —calmante, dulcificante dissatisfied (disátisfaid) —descontento to stick (stik) —pegar dock (dook) —melle; entrar en sticky (stíki) —pegajoso muelle to suppose (sopóus) —suponer, imaginar fabric (fábrik) —tejido, tela sympathetic (simpaZétik) —compasivo; que simpatiza con forceful (fórsful) —potente, efectivo una causa friendly (fréndli) —amigable, servicial sympathy (símpaZi) —compasión, pésame; simpatía haggard (jágard) —trasnochado, ojeroso por una causa hamlet (jámlet) —aldehuela, caserío syntax (síntaks) —sintaxis (construcción gram.) to imply (implái) —denotar, querer decir thorn (Zorn) —espina; abrojo for instance (forínstans) —por ejemplo throughout the (Zruáut) —por todo el . . . to glue (gluu) —pegar (algo), encolar, tribute (tríbiut) —homenaje, tributo pegamento whereby (juéarbai) —por medio del cual o de la cual insolent (ínsolent) —atrevido, insolente (referente a una carta, telegrama, to intimate (íntimeit) —insinuar, intimar etc.) invigorating (invígoreitin) —fortificante, confortante wire (uáiar) —alambre, cable, 'telegrama', loneliness (lóunlines) —soledad 'telegrafiar' loom (luum) —telar; asomar (dejar ver) wireless (uáirles) —inhalámbrico-ca PHRASES: He was shot once —Le dieron un balazo He was shot several times —Le dieron o le pegaron varios balazos He was shot to death —Lo mataron a balazos He was shot dead —Lo mataron en el acto de un balazo I was compelled to. —Me vi obligado a ello. I went because he asked me to. —Fui porque él me pidió que fuera. She left although I begged her not to. —Se fué aunque le suplique que no se fuera. to be very much enthused about . . . —estar muy entusiasmado con . . . to be scheduled —estar en programa, en Itinerario to be supposed to . . . —estar comprometido a, o esperarse que . . . You are welcome to it —Está a su disposición, (un objeto) to the mercy of . . . —a merced

169 I wish to express my sympathy in your great sorrow Wish granted delusions of grandeur (delirium, grandisosity) What did the conversation deal with? The struggle for life BY THE WAY, Peter, I wish to. . . to take for granted Time presses I ONLY see him once in a great while

—Deseo expresarle mi pésame por su gran pena —Deseo concedido o cumplido —Delirio de grandeza —De que trataba la conversación? —la lucha por la vida —A propósito, Pedro, deseo . . . —Dar por sentado —El tiempo apremia —No lo veo más que una que otra vez

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: I arrived in this city about nine years ago, and even though have always lived very happily here, I have, however, missed a true companion, a near relative, a brother for instance. On account of my loneliness I had been insisting repeatedly in my letters to my brother Ralph in Santiago, Chile, that he should quit his business there and come to reside here. After I had almost lost hope that he would decide to move to this metropolis, a cablegram from him reached me last month whereby I learned, to my great surprise, that he had at last changed his mind and was sailing for these shores within two days or so after he had wired me. I spoke over the telephone with Anthony, a good friend of my brother's of childhood days, gave him the news about my brother's coming here, and invited him to ride with me to the pier to meet Ralph. 'This friend welcomed the news with unspeakable joy, but said he could not give me his word at the moment as to whether he would be able to accompany me or not, adding, however, that he would drop me a line to let me know. Three days afterwards he called me up instead. "Hallo, may I speak to Mr. Gomez?" — "Yes, sir, this is Gomez speaking." — "I am glad to tell you", he said, "that it will indeed be a pleasure for me to go with you to meet Ralph at the pier." — "Why, that is good news," I said, and added, "he, too, will be very happy to see you." — "And when is the boat scheduled to dock?" he asked. "It will drop anchor next Sunday around 5 P.M., but it will not dock until the following Monday at 7 A.M. when the passengers will land." We agreed then that I should call for him about 6 A.M. I thanked him for his kindness, said good-bye and hung the receiver. (To be continued). III.

IV.

CONVERSATION

1. How long has Mr. Gomez been living in this town? 2. Had he missed the company of a tr ue friend or near relative all those years? 3. To whom had he written repeatedly insisting that he should come and live here? 4. What city in South America does his brother Ralph come from? 5. Whom did Mr. Gomez ask to accompany him to the pier to meet Ralph? 6. Did Anthony drop a line to Mr. Gomez or did he call him up? 7. Did Anthony decide to go to the pier? 8. When was the boat scheduled to dock? 9. Did Mr. Gomez agree that he would call for Anthony Monday at 6 A. M.? V. A. 1.

Principal Parts: to forsake to stride to swing to thrust to weave to wring Present Past forsake forsook stride strode swing swung thrust thrust weave wove wring wrung beseech besought 2. to stride

GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS

—abandonar, desamparar —caminar a pasos largos —columpiar, mecer —meter-se, empujar (violentamente) —tejer, entrelazar —torcer, retorcer Pres. Part. Past Part. (-ado, -ido) (forsúk) forsaking forsaken (forséiken) (stróud) striding stridden (stríden) (suong) swinging swung thrusting thrust (uóuv) weaving woven (uóuven) (rong) wringing wrung (bisóot) beseeching besought Learn to Perfection: —caminar a largos pasos (particularmente de una manera medida o pomposa) to swing —hacer girar o mover en una moción circular to swing up —colgar o suspender to swing a sword —blandir una espada to swing in with (fam.) —unirse a alguien en una empresa o acto to thrust aside —echar o empujar a un lado to thrust oneself in, into (Into al mencionarse el sitio; —meterse importunamente, arrojarse violentamente en . . . in cuando éste se sobrentiende) to thrust at somebody —lanzarse sobre alguien (con un arma de punta) (forséik) (straid) (suing) (zrost) (uiiv) (ring)

170 to thrust through —atravesar (con arma de punta) to thrust out —hacer sobresalir o sacar fuera to weave wool, silk, etc. —tejer lana, seda, etc. to weave the plot of a story —componer o forjar el argumento de un cuento to wring out (from) —extraer o hacer confesar algo (a alguien) to wring clothes —exprimir, escurrir ropa (al lavarla) 'To forsake, 'to abandon' y 'to desert' harmonizan en cuanto a la idea de dejar a alguien o algo en condiciones desventajosas, 'To forsake' denote el rompimiento (the breaking off) de la asociación con alguien o algo querido o familiar: 'False friends forsake us in adversity' — Amigos falsos nos abandonan en la adversidad; 'to abandon', ya sabemos, dejar a merced de, o por considerarse infructuoso o inútil el insistir: They abandoned the aeroplane in the bottom of the canyon — Abandonaron el aeroplano en el fondo del 'cañon' o desfiladero; 'to desert' — abandonar algo o a alguien en violación de una obligación legal o moral: The sentinel had deserted his post and was shot — El centinela había abandonado su plaza y fue fusilado (El participio pasivo de este verbo se usa como adjetiva SIN denotar un significado general: deserted streets desiertas). 3. Continue ALOUD with ALL PERSONS: 1. I have never forsaken a friend in need, You . . . etc. 2. I was striding along the avenue when I ran into my old friend, You . . . etc. 3. I sat on the rocker and swung myself to sleep, You . . . etc. 4. The door swung open when I pushed it and I went in, The . . . etc. 5. I was there when the man was swung up to the nearest tree, You were . . . etc. 6. I am going to swing in with the boys in their new business, You . . . etc. 7. I thrust my hands into my pockets, You . . . etc. 8. I thrust the man aside and rushed into the room, You . . . etc. 9. I thrust myself in but I did not find William, You . . . etc. 10. I should like to weave it, You would . . . etc. 11. Yesterday I wove the plots of two new stories, Yesterday you . . . etc. 12. I wrung the neck of the chicken although I hated to, You . . . etc. 13. I would have wrung out a confession from the Man if I had had an opportunity, You . . . etc. 14. I wrung the clothes in the tub, You . . . etc. 4. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. How long ago did he forsake his home? 2. Would you f orsake a friend if he were in need? 3. Did you see him stride along 89th Street when you were coming here? 4. Do you always swing the baby to sleep? 5. Did he thrust himself into the room when the door swung open? 6. Was the bandit swung up to the nearest tree? 7. Did you notice the General in the moving-picture swinging his sword as he led his men to battle? 8. Did she thrust the boy aside to get into the room? 9. Does he always thrust his hands into his pockets when he begins to deliver, a speech? 10. Did the young man thrust the bandit through the heart? 11. Have you woven the wool I brought you yesterday? 12. Did he weave the plot of his new story last week? 13. Did the policeman say to the man that he would wring his neck if he did not keep quiet? 14. Were they able to wring out a full confession from the murderer? 15. Did you wring your clothes in the bath-tub? B.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Vocablo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA:

to abdicate to adjourn

(ábdikeit) (aYérn)

anxiety attorney bid highest bidder bloodshed

(angsáieti) (atérni) (bid)

to board bold boldness bomb cartoon cartoonist cedar congenial conscience to consume consumption consumptive contagious to contaminate to construct constructor to devour dynamite to embrace

(bóard) (bóuld) (bóuldnes) (bom) (cartúum) (cartúnist) (sídar) (conYíñal) (cónshens) (consíum) (consómpshon) (consómptiv) (contéYos) (contámineit) (constrókt) (constrókter) (diváuer) (dáinamáit) (embréis)

eye-witness fiancé,-e gunpowder

(fiansé) (gónpáuder)

(blódshéd)

—abdicar —aplazar, disolver (una sesión) —ansiedad —abogado —precio (en subasta) —mejor postor —derrame de sangre, matanza) —ir a bordo —atrevido u osado —atrevimiento, osadía —bomba; bombardear —boceto, caricatura —caricaturista —cedro —congenial —conciencia —consumir —consunción; tisis —consuntivo; tísico —contagioso —contaminar, infestar —construir —constructor —devorar —dinamita —abrazar, abarcar (idea, opinión) —testigo ocular —novio, novia —polvora

to grown hardships hasty hedge hedge-born hedge-creeper insolence intermission justify mimic mime misjudge oak officious open-hearted picturesque poplar to promote to regard residence reward shark to sob, bb special sufficient swift thug verge to wander wave to wave whale

(gróun) (járdships) (jéisti) (jeY) (. . . críiper) (ínsolens) (intermíshon) (Yóstifai) (mímic) (máim) (misYóY) (óuk) (ofíshos) (píkchuresk) (póplar) (promóut) (rigárd) (résidens) (ri-uórd) (shark) (soob) (spéshal) (sofíshent) (suift) (Zog) (verY) (uónder) (uéiv) (juéil)

—germinar, mugir —dificultades, contratiempos —precipitado, arrojado —vallado de zarzas —de baja ralea —vagabundo —atrevimiento (insolencia) —intermedio —justificar —imitar, simular,arremedar —mimo, mímica, imitar —Juzgar mal —roble —oficioso (entremetido) —ingenuo, sincero —pintoresco —álamo (un árbol) —promover; fomentar —considerar, juzgar —residencia —recompensar, recompensa, —tiburón —sollozar —especial —suficiente —veto; acelerado —bandido, asesino —borde, margen —vagar —ola, onda —tremolar —ballena

171 Attorney for the Defense (State Attorney (District Attorney When his government came to power in spite of the fact that . . . Were it not for (the fact that) . . . Had it not been for (the fact that) . . . A law-abiding citizen Needless to say In the prime of life Does he earn enough money to live on? to do one's best to take hold of . . . to while away one's time My mind is made up narrow-minded broad-minded to wave one's handkerchief

PHRASES: —Abogado Defensor —Fiscal —Cuando su gobierno tomó el poder —A pesar de que. . . (o del hecho de que . . .) —A no ser por, o si no fuera por (el hecho de que . . .) —Si no hubiese sido por . . . —Un ciudadano probo (obediente de la ley) —Demás está decir —En la flor de la juventud —¿Gana él suficiente dinero para vivir? —hacer lo mejor "posible —agarrarse de . . . , coger —matar el tiempo —Estoy decidido —de mente estrecha, irrazonable —de mente amplia, liberal —agitar el pañuelo (o algo, diciendo adiós o haciendo señas)

WOULD NOT — De ningún modo + forma de 'querer' 'Would not' seguido de una forma infinitiva SIN 'to' traduce con precisión 'de ningún modo + querer' antes del siguiente verbo: He WOULD NOT give up the idea no matter how much I asked him to — De ningún modo quiso desistir de la idea por más que le pedí que la abandonara. She WOULD NOT answer in spite of my begging her to — De ningún modo quiso contester a pesar de haberselo suplicado. They WOULD NOT come no matter how much I ask them to — De ningún modo quieren venir por más que se lo pido. Continue ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I would not go there yesterday although Peter wanted me to, You would not . . . etc. 2. I would not give it to William no matter how much Mary insisted, You would not etc. 3. I would not stay in the house although I am not well, You . . . etc. THE PASSIVE VOICE — La Voz Pasiva A verb in the passive voice denotes that the subject receives action directly or indirectly. The passive voice is of constant use in English and the student must place special emphasis in learning it to perfection. It is costructed with forms of the verb 'TO BE' (ser) and the PAST PARTICIPLE of the principal verb. Examples: I am mistreated by my brother — Soy maltratado por mi hermano. The lesson was explained by the teacher — La lección fue explicada por el profesor. I shall be given another chance —Me será dada otra oportunidad. (The English past participle never changes its form). That is to be expected — Eso es de esperarse. The passive voice idea when the agent is not known or mentioned, is generally expressed in Spanish, (1) With the THIRD person PLURAL of the verb in the ACTIVE voice, for example, Mataron un hombre en la esquina; Me hicieron muchas preguntas necias; Le dispararon dos tiros; or (2) With the word 'se' and a third person singular or plural: Aquí se habla inglés; Aquí se venden muebles usados; Se me dijo que esperara, etc. But in English, in these cases, the real passive voice construction is Preferred, that is to say, a form of the verb 'TO BE' and the PAST PARTICIPLE of the principal verb: A man was killed on the corner; I was asked many silly Questions: He was shot at twice; English is spoken here; Used furniture is sold here: I was told to wait, etc. (Passive voice idea is also expressed, in several cases, with forms of the verb 'to get' and 'past participle' of the principal verb; He got killed in the war — Lo mataron en la guerra; She got punished for not obeying her mother — La castigaron por no obedecer a su madre. But we must prefer the auxiliary 'to be' instead: He was killed in the war; She was punished for not obeying her mother. a. Examples:

Infinitive Passive Voice — Infinitivo Voz Pasiva The film is TO BE SHOWN at eight to-night —La película ha de ser exhibida a las ocho esta noche.

I am going TO BE PROMOTED —Van a ascenderme. He wants TO BE GIVEN another opportunity —E1 quiere que se le dé otra oportunidad. A language must BE STUDIED aloud with constant repetition

—Un idioma debe estudiarse en alta voz repitiendo constantemente I do not like TO BE WATCHED —No me gusta que se me vigile.

172 Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons. 1. I expect to be called from that office any day, You . . . etc. 2. I hope to be appointed for that job, You . . . etc. 3. I wanted to be excused from the meeting, You . . . etc. 4. I am going to be promoted, You . . . etc. 5. I ought to be rewarded for it, You . . . etc. 6. I must be paid for that work, You . . . etc. 7. I should like to apply for that job, You would . . . etc. b. Examples:

Present Indicative Passive Voice — Present of to be' + Past Part. I am scolded by my teacher —Soy regañado por el profesor. He is always told to wait —Siempre le dicen que espere. I am asked for the tickets at the door —Me piden los boletos en la puerta. Albert is always misjudged —Siempre se le juzga mal a Alberto.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I am respected by my friends, You . . . etc. 2. I am told that my pronunciation in English is pretty good, You . . . etc. 3. I am asked for the money but I do not have it, You . . . etc. 4. I am advised not to refuse that offer, You . . . etc. 5. If I am given a good position I shall accept it, If you . . . etc. 6. I shall not wait unless I am told to You . . . etc. c. Present Subjunctive Passive Voice — The Form 'Be' + Past Part. We form the 'present subjunctive passive vein; with 'be' and the 'past participle' with or without the corresponding auxiliary preceding, in the affirmative phrases; in the negative the corresponding auxiliary must be used. Examples: He will suggest that Mr. White BE nominated for mayor —Él sugerirá que el Sr. Blanco sea nombrado candidato a alcalde. She insists that you BE punished, (or should not be punished) —Ella insiste en que se te castigue, (o no . . . etc.). I want that the books be brought to school, or I want the books brought to school —Quiero que se traigan los libros a la escuela They have ordered that schools BE closed on Independence Day —Ellos han ordenado que se cierren las escuelas el Día de la Independencia. He demands that sufficient evidence BE produced which may justify such a penalty —Él exige que se presente suficiente eviciencia que justifique semejante castigo. Repeat ALOUD With ALL Persons: 1. I suggest that I be given another opportunity, You . . . etc. 2. I may be given another job, You . . . etc. 3. I insist that I be heard, You . . . etc. 4. My uncle wants that I should be punished, Your . . . etc. 5. I want that work done for to-morrow, You . . . etc. 6. The Principal has ordered that I be dropped from the chemistry class The Principal . . . etc. 7. My father demands that I be admitted to the class, Your . . . etc. d. Examples:

Past Indicative Passive Voice — Past of 'TO BE' + Past Participle You were seen in court by your friend Henry —Fuiste visto en la corte por tu amigo Enrique. He was discharged from our office for no reason whatsoever —Le despidieron de nuestra oficina sin ninguna razón en absoluto. I was told to give out the books —Me dijeron que distribuyera los libros. I was asked about my father before I left —Me preguntaron por mi padre antes de salir. He was given a pass for the show —A él dieron un pase para la función.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I was recommended by Mr. Norris, You . . . etc. 2. I was told that I did not have a chance to get the job, You . . . etc. 3. I was ordered to quit my work with no reason whatsoever, You . . . etc. 4. I was asked for the tickets at the door, You . . . etc. 5. I was asked to be there at ten o'clock sharp, You . . . etc. 6. I was asked many silly questions, You . . . etc.

173 e. Past Subjunctive Passive Voice — Imperfecto o co-preterito Subjuntivo Voz Pasiva The Past Subjunctive Passive Voice is expressed, at least, in two different ways for two different meanings; First; When this passive construction is introduced by 'if' — si, 'though', — aunque, 'unless' — a menos que; etc. To denote a condition, concession or a contrary-to-fact idea we use in English 'WERE' (with ALL persons) and the past participle, for example. If the Mayor's plans WERE backed by the Municipal Council that town would solves its difficulties — Si los proyectos de Alcalde fuesen 'respaldados' por el Concejo Municipal ese pueblo resolverla sus dificultades, If he WERE told the truth he would die of sorrow — Si le dijesen la verdad se moriría de pena. If the verbs WERE practised sufficiently, learning a foreign language would be much easier — Si se practicasen los verbos suficientemente el aprender una lengua extranjera sería mucho más facil, Though I WERE punished I would not take back what I said — Aunque se me castigara no retiraría lo que dije, I would not go unless I WERE invited — Yo no iría a menos que se me invitara. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. If I were told the truth I would be satisfied, If you . . . etc. 2. If I were asked for that money I would not be able to send it, If you . . . etc. 3. Though I were criticized I would not take back what I said, Though you . . . etc. 4. I would not withdraw my protest unless I were given a satisfactory explanation, You . . . etc. Second: After verbs of wishing or ordering, such as 'to insist the' — insistir en que, 'to suggest that' — sugerir que, 'So demand that' — exigir que, 'to order that,' — ordenar que, 'to want that' — querer que etc. the past subjunctive passive is usually expressed in English with the form 'be', generally omitting the corresponding auxiliar in the affirmative, but never in the negative, and the past participle. Examples: I insisted that he BE given the job —Insistí en que se le diera el puesto. He suggested that she BE punished —Él sugirió que se le castigara (a ella). She demanded that they BE expelled from college —Ella exigió que se lea expulsara del colegio. My father wanted that the house BE sold the soonest possible, or He wanted the house sold the soonest possible —MI padre quiso que se vendiera la casa lo más pronto posible. They ordered that he BE refused admittance —Ellos ordenaron que se le negara la entrada. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I insisted that I be granted another opportunity, You . . . etc. 2. I suggested that I he transferred to the other office, You . . . etc. 3. They demanded that I be denied another trial, They . . . that you. . . . etc. 4. The Secretary wanted that I should not be given another opportunity, The Secretary, that you should . . . etc. 5. I wanted the books brought to me, You . . . etc

Note:—The auxiliary most commonly used with the Present Subjunctive Passive and the Past Subjunctive Passive in clauses with 'that' after verbs o wishing or ordering, such as given above, is 'SHOULD' some cases 'might' and rarely any other. The Passive Voice will be continued in the next lesson. E.

IRREGULAR VERBS

1. Principals parts to slide (sláid) to slip (slip) to bet (bet) to cling (cling) to knit (nit) to sting (sting) to stink (stink) to string (string)

Present bet cling knit sting stink string slide

Past bet clung (clong) knit, knitted stung (stóng) stunk (stonk) stank (stank) strung (strong) slid

—resbalar-se; deslizase —resbalar —apostar —adherirse, pegarse —anudar, entretejer —picar, aguijonear —heder, apestar —encordar, templar (instrumento de cuerda)

Pres. Part. betting clinging knitting stinging stinking stringing sliding

Past. Part. (-ado, -ido) bet clung knit, knitted stung stunk strung slidden ('sliden') slid

174 2.

Repeat ALOUD Until You Learn to PERFECTION: to bet (that) —apostar a que . . . to bet ON a horse —apostar a un caballo to cling together —adherirse o permanecer unidos; pegarse to knit stockings —hacer media to knit a sweater —hacer un 'suéter' (camiseta elástica de punto de lana) to sting —remorder la conciencia to string —estirar, entiesar to string up (lam.) —ahorcar to string —extenderse (en una línea o hilera) to slide out —escabullirse, escurrirse to slide —moverse o pasar suavemente I bet you cannot make him speak in public — Apuesto a que no le haces hablar en público. I told you not to bet on the black horse. I should have always clung to my original idea. The two pages clung together. She must have been knitting a sweater for her husband. His conscience stung — La conciencia le remordía. The dead rat stunk up the basement — La rata muerta apestó el sotano. Overwork strings the nerves — El trabajo en exceso estira o pone los nervios de punta. He has strung nerves from overwork — Tiene los nervios alterados por el exceso de trabajo. The killer was strung up before the crowd — Ahorcaron al matador en frente de la muchedumbre. The boat slides through the water — El barco se mueve suavemente por el agua, There are many automobiles strung in a long line. Thunderstorms, power outages and mudslides are also likely — Tormentas, cortes de energía y deslizamientos de tierra son también probables. The soft, subtle accuracy of his style can mimic the contours of a photograph — La precisión suave y sutil de su estilo puede imitar los contornos de una fotografía. Repeat ALOUD with ALL PERSONS: 1. I never bet on anything no matter how sure I am, You . . . 2. I would have bet on the other horse if I had not been advised otherwise, You . . . etc. 3. Had I clung to my original plan I would never have been disappointed, Had you . . . etc, 4. I would have knit two sweaters if I had known how, You . . . etc. 5. I've got to string my violin, You've . . . etc. 6. I told Mary to string the beads ('biids', cuentas), You . . . etc. 7. When I was a child I used to slide down that hill on the bark of a palm tree, When you . . . etc. 8. I slid out the moment I saw father, You . . . etc. 9. From the shore I watched the boats slide through the water, from the shore you . . . etc. The snake bit me in the legs and I became very sick, The snake . . . etc. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did she want to bet that you could not convince William? 2. Did your father ever advise you not to bet on anything? 3. Have the two pages clung together? 4. Did he say that he would cling to his plan in spite of his father's objections? 5. Are you going to ask her to knit a sweater for you? 6. Did he say that his conscience stung after he had robbed the poor old lady? 7. Did the snake bite her in the hand? 8. Does the standing water in the yard stink? 9. Did he string the guitar ('guitar') after you had told him to? 10. Are your nerves strung from overwork? 11. Was the murderer strung up near the place where he had committed the crime? 12. Were there many waiting automobiles strung in a long line? 13. Did you like to slide down the hill? 14. Did they slide out before their father came back? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Was the house abandoned when the fire started? 2. Were the children caressed by their mother before she put them to bed? 3. Was it true that he had been challenged to a debate in public? 4. Did you see the baby crawl into the bathroom? 5. Would you really have dared to oppose your fallen? 6. Did she dare say that he had cheated in the examination? 7. Did he dare you to repeat the remark? 8. Was he going to be dismissed from college unless he took back what he had said against the President? 9. About what time were the pupils dismissed yesterday? 10. Has she not dismissed her doubts yet? 11. Did he tell you that the child should not be frightened? 12. Did you frighten him away when you threatened to sue him? 13. Was she granted the permission to attend the dance? 14. Were the two prizes granted to both brothers? 15. Were you able to guess what your father had in the box for you? 16. Were you pressed against the door when the people rushed out? 17. Were there many people pressing around the policeman? 18. Did he say he wanted to have his trousers pressed before five in the afternoon? 19. Have they made up their minds to press charges against the owner of the house? 20. Is your sister sailing for Europe neat week? 21. Was the Secretary sailing along the coast when he was asked to return to the capital? 22. Were you sure that he had meant to slight you? 23. Had they not warn you that you had to struggle hard in order to earn your living in Germany? 24. Did you not sympathize with him when he lost his business? 25. Did she sympathize with you when you had the trouble with your brother?

175 26. Have you always sympathized with the workers' cause: 27. Was he welcomed at the stati on by the Mayor and the members of the Municipal Council? 28. Did he assure the police that he had witnessed the accident? 29. Did his friends forsake him when he was in need? 30. Did you watch him stride along the avenue when you were standing on the corn er? 31. Did the old man swing his stick daring any one to approach him? 32. Did you become very angry when she thrust you aside? 33. Was your father still in the parlor when the man thrust himself in? 34. Was the young man really thrust through the heart? 35. Did you ask her to teach you, how to weave? 36. Were the police able to wring out a full confession from the man? 37. Did he tell you that he had bet $100 on the English horse? 38. Was she knitting a sweater for you when you were stringing the violin? 39. Has he always clung to the plan thought out by his father? 40. Did he fall down when he was sliding down the slippery sidewalk? B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Si hubiesen abandonado la casa cuando el fuego empezó en la cocina nadie hubiera perecido. 2. ¿Acariciaba la madre a sus hijos antes de acostarlos? 3. Si a él lo desafiaran a un debate en público estoy seguro de que aceptaría. 4. Cuando estábamos en el comedor vimos al nene arrastrarse hasta-entrar-en (into) el cuarto de baño. 5. ¿Dijiste que él se había atrevido a oponerse a su padre? 6. Si no hubiese estado seguro no me hubiera atrevido a decir que ella estaba equivocada. 7. A que no repites lo que dijiste ayer — (Te desafió a repetir lo que dijiste ayer). 8. ¿Fueron ellos despedidos del colegio para oponerse a la orden del Presidente? 9. ¿Despacharía el profesor Pérez a los muchachos? — Él los habrá despachado pues Alfredo esta ya de vuelta en su casa. 10. Debieras haber desechado esa idea de la mente, pues para tener éxito debes tener fe en ti mismo (faith in yourself). 11. Si no la hubieses amedrentado con las noticias ella no se sentiría mal. 12. Ella lo ahuyento cuando le dijo que su padre se presentaría de un momento a otro. 13. Si se nos concede el permiso celebraremos la reunión el próximo sábado. 14. Él trata de adivinar lo que yo intentaría hacer pero no pudo. 15. Había una gran muchedumbre y me prensaron contra una puerta hasta que encontraba (it) casi imposible respirar. 16. Te dije que yo mismo quizás — plancharía el traje si tuviera (tenía) tiempo. 17. Si ellos no me hubiesen pagado (por) los libros yo hubiera presentado cargos contra ellos. 18. Ella sale para Europa la semana próxima. 19. Viajábamos alrededor del mundo cuando surgió la guerra. 20. Espero que é1 no te haya despreciado. 21. Si luchas con fe en ti mismo lograrás tu fin. 22. Guillermo acaba de perder a su padre y me compadezco de él con todo mi corazón. 23. Yo no estaba-de-parte-de Alberto en su disgusto con su hermano. 24. ¿Por qué has de dudar de mi palabra? Si no simpatizara con la causa de esos hombres no hubiera hablado a su favor. 25. A él le sorprendió (fue sorprendido) que la gente del sur hubiese recibido -cordialmente al Presidente. 26. A no ser por el hecho de que yo presencie la pelea entre él y tú me harías creer que tenías razón. 27. A no ser por el hecho de que un muchachito había presenciado el crimen la policía no lo hubiera descubierto. 28. Aquellos que te abandonarían en la adversidad no son amigos de verdad. 29. Él abandonó su hogar cuando tenía quince años y jamás ha regresado. 30. Si él no hubiese abandonado el ejército no lo juzgarían de traidor (as a traitor). 31. Él caminaba-a-largos-pasos por la avenida moviendo su bastón como si estuviera dirigiendo una orquesta. "Estará loco", alguien dijo. 32. El teniente empujó a la mujer a un lado y entonces le extrajo una confesión al hermano de esta. 33. Le atravesaron el corazón con un puñal. 34. Aposte a que ella no sabía tejer o hacer media pero estaba equivocado y perdí mi apuesta. 37. Si queremos vencerlos tendremos que permanecer unidos hasta el fin. 35. Ahorcaron al hombre antes de ser juzgado (tried). 36. Él estaba templando la guitarra cuando los otros estaban listos para tocar. 37. La abeja m e picó en la oreja y no pude dormir en toda la noche. C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: "Hola, amigo, yo esperaba encontrarte levantado. Parece que has olvidado el compromiso que hiciste conmigo para ir a recibir a (to go and meet) mi hermano que llega hoy." "No, no lo he olvidado; anoche trabajé hasta muy tarde y me he quedado dormido. Pero no te preocupes, no son más que las diez y veinte y estaré listo dentro de quince minutos." Antonio cumplió su palabra; a las once menos veinticinco ya estábamos de camino. "¿Tomaremos un 'taxi' o iremos en el tren subterráneo?", le pregunte. "Como desees, pero a mi parecer, llegaríamos más pronto en el subterráneo". Buena, tú tienes razón. Aquí está la estación." Entramos y encontramos dos asientos disponibles. Empezamos a conversar aunque era muy difícil oírnos uno al otro. "Por fin tu hermano Rafael decidió dejar la ciudad natal y venir a residir a esta gran metrópoli", me dijo Antonio. "Si, por fin, y me siento muy contento, pues aunque hace diez años vivo aquí felizmente siempre he echado de menos, no obstante, la grata compañía de ese hermano", le contestó "La comprendo", afirmó él; "en una ciudad en donde viven millones de personas uno se encuentra solo si no comparte su hogar con un familiar intimo. Mi hermano es muy apegado a la ciudad en que nació, pero he insistido tanto en que viniera a residir aquí que hoy, gracias a Dios, lo tendremos con nosotros."

176 LESSON XX REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: (afórd) —proporcionar to hire (jáiar) —contratar, emplear a (apóloYais) —disculparse, excusarse to plead (pliid) —abogar (auórd) —otorgar, adjudicar a to prescribe (priscráib) —prescribir; recetar (bifrénd) —favorecer, amparar a; to render (rénder) —traducir patrocinar to revive (reváiv) —revivir, renacer to cash (cash) —hacer efectivo cheque, to stagger (stáguer) —tambalear-se letra, etc.) to state (stéit) —manifestar, exponer to check (chek) —contrarrestar o parar to supervise (superváis) —supervizar to fabricate (fábrikeit) —fabricar, inventar to swallow (suálou) —tragar, engullir; 'retractar' (mentira, cuento, etc.) to shock (shook) —sacudir u horrorizar to forward (fór-uerd) —enviar o re-enviar (a su to squander (skuónder) —malgastar, despilfarrar destino) b. Repeat ALOUD and Write Until You Learn to PERFECTION: to apologize to a person for . . . —dar una satisfacción o disculparse con una persona por . . . I can afford to . . . , You can . . . etc. —Tengo recursos para . . . Ud. Tiene . . . etc. to check —confrontar; revisar y merecer to check valises, packages, baggage or —facturar o registrar maletas, bultos, equipaje, etc. (en alguna estación o luggage, etc. algún sitio para su expedición o seguridad) to plead guilty —declararse culpable (en corte) to plead not guilty —declararse inocente (en corte) to plead WITH somebody to . . . —rogarle a alguien que. . . to render —ocasionar o hacer que una cosa sea o llegue a ser His modifications rendered the plan useless —El plan resultó inútil con las modificaciones que é1 impuso Their help rendered the fort secure —La ayuda de ellos aseguró la defensa del fuerte o fortaleza to render an account of . . . —rendir cuentas (de dinero o acciones) to supervise —supervizar to stagger out of —salir tambaleando de to stagger into . . . , (in) —entrar tambaleando en fuck it all —A la mierda con todo go to hell —¡vete al diablo! mother fucker —hijo de puta mother fucking —puta madre 1. a. to afford to apologize to award to befriend

'To afford': His coming here afforded me the opportunity to learn many interesting things from him. 'To afford' en el infinitivo o precedido de 'can o could' SIN 'to' significa 'tener uno recursos o medios para hacer o lograr algo': 'serle posible o estar uno en condiciones de poder hacer algo': He is not rich enough to afford such a trip but his cousin can afford it — No es suficientemente rico para poder hacer ese viaje pero su primo puede hacerlo. 'To check': What the doctor prescribed for Edward did not check the flow of blood — La que el doctor le recetó a Eduardo no le contrarrestó el flujo de sangre; 'To check' se emplea para manifestar la acción de facturar o registrar, entregar o dejar, para su seguridad hasta la hora de salida, una prenda: sombrero, sobretodo, bastón etc. en el departamento destinado para ellos de un restaurante u otro establecimiento público. It is necessary that we should check our overcoats and hats before we sit at the table — Es preciso que 'registremos' el sobretodo y el sombrero antes de sentarnos a la mesa; 'To fabricate': más bien se usa significando 'inventar' una mentira, cuento, etc., pero nunca en la conversación denotando 'construir': He must have fabricated that story; o, That story must have been his own fabrication — Él inventaría ese cuento; o, Ese cuento sería su propio invento. To hire: he wants to hire a temporary employee — Él quiere contratar un empleado temporal. b. Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I afforded those two boys the opportunity to make up the quiz they had missed, You . . . etc. 2. I am not strong enough to afford to do such a hard work, You . . . etc. 3. If I could afford to send my niece to college I would with pleasure, If you . . . etc. 4. I have told Mary I cannot afford to wait here all day for her, You . . . etc. 5. I should have apologized to the teacher for my thoughtless remark, You should . . . etc. 6. If I were awarded the first prize I should be very happy, If you . . . you would . . . etc. 7. I do not regret I have always befriended Peter although I am not certain about his gratitude You . . . etc. 8. I asked the manager to cash a check for me but he would not, You . . . etc. 9. I am going to do my best to check that man's influence on the boys of this class, You . . . etc. 10. I was afraid one box was missing and I ordered one of the clerks to check them, You . . . etc. 11. As soon as I got to the station I checked my valises, As soon as you . . . etc. 12. If I had checked my hat and overcoat at the restaurant I would not have lost them, If you . . . etc. 13. I am not in the habit of fabricating lies, You . . . etc. 14. I forwarded the books to William yesterday, You . . . etc. 15. I was hired to do a difficult translation but I was not paid, You . . . etc. 16. I ought to have declined Alfred's offer for it was not fair, You ought to . . . etc. 17. I pleaded for my cousin but my uncle would not forgive the boy, You . . . etc. 18. If I had pleaded guilty for smoking in the subway station the judge would not have been so severe, If you, etc. 19. I pleaded with my father to let me register at the night school but I could not get his consent, You . . . etc

177 20. I am sorry I squandered the money I got from my brother, You . . . etc. 21. I felt very sick and I staggered out of the building to get a taxi back home, You . . . etc. 22. I stated to the men that I would not stand for their abuse any longer, You . . . etc. 23. I made the man swallow his insolent remark, You . . . etc. 24. I do not know how to render that phrase i nto English, You . . . etc. 25. I have to render an account of my actions to my father, You . . . etc. 26 The clerk would not cash my check no matter how much I pleaded with him to, You . . . etc. C. Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Is he rich enough to afford to take such a trip? 2. Could she afford to send her son to college? 3. Will the teacher afford you the opportunity to make up the quiz that you had missed? 4. Has he apologized to the lady for his discourtesy? 5. Do you doubt that she will be awarded the first prize? 6. Have the persons, whom you had befriended in the past, forsaken you now? 7. Did you give the check to your brother so that he might cash it in the bank? 8. Has the dictator been able to check the growing opposition to his government? 9. Has the clerk been asked to check the goods that came in yesterday? 10. Shall we check our hats and overcoats before we go into the hall? 11. Were you sure that he had fabricated that story? 12. Were the books forwarded to you by the clerk as you had ordered him to? 13. Was my uncle told that I had hired a new secretary? 14. Was the invitation to attend the meeting declined by your friend? 15. Do yell know how to decline a pronoun in Spanish? 16. Was your cousin advised to plead guilty? 17. Did he plead with his father to let him stay in the country for a month? 18. Did you see him stagger out of the bar after he had squandered all his money? 19. Did he not state in his letter that the doctor had prescribed for him a complete rest for a month or so? 20. Did the maid say that the baby had swallowed a button? FIRST VOCABULARY Read and Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase MANY Times: to alight (álait) —bajar (de un vehículo landscape (lándskéip) —paisaje o caballo) to loan (lóun) —prestar alongside (alóngsáid) —a lo largo de to lower (lóuer) —bajar (algo de un sitio); apology (apóloYi) —disculpa (satisfacción) rebajar (precios) on board —a bordo luggage (lógueY) —equipaje bridge (briY) —puente to man, nn (man) —tripular; guarnecer bystander (báistander) —mirón o curioso (en la calle) mathematician (maZematíshan) —matemático centure (sénshuri) —siglo to near (níar) —acercarse a to coax (cóuks) —tentar a instar overboard (óverboard) —al agua, al exterior the crossing —cruce; travesía del barco custom (cóstom) —costumbre, habito paradox (páradox) —paradoja custom-house —aduana paradoxical (paradóxical) —paradójico cute, fam. (kiut) —gracioso (mono, lindo) peevish (píivish) —quisquilloso, displicente desert (désert) —desierto to prosecute (prósekiut) —procesar, acusar decade (dakéit) —década (un fiscal) decades (dakéits) —décadas prosecutor (prósekiuter) —fiscal to dive (dáiv) —zambullirse, bucear rash (rash) —arrebatado, irreflexivo enormuos (ínormus) —enorme rashness (ráshnes) —arrebato, irreflexión to examine (egsámin) —examinar remorse (rimórs) —remordimiento to excite (eksáit) —excitar responsible (rispónsibol) —responsable exciting (eksáitin) —excitante shock (shook) —sacudida, impresión ferry-boat —vapor de pasaje (de rio) de horror festival (féstival) — festivo; fiesta siege (siiY) —sitio o asedio gangplank (gangplánk) —tablazón de embarque squanderer (skuónderer) —malgastador to house (jáus) —albergar; almacenar subsequently (sóbsicuentli) —posteriormente huge (jiuY) —vasto, inmenso theme (Ziim) —tema; tesis to inspect (inspékt) —inspeccionar to toss (tos) —lanzar, tirar to instill (instil) —instilar; inculcar, infundir to vex (veks) —molestar, irritar joyfully (Yóifuli) —alegremente water-fall (uóterfol) —cascada Sabemos que los verbos anotados en los vocabularios son regulares, mas para el pasado de 'to dive' también se usa 'dove' ('dóuv'). 'To loan' traduce 'prestar' especialmente en relación con prestamos bancarlos; en cualquier otro caso preferiblemente 'to lend'. PHRASES:

Checking account Savings account Customs Inspector to excite a rebellion to instill some sense into . . . to toss up Head or tails! to be vexed to set foot ashore to get on one's nerves my late brother

—Cuenta corriente (en un banco) —Cuenta de ahorro (no de cheques) —inspector de aduana —promover o provocar una rebelión —hacerle coger juicio a . . . inculcar o infundir (juicio en una persona) —jugar a cara o cruz — ¡Cara o cruz! (cara o sello) —estar molesto, irritado —poner pie en tierra —fastidiar o aburrir a alguien

178 to be in charge of . . . red-hot iron stung with remorse . . . left nothing to be desired No stone must be left unturned until . . . hit-and-run drivers to make the boat fast to the dock The book is going to press soon

—estar a cargo de . . . —hierro candente —lleno de remordimiento — . . . no dejo nada que desear —Debe hacerse una investigación minuciosa hasta que . . . —conductores que no se detienen a socorrer a la persona que arrollan —amarrar el buque al muelle —El libro va a publicarse pronto

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: It was last Monday that my brother was supposed to land; consequently I went for Anthony at the appointed time. I found him still in bed. "Well, man, I expected to find you up." "Oh, don't worry; I shall be ready before you realize it". And he kept his word; in less than fifteen minutes we were on our way to the pier. This pier is on the other side of the river, and we had to board a ferry-boat to go across. This boat that took us across was crowded nearly with people who were to meet relatives or friends who had come on the same ship that brought my brother. When we got there the big steamer was nearing the pier. In a few minutes it was right alongside the wharf; large cables were tossed overboard to the pier and the men in charge made the boat fast to the dock. The travelers began to crowd on deck eager to set foot ashore, the gangplank was lowered and when everything was ready the passengers started joyfully their way out. We had not waited long when Ralph appeared coming down. We embraced him affectionately. "Did you have a happy trip?" "Yes, I did, splendid. The weather was fine and service and everything on board left nothing to be desired. After an exciting half hour's talk with Ralph, we went about (dimos vueltas) trying to locate his trunk end other pieces of luggage. We found them, they were examined by the customs inspectors and subsequently checked wits: an express company with instructions that they should be forwarded to my address, Ralph's new residence. We then took a taxicab and started on our way home. We missed a ferry-boat by a second, and we told the driver to take us across one of the bridges. Just before entering the bridge we saw a-huge crowd. We stopped, alighted and Anthony asked, "What is the matter?" — (¿Que sucede?) "Don't you see? A boy was run over by an automobile," said one of the bystanders. "Oh, that is awful," we remarked almost at the same time, and Anthony asked further, "Who is responsible?" "That is not known yet," the man answered, but added, "Probably one of those hit-and-run drivers." Ralph was shocked and so were Anthony and I, and I told my brother, "This is one of the many horrible, everyday accidents which one sees in a big town." CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD: 1. What day was Ralph, Mr. Gomez' brother, supposed to arrive in this city? 2. Was Anthony up when Mr. Gomez went for him that Monday morning? 3. Have you ever gone to meet someone arriving in this city from abroad? 4. Did the two friends have to board a ferry-boat to go across the river where the pier is located? 5. Did they wait long before they saw Ralph coming down the gangplank? 6. Was Ralph's luggage examined by the customs inspectors? 7. What did Ralph say about the trip in general? 8. What accident happened when they were about to enter a bridge on their way home? A. 1.

GRAMMAR IRREGULAR VERBS Principal Parts: to bend to breed to forbear to fling to lay to smite to speed to sling Present bend breed forbear fling lay smite speed sling

Past bent bred forbore flung laid smote sped speeded slung

(bend) (briid) (forbéar) (fling) (léi) (smáit) (spiid) (sling)

—doblar-se; encorvar-se —procrear, producir; criar, educar —abstenerse de, contenerse, dominarse —arrojar, lanzar (con violencia) —poner, colocar —pegar, golpear, violentamente —acelerar, apresurarse —tirar con honda, lanzar

(bent) (bred) (forbóar) (flong) (léid) (smóut) (sped)

Pres. Part. bending breeding forbearing flinging laying smiting speeding

(slong)

slinging

Past. Part. (-ado, -ido) bent bred forborne (forbórn) flung laid smitten sped speeded slung

179 2.

Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: to fling oneself —arrojarse con violencia to fling something at . . . —lanzarle o tirarle a alguien con algo to forbear one another —tolerarse (uno al otro) to lay something on —dejar algo en (sobre) to lay aside —desechar, poner a un lado, arrinconar to lay open —revelar, demostrar to lay a tax upon —imponer contribución sobre to lay off (fam.) —dejar cesante; quitarse de encima, dejar quieto to lay (the hen) eggs —poner (la gallina) huevos to lay siege to —sitiar, asediar, bloquear to get laid —hacer el amor (echarse un polvo) to smite (the conscience) —remorder (la conciencia) smitten with grief, fear, amazement, etc. —lleno de pena; miedo, asombro, etc. to speed —ir a gran velocidad en un vehículo "Great countries breed great men" — Grandes paises producen grandes hombres. "A northern country breeds stout men" — Un país nórdico produce hombres fuertes. Swamps breed disease — Los pantanos producen enfermedades. He was flung into prison — Lo arrojaron en la prisión. My three hens lay eggs every day. The enemy laid siege to the city but it was never surrendered to them. His conscience smote him — La conciencia le remordía. He lays a spoon on the table — Él deja la cuchara sobre la mesa. I have been in charge of the football (soccer) team for long time — he estado a cargo del equipo de fútbol por largo (mucho) tiempo. I have been here for decades — he estado aquí por décadas. The war finished three decades ago — la Guerra finalizó hace tres décadas. 3. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I have been breeding chickens in the country for many years, You . . . etc. 2. I have advised my brother to breed his two children in a big city, You . . . etc. 3. I shall forbear to do harm to any one, You . . . etc. 4. I did not fling the book at Alice, I handed it to her, You etc. 5. I flung myself into the room but the man was gone, You . . . etc. 6. I was flung aside and I was not permitted to go in, You . . . etc. 7. I said that I might have laid the book on the kitchen table before leaving, You . . . etc. 8. I have to lay aside any previous plan and go through with this one, You . . . etc. 9. I would have laid open my reasons for declining the offer if I had been asked to, You . . . etc. 10. My work did not please my manager and I was laid off', Your work . . . etc. 11. I was in Toledo when the enemy laid siege to the city, You . . . etc. 12. I smote the red-hot iron until I bent it, You . . . etc. 13. I bent to pick up a piece of paper from the floor and I felt a pain on my back, You . . . etc. — (Omita plurales). 14. My conscience smote me for I knew I had done wrong, Your . . . etc. 15. I was smitten with grief and decided to stay home, You . . . etc. I sped in my father's car as much I could and got to the doctor's in less than twenty minutes, You . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. How long has he been breeding chickens in the country? 2. Did your brother fling the book at you? 3. Were you in the parlor when your cousin flung himself in? 4. Was your uncle flung aside when the policeman rushed into the room? 5. Did he say that he might have laid his pen on the kitchen table before leaving? 6. How many weeks ago did he lay aside his work? 7. Has the City Government laid a tax on every package of cigarettes? 8. How many men were laid off' in your factory yesterday? 9. How many eggs a week does your black hen lay? 10. Was the city surrendered after the enemy had laid siege to it for more than two weeks? 11. Did the policemen smite down the door of the room where the bandits were biding? 12. Did not your conscience smite you after you had realized the wrong that you had done to your friend? — (affirmative). 13. Was she smitten with grief when her daughter failed her final examinations? 14. Did you see them speed along Sucre Avenue? 15. What fine did the judge impose upon them for speeding? 16. Did you feel a pain when you bent to pick up the handkerchief? B. SECOND VOCABULARY Read and Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase MANY Times: abrupt (abrópt) —precipitado; rudo to disqualify (discuálifai) —descalificar o declarar absent-minded —distraído incapacitado (para . . . ) adjacent (aYéisent) —adyacente, contiguo to disregard (disrigárd) —no hacer caso, pasar adjournment (aYérnment) —aplazamiento, suspensión por alto o ignorar (de asamblea) excitable (eksáitabol) —excitable ambulance (ámbiulans) —ambulancia exquisite (ékskuisit) —exquisito to awaken (auéiken) —despertar feast (fiist) —banquete; festín; fiesta; the awakening —el despertar feria (cuando hay comilona) barefooted (béarfulet) —descalzo fervent (férvent) —ferviente bareheaded (béarjeded) —sin sombrero feverish (fíverish) —febril, calenturiento bereavement (biríivment) —muy honda pena (esp. forward (fór-uerd) —adelante; audaz, osado por la pérdida de persona ill-bred (íl-bred) —mal educado querida) inexhaustible (inegsóstibol) —inagotable customary (cóstomeri) —usual, habitual intrigue (intríig) —intriga, intrigar cut-throat (cót-Zróut) —asesino (general, sin knot (noot) —nudo, lazo determinar) leather (léDer) —cuero, piel curtida despair (dispéar) —desesperar; desesperación leisure (líshur) —ociosidad, comodidad destitute (déstitiut) —desamparado, desprovisto, linen (línen) —lienzo, género de lino indigente to loosen (lúsen) —aflojar, desliar

180 C.

SECOND VOCABULARY Read and Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase MANY Times:

—condición o estado sting (sting) —punzada; picada de hombre; valentía string (string) —cordón, cuerda, hilera manly (mánli) —varonil, viril tape (téip) —cinta pegante de papel o necklace (nécles) —collar (de mujer) de metal (para ligar) noodles (núudels) —tallarín, fideos tireless (táiarles) —incansable powder (páuder) —polvo ; pólvora ; underbrush (ónderbrosh) —maleza empolvarse well-bred —bien educado prescription (priscrípshon) —receta, prescripción wild (uáild) —silvestre; feroz; alocado puff (pof) —fumarada, soplo wildlife —vida salvaje powder puff —mota de empolvarse yarn (iarn) —hilado (porción de lino o punctual (pónkchual) —puntual seda reducido a hilo) ; purchase (pérches) —comprar, compra cuento largo e increíble Del verbo 'to bare' — despojar, descubrir (hechos) tenemos el adjetivo 'bare' con el cual se forman varios compuestos. Observe: childhood, manhood, womanhood, es decir, la niñez, el estado de hombre y el estado de mujer. PHRASES: to loosen one's purse —echar mano a la bolsa (de dinero) It is customary to . . . —Es habitual o se acostumbra . . . to arrive at manhood —llegar a hombre o a ser hombre to wish a person Godspeed —Desearle a alguien éxito (a su partida) at full speed —a toda velocidad at your disposal —a su disposición to be at leisure —estar cómodo y desocupado wild with joy —loco de alegría hard of hearing —duro de oído, medio sordo to turn a deaf ear on . . . —hacérsele el sordo o no hacerle caso a. . . to talk sensibly —hablar con sensatez by word of mouth —de boca, de palabra the news spread like wild fire —la noticia se esparció rápidamente with my eyes shut —con los ojos cerrados too much red tape —mucho expedienteo, formalismo detalles en que se pierde tiempo to comply with . . . —conformarse o convenir con (ciertos deseos, exigencias, condiciones, etc.) ; cumplir con (su deber) manhood

(mánjud)

Passive Voice (Continued) 1. Future Tense Passive: The cards will be arranged by Helen —Las tarjetas serán ordenadas por Elena, You will be asked for the tickets —A Uds. les pedirán los boletos. Henry will be told where to get them —Le dirán a Enrique donde podrá conseguirlos. Meat will be served at all hours —Se servirán comidas a tedas horas. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I shall be given the position if I ask for it, You . . . etc. b. I shall be turned down unless I am able to prove my efficiency, You . . . etc. c. I will be listened to by all means, You shall . . . etc. 2. FUTURE PERFECT PASSIVE: The suit will have been sent by the tailor before Richard returns —El traje habrá sido enviado por el sastre antes que Ricardo regrese. The work will have been done by four o'clock —Habrían hecho el traje para las cuatro. Those cars will have been sold by next winter —Se habrán vendido esos carros para el próximo invierno. Note:—The Spanish future perfect, passive idea, of PROBABILITY is generally rendered in English by 'must have been' and the past participle: Ella habrá sido regañada por su padre —She must have been scolded by her father. A él le habrán dicho que esperara —He must have been told to wait. Se habrán vendido los libros que quedaban —The books that were left must have been sold.

181 Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I shall have been appointed to fill that position by the time my father is back from Europe, You . . . etc. b. I must have been told about it but I do not remember, You . . . etc. c. I shall have been given that opportunity by next summer, You . . . etc. 3. PRESENT PERFECT PASSIVE The Atlantic Ocean has been crossed by daring aviators —El Océano Atlántico ha sido atravesado por intrépidos aviadores. He has been told not to quit the study of German —Le han dicho que no deje el estudio del alemán. Officer, I have been robbed of my money —Guardia, me han robado mi dinero. The happiness that comes with success is even greater if this has been won with dignity and great sacrifice —felicidad que viene con el éxito es aun mas grande si se ha logrado con dignidad y gran sacrificio. Note:—When the subjunctive 'haya', for a passive idea, is preceded by 'quizás', 'quien sabe' or 'tal vez' then this tense is rendered into English by 'may have been' and the past participle: Quizás su solicitud haya sido rechazada —His application may have been turned down. Tal vez le hayan otorgado el primer premio a ella —She may have been awarded the first prize. Quien sabe me lo hayan advertido y, si es así, lamento haberlo pasado por alto —May have been warned about it, and, if so, I regret I have overlooked it. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I have never been punished by my father, You . . . etc. b. I have been told that I am going to be appointed any day, You . . . etc. c. I may have been asked about those books but I am not certain about it, You . . . etc. d. I may have been criticized for it but I do not mind; You . . . etc. 4. PAST PERFECT PASSIVE: Indicative, By five o'clock the entire mail had been dispatched by us —A las cinco ya toda la correspondencia había sido despachada por nosotros. William had been told not to report at the office —A Guillermo le habían dicho que no se presentara en la oficina. Robert's speech had been dictated before the reporters came in —El discurso de Roberto había sido dictado antes que los reporteros entraran. Subjunctive, If the letter had been written by Lawrence he would have signed it —Si la carta hubiese sido escrita por Lorenzo él la hubiera firmado. Had my pen been found Theodore would have sent it to me without doubt —Si hubiesen encontrado mi pluma indudablemente Teodoro me la hubiera enviado. If the houses should have been rented he would have no worries —Si se hubiesen alquilado las casas él no tendría preocupaciones. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I had been given a good position before my father arrived in this city, You . . . etc. b. I had been told to report at the office about seven in the morning, You . . . etc. c. Had I been warned not to go there I would not have gone, Had you . . . etc. d. Had I been scolded I would have said nothing, Had . . . etc. e. If I had been listened to I would have convinced my friends, If . . . etc. 5.

CONDITIONAL TENSE PASSIVE: The automobile would be driven by the dentist if he had a license —El automóvil sería guiado por el dentista si tuviese licencia. Josephine would be given the position if she could speak English —A josefina le darían el empleo si supiese hablar inglés. Better results would be accomplished if the language books should not take for granted that the student has a thorough knowledge of his own grammar —Se conseguirían Mejores resultados si los libros de lenguaje no dieran por sentado que el alumno tiene un conocimiento perfecto de su propia gramática. Note:—The Spanish Conditional Passive of PROBABILITY is generally rendered into English by 'must have been' and the past participle:

182 Él dice que los libros serían enviados ayer por la tarde —He says that the books must have been sent yesterday afternoon. A Pedro le dirían que yo estaba ausente —A Peter must have been told that I was away. El año pasado se vendieron unos cinco mil libros —About five thousand books must have been sold last year. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I would be punished if I did not do what is right, You . . . etc. b. I would not be given the position if I did speak the language well, You . . . etc. c. I must have been told about it but I do not remember, You . . . etc. 6.

Conditional Perfect Passive: Vincent would have been seen by Margaret if he had remained in the same place —Vicente hubiera sido visto por Margarita si él hubiese permanecido en el mismo sitio I would have been told the same thing If I had made any complaint —Me hubieran dicho lo mismo si hubiese presentado alguna queja. She would have been given the job if she knew English —A ella le hubieran dada el puesto si supiese inglés. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: a. I would have been criticized if I had declined the invitation, You . . . etc. b. I would have been asked silly questions and I preferred not to go, You . . . etc. c. I am sure that I would have been given the job, You . . . etc.

7. PRESENT PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE: A beautiful theatre is being built in my neighborhood —Están construyendo un hermoso teatro en mi vecindario (barrio); (y literal, 'un hermoso teatro está siendo construido en mi vecindario'). Two conventions are being held in Philadelphia this week. —Están celebrando dos asambleas en Filadelfia esta semana. I am being robbed in my store but I do not know by whom yet —Me están robando en mi tienda pero no se por quien todavía. 8. PAST PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE: He was being questioned by the Prosecutor when two state witnesses appeared. —El Fiscal le hacía preguntas cuando dos testigos de cargo se presentaron; (Y literal, 'Él estaba siendo interrogado'. . . etc). The bridge was being constructed when you visited with us a few years ago. —Estaban construyendo el puente cuando pasaste unos días con nosotros hace algunos años. Examinations were being answered when I left the hall. —Se contestaban exámenes cuando salí del salón. Note: — After having studied the different tenses of the Passive Voice with their respective examples and others give by the teacher and the pupils, it will be borne in mind that passive voice constructions are much more used in English than in Spanish. These constructions, omitting the form of the auxiliary to be', are frequently used in headlines. — ('jédlains', líneas que sirven de encabezamiento o título de una página o artículo de un periódico). Estudie: A WOMAN BURNED TO DEATH IN HER APARTMENT Muere una Mujer Quemada en su Apartamiento. BATTLES IN. . . 119 REPORTED DEAD Batallas en. . . 119 Muertos Según los Últimos Informes. ARMY COUP RUMORED IN . . . (ármi cu rúmord in') —Se Rumora un golpe del Ejército en. . . Mr. Clark DENIED A NEW TRIAL —Al Sr. Clark Se Le Niega un Nuevo juicio. 9. The Passive constructions are also very much used in signs and advertisements with the form of the auxiliary 'to be' omitted. Estudie: SUITS CLEANED AND PRESSED —Se Limpian y Se Planchan Trajes SHOES REPAIRED WHILE YOU WAIT MONEY —Se Reparan Sus Zapatos Mientras Espera REFUNDED IF MERCHANDISE IS NOT —Se Restituye el Dinero si la Mercancía SATISFACTORY No Es Satisfactoria USED FURNITURE BOUGHT AND SOLD —Se Compran Y Se Venden Muebles Usados

183 IRREGULAR VERBS

D. 1.

Present bereave chide rid spin slit thrive 2.

Principal Parts: to bereave (biríiv) —despojar o privar to chide (cháid) —reprender, regañar; censurar to rid (rid) —librar, zafar to spin (spin) —hacer girar to slit (slit) —rajar, cortar (a lo largo) to thrive (zráiv) —prosperar, mediar; florecer (figurado) Past Pres Part. Past Part. (-ado, -ido) bereft, bereaved bereaving bereft, bereaved chid, chided chiding chid, chidden ('chíden) rid, ridded riding rid, ridded spun ('spon') spinning spun slit, slitted. slitting slit, slitted throve (zróuv') thriving thrived thrived thriven ('zríven') Repeat ALOUD and Write Until You Learn to PERFECTION: to rid a person or thing of . . . —librar a una persona o cosa de to rid oneself of . . . —deshacerse de o librarse de to be rid of . . . —estar libre o exento de to spin a top —lanzar el trompo o jugar trompo to spin a yarn —decir un cuento largo e increíble to slit leather into straps —cortar cueros para hacer correas

'To bereave': Madam, you have bereft me of all words' – Señora, Ud. me ha dejado sin saber que decir; I was bereft of hope and strength — Me quede sin esperanza ni fuerzas; He was bereft of all his belongings — Lo despojaron de todo lo que tenía; At a very early age I was bereaved of my father and mother. — A una edad muy temprana perdí a mis padres. (The form 'bereft' is mostly used in reference to things; the form 'bereaved' is used in reference to the death of a relative). 'To chide' implies dissatisfaction over something: The President, in his speech, chided two members of his cabinet. 3. Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I have not bereft my father of anything whatsoever, You . . . etc. 2. I was bereft of everything I possessed, You . . . etc. 3. I was bereaved of my dear mother when I was very young, You etc. 4. At our last meeting I had to chide two members of the organization, At . . . . You . . . etc. 5. I will ride my house of insincere friends, You shall . . . etc. 6. I am going to rid myself of such selfish friends, You . . . etc. 7. At last I am rid of that uninteresting work, At last you . . . etc. 8. I should lace to know how to spin cotton, You would . . . etc. 9. When I started to spin my yarn I was left alone, When you . . . etc. 10. I slit the long pieces of paper exactly as I was told to, You . . . etc. 11. I shall thrive if I am industrious, You . . . etc. 4.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Was he bereft of all his belongings? 2. Were they bereft of everything they possessed after their father died? 3. Was the poor girl bereaved of her father and mother when she was only a child? 4. Did the President chide three members of his cabinet at the last meeting? 5. Did he say he was going to rid his business of lazy employes? 6. Are you going to rid yourself of the two old houses? 7. Is be rid of that uninteresting work now? 8. Did you like to spin a top when you were a young boy? 9. Has she taught you how to spin wool? 10. Is it true that the boy slit the man's face with a kitchen knife? 11. Do you really believe that her business will thrive this coming year? VI. EXAMEN Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección, háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en INGLES una SOLA Respuesta para Cada Pregunta Según le Parezca: 1. Did you not think that he would be able to afford a trip around the world? 2. Did his stay in the city afford him the opportunity to meet the mayor? 3. Does she say that she cannot afford to send her on to college? 4. Was it true that you could not afford to meet your expenses last summer? 5. Did he say that he might apologize to her provided he would realize that he was wrong? 6. Has she not apologized to you for her thoughtless remark? 7. Were you told that he had been awarded the first prize for his article on international politics? 8. Were they always befriended by your late father? — (difunto padre). 9. Did you say that you would not cash that check to-day unless I needed some money? 10 Had the check been cashed before they had any time to inform the bank? 11. Was the doctor able to check the flow of blood from your wound? 12. Has the President been able to check the opposition of the congress? 13. Have the two lists been checked by the manager? 14. Was he told to check the boxes of goods that came in yesterday morning? 15. Did you check your trunk and valises at the station? 16. Must we check our overcoats and hats before we sit at the table? 17. Were you sure that he had fabricated the story that he had told you?

184 18. Did you doubt that the books had been forwarded to me? 19. Was the automobile hired in spite of their father's objection? — (affirmative). 20. Would you have felt bad (mal) if he had declined the invitation? 21. Does he have a brilliant lawyer to plead for his cause? 22. Were they advised to plead guilty? 23. Do you think he would have been convicted if he had pleaded not guilty? 24. How long has he been pleading with his mother to let him take that trip? 25. Has all their money been squande red? 26. Are you sure it was he whom you saw staggering out of the building? 27. Was he asked by his mother to render an account of his stay in the big city? 28. Did they doubt what I had stated at the meeting? 29. Was it a chicken bone that the child swallowed? 30. Did the medicine prescribed by Dr. White do you any good? 31. Did you smite the red-hot iron until you bent it? 32. Did the President forbear to chide the Governor publicly? 33. Did he say that he preferred to breed his two children in the country? 34. Did your brother fling a book at you when you were spinning a top in his room? 35. Was he flung into prison the day that he was caught speeding along Washington Avenue? 36. Were the students told to lay aside their books for a while? 37. Was she smitten with grief when she was bereaved of her mother? 38. Were they able to capture the city after they had laid siege to it? 39. Were they bereft of everything they had after their father died? 40. Did his business thrive after he had rid himself of his stupid assistant? II. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Si pudiera ir a Bogotá, la visita me proporcionaría el placer de conocer amigos de mi hermano que murió en esa hermosa ciudad. 2. Él no tiene recursos para enviar a su hermanito a la universidad. 3. Si tuviese recursos para comprar una casa la compraría. 4. Ellos se disculparon con ella porque no se le otorgó el primer premio por un error en la decisión final. 5. No fui nunca favorecido por él, no obstante lo ayudare ahora que me necesita. 6. Si el cheque se hubiese hecho efectivo, ahora tendríamos dinero para pagar la renta. 7. Por mucho que ellos traten no podrían contrarrestar la oposición a ese plan. 8. Él dijo que no habían confrontado las cajas todavía. 9. Se nos dijo que teníamos que revisar-y-marcar estos artículos que llegaron ayer. 10. Si hubieses registrado el sobretodo y el sombrero cuando estuviste en el restaurante no se los hubieran robado. 11. Yo no he visto nunca una persona a -quien-le guste inventar cuentos como-a ti. 12. Si él hubiese sabido tu dirección él te los hubiera enviado sin (una) duda. 13. A no ser por el hecho de que alquilamos dos automóviles los niños no hubieran cabido — (no hubiera habido sitio para los niños). 14. Si la oferta no hubiese sido rechazada nosotros quizás hubiéramos ganado algún dinero en ese negocio. 15. Creo que si ellos se hubiesen declarado culpables el juez no hubiera sido tan severo. 16. Ya te dije que le rogué a tu padre que te permitiera ir pero rehusó consentir en ello. 17. ¿te dijo ella que él había malgastado todo su dinero en Lima? 18. Todo el dinero se despilfarró en menos de una semana. 19. ¿No lo vio Ud. cuando él salió tambaleando del edificio? 20. Quiero asegurarle que lo que manifesté en mi carta del 25 fue dicho muy sinceramente y con mi mejor intención. 21. Si no te-tragaras la comida (your food) harías (una) buena digestión. 22. Si se me hubiese recetado la misma medicine yo estaría bien ahora. 23. Los niños de mi tío han sido criado s en Nueva York y sus maneras no son como debieran ser. 24. Me contuve de-decirle que no quería su amistad por respeto (out of respect) a su mama que estaba presente. 25. Debemos tolerarnos (uno al otro) pues (nosotros) todos cometemos errores. 26. Ella me tiró con un libro sin ninguna razón en absoluto. 27. Debes poner a un lado ese trabajo por lo presente y atender a tu negocio. 28. Si se hubiese impuesto una contribución sobre estos artículos la gente se hubiera quejado. 29. Ellos sitiaron la ciudad pero las tropas del gobierno no se entregaron. 30. Yo estaba lleno de pena después de nuestra separación. 31. La conciencia le remordía y decidió decir la verdad. 32. Nos despojaron de todo lo que teníamos. 33. Me compadezco de ella por (en) su muy honda pena. 34. Debes librarte o zafarte de aquellos que te buscan solamente cuando te necesitan. 35. Ya (ahora) estamos libres de esas obligaciones y podemos atender a nuestro ne gocio debidamente. 36. Ellos me dijeron que iban a comprar una máquina para hilar algod ón. 37. Cuando yo era (un) muchacho yo lanzaba un trompo como un experto. 38. Cuando él empezó a decir su cuento-largo-eincreíble cada uno se escurrió del cuarto. 39. Le cortaron la cara al hombre con un cuchillo de cocina. 40. El negocio de ellos hubiere prosperado si hubiesen trabajado duro. III. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Después de un viaje (ride) de media hora llegamos a la estación en -donde teníamos que salir. Caminamos unas (about) seis cuadras y dimos con el muelle en que mi hermano ya nos estaba esperando. Me -apresure hacia él, loco de alegría, nos abrazamos varias veces con los ojos húmedos de — (con) emoción. Entonces Rafael y Antonio también se saludaron muy afectuosamente, ya que habían sido íntimos amigos desde la niñez. "¿Tuviste un viaje feliz?" , fui Yo primero que le pregunte. "Si, esplendido" me respondió, "me divertí mucho; el tiempo estuvo hermoso, pasajeros todos muy agradables e interesantes y el servicio a bordo excelente." Luego que inspeccionaron el equipaje dimos la dirección a una compañía de expreso y ordenamos que lo enviaran a nuestra casa, A nuestro regreso nos detuvimos en frente de una muchedumbre y bajamos para averiguar lo que había sucedido. Preguntamos. "Un niño fue arrollado por un automóvil", nos dijo uno de los mirones. En eso vino el carro de la ambulancia, nosotros volvimos al nuestro y continuamos nuestro camino.

185

a. to achieve to aim at to astonish to betray to boast to cheer to contemplate to encourage to fire at

b.

LESSON XXI REGULAR VERBS Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Infinitive Until You Learn To PERFECTION: (achíiv) (éim) (astónish) (bitréi) (bóust) (chíar) (cóntempleit) (encóreY) (fáiar)

—llevar a cabo o lograr —apuntar, hacer puntería a —asombrar, sorprender a —traicionar a —jactarse, alardear —alegrar; vitorear —contemplar —animar, estimular a —disparar a

to gather to grab, bb to plot, tt to plunge

(gáDer) (grab) (ploot) (plonY)

to quench to resent to risk to step on, pp

(cuench) (risént) (risk) (step)

—reunir-se —agarrar; posesionarse de —tramar, conspirar —zabullir-se; lanzarse (desde lo alto) —apagar, extinguir —resentirse de, defenderse por —arriesgar o exponer —pisar o andar sobre

Repeat ALOUD EACH Infinitive Phrase and Example MANY TIMES: to aim to get —aspirar o pretender obtener, proponerse conseguir to fire a person (fam.) —despedir a alguien (de un puesto) to contemplate + pres. part. —intentar o pensar o tener pensado hacer algo to gather —recoger o amontonar to gather from . . . —colegir o inferir o deducir de (una conversación, carta, telegrama, articulo de un periódico, etc.) to plunge a dagger into . . . —hundirle un puñal en . . . to plunge a nation into war —hundir o lanzar una nación a la guerra to plunge to death —matarse o suicidarse lanzándose de . . . to quench (emotions, sensations, desires, etc.) —saciar o apagar (emociones, sensaciones, deseos, como el odio, amor, sed, hambre, etc.) to quench one's thirst —apagar o calmar la sed to step aside —ponerse a un lado to step back —retroceder, echar para eras to step down —bajar o descender (por escalera o cuando se está subido sobre algo) to step into . . . , (in) —entrar en to step out (con 'of' si se menciona el sitio) —salir (de. . .)

'To achieve': He has achieved exactly what he had always wanted; she will achieve fame and wealth. 'To be astonished' — asombrarse uno: I was astonished when he broke the news to me. 'To boast about or of' — jactarse vanagloriarse de algo: He is always boasting about himself; She boasted of her ability as a pianist. 'To cheer up' — animarse o alegrarse: Cheer up! — ¡Anímese! ; 'vitorear' — The President was cheered everywhere. 'To gather' — colegir o inferir: He must have gathered from my letter that I objected to his using my name in his application, but that conclusion, I assure you, is not justified. 'To contemplate': De usarse este verbo tra duciendo ¡contemplar! aunque 'to admire' es más corriente, tengamos presente la idea de 'observar' admirando algo y meditando sobre su valor; pero nunca traduciendo o expresando una idea trivial como, Yo contemplaba a los niños mientras jugaban en el parque, para lo cual diríamos, I watched the children while they played in the park. 'To contemplate' con la idea de 'intentar o tener pensado' también se emplea seguido inmediatamente de un substantivo, por ejemplo, 'I am contemplating a trip to picturesque 'South America' — Estoy considerando un viaje a la pintoresca América del Sur; Are you contemplating a change in your plans? etc. c.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I am certain that I shall achieve what I am after, You . . . etc. 2. I would have achieved my great ambition if I had followed my own plan, You . . . etc. 3. I aimed at the bandit and I fired, You . . . etc. 4. I was astonished when Alfred stepped into the room with the policeman, You . . . etc. 5. I will never betray a friend or plot against him, You . . . etc. 6. I dislike the company of people who boast about themselves, You . . . etc. 7. I am going there tomorrow to cheer up the boys, You . . . etc. 8. I've got to develop a good business this coming year, You've . . . etc. 9. I must have these two films developed before next Sunday, You . . . etc. 10. I stepped in and told Peter that I was going to gather the boys this coming Saturday at ten P. M., You . . . etc. 11. I gathered from my friend's letter that I was not going to be given the job, You . . . etc. 12. I grabbed my books and ran away as fast as I could, You . . . etc. 13. I might have been fired had it not been for William, You might . . . etc. 14. I was told that I was not performing my duty properly and I stepped out never to return, You . . . etc. 15. I plunged into the water several things but I did not find the ring, You . . . etc. 16. I risked my life trying to save the man but he plunged to death from the eighth floor, You . . . etc. 17. I quenched my thirst with two or three glasses of orangeade, You . . . etc. 18. I stepped aside when I saw the lady rushing into the room, You . . . etc. 19. I was sorry I had spoiled his Sunday, You . . . etc. 20. I have asked my brother several times not to spoil his son, You . . . etc. 21. I had contemplated selling the house but I have changed my mind, You . . . etc. 22. I resent her intrusion, You . . . etc.

186 d.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write MANY Times: 1. Did he achieve what he was after? 2. Did you doubt that he would achieve a great fame as a lawyer? 3. Did your friend aim at the man or at the woman? 4. Does he really aim to get that position? 5. Were they astonished when you broke the news to them? 6. Did you say that you had been betrayed by your best friend? 7. Were you embarrassed when he started to boast about his being a good pianist? 8. Was not your mother able to cheer you up when you lost your job? 9. Was the aviator cheered everywhere he went? 10. Did they gather last night to discuss a new plan to develop a new business? 11. When is he going to have those films developed? 12. Did you gather from the newspaper article that a revolution was being plotted in that country? 13. Did the poor man plunge to death because he had been fired from his last position? 14. How many times had the man been fired at without being hit? 15. Did the state witness declare that the woman had plunged a dagger into the man's heart? 16. Was it not he the one who plunged the nation into war? 17. Was he risking his life when he stepped into the room to save the woman's life? 18. Was she scolded by her mother when she stepped on the rug with her shoes full of mud? 19. Did he step out for a glass of beer to quench his thirst? 20. Why did you tell your cousin that his children had been spoiled? 21. Would you have gone through with your plan if she had encouraged you? 22. Is he contemplating marriage? Many Times: astonishment aim altogether applause to baffle branch bridle to cease clarinet cornet to discourage discouraging to dismount disposition encouraging fund gathering to hinder to include incredible instrument irresponsible lot marvelous to melt to mount

FIRST VOCABULARY Commit TO MEMORY Repeating ALOUD and Writing Each Word and Phrase (astónishment) —asombro to narrate (náreit) —narrar (éim) —puntería; fin o propósito nominative (nóminativ) —nominativo (óltugeDer) —enteramente, por todo objective (obYéktiv) —objetivo (aplós) —aplauso occasion (okéshon) —ocasión; motivo o causa (báfol) —frustrar (para una celebración) (branch) —rama; ramal, sucursal overnight (óvernáit) —durante la noche (bráidol) —brida outrage (áutreY) —ultraje, atropello (síis) —cesar pennyless (péniles) —sin un centavo (clárinet) —clarinete plot (ploot) —conspiración; parcela (córnet) —corneta; cornetín to precede (prisíid) —preceder (discóreY) —desalentar-se; descorazonar to raid (réid) —invadir (discóreYin) —desalentador reckless (rékles) —precipitado; sin juicio (dismáunt) —desmontar-se recklessness (réklesnes) —imprudencia o falta de juicio (disposíshon) —disposición, animo religion (rilíYon) —religión (encóreYin) —alentador religious (rilíYos) —religioso (fond) —fondo o capital scorn (scorn) —desdén; despreciar (gáDerin) —reunión soiree (suaré) —velada, sarao (jínder) —obstaculizar, obstruir steady (stédi) —firme; invariable (inclúud) —incluir steadily (stédili) —invariablemente, sin cesar (incrédibol) —increíble footstep (fútstép) —huella, pisada (ínstrument) —instrumento story-teller —cuentista (irespónsibol) —irresponsable terrific (terrífic) —espléndido, fantástico, super (loot) —suerte, fortuna; solar (para top (toop) —cima, cumbre; copa (de árbol) edificar) tower (táuer) —torre (márvelos) —maravilloso tremendous (treméndos) —tremendo (melt) —derretir o disolver vain (véin) —vano; vanidoso (máunt) —montar-se weapon (uépon) —arma PHRASES: It is altogether fitting that I should . . . No sooner + auxiliar + subject No sooner did he arrive . . . No sooner had he telephoned. to get together to take it into one's head to . . . 'A word to the wise is sufficient' What is the occasion for the party? A person of good disposition She is gifted with a beautiful voice to fall to one's lot It fell to my lot meeting hint A lot of . . . (fam.) On top of all that . . . One on the top of other I am beside myself (with joy) In the nick of time To have it out with some one The fair sex Once upon a time there was . . . to cease + pres. part.

—Es muy propio o licito que yo . . . —no bien + verbo + sujeto —No bien llego él . . . —No bien hubo telefoneado él. —reunir-se —antojársele a uno —Al buen entendedor con una palabra basta. —¿Cúal es el motivo para la fiesta? (en la casa, o reunión o bailecito) —Una persona dispuesta; animada —Ella es dotada de una hermosa voz —Caerle a uno en suerte o ser su fortuna —Fue mi fortuna conocerle —una gran cantidad de . . . ; muchísimos —Encima de todo eso, edemas de todo eso —uno encima del otro —No quepo de gozo —En el momento perentorio o preciso —habérselas con alguno —el bello sexo —Una vez había . . . —cesar de + inf.

187 III.

READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times A few nights ago several friends got together in Alfred's house to celebrate the occasion of his brother's arrival. In spite of the fact that it had been raining or, even worse, pouring steadily and that the streets were better fitted (adecuadas) for swimming than walking, none of the young men who had promised to attend failed to show up. Four of them not knowing that Alfred has a radio and victrola as well brought their musical instruments along: a violin, a clarinet, a cornet and a drum. They do not boast about their being good musicians, nevertheless they play well enough to make a little noise and cheer everybody's disposition. When I arrived Alfred told me, — You have to dry your clothes, they are entirely wet, — and one of the boys remarked in joke, — Well, mine are dry; I took it into my head to take a 'taxi' and had myself taken here. Why did he not do the same? — I jumped at him, — Listen here, you are a well-todo man but I am a pennyless creature, and cannot afford to hire a 'taxi'; you see, my friend, that is why I cannot take it into my head to have myself taken here. I have to walk or ride on the subway. Then Alfred said, — Since you cannot afford to hire a 'taxi' you may stay here overnight, if it is still raining when our party is over. — I appreciate your kindness, — I replied. About nine o'clock our little program started. Anthony, a close friend of Alfred's brother, delivered a simple but interesting talk of welcome to the latter, who thanked him for his kind words, and added that it was indeed a pleasure to find himself among such fine friends. Other numbers followed. Several beautiful pieces were played but there was no dancing for representatives of the fair sex were missing; Jokes were told, good Havana cigars were smoked and then one of the guests insisted upon Alfred's telling a story, for his ability as a story-teller was well known among his friends and acquaintances. He consented and began as follows: Munchhausen (minj-jáusen), a German soldier, was famous for his marvelous and incredible stories. He narrated the following one thus: 'Once I was riding on my horse toward Russia'. The land lay deep under the snow. One night I lost my way; I dismounted and bound my horse by the bridle to a tree or branch or something similar that stuck out from the snow, placed my revolver under my arm and went to sleep. I slept until the break of day. How astonished I was upon awaking when I found out that I was lying in front of a church in a village. I did not see my horse, but suddenly I heard his neighing above me. I looked up and saw that he was hanging by the bridle from the top of the church tower. Then I understood what had happened. When I came into the village snow lay over it, as I said above; during the night it became warm and the snow, melted, and I sank deeper and deeper with it. What looked to me like a tree or branch the night before was the point of the church tower. Immediately I grabbed my gun, aimed and shot at the bridle which I tore; my horse fell down into my arms, 'I mounted on him and rode on'. Everybody enjoyed the story very much, applauded enthusiastically and our little party came to an end. IV. CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD 1. Where did several friends, including yourself, gather a few nights ago? 2. What occasion were you to celebrate? 3. How was the weather that night? 4. Where do you like to swim best in a lake, a river or the sea? 5. Did any of the young men who had promised to attend the party fail to show up? 6. Do Alfred's player-friends boast about their being good musicians? 7. Is it interesting to talk to a person who boasts about himself all the time? 8. What did Alfred tell you when you walked in? 9. What did someone else remark? What was your answer? 10. By whom was the simple but interesting talk of welcome delivered? 11. What other factors contributed to your very pleasant evening? 12. Did you enjoy the story told by Alfred? 13. Tell it to us in your own words. IV.

GRAMMAR

A. Position of the SUBJECT 1. We have already learned that a subject in an English sentence must be placed: a. BEFORE its verb in a DECLARATIVE sentence: The men entered the building around one o'clock Cerca de la una entraron los hombres en el edificio. b. BEFORE its verb in an EXCLAMATORY sentence: How delicious this meat tastes! —¡Que deliciosa sabe esta carne! How encouraging his speech was! —¡Que alentador fue su discurso! What a big liar he turned out to be! —¡Que gran mentiroso resultó él! What an irresponsible man you have engaged! —¡Que hombre tan irresponsable has empleado tú!

188 c.

BEFORE its verb in INDIRECT questions: I wonder where my cousin bought that dictionary. —¿De dónde compraría mi 'primo ese diccionario? I was wondering why he had failed to attend the ball —Yo me preguntaba por qué había dejado de venir él al baile. She wanted to know who you were —Ella quería saber quien eras tú.

d.

AFTER the FIRST verb in Direct questions: About what time in the afternoon shall you call me up? —¿Cerca de qué hora por la tarde me llamaras (por teléfono)? Would your friend, the barber, have consented to it? —¿Hubiera consentido en ello tu amigo, el barbero? Would they not have done you the favor if you had asked them to? —¡No le hubieran hecho ellos el favor si Ud. se lo hubiese pedido!

2. We shall learn further that the subject goes AFTER the first auxiliary, (in declarative sentences), if the sentence is begun by any one of certain adverbs or adverbial groups. Examples: HARDLY had he stepped in when the meeting adjourned —Apenas hubo entrado él cuando la reunión se suspendió. NOT ONLY did he deny his promise to help John but he has also hindered that young man's ambition for another chance. —No solamente negó él su promesa de ayudar a Juan sino también ha obstaculizado la ambición de ese joven en pos de otra oportunidad. NO SOONER had they slipped out when the gambling house was raided by the police —No bien se hubieron escurrido ellos cuando la casa de juego fue invadida por la policía. They did not oppose religious freedom NOR did they ever condemn freedom of the press —Ellos no se opusieron a la libertad de culto ni tampoco censuraron alguna vez la libertad de prensa. NEVER IN MY LIFE have I witnessed such an outrage. —Jamás en mi vida he presenciado yo semejante ultraje. PREFIX — Prefijo A prefix is a syllable united with the beginning of a word to change or modify its meaning. Learn the following prefixes and memorize the examples given after each one. Any verb among the following examples marked with an asterisk (*) is irregular and, naturally, is conjugated like its simple. All others are regular. B.

(Note to the teacher: These new words that follow must be drilled in the classroom in English questions and answers and translation from Spanish into English).

1. OVER: Este denota la idea de exageración; más de lo propio: to overestimate (óveréstimeit) —estimar o calcular exageradamente to overcharge (óverchárY) —sobrecargar; cobrar más de lo justo to overeat* (over-iit) —hartarse to overflow (with) (óverflow) —desbordarse, rebosar (de) to overlook (óverlúk) —pasar por alto; tener vista a overjoyed (óverYóid) —lleno de alegría to overpay (óverpéi) —pagar demasiado to overwork (óver-uerk) —hacer trabajar demasiado overdue (óverdiú) —vencido (no pagado), retrasado to overwork oneself —trabajar excesivamente 2. OUT: Denota la idea de 'fuera': outcast (áutcast) —desechado, paria outfit (áutfit) —equipo; equipar outdoors (áutdóars) —fuera de casa, a la intemperie outing (áuting) —caminata, jira outlaw (áutloo) —bandido, bandolero to outlive (áutlív) —vivir más que, sobrevivir

189 3. Mis: Denota la idea contraria a lo que debiera ser: to misbehave (misbijéiv) misconduct (miscóndokt) to mislead* (mislíid) to misconstrue (misconstrú) misprint (misprínt) to misinform (misinfórm) to misrepresent (misréprisent)

—portarse mal —mala conducta —despistar o dirigir mal —tergiversar, interpretar viciosamente —error de imprenta, errata —informar erróneamente —demostrar lo que no es, disfrazar (la verdad) —citar erróneamente. —mala administración

to misquote (miscuóut) mismanagement (mismáneYment) 4. Dis: Denota 'lo opuesto': to disarm (dis-áarm) —desarmar; apaciguar to disarrange (disarrénY) —desarreglar, desordenar to disavow (disaváu) —repudiar, desautorizar to disclose (disclóus) —descubrir, exponer to discourage (discóreY) —descorazonar, desanimar-se disadvantage (disadvánteY) —desventaja disabled (diséibold) —incapacitado, inválido disagreement (disagríment) —desacuerdo, discrepancia discourteous (diskértios) —descortés to discontinue (discontíniu) —descontinuar, suspender disinherit (disinjérit) —desheredar 5. Im, In, Un: Denotan también una idea adversativa: impartial (impárshal) —imparcial impassable (impásabol) —intransitable, impenetrable immaterial (im-matírial) —inmaterial sin importancia immodest (im-módest) —inmodesto immense (im-méns) —inmenso inmortal (im-mórtal) —inmortal to imperil (impéril) —poner en peligro, arriesgar impudent (ímpiudent) —impudente, insolente imprudent (imprúdent) —imprudente; indiscreto Note that the words beginning with 'inm' in Spanish begin with 'imm' in English and the construction is almost identical. incarceration (incarseréiskon) —encarcelamiento incapable (inkéipabol) —incapaz, incompetente inability (inabíliti) —incapacidad inaccessible (inaksésibol) —inaccesible insignificant (insigníficant) —insignificante to untie (ontái) —desatar, soltar to uncover (oncóver) —destapar, descubrir to undo* (ondú) —deshacer to undress (ondrés) —desvestir-se unscrupulous (onscrúpiulos) —poco escrupuloso, inmoral untidy (ontáidi) —desarreglado, sucio to unveil (onvéil) —quitar el velo, descubrir unbecoming (onbicómin) —impropio, indecoroso 6. Par: Denota 'parte en': to partake* (partéik) —participar, tener parte (en) partner (pártner) —socio, compañero 7. Trans: Traduce 'trans' generalmente; al otro lado de: transatlantic (transatlántik) —trasatlántico to transfer (transfér) —transferir, trasladar to transact (transákt) —tramitar, llevar a cabo to transform (transfórm) —transformar transparent (transpérent) —transparente

190 Under: Denota 'bajo' o 'debajo' o idea semejante: Underclothes (ónderclóuDs) Underpaid (ónderpéid) to undertake* (óndertéik ) to undervalue (ónderváliu) Fore y Pre: Denotan la idea de ‘anterioridad': to forecast* (forcást) to foretell* (fortél) forearm (forárm) prejudice (préYudis) prehistoric (príjistórik ) to premeditate (priméditeit) Sub: Traduce generalmente 'sub': to subdivide (sóbdivaid) to subjugate (sóbYugueit) to sublet* (sob-lét)

—ropa interior —mal pagado —emprender —desapreciar, estimar menos de lo justo —predecir, profetizar —prever, pronosticar —antebrazo —prejuicio —prehistórico —premeditar —subdividir —subyugar —subarrendar

c.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Was the price of the car overestimated? 2. Were you overcharged for the goods you bought yesterday? 3. Was the table overflowing with delicious food? 4. Had the river overflowed before you were able to cross it? 5. Did you overlook the remark when he said that your rent was overdue? 6. Were the children overjoyed when their father said that they would sleep outdoors? 7. Did the doctor advise you not to overwork yourself? 8. Was he told in front of the members that he was an outcast and an outlaw? 9. Did he tell you that he had been misinformed and misled by your cousin? 10. Is it true that she misconstrued what her father had told her? 11. Did he misrepresent his academic preparation? 12. Was it disclosed that he had misquoted the Presi dent? 13. Were they discouraged after the Governor had disavowed their remarks? 14. Did he warn them that he would discount his cooperation if they were discourteous to him? 15. Would he swear that the lives of the men are imperiled wording under those conditions? 16. Is it true that they undid what their father had done? 17. Is the new statue going to be unveiled to-morrow? 18. Did Mrs. Johnson insist that her daughter be transferred to another school? 19. Di he say that he had not been able to transact any business with them? 20. Did you suggest that he sublet his apartment while he was away? Note: All the verbs and other words given with the different prefixes must be practiced thoroughly in conversation and translation. d. SUFFIX — Sufijo A suffix is a syllable attached to a word to change or modify its meaning. Study the following suffixes and memorize the examples given after each one. (These new words must be drilled in conversation and translation). 1. Able, ible: Denota la idea que 'puede ser': punishable (pónishabol) —punible, castigable eligible (éliYibol ) —elegible 2. ful: Denota la idea de 'lleno de': fruitful (frútful) —fructuoso, provechoso hopeful (jóupful) —lleno de esperanzas, esperanzado helpful (jélpful) —útil, servicial pitiful (pítiful) —lastimoso, enternecedor frightful (fráitful) —espantoso, horrible handful (jándful) —puñado pocketful of (póketful) —bolsillo lleno de 3. less: Denota la idea de 'sin': fruitless (frútles) —sin fruto, infructuoso hatless (játles) —sin sombrero coatless (cóutles) —sin chaqueta worthless (uérzles) —sin valor, que no sirve friendless (fréndles) —sin amigos faithless (feízles) —sin fe

191 4. ness: Con este sufijo se forman substantivos de adjetivos: eagerness (íguernes) usefulness (iúsfulnes) carelessness (kérlesnes) foolishness (fúlishnes) harshness (járshnes) easiness (ísines) bitterness (bíternes) 5. ly: Este generalmente traduce ‘— mente' y forma adverbios: actually (ákshualy) bravely (bréivli) bashfully (báshfuli) currently (córent-ly) politely (poláitli) profoundly (profáundly) 6. tion: Generalmente traduce 'an': diction (díkshon) friction (fríkshon) reaction (riákshon) 7. ary: Generalmente traduce 'aria' o 'ario': literary (lítereri) preliminary (prelímineri) customary (cóstomeri) missionary (míshoneri) 8. er: Con este sufijo se forman nombres de verbos indicando el agente: dancer (dánser) speaker (spíker) forger (fórYer) 9. ship. Con este se forman nombres y denota la condicien o posición: leadership (lídership ) friendship (fréndship ) captainship (cáptenship ) governorship (góvernorship)

—ansiedad —utilidad —descuido —tontada, necedad —aspereza, rudeza —facilidad; comodidad —amargura; rencor —realmente, en la actualidad —valientemente —tímidamente —corrientemente, en la actualidad —cortésmente —profundamete —dicción —fricción —reacción —literario —preliminario —consuetudinario, habitual —misionario —bailador —orador —falsificador —dirección o posición de jefe —amistad —capitanía —puesto o posición de gobernador —sociedad, asociación

partnership (pártnership) 10. — ance y — ence: Generalmente traducen 'ancia' y 'encia': abundance (abóndans) —admitancia perseverance (persevírans) —perseverancia alliance (aláians) —alianza cadence (kéidens) —cadencia 11. cious: Generalmente traduce 'close': spacious (spéishos) —espacioso capricious (capríshos) —caprichoso malicious (malíshos) —malicioso officious (ofíshos) —oficioso, (entremetido) 12. ty: Generahnente traduce 'tad' o 'dad': enmity (énmiti) —enemistad loyalty (lóialti) —lealtad facility (fasíliti) —facilidad (medio, conveniencia) tranquillity (trancuíliti) —tranquilidad 13. al: La terminación —al se encuentra en muchos adjetivos de ambos idiomas: accidental (aksidéntal) —accidental casual (cashual) —casual-accidental facial (féishal) —facial initial (iníshal) —inicial social (sóshal) —social habitual (jabíchual) —habitual usual (iúshual) —usual, habitual official (ofishal) —oficial

192 VI. EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Were you sure that he would achieve what he was after? 2. Did Edward tell you that his brother had achieved his aim? 3. Did he swear that the man had really aimed at the policeman? 4. Was he astonished when he was applauded for about three minutes? 5. Was she found guilty for firing at her husband? 6. Were you told that he had been betrayed by one of his best friends? 7. Was he boasting about his being an excellent student when his teacher stepped into the room? 8. Did her father have to encourag e her and cheer her up? 9. Did not the paper say last night that the Governor had been cheered throughout the northern cities of the state? 10. Have they developed a good business? 11. Did you insist that the films be developed before Saturday? 12. Had he been fired at before he drew out his gun? 13. Did they assure you that they would gather at William's house? 14. Did you gather from his letter that he was not pleased with his job? 15. Did he really grab the boy by his neck? 16. Was it said in court that he had grabbed everything found in the room? 17. Were their duties performed as they had been told to? 18. Was it disclosed that the five men were plotting against the government? 19. Did the man plunge into the lake to save the girl? 20. Did the boy plunge a dagger into the man's heart? 21. Were the people afraid that their president would plunge the nation into war? 22. Did you see the young man when he plunged to death from the seventeenth floor? 23. Did he ask the teacher to let him go out to quench his thirst? 24. Did he tell you that he had risked his life twice to save his friend? 25. Did she order you not to step on the rug with your shoes covered with snow? 26. Did he ask you politely to step aside when he was going to pass? 27. Were they in the library when you stepped in? 28. Was your friend asked to step out and fight it out? 29. Did he tell you that I had spoiled his Saturday evening? 30. Have your nephew and nieces been spoiled by their parents? 31. Did she write to her uncle that she appreciated his kindness? 32. About what time did it cease raining last night? 33. Did the teacher tell the boys not to chew gum in. the class? 34. Did they complain to the manager that they had been overcharged? 35. Was he 'advised by the doctor not to overwork himself? 36. Does your apartment overlook the Park? 37. Did he say that he had been misinformed? 38. Has he decided to discontinue his classes? 39. Has he been disinherited by her mother for disobeying her? 40. Had he really foretold what happened to his brother afterwards? B. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Si lucharas con fe lograrías tu fin. 2. Si é1 hubiese tenido fondos hubiera llevado a cabo lo que perseguía. 3. Aspiraba obtener él una buena posición en la sucursal de Lima? 4. ¿Se asombró Ud. cuando ella dió la noticia en la reunión del sábado en casa de mi primo? 5. Ellos no admitieron que te habían traicionado pero cualquiera puede ver que si te traicionaron. 6. ¿Es verdad que él se jacta de ser un gran músico? 7. Trate lo mejor que pude por alegrarlo y animarlo pero no tuve éxito. 8. Él me aseguró que estaba desarrollando un negocio muy bueno. 9. Voy a hacer que revelen esta película para el sábado. 10. ¿Se reunirían los muchachos en casa de mi primo anoche? -Ellos se reunirían allí anoche pues vi a tu primo comprando vino y cerveza. 11. Él no tiene recursos para hacer un viaje a Europa, sin embargo infiero de su carta que pronto saldría para el Viejo Continente. 12. El hombre juró en la-corte que la mujer le había disparado dos veces. 13. Me dijeron que la habían despedido hacia algunas semanas. 14. Si yo no hubiese agarrado al muchacho por el brazo él se hubiera ido corriendo. 15. Mi hermano se-posesionó-de todo lo que tengo en el cuarto desde que regresó del colegio. 16. Verbo reflexivo es aquel cuyo sujeta ejecuta y recibe la acción. 17. No me quejare a su padre con tal que ellos desempeñen sus deberes honestamente. 18. Tan pronto como se descubrió que ellos conspiraban contra el gobierno le arrojaron a prisión. 19. Se le había aconsejado varias veces que no se zambullera en el lago pero continuo haciéndolo y por último se ahogo. 20. ¿Leíste en el periódico sobre el joven que se mato lanzándose del piso diecisiete? 21. El mundo temblaba por-miedo-de-que un hombre cuyo poder era absoluto, lanzaría las naciones europeas a la guerra. 22. Él me obsequió con un vaso de cerveza con el cual calmó mi sed, y yo le dije que agradecía su bondad. 23. Tu primo arriesgó su reputación por ti, pero tú ni siqu iera estimas su amistad. 24. ¿No te dijo ella que no pisaras la alfombra con tus pies cubiertos de nieve? 25. Nos pusimos a un lado cuando lo vimos salir precipitadamente del cuarto. 26. La policía ordenó a la muchedumbre que echaran para atrás pero dos hombres trataron de entrar en el edificio y fueron muertos en el acto (a balazos). 27. Se le advirtió al orador que bajara y desistiera de un discurso pero él continuo hablando. 28. No bien hubieron ellos entrado su padre empezó a regañarlos. 29. Él estaba en la biblioteca cuando el otro muchacho le pidió que saliera para discutir el asunto en algún otro sitio. 30. Si ellos no malcriasen a sus hijos estos tendrían más amigos. 31. Debieras haber estimulado a tu hermano si quieres que él tuviese éxito. 32. E1 es solamente un conocido mío pero su consejo fue muy alentador y yo lo agradecí. 33. Jamás en mi vida he oído un cuento tan increíble. 34. Me han dicho que ella es dotada de una hermosa voz. 35. Ella nos mire con desdén a pesar del hecho que nada hicimos para ofenderla. 36. Si me cae en suerte obtener esa posición ahorraré dinero para comprar una casa. 37. Encima de todo eso él perdió su puesto y después la salud. 38. Ella no cabía de gozo cuando su padre se-apareció en el momento preciso. 39. Tu primo iba a habérselas con ellos pero ninguno cumplió su palabra. 40 ¡Qué hermoso está el cielo! ¡Qué muchacho inteligente es é1!

193

C. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Hace algunas noches, aunque estaba lloviendo a cantaros, tuve que ir a una fiestecita (party) en casa de Alfredo López, un íntimo amigo de la niñez. Al salir de mi casa me dijo mi sobrina, "Tendrás que nadar a través de las calles en este tiempo" "No sé nadar", le conteste, "pero encontraré, sin embargo, la manera de atravesar". Cuando mi amigo me llamó por teléfono para invitarme a la reunión, le pregunte cúal era la causa (ocasión) de (for) la velada, y me enteré que su hermano había llegado a esta ciudad hacia algunos días, y deseaba reunir un numero de sus mejores amigos y conocidos para mostrarle la alegría que él sentía por su llegada. Como ya sabemos hacia un tiempo malísimo. Los aguaceros cesaban solamente por algunos minutos para empezar de nuevo aun con más violencia. A pesar del mal tiempo cada una de las personas invitadas asistió a la fiestecita. Nadie dejó de presentarse más o menos a la hora acordada, pero muchos llegaron entre ellos yo — (myself) enteramente mojados. Los que pudieron alquilar un 'taxi' así lo hicieron, y sus ropas estaban secas y bien planchadas. Uno de los muchachos me preguntó, ¿y por qué se te antojo venir a pie hasta aquí cuando hay tantos automóviles de alquiler?" "Si, es verdad, no pensé en eso. Pero . . . ahora recuerdo, aun cuando hubiese pensado en ello, no obstante, no hubiera alquilado un 'taxi'," repuse. “¿Y por qué?” insistió él. "Me preguntas, '¿por qué?', y añadí, "vamos a dejar el tema. Al buen entendedor con una palabra ¡basta!" Fue una velada muy divertida. Se tocó música, se dijeron chistes, se pronunciaron discursos, se jugaron juegos y por último el hermano de Alfredo narró un cuento muy interesante. Dijo de un hombre que, en invierno, hacía un largo viaje a caballo. Una noche este hombre, algo cansado, se desmontó amarró su caballo a un árbol o rama o algo que sobresalía de la nieve. Sólo se veía nieve por todas partes. Él se acostó y durmió profundamente. Al (the) siguiente día se encontró en una aldea en frente de una iglesia. Miró hada arriba y vió su caballo colgando de la torre de la iglesia. Él pensó que la punta de la torre era lo que le había parecido una rama de un árbol. Se dió cuenta de que por la noche había hecho calor, la nieve se había derretido, y él se había hundido con ella. Entonces tomó su revólver, apuntó y disparó a la brida del caballo. Este cayó en sus brazos, él se montó (en el) y siguió su camino. Así se terminó) la reunión. Todos convinimos [en] que nos habíamos divertido muchísimo. Dimos las gracias a los dos hermanos por su cortesía, y cada uno tomó, el camino de su casa.

194

LESSON XXII REGULAR VERBS a. to acquaint to attribute to claim to decrease to discard to dispose to heal to heal up to induce b.

(akuéint) (atribíut) (cléim) (dicríis) (discárd) (dispóus) (jiil) (incríis)

Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Infinitive Until You Learn to PERFECTION: —familiarizar, 'enterar' to increase (indiús) —inducir, instigar —atribuir, achacar to inquire (inkuáiar) —pedir información —reclamar, sostener(un hecho) to inspire (inspáiar) —inspirar ; animas —decrecer, disminuir to knock at (nook) —tocar o llamar a (la puerta) —descartar, desechar to rely on (rilái) —contar con o confiar en —disponer; deshacerse(de algo, to report (ripórt) —relatar, dar parte; comparecer; dándolo o vendiéndolo) delatar o denunciar —sanar o curar to rout (ráut) —derrotar y poner (tropas) en fuga —cicatrizarse to starve (starv) —morir o matar de hambre —acrecentar, aumentar to stumble (stómbel) —tropezar con Repeat ALOUD and Write Infinitive Phrases and Examples Many Times:

to get acquainted with to look forward to something I am looking forward to a visit in Mexico City to look forward to + pres. part. We are looking forward to seeing him when he arrives in New York to knock on the head to knock a person down to knock a person out He was knocked out to knock one another They knocked one another

—familiarizarse con, conocer —contar con o esperar algo muy deseoso o con entusiasmo (anciar algo) —Ansioso cuento con una visita a la Ciudad de México —Esperamos, muy deseosos, verle a él cuando llegue a Nueva York —pegar en la cabeza —derribar a una persona (de un golpe) —vencer (en pugilato derribando terminantemente) —Lo vencieron contándosele diez en el suelo —derribarse o atropellarse uno al otro —Se derribaban o atropellaban

'To acquaint': He acquainted me with the new work; I shall acquaint her WITH the news. 'To get acquainted with': As soon as I get acquainted with my new duties I shall have no trouble. 'To attribute': The automobile accident must have been attributed to his recklessness — Atribuirían el accidente automovilista a la precipitación de él (o a su falta de juicio). 'To inquire': Did you inquire at the ticket-window ABOUT the arrival of the boat? 'To dispose': I may be able to dispose of an hour for that work — Quizás pueda disponer de una hora para ese trabajo. He would have disposed of all those books if his mother had not been sentimental about them — Él se hubiera deshecho de todos aquellos libros viejos si su mama no hubiese sentido afecto hacia ellos. 'To rout': His troops might have been routed had it not been for the timely help that was afforded to him — Quizás hubieran derrotado a sus tropas si no hubiese sido por la ayuda oportuna que se le proporcionó. 'To starve'; Those unfortunate ones almost starved (to death) — Por poco mueren de hambre aquellos desdichados. c.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I would have acquainted the boy with the work if I had been given a chance, You . . . etc. 2. I am going to ask William to acquaint me with everything connected with the quarrel, You . . . etc. 3. I was asked to leave before I had a chance to get acquainted with the work, You . . . etc. 4. I might have amused myself if I had attended that meeting, You . . . etc. 5. Such comedies do not amuse me, on the contrary they bore me; such . . . you on the etc. 6. I attribute the failure to my blind faith in that man, You . . . etc. 7. My brother insists that I should debit that money, Your . . . etc. 8. I claimed that I had not been warned about it, You . . . etc. 9. I am going to decrease the number of classes lest I become sick from overwork, You . . . etc. 10. I shall suggest that this new plan be discarded unless I see good results within a month or so, You . . . etc. 11. I am looking forward to a trip through Latin-America, You . . . etc. 12. Nevertheless I shall not be able to increase the number of students in that way, Nevertheless you . . . etc. 13. I should never be induced to do a thing like that, You . . . etc. 14. Even though I had inquired at the office I would never have got the correct information; Even Though you . . . etc. 15. It seemed as if I had been inspired by my friend's example, It . . . etc. 16. I knocked at the door but no one answered, You . . . etc. 17. I was knocked on the head and fell senseless on the floor, You . . . etc. 18. I must not rely on anybody if I wish to succeed, You . . . etc. 19. I shall not be reported provided I do my duty, You . . . etc. 20. I ought to have reported what I know to my father, You . . . etc. 21. I may be given the job provided I report there to-morrow at nine. You may . . . etc. 22. I read last-night that his troops had been routed after a two-day battle near Valencia, You . . . etc. 23. I have been assured that in spite of the government's help there are thousands starving throughout the country, You . . . etc. 24. I stumbled upon the table in the dark and hurt my legs, You . . . etc. 25. I looked forward to seeing Peter but I was not able to, You . . . etc.

195 d.

Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Did he say that he would acquaint you with the details of your new work? 2. Was he able to get acquainted with every member of the organization? 3. Did she amuse you with her story? 4. To what was his failure attributed? 5. Was the money he claimed refunded to him? 6. Did he claim that he had never been asked to do that work before? 7. Has the number of unemployed decreased this winter? 8. Did your father suggest that the new plan should be discarded? 9. Did the doctor tell you that the wound would heal up in a week or so? 10. Has the attendance in your school increased this year? 11. Was it reported that the dictator had been induced to accept the peace terms? 12. Did you inquire about the show of that .man at the door? 13. Did she say that she had been inspired by her uncle's idea? 14. Was it he who knocked at my door this morning? 15. Did the policeman knock him on the head with his stick? 16. How many times was he knocked down before he was knocked out? 17. Did he beg you to rely on him for that matter? 18. Have you ever relied on him for any work? 19. Did he report what he knew about the accident? 20. At what time were you told to report at Mr. Benson's office? 21. Was it reported on last night's papers that General Martin's troops had been routed? 22. Was it sworn in court that the two prisoners had been starved to death? 23. Did you hurt yourself when you stumbled upon the piano? 24. Is he looking forward to a visit with his family in the near future? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY

apprentice aquarium bear bolt cage camel to comprise confusion deafening to counterfeit dense duck eagle elephant fascinating fox goal goat guard healthful hill hilly down hill up-hill to howl incongruous indigent inquiry invisible jerk lemonade leafy

Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn to Perfection: (apréntis) —aprendiz, principiante lion (láion) —león (akuériom) —acuario match (match) —partido, contienda (béar) —oso monkey (mónki) —mono (bóult) —cerrojo; cerrar con motorman (mótorman) —conductor, motorista cerrojo o pestillo orangeade (órenYeid) —naranjada (kéiY) —jaula panther (pánZer) —pantera, leopardo (cámel) —camello pastime (pástaim) —pasatiempo (compráis) —comprender (incluir) picnic (píknik) —jira (al campo) (confiúshon) —confusión pigeon (píYon) —pichón, paloma (défenin) —ensordecedor regrettable (rigrétabol) —lamentable (cáunterfit) —falsificar (moneda) remains (riméins) —restos mortales (dens) —denso report (ripórt) —compañero de cuarto (dok) —pato room-mate (rúm-méit) —relato, informe (íigol) —águila root (ruut) —raíz (élifant) —elefante scar (scar) —cicatriz (fásineitin) —fascinador score (scóar) —veintena, apuntar tantos en (fooks) —zorra un juego (góul) —meta, fin to scream (scríim) —chillar, vociferar (góut) —cabra, chivo sound equipment —equipo de sonido (guard) —guardián; custodiar seal (siil) —foca; sello (que queda (jélzful) —sano, saludable impreso) (jil) —colina, cerro; cuesta slim (slim) —delgado, leve (jíli) —montañoso slope (slóup) —pendiente, cuesta —cuesta abajo starvation (starvéishon) —hambruna —cuesta arriba tail (téil) —cola, rabo (jául) —ladrar, aullar; bramar team (tiim) —equipo deportivo (incóngruos) —incongruente, tiger (táiguer) —tigre desproporcionado tremendous (treméndos) —tremendo (índaiyent) —indigente turkey (térki) —pavo (inkuáiri) —indagación, nformación unbelievable (onbilívabol) —increíble (invísibol) —invisible unload (onlóud) —descargar (Yerk) —tirón, sacudida wink (uink) —guiñada, pestañeo (lémoneid) —limonada wolf (wulf) —lobo (líifi) —frondoso, cubierto de zebra (sibra) —cebra hojas zoological (soolóYical) —zoológico

PHRASES: A slim chance —apenas una escasa probabilidad score a gol —marcar un gol en un partido to seal a letter or package —cerrar una carta o paquete con goma o lacre Thanksgiving Day —Día de Gracias I have never made his acquaintance —Nunca le he conocido to take root —echar raíces; arraigarse a rooted dislike for . . . —una antipatía arraigada por. . . to take steps —dar pasos to look after —atender o cuidar o encargarse de to look into —investigar o examinar (libros, asunto, etc.) to have one's say —exteriorizar su parecer to wink at . . . —guiñarle a . . . I did not have a wink of sleep last night —No pegué los ojos en toda la noche It seems unbelievable —Parece mentira Go and get my books at my cousin's —Ve a recoger mis libros en casa de . . . Go to it! —¡Manos a la obra! to go about looking for . . . —dar vueltas buscando

196 READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: Last Sunday was a fine day. It was neither cold nor warm, just pleasantly cool. John was up before ten, feeling well, happy and looking forward to a good time. Harry Wilson, his room-mate, who has been sharing the little apartment with him for the last two years, was also up. John asked him if he was coming along to the 'Davilas'. — Not this very moment, he said; I am sorry but I have to do fifteen or twenty minutes' work before I can make up my mind to go anywhere. — Well, go to it and I shall wait for you. — No, he replied, you had better go now because it might take longer. I am afraid you may spoil your day waiting for me; I shall follow you if I am through before a half hour. — Don't fail me, John said. — I will not but at any rate I will give you a ring. — Agreed, Then John stepped out and went to the 'Dávilas'. I was already there. He found us arguing as to where we should go. — What is the argument about?, John inquired. Some wished to go to the Aquarium and others to the Bronx Park to see the Zoological garden. Finally it was decided that we should pay a visit to the Bronx Park. We were about to leave when Harry telephoned. When he learned where we were going he said that he would meet us there. We had decided to have our lunch in the Park, and so one of the boys went for sandwiches of different kinds: ham, cheese, chicken salad and others. Also drinks were brought: lemonades, orangeades and some beer too. When all was prepared we left. The party comprised about ten. It would have been rather expensive if we had hired two 'taxis', therefore someone suggested that we should ride on the subway. At 145th Street Station, east, there was a regrettable accident. Just as the train was starting to move it stopped suddenly with a tremendous jerk, then a deafening explosion followed by dense clouds of smoke which made the station almost invisible. These very long seconds turned the whole train of cars into a frightful confusion: everybody running towards the doors women and children screaming, guards (conductores) going back and forth until the doors were thrown open and all the people rushed out. For some reason or other everyone was ordered out of the station, an order which, to my mind, was hardly necessary for we all were very anxious to find ourselves safe on the street. Out on the street we were compelled to hire two 'taxis' to continue our way. We reached the Pa rk about time for lunch. Harry had been waiting for us about fifteen minutes. We sat down on one of the pleasantest spots, in the shade of a big, leafy tree and there amidst chat, jokes and laughter we had our delicious sandwiches and drinks. After a while we went about to see the wild animals in their cages. We saw a good number of them: lions, tigers, elephants, bears, camels, eagles, monkeys, wolves and foxes. We also saw seals swimming into and out of the water. We could not see a zebra as I wanted to. A little after four we felt it was time to return home, and, consequently, we left the Park quite pleased with the hours we had spent there. REPRODUCTION 1. Relate the first paragraph of the Reading Text in your own words. 2. Narrate the accident on the subway. 3. What did the friends do when they were out on the street? 4. How did they spend the hours in the park? V. accountant admittance applicant to bark to besiege betrothed to chatter chemist to conclude confectioner corresponding to court damage damaging druggist equivalent to exclude exit fag florist flower-pot to flow gorge grim handle harmful to hug, gg ingenuous

SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION: (acáuntant) —perito en contabilidad librarian (laibrérian) —bibliotecario (admítans) —entrada (derecho de to lick (lik) —lamer; 'vencer', dar una entrada) paliza (áplicant) —aspirante to loathe (lóuD) —aborrecer, detestar, tenerle (baark) —ladrar asco a (bisíiY) —sitiar 'asediar' lump (lomp) —protuberancia o hinchazón; (bitróuZt) —prometido, novio 'terror' (cháter) —charlar, parlotear to manifest (mánifest) —manifestar (kémist) —químico, farmacéutico milliner (míliner) —mujer que hace o vende (conclúud) —deducir, sacar en claro sombreros de mujer (confékshoner) —confitero naivety (náiveti) —ingenuidad, (corespóndin) —correspondiente objection (obYékshon) —objeción, oposición, (coort) —enamorar, hacer corte a optician (optíshan) —óptico (dámeY) —daño; perjudicar photographer (fotógrafer) —fotógrafo (dámeYin) —perjudicial playwright (pléi-ráit) —dramaturgo (dróguist) —boticario, farmacéutico to pray (préi) —rezar, implorar (ekuívalent) —equivalente to provoke (provóuk) —provocar; irritar (eksclúud) —excluir to reject (riYékt) —rechazar, recusar (éksit) —salida o puerta para salir to reveal (rivíil) —revelar, divulgar (fag) —maricón scarcity (skérsiti) —escasez (flórist) —florero (quien cultiva shopkeeper (shópkiper) —tendero o vende flores) shortcoming (shórtcomin) —pequeño defecto o descuido, —florero, tiesto omisión (flóu) —fluir, manar to smash (smash) —aplastar-se; hacer-se pedazos (gorY) —desfiladero, barranco stockbroker (stókbróuker) —corredor de bolsa (grim) —ceñudo, inflexible subordinate (subórdineit) —subordinado, subalterno (jándel) —mango o cabo to terminate (términeit) —poner fin a, terminar (jármful) —perjudicial, dañino, uncertainty (onsértenli) —incertidumbre nocivo, dañoso well-attired (uélatáiard) —bien vestido (jog) —abrazar y acariciar want (uant) —necesidad (miseria) (inYénuos) —ingenuo, sincero widely (uáidli) —extensivamente, ampliamente

197 Sobre los verbos con la idea de 'terminar' observemos: 'To finish', el más usado denota la idea de 'llevar al fin' lo que uno se propone: I shall finish that work before I leave for the country; He must have finished his book — Él habrá terminado su libro. 'To end', terminar o finalizar, generalmente usado con sujeto impersonal denota especialmente una idea de finalidad, es decir, al usarse él que habla tiene su mente fija en el fin de aquello de que habla: The meeting ended with the Governor's speech; She must have returned when her vacation, ended; The class ended with a reprimand from the teacher. 'To conclude' significando 'concluir o cerrar', aunque no muy corriente con este uso, se aplica a transacciones, actas, contratos, etc.: They have just concluded a new deal, o más corriente, They have just closed a new deal. También después de haberse dicho una serie de cosas: And, to conclude, he was unjustly flung into prison para terminar, lo arrojaron en prisión injustamente. Mas el verbo 'to conclude' se ve más frecuentemente expresando la idea de 'deducir' o 'sacar en claro' o 'haber llegado' a una conclusión lógica: After my careful examination I concluded that you were very much mistaken. 'To terminate', de uso raro, — poner fin o limite a, es decir; no permitir que algo continue: We shall terminate our agreement next month; We've got to terminate this situation once for all — Tenemos que poner fin a esta situación de una vez y para siempre.

once for all Of utmost importance Do your utmost finishing touch finishing school to make faces (at) to be long in years He got there with his tongue hanging out I don't care a straw! Would God reward you for it I WOULD THAT he were here! to be tongue-tied out of breath You have gone too far in that 'A barking dog never bites' to show disrespect for . . . He lives in New York proper All my time was taken up 'A friend in need is a friend indeed' She was the life and soul of the party 'Step by step' one goes a long way

PHRASES: —de una vez y para siempre —De suma importancia —Haga cuanto pueda —última mano o toque o pincelada. —escuela en que se preparan señoritas para entrar en la sociedad —hacer muecas (a) —tener ya bastante edad —¡Llego allí! con la lengua por fuera; (por supuesto, de tanto correr) —¡No me importa un bledo! —¡Que Dios te lo pague! —¡Ojalá que él estuviera aquí! —no saber que decir (al encontrarse confuso o en situación embarazosa) —sin respiración —Has metido las manos hasta los codos en eso —Perro que ladra no muerde —faltarle el respeto a —Él vive en el mismo Nueva York —Tenía todo el tiempo ocupado; Se me fue todo el tiempo. —Amigo en la adversidad es amigo de verdad —Ella era la alegría de la fiesta —Paso a paso se llega a lejos

VI. GRAMMAR A. The Spanish SUBJUNCTIVE As It Is Rendered Into English: We know that ' tiempos del Indicativo' express facts while 'tiempos del Subjuntivo' are usually found in subordinate clauses expressing, generally speaking, doubt or uncertainty. We easily find the Spanish 'presente de subjuntivo' by bringing out the command we use for 'Usted', for example; 'hable Ud.', therefore, 'que yo hable', 'que tú hables' etc. 'Coma Ud.', consequently, 'que yo coma', 'que tú comas', etc. 'Escriba Ud.', and 'que yo escriba', 'que escribas', etc. The 'imperfecto or co-pretérito de subjuntivo' is the form, we have already learned, with the syllable 'ra or se'; hablara or hablase, comiera or comiese, anduviera o anduviese. The subjunctive is widely used in Spanish and, although rare in English conversation, it is of utmost importance to make a thorough review of the Spanish uses, with their English equivalents, in order to learn to perfection the different ways these Uses are rendered into English. 1. After verbs denoting a wish, a command, a petition, an advice, the subjunctive is used in NOUN CLAUSES in Spanish when the subjects are different. In English in this case we use: a. The INFINITIVE with 'TO' proceeded by a noun or OBJECT pronoun if the idea of this second verb is active. (See Lesson V-D). Examples: Ella quiere que yo me calle —She wants me to keep quiet. Le dije que no compareciera hasta las diez de la mañana. —I told him not to report until ten A. M. El abogado les ordenó que no hablaran de ella a nadie —The lawyer ordered them not to talk about it to anybody.

198 If the idea is passive we use the form 'be' and the following past participle, generally omitting the corresponding auxiliary (mainly 'should') in the affirmative clauses. Examples: (See Lesson XIX Small Letter c and Small Letter e). Quiero que se me envíen los boletos pronto —I want that the tickets he sent to me soon, or I want the tickets sent to me soon. El director de la escuela ordenó que a ella no se le castigara —The principal of the school ordered that she should not be punished. Él pidió que se le diera otra oportunidad —He asked that he be given another opportunity. b. After the verbs 'to demand', 'to suggest' or 'to insist' 'that somebody should' do something, the clause must be used for both the active and passive ideas. The verb in this clause is the infinitive WITHOUT 'to' frequently omitting the corresponding auxiliary in the affirmative. Examples: Él exigió que estuviéramos allí a tiempo para la investigación. —He demanded that we be there in time for the investigation. Su hermano sugirió que ella no se quedara en Paris. —Her brother suggested that she should not stay in Paris. Ellos insistirán en que a él se le nombre secretario del alcalde. —They will insist that he be appointed secretary to the mayor. 2. After verbs denoting a mental action or emotion, such as: dudar, creer, esperar, sentir, alegrarse, sorprenderse, temer, etc., we generally use the subjunctive in a NOUN CLAUSE in Spanish but, usually, an INDICATIVE tense in English. (See Lesson XII B-1). Examples: Dudo que él sea rico —I doubt that he is rich, or, I doubt his being rich. No creo que salgan mañana —I do not believe that they will leave to-morrow. Ella espera que tengas éxito —She hopes that you will succeed. Sentimos que él hubiese fracasado —We were sorry that he had failed. Me alegre de que te divirtieras mucho —I was glad that you were having much fun. Nos sorprendió que él no se hubiese defendido —We were surprised that he had not defended himself. ¿Temes que él haya caído enfermo? —Are you afraid that he has taken sick? 3. After impersonal verbs of necessity, possibility, surprise, doubt, emotion, the subjunctive is generally used in NOUN CLAUSES in Spanish; the infinitive, or the indicative or the subjunctive is employed in English. Examples: Es necesario que él tome inglés —It is necessary for him to take up English, or, It is necessary that he should take up English. Es una lástima que ella haya muerto tan joven —It is a shame that she has died so young. Fue posible que ellos probaran su inocencia —It was possible for them to prove their innocence. Es sorprendente que él no tenga un centavo —It is surprising that he should not have a penny. Era dudoso que él dejara de contestar nuestra carta —It was doubtful that he should fail to answer our letter. 4. After indefinite antecedents or negatives we use the subjunctive in relative or ADJECTIVE CLAUSES in Spanish but in English the indicative is generally used or, in some cases, a prepositional phrase. (“See Lesson XII B-”). Examples: Aquellos de Uds. que hayan hecho su tarea levanten las manos. —Those of you who have done your home-work raise your hands. Darán el puesto al aspirante que sepa traducir al francés. —The position will be given to the applicant who is able to translate into French. Aceptaré una excusa que sea razonable. —I will accept an excuse that is reasonable. Allí no encontré a nadie que tuviese una idea concreta sobre este asunto. —I did not find any one there who had a concrete idea about this question

199 5. In ADVERBIAL CLAUSES denoting purpose we use the subjunctive in Spanish. Study the two Spanish sentences given below and the different English translations after each one: a. Quiero comprarte un libro para que estudies el italiano. —I want to buy you a book to study Italian. —I want to buy you a book so that you may study Italian. —I want to buy you a book so that you can study Italian. —I want to buy you a book so that you shall study Italian. b. Quería comprarte un libro para que estudiaras el italiano. —I wanted to buy you a book to study Italian. —I wanted to buy you a book so that you might study Italian. —I wanted to buy you a book so that you could study Italian. —I wanted to buy you a book so that you should study. Observe: The idea of purpose is clearly manifested in the above sentences. The infinitive 'to study' merely expresses the purpose of buying the book; 'may' and ‘might' add the idea of permission or possibility; 'can' and 'could' denote that you have the means to study Italian, and 'shall' and 'should' indicate the obligation imposed upon you to study that language. 6. The subjunctive is used in Spanish in an ADVERBIAL CLAUSE to express an indefinite futurity, but in English the indicative is generally employed. (See Lesson XII B-3). Examples: Tan pronto como él haya sufrido la operación saldrá del hospital. —As soon as he has undergone the operation I shall leave the hospital. No dejaremos la ciudad hasta que nuestros padres nos avisen . —We shall not quit the city until our parents advise us to. Ellos me notificaron acerca de la colocación antes que ella regresara. —They let me know about the position before she was back. 7. We use the 'imperfecto or co-preterito de subjuntivo' in Spanish in CONDITIONAL CLAUSES to express a contrary-to-fact action; in English we employ the past indicative (Lesson XI-E), or the auxiliary SHOULD and the infinitive Without 'to'. (Lesson XVIII C-1). Examples: Si él se condujera bien nunca se le castigaría. —If he behaved he would never be punished; or If he should behave . . . etc. Si ellos me hubiesen reembolsado el dinero me hubiera alegrado. —If they had refunded the money to me, or if they should have refunded the money to me, I would have been pleased. No podrías verle a menos que esperaras aquí —You would not be able to see him unless you should wait here. 8. Verbs expressing CONSENT or OBJECTION are followed by the subjunctive in Spanish, if the subjects are different, but in English they are generally followed by a PRESENT PARTICIPLE preceded by a possessive. (See Lesson XIII No. II-a). Examples: El padre de ella no aprobó el que ella abandonara las matemáticas. —Her father did not approve her giving up mathematics. Ellos consintieron en que nosotros tuviésemos la fiestecita hoy. —They consented to our holding the party to-day. Ella no tiene inconveniente en que uses su máquina de escribir. —She does not mind your using her typewriter. ¿Por qué se opuso Ud. a que su hijo votara por el Presidente? —Why did you object to your son's voting for the President? Ella evitó el que ellos fueran a la cárcel. —She prevented their going to jail. 9. In both Spanish and English the subjunctive is often used in exclamations denoting wishes, prayers and concessions: ¡Que el cielo la proteja! —Heaven help her! ¡Que Dios te bendiga! —God bless you! ¡Que viva el rey! —Long live the King! ¡Si tan siquiera él escribiese! —If he would only write!

¡Que nunca, sufras! —May you never suffer! ¡Que se conserve Ud. bien! —May you keep well! ¡Ojalá que ella estuviese aquí! —Would that she were here!

Aunque ella me odiare, no obstante no le tendré rencor Though she hate me, yet will I bear her no grudge.

200 10. The future subjunctive, (si yo hablare, hablares, etc., si yo fuere, fueres, etc.), is rarely used in conversation in Spanish, in place of which the present indicative is employed, and so is the case in English. Instead of saying, Si yo fuere rico dentro de algunos años, we commonly say, Si soy rico dentro de algunos años; in English instead of, If I be rich within a few years, — it is more common, If I am rich within a few years. Note that the exact translation of, If I be, If you be, If he be, etc. is, Si yo fuere, Si tú fueres, Si Él fuere, etc. But we have seen that in conversation the present indicative is more common in both languages. B. REVIEW OF Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs Beginning with this lesson and continuing to the last, we shall review the irregular verbs put together in different GROUPS according to their similarity in pronunciation or orthographical changes in the past and past participle. Each group must be read ALOUD several times like a singsong. Study again different uses of each verb found in previous lessons as noted below. GROUP I. Note the vowel 'o' in the past. Then again the vowel 'o' in the past participle and the termination -en: Present speak break choose forget freeze get steal weave tread —pisar, pisotear

Past spoke broke chose forgot froze got stole wove trod

Past Participle spoken broken chosen forgotten, forgot frozen got, gotten stolen woven trodden

In Previous Lessons (Les. III-A) (Les. XI-A) (Les. VII-H) (Les. XII-F) (Les. XIX-A) (Les. IX-F) (Les. IX-F) (Les. XIV-D)

C.

Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Did they speak to your father about their recent plan? 2. Did he say that he was to speak his mind at the meeting with reference to his objection to the plan? 3. Did you fin d out who had broken the table? 4. Did the doctor warn him that he would break down if he did not take care of his health? 5. Was he told that he would be sent back to jail if he broke the law? 6. Has he apologized to you for breaking his promise? 7. Were you told to choose whichever book you wanted? 8. What topic does he always choose to talk about? 9. Did the teacher tell her that she would be punished should she forget to prepare her lesson again? 10. Did he say that he was freezing in his room? 11. Are your hands frozen? 12. Did he get in trouble with his manager? 13. Has my cousin got in touch with you? 14. Did they steal several books from her? 15. Did she weave a sweater for you? 16. Were they asked not to tread upon the grass? VII. EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los siguientes ejercicios: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Afirmativa o Negativa Según le Parezca: 1. Did you ask him to acquaint you with the new work? 2. Shall you acquaint her with the news as soon as she is back? 3. Was she promised that she would be given a permanent position as soon as she got acqu ainted with her work? 4. Did not the comedy amuse you as you had expected? 5. Was his failure attributed to carelessness or ignorance? 6. Are you going to insist that your brother claim the salary for the week during which he was sick? 7. Did he claim in court that he was not present at the time of the murder? 8. Did you read in the newspaper last night that the number of automobile accidents had decreased considerably? 9. Were they advised to discard any new objections made against the plan? 10. Has the wo und in his leg healed? 11. Did the president of the uni versity believe that the number of students would increase this year? 12. Was the young man induced to hold up the owner of the store? 13. Did you inquire of the girl in the office about the train we have to take? 14. Had she been inspired by the beautiful views of her country when she wrote her first poem? 15. Did he not answer when you knocked at his door? 16. Did she knock you on the head with the broomstick? 17. How many times was he knocked down before he was out? 18. Did the people knock down one another when they were rushing toward the doors? 19. Would you rely on him if he gave you his word that he would help you? 20. How many men were reported killed in the last big battle between the Japanese and the Chinese? 21. Are you going to suggest to her that she report at the office before ten A. M.? 22. Was it reported that General Wilson's troops had been routed? 23. Were there hundreds of people starving after the war was over? 24. Did he tell you that he had stumbled upon the table and hurt his leg? 25. Did she say she was going to dispose of her old furniture? 26. Did you hear someone scream this morning between four and five o'clock? 27. Are you sure that the letter was sealed before you dropped it into the letter-box? 28. Was he asked to look after the children while the mother was o ut? 29. Is he looking forward to a good rest in the co untry? 30. Were yo u looking forward to seeing them before you left for South America? 31. How long had the city been be besieged before surrendered?

201 32. Did she conclude after your explanation, that she was wrong? 33. Were the younger boys excluded from the meeting? 34. Was the table overflowing with delicious food? 35. Did the poor mother faint when the news was broken to her? 36. Does the old man love to hug his grandchildren when they come to visit him? 37. Are you sure that he will be 'licked' in the coming election? 38. Which of the boys, the younger or the older, provoked the fight? 39. Were you assured that his proposition had been rejected? 40. Was he warned that his action would be revealed unless he changed his attitude? B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Le pedí que me familiarizara con el trabajo de la oficina. 2. Ella quiso que la enterara de (with) las noticias que habíamos recibido. 3. Ellos me prometieron una buena posición tan pronto como me familiarizara con el trabajo. 4. ¿No te divirtió el cuento que él narró? 5. Si no atribuyeras el fracasó a descuido mío, si me dices, no me sentiría lastimado. 6. No se me dijo de nadie que deseara reclamar su dinero. 7. Se me aseguró que él había sostenido que no se-encontraba (estaba) allí cuando sucedió el accidente. 8. Si los cursos hubiesen sido más interesantes el año pasado el número de estudiantes no hubiera disminuido. 9. Voy a hacer que mi hermano descarte el plan que se le ha aconsejado que siga. 10. El doctor me dijo que me cuidara bien para que la (my) herida se cicatrizara pronto. 11. Ellos han hecho los cursos más interesantes para que pudiera aumentar el número de estudiantes. 12. Quizás ella no hubiera aceptado el plan si no se le hubiese inducido a ello 13. ¿Inquirió Ud. en la oficina a qué hora saldría el barco? 14. Me inspiré (fui inspirado) cuando ví después de tantos años las orillas de mi querida patria (country). 15. El timbre estaba descompuesto y aunque toque a la puerta varias veces nadie vino a abrirla. 16. En la confusión le pegaron en la cabeza con el mango de un paraguas, un bastón o algo parecido (similar) y entonces se desmayó. 17. Lo derribaron varias veces pero no lo vencieron. 18. Si no hubiésemos confiado en él no hubiéramos perdido el dinero. 19. A él le dijeron que no lo denunciarían ante-el (to the) gerente con tal que hiciera su deber. 20. Un periódico de la capital relató la semana pasada que se aseguraba que el Presidente haría-campaña (correría) para un tercer término. 21. Se le advirtió más de una vez que compareciera en la oficina del juez antes del mediodía. 22. Las tropas de Napoleón ('napólion's. . .) fueron puestas-en-fuga tan pronto como el General Wellington recibió ayuda. 23. Fue enteramente necesario enviarles Alimentos inmediatamente de lo contrario cientos de mujeres y niños hubieran muerto de hambre. 24. ¿Cuántas veces te he dicho que quites esa mesa del medio? Anoche tropecé con ella y me-lastime una (my) pierna. 25. Jamás en mi vida había hablado con una persona tan ruda y descortés. 26. No solo dijo él su parecer en la reunión sino exigió que cada uno dijera el-suyo (his own). 27. No bien hube llegado a casa de mi amigo cuando la reunión se disolvió. 28. El doctor le dijo que perdería-la-salud a menos que se marchara a descansar (for a rest) algún sitio. 29. Si él no-hubiese escogido un tópico tan desinteresante la gente no se hubiera cansado. 30. Apenas le hube dicho que había olvidado el diccionario cuando empezó a regañar muy severamente. 31. Ellos se quejaron de que estaban helándose en ese cuarto. 32. Si no hubieses llegado me hubiera muerto de frio. 33. Me dijo que tenía las manos heladas y necesitaba (tenía que) comprar un par de guantes. 34. Algo se me ha metido en un ojo. 35. Pasado mañana iré a recoger los libros que deje en tu casa. 36. ¿Es verdad que él se metió en un lio otra vez? 37. A menos que te comuniques con ellos no podrás decir que pasos has de dar. 38. Me robaron doce o quince libros por los cuales había pagado una suma considerable de dinero. 39. Nos escabullimos tan pronto como él empezó a hablar. 40. Ella sabe tejer seda y dice que te hare dos o tres pañuelos. C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: "Me gustaría hacer una visita al Parque Zoológico si algunos amigos verdaderamente interesados en la vida de los animales viniesen conmigo. Sería también necesario disponer por lo menos de un día entero para poder aprovechar la visita." "Pero como me dice mi sobrina Gloria, ¿"no fuiste hace algunos días"? Si, en días pasados fui con unos amigos con el propósito de conocer algunos animales silvestres, pero a causa de ciertas circunstancias no pudimos permanecer más de una hora en el parque, y por lo tanto no vimos ni siquiera una tercera parte de los animales. Te contare en pocas palabras sobre nuestra visita. Como a las diez de la mañana fui en busca de los tres amigos que habían de acompañarme. Los tres viven juntos. Hace unos cuatro años que comparten el mismo apartamiento al oeste de la Calle 23. Al llegar toqué el timbre y Harry Wilson, el más joven de los tres, vino a abrir la puerta. Él no estaba listo todavía, pues tenía la bata de baño y chinelas puestas. Los otros dos ya estaban vestidos y me alegre pues creí que saldríamos pronto. Pero desgraciadamente no fue así. Estos dos tenían que hacer una traducción muy difícil para la oficina donde trabajan y la cual tenían que entregar el lunes próximo. 'Uds. debieran irse antes', nos dijeron a Harry y a mí, 'y los encontraremos allí.' Pero nosotros preferimos esperarlos creyendo que (ello-it) no les tomaría mucho tiempo. Serían las dos más o menos cuando terminaron el trabajo. Entonces salimos y tomamos el 'subterráneo' Quizás- hubiéramos tenido suficiente tiempo si no hubiese sido por un accidente en una de las estaciones en el Bronx. Cuando el tren empezaba a moverse hubo una explosión tremenda y el 'subterráneo' se paró de repente después de un terrible sacudimiento. La estación y los coches se llenaron de humo. El motorista y los conductores (guards) corrían de un lado a otro, y los pasajeros se atropellaban lanzándose hacia las puertas. Por fin estas se abrieron, salimos a la estación y llegó a la calle. Perdimos mucho tiempo. Hubiera sido mejor posponer nuestro viaje al Parque y regresar a casa, pero en vez de esto tomamos un y continuamos nuestro camino. Habíamos apenas recorrido (ridden) quince o dieciocho cuadras cuando llegamos a nuestro destino.

202 Yo creo que no logramos lo que deseábamos. Apenas habíamos visto seis o siete animales cuando empezó a llover. Nos metimos en uno de los quioscos y esperamos hasta que escampó. Ya era tarde y entonces decidimos volver al hogar. "Estoy segura", dice mi sobrina, "que si hicieras otra visita al Parque no te encontrarías con los mismos obstáculos" "Indudablemente; espero ir otra vez tan pronto como tenga la oportunidad". FOURTH REVIEW LESSON I. Repase los Vocabularios y las frases a perfección, de las Lecciones 18, 19, 20, 21 y 22 preparándose para un dictado de palabras y frases escogidas por el profesor. II. Repaso de los Pontos Gramaticales estudiados en estas últimas cinco lecciones. (18th Les. B) Review of Progressive Tenses, ¿Con qué auxiliar se construyen los Tiempos Progresivos? De un ejemplo de cada tiempo en una oración. (18th Les. C) Explique el auxiliar 'SHOULD' para condiciones y concesiones. De ejemplos en oraciones. (18th Les. E) ¿Cuáles son los 'Modal Auxiliaries'? ¿Por qué se llaman 'auxiliares modales'? ¿Qué forma de verbo debe seguir a un auxiliar Modal? De ejemplos en preguntas y luego sus respuestas mostrando la omisión del verbo principal. (18th Les. F) Sequence of Tenses. ¿Qué entiende Ud. por 'sequence of tenses' o harmonía de tiempos'? De ejemplos en oraciones. (19th Les. D.) The Passive Voice - Explique diferentes formes en que se expresa una idea pasiva en castellano y luego la manera, casi exclusiva, de expresar, la idea pasiva en inglés. Apréndase bien repitiendo en ALTA VOZ los ejemplos de diferentes tiempos que se encuentran en dicho tópico y luego dese ejemplos suyos, (20th Les. C) Continúe repaso de la Voz Pasiva, repitiendo en ALTA VOZ ejemplos para los tiempos estudiados en dicho tópico y luego dar ejemplos suyos. (21st Les. A) Position of the Subject. Explique la posición del sujeto en diferentes clases de oraciones. Dé ejemplos en sus diferentes casos. (21st Les. B) The Prefix. Defina prefijo. Nombre los diferentes prefijos estudiados y varios ejemplos con cada uno. 10. (21st Les. D) The Suffix. Define sufijo, Nombre los diferentes sufijos estudiados y varios ejemplos con cada uno. II. (22nd Les. A) The Spanish Subjunctive As It Is Rendered into English. Repase los diferentes casos del subjuntivo castellano con las construcciones equivalentes en inglés, estudiando y repitiendo en ALTA VOZ los ejemplos que se explican para cada caso. III. Repase los Verbos REGULARES de las Lecciones 18, 19, 20, 21 y 22 preparándose para un ejercicio oral con el profesor basado en estos verbos. IV. Repaso práctico en Conversación inglesa y traduciendo al inglés basado en los Puntos Gramaticales estudia dos en estas últimas cinco lecciones: a. Conteste en Inglés las Siguientes Preguntas: 1. Is he having a good time travelling through the United States? 2. Are they willing to give up their plan without a fight? 3. Did she say that she was expecting a letter from her father? 4. Was he asking you to lend it to him when I interrupted? 5. Shall you be taking a walk in the Park when I return? 6. How long have you been training him for the match? 7. How long had he been forging checks when he was caught? 8. Would you be able to resume your work to-night if you should relax for a couple of hours after supper? 9. Should he be convicted for the murder, will he appeal to the Supreme Court? 10. Should he demand an explanation from you, shall you give it to him? 11. Is their father afraid that they may embarrass him before his friends? 12. Did they tell you that in spite of the serious charges, he might be acquitted? 13. Was she told that her children could not register in that school? 14. Does she believe that he must have been training himself for the contest? 15. Did your friend say that, should it be necessary, he might challenge the Mayor to a debate? 16. Were you sure that she would not dare him to publish the article? 17. Did the teacher mean that no one would be dismissed until his exercises were done? 18. Was she advised by her father to dismiss from her mind the idea about the trip? 19. Did she complain that she had been slighted by her most intimate friends? 20. Did the jury doubt that he had witnessed the murder? 21. Did she say that she could not afford to send her son to college? 22. Would you have apologized to her if you had been sure that you were wrong? - (affir.) 23. Did the medicament that the doctor prescribed check his flow of blood? 24. Was he warned that he should not fabricate such lies again? 25. Did they plead with their mother to let them hire the car? 26. Did he tell you that I might not know how to render the sentence into English? 27. Is she afraid that you will squander all your money? 28. Was she afraid that you would not achieve your goal? 29. Does she doubt that he will achieve what he is after? 30. Does she believe that the packages may be forwarded to her in a day or two? 31. Would you denounce him if you were betrayed by him? 32. Would you have denounced him if you had been betrayed by him? 33. Was she encouraged by her father to go through with her plan? 34. Did she tell you what she had gathered from her brother's illegible letter? 35. Did she resent the manager's remark when the latter hinted that he might contemplate a change in the office staff? 36. Did the 'papers' report that the man had risked his own life to save his enemy's? 37. Had you been looking forward to seeing them the moment they would arrive in the city? 38. Has she n ot been acquainted with her new duties yet? 39. Was the manager assured that the young man would get acquainted with his assigned work in a short time?

203 b.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Él no sería feliz a menos que lleve a cabo lo que persigue. 2. Sobornarían al jurado pues no se le encontró culpable al verdadero (real) asesino. 3. Si a él se le hubiese enterrado en un cementerio cerca de la ciudad ella se sentiría más resignada. 4. Si se hubiese certificado la carta ellos la hubieran (habrían) recibido. 5. Tan pronto como regrese del campo reanudare mis estudios. 6. A él se le instó que abandonara ese plan. 7. Nos abrirnos paso por la muchedumbre a estrujones — (abrirse paso a estrujones). 8. Dudo que él se haya atrevido a hacer eso. 9. ¿Tiene él que despachar a los alumnos antes de las cuatro? 10. Ella no tiene que concedermos el permiso si no desea. 11. ¿ Tuvieron ellos que presentar cargos contra él? 12. ¿Te aconsejó tu padre que desecharas esa idea? 13. Si yo pu diera proporcionarte la oportunidad lo haría de muy buena gana. 14. Te acompañaré con tal que tomemos un 'taxi'. 15. No nos dejo solos por miedo de (a) que malgastáramos el dinero. 16. Debes disculparte con ellos, o si no te verás obligado a renunciar tu posición. 17. Él se declaró culpable, y por tanto, no se celebró juicio. 18. No quise esperar hasta que él volviera pues, de lo contrario, no hubiera (habría) podido hacer efectivo el cheque. 19. No le creeré pues ella tiene el hábito de inventar mentiras. 20. Siempre esta quejándose de (acerca de) algo, sin embargo no toma lo que el médico le ha recetado — (1e-para él). 21. Aunque fuera mi hermano no le otorgaría el primer premio. 22. Ella ha despilfarrado todo su dinero mientras que su hermano ha ahorrado un poco (some). 23. Lo traicionaron y para eso perdió la el ección. 24. Ella no se resentirá por ello siempre que le avises con anticipación. 25. Le dispararon dos veces, pero él se escapo sin un rasguño. 26. Colegí de su carta que él estaba considerando un viaje a la pintoresca América del Sur. 27. Miles hubieran (habrían) vitoreado a esos aviadores si ellos hubiesen visitado esta c iudad. 28. Me hablan dicho que él atribuyó el fracaso de su negocio a la negligencia de su hijo. 29. Les diré que tan pronto como me familiarizase con mis nuevos deberes no tendría ningún tropiezo. 30. Nadie ha de inducirme a hacer lo que cree ser incorrecto. V. IRREGULAR VERBS a. Review the Principal Parts and the Different Uses of the irregular verbs studied in Lessons 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22. b. Answer the following questions in English: 1. Did his father beg her not to deal in politics? 2. Did he tell you that his brother was very difficult to deal with? 3. Was it his turn to deal the car ds when the fight started? 4. Are you hinting that they must have dug a treasure somewhere? 5. Were you told that the man was ground to death between the two wheels of the machine? 6. Is it true that when she dreams of something pleasant she likes to talk about it? 7. Did she say that she had dreamed about taking a trip throughout the world? 8. Did you tell the clerk at the grocer's to have the coffee ground? 9. Did he say to you that she might have succeeded if she had striven to overcome the obstacles? 10. Did he have to deal with people of had standing When he held the other position? 11. Were you dreaming that you were about to leap from an aeroplane when you jumped out of bed? 12. Did her two new dresses shrink after she had washed them? 13. Have you ever forsaken a friend in need?-(Negative, of course). 14. Did you not watch him stride along when you and I were standing on the northwest corner of 78th Street and Broadway? 15. Does your uncle usually sit on a rocker after supper and gently swing himself to sleep? 16. Did you see the little girl standing by the door brutally thrust aside by the police when they rushed in? 17. Did you find him home weaving the plot of his new novel? 18. Did the police lieutenant say that he might have wrung a confession fro m the woman if he had been given an opportunity to question her? 19. Did he tell you that, when he was a child, he used to slide down that hill on the bark of a palm tree? 20. Would he have bet on the Australian horse had he not been advised otherwise? 21. Do you really feel that he should have clung to his original idea? 22. Is it true that overwork strings the nerves? 23. Was the old lady knitting a sweater for her grandson now fighting on the Western Front? 24. Did she say that she was stung with remorse after she bad robbed the poor old man? 25. Did you see them slide out the moment the teacher turned his back to the class? 26. Were there many automobiles strung in a long line waiting for the President and his escort to come out and start on their journe y? 27. Did he complain that she had flung the books at him? 28. Had the burglar already disappeared when the policeman flung himself into the apartment? 29. Did you read in last night's newspapers that a two -cent tax was to be laid on every package of cigarettes? 30. Did the city surrender after the enemy had laid siege to it for more than a year? 31. Was the young man smitten with grief when he was told of his father's death? 32. Were you standing by the entrance to the drug-store when the bandit-car was speeding up 4th Avenue followed by the police car? 33. Was he bereft of hope and strength after his long illness? 34. Did he warn them that he would rid his office of unreliable employes? 35. Did he tell the lady that she had bereft him of all words? 36. Does your uncle really believe that our business will thrive if we change out plans? 37. Was he left alone when he started to spin his yarn? 38. Are you not rid of that uninteresting work yet? 39. Was he advised to lay aside his work until he was perfectly w ell? 40. Do they forbear one another in spite of their frequent disagreements?

204 LESSON XXIII REGULAR VERBS Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Infinitive Until You Learn to PERFECTION: to apply (aplái) —aplicar; hacer solicitud to indemnify (indémnifái) —indemnizar to bar. rr (baar) —trancar; excluir to infer, rr (infér) —inferir o deducir to bother (báDer) —molestar-se to liquidate (lícuidéit) —liquidar to condemn (condém) —censurar (desaprobar); to occur, rr (okér) —ocurrir, suceder sentenciar to part (paart) —separarse; marcharse to compenseit (cómpenséit) —compensar to question (cués-chon) —interrogar to fulfil, ll (fulfíl) —desempeñar (un puesto; to remove (rimúuv) —trasladar o guitar realizar (una ambición, idea, (algo de un sitio) etc.), cumplir, satisfacer to resign (risáin) —dimitir o renunciar to graduate (gráYueit) —graduar-se, recibirse to satisfy (sátisfai) —satisfacer to handle (jándol) —manipular; manosear o tocar to seize (siis) —empuñar, agarrar; apoderarse de (sin necesidad) to utter (óter) —proferir o articular; manifestar B. Repeat ALOUD and Write Until You Learn THOROUGHLY: to apply oneself to . . . —estudiar o dedicarse a . . . (con empeño) to apply a sum of money to a person's account —abonar una suma de dinero a la cuenta de una persona to handle a business, affairs, etc. —manejar o dirigir un negocio, asuntos, etc. to handle with care —coger con cuidado (algo frágil) to occur to some one —ocurrírsele a alguien to part with . . . —deshacerse de; terminar con o romper con (una persona) to question a statement, declaration or a person; or the accuracy, —dudar o sospechar de una manifestación o declaración o de una veracity or sincerity of . . . persona; o de la exactitud, veracidad o sinceridad de . . . to remove a person from . . . —deponer o destituir a una persona de to remove difficulties, obstacles or something —eliminar o hacer desaparecer dificultades, obstáculos o algo to resign oneself —resignarse

To apply': I am inclosing $25.00 which you will please apply to my account – Acompaño $25.00 que Uds. se servirán (o tendrán la amabilidad de) abonar a mi cuenta. 'To occur': Had it occured to me that you were in need of any assistance I would have gone to you immediately. 'To part': I shall never part with these letters. 'To resign': We must resign ourselves to our lot. c.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. If I apply this liniment to my arms I shall have no pain within a short time, If you . . . etc. 2. I doubted I could apply this rule to that case, You . . . etc. 3. Had I applied for the position I might have been appointed, Had you . . . etc. 4. My father always insisted that I should apply myself to the study of mathematics, Your . . . etc. 5. I was asked to bar all the doors and windows, You . . . etc. 6. I would have been barred from the examination if I had not brought my credentials with me, You . . . etc. 7. I begged that I should not be bothered while I was working in my room, You . . . etc. 8. I hear that some of the very rich men in that city condemn freedom of the press, You . . . etc. 9. If I do not discourage I shall succeed, If you . . . etc. 10. I am not sure that I shall fulfill my duties under such circumstances, You . . . etc. 11. When I graduated at the University I was very young, When you . . . etc. 12. It was not I who was handling his books when Peter was away, It was not you . . . etc. 13. If I had handled the glasses with care none would have broken, If you . . . etc. 14. If I were handling that end (parte) of the business there would be no trouble, If you . . . etc. 15. It had not occurred to me that I could be discharged, It had . . . etc. 16. Albert and I parted on account of several differences as to how to run the business, Albert and you . . . etc. 17. I parted with every one of the boys last week, You . . . etc. 18. I was questioned for an hour but I was not able to throw any light upon the matter, You . . . etc. 19. I did not mean to question his honesty, You . . . etc. 20. I shall have to remind John of our engagement, You . . . etc. 21. I wanted Peter to remove the table from the center of the room, You . . . etc. 22. I was unjustly removed from that position, You . . . etc. 23. I should have been able to remove those difficulties, You should . . . etc. 24. I did not wish to resign but I was compelled to, You . . . etc. 25. I must resign myself and hope for the best, You . . . etc. 26. I had to seize the man by his arm to save him from leaping through the window, You . . . etc. 27. I would not have uttered a single word if nothing had been said about my brother, You . . . etc. d. Read ALOUD and Answer ALOUD: 1. Was he advised to apply for the position? 2. Has he ever applied himself to the study of languages? 3. Was she told that she would be barred from the examination unless her behavior was satisfactory? 4. Was he complaining that he had been bothered all day long by the children? 5. Why did you say that the plan would be condemned by the workers? 6. How many of those men were condemned and how many were set free? 7. Did you infer from his letter that he had been discouraged by his father's remark?

205 8. Was your friend compelled to resign in spite of his having fulfilled his duties faithfully? 9. How many years ago did your uncle graduate at the University of Colombia? 10. Was he handling the bread and cheese before he had washed his hands? 11. Was Mr. Brown questioned about those who had handled the business before him? 12. Has it ever occurred to you that the study of a foreign language, particularly English, is of utmost importance? 13. About what time did the accident occur? 14. Can you tell us why he parted with his brother? 15. Did you not remind him of the fact that they had questioned his sincerity several times? 16. Was the maid asked to remove the old chairs from the library? 17. Were they warned that they would be removed from their jobs unless their work was better? 18. Are you not going to resign yourself to your lot? 19. Was your brother's property seized by the Government? 20. Did you hear him utter any word when the sentence of death was pronounced? FIRST VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION: —adquisición humble (jómbol) —humilde, modesto —afectar hipocrisy (jipócrisi) —hipocresía —agradable ; congenial hypocrite, subs. (jipócrit) —hipócrita —apetito hypocritical, adj. (jipócritical) —hipócrita —aptitud, capacidad illiteracy (ilíterasi) —analfabetismo, falta de —atacar, acometer, agredir instrucción elemental —asaltar, agredir judgment (YóYment) —juicio, criterio; dictamen —fanfarronada lamb (lam) —cordero —alardear, echárselas land scape (...skéip) —paisaje (bríliant) —brillante layover (stop-off) —escala (viaje en avión, carro) (clíarnes) —claridad to opine (opáin) —opinar (consist) —consistir prestige (prestíiY) —prestigio (consólideit) —consolidar to prevail (privéil) —prevalecer (cólchural) —cultural promising (prómisin) —prometiente (que promete) (diplóar) —deplorar, lamentar prosaic (proséik) —prosaico, vulgar; cansado o (diploréishon) —deploración tedioso (deplói) —desplegar to prune (pruun) —podar o cortar las ramas (deplóiment) —despliegue superfluas (demíshon) —dimisión questionable (cués-chonaból) —dudoso o sospechoso (dáin) —comer (comida del medio to relate (riléit) —relatar o de la noche) remunerative (remiúnerativ) —lucrativo, provechoso disheartening (disjártenin) —descorazonador reputation (repúiteishon) —reputación disheartened (disjártend) —descorazonado renounce (rináunsémet) —renuncia ecstasy (ékstasi) —éxtasis, embeleso, resignation (résignéshon) —dimisión, renuncia; resignación arrobamiento rigtheous (ráiteos) —correcto evidenced (évidenst) —evidenciado, probado shield (shiild) —escudo, amparo to exhaust (egsóst) —agotar; postrar, to shield —resguardar, proteger extenuar significance (signíficans) —importancia, significación farce (fars) —farsa to signify (sígnifai) —significar firm (ferm) —firme; casa (comercial) stubborn (stóborn) —terco, obstinado folks (foks) —gentes, personas time difference —diferencia horaria congregadas; parientes tiresome (taíarsom) —tedioso, pesado frank (frank) —franco trance (trans) —trance firewood (faíarwuud) —leña, astillas valuable (váliu-aból) —valioso, preciado hitchhike (jicháik) —autostop view (viu) —vista, paisaje Nota: Hemos aprendido muchos vocablos, particularmente VERBOS, derivados del latín. El idioma inglés posee miles de vocablos de raíz latina e igualmente de raíz teutónica, de ahí que el inglés es mucho más variado, de vocabulario más extenso más rico, que el Español, el Francés o el Italiano los cuales son casi exclusivamente de origen latino, y también más variado que el alemán e idiomas escandinavos los cuales son casi exclusivamente de origen teutónico. Esto puede mostrarse con innumerables casos. Tenemos el verbo 'to smoke', en español 'fumar', en francés 'fumer' (fiimé), en italiano 'fumare' (fumáre) y en alemán 'rauchen' (ráujen); no hay en alemán ninguna palabra íntimamente relacionada con esas latinas ni en los idiomas latinos se encuentra alguna relacionada con la alemana más en inglés tenemos del teutón la palabra 'reek' (riik) —humo, (uso literario), aire fétido o emitir olor desagradable a tabaco, licor, etc.: The tavern reeked with tobacco; por otro lado del latín tiene el inglés, 'fume' (fium) — humo aromático, como de incienso o buen tabaco, otras veces una exhalación desagradable o tufo a licor o tabaco, también emitir humo al hacer un experimento químico y significando 'fumar' en usos literarios o figurados. La palabra inglesa 'pen' en español 'pluma', en francés 'plume' (pliim), en Italiano 'penna' (pen-na) y en alemán 'Feder' (féder); el alemán no tiene ningún vocablo relacionado con este significado derivado del latín, y los idiomas latinos ninguno derivado del teutón, pero en inglés hemos visto 'pen' (para escribir) del latín 'penna', pluma de ave que se usaba antiguamente, y del teutón tiene el inglés 'feather' — pluma (de ave). No obstante, el estudiante, de inglés, de habla española debe tener especial cuidado en no abusar del uso de esos vocablos de origen latino ya que, por regla general, son muy raros en la conversación y en la mayoría de los casos resultan pedantescos o ridículos, en conversación, y en otros casos el significado algo diferente de su correspondiente literal en castellano; por otro lado solamente personas muy cultas, de habla inglesa, pueden comprenderlos. Generalmente empléese 'to chew' mejor que 'to masticate', 'to forge' mejor que 'to falsify', 'to mean' mejor que 'to signify', 'to believe' mejor que 'to opine', etc. acquisition to affect agreeable appetite aptitude to attack to assault bluff to bluff brilliant clearness to consist to consolidate cultural to deplore deploration to deploy deployment demission to dine

(akuisíshon) (afékt) (agríabol) (ápetait) (áptitiud) (aták) (asólt) (blof)

206 PHRASES: —Aun más, . . . —francamente hablando —Obtuvo una buena posición a fuerza de alardes —estar extenuado, agotado —sin poder aguantar la risa —Estar familiarizado con o conocer bien (una lengua, trabajo, etc. to be versed IN . . . —Ester familiarizado con o versado en . . . In pro and con —en pro y en contra To his heart's content —a su entera satisfacción MANY A man HAS . . . —Un buen número de hombres ha. . . A fortnight ago —Hace quince días To make the story short, . . . —Para abreviar, . . . For fear that. . . . —Por miedo de que . . . You do not know what fate holds in store for you Do —Ud. no sabe lo que el destino le tiene reservado Not trouble yourself, or Do not bother —No se moleste READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times Nothing strikes me so disagreeable as to hear someone express a definite opinion about a subject he ignores completely. A fortnight ago a young man said to a group of friends, — Why should anyone bother to learn a foreign language? Fortunately another boy whom experience has taught the outstanding significance of the knowledge of a foreign tongue, took up the question and replied, — I knew a man who opined as you do; he would not take up the study of languages in his school days, for it appeared to him that he would never have to make use of any of them. He only knew English. Hardly had he graduated from college when his business demanded his going abroad, to be exact, to South America. The obstacles with which he met there because of his not being conversant with the Spanish language are too many to relate here. He always carried a pocket dictionary with him, with the help of which he thought he could make himself understood. It happened that in most cases he was misunderstood and at times laughed at. A certain day by sunset he sat down at a restaurant to dine to his heart's content, for this young man always enjoyed a very good health and an enviable appetite, a fact which was clearly evidenced by his strong twohundred-pound well-built body. When he had finished his supper which consisted of vermicelli soup, a lettuce-tomatoasparagus salad, roast leg of lamb, rice and beans, the Latin-American fashion, prunes for dessert and coffee and cake, he wanted to ask in Spanish how much the bill amounted to. He took out his pocket dictionary and looked up the word 'how' for which he found 'cómo', and then looked up 'much', that is to say, 'mucho', so he asked the waiter, '¿Cómo mucho?' — Why . . . yes, you do, you do — answered the waiter hardly able to hold his laughter. After many months among Latin-Americans he realized that he had to master their language if he wanted to succeed. Never again did it occur to him to question the usefulness of the knowledge of foreign languages. — Your story is very humorous, indeed, said the boy who felt there was no need of any other language but one's own, — but you have to convince me, he added. — Well then, I shall try. To know other tongues besides your own is very important from an economic point of view. The more languages you know the more positions you are prepared to fill. Suppose you are an English stenographer and it happens that your office finds it necessary to consolidate your job with that of French translator. If you know French you can keep your position with a probable raise in salary, otherwise you would probably lose it. Then again, I shall illustrate further: After a person is thoroughly versed in the business of his firm, he can handle much of that business abroad as its representative if he can speak the language of the natives. Not only is this work highly remunerative but the opportunity is exceedingly valuable socially and culturally. — But I am sure that I shall never care to quit my country, remarked the stubborn language-hater. — I do not blame you, but you cannot foretell what fate holds in store for you; you may be compelled to leave for foreign shores some time. Bear it in mind, you must acquaint yourself with at least one foreign tongue if you propose to look forward to a promising future. Many a young man has lost the most encouraging opportunities toward a brilliant future because of the lack of another language. Not only can a person profit beautifully, industrially speaking, but he can also find the use of several languages exceedingly useful from social and literary viewpoints. We shall continue this discussion to-morrow night. Immediately after we parted. IV. CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD 1. What were some friends discussing a fortnight ago? 2. What was the opinion of one of the young men? 3. Was there a boy among them who opined differently? 4. What story did this other boy narrate? 5. What countries was the young man in the story compelled to visit? 6. Why did he meet with many obstacles? 7. What did he make use of to make himself understood? 8. Describe him. 9. Relate the incident that happened to him in a restaurant. 10. Explain how the boy who was fond of languages tried to convince the other about the significance of foreign tongues. 11. From what three points of view is the study of a foreign language important? Then again, . . . Frankly speaking He bluffed his way to a good position to be exhausted Hardly able to hold his laughter to be conversant WITH (a language, work, etc.)

207 V. SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION: —lograr,cumplir, acabar —cumplimiento, logro (achíiv) —lograr, llevar a cabo —hazaña, logro, ejecucion (apérentli) —al parecer, evidentemente, aparentemente apex (éipags) —ápice banner (báner) —bandera, pendón to bloom (bluum) —florecer border (bórder) —orilla, borde to border on —rayar en; confinar brake (bréik ) —freno (de auto) bureau (biúro) —cómoda, agencia, negociado bullet (búlet) —bala (de en arma) castle (cásel) —castillo, fortaleza to colonize (cólonais) —colonizar commerce (cómers) —comercio to dedicate dress (dédikeit) —dedicar coat (dres cóut) —frac deployment (deplóiment) —despliegue effort (éfort) —esfuerzo, empeño evening-gown (ívnin gáun) —vestido de etiqueta (de mujer) to execute (éksekiut) —ejecutar execution (éksekiushon) —ejecución; desempeño to fetch (fech) —ir a buscar, ir por fugitive (fiúYitiv) —fugitivo, prófugo full dress —traje de etiqueta (de hombre) fury (fiúri) —furia furious (fiúrios) —furioso fragment (frágment) —fragmento de imminent (ínminent) —inminente (ya para suceder esperando algo desdichado) PHRASES: to prey on, (or upon) . . . (Something) to prey on one's mind The loss of his father preyed on his mind Your kindness drives me to distraction to make a special effort to . . . When daylight came . . . I cannot do anything but wait I could not do anything but . . . to fill out an application I part my hair in the middle He is a questionable character It is not to be doubted that A clear conscience makes a soft pillow to tread in the footsteps of . . . to accomplish accomplishment to achieve achievement apparently

(acomplish)

His frankness borders on rudeness Objection sustained (en corte) Objection overruled!

grease fat inch junk kilometer lavatory likewise lubricate mile namesake to overpower to overrule

(griis) (fat) (inch) (yonk) (kílomiter) (lávatori) (láik-uais) (lubrikéit) (máil) (néimnséik) (óverpáuer) (óveruul)

plebiscite piece to remit, tt remittance sample stand newspaper stand to sustain tank touring car trailer undecided luggage-van

(plébisit) (píis) (remít) (remítans) (sámpol) (stand)

moving van scrap valve van wagon whistle to whistle

(sostéin) (tank) (túrin . . .) (trailer) (ondisáided)

(scrap) (valv) (van) (uágon) (juísel)

—engrasar, grasa, mugre —gordo, grasa —pulgada —basura —kilómetro —lavatorio —igualmente, asimismo —lubricar —milla —tocayo —subyugar, sojuzgar —predominar; denegar (en corte) —plebiscito —trozo, pedazo —remesar —remesa —muestra —puesto (de . . .) —puesto de periódicos —sostener, mantener —tanque —carro de turismo —remolque —indeciso —carreta por equipaje en estaciones y muelles —camión de mudanza —chatarra, chatarrería —válvula —camioneta —camioneta, furgoneta, furgon —silbido, pito, —silbar, pitar, china chiflar

—robar, pillar, saquear — (Algo) afectar perjudicialmente o hacer sufrir —La pérdida de su padre le hacía sufrir —Su bondad me deja sin saber que decir —afanarse por —Cuando aclare el día —No tengo otro remedio sino esperar —No tuve otro remedio sino —llenar un 'blanco' de una solicitud —Me hago la partidura al medio —Es una persona de conducta sospechosa —No es de dudarse que . . . —Con in conciencia tranquila, se duerme bien —Imitar a, o hacer lo mismo que. . . (refiriéndose a la imitación de la vida o los actos de un antecesor) —Su franqueza raya en rudeza ¡Aprobada la objeción! ¡Denegada la objeción!

b. ABSTRACT NOUNS — Nombres Abstractos Several abstract nouns have already been learned and used. While a concrete noun names a person, an animal, a thing or a place, the abstract noun denotes something we cannot see or touch, that is to say, a quality, a feeling or sensation, a condition or state. Repeat ALOUD and Write several times the following abstract nouns until ear one is learned by heart: affection (afékshon) —afecto, cariño anxiety (angsáiti) —ansiedad, anhelo; inquietud arrogance (árogans) —arrogancia, altivez charity (cháriti) —caridad cleverness (cléverness) —astucia, habilidad curiosity (kiuriósiti) —curiosidad dignity (dígniti) —dignidad egotism (ígótis’m) —egotismo emergency (emérYensi) —emergencia faithfulness (féizfulness) —fidelidad frankness (fránknes) —franqueza

208 gratitude hastiness hate ) hatred ) honesty insanity humbleness hypocrisy improvement poverty quickness repugnance rivalry rudeness selfishness stubborness strength thrift

(grátitiud) (jéistines) (jéit) (jéitred) (ónesti) (insániti) (jómbelnes) (jipócrisi) (imprúvment) (póverti) (kuíknes) (ripógnans) (ráivalri) (rúdnes) (sélfishnes) (stóborn-nes) (stréngz) (zrift)

—gratitud, agradecimiento —apresuramiento, prisa —odio, aborrecimiento, aversión —honradez, honestidad —locura, demencia —humildad —hipocresía —mejoría, adelanto —pobreza —ligereza —repugnancia —rivalidad —rudeza —egoísmo —aferramiento, terquedad —fuerza —economía, frugalidad

We must bear in mind that the definite article, (the), is omitted before an unmodified abstract noun. VI. REVIEW Of Irregular Verbs (Continued); Study Uses on Previous Lessons a. GROUP II. Note the vowel 'o' in the past; the 'i' and the termination — en in the past participle. drive drove driven (Les. XII-A) write wrote written (Les. III-A) rise rose risen (Les. XVI-E) arise arose arisen (Les. XV-E) smite smote smitten (Les. XX-A) stride strode stridden (Les. XIX-A) strive strove striven (Les. XVIII-A) ride rode ridden (Les. VIII-A) thrive throve, thrived thrived, thriven (Les. XX-D) b.

c.

GROUP II. Note the vowel 'o' in the past and past participle. Present Past Past Participle wear wore worn tear tore torn swear swore sworn

(Les. X-A) (Les. XI-A) (Les. XVII-G)

Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Up to what time did you write on last night? 2. Were you assured that he had written down my name and address? 3. Did he rise when the lady spoke to him? 4. How many feet did the paper say that the aviator had risen? 5. Did he rise from a sergeant to a captain during the revolution? 6. Did he tell you that he would be, or might be, at the theatre before the curtain rose? 7. Were they told that prices might rise this winter? 8. About what time did your brother arise this morning? 9. Was the world afraid that a big war might arise any moment? 10. Was she smitten with grief when her friend passed away? 11. Did you see him striding along Ninety - Second Street about four o'clock yesterday afternoon? 12. Did they tell you that they would strive to the end to have their brother cleared of all charges? 13. Did you ride home on the subway or on the Fifth Avenue Bus? 14. Was your father assured that the business was thriving? 15. What suit was he wearing when you ran into him the other day? 16. Has he been wearing a mustache since he came back from Paris? 17. Were the little girl's shoes worn out? 18. Was the old building being torn down the week you moved into this house? 19. Was the little boy punished for having torn off the pages of the dictionary? 20. Was she told by her father not to swear no matter how angry she might be? 21. Were you in the Capital when the new governor was sworn in? 22. Was your friend on the same train that bore the delegates to the convention? 23. Have they always borne in mind their father's advice? 24. Did the letter bear the President's signature? 25. In what year and where was he born? 26. Did he say that he was afraid he could not bear his misery any longer? 27. Did he make sure to you that he would forbear at all times to cause any trouble to them? VII. EXAMEN: Después de haberse hecho un estudio muy cuidadoso escribiéndose y repitiéndose en ALTA VOZ cada parte de esta lección háganse los ejercicios que siguen:

209 A.

Dé en Inglés una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Does the rule you have given me apply to this case? 2. Did he suggest that I might apply for that position? 3. Have they applied the money I sent them to my account? 4. Did he tell you that he would have applied himself to mathematics if he had been encouraged by his father? 5. Does he feel that the two boys should have been barred from the examination? 6. Was she bothering her mother when the latter was cooking? 7. Was the Governor's speech condemned by leading members of his party? 8. How many men were condemned to death at the last trial? 9. Do you think that he may have been discouraged by his brother? 10. Has he fulfilled his job faithfully? 11. Did she have any doubt that he would fulfill his plans? 12. How long ago did he graduate from college? 13. Did he ask you not to handle his machine? 14. Which one of his sons was handling his business when he came back from Europe? 15. Did you infer from her letter that she was not going to drop her studies? 16. Did it not occur to you that I would have to use the car to-day? 17. Did he say that he would never part with his old house? 18. Were you told that William had parted with her? 19. Had he been questioned about the crime before his lawyer arrived? 20. Was there any one at the meeting who questioned your statement? 21. Was he surprised when you reminded him of his debt to you? 22. What did his remark remind you of? 23. Was the maid told to remove the chairs from the parlor? 24. Was he warned that he would be removed from his employment unless he took more interest in his work? 25. Why was he asked to resign his position? 26. Was she advised by her father to resign herself to her lot? 27. Were you standing on the corner when the woman seized the child by its neck? 28. Was he afraid that his house would be seized by the bank? 29. Did he utter any word after he was condemned to death? 30. Did his relatives suggest that he arrange his affairs before accepting the post of ambassador? 31. Do you think that his remark was only a bluff? 32. Will he bluff his way to that position? 33. Do his opinions always prevail at the meetings? 34. How many languages is he conversant with? 35. Did he say that his business was thriving? 36. Has he dedicated himself, to the task of serving his country in every way? 37. About what time was the convicted killer executed? 38. Was your brother asked to fetch the doctor? 39. Did she tell him, at last, that she would not tolerate his nonsense any longer? 40. Is your cousin treading in the footsteps of his father? A. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH 1. La miseria es algo que nadie recibe-con-agrado (welcomes). 2. La bondad y la cortesía son mal interpretadas por muchos. 3. A veces la franqueza raya en insolencia. 4. La caridad debe ser practicada. 5. ¿Podría aplicarse esa regla en este caso? Sí, creo que esa regla puede aplicarse en este caso. 6. Si te hubieras aplicado este linimento a (on) la pierna adolorida te sentirías mejor. 7. ¿Te dijo él que haría-una-solicitud para ese puesto? 8. Les envié $30.00 y ellos los habrían abonado a mi cuenta. 9. Si ella se dedicara al estudio de idiomas tendría éxito. 10. ¿lo excluirían del examen? Creo que lo excluirían pues él no llenó un 'blanco' cuando se le dijo. 11. ¿Por qué he de molestarme en-(to) esperarle? 12. No se moleste, no necesito el diccionario ahora. 13. Te dije que su discurso había sido censurado por todos los periódicos. 14. Lo encontraron-culpable del crimen (for the. . .) y lo sentenciaron a muerte. 15. Si no me hubiesen desalentado hubiera llevado a cabo mi plan. 16. Ellos insistieron en que él desempeñara sus deberes de acuerdo con el convenio. 17. Él se hubiera graduado si no hubiese estado enfermo tanto tiempo (such a long time). 18. Te dijeron que cogieras esos paquetes con cuidado. 19. El negocio de tu padre sería un éxito, si él estuviese manejándolo. 20. ¿Qué has colegido (inferido) de la carta de tu hermana? 21. ¿No se te ha ocurrido nunca que él podría averiguar (acerca de) tus intenciones? 22. ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que ellos se separaron? 23. Pedro se separó o rompió con su hermano hace más de dos días. 24. Nos interrogaron por más de dos horas pero nadie pudo decir lo que había realmente sucedido. 25. No es que nosotros sospechemos de lo que él acaba de manifestar, pero tenemos que estar seguros de que él no se ha equivocado. 26. Me deleita regresar a mi pueblo natal porque veo allí continuamente cosas que me recuerdan (de) mi niñez. 27. ¿No te dijo ella que quitaras esa mesa del centro de la sala? 28. La destituyeron hace tres meses pero ella quizás-obtenga ese puesto de nuevo. 29. ¿Por qué ha de renunciar él si no se le ha pedido? 30. No tengo otro remedio sino designarme a mi suerte. 31. Ella guardó todos mis papeles y los rompió, y no tuve otro remedio sino denunciarla. 32. Se le advirtió que el banco se apoderaría de su casa si él no hacía frente a esas notas. 33. Ella no había articulado una sola (single) palabra antes que viniera su padre. 34. Se levantó a las seis y después pasó a caballo por el parque. 35. Él usaba zapatos "London" pero ahora no puede pues los precios han subido. 36. Él había ascendido a capitán antes que surgiera la guerra. 37. Se le tomó-juramento y después de un corto discurso entre en su oficina y empecé a trabajar. 38. Yo quisiera haber estado en el tren que llevaba al Presidente a la Capital. 39. Mucha gente nace para sufrir, y muchos nacen para gozar todo lo bueno que ofrece la Vida. 40. Si él hubiese nacido pobre no se hubiera expresado de esa manera.

210 TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: No bien hubo llegado Antonio a la reunión cuando los muchachos empezaron a discutir un tema muy interesante. Se trataba de la importancia del estudio de idiomas extranjeros. Hubo varias opiniones en pro y en contra: la manifestada por Francisco Smith me estuvo muy desagradable. Él opinó como sigue: ¿Por qué debe uno molestarse en aprender otra lengua? — Afortunadamente Antonio, a quien la experiencia ha enseñado lo que significa conocer varias lenguas, tomó la .pregunta y empezó a argumentar en favor del estudio de idiomas. — No puedo explicarme como un joven inteligente se expresa en tal forma, principió él, y continuó: Debes darte cuenta de que mientras más idiomas sepa una persona más posiciones está preparada para desempeñar. Tu persistencia en contra de la adquisición de una lengua extranjera me recuerda a un joven que opinaba como tú. Su idioma natural era el español, y ni siquiera quiso tomar el inglés cuando asistía a la escuela. Él decía, Nunca en mi vida saldré de mi país y, por lo tanto, no 'necesito otra lengua'. Apenas se bubo graduado de colegio cuando se vio obligado a venir a los Estados Unidos. Sería enfadoso relatar ahora el sinnúmero de obstáculos con que se encontró. Con dos o tres palabras que conocía procuraba hacerse entender pero casi siempre le entendían mal, y algunas veces hasta se reían de él. Una vez no quiso entrar en un restaurant porque vio el letrero 'CHILDS' y pensó que era para niños, no sabiendo que 'niños' en inglés es 'children', otra vez al encontrarse en un teatro que estaba casi vacío, dijo que los americanos eran grandes fanfarrones pues, aunque apenas había alguna gente en el teatro, uno podía leer por todas partes 'éxito, éxito'; naturalmente él no sabía que la palabra 'Exit', que se ve en luces rojas sobre algunas puertas, significa 'Salida'. La falta del inglés fue la causa de su fracaso en los Estados Unidos, y tuvo por último que regresar algo descorazonado a su lugar nativo (his native home). — Me parece que solamente me has dicho chistes, interrumpió Francisco — Puedo probarte sin la menor duda, replicó Antonio, que estás enteramente equivocado. El saber lenguas extranjeras es muy necesario de tres puntos de vista: económico, social y literario. Si en la Casa en donde trabajas se escriben cartas en idiomas que tú conoces tú puedes traducirlas y este trabajo te da más prestigio y mejores oportunidades. Si necesitan enviar un representante a un país cuyo idioma dominas, tú puedes conseguir esa posición que no solo es ventajosísima del punto de vista económico sino también social y cultural. Para abreviar, un hombre puede desem peñar tantos puestos como idiomas sabe. Ya es tarde y tengo que marcharme, dijo Antonio; hablaremos más (further) de este tema la próxima vez que nos encontremos. Entonces Francisco le dió la mano a Antonio y le dijo, — Me alegraré de verte pronto; creo que estas convenciéndome.

211 LESSON XXIV REGULAR VERBS a. Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Infinitive Until You Learn to PERFECTION: to avenge to (avénY) —vengar a to rectify (réctifai) —rectificar (corregir) brag, gg to (brag) —jactarse, alardear to refer, rr (rifer) —referir-se; aturdir delay (diléi) —demorar-se to relieve (rilív) —aliviar; relevar to discriminate (discrímineit) —discriminar, diferenciar to rub, bb (rob) —frotar to display (displéi) —desplegar o exhibir, mostrar to seat (siit) —sentar o colocar to dodge (dooY) —evadir (en asientos) to drag, gg (drag) —arrastrar to strip, pp (strip) —despojar to found (fáund) —fundar, establecer to shift (shift) —transferir, trasladar to hinder (jinder) —impedir, obstruir o cambiar to motion (móshon) —hacer señas a (ordenando to sneer at (sníer) —sonreírse o mirar a algo) (con desprecio o to ratify (rátifai) —ratificar (confirmar) burlándose) to recall (ricól) —recordar to yield (yiild) —ceder; producir o rendir b. Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Infinitive Phrase and Example MANY Times: to avenge oneself on . . . —vengarse de. . . to discriminate in favor of . . . —discriminar en favor de, o tratar a alguien mejor, (que a otros) to discriminate against . . . —discriminar en contra de, o tratar a alguien no al igual que a otros to dodge —moverse o dar un quiebro o esquinazo (para librarse de un golpe) to drag along —avanzar o caminar penosa o lentamente to ratify —hacer valida o revalidar His license was ratified —Hicieron valida su licencia, o revalidaron su licencia to recall an ambassador or an envoy or a delegate —llamar o retirar un embajador o un delegado to rub away a pain —quitarse o aliviarse un dolor frotándose (con algún medicamento) to strip one's clothes or something —quitarse violentamente o arrancarse (vestido o algo) to shift for oneself —componérselas o buscárselas (para encontrar medio de vida) delayed flight —vuelo atrasado o retrasado 'To avenge' se usa mayormente denotando un castigo justo por alguna ofensa, pero 'to revenge', también regular, indica una venganza por envidia u odio. 'To brag about oneself or something' — alabarse de sí mismo o de algo. 'To discriminate between right and wrong; 'To discriminate in favor of ' denota mostrar favoritismo o preferencia con alguien en comparación con otros; 'To discriminate against' — tratar injustamente a alguien en comparación con otros. 'To dodge': He threw a book at me but I dodged and I was not hit. 'To motion': I motioned to the boy to take a seat — Le hice señas al muchacho que se sentara. His words recorded in the book are neither poetry nor fancy but a retelling of what he heard in trance — Sus palabras registradas en el libro no son ni la poesía ni la fantasía, sino un recuento de lo que había oído en trance.

c.

Repeat ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I will avenge that insult, You shall . . . etc. 2. I would have avenged my father if I had been told about the offense, You . . . etc. 4. I hate to see her bragging about her being a good pianist, You . . . etc. 5. I bragged about having a better pronunciation than she and I was chided by the teacher, You . . . etc. 6. Had I not been delayed I would have been back in time to bid farewell to my niece, Had you . . . etc. 7. I was told that I discriminated in favor of my nephew but it was not true, You . . . etc. 9. I displayed several rugs before the man but I was not able to sell him any, You . . . etc. 10. I was amazed at the ability the little boy displayed as a great actor, You . . . etc. 11. I would not have dodged the question if my uncle had not motioned me to, You . . . etc. 12. I was dragging along the winding road when I met with the accident, You . . . etc. 13. I begged my aunt not to hinder my plan, You . . . etc. 14. I motioned to the maid to seat the child at the table, You . . . etc. 15. I do not recall that the President has ever ratified such a statement, You . . . etc. 16. I have nothing to rectify or to take back . . . You etc. 17. When I asked that I be kept at the New York Office my petition was referred to the manager but, nevertheless I was shifted to another town, When you . . . etc. 18. Had I taken that Medicine my pain might have been relieved, Had you . . . etc. 19. I was ordered to relieve the other man at 2 A. M. but I overslept, You . . . etc. 20. I rubbed away my pain with this liniment, You . . . etc. 21. I was stripped of everything I had. You . . . etc. 22. I have to shift for myself from now on, You . . . etc. d. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Many Times: 1. Did he threaten that he would avenge his father? 2. Did he revenge himself on his friend because the position was given to the latter? 3. Did her friends sneer at her when she bragged about her being a good dancer? 4. Do you think that he must have been delayed at the office? 5. Did you insist several times that he should not discriminate in favor of any one? 6. Is it true that you were discriminated against at the office? 7. Do you like any of the hats that are being displayed in that show-window around the corner? 8. Are you afraid that he may dodge his responsibility? 9. Was she afraid that her father might hinder her plans? 10. Did you remind him that he should not drag those boxes along the hall so early in the morning?

212 11. How many years ago was that store founded? 12. How long have you been rubbing your legs with that liniment? 13. Has it not relieved your pain yet? 1 4. Did he motion you to take a seat beside him? 15. Has he ratified his declaration of a few days ago? 16. Did the Presi dent recall the ambassador from Berlin? 17. Was he afraid that his brother would be compelled to yield to their demands? 18. Was the old man assured that his son's business would yield a good profit this year? 19. Was he referring to us when he said that he had been sneered at? 20. Did you not tell me yesterday that she had rectified her remark? 21. Did he declare in court that he had been stripped of his clothes and other belongings by the man accused? 22. Was she warned that she would be shifted to another department if her work was not satisfactory? FIRST VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION: —aficionado tolerance (tólerans) —tolerancia —apropiado masterpiece (másterpiis) —obra maestra —destinar (el gob. una majority (maYóriti) —mayoría suma de dinero para . . . ) menace (ménes) —amenaza, amenazar to attempt (atémpt) —intentar ; atentar to mock at (mook) —burlarse de attempt —tentativa origin (óriYin) —origen benefit (bénefit) —beneficio ; beneficiarse original (oríYinal) —original braggadocio (bragadóshio) —fanfarrón; jactancioso out loud (áut láud) —en alta voz brief (briif) —breve; compendia privilege (prívileY) —privilegio brevity (bráviri) —brevedad privileged (prívileYt) —privilegiado brute (bruut) —bestia, bestial, salvaje recalcitrant (ricálsitrant) —recalcitrante, obstinado to conquer (cónker) —conquistar relief (rilíif) —alivio; relevo, satisfacción conquest (cóncuest) —conquista to relish (rélish) —saborear to contend (conténd) —sostener a afirmar; reminiscence (reminísens) —reminiscencia, memorias contender reminiscent (reminísent) —recordativo (que trae a la continually (contiñuali) —continuamente memoria) to curse (kers) —maldecir, blasfemar to require (ricuáiar) —requerir distress (distrés) —angustia, zozobra romance (románs) —romance to distress —angustiar, congojar to stun, nu (ston) —aturdir, atontar due, adj. (diu) —debido, cumplido to swell (suel) —hincharse; henchirse to escort (escórt) —escoltar, acompañar swollen, adj. (temp) —tentar, seducir, probar filth (filZ) —suciedad, mugre; to temp (suólen) —hinchado inmundicia time-table —itinerario 'flabbergasted' (flábergasted) —asombradísimo, atónito tradesman (tréidsman) —tendero, artesano fundamentalist (fundaméntalist) —fundamentalista to tend to (tend) —tender a guarantee (gáranii) —garantía, garantizar tendency (téndenci) —tendencia imbecile (ímbesil) —imbécil, de mente muy to twist (tuist) —torcer débil o anormal unemployment (onemplóiment) —desempleo indiscriminately (indiscrímineitli) —indistintamente violet (váilet) —violeta interchangeably (interchénYabli) —alternativamente to wed (ued) —casarse intolerable (intóleraból) —intolerable without avail (. . . avéil) —sin provecho, en vano intolerant (intólerant) —intolerante youngster (ióngster) —muchacho, mozalbete Los pasados del verbo 'to wed' son 'wed' y 'wedded'. Los verbos 'to threaten' y 'to menace' — amenazar: El verbo 'to threaten' es de uso más amplio y es más directo y enfático en su significado; 'to menace' tiene mayormente un sujeto impersonal: He did not threaten me but his tone was menacing; Those regulations menace riot among the workers in the factory. amateur appropriate to appropriate

(ámachur) (apróprieit)

PHRASES: My hands are swollen First attempt How do you account for the . . . It is not worth going 'The picture was not worth seeing While it is true (that) . . . . The rent is due The river swelled after the rain She is swelled with pride On the other hand if. . . The government has appropriated $200,000 for . . . Outburst of laughter Much ado about nothing I don't like his bragging A play of words To feel at home To be privileged to Closely connected He has good connections Flight itinerary

—Tengo las manos hinchadas —Primera tentativa —Como te explicas el. . . —No vale la pena ir —No valía, la pena ver la película —Si bien es verdad que . . . —El alquiler se cumple o se ha cumplido —El río creció después de la lluvia —Ella es muy presuntuosa —Por otro lado sí . . . —El gobierno ha destinado $200,000 para . . . —Explosión de risa —Tanto ruido para nada —No me gusta su fanfarronería —Un juego de palabras —Sentirse contento, como en su casa —Tener el privilegio de —Íntimamente relacionado —Él tiene buenas relaciones (comerciales o profesionales) —itinerario de vuelo

213 READING TEXT Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: "Are the verbs 'to sit' and 'to seat' used indiscriminately?" I asked Anthony as we were entering the living room. 'Let us sit down first", said he. "Now I shall attempt to clear your doubt. 'To sit', its past tense and past participle 'sat',' is an intransitive verb, that is, it does not require a direct object, and it is usually followed by the word 'down', for example, Why do you not sit down? This verb is reflexive in the romance languages and in German. 'To seat', regular, is a transitive verb, it needs a direct object, for instance, the hall was small but they were able to seat everybody. You can see these two verbs should not be used interchangeably. "Excuse me" I interrupted, "I guess I hear somebody's footsteps. Why, Anthony, look who is here, our friend Frank, the boy who finds it hard to admit why a person should trouble himself in the study of a foreign language. I wonder where you have been all these days Frank". "You have shown up at the right time", said Anthony. "I am glad of it", he replied, and added, "I watched a parade for two long hours and then with sore feet I have dragged myself here looking forward to seeing both of you. How do you account, Anthony, for your opinion that the knowledge of foreign tongues is a valuable help socially"? "Well, my friend", began Anthony, "if you happen to find yourself in a social gathering where there are many guests of different nationalities, you can make friends easily and have a very pleasant time provided you speak two or three languages. But if you only know your own language and this is hardly spoken there then you feel embarrassed and out of place. I have been studying French for many years", continued Anthony, and I wish to tell you about an interesting incident closely connected with our subject to-day. Once I was walking up Seventh Avenue when two young ladies stopped me, and one of them asked, in broken English, how to get to the nearest subway station. It seemed to me that they were French and realizing-that they would feel more at home if I spoke their language I went ahead and answered in French. You cannot imagine what a pleasant surprise that was for them. I told them I was going their way and they were very kind to consent to my escorting them. On our way I could learn from them many interesting facts about France and its people, and they also welcomed my description about my country and our people. They felt I had done them a great favor which, in fact, had been a pleasure to me. After that day I was privileged to call on them in whose house I met the parents of these two intelligent and charming sisters. "I made many friends of French nationality through this very cultured family. Not only did I enjoy myself in the social gatherings of these new friends, but I also had the most appropriate opportunity to practice the language. That brief account must convince you how advantageous it is to know foreign languages from a social point of view". "I agree with you, Anthony", said Frank, "languages do help a great deal, socially". "And also from a literary point of view" added Anthony. "While it is true you can find translations in any language of any work worth reading, nevertheless you would enjoy the book in its original language much more. A book loses great charm when it is translated. Most of its rich idiom and plays of words cannot be preserved. If you read a Spanish translation of Shakespeare's 'Comedy of Errors', or 'Much Ado about Nothing you will not enjoy it half as much as an English edition. 'Don Quixote' cannot be rightly appreciated in any language other than Spanish. I recall one night when I was reading Moliere's 'Le Bourgeois Gentilhome' ('le burYuá Yantilóm'), 'The Tradesman Turned Gentleman', in French, of course. It must have been past two but I often laughed out loud regardless of the late hour. The kind old lady of the house came to knock at my door fearing, I have always imagined, that I had gone crazy. I asked her to forgive me and I also explained to her the cause of my outbursts of laughter. No translation would have afforded me such fun. If you want to derive real benefit from a book you must read it in its original language". "You are right", said Frank, "I now realize the value of foreign languages; I am going to start with French". IV.

CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD 1. Explain the difference between the verbs 'to sit' and 'to seat'. 2. Explain how the knowledge of foreign languages help socially? 3. Tell in your own words about the acquaintance and friendship between Anthony and the French girls, 4. How do you account for the importance of a foreign language from a literary point of view? 5. Tell about the incident when Anthony was reading. 'Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme', 'The Tradesman Turned Gentleman'. 6. Would he have enjoyed this comedy as much as he did if he had read a translation instead? IV. SECO ND VO CABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION: ant-hill beneficial callous

(aant-jil) (benefíshal) (cálos)

cattle comical convincing cradle crew delay

(catól) (cómical) (convinsin) (créidol) (cru) (diléi)

—hormigueo —beneficioso —calloso.; endurecido (insensible) —ganado (bueyes, etc.) —chistoso, cómico —conveniente —cuna —tripulación —demora, tardanza

effrontery to exalt to extract futile futility freshman herd ideology individual

(efrónteri) (egsólt) (ekstrakt) (fiútil) (fiutíliti) (fréshman) (jerd) (aidióloYi) (indivíYual)

—descaro, desfachatez —exaltar, elogiar —extraer —fútil, inútil —futilidad (lo infructuoso de . . .) —estudiante de primer año —manada, rebaño —ideología —individual; individuo (teoría, filosofía)

214 ingrate issue

(íngreit) (ishu)

junior

(Yúnier)

mischief mischievous mob numberless

(míschiif) (míschivos) (moob) (nómberles)

orbit pile to proceed

(óorbit) (páil) (prosíid)

process to repeal repugnance

(próses) (ripíil) (ripógnans)

—ingrato —edición o tirada ; punto de importancia —estudiante de tercer año —travesura, maldad —travieso —populacho turba —un sinnúmero de. . . . innumerables —órbita —pila o montón —proseguir o continuar; proceder —proceso, procesar —abrogar, revocar —repugnancia, aversión

scholar senior sophomore steel throng to tickle ticklish

(skóler) (sínier) (sófomoor) (stiil) (Zrong) (tíkol) (tíklish)

totally to trip, pp

(tótali) (trip)

unit vengeance winning

(iúnit) (vénYans) (uínin)

—hombre docto o erudito; escolar —estudiante del último año —estudiante de segundo año —acero —multitud, muchedumbre —hacer cosquillas —cosquilloso; delicado o difícil (asunto) —totalmente —tropezar (con la punta del pie, resbalar); hacer a alguien tropezar; cometer un desliz o descuido —unidad —venganza —persuasivo, (que persuade, que gana)

PHRASES: —Clase de Primer Año, de Segundo Año, de Tercer Año o Mediano, de Cuarto Año o Ultimo (en una escuela superior o universidad) A junior (or Senior) partner —Un socio menos antiguo (o más antiguo) John Dark, junior (Jr.) or senior (Sr.) —Juan Clark, hijo; o padre, o mayor He is five years my senior —Él es cinco años mayor que yo My beloved (bilóved) mother, o My darling mother —Mi amadísima madre to take vengeance on —vengarse de Don't rub it in! (fam.) —No lo machaques; (denota el repartirla continuamente a una persona su error o algo desagradable); sacar en cara The point at issue —El punto que se discute o a discutir From this time forth —De ahora en adelante Nothing can be done about it —Esto no se puede remediar Any work worth reading —Cualquier obra que valga la pena leer For the time being — Por ahora . . . I have no voice in the matter —Nada puedo hacer en este asunto My hair stood on ends —Se me pararon los pelos I cannot for the life of me —No puedo por nada en el mundo They have come to terms —Han llegado a un acuerdo to make an issue of anything —Darle importancia a, o traer a discusión cualquier cosa the most valued things in life —lo de más valor o lo que más debe estimarse en la vida Freshman Class, Sophomore Class, Junior Class, Senior Class

COLECTIVE Nouns — Nombres Colectivos A collective noun indicates a number of persons, animals or things that belong to the same group. Examples: flock, crew, ant-hill, mob, crowd, throng, herd, cattle, class (in a school), etc. A collective noun takes a singular verb when the group is regarded as a unit and a plural verb when the persons or things denoted are regarded as an 'individual'. The Sophomore Class is holding a meeting. The Sophomore Class are trying to agree upon a new president. The crowd was speechless — La muchedumbre se mantuvo muda. The crowd were running in all directions — La muchedumbre, las gentes corrían en todas direcciones. The number of invitations was limited. A number of men were drowned. Half of 10 is 5. Half of my friends are in this city. The fourth part of one hour is 15 minutes. Part of the crew were lost. VI.

VII.

REVIEW of Irregular Verbs (Continued) Study again these verbs on previous lessons:

a. GROUP IV Note the vowel 'a' in the past and the 'u' in the past participle: Present sing begin ring run swim spring drink shrink sink

Past sang began rang ran swam sprang, sprung drank shrank, shrunk sank

Past Participle sung begun rung run swum sprung drunk shrunk sunk

(Les. X-G) (Les. VIII-A) (Les. XV-E) (Les. VI-A) (Les. XIV-D) (Les. XVIII-G) (Les. XI-G) (Les. XVIII-A) (Les. XVI-E)

215 b. GROUP V. Note the vowel 'U' in the past and past participle: present past dig dug cling clung fling flung hang hung, hanged spin spun stick stuck string strung stink stunk strike struck sting stung swing swung wring wrung sling* slung slink* slunk

Past Participle dug clung flung hung, hanged spun stuck strung stunk struck, stricken stung swung wrung slung slunk

(Les. XVIII-A) (Les. XIX-E) (Les. XX-A) (Les. XIV-D) (Les. XX-D) (Les. XVIII-G) (Les. XIX-E) (Les. XIX-E) (Les. VI-A) (Les. XIX-E) (Les. XIX-A) (Les. XIX-A)

'Sling' means 'tirar con honda': They slung at the birds in the park - Ellos les tiraban (con hondas) a los pájaros en el parque. 'To slink' means escabullirse, salir a hurtadillas, pero de uso raro: They slunk out of the room when the teacher had his back to the door. b. Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Did you hear her sing last night? 2. Was the song beautiful? Did Mary hear it sung too? 3. Were you sure that she would sing herself to fame? 4. Has she begun to dig the holes in the garden? 5. About what time did the steamer begin to sink? 6. Did the children run away after they had rung the bell? 7. Did he ring you up last night? 8. Has the school bell rung? 9. Is your brother running your father's store? 10. Have you never run into our friend Albert in this city? 11. Is he going to run for governor next year? 12. Were you surprised when your brother said that he had run out of money? 13. Did he swim to the shore after the little boat sank? 14. Did Bolivar spring from a cultured and well-to-do family? 15. Did they drink last night to the prosperity of their country and their president? 16. Does he say that he usually drink down his sorrows? 17. Have they dug out the articles that he had buried in his yard? 18. Has he clung from his childhood to his determination of becoming a lawyer? 19. Did she fling the book at you when you objected to her remark? 20. Did he hang his Overcoat in the closet? 21. Did the poor man hang himself because of his not being able to get a job? 22. Did he stick to his original declaration throughout the trial? 23. Was he assured that his wife would stick by him in his trouble? 24. Was the woman struck by the car? 25. How did the mayor's speech strike you? 26. Are you going to have this paragraph stricken out? 27. Did the bee sting her in the face? 28. Have many of them swung their votes to the Liberal Party? 29. Did the policeman tell the man that he would wring his neck if he said another word? 30. Did they wring out a confession from the murderer? VIII. EXAMEN: A. De en Inglés Una Sola Respuesta Según le Parezca: 1. Did he say that he would avenge the insult to his father? 2. Did she tell you that she had avenged herself on the manager? 3. Why does he want to take revenge on them? 4. Was he angry because she was bragging about her being a good stenographer? 5. Did his father tell him that it was not becoming to a gentleman to brag about himself? 6. What was it that delayed them? 7. Do you think that he would have been able to be here on time if he had not been delayed? 8. Is a child of eight able to discriminate between right and wrong? 9. Has he any reason to say that I had discriminated in favor of the other boys? 10. Did she complain that they had discriminated against her because of her being a foreigner? 11. Did the clerk display the different articles on the counter for you to choose the one you wanted? 12. Has she ever displayed qualities of a good dancer? 13. Do you think the car would have hit you if you had not dodged? 14. Did he dodge the question that you had put to him? 15. Was the poor woman dragged to death when she was caught between the doors of the train? 16. Was he dragging along the Avenue when you saw him? 17. How long had the store been founded when your uncle died? 18. Did he say that his plans might have been hindered by his aunt if she had known about them? 19. Did she motion you to keep quiet when you intended to speak? 20. Were you told that he had at last yielded to his cousin's demands? 21. Has his business yielded a good profit? 22. Has she not ratified her original declaration? 23. Do they not recall that we were promised the hall for the meeting? 24. Did not the paper say last night that the American Ambassador to Berlin had been recalled? 25. Was he compelled to rectify what he had said before? 26. Whom was he referring to when he spoke of money that was owed to him? 27. Are you sure that your letter was referred to the president of the company? 28. Did the liniment that you applied to your foot relieve your pain? 29. Is he relieved at 6 P. M. by the other elevator boy? 30. Did the doctor advise you to have your back rubbed with that medicine? 31. Did your mother finally rub away your pain? 32. Did they have enough chairs to seat everybody at the big convention? 33. Did she seat her child beside her at the table? 34. Did he complain that he had been stripped of everything he had? 35. Was he warned that he would be shifted to night work if he kept on coming late? 36. Did they have to shift for themselves after their father had refused to help them any longer?

216 37. Did she sneer at him when she heard his remark? 38. Did he contend that he had never touched a cent of that money? 39. Did his father ask him to escort the ladies to their home? 40. Was it proved that he had wronged his friends? B. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH 1. ¿Dijo él que se vengaría de cada uno de ellos? 2. Ella lo odiaba y por eso se ven gó de él. 3. Si él no estuviera alardeando continuamente sus amigos no lo criticarían. 4. Le aconseje que no se alabara de bailar tan bien pues nadie parecía convenir con él. 5. La demorarían en algún sitio, de lo contrario ya estaría aquí. 6. Si el gerente no me hubiese-tratado-peor-que-a-los-otros (discriminado en contra de mi) yo no me hubiera quejado. 7. El dependiente debiera haber desplegado las alfombras para que tú las vieras. 8. Quizás le hubieran dado el puesto a ella hubiese mostrado cualidades de una buena oficinista (office girl). 9. ¿Por qué evadiría é1 la pregunta que le hice? 10. Si te hubieses echado a un lado no te hubiera pegado el libro con que ella te tiro. (Traduzca: Si tú hubieses dado-un-esquizazo tú no habrías sido pegado por el libro que ella te tiró). 11. ¿No te dijo ella que no arrastraras la mesa? 12. ¿Cuántos años hace que fue establecida esta tienda? 13. Ella no debió haber obstruido los planes de su hijo. 14. Yo le sugerí que cediera a los deseos de su hermano. 15. Si el negocio no hubiese rendido una buena ganancia mi prima y yo nos hubiéramos separado. 16. Él no ha ratificado ni rectificado lo que dijo anteriormente. 17. ¿No recuerdas que prometiste esperarme hasta que yo terminara con mí trabajo? 18. No me refería a nadie que yo conociera; yo hablaba en términos generales. 19. Mis cartas fueron presentadas (referidas) al gerente para su consideración. 20. ¿No se lo ha aliviado el dolor todavía? 21. Mi amigo trabaja hasta las doce, medianoche, y entonces lo relevará su p rimo. 22. Me quite el dolor frotándome con este linimento, 23. Tuve que sentar al niño en esa silla pues esta ba molestándome demasiado. 24. Él se quejó de que lo habían despojado de todo-lo que tenía en su cuarto. 25. No me opuse a que ellos me transfirieran a trabajo de noche con tal que me pagaran más dinero. 26. A él le advirtieron que lo trasladarían a otro departamento si no hacía mejor trabajo durante las dos semanas s iguientes. 27. Él tendrá que buscárselas ahora, puesto que su padre no le enviara más dinero. 28. Le hice-señas a mi sobrina que se callara, pero siempre dijo lo que quiso. 29. Él no se hubiera sentido ofendido si ella no le hubiese mirado-con-desprecio. 30. Ellos intentaron ayudarle, pero no pudieron. 31. Te beneficiarias culturalmente si asistieras a la opera. 32. Ellos no hubieran conquistado a ese país si esto hubiese estado preparado. 33. Él siempre insiste en que sus opiniones prevalezcan. 34. ¿Sabes quien dirige ese negocio? 35. Yo temía que se me acabara (acabaría) el dinero. 36. Brindemos por el éxito de nuestro plan. 37. Se le ordenó que desenterrara la caja que había enterrado en el jardín. 38. Si no hubieses colgado el sobretodo donde no podías verlo; no te lo hubieran robado. 39. Colgaron al pobre hombre por un crimen que él no había a cometido. 40. Se te sale el pañuelo del bolsillo de-atrás (back. . .). C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Discutíamos el uso de los verbos ingleses 'to sit' y 'to seat'. Le dije a Antoni o que a mí me habían enseñado que 'to sit' es irregular, pues su pasado y participio pasado es 'sat', y que 'to seat' es regular pero que ambos podían usarse indistintamente. Por supuesto, en esto último yo estaba equivocado, y él me explico que no deben emplearse alternativamente, pues 'to sit' tiene un significado reflexivo, es decir, 'I sit down' —Yo me siento, pero 'to seat' es transitivo, por ejemplo, 'I seated the child' —Yo senté al niño. En medio de nuestra discusión sobre ése y otros puntos del idioma inglés, se presentó nuestro amigo Franco, quien aun no estaba convencido de la gran necesidad de las lenguas extranjeras. Su llegada fue una grata sorpresa ya que estábamos interesados en que é1 aceptara la importancia del estudio de idiomas. Despué s de darnos una interesante descripción de una parada que había observado, preguntó a Antonio: "¿Cómo te . explicas la utilidad, socialmente hablando, del conocimiento de idiomas?" "Nada más sencillo de comprender", replicó Antonio, y continuo, "Si te encontraras en una reunión en la cual el idioma de la mayoría era francés estarías continuamente desconcertado al no conocer esta lengua. Por otro lado; si fueras versado en ella te divertirías más y harías buena impresión. "Me he dado cuenta", prosiguió Antonio, "de que si uno habla a alguien en el lenguaje de esa segunda persona, la personalidad del primero se enaltece y sus puntos de vista son más convincentes y persuasivos. Dominando varios idiomas una persona conoce gentes de diferentes países, asiste a reuniones sociales de diferentes nacionalidades y por consiguiente se beneficia socialmente". "No se puede negar que tienes razón", dijo Franco. "No debemos pasar por alto tampoco", añadió Antonio, "cuan beneficioso es una lengua extranjera desde el (del) p unto de vista literario. Si bien es verdad que hay traducciones de cualquier obra que valga la pena leer, no obstante uno aprenderá más y gozara el libro a su entera satisfacción si lo lee en el idioma en que fue escrito originalmente. El rico modismo de una lengua se pierde casi totalmente en una traducción, y el sinnúmero de partes jocosas que se deben a (are due to) juegos de palabras difícilmente podrían conservarse. Para gozar y conocer a Shakespeare y a Poe hay que leerlos en inglés; a Moliere y a Víctor Hugo en francés; a Cervantes y a Pérez Galas en español; a D'Annunzio en italiano; etc., etc." "Agradezco tu explicación pues has corregido uno de mis más grandes errores. Siempre aprendo algo nuevo de ti." Después de este tópico discutimos política y otros temas de interés hasta que fue tiempo de retirarnos.

217

to advocate to back to back up the car to bow to to confirm to deserve to endure to grasp to issue to land to land a job, fam. to mortgage

LESSON XXV REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba CADA Infinitivo Hasta Aprender de MEMORIA: (ádvokeit) —apoyar o defender to perceive (persíiv) —percibir, darse cuenta de (un plan, idea,) to persuade (persuéid) —persuadir (bak) —sostener o apoyar, 'respaldar' to reap (riip) —cosechar, recibir —echar hacia atrás el 'auto' (recompense o fruto) (báu) —inclinarse o saludar to reiterate to (riítereit) —reiterar o repetir (haciendo una reverencia) restrain (ristréin) —cohibir, impedir, (conférm) —continuar, corroborar restringir (diserv) —merecer to restrain —impedirle a alguien que. . (endiúr) —sufrir o tolerar; resistir a person from to (grasp) —empuñar o agarrar; abarcar safeguard (séifgard) —proteger (sus derechos, (íshu) —brotar; expedir, publicar reputación, etc.) (land) —desembarcar, poner to sneeze (sniis) —estornudar pie en tierra to subject (sobYékt) —someter —conseguir un empleo to testify (téstifai) —testificar, testimoniar (mórgueY ) —hipotecar to thwart (Zuort) —frustrar, obstruir

'To advocate': If he did not advocate such an unfair plan nobody would protest. 'To bow': He bowed to her but she ignored his courtesy. 'To endure': She would not endure his indifference any longer. 'To perceive': He must have perceived that he was mistaken. 'To reiterate': I wonder if he reiterated his accusation. 'To restrain': She should have been restrained from testifying against her father. 'To safeguard': The rights of the people must be safeguarded. 'To subject': Why should I be subjected to such a treatment? 'To thwart': I did not object to his quitting our business nor did I intend to thwart his new idea. 'To grasp' — comprender a fondo (una explicación, algo). b.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. Had I advocated the plan I would have been help ed by my relatives, Had you . . . etc. 2. If I did not deserve the raise in salary my application would not be backed by the manager, If you . . . etc. 3. I bowed to the woman lawyer before I testified against her client, You . . . etc. 4. I was informed that the Governor was persuaded to confirm my friend's appointment, You . . . etc. 5. Were it possible for me to endure life in a small town I would pack up and go back home, Were it . . . etc. 6. No sooner did I land I grasped my friend's hand with my heart overflowing with joy. No sooner did you . . . etc. 7. Blood issued freely from the child's wound and I sent for the doctor, Blood . . . etc. 8. I was restrained from issuing any order for the return of the books, You . . . etc. 9. I shall send Albert a copy as soon as they issue the next number of the magazine, You . . . etc. 10. The day after had mortgaged my house I landed a good job, The day . . . etc. 11. If I had perceived what John meant I would not have lost my money in the transaction. If you . . . etc. 12. I shall be very happy when I reap the fruit of my labor these last few years, You will . . . etc. 13. I ought to have restrained my brother from accepting such a proposition, You ought . . . etc. 14. I always cover my mouth when I sneeze, You . . . etc. 15. I was subjected to a very difficult examination, You . . . etc. 16. Not only was my petition for a raise denied but my plans were thwarted, Not only was your . . . etc. c.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did he say that he might advocate the new plan? 2. Did they promise him that they would back him if he ran for mayor? 3. Was he told that he should back up so that the other car would go through? 4. Did you bow to the lady when you were introduced to her? 5. Was he persuaded to confirm your appointment? 6. Are you suggesting that he deserves the position? 7. Did he complain that he would not be able to endure the pain any longer? 8. Was he able to grasp the teacher's explanation? 9. Did he testify that the order had not been issued before he left the office? 10. Did they restrain the passengers from landing before the Immigration Officers came aboard the ship? 11. Did you not perceive that he was trying to safeguard his reputation when he issued his last statement? 12. Did she suggest that her son should mortgage his house? 13. Did he let them know that he was very willing to reiterate his denunciation of the plan? 14. Has he not started to reap the fruit of his labor yet? 1 5. Who said at the meeting that the rights of the people should be safeguarded? 16. Were the prisoners subjected to inhuman treatment? 17. Did they object to his testifying against his father? 18. Was he afraid that his being a foreigner might thwart his ambition in that country? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY

Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Numberless Times: assets bank book bent bill of lading

(ásets) (bánk-búk) (bent) (…léidin)

confident

(cónfident)

—activo o haber, (com.) —libro de banco —inclinación, tendencia —conocimiento de embarque —seguro, confiado

burden

(bérden)

calm cash-book cautious correspondent

(kaam) (cóshos) (corespóndent)

—cargo, aflicciones; agobiar —calma, calmoso —libro de caja —precavido, cauteloso —corresponsal

218 —debito pessimistic, adj. (pésimistik) —pesimista —merecedor plight (pláit) —apuro, aprieto, situación difícil. —distinción o diferencia to prolong (prolóng) —prolongar —traicionar to publish (póblish) —publicar (a una persona) radiant with (rédiant) —radiante de —partida doble to rear (ríar) —criar o educar (draft) —Corriente de aire; diseño; to restore (ristóar) —restaurar o restituir; borrador o esquema; giro o devolver letra de cambio restoration (restoréshon) —restauración, rehabilitación (diúplikeit) —duplicado, copia to retort (ritórn) —redargüir, impugnar; (entáitol) —titular; dar derecho responder mordazmente o autorizar (devolviendo un insulto) (féDer) —pluma, plumaje to scrub, bb (scrob) —estregar, restregar o refregar (feróshos) —feroz, rapaz to scrutinize (scrútinais) —escudriñar, examinar (flonk) —fracasar (en un examen) minuciosamente (fóndel) —mimar, acariciar to ship (ship) —embarcar, expedir o remesar (járvest) —cosecha; cosechar sigh (sái) —suspiro, suspirar (jái-úei) —autopista single entry —partida simple (ínvois) —factura, facturar specious (spíshos) —especioso; correcto, justo o (Yéil) —encarcelar perfecto aparentemente (Yérnal) —diario (libro com.); strict (stríkt) —estricto, rígido periódico rail (réil) —carril de tren (léiden . . .) —cargado de road (róud) —carretera, camino, calle (léin) —carril, calle, vía, camino route (rúut) —ruta, recorrido, itinerario, rumbo (léYer) —libro mayor derail (diréil) —hacer descarrilar (láiabilitis) —pasivo (com.) timidity (timíditi) —timidez (óptimist) —optimista to torture (tórchur) —torturar, atormentar (óptimistik) —optimista worthy of (uérDi) —digno de, merecedor de, acreedor a (pésimistist) —pesimista PHRASES: What can't be cured must be endured —Debemos resignarnos a lo irremediable an inordinate desire to —un deseo excesivo de . . . to be derailed —descarrilarse to go off the rails —descarrilarse to be disappointed —recibir una decepción o decepciones to be afflicted with . . . —sufrir de o padecer de to be aware of . . . —conocer o estar enterado de (un hecho) in a jiffy (fain.) —en un instante day in and day out —día tras día the position is filled —la colocación está tomada You would do —Ud. conviene o convendría (para el puesto) to be entitled to . . . —tener derecho de o estar autorizado para. . . to be in the rear —estar en la parte de atrás o en la cola My wish came true —Mi deseo se realizó . . . and the like —y otros semejantes o por el estilo He is hard-up at present —Está apurado de dinero actualmente to put on airs —darse tono 'Charity begins at home' —La caridad empieza por casa That goes without saying —Eso se entiende Business before pleasure —La obligación antes de la devoción.

debit (débit) deserving (disérvin) discrimination (discriminéshon) to double-cross, fam. double-entry draft

duplicate to entitle feather ferocious to flunk, fam to fondle harvest highway invoice to jail journal laden with lane ledger liabilities optimist, subs. optimistic, adj. pessimist,subs.

READING TEXT Repeat ALOUD and Write: Ruth, my cousin's daughter, clung to her childhood bent of becoming a bookkeeper and stenographer. Since very young she displayed a great talent for numbers and a fervent desire to become an office girl when she grew up. Even though she was afflicted with a Painful disease for over a year, she managed, however, to continue her studies after a two years absence from school, and last month she was graduated with honors. Hardly had she rested three weeks when she made up her mind to seek employment, and thus try to relieve her father somewhat (algo) of the heavy burden of supporting a family of six. Only ten days ago I ran into her somewhere around Ninth Street and she told me that she was hunting up and down the city after a job, a task which was rather trying but she was very optimistic. Then I said, "That is praiseworthy of you. You are aware that 'Where there is a will there is a way'. Would have you get what you want which you justly deserve". We parted and I had not heard about her until yesterday, when I was told the much welcomed news that she had been engaged as a bookkeeper and correspondent in a very fine office located in the center of the business district. Last night our common cousin, Peter, rode to my house in his car and, a few minutes after, I had myself taken to Ruth's home. We got there in a jiffy. I rang the bell twice, three times or more but it was out of order, and as the door was locked we knocked. Ruth appeared and let us in. She greeted us very cordially. Peter and I took off our, overcoats and hats, which she hung in a hall closet, and then we went into the living room.

219 I perceived that Ruth was radiant with joy. "It is easy to notice that you are very happy", I said. "We came to congratulate you upon your success in obtaining a good position." To this she replied that she sincerely appreciated the interest, we took in her and she was indeed very happy, and added, "I was very confident I could find employment for I was trying very hard". "Yes, you were trying hard", I repeated. And she continued, "I certainly did: For two weeks I would rise very early and with the several addresses I had cut off from newspapers I called on different places. Day in and day out I was told, "The position is filled', but I never discouraged. One morning I arose with the feeling (presentimiento) I was to land A good job that day and the feeling-came true. The third firm I visited thought. I would do, and I was given a test. This was about the use of the ledger, cashbook, journal and bank-book. I also had to give a thorough explanation about the following: double entry, single entry, assets, liabilities, credit, debit, invoice, bill of lading and many others which I had managed to learn well while at school. After the test was over, they told me they would let me know and that I might obtain the appointment. Three days afterwards they sent me word that I should report there the following Monday". "That's splendid", Peter and I said at the same time, and I added, "I am hoping that you will be very successful in your new position". "I thank you a million times", she replied. We chatted about a few other things and then Peter and I departed. CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD Several Times 1. What were Ruth's ambition since she was a child? 2. What handicap did she have to overcome in order to continue her studies? 3. Was she finally graduated? 4. Tell about her experience while she was looking for work? 5. Was she successful at last? 6. Was she given a test? 7. What was it about? V.

S E C O N D V O C A B U L A R Y Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase MANY Times:

to arbítrate

(árbitreit)

to assail to assent bride

(aséil) (asént) (bráid)

bridegroom brisk capable capability capacity chum to confine to eliminate endurance

(bráidgruum) (brisk) (kéipabol) (kéipabiliti) (capáciti) (chom) (confáin) (elímineit) (endiúrans)

engine exacting to extort

(énYin) (egsáitin) (ekstórt)

flake flour gloomy to grin, nn

(fléik) (fláuar) (glúmi) (grin)

heir hero heroine host

(éar) (jíro) (jéroin) (jóust)

to hunger

(jónguer)

jacket

(Yáket)

—arbitrar, decidir como lawn arbitro meadow —acometer, atacar to mince —asentir —novia (en la ceremonia), nightmare desposada oats —novio, desposado prince —vivo, activo to propagate —capaz, apto psychiatrist —capacidad (hacer algo) —capacidad (volumen) —camarada (intimo amigo) psychiatry —confinar; restringir —eliminar —resistencia (el poder de to rehearse resistir o sufrir) rehearsal —locomotora shrub —exigente, muy estricto to smirk —sacar u obtener (por fuerza o amenazando), extorsionar sling-shot —ojuela, copo, escama sorcery —harina spare —sombrío, melancólico spinster —reír o sonreír mostrando los tame dientes to triumph —heredero vestibule —héroe volume —heroína volumen —anfitrión, el jefe de la casa o wheat señor que tiene invitados; witch hueste; multitud; hostia (igl.) wizard — sufrir o pasar hambre; wizard ansiar —chaqueta wizardy PHRASES:

Not to mince one's words I do not mince my words To have confidence in to treat a person like a close friend He asked me pointblank So far as I know! Put It in black and white (fam.) In short, he . . . What is to be done? There is nothing more to be done Because of there being a meeting

(loon) (médou) (mins) (náitméer) (oots) (prins) (própagueit) (saikáiatrist)

(saikáiatri)

(rijérs) (rijérsal) (shrob) (smerk) (slíng-shót) (sóceri) (spéar) (spínster) (téim) (tráiomf) (véstibiul) (volíum) (volume) (juiit) (uich) (uísard)

(uísardi)

—césped —pradera, prado —desmenuzar, destrozar; hacer picadillo —pesadilla —avena —príncipe —propagar, diseminar —psiquiatra (doctor entendido en enfermedades mentales —psiquiatría (tratamiento o estudio de enfermedades mentales) —ensayar (para un acto) —ensayo (para un acto) —arbusto; matojo —sonreír de una manera afectada o fatua —honda (para tirar) —hechicería —disponible, sobrante, extra —solterona —manso ; sumiso; domar —triunfar —vestíbulo, portal —volumen (capacidad) —volumen (radio, voz, etc) —trigo —bruja, hechicera —brujo, hechicero ; mágico —asistente, guía (informática) —brujería

—No hablar con rodeos; hablar francamente —Hablo francamente y al punto —Tener confianza o fe en —Tratar a una persona como a un amigo intimo o tener confianza con . . . —Me pregunto sin ambajes — ¡Que yo sepa! —¡Hágalo por escrito! (oferta, o proposición) —Para abreviar, a . . . —¿Qué hay que hacer?; ¿Qué hacer? —No hay mas nada que hacer —Por haber una reunión . . .

220 God helps him who helps himself to be on bad terms to pretend not to have taken notice of . . . By some means or other on tiptoe

—Ayúdate y Dios te ayudará —No estar en buenas relaciones —Fingir no haberse fijado en o notado . . . —De alguna manera u otra —de puntillas (con las puntas de los pies)

GENDER OF NOUNS — género de los nombres

VI.

Gender is not especially important in the English language as it is in the Romance languages and in German, but there are a few points, however, worth studying. 1. Most feminine nouns in English are formed with different words: king — queen; bachelor — spinster; monk — nun; wizard — witch, etc. 2. Some feminine nouns are formed from the masculine: heir — heiress; Actor — actress; emperor — empress; host — hostess; prince — princess; lion — lioness; hero — heroine; aviator — aviatrix; waiter — waitress. 3. Note the following masculine nouns formed from their feminines: widow — widower; bride — bridegroom. 4. Gender may be indicated as follows: boy friend, gentleman friend — amigo; girl friend, lady friend — amiga; salesman — vendedor; saleswoman — vendedora. 5. Though nouns denoting objects are of the neuter gender and the neuter pronoun is 'it', possessive 'its', the pronouns SHE and HER are used referring to a SHIP, an ENGINE or some personified or animated object. Examples: The beautiful ship 'Queen Mary' has arrived but SHE is in quarantine ('kuórantiin'). SHE is the fastest engine of continental Company. Spring has HER gloomy days. 6. Note common English equivalents of Spanish neuter constructions: (a) the necessary thing or things —lo necesario the beautiful thing or things —lo hermoso the first thing to do —lo primero que hay que hacer the important thing or things —lo importante the wise thing to do . . . —lo prudente en este caso . . . my things; my property —lo mío (b) He invited us, a courtesy which we appreciate — Él nos invitó, la cual agradecemos. He spoke very pleasantly about his opponent, an occurrence which, coming from him, struck me very queer — Él habló muy amenamente de su adversario lo cual, viniendo de él, me parecio muy raro. (See relative pronoun 'which', Les. XV, V-C-5-b). VII.

REVIEW of Irregular Verbs; Study again Uses on Previous Lessons:

a. GROUP VI. Note the vowel 'e' in the Past and Past Participle: Present feel bleed breed creep kneel flee speed keep meet sleep sweep weep lead leave bereave hold behold — mirar, contemplar uphold — apoyar o 'respaldar' feed dwell

Past felt bled bred crept knelt (kneeled) fled sped, speeded kept met slept swept wept led left bereft, bereaved held beheld upheld fed dwelt, (dwelled)

Past Participle felt bled bred crept knelt (kneeled) fled sped, speeded kept met slept swept wept led left bereft, bereaved held beheld upheld fed dwelt

(Les. IX-F) (Les. XV-E) (Les. XX-A) (Les. XVII-G) (Les. XVI-A) (Les. XVI-E) (Les. XX-A) (Les. XI-A) (Les. X-A) (Les. XI-G) (Les. VII-A) (Les. XVII-G) (Les. X-A) (Les. IX-A) (Les. XX-D) (Les. XV-A)

(Les. IX-A) (Les. XVI-E)

221 b. GROUP VII. Note the termination -end' in the present and '-ent' in the Past and Past Participle. The verb 'build' may be included in this list because of its final 't' in each of the past forms. Present Past Past Participle send sent sent (Les. V-A) lend lent lent (Les. V-A) spend spent spent (Les. IV-A) bend bent bent (Les. V-A) rend - desgarar rent rent build built built (Les. XIII-IV) c. GROUP VIII. Note the termination caught' in the Past and Past Participle: Present Past Past participle think thought thought (Les. III-G) buy bought bought (Les. III-C) bring brought brought (Les. X-G) fight fought fought (Les. XII-F) seek sought sought (Les. XVII-A) beseech besought besought (Les. XIX-A)

Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Did you feel that you should have held the meeting the week before -last? 2. Did he bleed to death after he had fled with a wound in his head? 3. Was your father sleeping when the thief crept into the room? 4. Did she say that I could have kept the typewriter for a few days if I needed it? 5. Did they kneel down to pray when the hurricane was sweeping away their houses? 6. Was he warned that he had to meet the notes on his automobile otherwise he might lose it? 7. Did she weep constantly for a long period of time after she was bereaved of her dear mother? 8. Was he bereft of hope and courage to fight when he was ordered to leave his country? 9. Were you led to believe that I would not uphold your plan? 10. Were you asked to hold them there until your uncle returned? 11. Has not the maid fed the children yet? 12. Is he still dwelling on the same subject? 13. Did he speed through the big city when his sick mother sent for him? 14. Is he going to lend it to you after she sends it to him? 15. Did he tell you that he would have spent that money if he had had it with him? 16. Would he have built up a good reputation as a lawyer if he had stayed in that city? 21. Were you thinking of your mother when you bought the house? 22. Was it not his stupidity that brought about the fight? 23. Did they leave the house to fight it out on the street? 24. Has he been seeking employment these last six months? 25. Has he really besought him to safeguard the people's rights? 26. Did his daughter beseech him to let her go back to college? VIII. EXAMEN After the student has made a very careful and thorough study of this lesson writing and repeating ALOUD each one of its parts, he should do the following exercises: A. Give in English Only One Answer for Each Question as You Think Best: 1. Were the people assured that their representative would advocate their plan? 2. Had he already been told when you met him, that he would be backed for that position? 3. Did not the policeman order you to back up so that the other car could go through? 4. Is it true that she ignored him when he bowed to her at the entrance of the hail? 5. Was it not published in yesterday's 'Times' that the President had confirmed the statement attributed to him? 6. Did they argue that she did riot deserve the first prize? 7. Were you sure that those men would not be able to endure their work any longer? 8. Was it proved that the man has grasped the woman by the neck and beaten her? 9. Are his students always able to grasp whatever explanation he makes in the classroom? 10. Were he and you in the office when the new order was issued by the manager? 11. When will the next edition of his book be issued? 12. Were his children at the pier when he landed last Monday? 13. Did she say to you that she might land a good job before the month was over? 14. Had not the house been mortgaged, would you have, in spite of that, obtained the money to meet your debts? 15. Are you really sure that he would have perceived my intention even though you had not told him? 16. Was he suggesting that I should have persuaded her to accept the position? 17. Did you doubt that he would reap the profit of his work? 18. Did she refuse to reiterate her previous statement? 19. Has their opposition restrained him from making any progress with his plan? 20. Was Mr. Clark restrained from making a speech in favor of his nephew? 21. Did he promise that, if elected, he would safeguard the rights of the people? 22. Was he not told that he should cover his mouth and nose with his handkerchief before sneezing? 23. Was Margaret told that her brother had been subjected to a very rigorous questioning? 24. Was there anybody at the meeting who objected to Peter's testifying against his brother? 25. Do you think there was any reason why my plan should be thwarted by the school Board (Junta Escolar)? 26. Were you crossing the street when the woman was hit by the truck? 27. Was he assured that he had been 'double-crossed' by his cousin? 28. Was she asked to shut the window because there was a draft? 29. Has he told you how he is going to entitle his new book? 30. Were they entitled to a two-week pay when they were discharged? 31. Were they warned by the teacher that he would 'flunk' them if they did not do better work? 32. Was last year's harvest better than this year's? 33. Did he say that he had been honored by the Governor's visit?

222 34. Were they told that they would be jailed if there was any complaint against them? 35. Was there anything being done to relieve the prisoner's plight? 36. Was there any reason why the meeting should be prolonged? 37. Were his children reared in the country or in the city? 38. Do you really believe that the king will be restored in that country? 39. Was he congratulated upon his success? 40. Did he complain that he had been tortured by the police? TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. Nos aseguraron que él defendería nuestro plan en la reunión. 2. Si su proposición hubie se sido 'respaldada' por Uds. hubiéramos conseguido lo que deseábamos. 3. ¿No la saludó él a ella [con una inclinación] cuando ella entró en la sala? 4. ¿No te dijeron que él había corroborado su declaración previa? 5. Ellos sugirieron que la muchacha francesa realmente merecía el primer premio. 6. Ella quiere a su hermano muchísimo, de lo contrario no sufriría su indiferencia por más tiempo. 7. Aunque el policía lo agarro por el brazo, no obstante él pudo librarse e irse corriendo. 8. Si se hubiese expedido la orden cuando estibamos allí nadie hubiera faltado a la reunión el siguiente día. 9. No sabe Ud. ¿cuándo se publicará el siguiente número de la revista? 10. Recibimos un radiograma manifestando que quizás desembarcarían el domingo próximo a pesar de ser un día festivo. 11. Él hubiera conseguido ese puesto si no se hubiese quedado dormido. 12. Ella esperaba conseguir el dinero para su padre antes que este hipotecara la casa. 13. Cuando abrí la puerta no pude percibir quien era pues estaba muy oscuro. 14. Si no hubiese sido por ti yo quizás hubiera podido persuadirlo a-queaceptara nuestra proposición. 15. Dile que no se preocupe, pues algún día cosechará el fruto de su labor. 16. A menos que él retire lo que declaró la semana pasada no creo que, bajo esas circunstancias, debiéramos seguir adelante con nuestro plan. 17. Le cohibieron de exponer su propia idea y muy contrariado, dejó la convención. 18. Su padre, que es un hombre muy cauteloso, le impidió firmar el documento. 19. Puesto que él no ha sabido (podido) proteger los derechos de los trabajadores, estos deben negarle sus votos en la próxima elección. 20. ¿No te dijo ella que te-cubrieras la boca y la nariz con el pañuelo cuándo estornudaras? 21. Ella insistió en que la sometieran a un examen estricto, pues estaba segura de que él no lo pasaría. 22. Él se opuso a que ella testificara en contra de su padre. 23. Ellos nos aseguraron que no habían tenido la intención de frustrar nuestro plan. 24. Él reclamó que él era merecedor del primer premio, pero que había sido ‘traicionado'. 25. Si él no hubiese tenido el derecho de reclamar ese dinero él no lo hubiera hecho. 26. Ellos no entregaron la mercancía por la cuál se lea había pagado y fue necesario meterlos en la cárcel. 27. No es siempre prudente ser optimista y Ud. no recibirá decepciones. 28. Lo felicité pues él fué restaurado a su posición anterior. 29. Si se les hubiese criado en la ciudad quizás no serían tan tímidos. 30. Se dice que la restauración del rey es un hecho confirmado. 31. Él siempre está dándose tono (así) olvidando que la modestia es una de las cualidades más hermosas. 32. Él había sido atacado en el periódico muchas veces por sus ideas radicales, pero finalmente fue elegido acalde. 33. Él no habló con rodeos; dijo su parecer claramente y sin miedo. 34. Por haber una reunión la comedia no pudo ensayarse ayer y estoy preocupado, pues la función se celebraría mañana. 35. Lo prudente en este caso es llamar a su padre y decide la verdad. 36. Lo interesante (acerca) de ese libro es su estilo hermoso y sencillo y los muchos juegos de palabras que encontramos en todas sus páginas. 37. Ella fingió no haberse fijado en ellos, pero ellos la ignoraron igualmente (as well). 38. (Nosotros) todos pudimos ver que la muerte de ella lo había apesadumbrado hondamente. 39. Él sonrió-de-una-manera afectada cuando le dijimos que nuestro amigo finalmente había triunfado consiguiendo la posición que verdaderamente merecía. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH "Es verdad", dice Eduardo a Enrique, "que no es fácil obtener trabajo en estos días, pero temo que tu cuñado no se haya decidido a encontrarlo. Le sugerí la semana pasada que fuera a la oficina del Sr. Brown en la cual deseaban emplear un estenógrafo que supiera teneduría de libros, pero no se presentó. Si él quisiera encontraría que ha cer. "Tienes razón", empieza Enrique; yo siempre he creído que 'querer es poder'. Aunque es un hecho conocido que hubo una crisis económica en el mundo entero, y particularmente en esta metrópoli, no olvidemos el proverbio, 'Ayúdate y Dios te ayudara'. Con estas palabras quiero decir que a pesar de esta situación difícil, él que madruga diariamente y se esfuerza por conseguir trabajo, al fin y al cabo ve sus empeños realizados. Me he enterado de muchas personas que se quejan continuamente más no tratan de vencer los obstáculos y naturalmente, ellas no pueden tener éxito. "Sé de una jovencita, sin embargo, que no pertenece al grupo que acabo de mencionar. Desde niña (Since she was a child) esta muchacha tenía (una) inclinación hacía la -(a) carrera comercial, especialmente el trabajo general de una oficina: Estudio, por lo tanto, teneduría de libros, estenografía, escritura a máquina y otras asignaturas del curso. Ella sufrió una enfermedad grave que interrumpió sus estudios por mucho tiempo, pero luego pudo gra duarse con honores. "Apenas hubo terminado su curso empezó a buscar trabajo por todas partes en la ciudad. En días pasados me tropecé con ella cuando se dirigía a una casa, cuya dirección había tomado de un periódico, la cual necesitaba un tenedor de libros y corresponsal. No hablamos mucho, pues ambos estábamos muy de prisa. Me dijo que ella nunca desanimaba, por más penoso que fuera estar en-busca de empleo. La felicité por su constancia y empeños de triunfar, le deseé buena suerte y nos despedimos. Anoche fui a visitarla para enterarme que había obtenido la colocación. "En verdad, fue un placer para mi saber que la emplearon ese mismo día en que nos vimos en la calle. Ella está muy contenta y yo estoy seguro de que tendrá éxito en su carrera". "Esplendido", exclama Eduardo, "recordémosle a tu cuñado que no debe olvidar que “querer es poder”.

223 LESSON XXVI I. a to alternate to assemble

REGULAR VERBS Repeat ALOUD and Write Verbs and Phrases Until You Learn to PERFECTION: (álterneit) —alternar to jeopardize (Yépardais) —arriesgar o poner en peligro (asémbol) —congregar-se; to overwhelm (óverjuelm) —abrumar, confundir o reunirse anonadar, aplastar, vencer to assert (asért) —aseverar, afirmar to reciprocate (resíprokeit) —reciprocar o corresponder to assort (asórt) —ordenar-y-clasificar to release (rilíis) —soltar; libertar, librar to assume (asiúm) —asumir, suponer o dar to singe (sinY) —chamuscar o quemar por sentado las extremidades to bestow on (bistóu) —conferir, otorgar a to sort (sort) —clasificar, ordenar por to collapse (coláps) —desplomarse, genero derrumbarse- desmayarse to subside (sobsáid) —apaciguarse o calmarse to dye (dái) —teñir tinturar (excitación, enfado, etc.) to identify (aidéntifai) —identificar to suspect (sospékt) —sospechar, imaginar to indulge (indólY) —entregarse a, o practicar to thrill (Zril) —excitar, estremecer (algún habito) Note:The present participle of the verb 'to dye' is 'dyeing ' — tiñendo, to distinguish it from 'dying' — muriendo; that of the verb 'to singe' is 'singeing' (sínYin) but of the verb 'to sing' is 'singing' (sínguin). Repeat ALOUD and Write the Following Until -You Learn to PERFECTION: to compromise (cómpromais) —ajustar o resolver diferencias (haciendo concesiones mutuas); prometer (a una persona ocasionándole una situación peligrosa o difícil ) to correspond (córespond) —escribirse o mantener correspondencia; corresponder o adaptarse una cosa a otra to indict (indáit) —encausar — (encontrar causa, por las autoridades competentes para traer a juicio a un acusado) to pose (pous) —posar o colocarse (en cierta posición para una fotografía, o de manera afectada para llamar la atención) o librar a una persona de (una obligación, dificultad, castigo, etc.) to release a person from —tener algo de más, de sobra o extra to spare (spéar): to have something to spare —perdonarle la vida a alguien to spare somebody's life —evitarle a una persona una situación embarazosa, un contratiempo, to spare a person an embarrassment, disgusto o molestia, decepción, dolor o pena, etc. trouble, disappointment, pain, etc. Not to spare the cost of . . . —No escatimar el costo de . . . to be thrilled —estremecerse, excitarse

'To compromise': There were certain differences but we compromised — Había ciertas diferencias pero las resolvimos (haciendo concesiones mutuas); I do not wish to compromise you — No quiero comprometerle — (Este uso es raro, mejor sería, I do not wish to embarrass you); Lo comprometí para ese trabajo — I engaged him for that work; And, 'compromiso o cita' — engagement or appointment, but, 'a compromise' — ajustamiento o arreglo (de ciertas diferencias por concesiones mutuas). 'To correspond': He corresponds with her — É1 mantiene correspondencia con ella; He will never correspond to my pattern of a gentleman — Él nunca se adaptará a mi modelo de caballero; But, Él corresponderá a su bondad — He will reciprocate her kindness. 'To indict': The Grand jury has indicted him for murder — El Gran jurado lo ha encausado o ha encontrado suficiente causa para traerlo a juicio por asesinato. 'To indulge': When someone offers you a glass of beer, a cigarette, etc., you may answer, 'No, thank you, I never indulge (in it)' —'No, gracias, nunca lo uso'. He has never indulged in gambling —Nunca se ha dado al juego (por dinero). 'To subside': When the excitement subsided the King began to talk — Cuando la excitación se calmó el Rey empezó a hablar. c.

Continue ALOUD with ALL Persons: 1. I asserted at the meeting that I would have assembled the rest of the boys if it had been necessary, You . . . etc. 2. I am going to have the clerk assort all those letters alphabetically, He is . . . etc. 3. I must have all these papers and notes assorted in some way or another, You . . . etc. 4. I do not wish to assume that I am indisputably right but I would have to be convinced with good points, You . . . etc. 5. If I did bestow the prize on Adele it was because I was certain that her composition was the best, If you did . . . etc. 6. I was fortunate enough to be out when the ceiling collapsed, You . . . etc. 7. When the little boy collapsed I carried him to a near-by drug-store, When . . . etc. 8. I suggested that we should compromise for the success of the meeting, You . . . etc. 9. I shall be very glad to correspond with those friends if I am asked to, You . . . etc. 10. I was dyeing Mary's dresses when I got the note, You . . . etc.

224 11. I might have identified the accused man as the burglar if I had been brought to court, You . . . etc. 12. Had I been indicted I am sure I would have cleared myself in court, Had you . . . etc. 13. I insisted that I had never indulged in gambling of any sort, You . . . etc. 14. I might have jeopardized my friend's position if I had not disclosed the facts, You . . . etc. 15. 1 was overwhelmed with letters and cablegrams from many friends in Latin America, You were . . . etc. 16. When I met my cousin at the pier I overwhelmed him with all sorts of questions about the family, When you . . . etc. 17. I really dislike the idea of posing for a picture, You . . . etc. 18. I reciprocated his kindness when I spared him the inconvenience of waiting so long, You . . . etc. 19. I suspected that he would be released from jail before his term was over, You . . . etc. 20. I should have released my uncle from that obligation, You . . . etc. 21. I told the barber' I wanted to have my hair singed, You . . . etc. 22. I was thrilled with delight when I was told that my family bad a room to spare at their country house, You . . . etc. 23. I have never spared the cost of learning, You . . . etc. d. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Many Times: 1. Do you alternate your English classes or do you take them every day? 2. Did he assert that the building had collapsed before the firemen arrived? 3. Had the police assumed that the suspected man would be identified as the burglar? 4. Were you assured that the first prize had been bestowed on her? 5. Did he suggest that they might compromise and arrive at a conclusion? 6. How long had she been corresponding with her sister-in-law when they finally met personally? 7. Did she say that she was going to have her red dress dyed blue? 8. Was it reported in last night's paper that he would probably be indicted for murder? 9. Does he indulge in reading until very late at night? 10. Was he warned that he might jeopardize his financial position if he went into partnership with his cousin? 11. Was he overwhelmed with letters of congratulation from all parts of the country? 12. Was she overwhelmed with joy when she was to be presented with the first prize? 13. Was the actress asked to pose for pictures? 14. Did he say that he would have reciprocated her kindness of a few years ago if he had been told that she was in the city? 15. Was the President's statement released for publication without his consent? 16. Were they happy with the news that they would be released from any implication in the matter? 17. Does he always have his hair singed at the barber-shop? 18. Did the police suspect that he had anything to do with the crime? 19. Did the news that you would be given the position thrill you? 20. Were you thrilled when you saw your father coming down the gangplank? 21. Was he assured that they did not have any room to spare? 22. Did the Governor indicate that he would spare the life of the condemned man if he could find a legal cause for his action? 23. Did he say that he would have spared you the trouble if he had been able to? 24. Did he say that he would not spare the cost of his son's education? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn to PERFECTION:

to abolish accordingly

(abólish) (acórdinli)

aerial aerodrome

(irial) (éirodroum)

to amplify assortment to beam blizzard confiscate clue crust

(ámplifai) (asórtment) (biim) (blísard) (confiskéit) (cluu) (crost)

to depres depressing elf event fastidious

(diprés) (diprésin) (elf) (ivént) (fastídios)

fairy fairytale fence to finance finances financier

(féri) (…téil) (fens) (fináns ) (finánses) (finansíer)

fingerprint

(fínguer-print)

footprint genious ingenuity inquisitive investigate

(fútprint) (Yínios) (inYeniúty) (incuísitiv) (invéstigueit)

—abolir, revocar —de consiguiente, en efecto, de acuerdo con eso —aéreo —aeródromo, campo de aviación —amplificar, ampliar —surtido; colección ordenada —destellar, radiar —tormenta de nieve, frio intenso —confiscar —pista o rastro —costra; mendrugo de pan; pasta de una torta o pastel —deprimir, abatir —deprimente (que abate) —duende, elfo —evento, acontecimiento —melindroso o delicado; enojoso, enfadosa —hada —cuento de hadas —cerca, cercado, vaya —costear (un negocio) —ingresos, fondos —banquera, capitalista; administrador a versado en 'finanzas' —impresión o marca digital —huella a pisada —genio —ingenio, ingeniosidad —preguntón o curioso —investigar, indagar

impound maze magichian magic to mutter offensive overwhelming to pace passport peculiar The Pyrinees refugee resolutely resort reverse sensation to seize sojourn skeptical to soar sophisticated spine to stammer to stimulate to stipulate tale thereupon unassuming to vacillate venture to yawn

—embargar, tomar —laberinto, confusión —mago —magico —murmurar, refunfuñar, decir entre dientes (ofénsiv) —ofensivo, hiriente (óverjuélmin) —abrumador, preponderante (péis) —caminar por . . . (de un lado a otro meditando) (pásport) —pasaporte (pekiúlar) —peculiar, particular (píriniis) —Los Pirineos (réfiuYii) —refugiado, asilado (résoliutli) —resueltamente (risort) —refugio o sitio muy frecuentado (en verano o invierno); recurrir (rivérs) —dorso, reverso; contra-tiempo o vicisitud (senséshon) —sensación (siis) —embragar, coger, captar (soYérn) —estancia o estada (sképtical) —escéptico; dudoso (sobre algo) (sóar) —remontarse, elevarse (sofístikeitet) —mundano; afectado (spáin) —espina dorsal (stámer) —tartamudear, gaguear (stímiuleit) —estimular, animar (stípiuleit) fijar términos o condiciones (téil) —cuento, narración (Déaropón) —en eso . . . (onasiúmin) —modesto, sencillo (vásileit) —vacilar, titubear (vénchur) —ventura, aventurarse (ioon) —bostezar (impáund) (méis) (maYichian) (máYic) (móter)

225 PHRASES: In that event, —En ese caso, Without further ado —Sin más acá, ni más allá I shall think it over —Lo pensare Not to feel quite so certain —No estar completamente seguro to be reputed to . . . —tener la reputación o fama de. . . matter-of-course instructions —instrucciones de requisito But what if I should . . . —Pero supongamos que yo . . . Shortly thereafter, —Poco después, at all costs —Cueste lo que cueste He was at his wit's end —Ya no sabía que decir to be distant toward a person —ser indiferente para con una persona They put the enemy to flight — Pusieron el enemigo en fuga They are people of no account —Son gente de poca importancia In advance —por adelantado to get ahead —adelantarse, ganar la delantera to be in a maze —estar confundido, en un laberinto (mental) She beamed with joy —Ella radiaba de alegría. Do not cross the border or —No cruce (pase) la frontera o la cerca fence —infracción, violación, intrusión, entrada ilegal, Trespass (tréspas) ofensa III.

READING TEXT

Read ALOUD and Write Several Times My cousin Albert, upon his return from a short sojou rn in Europe, told us of his first flying venture, a very exciting airplane trip over the Pyrinees from Biarritz, France, to Madrid, Spain. "I had always indulged", began Albert, "in dreams of an aerial trip stimulated by the desire to experience the thrilling sensation of soaring above the clouds. The opportunity came to me while in the famous French beach of Biarritz, reputed to have been the favorite resort of King Edward VII of England. I made up my mind to go to Madrid by "plane" and, accordingly, after obtaining the necessary information at the hotel, I walked resolutely to the ticket agency and paid for one fare to Madrid on the aeroplane leaving the following day at 9 o'clock in the morning. The moment that ticket was handed to me by the agent, with matter-of-course instructions to be there next morning in time to connect with the motorbus which was to take the passengers to the aerodrome, a peculiar little chill ran down my spine and I felt sick. Thereupon, I repaired to the hotel to think it over. H aving accomplished the first step toward the realization of my desire to fly, I did not feel quite so certain that I wanted to, or that it was so necessary for me to do so since I had all time at my disposal to travel by train and I was in no particular hurry to arrive in Madrid. I even considered, for a moment, returning the ticket, but immediately dismissed the idea lest the ticket agent might suspect that I had become afraid. But what if I should oversleep to-morrow? In that event, according to the stipulations printed on the reverse of the ticket, only half the cost of the fare would be refunded to me. Under the circumstances I decided to go through with my flying venture, thus putting an end to my mental vacillations, and the next morning, at 8:15, foun d me waiting for the motorbus at the ticket agency, the doors of which had not yet been opened. There was no one around other than myself that looked like a passenger, but shortly thereafter a nervous, little man appeared with a handbag, and paced the sidewalk in front of the agency glancing now at me and then at the closed doors of the agency with the inquisitive air of one who is not sure about something and desires information", (To be continued). IV.

CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times:

1. What dreams had Albert always indulged in? 2. What did he want to experience? 3. When did the opportunity come to him? 4. Of what king is Biarritz reputed to have been the favorite resort? 5. To what city in Spain was Albert going to fly? 6. How did he feel after the ticket had been handed to him? 7. Did he consider returning the ticket? Why did he not return it? 8. Had he returned the ticket would they have refunded to him the whole cost of the fare? 9. At what time the next morning was he at the ticket agency? 10. Was there any one around at the moment other than himself that looked like a passenger? 11. Describe the man that appeared shortly thereafter.

226 V.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn To PERFECTION: to allure (alúar) —tener o atraer (haciendo to intervene (íntervíin) —intervenir, mediar ofrecimientos) to infringe (infrénch) —infringir to annihilate (anáijileit) —aniquilar infrigment (infréchman) —infraccion, arson (árson) —incendio premeditado irrefutable (irefiútaboI) —irrefutable,incontestable artisan (artisan) —artesano ordinary (órdineri) —ordinario o corriente athlete (áZliit) —atleta to oust (áust) —desposeer, despedir bruise (bruus) —magulladura, moretón promenade (prómenéid) —paseo; pasearse chain (chéin) —cadena, encadenar prude, subs. (pruud) —remilgado o de exagerada chandelier (shándelíer) —araña de luces prudish, adj. —prudencia o corrección childish (cháildish) —pueril, aniñado reluctantly (rilóktantli) —de mala gana (como circle (sérkel) —circulo luchando interiormente circus (sércos) —circo si acceder o no) cloak (clóuk) —capa; manto reprieve (ripriiv) —suspensión temporal to comprehend (cómprijend) —concebir, penetrar o (de la ejecución de una comprender (algo en toda su sentencia) magnitud) to resist (risíst) —resistir contravene (contráviin) —infringir,transgredir to shun, nn (shon) —esquivar o evitar contravention (contrávenshion) —contravención, infraccion skate (skéit) —patinar; patín deceitful (disítful) —engañoso, mentiroso scum (skom) —escoria (lo más vil, bajo) to decorate (décoreit) —decorar, adornar sublime (sobláim) —sublime to deride (diráid) —mofar, ridiculizar to sprawl (sprool) —tender-se derision (deríshon) —burla, mofa to swagger (suáguer) —caminar de una manera descendant (diséndant) —descendiente engreída, pomposa dialect (dáialekt) —dialecto transgress (transgrés) —transgredir essay (ései) —ensayo (literario), disertación trick (trick) —timo, ardid; embaucar flaw (floo) —defecto, imperfección tricky (tríki) —tramposo, engañoso to flourish (flórish) —blandir; florecer, prosperar warrior (uórier) —guerrero frontier (fróntiir) —frontera wholesome (jóulsom) —sano, salutífero gorgeous (górYos) —esplendoroso, magnifico, 'wreath' (riiZ) —corona de flores, festón suntuoso wrinkle (rínkol) —arruga gymnasium (Yimnésiom) —gimnasio to wrinkle up —arrugar-se

PHRASES: to a certain extent to such an extent that . . . to take exception to to take notice of something I did not take notice of it to know a person by sight the ticking of the clock to clench one's fists to be near-sighted nearsightedness to be far-sighted (long) farsightedness to be struck blind I elbowed my way in I got cramps She punched him on the nose All is not gold that glitters I ran myself out of breath Brace up! (fam.) to be fingerprinted

VI.

—hasta cierto punto —Hasta tal extremo que . . . —oponerse a o resentirse por algo —notar o darse cuenta de algo —No lo note o no me di cuenta de ello —conocer a una persona de vista —el tic tac del reloj —cerrar los puños —ser miope —miopía —ser hipermétriope —hipermetriopía —cegarse o quedarse ciego —Entre empujando con los codos —Me dió calambre —Ella le dió una bofetada en la nariz —No es oro todo lo que reluce o brilla —Perdí la respiración de tanto correr —¡Anímese¡ ¡tenga valor! —tomarse la impresión digital (huella digital)

INTERJECTIONS — Interjecciones

An interjection is a word 'thrown hi' to express some emotion or feeling, like surprise, anger, pleasure, grief, etc. The following are common interjections: By George! Indeed! Good Heavens! Goodness me! For God's sake! Nonsense! By Jingo"! Hopefully!

—¡Caramba! —¡De veras! —¡Santos Cielos! —¡Válgame Dios! —¡Por Dios! —¡Tontería! —¡Canario! —Con optimismo, ¡ojalá!

Strange! Shocking! Look here! Look out! Watch out! Gracious! ('gréshos') Hush! ('josh') helpfully

—¡Que extraño! —¡Que atrocidad! —¡Mire! —¡Cuidado! —¡Cuidado! —¡Jesús! —¡Chitón! —servicialmente, utilmente

227 VII. Phrases PECULIAR To The English Language There are hundreds of phrases in English in which the verb not only expresses its action or mean ing but also indicates a certain circumstance which in other languages would have to be expressed with additional words or phrases. The following are a small number of the many that we have learned: 'His daughter loved him back to life and hope' —Su hija con su amor lo trajo de nuevo a la vida y a la esperanza. The mother kissed her child's tears away —La madre enjugó con sus besos las lágrimas de su hijo. Laugh your troubles away —Ríase y alégrese, y así olvidará sus penas. I am going to dance my sorrows away —Voy a olvidar mis penas bailando. My brother talked me out of the plan —Mi hermano me habló hasta hacerme desistir del plan. The Principal of the school tricked him into signing the document —Con engaños el director de la escuela consiguió que le firmara el documento. We pushed our way into the building —Entramos en el edificio a empujones. The enraged father beat (or whipped) his son out of drinking —El padre enfurecido le quitó a su hijo el hábito de la bebida a fuerza de palizas. He worked his way through college —Él hizo sus estudios pagándolos con su trabajo. The man staggered out of the building —El hombre salió del edificio tambaleándose. I always read myself to sleep —Siempre leo hasta quedarme dormido. He was kicked out —Lo echaron a puntapiés o lo expulsaron. The policeman shot the bandit to death. —El policía mató al bandido a balazos. He was shot dead —La mataron en el acto de un balazo. He was shot through the heart — Le atravesaron el corazón de un balazo Hundreds of soldiers bled away on the battle-field — Cientos de soldados murieron sangrando en el campo de batalla.

VIII. REVIEW of Irregular Verbs — (Continued) a. GROUP IX. Note the termination '—ind' in the Present and '—ound' in the Past and Past Participle. Study, again, these verbs on previous lessons. Present find bind grind wind

Past found bound ground wound

Past Participle found bound ground wound

(Les. IX-A) (Les. XIV-A) (Les. XVIII-A) (Les. XVII-G)

b. GROUP X. Note that the Present, Past and Past Participle, of each, are identical. Study, again, these verbs on previous lessons. Present Past Past Participle cost cost cost (Les. III-A) put put put (Les.V-A) cut cut cut (Les. IX-A) hit hit hit (Les. XV-A) let let let (Les. V-H) hurt hurt hurt (Les. XIV-D) bet bet bet (Les. XIX-E) cast cast cast (Les. XVII-G) broadcast broadcast broadcast (Les. XVII-G) set set set (Les. XIII-IV) shut shut shut (Les. XVII-A) thrust thrust thrust (Les. XIX-A)

228 split slit spit rid bid shed spread burst sublet wet

c.

—ofrecer precio, (subasta) —reventar, estallar —subarrendar —mojar, humedecer

split slit spit rid bid shed spread burst sublet wet

split slit spit rid bid shed spread burst sublet wet

(Les. XVI-A) (Les. XX-D) (Les. XVII-A) (Les. XX-D) (Les. XVIII-G) (Les. XVIII-G) (Les. XVII-A)

Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Was it reported in yesterday's 'Times' that the Police had found out who was responsible for the fire where more than thirty persons perished? 2. Was the ship bound to London when she took fire? 3. Did he tell you that you were bound to fail unless you followed his advice? 4. Do you always have the coffee ground when you buy it at the store? 5. Were you working at the factory when the poor man was ground to death by the big machine? 6. Did his mother warn him to wind up the clock and set it for seven before he went to bed? 7. Was he able to wind up his affairs before he set out on his long trip? 8. Did he tell her that he would not put up with her nonsen se any longer? 9. Was it broadcast last night that the Company would cut down the prices? 10. Did they split or did they finally hit upon a solution of their differences? 11. Was he really hurt because they had cast aside his pro position? 12. Was he thrust into prison when he was suspected of setting fire to his house? 13. Did you tell the maid to shut off the heat? 14. Did he bet any money that the Republican Party would split before the coming election? 15. Did you not warn him not to spit on the floor? 1 6. Did she say that she was going to rid herself of the old house? 17. How much money did he bid for the complete dinner -set at the auction sale? 18. Did his declaration shed any light on the problem they are trying to solve? 19. Was the news spread throughout the country before the President had given it officially for publication? 20. Did he burst out laughing when I fell flat on the pool of water? IX. EXAMINATION: After the student has made a very careful and thorough study of this lesson writing and repeating ALOUD each one of its parts, he should do the following exercises: A. Give in English One Answer for Each Question as You Think Best: 1. Did they announce that they would abolish those regulations? 2. Did he say that he would have assembled the members for a meeting if the permission had been granted by the President? 3. Do you feel that they should have assembled in order to vote on the new plan? 4. Did she assert at the meeting that an injustice had been done to one of the members? 5. Was he ordered to assort in a more systematic way all the letters in the files? 6. What day will he assume his new position? 7. Do you really assume that nothing would have happened if he h ad not stayed away from the conference? 8. Was everybody pleased when the first prize was bestowed on her? 9. How many people perished when the building collapsed? 10. What did he do when the old lady collapsed in his arms? 11. Did the two parties agree to compromise on the differences that had arisen? 12. How long have they been corresponding. 13. Does his idea of a good time correspond to his brother's? 14. Is she going to have her red dress dyed blue? 15. Was she dyeing her hair when her mother came into the bathroom? 16. Was the prominent actor overwhelmed with questions when he was recognized at the pier? 17. Did the politician pose for newspaper camera men immediately after he had been indicted for bribery? 18. Had he ever indulged in gambling before his father died? 19. Did he say anything publicly that could jeopardize his prestige? 20. Was she thrilled when she learned of her father's overwhelming victory? 21. Did he say that he would reciprocate their kindness the first opportunity that would present itself? 22. When will they release him from jail? 23. Was she released from those obligations? 24. Does Albert have his hair singed at the barber-shop? 25. Did he suspect that you had told me about the incident? 26. Do the police suspect him of any implication in the crime? 27. Are you going to have those pictures amplified? 28. Did she beam with joy when the appointment was handed to her? 29. Was she very much depressed when she heard the news? 30. Is he very fastidious about the place he has to live in? 31. Did his father give him $2,000 to finance the publication of the book? 32. Was he fingerprinted shortly after he had been captured? 33. Did you see him pace his room after he was told about the collapse of his brother's business? 34. Did he resort to different means trying to make a success of his business? 35. Has he suffered many reverses in life? 36. Has he been able to overcome his stammering? 37. Did he vacillate before he gave you a definite answer? 38. Does his work absorb all his time? 39. Did they try to allure him into the business with all sorts of promises? 40. Is it true that he shunned some of the questions that were asked of him?

229 B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH 1. Yo supuse que él no podía alternar con esos amigos. 2. A pesar de las objeciones de algunos de los miembros ellos se reunieron el domingo pasado y censuraron la acción del presidente. 3. Si no hubiese sido por el hecho de que él observó que no habría ningún cambio en el plan yo no hubiera faltado a la reunión. 4. Ella ordenó-y-clasificó todas las cartas de lo contrario no sería posible encontrarlas y referirnos a ellas fácilmente. 5. Generalmente él asume una actitud que nos disgusta. 8. La composición de ella fué irrefutablemente la mejor y por lo tanto se le otorgó el primer premio. 7. Cuando la viga cedió se desplomó el techo y diez personas perecieron. 8. Ellos se-hicieron-concesiones-mutuamente y el proyecto pasó en el senado. 9. Tenemos que hacerconcesiones-de-uno-y-otro-lado de lo contrario no habrá ningún Plan para que los miembros aprueben. 10. Yo lamento que tu primo por su falta (carencia) de prudencia te haya comprometido. 11. Hace más de diez años que él y yo mantenemos-correspondencia. 12. Su mamá le aconsejó que no tiñera su vestido azul, pero cuando la madre entró en el cuarto de baño la muchacha estaba Tiñéndolo. 13. No bien bajó el actor del tren, la gente lo reconoció y le fué muy difícil abrirse paso por-entre la muchedumbre. 14. Si se le hubiese encausado yo creo que la Corte lo hubiera encontrado-culpable. 15. Él juró que jamás se había dado a la bebida (drinking). 16. Se le pidió que él se opusiera a ese proyecto de lo contrario él arriesgaría su prestigio de gran liberal (as a great liberal). 17. Ud. me confunde con tantas preguntas. 18. Lo abrumaron con tantas cartas y telegramas de congratulación. 19. Le pidieron que posara para una fotografía (picture). 20. A él le gusta colocarse [de una manera afectada] para llamar la atención. 21. Ella le dijo que se alegraría mucho de corresponder-a (reciprocar) su bondad. 22. Hace dos meses lo libertaron pero hoy lo metieron a la cárcel otra vez, 23. Los libraron de un castigo seguro luego que hubieron prometido que se comportarían bien en lo futuro. 24. Voy a cortarme (chamuscarme) el pelo en la barbería - (Voy a hacer que me corten (chamusquen). . . etc.) 25. ¿Sospechó Ud. que él le estaba engañando? 26. ¿No sospecha Ud. de-nadie que quizás-haya entrado aquí cuando Ud. estaba fuera? 27. La noticia me estremeció hasta tal extremo que decidí telegrafiar-a mi tío felicitándolo. 28. Él se estremeció de (with) alegría cuando se le informó que no había nada que temer. 29. Como yo no estaba completamente seguro de que el plan tendría éxito le dije que lo pensaría. 30. Pero supongamos que yo rehusé poner (place) mi casa a su disposición ¿qué diría él? 31. Se le aseguró que si se adelantaba en la clase se le regalaría una buena máquina-de-escribir. 32. Perdí la respiración de tanto correr pero no me fue posible llegar allí a tiempo. 33. ¡Santos Cielos! Ella se resintió por lo que él había dicho, cerró los puños y le dió una bofetada en la nariz. 34. Ella dice que le conoce a Ud. de vista pero no le notó cuando Ud. estaba parado en la esquina. 35. Mientras la madre enjugaba con sus besos las lágrimas de su hija, le aconsejaba que se resignara a su destino. 36. Nos abríamos paso por-entre la muchedumbre y vimos al hombre al cual le habían atravesado el corazón de un balazo. 37. Mi hermano trató de hablarme hasta hacerme desistir del viaje pero lo interrumpí diciéndole que haría ese viaje 'cueste lo que cueste'. 38. El hombre salió del edificio tambaleándose y cuando llegó a la esquina se desmayó. 39. Si se prueba que él fue sobornado será desposeído de su empleo y también encarcelado por un número de años. 40. Él intentó esquivar algunas de mis preguntas pero finalmente las contestó, algo de mala gana, no obstante. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: Mi primo Alberto pasó algunos meses en Europa particularmente en Madrid, y a su regreso quisimos que nos relatara algo de las muchas cosas interesantes que había visto en el Viejo Continente. Él decidió hablarnos de su primera aventura aérea, un viaje que hizo del hermoso sitio-de-vacaciones de Biarritz, Francia, hasta la histórica capital de España. Biarritz tiene la reputación de haber sido el refugio favorito del Rey Eduardo VII de Inglaterra. Se decidió Alberto, pues, a hacer su viaje y después de recibir la información necesaria en el hotel, fue a comprar su pasaje para tomar un aeroplano que habla de salir con destino a Madrid al otro día a las nueve de la mañana. Él dice que siempre había soñado con un viaje aéreo, pero inmediatamente después de haber pagado su boleto, sintió un escalofrío que le corrió por la espina dorsal. Pensó en devolver el boleto y viajar por tren ya que tenía todo el tiempo a su disposición para hacerlo, mas no hizo esto porque no quería que en la agencia de pasaje creyeran que él había cogido miedo. Decidió por lo tanto poner fin a sus vacilaciones y llevar a cabo su primera ventura aérea. Se dirigió al hotel y después de la cena empacó sus maletas y el resto de su equipaje para su partida la mañana próxima. Alberto no durmió bien aquella última noche en Biarritz pues tuvo horribles pesadillas en relación con su viaje. A las 8.15 del día siguiente ya se encontraba esperando el ómnibus que había de llevar a los pasajeros al campo de aviación para-hacer-traslado-allí-al (to connect there with the) aeroplano. Al llegar al (in) frente de la agencia no vio a nadie que pareciera pasajero, pero poco después llegó un hombrecito con la apariencia de viajero a pasearse por (to pace) la acera. Este hombre tenía un aire investigador (inquisitivo) como el de una persona que no está seguro de algo y desea que lo informen.

230 I.

LESSON XXVII REGULAR VERBS Repita en ALTA VOZ y Escriba Cada Infinitivo y Frase Muchas Veces: to admonish (admónish) —advertir . . . reprender . . . (contra algo) to attain (atéin) —lograr o alcanzar (nombre, meta, etc.). to charter (chárter) —fletar (un barco, aeroplano, etc.) to commend (coménd) —encomendar, ensalzar to conceal (consíil) —ocultar, encubrir to conceal the truth, etc., from . . . —ocultarle a alguien la verdad, etc. to enforce (enfórs) —hacer cumplir (una ley) to entice (entáis) —inducir o atraer (con ofrecimientos) to inculcate (incólkeit) —inculcar to incriminate (incrímineit) —incriminar', acusar (de un crimen o falta), o implicar, envolver (a alguien en un crimen) to kidnap, pp (kídnáp) —secuestrar to rally (ráli) —reunir-sé; reanimarse; revivir to reinstate (ríinsteit) —reinstalar, rehabilitar to sense (sens) —percibir o darse cuenta de to sketch (skeck) —delinear, bosquejar to slander (slánder) —calumniar to slap, pp (slap) —abofetear to snap, pp (snap) —chasquear, hacer estallar; tomar (fotografías instantáneas); romperse algo con un estallido to snap (at) —tirar a morder (un perro) to stretch (strech) —estirar o alargar to stretch oneself —estirarse (desperezarse) to weaken (uíken) —debilitar-se to facilitate (fasíliteit) —facilitar (allanar, mayormente con sujeto impersonal) to yearn (iern) —anhelar, suspirar (por)

'To admonish': She was admonished not to go — Se le advirtió que no fuera. I admonished him against gambling. — Le reprendí o aconsejé contra el juego. 'To incriminate': He was warned to be cautious because anything he said might incriminate him — Se le advirtió que fuera prudente pues cualquier cosa que dijera podría implicarlo en el crimen. 'To sense', fam. — darse cuenta de algo como si oliera o presintiera: I sensed there was something wrong — Presentí que algo (que no debiera ser) sucedía. 'To slap': He was slapped twice — Le dieron dos bofetadas. 'To snap one's fingers at' — chasquear o sonar los dedos mostrando burla o falta de respeto a lo que se le ha dicho.

Repita en ALTA VOZ con TODAS las Personas: 1. I was admonished not to attend such parties, You . . . etc. 2. I admonished my brother against that boy's company, You . . . etc. 3. I may attain my goal if I keep en working hard, You may . . . etc. 4. I sense that I may have been deceived, You . . . etc. 5. I might charter an aeroplane if it should become necessary, You . . . etc. 6. I might have been reinstated to my former position if I had not signed the incriminating document, You . . . etc. 7. Had it not been for that one error I would have commended my friend very highly, Had it . . . etc. 8. I ought not to have concealed the truth in spite of my cousin's insistence that I ought to, You . . . etc. 9. I was not enticed to join the organization, I did so because I had always yearned to . . . etc. 10. I have to enforce the rules of the club so that our plans shall not be wrecked, You . . . etc. 11. I learned last night that his declaration had incriminated the carpenter in the kidnapping of the child, You . . . etc. 12. I went ahead and sketched my plan rapidly regardless of my brother's objection to it, You . . . etc. 13. I have never slandered anybody nor have I ever lent a willing ear to such defamatory accusations, You . . . etc. 14. I was slapped because I snapped a picture of her, You . . . etc. 15. The dog always snaps at me, so I had better keep away from him, The . . . etc. 16. I did not snap my fingers at the man but I did take exception to his remark, You . . . etc. Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did he say that she had been admonished not to attend the party? 2. Was he admonished by his father against accepting the offer? 3. Did you doubt at any time that she would attain wealth and social position? 4. Do you feel that he should have chartered an aeroplane if he wanted to get there before his father passed away? 5. Was the president of the club commended by the members for having enforced the rules of the organization? 6. Did you finally sense that he was concealing the truth from you? 7. Was the little boy enticed to come with the man who kidnapped him? 8. Did he try to inculcate upon you the idea that you were being slandered? 9. Did the woman refuse to say anything lest she should be incriminated in the theft of the documents? 10. Did England try to rally, at that time, a number of countries of democratic governments against the dictator nations?

231 11. Was their business wrecked for failing to reinstate Mr. Brent as manager of the Export Department? 12. Was he anxious to sketch his plan before his father, hoping that the latter would approve it? 13. Was he slapped by his mother when he snapped his fingers at her? 14. Were you asked to go with th em to the park to have a few pictures snapped of the whole group? 15. Does the dog snap if you try to play with him? 16. Did you feel the pain when you rose from the chair and stretched yourself? 17. Did the patient weaken considerably after his second att ack? 18. Did he tell you that he yearned for a few week's' sojourn in his country? II.

FIRST VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn To PERFECTION: abnormal (abnórmal) —anormal, irregular 'hangar' (jángar) —' hangar' (para aeroplanos) to acquire (akuáiar) —adquirir impervious (impérvios) —impenetrable (mayormente uso adequate (ádekueit) —adecuado figurado) to assort (asórt) —cuadrar (cuentas), hostage (jósteY) —rehén clasificar,ordenar inquire (inkúaiar) —inquirir, indagar assortment (asórtment) —surtir, cuadre (cuentas) inquirer (inkúairer) —inquiridor (el que pregunta) attempt (atémpt) —esfuerzo, tentativa kidnapping (kídnaping) —secuestro background (bákgráund) —fondo (en una pintura, to lodge (looY) —alojar; colocar (dentro) fotografía, etc.); (usado en lodging (lóYin) —posada, alojamiento sentido figurado, la loquacious (lokuéishos) —locuaz, (fluente, fácil de palabras) preparación académica o medium (mídiom) —medio, expediente social de alguien mockery (mókeri) —mofa, burla anteriormente). momentarily (momentérili) —momentáneamente to banish (bánish) —desterrar monologue (mónolog) —monologo to belittle (bilítol) —empequeñecer, aminorar, myopia (maiópia) —miopía dar poca importancia a nut (not) —nuez, avellana to blurt (blert) —decir abruptamente ordeal (ordial) —ordalía (prueba dura) capricious (capríshos) —caprichoso pedagogy (pédagóYi) —pedagogía (el arte de enseñar) chaos (kéos) —caos, confusión pedagogue (pédagog) —pedagogo (educador, experto en la cunning (cónin) —astuto; gracioso (mono) enseñanza) to curl (kerl) —rizar, ensortijar philosophy (filósofi) —filosofía dam (dam) —represa, clique philosopher (filósofer) —filosofo dialogue (dáialog) —dialogo pressure (préshur) —presión dismay (disméi) —asombro; congoja psychology (saicóloYi) —psicología (estudio de la mente) to don, nn. (doon) —ponerse o calarse psicologist (saicóloYist) —psicólogo (ropas, un uniforme) shipwreck (shíp-rék) —naufragio to drift (drift) —ir al garete; caminar o ir to ship (ship) —embarcar, enviar por correo sin destino fijo (mercancía) to elapse (iláps) —transcurrir (el tiempo, shipment (shípment) —embarque como 'go by'). to smuggle (smóguel) —pasar de contrabando to embitter (embíter) —amargar, agriar to suffice (sofáis) —bastar to endow (endáu) —dotar suffrage (sófreY) —sufragio, voto to enrich (enrích) —enriquecer swamp (suamp) —pantano to exert (egsért) —ejercer (presión, toil (toil) —faena ; afanarse influencia) to warrant (nórant) —garantizar, justificar foreground (fórgraund) —parte delantera (en una pause (poos) —pausa; hacer pausa pintura, fotografía, etc.) PHRASES: A ship was wrecked by the storm to be elated over The window is bolted to gleam with The furniture gleamed with cleanliness Many years have elapsed He looked at me blankly At my ease to get soaked (sóukt) to be doomed to . . . That's a hard nut to crack to be in full sympathy with at any expense at my expense in the Spanish fashion I have had my ups and downs He is up to all tricks I am impervious to your threats Myopia or nearsightedness has a tendency to develop as a person grows with age.

—La tormenta hizo naufragar un barco —estar o sentirse gozoso por . . . —La ventana está cerrada con pestillo —brillar de —Los muebles brillaban de limpieza —Han transcurrido muchos anos —Me miró confuso o turbado —A mis anchas —mojarse o empaparse —estar predestinado a (morir, fracasar, etc.) —Esa es una nuez dura de roer —estar de lleno con —a toda costa —a costa mía —a la española —He tenido mis buenas y mis malas —Es capaz de cualquier cosa, (engaña con la mayor facilidad) —No me afectan tus amenazas —La miopía, tiene tendencia a desarrollarse con la edad de la persona.

232 READING TEXT (Continued) Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: "Finally", continued Albert, "the little man approached and questioned me in perfect French. At that time my French was also perfect, but limited to about seven words none of which, unfortunately, was included in the stranger's question. What a pity! I could have said to him, for instance 'How are you?' or 'So long' or, 'Very well, Sir' in perfect French, and yet he chose to speak to me about something else! Of course, the little man sensed immediately that I did not know what he was talking about. He tried other languages on me with the same degree of success, and finally blurted, 'Spiky Inglis'? 'Why, of course', I exploded joyfully, certainly do!' I was so elated over the fact that my interrogator spoke English, that I turned inquirer myself and proceeded to overwhelm him with endless questions of my own. He looked at me blankly and, when I paused momentarily for breath, he remarked philosophically, 'No underestan'. 'My jaw dropped in hopeless dismay', continued Albert laughingly, "When I discovered that my friend understood no more English than I did French. A fter many other unsuccessful attempts to arrive at some medium for mutual understanding, I remembered that neither of us had tried Spanish, my native tongue, and when I asked him if he could speak it he shouted in good Castilian, 'But, of course, I am a Spaniard!' My fellow-passenger, he explained later, was an official of the Madrid Post -Office. Our conversation was suddenly interrupted by the arrival of the bus, from which the agent stepped down and opened his office. Our bags were weighed and lodged inside the automobile. We both got in and the bus started for the aerodrome arriving there in twenty minutes. There were three aeroplanes in their hangars and, upon inquiry, I was informed that the first one, a beautiful mountain monoplane painted blue, was the one in which we were to go. The aviator arrived shortly afterwards, donned his flying 'togs' (indumentaria) and gave orders to wheel the ship out of the hangar and into the open field. I prepared my camera and snapped some pictures". (To be continued). — The phrases in the text 'Spiky Inglis' and 'No underestán' are entirely wrong; the students know, undoubtedly, that we must say, 'Do you speak English?' and, 'I do not understand'.

IV.

CONVERSATION Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. What language did the little man use when he approached and questioned Albert? 2. Why did not Albert answer him in French? 3. Explain why t hey could not make themselves understood in English? 4. What language were they finally able to use for mutual understanding? 5. What sort of aeroplane was wheeled out of the hangar? 6. Did Albert snap pictures before they departed? 7. Have you ever travel ed by aeroplane? If so (si ha viajado), tell briefly about the flight. V. SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EACH Word and Phrase Until You Learn To PERFECTION. author (óZer) —autor excrement (égscrement) —excremento authority (oZórity) —autoridad enrichment (enríchment) —enriquecimiento alluring (alúrin) —halagüeño, tentador eccentric (ekséntrik) —excéntrico (singular, assembly (ásembli) —asamblea peculiar) aware (áuar) —conciente to flay (fléi) —despellejar, (criticar awarness —conciencia abusivamente) to balk (book) —evitar, rehusar, obstruir gently (Yéntli) —suavemente, silenciosamente to blast (blast) —soplar violentamente gist (Yist) —substancia, síntesis (el viento) glimpse (glimps) —vistazo, ojeada to blast at —atacar a, pronunciar gloom (gluum) —lobreguez, tenebrosidad, imprecaciones contra melancolía blurred (blerd) —borroso, empañado gloomy (glúumi) —tenebroso, sombrío, cartridge (cártriY) —cartucho (de bala) melancólico chancellor (chánselor) —canciller henceforth (jénsforZ) —en adelante, en lo civilize (civiláis) —civilizar futuro civilian (civílian) —civil hereby . . . (jíarbai) —por la presente . . . claw (clo) —garra, garfio, gancho (en una carta) counselor (cáunselor) —consejero heretofore (jíartufóar) —antiguamente council (cáunsil) —consejo, junta hesitant (jésitant) —vacilante, indeciso coercion (coérshon) —coerción, violencia. helmet (jélmet) —casco (motocicleta) coincidental (coinsidéntal) —coincidente (por coincidencia) hideous (jídios) —horrendo, repulsivo comission (comíshon) —comisión hitherto (jíDertu) —hasta ahora . . . to combine (combáin) —combinar hoof (júuf) —casco, pezuña, pata committee (comíti) —comité idiosyncrasy (idiosíncrasi) —idiosincrasia (modo de ser) to convert (convért) —convertir ignoramus (ignoréimos) —ignorante, tonto counsel (cáunsel) —consejo; aconsejar to invest (invést) —invertir currency (córensi) —moneda corriente investment (invéstment) —inversión to dash (dash) —estrellarse, romper con jokingly (Yóukinli) —de broma, en chanza violencia; lanzar; salir larceny (lárseni) —hurto, robo (como violentamente termino legal) diffusion (difiúshon) —difusión meager (míguer) —insuficiente, escaso dim (dim) —opaco, obscuro molecule (molékuil) —molécula to enable (inéibol) —habilitar o facilitar mucus (míukes) —mocos to enlist (enlist) —alistar; reclutar to pave (péiv) —pavimentar, adoquinar

233 pedestrian perfume peril predecessor to prompt puerile region district to rejoin

(pedéstrian) (parfíum) (péril) (predesésor) (prompt) (piúreil) (ríYion) (distréct) (riYóin)

reliable retrieval remunerate riddle to rot, tt sack scent

(riláiabol) (retríval) (remíunéreit) (rídol) (root) (sak) (sent)

—peaton, peatonal —perfume —peligro, riesgo —antecesor, antepasado —impulsar; apuntar (en teat.) —pueril, infantil —región —distrito —volver a reunirse con, replicar —confiable (eficiente, seguro) —recuperación, retribución —retribuir —adivinanza, enigma —pudrirse, podrirse —costal —perfume, fragancia

scheme to shorten showy shrewd to splash to stall to spurn snot statement strait surpress talon toilet to tighten urine wretched web

(skíim) (shórten) (shóui) (shruud) (splash) (stol) (spern) (snot) (stéitment) (stréit) (surprés) (téilon) (toilet) (táiten) (íurin) (réched) (úeb)

—plan, ardid; tramar, esquema —acortar, reducir —ostentoso, charro —astuto, sagas —salpicar, enlodar —atollarse —rechazar; menospreciar —moco —estado de cuenta —estrecho, angosto —suprimir —garra —inodoro —apretar, ceñir —orina —infeliz, miserable —red

PHRASES: to take a glimpse at —Dar un vistazo; mirar por encima to have a glib tongue —ser suelto de lengua, hablar mucho The motor stalled —el motor se paró (por algún entorpecimiento) I became stalled on a sentence —Me trabé o enredé en una oración the only one around . . . —el único por allí Beware of pickpockets —Tenga cuidado con los carteristas without a degree of success' —sin ningún resultado provechoso Albert's attention was attracted by the . . . —Le llamó la atención a Alberto He has a sense of humor —Sabe apreciar una broma o chiste Tiene un sentido de buen humor all at once —de repente, de buenas a primeras to put something over —triunfar en algo, llevarlo a cabo The work is well under way —El trabajo va muy adelantado to pave the way to —preparar el camino para . . . The waves dashed against the rocks —Las olas rompían contra las rocas with a dash of the pen —con un rasgo de la pluma to be remorseful —estar lleno de remordimiento elephant trunk (élifant tronk) —trompa de elefante VI. CONTRACTIONS — Contracciones In writing and very formal conversations contractions must be avoided. The language is more elegant without them; nevertheless we must learn them since they are very much used in every day informal conversations TO BE I'm —I am it's —it is isn't he? aren't you're —you are We're —we are isn't she? aren't you? he's —he is they're —they are isn't it? aren't they? She's —She is wasn't, weren't TO HAVE I've I haven't haven't I? I hadn't you've you haven't haven't you? you hadn't he's he hasn't hasn't he?, etc. he hadn't, etc. she's she hasn't it's it hasn't I'd —I had hadn't I? we've we haven't you'd —You had hadn't you? they've they haven't he'd —he had, etc. hadn't he?, etc. TO DO WILL WOULD don't I'll won't—will not I'd, wouldn't doesn't you'll You'd didn't he'll, etc. he'd, etc. SHALL SHOULD MUST CAN COULD shan't — shall not shouldn't musn't can't couldn't —that is, that has MAY MIGHT OUGHT that's who's —who is, who has mayn't mightn't oughtn't who'll —who will where's —where is, where has what's —what is, what has, etc We wish to add that contractions must be avoided, particularly those with had, shall, should, would, could, Note: may, might and ought, because of the almost impossibility for a Spanish-speaking person to pronounce them distinctly as a native American or Englishman does.

234 VII. REVIEW of Irregular Verbs — Study Again Uses on Previous Lessons GROUP XI. Note the — ew in the Past and the — own in the Past Part. Present Past Fast Participle know knew known (Les. VIII-F) blow blew blown (Les. XVII-A) fly flew flown (Les. X.II-F) grow grew grown (Les. IV-G) throw threw thrown (Les. XIII-IV) overthrow — derrocar, overthrown overthrew (Les. XIII IV) echar abajo, deponer GROUP XII. Note the long “i” (ái) in the present and the short “i” (i) in the Past Participle; Review them on Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle bite bit bitten, bit (Les. XIV-A) chide chid (chided) chidden, chid, (Les. XX-D) chided hide hid hidden, hid (Les. XIV-D) slide slid slidden, slid (Les. XIX-E) light lit, lighted lit, lighted (Les. XIV-D) GROUP XIII. Note the “o” in the two past forms: Review them on Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle abide abode abode (abided) shine (abided) shone (shined) stave — desfondar stove, staved shone (shined) wake woke, waked stove, staved awake awoke waked awaked awaked GROUP XIV. Note the — aught (oot) in the Past and Past Participle; See Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle catch caught caught teach taught taught

(Les. XVIII-G)

(Les. XVI-E) (Les. XV-A) (Les. XV-A)

(Les. XII-F) (Les. VH-H)

GROUP XV. The “ea” in the Present is like Spanish “i” prolonged but like 'e' in the Past forms; See Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle deal dealt dealt (Les. XVIII-A) hear heard heard (Les. X-G) overhear overheard overheard (Les. X-G) mean meant meant (Les. IX-F) read read read (Les. III-G) GROUP XVI. Note the “a” (éi) in the Past and the termination — en in the Past Participle; See Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle eat ate eaten (Les. IV-G) overeat overate overeaten (Les. XXI-B) give gave given (Les. VI-H) forgive forgave forgiven (Les. X-G) GROUP XVII. Note the “oo” in the Past and the termination –en- in the Past Participle; See Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle forsake forsook forsaken (Les. XIX-A) shake shook shaken (Les. VII-A) take took taken (Les. IV-G) overtake overtook overtaken (Les. XVI-E) undertake — emprender undertook undertaken GROUP XVIII. Note the 'o' in the Past Participle; See Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle lose lost lost (Les. VIII-F) shoot shot shot (Les. XV-F) win won won (Les. XVI-A) shoe — (calzar, herrar shod shod un caballo)

235 I.

READ and ANSWER ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Did she say that her father would not have grown angry with her if she had known how to answer his questions? 2. How long have you known that gentleman I was introduced to? 3. Was it reported in last night's paper that hundreds of houses had been blown away by the hurricane? 4. Are you sure you had blown out the match before you threw it away? 5. Does he say that he may fly to Havana if the weather holds good? 6. Did she fly away when she realized that it was growing late? 7. Was the new government overthrown when the people had convinced themselves that it was throwing away the nation's money? 8. Would you have sued the owner if the dog had bitten you? 9. Was the Secretary chided by the President for having given out an official statement without the latter's consent? 10. How long had he been hiding behind the door when his father came in and lit the room? 11. Where has the baby hidden the shoes I shined this morning? 12. Did his older brother teach him how to slide down the hill on the bark of a palm tree? 13. Did she promise that she would abide by the club's regulations in the future? 14. Did he fear that they might not abide by the committee's decision? 15. Did you hear him say that he always shone in mathematics while he attended college? 16. Are you going to read on until late in order to catch up with the class? 17. Does she expect to hear from him before she takes her trip next week? .18. Did he really mean that he would not deal with us? 19. Were you told that he had lost his job or that he had voluntarily given it up? 20. Did the doctor declare that the man had been shot through the heart? VIII. EXAMEN After the student has made a very careful and thorough study of this lesson writing and repeating ALOUD each of its parts, he should do the following exercises: A. Answer in English each one of these questions as you think best: 1. Had the aviator been admonished not to undertake the flight until a change of weather was assured? 2. Did he always admonish his son against gambling of any sort? 3. Was he commended by the Principal for having attained the highest mark in chemistry? 4. Did he doubt that you would attain a brilliant success in the work that you had undertaken? 5. Was an aeroplane chartered by the father to get the men who had kidnapped his child? 6. Was he incriminated in the murder when the police suspected that he was concealing certain facts connected with the crime? 7. Was the party finally wrecked because the rules and regulations were never enforced? 8. Was he en ticed into signing the document by means of false promises? 9. Had he always tried to inculcate in her the beautiful example of her mother? 10. Did prominent members of the party rally around the President in order to ask him to run once again? 11. Was he promised that he would be reinstated to his former position? 12. Did you sense shortly after you had entered the parlor that there was something wrong? 13. Was she able to Sketch the set of furniture that she desired for the parlor? 14. Has he ever complained that he has been slandered by some of his relatives? 15. Was the photographer slapped after he ha d snapped a picture of the woman? 16. Did the dog snap at the baby when it tried to play with him? 17. Did he say that he was going 'to stretch' every dollar he had left? 18. Did you feel the pain when you stood up and stretched yourself? 19. Has his imprudent remark of last Saturday weakened his position in the organization? 20. Did he wish to tell you that he yearned to go back to his native country? 21. How many years have elapsed since he was banished from his country? 22. Did he show any attempts to belittle his brother's work? 23. Which one of these young men is your friend, the one in the foreground or that one in the background? 24. Was he told which one of the two systems was the more adequate? 25. Which one of the two little girls, the blonde or the brunette, is endowed with a talent for music? 26. Has there been any pressure exerted upon him to make him accept the nomination? 27. Did you tell him that you were impervious to his words no matter how loquacious he was? 28. Must a person be very well versed in pedagogy and psychology in order to be a good teacher? 29. Was the judge's wife sentenced to six months in jail and $3,000 fine for smuggling jewels into the country? 30. Had he not been warned that his business was doomed to fail? 31. Did the doctor tell you that her weak condition did not warrant her leaving the hospital? 32. Did she prompt him to say that he was in full sympathy with her plan? 33. Did the Opposition blast at the President because of the millions of dollars that the government has invested in public works? 34. Was the manager of the Export Department charged with larceny? 35. Was it reported in yesterday's newspapers that Great Britain had spurned the Italian offer? 36. Was he enabled with your help to carry out his plan? 37. Did she complain that she bad not even been able to grasp the gist of the paragraph? 38. Was he embarrassed when he became stalled on a sentence in the middle of the translation? 39. Don't you think he would have overlooked the remark if he had a sense of humor? — (aff.) 40. Is it that she has a glib tongue or was he really, according to her scheming something?

236 B.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH: 1. ¿Se le advirtió a él que no aceptara la oferta? 2. Si a él se le hubiese reprendido contra el juego quizás él no hubiera despilfarrado todo su dinero. 3. ¿Logrará mi buen amigo alguna vez lo que anhela? — ('for' al fin de la oración) 4. Si ella hubiese alcanzado fama y dinero nadie la calumniaría ahora. 5. Él hizo que se fletara un aéreoplano para ir a (to) encontrarse-con los hombres que habían secuestrado a su hijo. 6. El Jefe de la Policía fué enaltado muy altamente por haber hecho-cumplir la ley. 7. Se le aconsejó que no ocultara ninguno de los hechos que le eran conocidos (a él -to him). 8. Se me indujo con muchos otros a pedir que a él se le reinstalara 'en su posición anterior'— (to his former. . .). 9. Traté de inculcar en ella que no debemos chasquear-o-sonar los dedos a nadie por mucho que nos opongamos a lo que se nos dice. 10. Después de la declaración del hombre parece que la policía se dió cuenta de que él estaba envuelto en el crimen. 11. Las tropas que hablan corrido en todas direcciones se-reunieron después para seguir peleando. 12. Después de un tratamiento de dos horas el paciente se reanimó y hay esperanza de-que recupere por-completo — (completamente). 13. Él quería hacer creer que bosquejaba algo en un pedazo de papel pero yo presentí que estaba preocupado. 14. Lo abofetearon por haber tomado-una-instantánea de ella contra su voluntad. 15. Cuando me estiré sentí punzadas en la espalda pero no le dí ninguna importancia a ello. 16. Su autoridad se hubiera debilitado si él hubiese permitido a alguien ejercer presión sobre sus actos. 17. Su negocio se arruinó por su descuido e imprudencia. 18. Cuando ella piensa en la vida tranquila (quiet. . .) que uno goza en su país anhela regresar a él. 19. Si yo hubiese sabido hablar inglés lo hubiera enseñado en mi país. 20. Se te advirtió que no olvidaras apagar los fósforos antes de botarlos. 21. Cuando volamos sobre la ciudad vimos cientos de casas que el viento había echado abajo. 22. Estaba haciéndese tarde y por lo tanto tuvimos que marcharnos. 23. No quise decir que él estaba despilfarrando su dinero pero sí insinué que está tomando ciertos riesgos en ese negocio. 24. Los agentes les oyeron decir que ellos derrocarían el gobierno de cualquier modo. 25. Ella estaba escondida detrás de la puerta cuando su madre entró y prendió la sala. 26. Cuando estaba comiendo un pedazo de pan me mordí la lengua y me duele ahora. 27. Si ellos no se adhieren a las leyes del país el gobierno se las verá con ellos 'como se debe'— (in the proper manner). 28. Si ellos hubiesen aceptado o se hubiesen adherido a la decisión de los delegados de las diferentes naciones no hubiera habido (ninguna) guerra. 29. Él siempre sobresalió en matemáticas pero no en idiomas, pues apenas sabía leer su propio correctamente. 30. Tan pronto como me desperté noté que hacía un sol brillante y, naturalmente, la gira sería un éxito. 31. Si me hubiese despedido de mis amigos anoche hubiera podido coger el tren de esta mañana. 32. Yo hubiera alcanzado a la clase si no hubiese perdido tanto sueño estos últimos (pocos) días. 33. ¿Tuviste noticias de ella? — Sí, y me enteré de que había ganado un primer premio en la lotería irlandesa. 34. ¿Pensaba él realmente desistir de su plan? 35. ¿Habla Ud. en serio? — Sí, siento lo que digo. 36. Oí-de-casualidad que él había comido excesivamente (se había hartado) y por poco se muere anoche. 37. Le pregunté si deseaba darse -por vencido, pero él solamente movió la cabeza y no dijo nada. 38. Ella no quiso ni siquiera darme la mano, pero la he perdonado. 39. Él hubiera emprendido un buen negocio si no lo hubieran abandonado aquéllos a quienes él previamente había favorecido. 40. Le atravesaron-el-cuello de-un-balazo y por poco pierde la vida. C.

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH A Alberto le llamaba la atención el hombrecito que silenciosamente pero con una mirada investigadora medíasus pasos-por la acera en frente de la agencia. De buena gana él se le hubiera acercado para hablarle ya que era el único por allí, como ya sabemos, que tenía (la) apariencia de (un) pasajero, y Alberto deseaba entablar (to open up a) conversación con alguien que fuera a hacer el viaje en el mismo aéreoplano. Cuando mi primo iba a dirigirse a él, notó que éste se disponía a (estaba para) preguntarle sobre algo y entonces esperó. El hombrecito habló en francés pidiendo sin duda alguna información. Alberto pensó que este señor usaba esta lengua correctamente, aunque él nada pudo entenderle, pues dice que su conocimiento de este idioma en esa época se limitaba (was limited) a menos de una docena de palabras y, desgraciadamente, su nuevo conocido no había empleado ninguna de éstas en sus preguntas. Dice que él hubiera podido decir, 'qué tal', o 'hasta la vista', o 'muy bien en francés hermoso, pero fuera de eso 'era otro cantar' — (it was a different story). Mientras el extranjero hablaba Alberto pensaba: ¡Si tan siquiera hubiera estudiado el francés antes de venir a Francia! Por fin el Sr. se dió cuenta de que Alberto no había entendido nada. Después de tratar otros idiomas sin ningún resultado provechoso, hizo una pausa y luego preguntó en inglés chapurreado si Alberto hablaba esa lengua. Este se sintió tan gozoso por el hecho de que su interrogador sabía inglés, que entonces él le abrumó con un sin número de preguntas. Podemos imaginarnos cuál (what) sería la decepción de Alberto cuando su nuevo conocido le contestó con un 'no underestán'. EI acento de ese 'no underestán' le pareció español a mi primo, y le recordó que no habían tratado de usar este idioma. Le preguntó en seguida si él entendía castellano. La sorpresa para ambos fue gratísima, pues el Sr. era español, y así pudieron al fin entenderse a sus anchas. Se alegraron mucho al saber que eran compañeros de viaje y muy contentos entraron en el ómnibus que había de llevarlos al aeródromo. Apenas hubieron llegado allí, vio Alberto un hermoso aéreoplano, pintado de azul, que rodaban de su 'jangar' y en el cual habían de hacer el vuelo a Madrid. Ya él tenía su cámara preparada y sacó algunas instantáneas en el aeródromo.

237 I. a.

LESSON XXVIII REGULAR VERBS Repeat ALOUD and Write Verbs and Phrases Many Times: to absorb (absórb) —absorber, chupar to accord (acórd) —acordar o conferir, otorgar to acquiesce (acuiés) —acceder, doblegarse, someterse to allude (aliúd) —aludir, referirse to cherish (chérish) —estimar o considerar algo muy querido; abrigar o acariciar en la mente to condone (condóun) —condonar o pasar por alto o perdonar algo tácitamente to confute (confiút) —confutar o refutar; impugnar con pruebas to defray (difréi) —sufragar o costear to deprive (dipráiv) —privar o despojar to fumble (fómbel) —buscar a tientas o tentar to infer, rr. (infér) —inferir o deducir to lavish (lávish) —desparramar, malgastar to stir, rr (stér) —agitar, incitar; mover (el café, etc., para sazonarlo) to shirk (sherk) —evadir o esquivar to shriek (shriik) —gritar to shrug, gg (shrog) —encogerse (de hombros) to survive (serváiv) —sobrevivir a to strain (stréin) —colar; forzar (la vista, etc.) ; estirar to worship (uérship) —adorar, venerar 'To be absorbed in' — estar completamente dedicado a, u ocupado en; 'to be' absorbed in thought — estar

ensimismado, abstraído o pensativo. Due praise was accorded to the aviator — Elogio merecido le fue acordado al aviador. He cherishes that pen for it belonged to his father. It is not that I condone his actions but it would not be wise for me to denounce them. Never in my life have I cherished such ideas. I fumbled in my pockets for a piece of paper but there was none. He shrugged his shoulders and walked away. b.

Repeat ALOUD With ALL Persons: 1. I would have absorbed the teacher's entire explanation if I had not been annoyed by the boy sitting opposite me, You . . . etc. 2. I must have been absorbed in my school work when Helen stepped into the room for I did not notice her, You must . . . etc. 3. I was accorded a fine welcome when I reached home, You . . . etc. 4. I was not entirely pleased with the plan, nevertheless there was nothing for me to do but acquiesce, You . . . etc. 5. I would not have alluded to Peter's remark had I not been sure of its mean purpose, You . . . etc. 6. I shall always cherish the house that most reminds me of my parents, You . . . etc. 7. I have never cherished such a senseless idea, You . . . etc 8. I certainly have not condoned my cousin's actions but, on the other hand, I have no right to meddle with his affairs, You certainly . . . etc. 9. 'Read not to confute but to weigh and consider' Let him . . . etc. 10. I did not say that I would defray the expenses, I said, that I might, You did not . . . etc. 11. I easily inferred that I would be deprived of the privilege, You . . . etc. 12. I have lavished money on a number of useless things and, naturally, I regret it now, You . . . etc. 13. I sustained before all of them that I had never shirked my duty, You . . . etc. 14. I did not really shriek but I did utter some word or other aloud, You . . . etc. 15. I was asked a silly question and I shrugged my shoulders and walked away, You . . . etc. 16. I have survived the economic depression and I shall keep on struggling, You . . . etc. 17. I told Margaret that I had always worshipped the memory of my beloved mother, You . . . etc. c.

Read and Answer ALOUD and Write Several Times: 1. Did the book absorb your entire thought while you were reading it? 2. Was she absorbed in study when you stepped into the room? 3. Is he always absorbed in thought when he walks alone in the streets? 4. Was the aviator accorded due praise for his daring flight? 5. Did the workers have to acquiesce in spite of the fact that the Government had not been just? 6. Did you not have any doubt whatever that he was alluding to the President's message? 7. Did he say that he would always cherish the memory of that beautiful trip? 8. Do you assume that the Governor has condoned his son's actions? 9. Did he warn that he was ready to confute what his opponent might say? 10. Does he believe that his aunt might have defrayed the expenses of the trip if she had been asked to? 11. Did they complain that they had been deprived of a raise in salary long enough? 12. Did you notice him standing on the corner fumbling in his pockets for something? 13. If your friend was present at the meeting yesterday, do you know what he inferred from the Chairman's remarks? 14. Is it said that he has lavished most of his money on useless projects? 15. Did he merely shrug his shoulders when he was chided and told that he had twice shirked his duty? 16. Did the policeman break down the door when he heard the woman and child shriek? 17. Has he really survived three wars? 18. Is it not true that he is worshipped by millions of people in his country?

238 I I. to absolve acquiescence allegiance attendant barely bull-ring cabin checker checker-board cracker crank

Repeat ALOUD and Write Each Word and Phrase MANY Times: (absólv) —absolver to pledge (pleY) —prometer o empeñar (la (akuiésens) —aquiescencia, consentimiento palabra) (alíYans) —lealtad, homenaje prodigy (pródiYi) —prodigio, maravilla (aténdant) —asistente, empleado propeller (propéler) —hélice, propulsor (béarli) —escasamente ravine (ravíin) —barranco, desfiladero (bul-rin) —plaza de toros to refresh (rifrésh) —refrescar (cábin) —cabaña; camarote relentless (reléntles) —implacable (chéker) —juego de damas to roar (róar) —rugir, bramar —tablero de damas to sadden (sáden) —entristecer (cráker) —petardo, triquitraque; galleta sensational (senséshonal) —sensacional (crank) —biela, manija (poner en shelter (shélter) —resguardo, albergue movimiento un motor); to shelter (sílveri) —resguardar, albergar mecánico silvery (sóveren) —plateado, argentino detail (ditéil) —detalle sovereign —soberano, monarca dismal (dísmal) —funesto, lúgubre stitch (stich) —puntada o punto to enact (inákt) —estatuir, decretar (una ley) (de coser) estrangement (estrénYment) —enajenamiento o frialdad —tensión; esfuerzo (entre dos o más personas) strain (stréin) violento; tirantez expansive (expánsiv) —expansivo —rellenar to falsify (fólsifái) —falsificar to stuff (stof) —subconscientemente fire-works —fuegos artificial es sub-consciously (sobcónshosli) (casi sin darse cuenta) fleeting (flítin) —momentáneo, efímero subsidy (sóbsidi) —subvención, subsidio to flush (flosh) —ruborizarse, sonrojarse (ayuda financiera del garrulous, adj. (gárulos) —garrulo, hablador gobierno para algún to glisten (glísen) —brillar, resplandecer negocio de provecho to grumble (grómbel) —refunfuñar general) ignominy (ígnomini) —ignominia, deshonra to surpass (serpás) —superar, aventajar a ignominious (ignomínios) —ignominioso, deshonroso surreptitiously (soreptíshosli) —subrepticiamente (de impoverished (impóverisht) —empobrecido modo subrepticio o jerk —tirón, sacudida clandestino) to jerk (Yerk) —dar un tiren o sacudida thunderous (Zónderus) —atronador, lofty (lófti) —encumbrado, elevado tiny (táini) —diminuto luxurious (loksiúrios) —lujoso, suntuoso towering (táuerin) —elevado a dominante patch (pach) —remiendo; pedazo (montaña, etc.) pedant (pédant) —pedante trivial (trívial) —trivial, insignificante pedantry (pédantri) —pedantería untoward (ontóuerd) —enojoso, discordante pilgrimage (pílgrimeY) —peregrinación varicolored (véricolerd) —de varios colores

PHRASES: Their relations are a little strained —Sus relaciones están algo lastimadas Do not strain your eyes —No fuerce la vista I pledge allegiance to my flag —Juro lealtad a mi bandera He jerked my arm —Me dió un tirón del brazo There was no, delaying —No bubo demora To take hold of —agarrar o agarrarse de A 'tiny little' room —un cuartico chiquitico to crank the propeller —dar vuelta a la hélice He banged the door behind him highly comical —Tiro la puerta violentamente al salir to call a person to account —extremadamente cómico to catch a person unawares ('ónauers') —hacer a una persona rendir cuenta (de sus acciones) Her thoughts seemed to cloud —coger a una persona de improviso (descuidada) Many lingering years —sus pensamientos parecían obscurecerse to steel one's heart —muchos largos años 'Soldiers steel their hearts' —hacerse el corazón duro to the repugnance of war —Los soldados se hacen el corazón duro ante lo odioso de la guerra III.

READING TEXT (Continued) Read ALOUD and Write Several Times: "Suddenly", proceeded my cousin Albert, "a voice rang out like a military command. My friend jerked my arm and said, 'Come on, we have to get aboard'. I hesitated for a second, sub-consciously hoping that he had misunderstood; but there was no delaying, one of the attendants was holding the cabin door open for us to climb in and, presently, I found myself inside sitting opposite the little Spaniard who was then fumbling in his pockets for some cotton with which to stuff his ears. The propeller was cranked once, twice, and the motor suddenly roared thunderously and beautifully.

239 The machine leaped forward and I noticed that three of the field men took hold of one side of the 'plane' and hung to it forcing it to veer sharply (virar agudamente) southward.They were dragged for several yards on their knees and stomachs until they finally let go and the machine took off gracefully. I remember having kept my eyes fixed on the little wheels to see when they left the ground. The 'plane' climbed rapidly and headed straight for the towering Pyrinees." Albert paused for a moment as if to refresh his memory on the other details of his flight to Spain. "We flew so high at times", he went on, "that we saw nothing but clouds above and beneath us. We were soon directly over the lofty Pyrinees, some mountains of which we almost seemed to touch, so close to them we passed. Shortly afterwards we were again flying over nicely cultivated patches of land that looked to us like varicolored checkerboards. A blue thing crossed us with lightning speed, and we could barely catch a fleeting glance of it. It was the Madrid-Biarritz 'plane', my fellow-passenger told me. We flew over beautiful valleys and rivers and small Spanish villages. Every village had a church and a tiny little circle which my friend said was a bull -ring. The rivers looked like silvery ribbons winding their way through broken ravines and fertile valleys. Three hours after leaving the airport at Biar ritz we beheld the city of Madrid What an inspiring view it was! The machine volplaned to (se volvió hacia) earth and we landed on the Madrid Airport in the outskirts of the town. It was a really sensational experience", finished my cousin Albert, "one the memory of which I shall always cherish while I live." IV

CONVERSATION Read and Answer ALOUD Several Times: 1. Did Albert understand the meaning of the voice that rang out like a military command? What did his fellow- passenger say it meant? 2. Did one of the attendants hold the cabin door open for the passengers to climb in? 3. What did the little Spaniard do as soon as they were inside the aeroplane? 4. What mus t be done to start the motor of an aeroplane? 5. Above what mountains were they soon flying? 6. Continue the description of the flight in your own words. 7. what aisle is your seat in this flight? 8. What is your background (work experience). V.

SECOND VOCABULARY Repeat ALOUD and Write EAC H Word and Phrase MANY Times:

—adicto —afrenta, ultraje —pasillo, nave lateral —aparato —benefactor —manchar, denigrar —deleite, arrobamiento —fondo —busto —reventar, estallar (shárlatan) —medicastro; persona que se jacta de habilidad que no posee to cheat (chiit) —engañar, estafar to coincide (coinsáid) —coincidir to daze (déis) —ofuscar, aturdir delayed (diléid) —retrasado, atrasado drastic (drástik) —drástico, radical eligible (éliYibol) —elegible to embezzle (embésel) —desfalcar embezzlement (embéselment) —desfalco estimate (éstimeit) —calculo, cómputo ether (íZer) —éter evasive (ivéisiv) —evasivo, ambiguo fable (féibol) —fabula, cuento fairy (féeri) —hada, duende fasten (fásen) —fijar, abrochar, abrocharse, atar filial (fílial) —filial — (de hijo) flippant, adj. (flípant) —petulante, hablador, locuaz gate (guéit) —pueta, compuerta, entrada ghost (góust) —fantasma, espectro glair (gléar) —clara de huevo to glide (gláid) —descender lentamente, deslizarse gratitude (gráitiud) —gratitud grotesque (grótesk) —grotesco, extravagante to hallow (jálou) —consagrar, santificar idiot (ídiot) —idiota addict affront aisle apparatus benefactor to blemish bliss bottom bust to bust charlatan

(adíct) (afrónt) (áail) (ápareitos) (bénefákter) (blémish) (blis) (bótom) (bost)

idiocy to idolize idyl idylic to languish line to loiter

(ídiosi) (áidiolais) (áidil) (aidílik) (lángüish) (lain) (lóiter)

to marshal

(márshal)

pathetic plea pleonastic pleurisy poignant queue to quibble

(paZétik) (plii) (plíonástik) (plúrisi) (póinant) (qíiu) (kuíbol)

reprisal

(ripráisal)

to rip, pp routine ruthless shudder to shudder to smother sponsor

(rip) (rutíin) (rúZles) (shóder)

statute strife superfluous to thrash

(stáchut) (stráif) (supérfluos) (Zrash)

tyrant tyranny versatile

(táirant) (tírani) (vérsatil)

yolk

(íolk)

(smóDer) (spónser)

—idiotez —idolatrar, adorar —idilio —idílico —languidecer —línea, fila, hilera —holgazanear, caminar muy lentamente —disciplinar u ordenar (asuntos, etc.) —patético, conmovedor —súplica ; alegato o defensa —redundante, pleonástico —pleuresía —acerbo, mordaz —hilera, fila (cola) —buscar escapatorias (evitando el punto a discutir) —represalia(trato, desfavorable, igual al recibido) —descoser ; romper, rajar —rutina —cruel, despiadado —estremecimiento —estremecerse, temblar de horror —ahogar o sofocar, asfixiar —fiador, fiar; respaldar (una ley, empresa, negocio, etc.) —estatuto, acta, ley —lucha, refriega —superfluo, sobrante —desgranar ; apalear, azotar —tirano, déspota —tiranía —versátil, inconstante apto en varias cosas —yema de huevo

240 PHRASES: to see fit —juzgar conveniente to be on the go (lam.) —estar en active movimiento to play hide and seek —jugar al escondite to play the blind man's buff —jugar a la gallina ciega whole-hearted support —apoyo o aprobación de corazón to fling the door open —abrir la puerta violentamente to slam the door —cerrar la puerta de golpe He slammed the door at me —Me tiro la puerta en la cara to have a notion that . . . —tener la idea de que . . . strange as it appears —aunque parezca raro Upon a second thought I . . . —Al considerarlo de nuevo yo. . . to kill two birds at one shot —matar dos pájaros de un tiro to come back empty-handed —regresar con las manes vacías Never look a gift horse in the mouth —A caballo regalado no se le mira el colmillo to become callous to . . . —endurecerse o hacerse insensible a . . . aisle of the plane —pasillo del avión to fasten seat belt —abrocharse el cinturón de seguridad boarding gate —puerta de abordaje at the bottom —en el fondo background —fondo, antecedentes, historial, bases bus terminal —terminal de buses VI. CAPITAL Letters — Letras Mayúsculas The rules for the use of CAPITAL Letters are about the same in both languages, but there are also in English the following cases in which CAPITALS must be used: 1. To write the names of the Days of the Week. 2. To write the names of the Months. 3. To write the pronoun 'I'. 4. To write nouns and adjectives ' (Proper adjectives), derived from names of continents, nations, states, provinces, cities, villages. Examples: European, Asiatic, Russian, German, Parisian, Londoner, New Yorker, Chinese, Japanese, Argentinean, Colombian, Dominican, etc. VII. Letter Writing — Escritura cle Cartas 1. Forms of Address — Formas para el Saludo. Dear Mr. Rogers: My dear Peter: Dear Mr. Clark: My dear friend: Dear Miss Wilson: My beloved mother: Dear Sirs: Sirs: Gentlemen: 2. The Beginning — El Principio a. In reply to your kind favor of the 9th ult. I wish to . . . etc. b. I take pleasure in answering your . . . etc. c. We have received your letter of the 24th and . . . etc. 3. Conclusion I await your reply with interest and, (Formal): I am, Very truly yours, Yours very truly, Very respectfully yours, etc. (Familiar): Very cordially yours, Very affectionately yours, Your sincere friend, etc. Note: Business letters should be concise and to the point. VIII. REVIEW of Irregular Verbs (Continued) a. GROUP XIX. Note the “ay” in the Present and 'ai' in the Past and Past Participle; Review Uses on Previous Lessons: Present Past Past Participle lay laid laid (Les. XX-A) pay paid paid (Les. IV-I) say said (sed) said (Les. V-H) b. GROUP XX. Note the 'e' in the Present and 'o' in both Pasts: Present Past Past Participle sell sold sold (Les.VI-H) tell told told (Les. V-G; H-2)

241 C. GROUP XXI. Note the regular Pasts and the regular and irregular Past Participles: Present Past Past Participle hew (jiú) —tajar, cortar hewed hewn, hewed show showed shown, showed sow sowed sown, sowed lade —cargar (un vehículo) laded laden, laded strew (strú) —esparcir, derramar; strewed strewn, strewed —salpicar, cubrir (esparciendo)

The field was strewn with bodies to strew flowers over a street, a grave, etc. The street was strewn with flowers

(Les. VI-H) (Les. VIII-A)

—El campo estaba cubierto de cadáveres —cubrir de flores una calle, una tumba, etc. —La calle estaba cubierta de flores

d. GROUP XIII. The following verbs have '-ed' or '-t' in the Pasts and Past Participles. In writing, the '-ed' forms are preferred in most cases; in speaking, the '-t' forms are very common: Present Past and Past Participle bless blessed, blest burn burned, burnt spill spilled, spilt dress dressed, drest pen penned, pent —encerrar, acorralar quit quitted, quit shred shredded, shred —picar, hacer trizas curse cursed, curst spell spelled, spelt dream dreamed, dreamt ('dremt') gird girded, girt —ceñir learn learned, learnt light lighted, lit knit knitted, knit speed speeded, sped smell smelled, smelt e. GROUP XXIII. Each of the following verbs has its own, individual irregularities and, consequently attention must be given to each one separately; Review Uses on Previous Lessons:

Present am, are, is, are beat bid — ordenar clothe — vestir (proveer para ello) do go draw come fall have lie — echarse, yacer see sit slay become f.

Past was, were beat bade ('bad') clothed, clad

Past Participle been beaten bidden clothed, clad

did went drew came fell had lay saw sat slew became

done gone drawn come fallen had lain seen sat slain become

(Les. VII-A) (Les. XVIII-G)

(Les. IV-A) (Les. III-A) (Les. XIV-A) (Les. V-H) (Les. XII-A) (Les. VIII-A) (Les. XV-A) (Les. VII-H) (Les. VIII-F) (Les. XV-A) (Les. XII-A)

Read and Answer ALOUD Each of the Following Questions: 1. Did you tell him to lay the articles before you if he intended to sell them? 2. Was he advised to lay aside his other plan? 3. Does the Government lay a tax upon cigarettes? 4. Did he say to you that he could not tell my twin brothers apart? 5. Did he hew down the tree to pieces? 6. Did he show you the finger that he had burned when he lit the cigarette? 7. Was he warned by his brother not to try to show off while the meeting was being held? 8. Was the truck laden with fruits at your uncle's farm? 9. Did you see her strew flowers over her brother's grave? 10. Was the main street of the city strewn with flowers when the heroes were welcomed? 11. Were those children always blessed by their mother before they retired for the night? 12. Has she learned how to dress a wound? 13. Had they not been told to dress up for dinner before the guests came?

242 14. Were his soldiers penned between two mountains without any chance of escape? 15. Did he curse the maid when she spilled the soup on his trousers? 16. What were you dreaming about when your mother woke you up? 17. Did he go up to his mother's room to see the sweater that she was knitting? 18. Was the bandit-car seen speeding along Fourteenth Street? 19. Did the captain bid the police car speed after the bandits? 20. Did the father finally beat the young man, out of his drinking? 21. Was the actress clad in a colorful, beautiful dress? 22. Did he assure you that he had nothing to do with the unpleasant incident at your brother's? 23. Did you come across my friend when you went out to draw the money from the bank? 24. Did he tell Mary that he had fallen in love with her sister the moment he had met her? 25. Were you sitting by the window when she fell on her back on the sidewalk? 26. Did she not tell you to lie down for a while if you wanted your headache relieved? IX. EXAMEN After the student has made a very careful and thorough study of this lesson writing and repeating ALOUD each one of its parts, he should do the following exercises: A. Give in English Only One Answer for Each Question as You Think Best: 1. Did she say that she would have absorbed the teacher's entire explanation if she had not been annoyed by the boy sitting opposite her? 2. Was he absorbed in his lessons when you stepped into his room and asked him for the dictionary? 3. Did she tell you that her brother was always absorbed in thought when he was alone in the parlor? 4. Was the aviator accorded due praise upon his return to his native town? 5. Did he finally acquiesce to your plan? 6. Whom was he alluding to when he was speaking of a certain insincere friend? 7. Why did she say that she cherished that pen? 8. Have you always cherished the idea of taking a trip around the world sometime in the future? 10. Does it not really appear that he condones his son's actions? 11. Did he try to confute the good points that you had set forth at the meeting? 12. Who, did you say, would defray the expenses if the banquet were to be held? 13. Was he warned that he would be deprived of his vacation if his work was not finished before the end of the month? 14. Did you notice him fumbling in his pockets for some note to prove that he was right? 15. What did you infer from her remark? 16. How long has he been lavishing money on that stupid enterprise? 17. Was he threatened about losing his job if there was proof that he had shirked his duties? 18. Did he shrug his shoulders when you asked him what mark he had received in English? 19. About how many soldiers survived the dreadful battle? 20. Did he sustain before his accusers that he had never neglected his duty? 21. Did she explain why she had been delayed? 22. Has the Congress enacted important laws during this session? 23. Was it proved that he had falsified several checks? 24. Did you notice the young woman flush, when she was told to keep quiet at the meeting? 25. Were you able to understand what he was grumbling about? 26. Was he reminded that he should refresh his memory and tell the truth? 27. Was the child frightened when it heard the lions and tigers roar in their cages? 28. Was he fortunate to find shelter when the snow storm caught him crossing the mountain? 29. Were the people stirred by the revolutionary speech delivered by the leader of the Radical Party? 30. Did the doctor warn him not to strain his eyes? 31. Did the teacher catch her unawares when he asked her the difficult question? 32. Was she present when her little brother was baptized? 33. Did he say to them that no one would dare blemish his name or reputation? 34. Was she surprised that your visit there coincided with hers? 35. Was it he who created the new dance which everybody is so enthused about? 36. Were you dazed when the three different questions were asked of you? 37. Was it proved that he had embezzled a great deal of money from the bank? 38. Was he accused of filial ingratitude when he denounced his father's policy? 39. Were the students warned not to loiter through the corridors? 40. Did he quibble when the truth was demanded from him? B.

Translate Into English: 1. Él dijo que no había podido absorber lo que el profesor había explicado. 2. Estaba él completamentededicado-a-sus estudios cuando se le invitó a venir al baile. 3. Ella estaba enteramente abstraída cuando se le hizo la pregunta. 4. Al aviador se le acordó una bienvenida atronadora cuando regresó a su pueblo natal. 5. A pesar de que yo no estaba enteramente de acuerdo con ellos no había otra cosa que hacer sino acceder. 6. Nos sometimos, pues comprendimos que su plan era lo mejor posible bajo las circunstancias. 7. Ella no se hubiera enfadado si hubieses aludido a su hermano en la manera que lo hiciste. 8. jamás en mi vida he acariciado semejantes ideas, pues me doy cuenta de que son irrealizables. 9. Él insistió en que él no condonaba las acciones de su hijo, pero no tenía, no obstante, el derecho de obligarle a actuar diferentemente. 10. El inmortal escritor y filósofo inglés, Francis Bacón, dice, 'Lea no para contradecir y confutar, tampoco para creer y dar por sentado, sino para pesar y considerar'. 11. Él arguyó que no era que él quisiera malgastar su dinero pero que creía muy justo que él debiera sufragar los gastos. 12. No me hubiera inmiscuido, pero no podía permitir que a él se le privara de lo que merecía. 13. No bien me senté en frente de él, note que tentaba en sus bolsillos buscando algo. 14. ¿Qué dedujiste de la observación que él hizo cuando nos levantamos para salir?

243 15. No quise creer que él hubiese esquivado sus deberes, pues se que siempre ha cumplido con su obligación. 16. Le dijimos que atendiera a su negocio pero se encogió de hombros y salió sin decir una palabra 17. Solamente cincuenta o sesenta soldados sobreviv ieron a la última batalla. 18. Él dice que si no hubiese estado seguro no se hubiera atrevido a sostener que él tenía, razón. 19. Según los periódicos a ese hombre se le adora (venera) en su país. 20. Juro lealtad a mi bandera y a las instituciones que representa. 21. Si no hubiese sido por su aquiescencia (consentimiento) el plan no hubiera podido llevarse a cabo. 22. Se recibió una carta, probablemente de un maniático, que se volaría el capitolio si se decretaba esa ley. — (to blow up — volar) 23. Si no estuvieses refunfuñando continuamente n o dirían que tienes mal genio. 24. Él se sonrojo cuando se le dijo que era muy hablador. 25. No es correcto que Ud. diga que el medio-ambiente en que él se levantó justifica los actos que ha cometido. 26. Después de haber ella sufrido la miseria más espantosa encontró albergue en un lugar lujoso donde se le sirvió -como a una princesa. 27. Su discurso sensacional ha agitado al mundo entero. 28 Todavía recuerdo cuando me caí contra la pared; el doctor [me] tomó 14 puntos en la (mi) herida. 29. Si no forzaras la vista no sufrirías de (from) dolores de cabeza. 30. ¿No lo has colado todavía? — No, porque no tengo un colador. 31. Nos aseguraron que ese artículo hecho en Francia superaba a cualquier otro de la misma clase hecho en otro país. 32. Si él no hubiese desfalcado esa cantidad de dinero del banco quizás lo hubieran perdonado por el otro crimen. 33. La han acusado por desfalco y creo que no hay nadie ni nada que lo salve de una sentencia de-cárcel. 34. Jamás en mi vida he visto (un) mejor ejemplo de ingratitud filial que el tratamiento de ese muchacho para-con (to) su padre. 35. Si los trabajadores no hubiesen sido oprimidos, nunca hubiera surgido el Partido Radical. 36. No busques-escapatorias; exijo que me des una contestación definida en este asunto. 37 . Le dije que la frase era pleonástica pero eso no quería decir que fuese incorrecta, 38. Si él hubiese juzgado -conveniente hacer lo que su padre le había aconsejado no hubiera fracasado. 39. Por despiadados que sean los ataques al (on) Presi dente su obra de recuperación continuara. 40. Su respuesta fue algo evasiva, pero no quisimos insistir y le dejamos ir. C.

Translate Into English: Mi prima tomó algunas fotografías del aéreoplano cuando lo rodaban fuera de su 'hangar', y luego mientras tomaba otras vistas que le interesaban en el aeródromo, sonó una voz como una orden que él no entendió. Su amigo, sin embargo, que estaba cerca de él, le dió un tirón del brazo y le dijo que tenían que apresurarse pues había llegado el momento de partir. Y en verdad todo estaba listo; el piloto, un simpático muchacho de unos veinte años, se caló sus ropas de vuelo, hablo unas palabras con uno de los oficiales de la Compañía, le dió la mano y entonces trepó a su asiento. Los pasajeros también entraban mientras uno de los empleados aguantaba la puerta del camarote. El espa ñol, que parecía tener experiencia, en esta clase de viajes, empezó a buscarse algo en los bolsillos. Al mirarlo por se gunda vez, Alberto vio que sacó algodón y se tapó (rellenó) los oídos con él. Cuando le dieron vuelta, a la hélice y el motor en seguida rugía atronadoramente, mi prima se dió cuenta de que su compañero de viaje había hecho muy bien en taparse (rellenarse) los oídos con algodón. Algunos minutos más tarde, cuando ya el motor empezaba a calentarse, salió la maquina hacia adelante y comenzó el viaje de nuestros amigos. Pero el aéreoplano no partió en su vuelo hasta después de haber recorrido unas cincuenta yardas por el campo, arrastrando consigo (along) tres de los empleados que se agarraron de un lado del aparato ('ship') forzándolo a que virase (to veer) hacia el sur. Nos dice Alberto que el aéreoplano se dirigió directamente hacia los elevados Pirineos. Algunas veces volaban tan alto que-sólo veían nubes por encima y por debajo, y a veces parecía que podían tocar las cumbres de estas montañas, pues pasaban muy cerca de ellas. Otras veces viajaban sobre terrenos cultivados, sobre llanuras y sobre hermosos y anchos ríos que hacían zigzag por barrancos y valles. Luego, cuando ya volaban sobre tierra española po dían ver pintorescas aldeas, cada una con su pequeña iglesia y su plaza de taros. Tres horas después de haber salido de Biarritz descendía lentamente el aéreoplano hasta llegar a su destino' el espacioso aeródromo en las afueras de Madrid. ¡Viaje interesante cuyo recuerda siempre vivirá, en la mente de Alberto! FIFTH REVIEW LESSONS I. Review Vocabularies and Phrases, to perfection, of Lessons 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28 and be prepared for a dictation of words and phrases chosen by the teacher. II. Review Irregular Verbs in Groups for Oral or Written tests in the class: a. (22nd Lesson V-B) Memorize the irregular verbs with their principal parts of Group I. Make sure to review different uses of each verb studied in previous lessons. b. (23rd Les. VI-a-b) Irregular verbs with their principal parts in Groups II and III and make sure to know different uses thoroughly.

c. (24th Les. VII-a-b) A thorough review of verbs in Groups IV and V with their principal parts in different uses. d. (25th Les. VII-a-b-c) Memorize every verb in Groups IV and V with their principal parts in different uses.

244 e. (26th Les. VIII-a-b) Learn to perfection all the verbs in Groups IX and X with their principal parts and different uses. f. (27th Les. VII a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h) A thorough review of all verbs in Groups XI-XVIII with their principal parts and different uses. g. (28th Les. VIII-a, b, c, d, e) Memorize all verbs in Groups XIX-XXIII with their principal parts and different uses. III. (23rd Les. V-a) Define Abstract Noun. Be sure to know perfectly every abstract noun given in Lesson 23 and all others learned in previous lessons. IV. (25th Les. VI) Review Gender of Nouns analyzing and memorizing every example. V. (26th Les. VI) Define Interjection. Learn every one given from memory. VI. (26th Les. VII) Phrases Peculiar to the English Language. Memorize the examples given in that topic and be prepared to give other examples studied throughout the book. VII. (27th Les. VI) Memorize every contraction listed in that topic. Give two reasons why we should avoid the use of contractions. VIII. (28th Les. VI) Review of principal rules for the use of Capital Letters. IX. (28th Les. VII) Letter Writing. Name different forms of Address, familiar and formal. Give different ways with which you may begin the reply to a letter. Name different forms for the conclusion. X. Review Regular Verbs from Lessons 23 to 28.

a.

Answer the following questions in English: 1. Did the doctor tell you that if you should apply that liniment to your arm the pain would be relieved? 2. Did he not forget to apply to your account the $25.00 you had sent? 3. Did she say that you might have been appointed if you had applied for the position? 4. Did her father insist that she should apply herself to the study of languages? 5. Was he told not to bother about waiting for them? 6. Does the government in that country condemn freedom of the press? 6. Was your brother advised that the business should be handled by someone experienced in it? 7. Did it not occur to him that she should not have been removed from her position before she had a chance to be heard?-(Neg.) 8. Did he not give you one single reason why he had parted with your brother in spite of the apparent success of their business? 9. Does he part his hair in the middle like his father? 10. Did she tell you that he had been questioned for more than a half hour at the Police Station? 12. Did he lose his temper when she questioned the veracity of his statement? 13. Did he say that he would have avenged his father if the latter had not prevented him from doing so? 14. Was he always bragging about his being an exceptionally good tango dancer? 15. Did he apologize to Mrs. Rogers saying that he had not been able to be back in time to bid farewell to her daughter? 16. Was it true that he had always discriminated in favor of those in good economic condition? 17. Did you vote against him because of his practice of discriminating against anyone who would not agree with him in any matter whatsoever? 18. Was the manager of the theatre amazed at the ability that the child displayed as an actor? 19. Do you know of any reason why he has always dodged my question about that unfortunate incident? 20. Did his mother warn him that he would have to shift for himself if he should discontinue his studies in college? 21. Was she told that the Governor had been persuaded to confirm her brother's appointment? 22. Were they assured that their application would be backed by the superintendent? 23. Was he restrained by his father from issuing any statement denouncing the Mayor's action? 24. Did he declare in court that he had been compelled to mortgage his house in order to meet his notes? 25. Did she testify before the committee that she was very willing to reiterate the statement that had been attributed to her? 26. Were the pupils able to grasp every single point that was being explained by the teacher? 28. Did he say that he had been subjected to a rigorous treatment? 27. Did the leaders complain that their plans had been thwarted by the Governor? 28. Are we to assume that the ceiling had collapsed because of the continued neglect of the house inspector? 29. Was it not very fortunate that they had been able to compromise upon such an important question? — Affirm.) 30. Was he overwhelmed with hundreds of congratulatory telegrams when the Grand Jury announced that no cause had been found to indict him for embezzlement? 31. Was he told that if he continued indulging in drinking his reputation would be jeopardized? 32. Do you say that if he were kind enough to release you from such obligations you would reciprocate his kindness in no uncertain manner?-(en una manera muy cierta o sincera) 33. Did he try to conceal his shame when they proved that he had intended to sander them? 34. Was be highly commended for his previous service when he succeeded in having himself reinstated to his former position? 35. Did the president of the organization rally the members of the governing board in order to insist upon them that the rules should be enforced? 36. Was it reported in last night's paper that the carpenter was incriminated in the kidnapping of the little boy? 37. Were you alluding to the fact that he had always condoned the stupid and, rather, improper actions of his son? 38. Was he absorbed in thought when you were saying that due praise had been accorded to his illustrious father? 39: Did you have to acquiesce in spite of the fact that you were not entirely pleased with the plan that had been suggested? 40. Was it not Francis Bacon, the eminent English philosopher, who wrote in his incomparable essay "STUDIES", 'Read not to contradict and confute, nor to believe and take for granted, not to find talk and discourse, but to weigh and consider'? (Reminder: Make sure to read this essay and other selections in the appendix of this book).

245

APPENDIX READING SELECTIONS I. President Lincoln's "Gettysburg Address". "Fourscore and seven years ago our fathers brought forth upon this continent a -new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. "Now we are engaged in a great civil war, testing whether that nation or any nation, so conceived and so dedicated, can long endure. "We are met on a great battlefield of that war. We have come to dedicate a portion of that field as a final resting place for those who here gave their lives that that nation might live. It is altogether fitting and proper that we should do this. "But in a larger sense we cannot dedicate, we cannot consecrate, we cannot hallow this ground. The brave men, living and dead, who struggled here, have consecrated it far above our poor power to add or detract. The world will little note, nor long remember, what we say here; but it can never forget what they did- here. "It is for us, the living, rather to be dedicated here to the unfinished work which they who fought here have thus far so nobly advanced. It is rather for us to be here dedicated to the great task remaining . before us, — that from these honored dead we take increased devotion to that cause for which they gave the last full measure of devotion,— that we here highly resolve that these dead shall not have died in vain, that this nation, under God, shall have a new birth of freedom, and that government of the people, by the people, for the people shall not perish from the earth." From "Studies" by Francis Bacon, eminent English Philosopher (1561-1620). "STUDIES serve for delight, for ornament, and for ability. Their chief use for delight is in the quiet of private life; for ornament, is in discourse; and for ability, is in the judgment and disposition of business; for expert men can execute, and perhaps judge of particulars, one by one; but the general counsels, and the plots and marshaling of affairs come best from those that are learned." . "They (studies) perfect nature, and are perfected by experience, for natural abilities are like natural plants, that need pruning by study; and studies themselves do give forth directions too much at large, except they be bounded in by experience." . . . . "Read not to contradict and confute, nor to believe and take for granted, nor to find talk and discourse, but to weigh and consider. Some books are to be tasted, others to be swallowed, and some few to be chewed and digested — that is, some books are to be read only in parts, others to be read, but not curiously, and some few to be read wholly, and with diligence and attention." III. From "Friendship" by Francis Bacon "A principal fruit of friendship is the ease and discharge of the fullness and swellings of the heart, which passions of all kinds do cause and induce. We know diseases of stoppings and suffocations are the most dangerous in the body; and it is not much otherwise in the mind. You may take 'sarza' (zarzaparrilla) to open the liver; steel (medicina ferruginosa) to open the spleen (el bazo); flowers of sulphur for the lungs; castoreum (castóreo) for the brain; but no receipt openeth* the heart but a true friend, to whom you may impart griefs, joys, fears, hopes, suspicions, counsels, and .whatsoever lieth* upon the-heart to oppress it, in a kind of civil shrift or confession.". ."The second fruit of friendship is healthful and sovereign for the understanding, as the first is for the affection. For friendship maketh* indeed a fair day in the affections, from storms and tempests; but it maketh* daylight in the understanding, out of darkness and confusion of thoughts. Neither is this to-be understood only of faithful counsels, which a man receiveth* from his friend; but before you come to that, certain it is that whosoever hath* his mind fraught (cargada) with many thoughts, his wits and understanding do clarify and break up in the communicating and discoursing with another; he tosseth* his thoughts more easily; he marshalleth* them more orderly; he seeth* how they look when they are turned into words. Finally, he waxeth* (se hace) wiser than himself and that more by an hour's discourse than by a day's meditation." . . . . "Neither is this second fruit of friendship, in opening the understanding, restrained only to such friends as are able to give a men counsel (they indeed are the best) ; but even without that a man learneth* of himself and bringeth* his own thoughts to light, and wetteth* (aguza) his wits as against a stone, which itself cuts not. In-a word, a man were better relate himself to a statue, or picture, than to suffer his thoughts to pass in smother."

246 IV. From Shakespeare's "The Merchant of Venice" "Shylock: He hath* disgraced me, and hindered me half a million; laughed at my losses, mocked at my gains, scorned my nation, thwarted my bargains, cooled my friends, heated mine (my) enemies; and what's his reason? I am a Jew. Hath* not a Jew eyes? hath* not a Jew hands, organs, dimensions, senses, affections, passions? fed with the same food, hurt with the same weapons, subject to the same diseases, healed by the same means, warmed and cooled by the same winter and summer, as a Christian is? If you prick us do we not bled? if you tickle us, do we not laugh? If you poison us, do we not die? and if you wrong us, shall we not revenge? If we are like you in the rest, we will resemble you in that. If a Jew wrong a Christian, what is his humility? Revenge. If a Christian wrong a Jew, what should his sufferance be, by Christian example? Why, revenge. The villainy you teach me, I will execute; and it shall go hard but I will better the instructions." V. From "A Tale of two Cities" by Charles Dickens, English Writer (1812-1870). "Sidney Carton. I see a beautiful city and a brilliant people rising from the abyss, and, in their struggles to be truly free, in their triumphs and defeats, through long, long years to come, I see the evils of this time and the previous time of which this is the natural birth, gradually making, expiation for itself .and wearing out." "It is a far, far better thing that I do, than I have ever -done; it is a far, far better rest that I go to than have ever known."

VI. From "The Vision of Sir Launfal" by James Russell Lowell, American Poet (1819-1891). (a) "The lepper raised not the gold from the dust; 'Better to me is the poor man's crust, Though I turn me empty from his door; That is no alms which the hand can hold; He gives only the worthless gold; Who gives from a sense of duty; But he who gives but a slender mite And gives to that which is out of sight, That thread of all-sustaining Beauty Which runs through all and cloth* all unite,— The hand ,cannot grasp the whole of his alms, The heart outstretches its eager palms, For a god goes with it and makes it store To the heart that was starving in darkness before."

(b) " 'Lo it is I, be not afraid! In many climes, without avail, Thou has spent thy life for the Holy Grail; Behold, it is here,— this cup which thou Didst fill at the streamlet for Me but now; This crust is My body broken for thee, This water His blood that died on the tree; The Holy Supper is kept, indeed, In what so we share with another's need; Not what we give, but what we share, For the gift without the giver is bare;Who gives himself with his alms feeds three, Himself, his hungering neighbor, and Me:"

* Note: the verbs ending in th are old forms used in literary style in place of the third person singular of the present indicative which ends in s.

300

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB TO BE: SER, ESTAR PRESENT soy, estás, etc. I am I am not am I? am I not? you are you are not are you? are you not? he is he is not is he? is he not? she is she is not is she? is she not? it is it is not is it? is it not? we are we are not are we? are we not? you are you are not are you? are you not? they are they are not are they? are they not? PAST fuí, era, estuve, estaba, etc I was I was not was I? was I not? you were you were not were you? were you not? he was he was not was he? was he not? she was she was not was she? was she not? it was it was not was it? was it not? we were we were not were we? were we not? you were you were not were you? were you not? they were they were not were they? were they not? FUTURE seré, estaré, etc. I shall be I shall not be shall I be? shall I not be? you will be you will not be shall you be? shall you not be? he will be he will not be will he be? will he not be? she will be she will not be will she be? will she not be? it will be it will not be will it be? will it not be? we will be we shall not be shall we be? shall we not be? you will be you will not be shall you be? shall you not be? they will be they will not be will they be? will they not be? CONDITIONAL sería, estaría, etc. I should (would) be should (would) I be? I should (would) not be should (would) I not be? you would be would you be? you would not be would you not be? he would be would he be? he would not be would he not be? she would be would she be? she would not be would she not be? it would be would it be? it would not be would it not be? we should (would) be should (would) we be? we should (would) not be should (would) we not be? you would be would you be? you would not be would you not be? they would be would they be? they would not be would they not be? Note: We know that in use would is preferred with all persons to denote the form ria; but should usually denotes with all persons debiera, debieras, etc. PRESENT PERFECT He sido, estado, etc. I have been have I been? I have not been have I not been? you have been have you been? you have not been have you not been? he has been has he been? he has not been has he not been? she has been has she been? she has not been has she not been? it has been has it been it has not been has it not been? we have been have we been? we have not been have we not been? you have been have you been? you have not been have you not been? they have been have they been? they have not been have they not been?

301

I had been you had been he had been she had been it had been we had been you had been they had been

I shall have been you will have been he will have been she will have been it will have been we shall have been you will have been they will have been

PAST PERFECT había sido, estado, etc. had I been? I had not been had you been? you had not been had be been? he had not been had she been? she had not been had it been? it had not been had we been? we had not been had you been? you bad not been had they been? they had not been FUTURE PERFECT habré sido, estado, etc shall I have been? I shall not have been shall you have been? you will not have been will he have been? he will not have been will she have been? she will not have been will it have been? it will not have been shall we have been? we shall not have been shall you have been? you will not have been will they have been? they will not have been

had I not been? had you not been? had he not been? had she not been? had it not been? had we not been? had you not been? had they not been?

shall I not have been? shall you not have been will he not have been? will she not have been? will it not have been? shall we not have been? shall you not have been? will they not have been?

CONDITIONAL PERFECT yo habría (hubiera) sido, estado, etc. I should (would) have been I should (would) not have been you would have been you would not have been he would 'have been he would not have been she would have been she would not have been it would have been it would not have been we should (would) have been we should (would) not have been you would have been you would not have been they would have been they would not have been should (would) I have been? should (would) I not have been? would you have been? would you not have been? would he have been? would he not have been? would she have been? would she not have been? would it have been? would it not have been? should (would) we have been? should (would) we not have been? would you have been? would you not have been? would they have been? would they not have been? PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE que yo sea, este; etc. (que yo fuera o fuese, estuviera, etc.) that I be that I should not be that you be that you should not be that he be that he should not be that she be that she should not be that it be that it should not be that we be that we should not be that you be that you should not be that they be that they should not be Note: The complete infinitive without the conjunction that is more commonly used, but the above forms are used after a few verbs, such as to suggest, to insist, to demand, etc., and one or another impersonal phtase. The auxiliary should may also be used with the affirmative: that I should be, that you should be, etc. IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE si yo fuera o fuese, estuviera, etc. if I were if I were not if you were if you were not if he were if he were not if she were if she were not

302

there is there are

there was there were

there will be

there would be

there has been there has not bee

there had been

there will have been

I am able you are able he is able she is able it is able we are able you are able they are able

if it were if it were not if we were if we were not if you were if you were not if they were if they were not IMPERATIVE sé (tú), sea (Ud.), etc. be do not be Forms of the impersonal verb THERE BE- haber, existir There is going to be a meeting — Va a haber una mitin (reunion). PRESENT hay is, there? there is no (not any) are there? there are no (not any) PAST hubo, había was there? there was no (not any) were there? there were no (not any) FUTURE habrá there will not be will there be? CONDITIONAL habría there would not be would there be? PRESENT PERFECT ha habido there have been has there been? there have not been has there not been? PAST PERFECT había habido there had not been had there been? FUTURE PERFECT habrá habido there will not have been will there have been? PAST SUBJUNCTIVE si hubiera o hubiese if there were if there were not (not sny) PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE si hubiera o hubiese if there had been if there had not been Tenses of the Verb TO BE ABLE — Poder PRESENT puedo, puedes, etc am I able? I am not able are you able? you are not able is he able? he is not able is she able? she is not able is it able? it is not able are we able? we are not able are you able? you are not able are they able? they are not able Note : Also I can, you can, etc.

is there no (not any) ? are there no (not any) ?

was there no (not any)? were there no (not any)?

will there not be?

would there not be?

have there been? have there not been?

had there not been?

will there not have been?

Am I not able? are you not able? is he not able? is she not able? is it not able? are we not able? are you not able? are they not able?

303

I was able you were able he was able she was able it was able we were able you were able they were able

I shall be able you will be able he will be able she will be able it will be able we shall be able you will be able they will be able

PAST pude o podía, etc. was I able? I was not able were you able? you were not able was he able? he was not able was she able? she was not able was it able? it was not able were we able? we were not able were you able? you were not able were they able? they were not able Note: Also I could, you could, etc.

shall I be able? shall you be able? will he be able? will she be able? will it be able? shall we be able? shall you be able? will they be able?

FUTURE podré, podrás, etc. I shall not be able you will not be able he will not be able she will not be able it will not be able we shall not be able you will not be able they will not be able

was I not able? were you not able? was he not able? was she not able? was it not able? were we not able? were you not able? were they not able?

shall I not be able? shall you not be able? will he not be able? will she not be able? will it not be able? shall we not be able? shall you not be able? will they not able?

CONDITIONAL podría, podrías, etc. I should (would) be able I should (would) not be able you would be able you would not be able he would be able he would not be able she would be able she would not be able it would be able it would not be able we should (would) be able we should (would) not be able you would be able you would not be able they would be able they would not be able should (would) I be able? would you be able? would he be able? would she be able? would it be able? should (would) we be able? would you be able? would they be able? Note: Also I could, I could not, etc.

should (would) I not be able? would you not be able? would he not be able? would she not be able? Would it not be able? should (would) we not be able? would you not be able? would they not be able? could I? could I not?, etc.

I have been able you have been able he has been able she has been able it has been able we have been able you have been able they have been able

PRESENT PERFECT he podido, has podido, etc. have I been able? I have not been able have you been able? you have not been able he has he been able? has not been able has she been able? she has not been able has it been able? it has not been able have we been able? we have not been able have you been able? you have not been able they have they been able? have not been able PAST PERFECT había podido, habías podido, etc.

have I not been able? have you not been able? has he not been able? has she not been able? has it not been able? have we not been able? have you not been able? have they not been able?

I had been able you had been able he had been able she had been able it had been able

had I been able? had you been able? had he been able? had she been able? had it been able?

had I not been able? had you not been able? had he not been able? had she not been able? had it not been able?

I had not been able you had not been able he had not been able she had not been able it had not been able

304 we had been able you had been able they had been able

had we been able? we had not been able had we not been able? had you been able? you had not been able had you not been able? had they been able? they had not been able had they not been able? FUTURE PERFECT habré podido, habrás podido, etc. I shall have been able I shall not have been able you will have been able you will not have been able he will have been able he will not have been able she will have been able she will not have been able it will have been able it will not have been able we shall have been able we shall not have been able you will have been able you will not have been able they will have been able they will not have been able shall I have been able? shall I not have been able? shall you have been able? shall you not have been able? will he have been able will he not have been able? will she have been able? will she not have been able? will it have been able? will it not have been able? shall we have been able? shall we not have been able? shall you have been able? shall you not have been able? will they have been able? will they not have been able? CONDITIONAL PERFECT habría (hubiera) podido, habrías podido, etc. I should (would) have been able I should (would) not have been able you would have been able you would not have been able he would have been able he would not have been able she would have been able she would not have been able it would have been able it would not have been able we should (would) have been able we should (would) not have been able you would have been able you would not have been able they would have been able they would not have been able should (would) I have been able? would you have been able? would he have been able? would she have been able? would it have been able? should (would) we have been able? would you have been able? would they have been able?

should (would) I not have been able? would you not have been able? would he not have been able? would she not have been able? would it not have been able? should (would) we not have been able? would you not have been able? would they not have been able?

PAST SUBJ UNCTIVE si pudiera o pudiese; etc. if I were able if I were not able if you were able if you were not able if he were able if he were not able if she were able if she were not able if it were able if it were not able if we were able if we were not able if you were able if you were not able if they were able if they were not able Note : Also If I could, if you could, etc. PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE si hubiera o hubiese podido if I had been able if I had not been able if you had been able if you had not been able if he had been able if he had not been able if she had been able if she had not been able if it had been able if it had not been able if we had been able if we had not been able if you had been able if you had not been able if they had been able if they had not been able

APPENDICES Irregular verbs BASE FORM arise awake be beat become begin bend bet bite bleed blow break bring build burn burst buy catch choose cling come cost creep cut deal dig dive do draw dream drink drive eat fall feed feel fight find fit flee fling fly forbid forget forgive freeze get show shrink shut sing sink Sit sleep slide speak speed

SIMPLE PAST arose awoke was/were beat became began bent bet bit bled blew broke brought built burned/burnt burst bought caught chose clung came cost crept cut dealt dug dived/dove did drew dreamed/dreamt drank drove ate fell fed felt fought found fit/fitted fled flung flew forbade/forbid forgot forgave froze got showed shrank/shrunk shut sang sank/sunk sat slept slid spoke sped/speeded

PAST PARTICIPLE arisen awoken been beaten/beat become begun bent bet bitten bled blown broken brought built burned/burnt burst bought caught chosen clung come cost crept cut dealt dug dived done drawn dreamed/dreamt drunk driven eaten fallen fed felt fought found fit fled flung flown forbidden forgotten forgiven frozen gotten/got shown shrunk/shrunken shut sung sunk sat slept slid spoken sped/speeded

BASE FORM

SIMPLE PAST

give gave go went grind ground grow grew hang hung have had hear heard hide hid hit hit hold held hurt hurt keep kept kneel knelt/kneeled knit knit/knitted know knew lay laid lead led leap leaped/leapt leave left lend lent let let lie (lie down) lay light lit/lighted lose lost make made mean meant meet met pay paid prove proved put put quit quit read (rid) read (red) ride rode ring rang rise rose run ran say said see saw seek sought sell sold send sent set set sew sewed shake shook shave shaved shine (intransitive) shone/shined shoot shot strike struck swear swore sweep swept swim swam swing swung take took teach taught tear tore tell told think thought

PAST PARTICIPLE given gone ground grown hung had heard hidden hit held hurt kept knelt/kneeled knit/knitted known laid led leaped/leapt left lent let lain lit/lighted lost made meant met paid proved/proven put quit read /red/ ridden rung risen run said seen sought sold sent set sewn/sewed shaken shaved/shaven shone/shined shot struck/stricken sworn swept swum swung taken taught torn told thought

BASE FORM spend spill spin spit split spread spring stand steal stick sting stink

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

spent spilled/spilt spun spit/spat lit spread sprang stood stole stuck stung stank/stunk

spent spilled/spilt spun spat split spread sprung stood stolen stuck stung stunk

admire adore appreciate care detest dislike doubt envy fear hate like love miss regret respect trust

VALUE cost equal weight

throw understand upset wake wear weave weep win wind withdraw wring write

SIMPLE PAST threw understood upset woke wore wove/weaved wept won wound withdrew wrung wrote

PAST PARTICIPLE thrown understood upset woken worn woven/weaved wept won wound withdrawn wrung written

NON-ACTION VERBS POSSESSION SENSES AND WANTS AND AND MENTAL STATES PERCEPTION PREFERENCES RELATIONSHIP

APPERANCE EMOTIONS appear be look (seem) represent resemble seem signify

BASE FORM

agree assume believe consider disagree disbelieve estimate expect feel (believe) find (believe) guess hesitate hope imagine

know mean mind presume realize recognize remember see suppose (understand) suspect think (believe) understand wonder

belong contain have own possess

feel hear notice observe perceive see smell sound taste

desire hope need prefer want wish

VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE GERUND (BASE FORMOF VERB + ING) acknowledge admit advise appreciate avoid can't help can't stand

celebrate consider delay deny detest discontinue discuss

dislike endure enjoy escape explain feel like finish

forgive give up (stop) imagine justify keep (continue) mention

miss postpone practice prevent prohibit propose quit

recall recommend regret report resent resist

risk suggest support tolerate understand

m i VERBS AND EXPRESSIONS USED REFLEXIVELY n allow yourself behave yourself forgive yourself pride yourself on amuse yourself believe in yourself help yourself push yourself d ask yourself blame yourself hurt yourself remind yourself avail yourself of cut yourself imagine yourself see yourself ( o be hard on yourself deprive yourself of introduce yourself take care of yourself be yourself dry yourself kill yourself talk to yourselfb be pleased with yourself enjoy yourself look at yourself teach yourself j be proud of yourself feel sorry for yourself prepare yourself tell yourself e c VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE INFINITIVE (TO + BASE-FORM OF VERB) t

agree appear

can('t) wait choose

expect fail

hurry intend

neglect offer

promise refuse

volunteer wait

arrange

consent

grow

learn

pay

request

want

ask

decide

help

manage

plan

seem

wish

attempt can('t) afford

demand deserve

hesitate hope

mean (intend) need

prepare pretend

struggle swear

would like yearn

t o )

VERBS FOLLOWED BY OBJECTS AND INFINITIVES advise allow ask* cause challenge

choose* convince enable encourage expect*

forbid force get* help* hire

invite need* order pay* permit

persuade promise* remind request

require teach tell urge

want* warn wish* would like*

VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE GERUND OR THE INFINITIVE begin Can('t) stand

continue forget

Hate like

love prefer

remember start

stop try

VERB + PREPOSITION COMBINATION admit to advise against apologize for approve of believe in

choose between among complain about count on deal with

dream about /of feel like/about go along with insist on keep on

look forward to object to pay for plan on rely on

resort to succeed in talk about think about wonder about

These verbs followed by either the gerund or the infinitive

ADJECTIVES + PREPOSITION EXPRESSIONS accustomed to afraid of amazed at/by angry at ashamed of

content with curious about different from excited about famous for

awful at bad at bored with/by capable of careful of

fond of glad about good at happy about interested in

opposed to pleased about ready for responsible for sad about

aware of

fed up with

concerned about

nervous about

safe from

satisfied with shocked at/by sick of slow at sorry for/about surprised at/about/by

terrible at tired of used to worried about

ADJETIVES FOLLOWED BY THE INFINITIVE EXAMPLE: I'm happy to hear that. afraid alarmed amazed angry

anxious ashamed curious delighted

depressed determined disappointed distressed

disturbed eager easy embarrassed

encouraged excited fortunate glad

happy hesitant likely lucky

pleased proud ready relieved

reluctant sad shocked sorry

surprised touched upset willing

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVE, ADVERBS AND QUANTIFIERS ADJETIVE bad far good little many/a lot of much*/a lot of

ADVERB badly far well little much*/a lot

COMPARATIVE worse farther/further better less more more

SUPERLATIVE worst farthest/furthest best least most most

*Much is usually only used in questions and negative statements.

ADJECTIVES THAT FORM THE COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE IN TWO WAYS ADJECTIVE common cruel deadly friendly handsome happy likely lively lonely lovely narrow pleasant polite quiet shallow sincere stupid true

COMPARATIVE commoner/more common crueler/more cruel deadlier/more deadly friendlier/more friendly handsomer/more handsome happier/more happy likelier/more likely livelier/more lively lonelier/more lonely lovelier/more lovely narrower/more narrow pleasanter/more pleasant politer/more polite quieter/more quiet shallower/more shallow sincerer/more sincere stupider/more stupid truer/more true

SUPERLATIVE commonest/most common cruelest/most cruel deadliest/most deadly friendliest/most friendly handsomest/most handsome happiest/most happy likeliest/most likely liveliest/most lively loneliest/most lonely loveliest/most lovely narrowest/most narrow pleasantest/most pleasant politest/most polite quietest/most quiet shallowest/most shallow sincerest/most sincere stupidest/most stupid truest/most true

PARTICIPIAL ADJECTIVES -ed alarmed amazed amused annoyed astonished bored confused depressed disappointed disgusted distressed

-ing alarming amazing amusing annoying astonishing boring confusing depressing disappointing disgusting distressing

-ed disturbed embarrassed entertained excited exhausted fascinated frightened horrified inspired interested irritated

-ing disturbing embarrassing entertaining exciting exhausting fascinating frightening horrifying inspiring interesting irritating

-ed moved paralyzed pleased relaxed satisfied shocked surprised terrified tired touched troubled

-ing moving paralyzing pleasing relaxing satisfying shocking suprising terrifying tiring touching troubling

REPORTING VERBS STATEMENTS acknowledge add admit announce answer argue assert believe claim comment

complain conclude confess declare deny exclaim explain indicate maintain mean

note observe promise remark repeat reply report respond say shout

INSTRUCTIONS, COMMANDS, REQUESTS, QUESTIONS AND INVITATIONS state advise suggest invite ask tell caution warn command whisper demand write instruct yell

invite order say tell urge warn

ask inquire question want to know wonder

TIME WORD CHANGES IN INDIRECT SPEECH DIRECT SPEECH Now Today Tomorrow Yesterday This week/month/year Last week/month/year Next week/month/year

—> —> —> —> —> —> —>

INDIRECT SPEECH then that day the next day OR the following day OR the day after the day before OR the previous day that week/month/year the week/month/year before the following week/month/year

VERBS AND EXPRESSIONSCOMMONLY USED REFLEXIVELY allow oneself amuse oneself ask oneself avail oneself of be hard on oneself be oneself be pleased with oneself

be proud of oneself behave oneself believe in oneself blame oneself cut oneself deprive oneself of dry oneself

enjoy oneself feel sorry for oneself forgive oneself help oneself hurt oneself imagine oneself introduce oneself

keep oneself (busy) kill oneself look after oneself look at oneself prepare oneself pride oneself on push oneself

remind oneself see oneself take care of oneself talk to oneself teach oneself tell oneself treat oneself

TRANSITIVE PHRASAL VERBS (so. = someone s.t. = something) separable phrasal verbs show the object between the verb and the particle: call s.o. up. verbs which must be separated have an asterisk (*): do s.t. over* inseparable phrasal verbs show the object after the particle: carry on s.t. Remember: You can put a noun object between the verb and the particle of separable two-word verbs (call / on up OR call up / on). You must put a pronoun object between the verb and the particle of separable verbs (call her up NOT call up her). PHRASAL VERB ask so. over*

MEANING invite to one's home

PHRASAL VERB drop out of s.t.

quit

block s.t. out

stop from passing through (light/ noise)

empty s.t. out

empty completely

blow s.t. out blow s.t. up

stop burning by blowing air on it 1.make explode 2. fill with air (a balloon) 3. make something larger (a photo) make happen return depress introduce (a new product/book) raise (children)

end up with s.t. fall for so.

have an unexpected result feel romantic love for

fall for s.t. figure s.o, or s.t. out fill s.t. in

be tricked by, believe understand (after thinking about) complete with information complete (a form) fill completely learn information redecorate (a home)

bring s.t. about bring so. or s.t. back bring so. down* bring s.t. o ut bring so. up bring s.t. up bu il d s.t u p

MEANING

burn s.t. down. call so back* call so. in call s.t. off call so. up carry on s.t carry s.t. out cash in on s.t.

burn completely return a phone call ask for help with a problem cancel contact by phone continue conduct (an experiment/a plan) profit from

fill s.t. out fill s.t. up find s.t. out fix s.t. up follow through with s.t. get s.t. across get off s.t. get on s.t. get out of s.t. get s.t. out of s.t.* get through with s.t. get to sm. or s.t.

charge s.t. up check s.t. out

charge with electricity examine

get together with so. give s.t. away

cheer so. up clean so. or s.t. up

cause to feel happier deam completely

give s.t. back give s.t. out

return

clea r s .t. up close s.t. down c o me o f f s . t . come up with s.t. count on so. or s.t.

explain close by force become unattached invent depend on

give s.o. up go after s.o. or s.t. go along with s.t. go over s.t. hand st. in

cover so. or s.t. up cross s.t. out cut s.t. down

hand s.t. out hang st up help so. out hold s.t. on

keep attached

cut s.t. out

cover completely draw a line through 1. bring down by cutting (a tree) 2. reduce 1. stop the supply of 2. remove by cutting remove by cutting

quit, abandon try to get or win, pursue support review give work (to a boss / teacher), submit distribute put on a hook or hanger assist

keep so. or st. away

cause to stay at a distance

cut s.t. up

cut into small pieces

keep s.t. on*

do s.t. over*

do again

keep so. or st. out

not remove (a piece of clothing / jewelry) prevent from entering

do so. or s.t. up draw s.t. together dream s.t. up

make more beautiful unite invent

keep up with so. or s.t. lay so. off lay s.t out

drink s.t. up

drink completely

leave st. on

drop so. or s.t. off

take someplace

leave s.t. out

cut s.t. off

bring attention to increase

complete get people to understand an idea leave (a bus / a train/a phone call) board (a bus / a train/a phone call) leave (a car / taxi) benefit from finish 1. reach s.o. or st 2. upset so meet give without charging money

distribute

goes fast as end employment 1. arrange according to a plan 2. spend money 1. not turn off (a light / radio) 2. not remove (a piece of clothing / jewelry) not include, omit

PHRASAL VERB let so. down let so. or s.t. in let s.o. off

MEANING disappoint allow to enter 1. allow to leave (a bus / car) 2. not punish allow to leave illuminate take care of

PHRASAL. VERB straighten s.t. up switch s.t. on take st. away

MEANING make neat start (a machine / light) remove

take so. or s.t. back take s.t. down take s.t in take s.t. off take sd. on t a ke s . t . o n take s.t. out ta ke s.t. up talk so. into* talk s.t. over team up with so. tear st. down tear s.t. up think back on s.o. or st thi n k s.t. o v e r

remember consider

point s.o, or s.t. out put s.t. away put s.t. back put s.o. or s.t. down put s.o. off put s.t. off

research examine try to find (in a book / on the internet) create lose the chance for something good change the location distribute decide not to use, reject repay choose identify lift 1.buy, purchase 2.get (an idea / an interest) 3. answer the phone indicate put in an appropriate place return to its original place stop holding discourage delay

return remove 1. notice, understand, and remember 2. earn (money) remove hire agree to do borrow from a library begin a job or activity persuade discuss start to work with destroy tear into small pieces

think st. up throw s.t. away/out touch s.t. up try s.t. on try s.t out turn st. around*

put s.t. on put s.t. together

cover the body (with clothes or jewelry) assemble

turn s.o. down turn s.t. down

put s.t. up

erect

turn s.t. in

run into s.o. see s.t. through* send s.t. back

meet accidentally complete return

turn so. or s.t. into* turn so. off* turn s.t. off

send s.t. out set s.t. off

mail cause to explode

turn s.t. on turn s.t. over

set s.t. up

1. prepare for use 2. establish (a business / an organization) choose s.t after thinking about many possibilities display the best qualities appear stop (a machine / light) register start again not quit, not leave, persevere

turn s.t. up

invent discard, put in the trash improve by making small changes put clothing on to see if it fits use to see if it works change the direction so the front is at the back reject lower 1.the volume (a tv / radio) 2.reject (a job / an idea) submit, give work (to a boss / teacher) change from one form to another [slang] destroy interest stop (a machine), extinguish (a light) start (a machine / light) turn something so the top side is at the bottom make louder (a tv / radio)

use st. up

use completely, consume

wake so. up watch out for so. or st work s.t. off work s.t. out write s.t. down write s.t. up

awaken be careful about remove by work or activity solve, understand write on a piece of paper write in a finished form

let so. or s.t. out light s.t. up look after s.o, or s.t. look into s.t look so. or s.t. over look st. up make s.t. up miss out on s.t. move s.t. around* pass s.t out pass so. or s.t. up pay s.o. or s.t. back pick sd. or s.t. out pick so. or s.t. up pick s.t up

settle on s.t. show so. or s.t. off show up on st. shut s.t. off sign so. up (for s.t) start s.t over* stick with/to so. or st

INTRANSITIVE PHRASAL VERBS PHRASAL VERB

MEANING

PHRASAL VERB

MEANING

act up blow up break down break out

cause problems explode stop working (a machine) happen suddenly

give up go away go back go down

burn down call back catch on cheer up clean up

burn completely return a phone call become popular make happier clean completely

go off go on go out go over go up

clear up close down come about

become clear stop operating happen

grow up hang up hold on

come along come around come back come down come in come off come out come up dress up drop in drop out eat out empty out end up

keep away keep on keep out keep up lie down Light up look out make up miss out pay off pick up play around run out show up

sign up sit down slip up stand up start over stay up straighten up take off turn out

register take a seat make a mistake rise start again remain awake make neat depart (a plane) have a particular result

get on get through

come with, accompany happen return become less (price) enter become unattached appear arise wear special clothes visit by surprise quit eat in a restaurant empty completely do something unexpected or unintended reach a final place or condition become detached learn information complete act playful make progress, succeed have a good relationship return survive 1. leave (a bus, the internet) 2. end a phone conversation enter, board (a bus, a train) finish

quit leave a place or person return become less (price, number), decrease explode (a gun / fireworks) continue leave succeed with an audience be built become more (price, number), increase become an adult end a phone call wait not hang up the phone stay at a distance continue not enter go as fast recline illuminate be careful end a disagreement, reconcile lose the chance for something good be worthwhile improve have fun not have enough appear

turn up wake up

appear stop sleeping

get together get up

meet get out of bed, arise

watch out work out

be careful be resolved

fall off find out follow through fool around get ahead get along get back get by get off

VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE GERUND (BASE FORM OF VERB + ING) acknowledge admit advise appreciate avoid can't help can't stand

celebrate consider delay deny detest discontinue discuss

dislike endure end up enjoy escape explain feel like

finish forgive give up (stop) imagine justify keep (continue) mention

mind (object to) miss postpone practice prevent prohibit put off

quit recall recommend regret report resent resist

risk suggest support tolerate understand

VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE INFINITIVE (TO + BASE FORM OF VERBS) agree appear arrange ask attempt can't afford

can't wait choose consent decide deserve expect

fail help hesitate hope hurry intend

learn manage mean (intend) need neglect offer

pay plan prepare pretend promise

refuse request rush seem volunteer

wait want wish would like

VERBS FOLLOWED BY THE GERUND THE INFINITIVE begin can't stand

continue forget*

hate like

love prefer

remember* start

stop try

*These verbs can be followed by either the gerund or the infinitive, but there is a big difference in meaning (see Unit 32).

VERBS FOLLOWED BY OBJECT advise allow ask* cause choose*

convince encourage expect* forbid force

get help* hire invite

persuade promise* remind request

need* order pay* permit

require teach tell urge

want* warn wish would like*

*These verbs can also be followed by an infinitive without an object (example: ask to leave or ask someone to leave).

ADEJETIVE + PREPOSITION COMBINATIONS accustomed to afraid of amazed at / by angry at ashamed of aware of awful at

bad at bored with / by capable of careful of concerned about content with curious about

different from excited about famous for

interested in nervous about opposed to pleased about ready for responsible for sad about

fond of

glad about good at happy about

safe from satisfied with shocked at / by sick of slow at / in sorry for / about surprised at/about/by

terrible at tired of used to worried about

VERB + PREPOSITION COMBINATIONS admit to advise against apologize for approve of

believe in choose between complain about count on

deal with dream about/of feel like insist on

look forward to object to pay for plan on

rely on resort to succeed in talk about

thank someone for think about wonder about

MODAL AND THEIR FUNCTIONS ABILITY

can can't could couldn't be able to* not be able to* can

Present Past All verb forms

Can I sit here? Can I call tomorrow? Yes, you can. No, you can't. Sorry. Could he leave now? May I borrow your pen? Yes, you may. No, you may not. Sorry.

Present or Future

• • • • • •

Can you close the door, please? Sure, I can. Sorry, I can't. Could you please answer the phone? Will you wash the dishes, please? Would you please mail this letter?

Present or Future

• • • • •

You should study more. You shouldn't miss class. We ought to leave. We'd better go. We'd better not stay.

All verb forms

• • • •

He has to go now. I had to go yesterday. I will have to go soon. He doesn't have to go yet.

could may may not

NECESSITY

can't could will would should shouldn't ought to** had better** had better not have to*

not have to* have got to* must must not PROHIBITION can't

• Lea is able to run fast. • She wasn't able to run fast last year. • • • • • • • •

can't

ADVICE

• We could swim last year. • We couldn't skate.

Present or Future

REQUESTS

PERMISSION

• Sam can swim. • He can't skate.

Present or Future

• He's got to leave! • You must use a pen for the test.

Present or Future

• You must not drive without a license. • You can't drive without a license.

*The meaning of this expression is similar to the meaning of a modal. Unlike a modal, it has -s for third-person singular. The meaning of this expression is similar to the meaning of a modal Like a modal, it has no -s for third-person singular.

POSSIBILITY

must must not have to* have got to*

•

Present

• •

may may not might might not could

Present or Future

can't

Present or Future

• • • • • • • •

IMPOSSIBILITY •

couldn't

• •

This must be her house. Her name is on the door. She must not be home. I don't see her car. She has to know him. They went to school together. He's got to be guilty. We saw him do it. She may be home now. It may not rain tomorrow. Lee might be sick today. He might not come to class. They could be at the library. It could rain tomorrow. That can't be Ana. She left for France yesterday. It can't snow tomorrow. Ifs going to be too warm. He couldn't be guilty. He wasn't in town when the crime occurred. The teacher couldn't give the test tomorrow.

*The meaning of this expression is similar to the meaning of a modal. Unlike a modal, it has -s for third-person singular.

SPELLING RULES FOR THE SIMPLE PRESENT THIRD PERSON (HE, SHE, IT) 1. ADD -S FOR MOST VERBS.

4. A FEW VERBS HAVE IRREGULAR FORMS.

works be is work buy buys do does ride rides go goes return returns have has ADD -ES FOR VERBS THAT END IN -CH, -S, - DO NOT CHANGE THE Y WHEN THE BASE SH, -X, OR -Z. FORM ENDS IN VOWEL + Y. ADD -S. watch watches pass passes rush rushes relax relaxes buzz buzzes CHANGE THE YTO I AND ADD -ES WHEN THE BASE FORM ENDS IN CONSONANT + Y. study hurry dry

studies hurries dries

play enjoy

plays enjoys

PRESENT PERFECT AND-PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Contractions with Have You've already read that page. I have I've We've been writing for an hour. you have you've She's been to Africa three times. he has he's It's been raining since yesterday. she has she's We haven't seen any elephants yet. it has it's They haven't been living here long. we have we've you have you've they have they've have not haven't has not hasn't MODALS AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS cannot or can not = can't She can't dance. could not = couldn't We shouldn't go. should not = shouldn't They'd better Decide. had better = 'd better I'd prefer coffee. would prefer = 'd prefer I'd rather take the bus. would rather = 'd rather

capital letter

U S E FOR • the pronoun I • proper nouns • the first word of a sentence

EXAMPLES • Tomorrow I will be here at 2:00. • His name is Karl. He lives in Germany. • When does the train leave? At 2:00.

apostrophe (')

• possessive nouns • contractions

• Is that Marta's coat? • That's not hers. It's mine.

comma (,)

• after items in a list

• after the first part of a sentence that begins with because • after the first part of a sentence that begins with a preposition • after the first part of a sentence that begins with a time clause or an if clause

• He bought apples, pears, oranges, and bananas. • They watched TV, and she played video games. • Because it's raining, we're not walking to the office. • Across from the post office, there's a good restaurant. • After he arrived, we ate dinner. • If it rains, we won't go.

exclamation mark (!)

• at the end of a sentence to show surprise or a strong feeling

• You're here! That's great! • Stop! A car is coming!

period (.)

• at the end of a statement

• Today is Wednesday.

question mark (?)

• at the end of a question

• What day is today?

• before sentence connectors and, but, or, and so

THE SIMPLE PRESENT AND THE PRESENT PROGRESSIVE THE SIMPLE PRESENT a. I usually read the newspaper in The SIMPLE PRESENT the morning. expresses daily habits or usual b. Babies cry. Birds fly. activities, as in (a) and (b). c. NEGATIVE: It doesn't snow in The simple present expresses Bangkok. general statements of fact, as in QUESTION: (c). Does the teacher speak slowly? In sum, the simple present is used for events or situations that exist always, usually, or habitually in the past, present, and future. THE PRESENT PROGRESSIVE a. Ann can't come to the phone The PRESENT PROGRESSIVE right now because she is taking a expresses an activity that is in shower. progress (is occurring, is b. I am reading my grammar book happening) right now. The right now. event is in progress at the time c. Jimmy and Susie are babies. the speaker is saying the They are crying. I can hear them sentence. The event began in right now. Maybe they are hungry. the past, is in progress now, d. NEGATIVE:It isn't snowing and will probably continue into right now. the future. QUESTION: Is the teacher speaking right FORM: am, is, are + -ing.

FORMS

STATEMENT

NEGATIVE

QUESTION

CONTRACTIONS pronoun + be do + not be + not

PROGRESSIVE OF THE SIMPLE PRESENT SIMPLE PRESENT I-You-We-They work. He-She-It works.

AND THE PRESENT PRESENT PROGRESSIVE

I am working. You-We-They are working. He-She-It is working. I-You-We-They do not work. I am not working. You-We-They are not working. He-She-It does not work. He-She-It is not working. Do I-you-we-they work? Am I working? Are you-we-they working? Does he-she-it work? Is he-she-it working? I + am = I'm working. you, we, they + are = You're, We're, They're working. he, she, it + is = He's, She's, It's working. does + not = doesn't She doesn't work. do + not = don't I don't work. is + not = isn't He isn't working. are + not = aren't They aren't working. (am + not = am not* I am not working.)

*Note: am and not are not contracted.

FREQUENCY ADVERBS always Frequency adverbs usually occur in the middle of a almost always sentence and have special positions, as shown in usually examples (a) through (e) below. often The adverbs with the symbol " t " may also occur at the frequently beginning or end of a sentence. generally I sometimes get up at 6:30. sometimes Sometimes I get up at 6:30. occasionally I get up at 6:30 sometimes. The other adverbs in the list (the ones not marked by "t") seldom rarely occur at the beginning or end of a sentence. Their rarely usual position is in the middle of a sentence. hardly ever NEGATIVE almost never 0% not ever, never Frequency adverbs usually come between the subject and SUBJECT + FREQ ADV + VERB (a) Karen always tells the truth, the simple present verb (except main verb be). Frequency adverbs follow be in the simple present (am, is, SUBJECT + BE + FREQ ADV (b) Karen is always on time. are) and simple past (was, were). (c) Do you always eat breakfast? In a question, frequency adverbs come directly after the subject. (d) Ann usually doesn't eat breakfast. In a negative sentence, most frequency adverbs come in (e) Sue doesn't always eat breakfast. front of a negative verb (except always and ever). Always follows a negative helping verb or negative be. (f) CORRECT: Anna never eats meat. Negative adverbs (seldom, rarely, hardly ever, (g) INCORRECT: Anna doesn't never eat meat. never) are NOT used with a negative verb. (h) — Do you ever take the bus to work? Ever is used in questions about frequency, as in (h). — Yes, I do. I often take the bus. It means "at any time." (i) I don't ever walk to work. Ever is also used with not, as in (i). (j) INCORRECT: I ever walk to work. Ever is NOT used in statements. 100% POSITIVIVE

FINAL -S (a) SINGULAR: one bird (b) PLURAL: two birds, three birds, many birds, all birds, etc. (c) Birds sing. (d) A bird sings. (e) A bird sings outside my window. It sings loudly. Ann sings beautifully. She sings songs to her children. Tom sings very well. He sings in a chorus.

SINGULAR = one, not two or more PLURAL = two, three, or more A plural noun ends in -s, as in (c). A singular verb ends in -s, as in (d).

A singular verb follows a singular subject. Add -s to the simple present verb if the subject is (1) a singular noun (e.g., a bird, Ann, Tom) or (2) he, she, or it.*

*He, she, and it are third person singular personal pronouns.

SPELLING OF FINAL –IES–ES (a) visit —> visits s peak —> speak s (b) ride —> rides write —> writes

Final -s, not -es, is added to most verbs. INCORRECT: visites, speakes Many verbs end in -e. Final -s is simply added.

(c) catch —> catches wash —> washes miss —> misses (d) fix —> fixes buzz —> buzzes (f) fly —> flies (g) pay —> pays

Final -es is added to words that end in -ch, -sh, -s, -x, and -z. PRONUNCIATION NOTE: Final -es is pronounced /az/ and adds a syllable.*

(a) go —> goes /gowz/ do —> does /daz/

have —> has /haz/

If a word ends in a consonant + -y, change the -y to -i and add -es. (INCORRECT: flys) If a word ends in a vowel + -y, simply add (INCORRECT: paies or payes) The singular forms of the verbs go, do, and have are irregular.

NON-ACTION VERBS (a) I know Ms. Chen. Some verbs are not used in progressive tenses. These INCORRECT: I am knowing Ms. Chen. verbs are called "non-action verbs." They express a (b) I'm hungry. I want a sandwich. situation that exists, not an action in progress. INCORRECT: I am wanting a sandwich. (c) This book belongs to Mikhail. INCORRECT: This book is belonging to Mikhail. NON-ACTION VERBS* know hear be own like forget see believe exist have love remember sound think possess hate know understand need belong want prefer COMPARE Think and have can be used in the progressive. (a) I think that grammar is easy. In (a): When think means "believe," it is (b) I am thinking about grammar right now. nonprogressive. In (b): When think expresses thoughts that are going (c)Tom has a car. through a person's mind, it can be progressive. (d) I'm having a good time. In (c): When have means "own" or expresses possession, it is not used in the progressive. In (d): In expressions where have does not mean "own" (e.g., have a good time, have a bad time, have trouble, have a problem, have company, have an operation), have can be used in the progressive. *Non-action verbs are also called "stative verbs" or "nonprogressive verbs."

REGULAR VERBS (a) talked = talk/t/ stopped = stop/t/ hissed = hiss/t/ watched = watch/t/ washed = wash/t/ (b) called =call/d/ rained= rain/d/ lived= live/d/ robbed= rob/d/ stayed= stay/d/ (c) waited= wait/ed/ needed= need/ed/

PRONUNCIATION OF ED ENDINGS Final -ed is pronounced /t/ after voiceless sounds. You make a voiceless sound by pushing air through your mouth. No sound comes from your throat. Examples of voiceless sounds: /k/, /p/, /s/, /chi, /sh/.

Final -ed is pronounced /d/ after voiced sounds. You make a voiced sound from your throat. Your voice box vibrates. Examples of voiced sounds: /l/, /n/, /v/, /b/, and all vowel sounds.

Final -ed is pronounced /ed/ after "t" and "d" sounds. /ed/ adds a syllable to a word.

SPELLING OF THE VERBS END OF VERB

DOUBLE THE CONSONANT?

-e

NO

Two Consonants

NO

(b) help learn

helping learning

helped learned

Two Vowels + One Consonant

NO

(c) rain heat

raining heating

rained heated

One Vowel + One Consonant

YES

ONE-SYLLABLE VERBS (d) stop stopping stopped plan planning planned

NO

TWO-SYLLABLE VERBS

YES

NO

-y

-ING AND -ED FORMS SIMPLE FORM -ING -ED (a) smile smiling smiled hope hoping hoped

(e) visit visiting visited offer offering offered (f) prefer preferring preferred admit admitting admitted (g) play playing enjoy enjoying

(h) worry worrying study

(i) die tie

-ie

studying

dying tying

played enjoyed worried studied

died tied

-ing form: Drop the -e, add -ing. -ed form: Just add -d. If the verb ends in two consonants, just add –ing or -ed. If the verb ends in two vowels + a consonant, just add –ing or -ed. If the verb has one syllable and ends in one vowel + one consonant, double the consonant to make the –ing or -ed form.* If the first syllable of a twosyllable verb is stressed, do not double the consonant. If the second syllable of a twosyllable verb is stressed, double the consonant. If the verb ends in a vowel + -y, keep the -y. Do not change the y to -i. If the verb ends in a consonant + -y, keep the -y for the -ing form, but change the -y to -i to make the -ed form. -ing form: Change the –ie to -y and add -ing. -ed form: Just add -d.

*Exceptions: Do not double "w" or "x": snow, snowing, snowed, fix, fixing, fixed.

THE SIMPLE PAST AND THE PAST PROGRESSIVE THE SIMPLE PAST

(a) Mary walked downtown yesterday. (b) I slept for eight hours last night

The SIMPLE PAST is used to talk about an activity or situation that began and ended at a particular time in the past (e.g., yesterday, last night, two days ago, in 1999), as in (a) and (b).

THE SIMPLE PAST (c) I sat down at the dinner table at 6:00 P.M. yesterday. Tom came to my house at 6:10 P.M.

The PAST PROGRESSIVE expresses an activity that was in progress (was occurring, was I was eating dinner when Tom happening) at a point of time came. in the past or at the time of (d) I went to bed at 10:00. The THE PAST PROGRESSIVE another action (e.g., when Tom phone rang at 11:00. came). I was sleeping when the phone rang. In (c): eating was in progress at 6:10; eating was in progress when Tom came. FORM: was/were + -ing. (e) When the phone rang, I was sleeping. when = at that time (f) The phone rang while I was sleeping. while = during that time and (f) have the same meaning.

FORMS OF THE PAST PROGRESSIVE STATEMENT NEGATIVE QUESTION

I-She-He-It was working. You-We-They were working. I-She-He-It was not (wasn't) working. You-We-They were not (weren't) working. Was I-she-he-it working? Were you-we-they working?

SHORT ANSWER

Yes, I-she-he-it was. No, I-she-he-it wasn't.

Yes, you-we-they were. No, you-we-they weren't.

EXPRESSING PAST HABIT:

USED TO

(a) I used to live with my parents. Now I live Used to expresses a past situation or habit that no in my own apartment. longer exists at present. (b) Ann used to be afraid of dogs, but now she FORM: used to + the simple form of a verb likes dogs. (c) Did you used to live in Paris? UESTION FORM: did + subject + used to (OR Did you use to live in Paris?) (OR did + subject + use to)* (d) I didn't used to drink coffee at breakfast, NEGATIVE FORM: didn't used to (or didn't but now I always have coffee in the morning. use to)* (OR I didn't use to drink coffee.) Didn't use(d) to occurs infrequently. More (e) I never used to drink coffee at breakfast, commonly, people use never to express a but now I always have coffee in the morning, negative idea with used to, as in (e). *Both forms (spelled used to or use to in questions and negatives) are possible. There is no consensus among English language authorities on which is preferable.

EXPRESSING PAST TIME: USING TIME CLAUSES time clause main clause After I finished my work = a time clause* (a)After I finished my work, I went to bed. I went to bed = a main clause* (a) and (b) have the same meaning. A time clause can main clause time clause (1) come in front of a main clause, as in (a). I went to bed 'after I finished my work.' (2) follow a main clause, as in (b). (b) I went to bed after I finished my work. (c) Before I went to bed, I finished my work. (d) I stayed up until I finished my work I didn't go to bed until I finished my work As soon as I finished my work, I went to bed. (e) The phone rang while I was watching TV. When the phone rang, I was watching TV.

These words introduce time clauses: time + subject and verb = a time clause after before until as soon as while when In (e): until = "to that time and then no longer"** In (f): as soon as = "immediately after" PUNCTUATION: Put a comma at the end of a time clause when the time clause comes first in a sentence (comes in front of the main clause): time clause + comma + main clause main clause + NO comma + time clause

(f)When the phone rang, I answered it. (g) When two actions are in progress at the same While I was doing my homework, my roommate was watching TV. (h)When the phone rang, I answered it.

In a sentence with a time clause introduced by when, both the time clause verb and the main verb can be simple past. In this case, the action in the when- clause happened first. In (h): First: The phone rang. Then: I answered it. In time, the past progressive can be used in both parts of the sentence.

EXPRESSING FUTURE TIME: BE GOING TO AND WILL (a) I am going to leave at nine tomorrow morning. (b) I will leave at nine tomorrow morning. (c) Marie is going to be at the meeting today.* (d) Marie will be at the meeting today. (e) We shall leave at nine tomorrow morning. (f) I shall leave at nine tomorrow morning possible but infrequent.

Be going to and will are used to express future time. (a) and (b) have the same meaning. (c) and (d) have the same meaning. Will and be going to often give the same meaning, but sometimes they express different meanings.

The use of shall (with I or we) to express future time is possible but infrequent

* Today, tonight, and this + morning, afternoon, evening, week, etc., can express present, past, or future time. PRESENT: Sam is in his office this morning. PAST: Ann was in her office this morning at eight, but now she's at a meeting. FUTURE: Bob is going to be in his office this morning after his dentist appointment.

FORMS WITH BE GOING (a) We are going to be late. (b) She's going to come tomorrow. INCORRECT: She's going to comes tomorrow. (c) Am I going to be late? Is he, she, it Are they, we, you (d) I am not He, she, it is not going to be late. They, we, you are not (e) "Hurry up! We're gonna be late!"

TO Be going to is followed by the simple form of the verb, as in (a) and (b). QUESTION: be + subject + going to

NEGATIVE: be + not + going to

Be going to is more common in speaking and in informal writing than in formal writing. In informal speaking, it is sometimes pronounced "gonna" /gana/. "Gonna" is not usually a written form.

ABOUT THE FUTURE 100% sure

90% sure

In (a): The speaker uses will or be going to because he feels sure about his future activity. He is stating a fact about the future (b) Po will probably be in class tomorrow. In (b): The speaker uses probably to say OR Po is probably going to be in class that he expects Po to be in class tomorrow, tomorrow, but he is not 100% sure. He's almost sure, (c) Anna probably won't be in class but not completely sure. tomorrow. OR Anna probably isn't going Word order with probably:* to be in class tomorrow. ( 1 ) in a statement, as in (b): helping verb + probably (2) with a negative verb, as in (c): probably + helping verb (d) Ali may come to class tomorrow, or May expresses a future possibility: maybe Ali may not come to class tomorrow, something will happen, and maybe it won't happen.** In (d): The speaker is saying that I don't know what he's going to do. maybe Ali will come to class, or maybe he won't come to class. The speaker is guessing. (e) May be Ali will come to class, and maybe he won't. OR Maybe Ali is going to come to class, and maybe he isn't. SURENESS (a) I will be in class tomorrow. O R I am going to be in class tomorrow,

BE GOING TO vs. WILL (a) She i s goi ng to succeed because she works hard. (b) She will succeed because she works hard. (c) I bought some wood because I am going to build a bookcase for my apartment.

(d) This chair is too heavy for you to carry alone. I'll help you.

Be going to and will mean the same when they are used to make predictions about the future. (a) and (b) have the same meaning. Be going to (but not will) is used to express a prior plan (i.e., a plan made before the moment of speaking). In (c): The speaker plans to build a bookcase. Will (but not be going to) is used to express a decision the speaker makes at the moment of speaking. In (d): The speaker decides to help at the immediate present moment; he did not have a prior plan or intention to help.

EXPRESSING THE FUTURE IN TIME CLAUSES AND IF- CLAUSES (a) 'Before I go to class tomorrow, I'm going to In (a) and (b):before I go to class tomorrow is a eat breakfast. future (b) I'm going to eat breakfast before I g o to class time clause. tomorrow. before after when + subject and verb = a time clause as soon as until while (c) Before I g o home tonight, I'm going to stop at The simple present is used in a future time clause. the market. Will and be going to are NOT used in a future time (d) I'm going to eat dinner at 6:00 tonight. clause. After I eat dinner, I'm going to study in my room. INCORRECT: Before I will go to class, I'm going to (e) I'll give Rita your message when I see her. eat breakfast. (f) It's raining right now. As soon as the rain INCORRECT: Before I am going to go to class stops, I'm going to walk downtown. tomorrow, I'm going to eat breakfast. (g) I'll stay home until the rain stops. All of the example sentences, (c) through (h), (h) While you're at school tomorrow, I'll be at contain future time clauses. work. (i) Maybe it will rain tomorrow. If it rains In (i): If it rains tomorrow is an if-clause. tomorrow, I'm going to stay home. if + subject and verb = an if-clause When the meaning is future, the simple present (not will or be going to) is used in an if-clause.

USING THE PRESENT PROGRESSIVE TO EXPRESS FUTURE TIME (a) Tom is going to come to the party tomorrow. (b) Tom is corning to the party tomorrow. (c) We're going to go to a movie tonight. (d) We're going to a movie tonight. (e) I'm going to stay home this evening. (f) I'm staying home this evening. (g) Ann is going to fly to Chicago next week. (h) Ann is flying to Chicago next week.

The present progressive can be used to express future time. Each pair of example sentences has the same meaning. The present progressive describes definite plans for the future, plans that were made before the moment of speaking.

You're going to laugh when you hear this joke. INCORRECT: You're laughing when you hear this joke.

The present progressive is NOT used for predictions about the future. In (i): The speaker is predicting a future event. In (j): The present progressive is not possible; laughing is a prediction, not a planned future event.

A future meaning for the present progressive is indicated either by future time words (e.g., tomorrow) or by the situation.*

COIVIPARE: Present situation: Look! Mary's coming. Do you see her? Future situation: Are you planning to come to the party? Mary's coming. So is Alex.

USING THE SIMPLE PAST PRESENT TO EXPRESS FUTURE TIME (a) My plane arrives at 7:35 tomorrow evening. (b) Tom's new job starts next week. (c) The semester ends in two more weeks. (d) here is a meeting at ten tomorrow morning. (e) INCORRECT: I wear my new suit to the wedding next week. CORRECT: I am wearing/ am going to wear my new suit to the wedding next week.

The simple present can express future time when events are on a definite schedule or timetable. Only a few verbs are used in the simple present to express future time. The most common are arrive, leave, start, begin, end, finish, open, close, be. Most verbs cannot be used in the simple present to express future time. For example, in (e): The verb wear does not express an event on a schedule or timetable. It cannot be used in the simple present to express future time.

INMEDIATE FUTURE: USING BE ABOUT TO (a)Ann's bags are packed, and she is wearing her coat. She is about to leave for the airport. (b) Shhh. The movie is about to begin. The idiom "be about to do something" expresses an activity that will happen in the immediate future, usually within minutes or seconds. In (a): Ann is going to leave sometime in the next few minutes.

MEANING OF THE PRESENT PERFECT PRESENT PERFECT, MEANING #1: SOMETHING HAPPENED BEFORE NOW AT AN UNSPECIFIED TIME. (a) Jim has already eaten lunch. (b) Ann hasn't eaten lunch yet. (c) Have you ever eaten at that restaurant?

(d) Pete has eaten at that restaurant many times. (e) I have eaten there twice.

The PRESENT PERFECT expresses an activity or situation that occurred (or did not occur) before now, at some unspecified time in the past. In (a): Jim's lunch occurred before the present time. The exact time is not mentioned; it is unimportant or unknown. For the speaker, the only important information is that Jim's lunch occurred in the past, sometime before now. An activity may be repeated two, several, or more times before now, at unspecified times in the past, as in (d) and (e).

PRESENT PERFECT, MEANING #2: A SITUATION BEGAN IN THE PAST AND CONTINUES TO THE PRESENT. (f) We've been in class since ten o'clock this morning. (g) I have known Ben for ten years. I met him ten years ago. I still know him today. We are friends 3 years ago.

When the present perfect is used with since or for, it expresses situations that began in the past and continue to the present. In (f): Class started at ten. We are still in class now, at the moment of speaking. INCORRECT: We are in class since ten o'clock this morning.

SIMPLE PAST vs. PRESENT PERFECT In (a): I finished my work at a specific time in the past (two hours ago). In (b): I finished my work at an unspecified time in the past (sometime before now). The SIMPLE PAST expresses an activity that SIMPLE PAST occurred at a specific time (or times) in the past, (c) I was in Europe last year/three years ago/in as in (a) and (c). 1999/in 1995 and 1999/when I was ten years old. The PRESENT PERFECT expresses an activity PRESENT PERFECT that occurred at an unspecified time (or times) in (d) I have been in Europe many times/several times/a the past, as in (b) and (d). couple of times/once/(no mention of time). SIMPLE PAST (a) I finished my work two hours ago. PRESENT PERFECT (b) I have already* finished my work,

SIMPLE PAST (e) Ann was in Miami for two weeks, PRESENT PERFECT (f) Bob has been in Miami for two weeks/since May first.

In (e): In sentences where for is used in a time expression, the simple past expresses an activity that began and ended in the past. In (f): In sentences with for or since, the present perfect expresses an activity that began in the past and continues to the present.

USING SINCE AND FOR SINCE

Since is followed by the mention of a specific point in since eight o'clock. time: an hour, a day, a month, a year, etc. since Tuesday. Since expresses the idea that something began at a specific since May. time in the past and continues to the present. since 1999. since January 3, 2001. since yesterday. since last month. (a) CORRECT: I have lived here since May.* The present perfect is used in sentences with since. (b) CORRECT: I have been here since May. In (c): The present progressive is NOT used. (c) INCORRECT: Jam living here since May. In (d): The simple present is NOT used. (d) INCORRECT: I live here since May. In (e): The simple past is NOT used. (e) INCORRECT: I lived here since May. (f) INCORRECT: I was here since May. Since may also introduce a time clause (i.e., a subject and MAIN CLAUSE SINCE-CLAUSE verb may follow since). (present perfect) (simple past) Notice in the examples: The present perfect is used in the (g) I have lived here since I was a child. (h) Al has met many people since he came here. main clause; the simple past is used in the since-clause.

FOR

(h) I have been here

(a) I have been here

For is followed by the mention of a length of time: two for ten minutes. minutes, three hours, four days, five weeks, etc. for two hours. Note: If the noun ends in -s (hours, days, weeks, etc.), use for five days. for about three weeks. for in the time expression, not since. for almost six months. for many years. for a long time. (i) I have lived here for two years. I moved here In (i): The use of the present perfect in a sentence two years ago, and I still live here. with for + a length of time means that the action (j) I lived in Athens for two years. I don't live in began in the past and continues to the present. Athens now. In (j): The use of the simple past means that ALSO CORRECT: I have been living here since the action began and ended in the past. May.

RESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE Al and Ann are in their car right now. They are driving THE PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE talks about how home. It is now four o'clock. long an activity has been in progress before now. (a) They have been driving si nce two o'clock. Note: Time expressions with since, as in (a), and for, as (b) They have been driving f o r two hours. in (b), are frequently used with this tense. They will be home soon. STATEMENT: have/ has + been + -ing (c) How long have they been driving? QUESTION FORM: have/has + subject + been + -ing COMPARE the present progressive and the present perfect progressive. (d) Po is sitting in class right now.

The PRESENT PROGRESSIVE describes an activity that is in progress right now, as in (d). It does not discuss duration (length of time). INCORRECT: Po has been sitting in

right now.

Po is sitting at his desk in class. He sat down at nine o'clock. It is now ninethirty. (e) Po has been sitting in class si nc e nine o'clock. (f) Po has been sitting in class fo r thirty minutes.

(g) CORRECT: I know Yoko. (h) INCORRECT: I am knowing Yoko. (i) CORRECT: I have known Yoko for two years. (j) INCORRECT: I have been knowing Yoko for two

years.

THE PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE expresses the du ra tio n (length of time) of an activity that began in the past and is in progress right now. INCORRECT: Po is sitting in class since nine o'clock.

Reminder: Non-action verbs (e.g., know, like, own, belong) are not used in any progressive tenses.* In (i): With non-action verbs, the present perfect is used with since or for to express the duration of a situation that began in the past and continues to the present.

PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE vs. PRESENT PERFECT PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE (a) Rita and Josh are talking on the phone. They have been talking on the phone for twenty minutes.

The PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE expresses the duration of present activities that are in progress, using action verbs, as in (a).

PRESENT PERFECT (b) Rita has talked to Josh on the phone many times (before now). (c) INCORRECT: Rita has been talking to Josh on the phone many times. (d) Rita has known Josh for two years. (e) INCORRECT: Rita has been knowing Josh for two years.

The PRESENT PERFECT expresses (1) repeated activities that occur at unspecified times in the past, as in (b), or (2) the duration of present situations, as in (d), using non-action verbs.

(f) I have been living here for six months. OR (g) I have lived here for six months. (h) Al has been wearing glasses since he was ten. OR I has worn glasses since he was ten. (i) I've been going to school ever since I was five years old. OR (j) I've gone to school ever since I was five years old.

For some (not all) verbs, duration can be expressed by either the present perfect or the present perfect progressive. (f) and (g) have essentially the same meaning, and both are correct. Often either tense can be used with verbs that express the duration of usual or habitual activities/situations (things that happen daily or regularly), e.g., live, work, teach, smoke, wear glasses, play chess, go to school, read the same newspaper every morning, etc.

USING ALREADY YET STILL, AND ANYMORE ALREADY

(a) The mail came an hour ago. The mail is already here.

Idea of already: Something happened before now, before this time. Position: midsentence.*

YET

(b) I expected the mail an hour ago, but it hasn't come yet.

Idea of yet: Something did not happen before now (up to this time), but it may happen in the future. Position: end of sentence.

STILL

(c) It was cold yesterday. It is still cold today. We still need to wear coats. (d) I could play the piano when I was a child. I can still play the piano. (e) The mail didn't come an hour ago. The mail still hasn't come.

Idea of still: A situation continues to exist from past to present without change. Position: midsentence.*

ANYMORE

(f) I lived in Chicago two years ago, but then I moved to another city. I don't live in Chicago anymore.

Idea of anymore: A past situation does not continue to exist at present; a past situation has changed. Anymore has the same meaning as any longer. Position: end of sentence.

Note: Already is used in affirmative sentences. Yet and anymore are used in negative sentences. Still is used in either affirmative or negative sentences.

PAST PERFECT – (CONTINUED) (a) Jack had left his apartment when Ann arrived.

(b) He'd left. I'd left.

They'd left. Etc.

FORM: had + past participle CONTRACTION: I / you / she / he / it / we / they + 'd

COMPARE THE PRESENT PERFECT AND THE PAST PERFECT. (c) I am not hungry now. I have

already eaten.

(d) I was not hungry at 1:00 P.M.

I had already eaten.

The PRESENT PERFECT expresses an activity that occurred before now, at an unspecified time in the past, as in (c).

The PAST PERFECT expresses an activity that occurred before another time in the past. In (d): I ate at noon. I was not hungry at 1:00 P.M. because I had already eaten before 1:00 P.M.

COMPARE THE PAST PROGRESSIVE AND THE PAST PERFECT. (e) I was eating when Bob came.

The PAST PROGRESSIVE expresses an activity that was in progress at a particular time in the past. In (e): I began to eat at noon. Bo came at 12:10. My meal was in progress when Bob came.

(f) I had eaten when Bob came.

The PAST PERFECT expresses an activity that was completed before aparticular time in the past. In (f): I finished eating at noon. Bob came at 1:00 P.M. My meal was completed before Bob came.

USING WHICH (a) TOM: May I borrow a pen from you? ANN: Sure. I have two pens. This pen has black ink, That pen has red ink. Which pen do you want? OR Which one do you want? OR Which do you want? (b) SUE: (b) I like these earrings, and I like those, too. BOB: Which (earrings/ones) are I you going to buy? SUE: I think I'll get these. (c)Gig: Rig: (d) SUE: BOB: SUE:

Here's a photo of my daughter's class. Very nice. Which one is your daughter? My aunt gave me some money for my birthday. I'm going to take it with me to the mall. What are you going to buy with it? I haven't decided yet.

In (a): Ann uses which (not what) because she wants Tom to choose. Which is used when the speaker wants someone to make a choice, when the speaker is offering alternatives: this one or that one; these or can those. Which be used with either singular or plural nouns. Which can be used to ask about people as well as things. In (d): The question doesn't involve choosing from a particular group of items, so Bob uses what, not which.

USING WHOSE QUESTION ANSWER Whose asks about possession.* Notice (a) Whose (book) is this? It's John's (book). (b) Whose (books) are those? They're mine (OR my books). in (a): The speaker of the question may omit the noun (book) if the (c) Whose car did you borrow? I borrowed Karen's (car). meaning is clear to Mary Smith. the listener. Who's and whose have the same COMPARE Mary's. pronunciation. (d) Who's that? Who's = a contraction of who is. (e) Whose is that? Whose = asks about possession.

USING HOW QUESTION (a) How did you get here?

ANSWER I drove./By car. I took a taxi./By taxi.

I took a bus./By bus.

How has many uses. One use of

how is to ask about means (ways) of transportation.

I flew./By plane. I took a train./By train. I walked./On foot.

(b) How old are you? (c) How tall is he? (d) How big is your apartment? (e) How sleepy are you? (f) How hungry are you? (g) How soon will you be ready?

Twenty-one. About six feet. It has three Very sleepy. I'm starving. In five minutes.

How is often used with adjectives (e.g.) old, big) and adverbs (e.g., well, quickly).

USING HOW OFTEN QUESTION

ANSWER

(a) How often do you go shopping?

'Every day. Once a week. About twice a week. Every other day or so.* Three times a month.

(b) How many times a day do you eat? How many times a week do you go shopping? How many times a month do you go to the post office? How many times a year do you take a vacation?

Three or four. Two.

How often asks about frequency.

Other ways of asking how often: how many t i m e s / a day

Once Once or twice.

a week a month a year

*Every other day means "Monday yes, Tuesday no, Wednesday yes, Thursday no," etc. Or so means "approximately."*29,028 feet = 8,848 meters.

USING HOW FAR (a) It is 289 miles from (b) It is 289 miles

St. Louis to Chicago.* from St. Louis to Chicago. from Chicago to St. Louis. to Chicago from St. Louis. to St. Louis from Chicago.

(c) A: How far is it from St. Louis to Chicago? B: 289 miles. (d) A: How far do you live from school? B: Four blocks. (e) How many miles is it from St. Louis to Chicago? (f) How many kilometers is it to Montreal from here? (g) How many blocks is it to the post office? 1 mile = 1.60 kilometers. 1 kilometer = 00.614 mile. *Notice: Occasionally is spelled with two "c"s but only one

The most common way of expressing distance: It is + distance + from/ to + to/from In (b): All four expressions with from and to have the same meaning. How far is used to ask questions about distance.

Other ways to ask how far: how many miles how many kilometers how many blocks

LENGTH OF TIME: IT + TAKE AND IT + TAKE + (SOMEONE) + LENGTH + INFINITIVE (a) It takes 20 minutes to cook rice. (b) It took at two hours to drive work. OFto TIME

(c) How long does it take to cook rice? — 20 minutes. (d) How long did it take Al to drive to work today? — Two hours. (e) How long did you study last night? — Four hours. (f) How long will you be in Hong Kong? —Ten days. (g) How many days will you be in Hong Kong?

HOW LONG It + take is often used with time words and an infinitive to express length of time, as in (a) and (b). An infinitive = to + the simple form of a verb.* In (a): to cook is an infinitive. How long asks about length of time.

Other ways of asking how long:

how many +

minutes hours days weeks months years

5-MORE QUESTIONS WITH HOW QUESTION

ANSWER

(a) How do you spell "coming"? (b) How do you say " ye s" in Japanese? (c) How do you say/pronounce this word?

C-O-M-I-N-G. Hai.

To answer (a): Spell the word.

(d) How are you getting along? (e) How are you doing? (f) How's it going?

Great. Fine. Okay. So-so.

In (d), (e), and (f): How is your life? Is your life okay? Do you have any problems? Note: (f) is also used in greetings: Hi, Bob. How's it going?

(g) How do you feel? How are you feeling?

(h) How do you do?

Terrific! Wonderful! Great! Fine. Okay. So-so. A bit under the weather. Not so good. Terrible !/Lousy./Awful! How do you do?

To answer (b): Say the word. To answer (c): Pronounce the word.

The questions in (g) ask about health or about general emotional state.

How do you do? is used by both speakers when they are introduced to each other in a somewhat formal situation.*

*A: Dr. Erickson, I'd like to introduce you to a friend of mine, Rick Brown. Rick, this is my biology professor, Dr. Erickson. B. How do you do, Mr. Brown? How do you do, Dr. Erickson? I'm pleased to meet you.

QUESTION (a) How did you get here?

(b) How old are you? Twenty-one. (c) How tall is he? About six feet. (d) How big is your apartment? It has three rooms. (e) How sleepy are you? Very sleepy.

USING HOW ANSWER I drove / By car. I took a taxi / By taxi. I took a bus /By bus. I flew / By plane. I took a train / By train. I walked / On foot. (f) How hungry are you? I'm starving. (g) How soon will you be ready? In five minutes. (h) How well does he speak english? Very well. (i) How quickly can you get here? I can get there in 30 minutes.

How has many uses. One use of how is to ask about means (ways) of transportation.

How is often used with adjectives (e.g., old, big) and adverbs (e.g., well, quickly).

USING WHAT ABOUT AND HOW ABOUT meaning and usage. They are used to make suggestions or offers. How about and what about are followed by a noun (or pronoun) or the -ing form of a verb. Note: How about and what about are frequently used in informal spoken English, but are usually not used in writing. (a) A: We need one more player. B: How about (what about) Jack? Let's ask him if he wants to play. (b) A: What time should we meet? B: How about (what about) three o'clock? (c) A: I'm tired. How about you? B: Yes, I'm tired too. (d) A: Are you hungry? B: No. What about you?

(c) A: What should we do this afternoon? B: How about going to the zoo? (d) A: What about asking Sally over for dinner next Sunday? B: Okay. Good idea. How about you? and What about you? are used to ask a question that refers to the information or question that immediately preceded it. In (e): How about you? = Are you tired? In (f): What about you? = Are you hungry?

How about you? and What about you? are used to ask a question that refers to the information or question that immediately preceded it. In (e): How about you? = Are you tired? In (f): What about you? = Are you hungry?

TAG QUESTIONS AFFIRMATIVE (+ ) NEGATIVE (—) You know Bob Wilson, don't you? Marie is from Paris, isn't she? Jerry can play the piano, can't he? NEGATIVE (—) AFFIRMATIVE (+) You don't know Jack Smith, do you? Marie isn't from Athens, is she? Jerry can't speak Arabic, can he?

A tag question is a question that is added onto the end of a sentence. An auxiliary verb is used in a tag question. When the main verb is affirmative, the tag question is negative. When the main verb is negative, the tag question is affirmative.

In using a tag question, a speaker gives his idea while asking a question at the same time. In (g) and (h) below: I (the speaker) use a tag question because I expect you (the listener) to tell me that my information or my idea is correct. As with other kinds of questions, a speaker usually uses a rising intonation at the end of a tag question.* THE SPEAKER'S IDEA (i) I think that you know Bob Wilson. (j) I think that you don't know Jack Smith.

THE SPEAKER'S QUESTION You know Bob Wilson, don't you? You don't know Jack Smith, do you?

COMPARE (k)A: Do you know Tom Lee? (a yes/no question) B: Yes, I do. OR No, I don't. (l)A: You know Tom Lee, don't you? (a tag question B: Yes, I do.

EXPECTED ANSWER Yes, I do. No, I don't.

In (i): The speaker has no idea. The speaker is simply looking for information. In (j): The speaker believes that the listener knows Tom Lee. The speaker wants to make sure that his idea is correct.

*Sometimes a falling intonation is used with tag questions. For example:

A. It's a beautiful day today, isn't it? (voice falling rather than rising) B. Yes, indeed. The weather's perfect. A speaker uses falling intonation for a tag question when he is making an observation, commenting on something rather than making sure his information is correct. In the example, the speaker is making a comment about the weather to invite conversation.

Other examples: That was a good movie, wasn't it? Mr. Smith is a good teacher, isn't he? It's really hot today, isn't it?

PLURAL FORMS OF NOUNS To make most nouns plural, add -s.

SINGULAR

PLURAL

one bird one rose one street

two birds two streets two roses

one box one class one dish one match one baby one city one key one toy

two boxes two classes two dishes two matches two babies two cities two toys two keys

Add -es to nouns ending in -sh, -ch, -ss, and -x.

one knife one shelf

two knives two shelves

If a noun ends in -fe or -f, change the ending to -ves.

one tomato one zero

two tomatoes two zeroes/zeros

The plural form of nouns that end in -o is sometimes -oes

one zoo

two zoos

one child one foot one goose one man one mouse one tooth one woman

two children two feet two geese two men two mice two teeth two women two people two deer two fish two offspring two sheep two species two bacteria two cactus two crises two phenomena

one deer one fish one offspring one sheep one species one bacterium one cactus one crisis one phenomenon

If a noun ends in a consonant + -y, change the y to i and

add -es, as in (c). If -y is preceded by a vowel, add only -s, as in (d).

(Exceptions: beliefs, chiefs, roofs, cuffs, cliffs.) and sometimes -os. -oes: tomatoes, potatoes, heroes, echoes -os: zoos, radios, studios, pianos, solos, sopranos, photos, autos,videos-oes or -os: zeroes/zeros; volcanoes/volcanos,tornadoes/tornados, mosquitoes/mosquitos

Some nouns have irregular plural forms. (Note: The singular form of people can be person, woman, man,

child. For example, one man and one child = two people.)

The plural form of some nouns is the same as the singular form.

Some nouns that English has borrowed from other languages have foreign plurals.

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME IN

(a) Please be on time in the future. (b) I usually watch TV in the evening. (c) I was born in October. (d) I was born in 1985. (e) I was born in the twentieth century. (f) The weather is hot in (the) summer.

O N (g) I was born on October 31, 1985.

(h) I went to a movie on Thursday. (i) I have class on Thursday morning(s). A T (j) We sleep at night. I was asleep at midnight. (k) I fell asleep at 9:30 (nine-thirty). (1) He's busy at present. Please call again.

in + the past, the present, the future* in + the morning, the afternoon, the evening in + a month a year a century a season on + a date on + a weekday on + a weekday morning(s), afternoon(s), evening(s) at + noon, night, midnight at + "clock time" at + present, the moment, the present time

*Possible in British English: in future (Please be on time in future.).

EXPRESSING ADVICE: SHOULD AND OUGHT TO (a) My clothes are dirty I should wash them. (b) INCORRECT: I should to wash them. (c) INCORRECT: I ought washing them.

Should and ought to have the same meaning. They mean: "This is a good idea. This is good advice." FORMS: should + simple form of a verb (no to) ought + to + simple form of a verb

(d) You need your sleep. You should not (shouldn't) stay up late.

NEGATIVE: should + not = shouldn't (Ought to is usually not used in the negative.)

(e) A: I'm going to be late. What should I do? B: Run. (f) A: I'm tired today. B: You should/ought to go home and take a nap. (g) A: I'm tired today. B: Maybe you should/ought to go home and

QUESTION: should + subject + main verb (Ought to is usually not used in questions.) The use of maybe with should and ought to "softens" advice. COMPARE: In (f): Speaker B is giving definite advice. He is stating clearly that he believes going home for a nap is a good idea and is the solution to Speaker A's problem. In (g): Speaker B is making a suggestion: going home for a nap is one possible way to solve Speaker A's problem.

ought to

take a nap.

EXPRESSING ADVICE: HAD BETTER Had better has the same basic meaning as should and ought to: "This is a good idea. This is good advice." a) My clothes are dirty. I ought to wash them. should had better

Had better usually implies a warning about b) You're driving too fast! You'd better slow down. possible bad consequences. In (b): If you don't slow down, there could be a bad result. You could get a speeding ticket or have an accident. (c) You'd better not eat that meat. It looks spoiled.

NEGATIVE: had better not

(d) I'd better send my boss an e-mail right away.

In speaking, had is usually contracted: 'd.

EXPRESSING NECESSITY: MUST

HAVE TO, HAVE GOT TO

(a) I have a very important test tomorrow. I have to go I have got to study tonight. I must have gone to school every day (b) I'd like to go with you to the movie this evening, but I can't. I have to go to a meeting. (c) Bye now! I've got to go. My wife's waiting for me.I'll call you later. (d) All passengers must present their passports at customs upon arrival. (e) Do we have to bring pencils to the test? (f) Why did he have to leave so early?

Have to, have got to, and must have basically the same meaning. They express the idea that something is necessary.

(g) I had to study last night. (h) I have to ("hafta") go downtown today. (i) Rita has to ("hasta") go to the bank, (j) I've got to ("gotta") study tonight.

Have to is used much more frequently in everyday speech and writing than must. Have got to is typically used in informal conversation, as in (c). Must is typically found in written instructions, as in (d). It is usually a strong, serious, "no nonsense" word. QUESTIONS: Have to is usually used in questions, not must or have got to. Forms of do are used with have to in questions. The PAST form of have to, have got to, and must (meaning necessity) is had to. Usual PRONUNCIATION: have to = /hafto/ OR /haftu/ has to = /hasto/ OR /hastu/ (have) got to = /gado/ OR /gOta/

MAKING LOGICAL CONCLUSION: MUST LOGICAL CONCLUSION: (a) Amy plays tennis every day. She must like to play tennis. (b)NECESSITY: If you want to get into the movie theater, you must buy a ticket.

In (a): Speaker B is making a logical guess. He bases his guess on the information that Nancy is yawning. His logical conclusion, his "best guess," is that Nancy is sleepy. He uses must to express his logical conclusion.

(c) NEGATIVE LOGICAL CONCLUSION: Eric ate everything on his plate except the pickle. He must not like pickles. (d) PROHIBITION: There are sharks in the ocean near our hotel. We must not go swimming there.

COMPARE: Must not can express a negative logical conclusion, as in (d). prohibition, as in (e). COMPARE: Must can express a logical conclusion, as in (b). necessity, as in (c).

A: Nancy is yawning. B: She must be sleepy.

USING AND + TOO, SO, EITHER, NEITHER (a) and (b) have the same meaning. Word order:

S + aux + TOO (a) Sue works, and Tom does too. SO + aux + S (b) Sue works and so does Tom.

subject + auxiliary + too so + auxiliary + subject

S + aux + EITHER (c) Ann doesn't work, and Joe doesn't either. NEITHER + aux + S (d) Ann doesn't work, and neither does Joe. (e) A: I'm hungry. B: I am too. (g) A: I don't eat meat. B: I don't either.

(f) A: I'm hungry. B: So am I. (h) A: I don't eat meat. B: Neither do I.

(i) A: I'm hungry. (j) A: I don't eat meat. B: Me too. (informal) B: Me neither.(informal)

(C) and (d) have the same meaning. Word order: subject + auxiliary + either neither + auxiliary + subject Note: An affirmative auxiliary is used with neither. And is usually not used when there are two speakers. (e) and (f) have the same meaning. (g) and (h) have the same meaning. Me too and me neither are often used in informal spoken English.

MAKING COMPARISONS WITH AS. . . AS (a) Tina is 21 years old. Sam is also 21. Tina is as old as Sam (is). (b) Mike came as quickly as he could.

As ... as is used to say that the two parts of a comparison are equal or the same in some way. In (a): as + adjective + as In (b): as + adverb + as

(c) Ted is 20. Tina is 21. Negative form: not as ... as.* Quite and nearly are often used with the negative. Ted is not as old as Tina. In (d): not quite as .. . as = a small difference. (d) Ted isn't quite as old as Tina. In (e): not nearly as . .. as = a big difference. (e) Amy is 5. She isn't nearly as old as Tina. (f) Sam is just as old as Tina. (g) Ted is nearly! almost as old as Tina. *Also possible: not so . . . as: Ted is not so old as Tina.

Common modifiers of as. . . as are just (meaning "exactly") and nearly / almost.

CONNECTING IDEAS WITH EVEN THROUGH / ALTHOUGH (a )Even though I was hungry, I did not eat. I did not eat even though I was hungry. (b) Although I was hungry, I did not eat. I did not eat although I was hungry.

Even though and although introduce an adverb clause. (a) and (b) have the same meaning. They mean: I was hungry, but I did not eat.

COMPARE (c) Because I was hungry, I ate. (d) Even though I was hungry, I did not eat.

Because expresses an expected result. Even though / although expresses an unexpected or opposite result.

COMPARISONS WITH LESS . . . THAN AND NOT . . . AS MORE THAN ONE SYLLABLE (a) A pen is less expensive than a book. (b) A pen is not as expensive as a book.

The opposite of -erlmore is expressed by less or not as ... as. (a) and (b) have the same meaning. Less and not as . . . as are used with adjectives and adverbs of more than one syllable.

Only not as . .. as (NOT less) is used with one-syllable ONE SYLLABLE (c) A pen is not as large as a (book. adjectives or adverbs, as in (c). (d) INCORRECT: A pen is less large than a book.

USING THE SAME, SIMILAR, DIFFERENT LIKE, ALIKE (a) John and Mary have the same books. (b) John and Mary have similar books. (c) Their books are all the same. (d) John and Mary have different books. (e) Their books are similar. (f) Their books are different.

The same, similar, and different are used as adjectives. Notice: the always precedes same.

(g) This book is the same as that one. (h) This book is similar to that one. (i) This book is different from that one.

Notice: the same is followed by as; similar is followed by to; different is followed by from.*

(j) She is the same age as my mother. (k) (My shoes are the same size as yours. (l) My pen is like your pen. My pen and your pen are alike.

A noun may come between the same and as, as in (j).

(m) She looks like her sister. It looks like rain, It sounds like thunder. This material feels like silk. That smells like gas. This chemical tastes like salt. Stop acting like a fool. He seems like a nice fellow.

Notice in (k) and (1): noun + be like + noun noun and noun + be alike

In addition to following be, like also follows certain verbs, primarily those dealing with the senses. Notice the examples in (m).

USING THE BY-PHRASE (n) The twins look alike. We think alike. Most four-year-olds act alike. My sister and I talk alike. The little boys are dressed alike.

Alike may follow a few verbs other than be. Notice the examples in (n).

*In informal speech, native speakers might use than instead of from after different. From is considered correct in formal English, unless the comparison is completed by a clause: I have a different attitude now than I used to have.

ACTIVE SENTENCE AND PASSIVE SENTENCES

ACTIVE

PASSIVE In (c): The object in an active sentence becomes the subject in a passive sentence.

ACTIVE SENTENCE AND PASSIVE SENTENCES (a) ACTIVE: The mouse ate the cheese. (b) PASSIVE: The cheese was eaten by the mouse.

(a) and (b) have the same meaning. The by-phrase is used in passive sentences when it is important to know who performs an action. In (a): by my aunt is important information.

(a) This sweater was made by my aunt. Form of all passive verbs: be + past participle FORM OF PASSIVE BE + THEPAST PARTICIPLE he can be in any of its forms: am, is, are, was, were,has (a) Corn is grown by farmers. been, have been, will be, etc. (b) Sara was surprised by the news, (b) My Usually there is no by-phrase in a passive sentence. (c) The report will be written by Mary. sweater was The passive is used when it is not known or not made in important to know exactly who performsPASSIVE an action. ACTIVE Korea. In (b): The exact person (or people) who made the Farmers grow corn. SIMPLE (c) Spanish is sweater is not known and is not important to know, so PRESENT Corn is grown by farmers. spoken in there is no by-phrase in the passive sentence. (f) My aunt PAST is Usually Thethe news surprised Sara. the speaker knows who SIMPLE active is used when Colombia. very skillful. Sara was surprised thewhere news.the focus of performed the action, as inby(f), (d) That She made this attention is on my aunt. house was Jack has mailed the letter. PRESENT sweater, the letter speaker passive builtPERFECT in 1940. In (g),The hasuses beenthemailed byWITH Jack. a by-phrase (g) — I like because he wants to focus attention on (e) Rice is Mr. Lee will plan the meeting. the subjects of the FUTURE your sweaters. sentences. The focus of attention is on the two sweaters. grown in The meeting will planned by Mr. Lee. — Thanks. The by-phrases add important information. many Sue is going to write the report. This sweater countries. THE PASSIVE FORMS OF THE PRESENT AND PAST PROGRESSIVE The report is going to be finished Sue was made by ACTIVE The meeting willPASSIVE be going to written by Sue. my (a)The secretary is copying some (a) Some letters are being copied Passive form of the present aunt. letters. by the secretary. progressive: That sweater (b) Someone is building a new (b) A new hospital is being built. am was made by hospital. is + being + past participle my are The mother. secretary was copying some (a) Some letters were being copied Passive form of the past letters. by the secretary. progressive: Someone was building a new (b) A new hospital was being built. was / were + being + past participle hospital. PASSIVE MODAL AUXILIARIES AUXILIARIES PASSIVE MODAL ACTIVE MODAL AUXILIARIES Bob will mail it. It will be mailed Modal auxiliaries are often used in (MODAL + BE + PAST by Bob Bob can mail it. It can be mailed by Bob the passive. PARTICIPLE) Bob should mail it. It should be mailed by Bob FORM: modal + be + past Bob ought to mail it. It ought to be mailed by Bob participle Bob must mail it. It must be mailed by Bob (See Chapter 7 for information Bob has to mail it. It has to be mailed by Bob about the meanings and uses of Bob may mail it. It may be mailed by Bob modal auxiliaries.) Bob might mail it. It might be mailed by Bob Bob could mail it. It could be mailed by Bob

PAST PARTICIPLE AS ADJECTIVES (STATIVE PASSIVE) BE + ADJECTIVE young. tall. hungry.

Be can be followed by an adjective. The adjective describes or gives information about the subject of the sentence. Be can be followed by a past participle (the passive form). The past participle is often like an adjective. The past participle describes or gives information about the subject of the adjectives Often the Past past participles participlesare in used theseasexpressions BE+PAST PARTICIPLE sentence. in many common, everyday expressions. Paul is married to Susan. are followed by particular prepositions + an married. Paul was excited about the game. tired. object. For example: Paul will be prepared for the exam. frightened. married is followed by to (+ an object) excited is followed by about (+ an object) prepared is followed by for (+ an object) Paul is

SOME COMMON EXPRESSIONS WITH BE + PAST PARTICIPLE be acquainted (with) be bored (with, by) be broken be closed be composed of be crowded (with) be devoted (to) be disappointed (in, with) be divorced (from) be done (with) be drunk (on) be engaged (to)

be excited (about) be exhausted (from) be finished (with) be frightened (of, by) be gone (from) be hurt be interested (in) be involved (in, with) be located in, south of, etc. be lost be made of be married (to)

be opposed (to) be pleased (with) be prepared (for) be qualified (for) be related (to) be satisfied (with) be scared (of, by) be shut be spoiled be terrified (of, by) be tired (of, from)* be worried (about)

*I'm tired of the cold weather. - I've had enough cold weather. I want the weather to get warm. I'm tired from working hard all day. = I'm exhausted because I worked hard all day.

PARTICIPLE ADJECTIVES: -ED vs. -ING The past participle (-ed)* and the present participle (-ing) can be used as adjectives. In (a): The past participle (interested) describes how a person feels. In (b): The present participle (interesting) describes the cause of the feeling. The cause of the interest is Indian art. In (c): surprised describes how Kate felt. The past participle carries a passive meaning: Kate was surprised by the

Indian art interests me. (a) I am interested in Indian art. INCORRECT: I am interesting in Indian art.

(b) Indian art is interesting. INCORRECT: Indian art is interested.

The news surprised Kate. (c) Kate was surprised. (d) The news was surprising. (e) Did you hear the surprising news? (f) Roberto fixed the broken window.

news. In (d): the news was the cause of the surprise. Like other adjectives, participial adjectives may follow be, as in examples (a) through (d), or come in front of nouns, as in (e) and (f).

GET + ADJECTIVE; GET + PAST PARTICIPLE GET + ADJECTIVE (a) I am getting hungry. Let's eat. (b) Eric got nervous before the job interview. GET + PAST PARTICIPLE (a) I'm getting tired. Let's stop working. (b) Steve and Rita got married last month. GET + ADJECTIVE get angry get dry get bald get fat get big get full get busy get hot get close get hungry get cold get interested get dark get late get dirty get nervous get dizzy get old

get quiet get rich get serious get sick get sleepy get thirsty get well get wet

Get can be followed by an adjective. Get gives the

idea of change—the idea of becoming, beginning to be, growing to be. In (a): I'm getting hungry. = I wasn't hungry before, but now I'm beginning to be hungry. Sometimes get is followed by a past participle. The past participle after get is like an adjective; it describes the

subject of the sentence. GET + PAST PARTICIPLE get acquainted get drunk get arrested get engaged get bored get excited get confused get finished get crowded get frightened get divorced get hurt get done get interested get dressed get invited

get involved get killed get lost get married get scared get sunburned get tired get worried

USING BE USED/ACCUSTOMED TO AND GET USED/ ACCUSTOMED TO (a) I am used to hot weather. (b) I am accustomed to hot weather. (c) I am used to living in a hot climate. (d) I am accustomed to living in a hot climate (e) I just moved from Florida to Siberia. I have never lived in a cold climate before, but I am getting used to (accustomed to) the cold weather here.

(a) and (b) have the same meaning: "Living in a hot climate is usual and normal for me. I'm familiar with what it is like to live in a hot climate. Hot weather isn't strange or different to me." Notice in (c) and (d): to (a preposition) is followed by the -ing form of a verb (a gerund). In (e): I'm getting used to/accustomed to = something is beginning to seem usual and normal to me.

USED vs BE USED TO (a) I used to live in Chicago, but now I live in Tokyo. INCORRECT: I used to living in Chicago. INCORRECT: I am used to live in a big city. (b) I am used to living in a big city. NOTE: In

In (a): Used to expresses the habitual past. It is followed by the simple form of a verb. In (b): be used to is followed by the -ing form of a verb (a gerund).*

both used to (habitual past) and be used to, the "d" is not pronounced in used.

NON COUNTS NOUNS INDIVIDUAL PARTS = THE WHOLE (Count Nouns) (Non count Nouns)

Non count nouns usually refer to a whole group of things that is made up of many individual parts, a whole category made up of different varieties. For example, furniture is a non count noun; it describes a whole category of things: chairs, tables, beds, etc. INDIVIDUAL PARTS = THE WHOLE

(a) letters postcards bills etc. (b) apples, bananas, oranges etc. (c) rings bracelets necklaces etc.

Mail Fruit jewelry

chairs tables beds etc.

furniture

Mail, fruit, and jewelry are other examples of non count nouns

that refer to a whole category made up of individual parts. SOME COMMON NONCOUNT A. clothing equipment food fruit furniture jewelry mail money scenery stuff traffic

NOUNS: WHOLE GROUPS MADE UP OF INDIVIDUAL PARTS B. homework housework work

E. grammar slang vocabulary

C. advice information

F. Arabic Chinese English German Indonesian Spanish Etc.

D. history literature music poetry

G. corn dirt flour hair pepper rice salt sand sugar

USING BE SUPPOSED TO (a) Mike is supposed to call me tomorrow. Be supposed to is used to talk about an activity or (IDEA: I expect Mike to call me tomorrow.) event that is expected to occur. (b) We are supposed to write a composition. In (a): The idea of is supposed to is that Mike is (IDEA: The teacher expects us to write a expected (by me) to call me. I asked him to call me. composition.) He promised to call me. I expect him to call me. (c) Alice was supposed to be home at ten, but In the past form, be supposed to often expresses the she didn't get in until midnight. idea that an expected event did not occur, as in (c). (IDEA: Someone expected Alice to be home at ten.)

MORE NON COUNT NOUNS (a) LIQUIDS coffee soup milk tea oil water

SOLIDS and SEMI-SOLIDS meat chalk paper beef glass soap chicken gold toothpaste fish iron wood

bread butter cheese ice (b) THINGS THAT OCCUR IN NATURE weather fun health ignorance rain generosity help knowledge snow happiness honesty luck (c) THINGS THAT OCCUR IN NATURE darkness lightning light thunder sunshine

patience progress

GASES air pollution smog smoke

time violence

MORE NON ACCOUNT NOUNS *An abstraction is an idea It has no physical form. A person cannot touch it. A LOT / OF MANY / MUCH / AND A USING SEVERAL NONCOUNT

FEW /A LITTLE COUNT

(a) several chairs

0

(b) a lot of chairs

a lot of furniture

(c) many chairs

much furniture

(d) a few chairs

a little furniture

Several is used only with count nouns. A lot of is used with both count and noncount nouns. Many is used with count nouns. Much is used with noncount nouns. A few is used with count nouns. A little is used with noncount nouns.

NOUNS THAT CAN BE COUNT OR NONCOUNT Quite a few nouns can be used as either count or noncount nouns. Examples of both count and noncount usages common follow. NOUNfor some USED AS Anouns NONCOUNT NOUN USED AS A COUNT NOUN

glass

(a) Windows are made of glass.

(b) I drank a glass of water. (c) Janet wears glasses when she reads.

hair

(d) Rita has brown hair.

(e) There's a hair on my jacket.

iron

(f) Iron is a metal.

(g) I pressed my shirt with an iron.

light

(h) I opened the curtain to let in some

(i) Please turn off the lights (lamps).

light. paper

(j) I need some paper to write a letter.

(k) I wrote a paper for Professor Lee. (l) I bought a paper (a newspaper).

time

(m) How much time do you need to finish your work?

(n) How many times have you been in Mexico?

work

(o) I have some work to do tonight.

(p) That painting is a work of art.

coffee

(q) I had some coffee after dinner.

(r) Two coffees, please.

(s) I ate some chicken/some fish. chicken/ fish experience (u) I haven't had much experience with computers. (I don't have much knowledge or skill in using computers.)

(t) She drew a picture of a chicken / a fish. (v) I had many interesting experiences on my trip. (Many interesting events happened to me on my trip.)

VERB + GEROUND verb

gerund

A gerund is the -ing form of a verb. It is used as a noun. In (a): walking is a gerund. It is used as the object of the verb enjoy.

(a) I enjoy walking in the park enjoy finish stop quit mind postpone put off consider keep (on) think about discuss talk about

I enjoy working in my garden. Ann finished studying at midnight. It stopped raining a few minutes ago. David quit smoking. Would you mind opening the window? I postponed doing my homework. I put off doing my homework. I considered not going to class. I'm considering going to Hawaii. Keep (on) working. Don't stop. I'm thinking about going to Hawaii. They discussed getting a new car. They talked about getting a new car.

The verbs in the list are followed by gerunds. The list also contains phrasal verbs (e.g., put off) that are followed by gerunds. The verbs in the list are NOT followed by to + the simple form of a verb (an infinitive). INCORRECT: I enjoy to walk in the park. INCORRECT: Bob finished to study. INCORRECT: I'm thinking to go to Negative form: not + gerund

PREPOSITION + GEROUND (a) Kate insisted on coming with us. (b) We're excited about going to Tahiti. (c) I apologized for being late.

A preposition is followed by a gerund, not an infinitive.

In (a): The preposition (on) is followed by a gerund (coming).

COMMON EXPRESSIONS WITH PREPOSITIONS FOLLOWED BY GERUNDS be afraid of (doing something) apologize for believe in good at dream about be excited about feel like nervous about be interested in

look forward to be forgive (someone) insist on plan on be responsible for stop (someone) from thank (someone) for be tired of worry about/be worried about

EXPRESSING PURPOSE WITH IN ORDER TO AND FOR Why did you go to the post office? (a) I went to the post office because I wanted to mail a letter. (b) I went to the post office in order to mail a letter. (c) I went to the post office to mail a letter. (d) I went to the post office for some stamps. (e) I went to the post office to buy some stamps. INCORRECT: I went to the post office for to buy some stamps. INCORRECT: I went to the some

order to expresses purpose. It answers the question "Why?" In (c): in order is frequently omitted. (a), (b), and (c) have the same meaning. For is also used to express purpose, but it is a preposition and is followed by a noun phrase, as in (d).

USING BY AND WITH TO EXPRESS HOW SOMETHING IS DONE (a) Pat turned off the tape recorder by pushing the stop button. (b) Mary goes to work by bus. Andrea stirred her coffee with a spoon.

By + a gerund is used to express how something is done. By or with followed by a noun is also used to express how something is done.

BY IS USED FOR MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION by (air)plane* by boat by bus by car

by subway** by taxi by train by foot (or on foot)

by mail by (tele)phone by fax by e-mail

by mistake by hand***

by check (but in cash) by credit card

by air by land by sea

OTHERS by chance by choice

WITH IS USED FOR INSTRUMENTS OR PARTS OF THE BODY I cut down the tree with an ax (by using an ax). I swept the floor with a broom. She pointed to a spot on the map with her finger. *airplane = American English; aeroplane = British English. **by subway = American English; by underground, by tube = British English. ***The expression by hand is usually used to mean that something was made by a person, not by a machine: This rug was made by hand. (A person, not a machine, made this rug.) COMPARE: I touched his shoulder with my hand.

USING INFINITIVES WITH TOO AND ENOUGH (a) A piano is too heavy to lift. (b) That box is too heavy for me to lift. (c) That box is too heavy for Bob to lift.

Infinitives often follow expressions with too. Too comes in front of an adjective. In the speaker's mind, the use of too implies a negative result.

ENOUGH + NOUN + INFINITIVE (d) I don't have enough money to buy that car. (e) Did you have enough time to finish the test?

COMPARE The box is too heavy. I can't lift it. The box is very heavy, but I can lift it.

ADJECTIVE + ENOUGH + INFINITIVE (f) Jimmy isn't old enough to go to school. (g) Are you hungry enough to eat three sandwiches?

INFINITIVES OFTEN FOLLOW Enough comes in front of a noun.* EXPRESSIONS Enough follows an adjective. WITH ENOUGH.

TOO + ADJECTIVE + (FOR SOMEONE) + INFINITIVE

*Enough can also follow a noun: I don't have money enough to buy that car. In everyday English, however, enough usually comes in front

of a noun.

NOUN CLAUSES THAT BEGIN WITH IF OR WHETHER NOUN CLAUSE YES/NO QUESTION (a) Is Eric at home? (e) Did Alice go to Chicago? (b) I don't know if Eric is at home. (f) I wonder if Alice went to Chicago. (c) Does the bus stop here? (g) I don't know if Eric is at home or not. (d) Do you know if the bus stops here? When if introduces a noun clause, the expression or not sometimes comes at the I don't know whether Eric is at home (or not).

When a yes / no question is changed to a noun clause, if is usually used to introduce the clause.* end of the clause, as in (g).

In (h): whether has the same meaning as if.

NOUN CLAUSES THAT BEGIN WITH A QUESTION WORD These question words can be used to introduce a noun clause: when, where, why, how, who, whom, what, which, whose. Notice in the examples: INFORMATION NOUN CLAUSE Usual question word order is NOT QUESTION used in a noun clause. (a) Where does he live? (b) I don't know where he lives. INCORRECT: I know where does he live. (c) When did they leave? (d) Do you know when they left?* CORRECT: I know where he lives. (e) What did she say? (f) Please tell me what she said. (g) Why is Tom absent? (h) I wonder why Tom is absent. (i) Who came to class? (k) What happened?

(j) I don't know who came to class. (l) Tell me what happened.

In (i) and (j): Question word order

and noun clause word order are the same when the question word is used as a subject.

*A question mark is used at the end of this noun clause because the main subject and the verb of the sentence (Do you know) are in question word order. Example: Do you know when they left? Do you know asks a question; when they left is a noun clause.

COMMON REPORTING VERBS: TELL ASK ANSWER / REPLY (a) Ann said that she was hungry. (b) Ann told me that she was hungry. (c) Ann told Tom that she was hungry. INCORRECT: Ann told that she was hungry INCORRECT: Ann said me that she was hungry.

A main verb that introduces reported speech is called a "reporting verb." Say is the most common reporting verb* and is usually followed immediately by a noun clause, as in (a). Tell is also commonly used. Note that told is followed by me in (b) and by Tom in (c). Tell needs to be followed immediately by a (pro)noun object and then by a noun clause.

(d) QUOTED: Sue said (to me), "Are you tired?" REPORTED: Sue asked (me) if I was tired. (e) Sue wanted to know if I was tired. Sue wondered if I was tired. Sue inquired whether or not I was tired.

Asked, not said, is used to report questions. Questions are also reported by using want to know, wonder, and inquire.

(f) QUOTED: I said (to Ann), "I am not tired." REPORTED: I answered! replied that I wasn't tired.

The verbs answer and reply are often used to report replies.

*Other common reporting verbs: Ann announced, commented, complained, explained, remarked, stated that she was hungry.

VERB FORMS IN REPORTED SPEECH (a) QUOTED: Joe said, "I feel good." (b) REPORTED: Joe said he felt good. (c) QUOTED: Sue said, "I am happy." (d) REPORTED: Sue said she was happy.

In formal English, if the reporting verb (e.g., said) is in the past, the verb in the noun clause is often also in a past form, as in (b) and (d).

—Ann said, "I am hungry." (e) A: What did Ann just say? I didn't hear her. B: She said she is hungry. (f) A: What did Ann say when she got home last night? B: She said she was hungry.

In informal English, often the verb in the noun clause is not changed to a past form, especially when words are reported soon after they are said, as in (e). In later reporting, however, or in formal English, a past verb is commonly used, as in (f).

(g) Ann says (that) she is hungry.

If the reporting verb is present tense (e.g., says), no change is made in the noun clause verb.

QUOTED SPEECH

REPORTED SPEECH formal or later reporting

He said, "I work hard." He said, "I am working hard." He said, "I worked hard." He said, "I have worked hard." He said, "I am going to work hard." He said, "I will work hard." He said, "I can work hard."

REPORTED SPEECH informal or immediate reporting

He said he worked hard. He said he was working hard. He said he had worked hard. He said he had worked hard. He said he was going to work hard. He said he would work hard. He said he could work hard.

He said he works hard. He said he is working hard. He said he worked hard. He said he has worked hard. He said he is going to work hard. He said he will work hard. He said he can work hard.

GROUP A: PHRASAL VERBS (SEPARABLE)*

Verb figure out hand in hand out look up make up pick up put down put off put on take off throw away throw out turn off turn on wake up write down

Definition find the solution to a problem give homework, papers, etc., to a teacher give something to this person, then to that person, then to another person, etc. look for information in a dictionary, a telephone directory, an encyclopedia, etc. invent (a story) lift stop holding or carrying postpone place clothes on one's body remove clothes from one's body put in the trash discard stop a machine or a light start a machine or a light stop sleeping write a note on a piece of paper

Example I figured out the answer. We handed in our homework. The teacher handed out the test papers. I looked up a word up in the dictionary. Children like to make up stories. Tom picked up the baby. I put down the heavy packages. We put off our trip until next summer. I put on my coat before I left. I took off my coat when I arrived. I threw away my old notebooks. I threw out my old notebooks. I turned off the lights and went to bed. I turned on the light so I could read. My wife woke me up at six. I wrote his phone number down.

Group B: Phrasal Verbs nonseparable)

Verb call on come from get over get off get on get in get out of look into ran into

Definition ask (someone) to speak in class originate recover from an illness or a shock leave bus/airplane/train/subway enter enter a car, a taxi leave investigate meet by chance someone

Example The teacher called on Ali. Where do these bananas come from? Sue got over her cold and returned to work. I got off the bus at Maple Street. I got on the bus at Pine Street. I got in the taxi at the airport. I got out of the taxi at the hotel. Someone needs to look into this problem. I ran into Peter at the market.

GROUP C: PHRASAL VERBS (SEPARABLE) VERB ask out call back call off call up give back hang up pay back put away put back put out shut off try on turn down turn up

DEFINITION ask (someone) to go on a date return a telephone call cancel make a telephone call return something to someone hang on a hanger or a hook return borrowed money to someone put something in its usual or proper place return something to its original place extinguish (stop) a fire, a cigarette stop a machine or light, turn off put on clothing to see if it fits decrease the volume increase the volume

EXAMPLE Tom asked Mary out. They went to a movie. I'll call you back tomorrow. We called off the picnic due to bad weather. I called up my friend in New York. I borrowed Al's pen, then I gave it back. I hung my coat up in the closet. Thanks for the loan. I'll pay you back soon. I put the clean dishes away. I put my papers back into my briefcase. We put out the campfire before we left. I shut off my printer before I left the office. I tried on several pairs of shoes. Sue turned down the music. It was too loud. I turned up the radio. He likes loud music.

GROUP D: PHRASAL VERBS (SEPARABLE) VERB cross out fill in fill out fill up find out have on look over point out print out tear down tear out (of) tear up turn around, turn back turn over

DEFINITION draw a line through complete by writing in a blank space write information on a form fill completely with gas, water, coffee, etc. discover information wear examine carefully call attention to create a paper copy from a computer destroy a building remove (paper) by tearing tear into small pieces change to the opposite direction

EXAMPLE I crossed out the misspelled word. We fill in blanks in grammar exercises. I filled out a job application. We filled up the gas tank. I found out where he lives. She has a blue blouse on. Look over your paper for errors before you hand it in. The teacher pointed out a misspelling. I finished the letter and printed it out. They tore down the old house and built a new one. I tore a page out of a magazine. I tore up the secret note. After a mile, we turned around / back.

turn the top side to the bottom

I turned the paper over and wrote on the back.

VERB break down break out break up come in dress up eat out fall down get up give up go on go out grow up hang up move in (to) move out (of) show up sit back sit down speak up stand up start over stay up take off

VERB blow out bring back bring up cheer up clean up give away help out lay off leave on

take back take out talk over think over work out

GROUP F: PHRASAL VERBS (INTRANSITIVE) DEFINITION EXAMPLE stop functioning properly My car broke down on the highway. happen suddenly War broke out between the two countries. separate, end a relationship Arm and Tom broke up. enter a room or building May I come in? put on nice clothes People usually dress up for weddings. eat outside of one's home Would you like to eat out tonight? fall to the ground I fell down and hurt myself. get out of bed in the morning What time did you get up this morning? quit doing something or quit trying I can't do it. I give up. continue Let's not stop. Let's go on. not stay home Jane went out with her friends last night. become an adult Jack grew up in Sweden. end a telephone conversation When we finished talking, I hung up. start living in a new home Some people moved in next door to me. stop living at a place My roommate is moving out. come, appear Jack showed up late for the meeting. put one's back against a chair back Sit back and relax. I'll get you a drink. go from standing to sitting Please sit down. speak louder I can't hear you. You'll have to speak up. go from sitting to standing I stood up and walked to the door. begin again I lost count, so I started over. not go to bed I stayed up late last night. ascend in an airplane The plane took off 30 minutes late.

GROUP E: PHRASAL VERBS (SEPARABLE) DEFINITION EXAMPLE extinguish (a match, a candle ) return (1) raise(children) (2) mention, start to talk about make happier make neat and clean donate, get rid of / by giving assist (someone) stop employment (1) not turn off (a light, a machine) (2) not take off (clothing) (3) lay on return invite out and pay discuss consider solve

He blew the candles out. She brought my books back to me. The Lees brought up six children. He brought the news up in conversation. The good news cheered me up. I cleaned up my apartment. I didn't sell my old bike. I gave it away. Could you please help me out? The company laid off 100 workers. Please leave the light on. I left my coat on at the movie theater. She took a book back to the library. He took Mary out. They went to a movie. We talked the problem over. I thought the problem over. We worked the problem out.

GROUP G: PHRASAL VERBS (THREE-WORD) VERB drop in (on) drop out (of) fool around (with)

DEFINITION visit without calling first or without an invitation stop attending (school) have fun while wasting time

get along (with) get back (from) get through (with) grow up (in) look out (for) run out (of) sign up (for) watch out (for)

have a good relationship with return from (a trip) finish become an adult be careful finish the supply of (something) put one's own name on a list be careful

VERB come along (with) come over (to) cut out (of) find out (about) get together (with) go back (to) go over (to) hang around (with) hang out (with) keep away (from) set out (for) sit around (with)

EXAMPLE We dropped in on my aunt. Beth dropped out of graduate school. My son likes to fool around with his friends on the weekends. I get along well with my roommate. When did you get back from Hawaii? I got through with my work before noon. Hamid grew up in Sweden. Look out for that car! We ran out of gas. Did you sign up for the school trip? Watch out for that car!

GROUP H: PHRASAL VERBS (THREE-WORD) DEFINITION EXAMPLE Accompany visit the speaker's place remove with scissors or knife discover information about join, meet return to a place (1) approach (2) visit another's home spend undirected, idle time not give to avoid, prevent, separate begin a trip sit and do nothing

Do you want to come along with us? Some friends are coming over tonight. I cut an article out of today's paper. When did you find out about the problem? Let's get together after work today. I went back to work after my illness. I went over to the window. Let's go over to Jim's tonight. John likes to hang around the coffee shop. Kids like to hang out with each other. Keep matches away from children. We set out for our destination at dawn. You can't just sit around. Do something.